CrCLOPjED I At O R, A N UNIVERSAL DICTIONARY O F ARTS and SCIENCES; CONTAINING The DEFINITIONS of the TERMS, And ACCOUNTS of The T H I N G S fignify'd thereby. In the feveral ARTS, Both LIBERAL and MECHANICAL, And the feveral SCIENCES, HUMAN znd2)IFINE: The Figures, Kinds, Properties, Productions, Preparations, and Ufes, of Things Natural and Artificial ; The Rife, Progrefs, and State of Things Ecclesiastical, Civil, Military, and Commercial: With the feveral Syftems, Seils, Opinions, &c. among Philofophcrs, Divines, Mathematicians, Phyficians, Antiquaries, Criticks, &c. The Whole intended as a Courfe of Antient and Modern LEARNING, Compiled from the beft Authors, Dictionaries, Journals, Memoirs, Tranfaftions, Ephemerides, &c. in feveral Languages. In T W O VOLUMES. By E. CHAMBERS Gent. Floriferis ut apes in falttbiis omnia lihant, Omnia nos Lugret. Volume the Second. L O N T) O N : Printed for James and Johu Knapton, "John 'Darby, 'Daniel Midininter, Arthur Bettef-.:.-orth, John Senex, Robert Gojling, 'John Temberton, JV'tUiam and John hinys, John Osborn and The. Longman, Charles Rivitigton, John Hooke, Rancw Robin fin, Francis Clay. Aaron H'ard; Ed'juard Symon, Daniel Bro^ji'tie, Andrew: Johnjlori, and Th-onias Osbern, M.DCC.XXV!!!. 1a (3^n jA I The nmth Letter of the Alphabet, is both a Vowel and a Confonant ; agreeable to which two different Powers, it has two different Forms. The ' Hcbrezis call the ; Confonant led from "V, Hand and Space, in regard it is fuppofcd to reprcfent the Hand clcnch'd, fo as to leave the Space underneath, void. With UomfiyfiKs, both JacaLih^ and others, follow the DoclrinS of Diojcoms touching the tj»jty of Nature and Perfon in Jcfus Chrift. Jacob'ac in Engtt^j^ ^ Term of Reproach beftow'd on fuch Perfons as dilslow the late Revolution, and fliU affert the Rights, and adh.re to the Intcrefls of the late King '^amss and his Line. " JACOBUS, a Gold Coin worth i; thiUingss fo called Trench and En^lip, have two kinds of ; Confonants ; tne firft has a fnuffling kind of Sound, and f«ves to iiioddy that of the Vowels, pretty much in t).e °H; Tew, iuft, jovial ; the latter is pronounced like the Hfirc™ Tod, Inftances of which we have in fome of our Words, which are indifferently written with zym an . hetore a Vowel, as Vola;;e, Voyage, Loial, Loyal, Efc. in wtiich cafes, the i is apparently a Confonant, as being a Motion of the Palate, which gives a Modification to the following weighing 6 Penny Weight zo Grains; the !at«;r called alfo Carohn, worth 23 Shillings, in Weight j Penny Weight 20 Grains. JADE, a greeni/h Stone, bordering on the Colotw of Olive, much elleem'd for its Hardnefs, which exceeds that of Porphyry, Agar, and Jafpcr, and only to be cut with Powder of Diamond. It is in mighty efteera amorg the Ti:rks and Po/e.*, who adorn all their fine Works with it, and efpecially the Handles of their Sabres. This Vowel 'The Vowel;, accotding to Plato, is proper for Stone applied to the Rehs, is fiiid to be a Prefervativc cxprefling fine and delicate things; On which account r^'--^- ^- ------ that Verfe in FirgH, j^cci^iufit hlimlcum inihrem, yimififite fatifamt Which abounds in I's, is generally admired. The Vowel i was the only Vowel which the Romant did not mark with a Dafh of the Pen,, to Ihew when it was long from the Nephritic Cholic. Mr. licrnisr tells us, that the Caravans of Thibet carry it to C.ichcmire, and that the G«- hhts prize it as highly as Diamond. The Natives of Ssitth- America value it on account of the Virtues they attribute to it in the Epilepfy, Difeafes uf the Reins, the Stone and Gravel. In a Treatife of it printed at P,tris, 'tis cal- led the Divine Stone, nftead of JALAP, is the l^ot of a Plant not much unlike Our which, to denote its Length, they ufed to make it bigger Bryony, and is therefore by fome called Brym, . Prmiiia- than ordinary, as in 7^J/i,>taii, &c. According to Lif /i they repeated it, when it was to be long ; as in Vit. They fometimes a Ifo denoted the Length of this Letter, by ad- ding e to it, and turning it into a Diprhong, as T>i'vei for X)rjl, Ommn for Owzthj, &c. J was anticntly a Numeral Letter, and fi£>nificd a Hundred, according to the Verfe, / C. Corn-par em, £^ Centum fi^nijicabit. I in the ordinary Rowfl7i way of Numbering figniiies One ; and when re- peated, fi^nifies as many Units as it is repeated times. for it is brought to us ehiclly from -Per« and Spa'm. ThaMcchoacaiz and this arc reckoned of a Species, and therefore as thi.s is fometimes caiied Mecboacajia niTra, that goes as often by the Name of ^alap'mm album. ^Aa this does not appear to have been known to the Antrents, it has its place in Medicine only iince thofe parts of Jme- rica^ which produce ir, have been traded to by Europeans. That which breaks blackefi-, molt brittle, found, antl /liining within iide, is the befl ; by rcafon the rciinous In Abbreviations and Cyphers, J. frcquc^nrly reprefents Parts, which give it thofe Properties, are fuppofed the whole Word Jefus, whereof it is the firft Letter. JABAJAHITE, the Name of a Seft among the Muf- fulmen, who, according to Rtcaut, teach, That God is not perfccHv wife, that his Knowledge docs not extend to every thinr;; and that Time and Ex[ ericnce have fur- nifhed him ^'-iK the Knowledge of many things whereof he was bef re ignorant : Thus, fay they, not being ap- prized from al! Eterni:y of every Event that Jliall happen tain its Medicinal Virtues. Some take great pains to ex- trad its Reiln, which is to be done with any fpirituous Menftruum, and afterwards want Corre£lors for ir. The moft common, is Salt of Tartar or Loaf-Sugar j but if corre£ling confiiKs in feparating its Parts, as it certainly docs, the drawing it from the Root, and making it into a Refin, muft be very ncedlefs. Monficur CoW(fc, who hath made, feveral Experiments upon it, fays, it is one of in the World, he is obliged to govern it according to the the beft Cathartics we have, taken as Nature only has Chance and Occurrence of thofe Events. JACK in a Slf, is that Sail that is hoifted up at the Sprit-Sail-Top-Mafl-Head. In Falconry, '3 'cich is the Male of rhc Birds of Sport. JACK hy ths Hed^e, is an Herb that grows wild by Hedge fiv'es, and under Banks, with a broad Leaf, and hath the Smell of Garlick : It is eaten as other Sallad- Herbs, efpecially by Country People, and much ufed in Broth. JACK m a Lxmhom, or Will with a Wifp, and fome. prepared it. See Qii-jrcy's Difpenfatory. IAMBUS, in thcGreck and Lati/zfoetry, is the Name of a Foot in a Verfe, confining of a long and Ihort Sylla- ble, an Horace exprefles it, Syllnba longa brcvi fubjsBa "jocatitr Iambus. The fame Poet calls the /flmZ>Kj a fwift rapid Foot, TesCi- tits. The Word, according to fome, takes its Name from Iambus, the Son of Fan and Echo^ who invented this Foot, or rather ufed fharp biting Exprelfions to Ceres, when af- t'lmcf, I^msFatitus^ is a certain Meteor, or clammy Vapour fli£lcd for the Death of Proferpine. Others rather derive in the Air, which rcfiefts LlgKt in the Dark, commonly it from the Greek Venemm^ Poijm^ or from i<*_M^'i'(^«, haunting Church-yards, Fens, Vnd Privies, as ftcaming out maledico^ Irail or rcSde, becaufe the Vcrfcs compofed of of a fat Soil : It alfo flics about Rivers, Hedges, ^c. IrfJKiwj'j were at firH: only ufed in Satire, tt^here there is a continual Flux of Air, and leads Perfons, IAMBIC, a kind of Verfe, found in the Creek and La- who unwarily follow it, out of their way. 7? Poets. An Iambic is a Verfe confifling wholly, or at JACOB'S Staf, is a Mathematical Inftrument fiir taking Icaft in great part, of Iambus's, or Feet fo called. Iambic Heights and Diftances ; the fame with Crofs-Staff. Verfes may be confidered, either with regard to the Di- JACOBIN, Dominican. A Name given in iVflHfC to the verfity or the Number of their Feet. Under each of Religious who follow the Rule of St. Dominic, on occafion of which Heads there are diftinft kinds, which have different their principal Convent, which is near the Gate of Si:3a?nes Names, (i.) Pure Iambics are thofe which confift entirely Taris, and which before they became poffeffed of it in of lamlus''s, as the fourth Piece of Cufi(//;[J-, made in praife the Year 1218, was an Hofpital of Pilgrims dedicated to the fiid Saint. Others maintain, that they have been cal- led 'jacobins ever iince they were eftabliihed in haly^ in rec^ard they pretended to imitate the Lives of Apo- of a Ship : Phaftltis illc^ quern videtis Hofpites. The fecond kind arc thofe called fimply Lmhics. files. They are alfo called Friars Predicants, and make have no Iambuses but in the even Feet, tho' th( one of the four Orders cf Mendicants. See Dominicaff. JACOBITE, a Sef* of Hereticks who were antiently a Branch of the Eutychiam, and are fiill fubfifting in the Le'vant. They were fo called from one ^cimes of Syria^ who was one of the Heads the 'Mounphyfta, or Scfta- ries, who own'd but one Nature in Jefus Chrift. The Kovophy^tcs are a Seifl: of vaft Extent, comprehending the jlrmeniaiis, Cophti, and ^by^7uans, but thofe among them who are properly [^flcolii'fpj, are but few and among thofe too, there is a Diviiion, fome being Romaniz'd, and others perfctlly averfc to the Romini Church : Each of which Parties have their feveral Patriarchs, the one at Carrmity and the other at Verz-apharan. As to their Faith, all the Thefa foine- times Tribra.chia added to them, excepting to the lalt, which is always an Iambus 3 and in the uneven Feet they have Spondees, Anapefts, and even a Daily le in the ilrft ; Such is that of Medea in 0-vid^ Servare potiil, ferdere an pojjfm rogas? The third kind are the Free Iambic Verfes, fn which 'tis not abfolutcly neceflary there /hould hcany Iambus ex- cepting in the laft Foot ; of which kind are all tho'fe of Fb^^dms: Jmittit mcrito piropriimi, qi'i alieiutm appetit. A a a a ft JA C 3^<^ ) JA In Comedies the Authors feldom confine themfelves more, frequently lefs, as we may obfervc ir and Terence : but the fixth is always indifpeniibt; an Iambus. As to the Varieties, occafionC' by the Number of Syl- lables, we c&n Sin Iambic, o^^"*fetre Iambic, that which has but four Feet: Q^eruntur in Syh'" Thofe which have fx are called Tyhnetres : Thefc are the raoft beautiful and arc ufed principally for the Thea- tre, particularly "1 Tragedy ; wherein rhcy are vaftly pre- ferable to the V'"erfes of ten or twelve Feet ufed in our modern Dra na, in regard they come nearer to the Nature of Pro/e, favour lefs of Art and Affeilation. Jii CoTijttgahs, tuque gemalis Tori Lucma Cnjios, i^c. Thofe with eight are called Tetrametres, and are only ufed in Comedies : I their Country and their Religion, know no ocher Parent but the Sukan. How. they may ever, genc- FecMi'iam in Loco ne ligerc maximtm interdiun ejl Lii- Terence. iviih two Feet : Some add an Iambic Monomcirc, Virtus beat. They are called Jvlo/iometres, Dimetres, Trlmetres, and Te- tramctres, that is, of one, two, three, and four Meafures, bccaufe a Meafure confined of two Feet, the Greeks mea- furing their Verfes two Feet by two Feet, or by Epi- trites, joining the Iambus and Spondee together. All the Jflwi/c/hitherto mentioned are perfect ; they have_ their juft Number of Feet, without any thing either deficient or or Otu redundant. The imperfed Limbics are of three kinds, the CatakBic, which want a Syllable; yiiifie govern canehartt. 'X^iQ'BrachycatakUic, which want an entire Foot ; Mufie ^ovis Gnat.^. 'X\iS 'Hyfercatale.Bic, wlijch have either a Foot or a Sylla- ble too much : Miifo! Sorores fujit Mitieyz-'or, 'Miijlc Sorores FaUadis h-.gent. Many of the Hymns and Anthems, ufed in the Church, are Dimetre Iambics, thatis, confilling of four Feet. S. JAMES of the Stvorii, a Military Order in Sp.im infli- tuted in 1170, under the Reign of I'erdniarid II. King of i^eon and Galicta^ Its End was to put a flop to the Incur- which they flick into a little Cafe in the forepart of the Bonnet. Their Arms in Europe, in a rime of War, are a Sabre, a Carabine, or Mufquet, and a Cartouch-Box hanging on the left Side. Ac Conjiantijiople, in a time of Peace, they wear only a Staff in their fland. In Jfia^ where Powder and Firc-Arms are more uncommon, they wear a Bow and Arrows, with a Poniard, which they call Ba7iiare. The Janizaries were heretoiote a Body formi- dable even to their Mailers the Grand Signiors : Ofman they firft flripped of his Empire, and afterwards of his Life j and Suhzn Ibrahim they depofed, and at lall Wran- gled in theCaJHe of the Se-ven Towers ; but they are now much lef^ confiderable. TheirNumber is not fixed. The janizaries are Children of Tribute, raifed by the Tnrh on theChriilians, and bred up to the military Life. They are taken at the Age of twelve Years, to ihcend, that forgetting thei rally fpeaking, they are not now-a-days raifed by way of Tribute 5 for the Carach, or Tax, which the Turks ira- pofcon the Chriltians, for allowing them the Liberty of their Religion, is now paid in Money, excepting in fomc Places, where Money being fcarce, the People arc una- ble to pay in Specie, as in Mugre/ta, and other Provinces near the black-Sea. The Officer who commands the whole Body of J.-.mzaries, is called Janizar A^ajz ; in Enp^lijh, Agaof the Janizaries, who is one of the chief Officers of the Empire- Tho' the Janizaries are not prohibited Mar- riage, yet they rarely marry, nor then, but with the Con- fent of their Officers, as imagining a married Man to make a worfe Soldier than a Batchelor. It was Ojman, . as others will have it, ylmnrath, who firlf inilituted the Order of Janizaries. They were at firlt called Ja'ia, that i.s Footmen, to dllllnguiih them from the otherTiir^^, thcTroops whereof confilled moftly of Caval- ry. _ Menage, after Vofflv.s, derives the Word from Genizers, which, in their Language, iigm^cs Novos Homi7ies, or Mt- lites. Herbelot tells us, that Jemtcheri Qgn\?[Qs a new Band or Troop, and that the Name was firft given by yinmrath I. called the Conqueror, who chufing ou't one fifth part of the Chriiiian Prifoners, whom he had taken from the Grech, and inilrufting them in the Difcipline of War, and the Doctrines of their Religion, fcnt them to Hagi Behaf- che (a Perfon whofe pretended Piety rendered him ex- tremely revered among the Tio-h) to the end that he might confer his Bleffing on them, and at the fame time give them fome Mark to diilingui/h them from the reft of the Troops. Behafchc, after bleffing them in his man- ner, cut off one of the Sleeves of the Fur-Gown which he £ons of theM.orj; three Knights obliging themfclves by had on, and putitonthe Head of the Lead. L Vow to fecure the Roads. An Union was piopofed and agreed to in 1170, between thefe and the Canons of A. Eloy J and the Order was cunfirm'd by the Pope in 1175. The higheif Dignity in this Order, is that of Grand Ma- tter, which has been united to the Crown of Sp.%in. The Knights are obliged to make proof of their Defcent from er ot this new itia ; from which time, viz. the Year of Chrift 1 561, y have Hill retained the Name Jenitcberi, and the Viginerns tells us, that the Difcipline ob- Families, that have been noble for four Generations both fides; They mull alfo make it appear, that thi faid Anccflors have neither been Jews, Saracens, nor Here- tics, nor ever to have been called in quellion by the In- quifition. The Novices arc obliged to fcrve fix Months in the Galleys, and to live a Month in a Monaflery M th, Fur-bonnet. Viginerns tells u. , ferved among the Jamzuries is extremely conformable, m a great many things, to that ufed in the Roman Legions. JANIZARY ,at Rome, is the Name of an Officer or Pen on fioncr of the Pope, called alfo Partidfayit, by reafon of certain Rights or Dues which they have in the Annates, Bulls, or Expeditions of the Roman Chancellory. Moil Authors are mlftakenln the nature of their Office 5 but the truth is, they are Officers of the third Bench or Col- lege of the Roman Chancellory. The firll Bench whereof heretofore they were truly Religious, and took a Vow of confiits of Writers, the fecond of Abbreviators, and the Celibacy: But Jkxan^erlU. gave them a Permiffion to third of Janizaries, who are a kind of Correflors and Re- marry. They now make no Vows but oi Poverty, Obe- vlfersof the Pope's Bulls. dience, and Conjugal Fidelity; to which, fince the Year JANSENISM, the Doarine of CorntliHs Janfen, com- 1^52, theyhaveaddedthat of defending the mimaculate monly called Janfenim, late Bifhop res in Trance, Conception of the Holy Virgin. Their Habit is a white with relation to Grace and Free-Will. Janfemfm made Cloak with a red Crofs on the Breaft. This Is e£teem'd no great Noife in the World, till after the Death of its the moft confiderablc of all the Military Orders in Spain. Author in when Fr 0 mo, }d and Cakmn, his Executors, The King carefully; preferves the Office of Grand Mafter publilhed his Book, entitled JuguJUnus. The whole Doc- in his own Family, on account of the rich Revenues and trine was reduced by the Biffiops of France into five Pro- Offices, whereofhe gives them the Difpofal. The Num- pofitlons, which follow: I. Some Commands of God arc ber of Knights is much greater now than formerly, all impoffible to righteous Men, even tho' they endeavour, the Grandees chufing rather to be received Into this, than with all their Powers, to accompliih them : the Grace be- into the Order of the Golden Fleece; inafmuch as this ing wanting by which they ihould be enabled to perform puts them in a fair way of attaining to Commands, and them. Il.^In'the Stateof corrupted Nature, a Man never gives them many confiderable Privileges in all the Pro- refills inward Grace. Ill- To merit and demerit in the vinces of .'ip.'im, but elpecially in Cafii/om'^i. prefent State of corrupt Nature, 'tis not rcquifite a Man JANIZARIES, the Grand Signior's Guard, orSoldiers fliould have that Liberty which excludes Neceffity : that in the Tio-^;/ Infantry. As, in the Tk»-M Army, the £h- which excludes Conftraint is fufficlent. IV. Th^ ~ ' j-ope.-iw Troops are dlftinguifhed from thofe of^a,the Jani- zaries are alfo diftinguilhed into Janizaries Conjiammaok and of iJamafcus. Their Pay is from two Afpers to twelve per Di(m j for when they have a Child, or do any fignal Piece of Service, their Pay is augmented. Their Drefs confifls' of a Dolyman, or long Robe, with fliorr Sleeves, which is given them annually, by the Grand Signior, on the firfl: Day of Ramazan. i'hey wear no Turban, bur in lieu of that a kind of Bonnet, which they call Zarcola, and a long Hood of the fame Stuff hanging on their Shoul- ders. Onfolenin Days they adorn ihein with Feathers, Felagians admitted the Neceffity of inward preventing Grace to each h€t in particular, and even to the begin- ning of Faith ; but they were Heretics, in regard they aflerted that this Grace was fuch, as that the Will of Man might either refift or obey it. V. It is Semi-Felapnnifm to fay, that Jefus Chrifi died, or /bed bis Blood for all Men in general. Janfenifm confills in maintaining this Doflrine, which is done two ways; (i.) By air^rring that thefe Propofitions are found and orthodox, fj.) In affirm- ing that they are evil and heretical In the Senfe -whercii; the Church has condemned them 5 but that this Senfe Is not JA ( 3^7 ) IG not of ^anfenim. ^aufcriifm has been condemned by the Popes Uf/»fl« VIII. Innocent X. Jkxafidsr Yll. and Ck- ment XI. JANUARY, the Name of the firft Month of the year, according to the Computation now ufed in the Weji. The word is derived froin the Latin t}timuinit!, a IS'ame given it by the Kmndm, from ^tiTiit.'^ one of their Divinities, to whom they attributed two Faces becaufc, on the one Side, the firllDay of Janitci/y^ looked towards the New Year, and on the other towards the Old one. The word Jannatim may alfo be derived from Janua, Gate ; in regard this Month being the firft, is, as it were, the Gate of the Year. It was introduced into the Year by Nh- mti Tomp'dins : Romnlns's Year beginning in the Month of March. The Chriflians heretofore fafted the firll Day of ^ajittary, by way of Oppofition to the Superftition of the Heathens, who, in honour of Jantis, obferved this Day with Fcaltings, Dancings, Mafquerades, ^c. JAPAN-EARTH, alfo called Ctttechi, is an Earth of a dark purple Colour. It is very aullere upon the Palate, leems to melt, like the Bole, in the Mouth, and leaves foniewhat of a fwcetifli Talle behind it. It is famous for itopping Fluxes of all kinds, JAPANNING, the Art of varnifliing and drawing Fi- gures on Wood, £if£. after the fame manner as the Workmen do who are Natives of Jaj?an^ a famous Ifiand not far from the Coaft of Cbma, The manner of it is this f they take a Pint of Spirit of Wine well dephleg- mated, and four Ounces of Gum-Lacca (which laft is firft broke from the Sticks and RubbiHi) and bruifing it roughly in a Mortar, they put it to fteep in Spring-wa- ter, tyed up in a Bag of coarfc Linen, together with a little Cadile-Soap, for the fpace of twelve Hours. This done, they rub out all the Tin£lure, and add to it a little Alium, and referve it a-parr j then add as much Maftick and white Amber, dilliUed in a Matrafs, with the Spirit of Wine, by a two Days Digellion, frequently flirring it, that if don't flick to the Glafs 5 then llrain and prefs it out into another Veffcl. This done, they take the Wood to be japanned, and cover it with a Layer of this Varni/li, till it be fufficiently drenched with it j then taking fome of the Colour, of which the Figures are to be, they in- corporate it with fevcn times as much of the Yarnifh, and apply it with a Pencil, going over each part three fe- veral times, each a quarter of an Hour after the other: two Hours after this they poli/h it with Preille, or Dutch Keeds. As to the Colours ufed in this Art, for a fair Red, they take Sfani/j Vermillion, with a fourth part of Venice Laque, Black, they make of Ivory calcined be- tween two Crucibles; for Blue they ufc Ultramarine, and only twice as much VarniHr as Colour. The rell are applied as above direfled, except the Green, which is difficult to make fair and lively, and therefore feldom ufed. ^'ight-'japannin^is performed, by applying three or four Layers with the Colours firft, then two of pure VarniHi uncoloured, made according to the former Pro- cefs. Before it be dry, they fift forne Vcnturinc, or Gold Wire, reduced to Powder, over it, and then cover it with as many Layersof pure Varnidi, as render it like poliflied Glafs ; and, laftly, rub it over with Tripoli, Oil of Olive, or a Hatter's Felt. JARR 0/0;/, is an earthen AfefTel containing froin iS to a(S Gallons. A 3arr of green Ginger is about 100 rounds Weight. JASPER, a precious Stone, not much different from the Agate excepting In this, that it is more foft, and does not take fo good a Polifli. In fome of thefc. Nature has amufed herfelf, in reprcfcnting Rivers, Trees, Aniitials, Landskips, jSc. as if they were painted. The florid Jafper, found in the Fyrcneam, is ufually flained with va- rious Colours, tho' there are fome that have but one Co- lour, as Red or Green ; but thefe arc the leaft valuable The moil beautitul is that bordering on the Colour of Laque, or Purple, next to that the Carnation ; but what IS now ufually taken is Green, fported with Red. Jafper IS a Hebrew Word, and has neither been changed by the i!«/ji;ice,attended with periodical Pains," » Rheu- matifm of the Liver ; and another of the fame place calls it a Quartan Ague of the Liver. In the Journal of J.ci»/7c 'tis aCferted that the Jaundice is not occafioned by Ob- ftruflions. The Acid Spirit of Sal yttnmoniac is faid to be an excellent Remedy againft the Jaundice. The word is de- rived from the frcncJ, Jamiffe, Telhmtefs, o{ Jaime, Telha JAW, fee Maxilla. ICADES, the Name of an antient Feaft, celebrated every Month by the Epicurean Philofophers, in memory of their Mailer £p;iBr,«. The Day on which it was heltl was the 2cth Day of the Moon or Month, which was that whereon Ef:cims came into the World.' And hence came the Name /caJei, fignifying a Score, from «W, twenty. They adorned their Chambers on this Day, and bore his Image in State about their Houfes, making Sa- crifices. ° ICE, a hard tranfparent Body form'd from fome Li. quor congeai'd or fix'd. Towards the Foles are found vail Piles of Ice reaching two or three hundred Feet above the Surface of the Water, and appearing like Iflands ; about whofe Origin there are different Opinions ; Some think tis Snow, which falling in great Abundance in thcfe cold Climates, and melting i„ ,he Sea, accumulates gra- dually, tdl thofc huge Heaps arc at length formed. But the more common Opinion is, that the he is formed from the freili Waters which flow from the neighbourin" Lands. Bartoh has written an Itafun Treatifc exprefly on Ice and Coagulation. And the JSa Erudim-um furni/h us with an Account of a French Author on the fame Subieft See Freezi7ig and Cold. ■' ICH-DIEN, the Motto under the Arms of the Prince of Jfofa, which Sir H,5.e/„„„ judges ro be in Saxon Ic Ibien, the&jroB D,with a tranfverfe Stroke, being the fame with Ti, and figmfying, 1 ferve, or am a Servant ; as the Saxon Kings Minillers were called T/w»i ICHNOGRAPHY in Perfpeaive, i, the View of any thing cut olF by a Plane parallel to the Horizon juft at the Bafc or Bottom of it. In Architeaure it is taken for the Gcomettical Plan, or Platform of an Edifice, or the Ground-Plot of an Houfo or Building delineated upon Pa- per, defcribing the Form of the feveral Apartments Rooms, Windows, Chimneys, l£c. and this is properly the Work ot the Mailer Archiiea or Surveyor, being in- deed the moftabllrufe and difficult of any. In Fortifica- tion it is, in like manner, the Plan or Reprefentaiion of the Length and Breadth of a Fortrcfs, the dillina Parts of which are marked out, cither on the Ground itfelf, or up- on Paper. The word is derived from the Creek, iju'©-, Vef tigimn, and yfjftj, fcriho, as being a Dcfcription oftheFoot- fteps or Traces of a Work. See Flan. ICHOGLANS, the Grand Signior's Pages, or white Eunuchs fcrving in the Seraglio. They are the Children of Chrillians, and are bred up in an Aufterity fcarcely to be conceived. Thefe the Sultan prefers to Offices more or Icfs confidcrable, as they appear more or lefs devoted to his Service ; but 'tis to be obferved, they are incapa- ble of Offices till forty Years of Age, unlefs they have fome particular Difpcnfation from the Grand Signior. They are educated with a great deal of Care in rhe Se- raglios of Fera, Mriajiofle, and Conjlam inople. They are under the Dircaion o( a Capi Asa, who prefides over their Exercifes, and treats them with a World of Severity. They are principally convetfant in the Oda, or Halls, where, according to their feveral Talents or Inclinations, they are mllruaed hi the Languages, in their Religion, or in Exercifes of rhe Body. The word, according to fome Authors, is compofcd of the two Turiifi words, icb, or which fignifiesti>/t2.i», and 0?/a», Fa^e. In which Senfe/cto^/a,, is a Page fcrving within-fide 'the Palace or Seraglio. Others derive it from the barbarous Greek, lyaha, or Vj-vjaS-, which was formed from the Lalia Incola. Thefe two Etymologies give nearly the fame Scnfc to Ichoflan, taking hicala for Domiis Incola. ICHOR flriaiy fignifies a thin wntry Humour, like Se- rum, but it is fometimes alfo ulcd for a thicker kind, flowing from Ulcers. The word is originally G;s,-i, and fignifies Sanies, Rottennefs. ICH. IC ( 3^8 ) ID ICHTHYOPHAGI, Fi/h-eaters, the Kame given to a People, or rather to feveral different People, who lived wholly on Fiflics. TUny places 'hem in the Provinces of JVrt??y([/H and ZflHnm. yJg.zi/j-jr.yeJ calls all the Inhabi- tants from the Anteam and Eihopei to the Ind:is, Gedrofia, Caramania, Ferfia, and all f^'je neighbouring Illands, by the Name Jc&^o/^/". ^-ora the Accounts given us of them by Herodotits, Str-iU, Schmis, Fhitarch, Sec. it appe_ars. cafion for any thing befides itfelf to perceive ObjctSls f and that by confidering itfelf and its own Perfcftions, it is able to difcover all things that are without. Others with Dejciirtss hold, that our Ideas were created and born oXow with us. Maltbrajn-h and his Followers aifert, that God has in himfelf the Ideas of all Beings that he hath cre- ated ; that thus he fees all things, in confidering his Pcr- fedions to which they correfpoud ; and that as hL- ia inti- indeed, that they had "battle, but that they made no ule of mately united to o,ur Souls by his Prelence, our Mind fees them excepting to feed their Fifhes withal. They made and perceives things in Him which reprefent created Be- their Houfes of large Fiih-Bones, the Ribs of Whales ings ; and that it is thus we come by all our Ideas. He ferving them for their Beams. The Jaws of thefe Ani- adds, that the wc fee all fenfible and material things in mals ferved ihem for Doors, and the Mortars wherein God, yet that wc have not our Senfaiions in him. When they pounded their Fifli, and baked it at the Sun, were we perceive any fenfible Obje£l, in our Perception is in- notbing elfe but their Vertebrae. The word is derived eluded both a Senfation and ix Idea. The Senfation from xtitGreeh, 3%:^V, F'lfcU, Bp, and is>^-i> f-do, I eat. ICONOCLASTES, a Breaker of Images ; a Name which the Church of Komc attributes to all whorejefl the Ufe of Iinagesin religious Matters j in which Senfe, not only the Reformed, 'but alfo the Eajtern Churches are called Jcomclafics, and cfteem'd by them Heretics, as op- pofing the Worfliip of the Images of God and the Saints proportion as bodily Obje£^s prefent themfclvts and l)rcaking their FiguresandReprcfentationsinChurches. Senfes. Such is the hka of Body, Sound, Fieure. is a Modification of the Soul, and it is God who caufcs it in us; but for the Idea join'd with the Senfatioii, it is in God, and it is in him that we fee it. The Cantjians Ai- fiinguifii three kinds of Ideas. The firft innate, and fuch is that we have of God, as of a Being infinitely perfeft. The fecond adventitious, which the Mind receives in ImagOj linage. The word is formed from the Greek and Khanvt rnmpcrc, ta hreak. ICONOGRAPHIA, Defcription of Images, or ot an- tient Statues of Marbles and Copper, of Bulls and Semi- bulls, of Penates, Paintings in Frefco, Mofaic Works, and antient Pieces of Mignature. The word is derived from f5/_fflj', Ima^o, and y^.'^u^ j crilo. ICONOLATER, one who worfliips Images, a Name which the honoclaftes give to thofe of the Kam'tjh Commu- ^ ^ . . . , nion, on account of their adoring Images, and of render- whi- h it forms by its own Operations, on thofe otliers ing to them the Worfhip only due to God. The v/ord u.hich the Senfes furniili. So that a Man deftitute of one comes from the Gree^^ f^x^p and ^'■a.^pju'iij, ce/o. of his Senfes, would never have any Wert belonging to to our Body, Sound, Figure, Light, ^c. The third, according to thefe Philofophers, are fac- titious, which are thofe which the Mind forms, by uniting and affembling the Ideas which it already had ; and thefe are called complex. But our great Mr. LotA'e fecms to have put this Matter out of difpute, having rtiade it ap- pear that all our Ideas are owing to our Senfes j and that all innate, created, fa£iitious, ^c. Ideas, are mere Chime- ra's. He proves, that our Mind has not abfolutely any Ideas befides thufe prcfentcd to it by the Senfes, and thofe ICONOLOGIA, Interpretation of various antient Ima- ges, Monuments, and Emblems, from the Greeh ^mv and S ffeak- that Senfe 3 and fuppoiing him deditute of all the Senies, he would never have any Idea at all: External Objeita having no other way of producing Ideas in him, but by ICOSIHEDRON, is means of Senfation, He would have no Idea, not even of a Solid, which conlifts Reflexion, becaufe in wanting all Senfation, he wants that of twenty triangular Py- -which fhould excite in him the Operations of his Mind, ramids, whofe Vertices which are the Objcdls of his Reflexion. 'Tis plain there- meet in the Center of a fore tKerc is no innate Idea; no general Truth, or firl^ Sphere, that is ima- Principle inherent in the Soul, and created with it; no gincd to circumfcribe immediate Obie£t of the Mind before it had perceived it, and therefore have external Objects by means of the Senfes, and refie£led on herefore the Solidity of that Perception, 'i'hofe /i^t^ij only fecm to be innate, be- caufe we find we have them as foon as wc come to the life of Reafon, but are, in etVcft, what we formed from the ]deas wherewith the Mind was infenfibly filled by the Senfes. Thus, when the Mind is employ'd about fenfible Objects, it comes by the Ideas of bitter, fweet, yellow^ hard,, ii'f. which we call Senf-xtion ; and when employ'd about its own Operations, perceiving and reflecting on them, as employ'd about t'cic Ideas before got by Senfa- tion, we get the of Perception, Thinking, Doubting, Willing, isic. which we call inward Senfation or Re- flexion: And thefe two, -oiz. external material Things as the Objefls of Senfation, and the Operations of our own their Height and Bafcs equal ; wherefore the boiulity f;ne of thofe Pyramids, multiplied by twenty, the Num- ber of Bafes, gives the folid Content of the Icofihcdro?!. This Figure being drawn on Palleboard, cut half through, and then folded up neatly together, will reprelent an Ic^Uhedroi:. r , r ICTERIC, aTerminPhyfic, apply'd to fuch Perlons as have the jaundice, which the Latms call /Hen.;, Jurigo, or Morbn-' Regius. Iflo'ic Medicines are fuch as are pre- fcribed in Cafes of the Jaundice. The Word is derived from the Greek 'Uti^Q-, which fome derive further from iy.vi, a kind of Weafcl with yellow Eyes. ICTHYOCOLLA, J/;;;gAi/^-- &Wo- fays, that this is _ _^ iTiade from a Filli, which is common in the Danv.he ; the Minds as the Objefts of Reflexion, are the only Originals, Fifla havinc no Bones but about the FIcad. After it is whence all our Ideas have their Rife. When we have cut in fmalf pieces, they boil it in Water to a thick Jelly, confidercd thefe, and their feveral Modes and Combina- which is fpread abroad and dried, then rolled up, and tions, we fliall find they contain owr whole Stock of Ideas ^ brought to us in the form we fee it in the Shops. It is infomuch, that the Underllanding does not fcem to have of a very glutinous Quality, and confequently good in the Icall Glimmering of any Ideas that it did not receive all Difordcrs, which arife from too thin and lharp a State from one of thofe Sources. And thus far the Mind ap- of the Fluids. The Word is derived from the Greek r/i^vi, Tifcis, Fifli, and h'oKKa, Glutert, Glue. IDEA, A Term by which we mean that immediate Obje6l of the Mind about which we are employ'd when we perceive or think ; Thus, when we look at the Sun, we do not fee that Luminary itfelf, but its Image or Appear- ance convey'd to the Soul by the Organ of Sight => and this Image we call Wea. The Origin of Ideas has been a long time difputed among the Philofophers. The Fcripa- setics maintain, that external Objefts emit Species that Senfation referable them al! around, and that thefe Species dri- lling on our Senfes, are by them tranfmitted to the Un- dsrllanding ; that being material and fenfible, they are Tendered intelligible by the adive Intelleft, and are at length received by the paifive. Others are of opinion, that our Souls have of themfelvcs the power of producing Ideas of Things that we would think upon ; and that they are excited to produce them by the ImprciTions which Obiefts make on the Body, tho thefe Impreffions are not pears merely paffive, as not having it in its power to chufc whether it will have thefe firll Beginnings or Ma- terials of Knowledge, or not. For the Objc£ls of Senfe will obtrude their ideas upon the Mind, and the Opera- tions of the Mind will not let us be without lome (how- ever ubfcure) Notion of them. The fame excellent Author diflingui/hes Ideas into two kinds, viz. Simple and Complex. Of the former kind arc all thofe Ideas which come into the Mind by. And though the Qualities of Bodies that af- fe£l our Senfes are in the things themfelvcs fo mix'd and united, that there is no Separation between them j yet the Ideas they produce in the Mind are fimplo and unmix'd. Again, fome Idf:.is we acquire purely by means of one Senfe, as the Ideas of Colours only by the Eye, of Sounds by the Ear, of Heat by the Touch, l^c. Other Ideas we gain by feveral Senfes, as of Space, Extenfion, Figure, Relt, Motion, ^c. fur thefe have their Effeft both on the Sight and the Touch. Therp are other k^Djccts maKe on tne ouuy, mt.^ ..-f ..^^ i,,v>. ^^^^^ . "'p ,\ ■ , ^ , Images in any refpecl like the Objefls that occafioned fimple Ideas, again, torm d m the I\'iind both by benlanon them. And in this, fay they, it is, that Man is made after and Reflexion jointly, as Pleafure, Pain, Power, Exillence, the Imago of God', and that he partakes of his Power; Unity, Succcffion, '^c. And of fome of thefe kinds of for as God made all things out of nothing, and can re- duce 'em to nothing when he pleafes, fo Man can create as inany Ideas as he pleafes, and annihilate tbem when he be has done. Others maintain, that the Mind has no oc- Ideas are all, or at leafl the moil confidcrable of thofe fini-plcldeas which the Mind hath, and out of which is made all its other Knowledge. The better to compre- hend the Nature of thefe fimpic Ideas^ it will be conve- nient ID ( ) ID nient to dlflinguifh between them as they arc Ueas or Perceptions In our Minds, and as they arc Modifications of the Bodies that caufe Tuch Perceptions in us i that we may not think, as is ufually done, that they are exadlly the Images and Refemblanccs of fomcihing inherent in the 8ubjctt : for mol^ of thofeof Senlation, are in the Mind nu more the Likencfs of any thing exiiling without us, than the Names that iUnd for 'em are the Likencfs of the Weaj. But here the Qualiries of Bodies which pro- duce thofe Jdtas in our Minds, are to be dilHnguifh'd into Primary and Secondary. Primary Qualities arc fuch as are utterly infcparable from the Body, in what State fo- evcr it be ; and fuch as ourScnfcs conllantly find in every Particle of Matter, which are Solidity, Extcnfion, Figure, Mobility, and the like. Secondary Qualities arc luch tis are, in reality, nothing in the ObjeiSs thcmfelves, but only Powers to produce various Senlations in us by means of their primary Qualities i that is, by the Figure, Bulk, Texture, ^c. of their Particles, as Colour, Sounds, Talle, ^c. Now the Idc^is of primary Qualities arc in fome ienfe Refemblances of them, and their Patterns do really cxiit in the Bodies themfelvcs; but the if^e.ij produced in us by thofe feiondary Qualities have no Rcfcmblancc of them at all. There is nothing like our We-u ex.il.ling in the Bodies thcmfelves that occafum them. They are in ihc Bodies we denominate from them, only a Power to produce thofe Senfations in us i and what is fweet, warm, blue, JiJc. in theWew, is no more than the Bulk, Figure and Motion of the Particles of the bodies thcmfelves that we call fo. The Mind hath feveral Faculties of managing the!e iimple Ideai that are worthy of notice: as, i. That of dirccrning jultly and dillinguilhing rightly between one and another; in this confUts the Accuracy of Judgment. 2. That of comparing them one with another in rcfpefl: of Extent, Degree, Tiinc, Place, or any otiicr Circum- llances of Relation or Dcpendance one on another. 5. The Faculty of compounding or putting together the fimple Idea! received by Scnfation and Reflexion, in order to make complex ones. 4. Children by repeated Senfacions bavins got fome lilsas fix'd in their Memories, by degrees learn'the Ufc of Signs; and when they can fpeak ar- ticulately, they make ufe of Words to iignity their Idecis to others : Hence, the Ufc of Words being to ttand as out- ward Marks of our internal Weiii,tind thofe ide.is being taken from particular things ; if every particular /;/ffl that we take in, lliould have a }iarticular N ame aff.xetl to it, Names would grow endlefs.To prevent ihis!nc(;nvcnience,the Mind has another Faculty whereby it can make the particular liictii received trom fiich Obje^ls, become general ; v-hich is done, by confiucring ilitra as they arc in the Mind fuch Appearances, fcparate from all other Exiliences and Cir- €uinllances of Exiliencc, as Time, Place, and other con- comitant Ideas: and this is called Abilrailion ; whereby Idtai taken from particular 1 hings bectime general Re- prcfentatives of all of that kind, and their Names, general iNjames applicable to whatever exifts conformable to fuch abiiraft idtai. Thus the fame Colour being obferved to- day in Chalk or Snow, wi:ich we obferved yefterday in Paper or Milk, we conlidcr that Appearance alone, make it a Reprefcntative of all the fame Kind, and give it the !Narac of Whitenefs: By which Sound we always fjgnify the fame Quality, whcrcfoevcr to be met with or imagined. From the Power which the Mind has of combining, comparing, and feparating or abftradting ihc limple Ueas^ which it acquires by Senfation and Reflexion, all its complex Id^as are formed 5 and as before in the Percep- tion of Idid!, the Underilanding was paflive, fo here 'tis aflive, exerting the Power ir hath in the feveral AtSs and Faculties abovementioned, in order to frame compound Idt.is. All complex IrfciTj, tho their Number be infinite, and Variety cndlefs, yet may they be all reduced to ihcfe three Heads, -Siz. Modes, Subilances, and Relations. Modes are fuch complex We«j, as however compounded, are not fuppofed to exiit by thcmfelves, but are confider'd as Dependencies on, or Affe<5^ions of Subflanccs; Such arc the Ideas fignificd by the words Triangle, Gratitude, Mur- der, iSc- And thefc Modes are of two kinds: i. Such as are only Variations, or diflcrent Combinations of the fame fimple without the Mixture of any other, as a Dozen, a Score, l^c. and thcfe may be called flmple Modes. 2. "There are others compounded of fimplc Weaj of feveral forts put together, to make one complex one, as Fcauty, Thcfr. Subitances have their Ideas from fuch Combinations of fimple Idtas^ as arc taken to reprcfent di- fiinfl- particular thinfs, fuhfifting by thcmfelves, in which the fuppofed or confufcd Idta of Suhfiancc, fuch as it is, is always the Erftand i hief. F clarions are a kind of complex Ideas^ arlfing from the Confidcration or Comparifon of one Wff, with another. Of rhefe, fome only depend on the Equal-itv or Excefs of the fame fimple Idea in feveral Sub- jefls, and ihefe may be called proportional Relations, fuch as etjual, more, bigger, fweeter. Another occaltori of comparing things together, is owing to the Circum- flances ot their Origin and Beginning i which, not being afterwards to be altered, make thellchuions depending thereon as billing as the Subjefls to which they bel-jng. Thus it is with natural Relations, fuch as Father, Mother, Uncle, Coufin, l£c. Thus alfo jt is with Relations by In- fiitution, as Prince and People, General and Army, £jfc. As to moral Relations, they are the Conformity or Difa- greement of Mens free Actions to Laws and Rules whe- ther Human or Divine. Further, with regard to oxxr Ideas it may bcibfcrved that fome are clear and dillinifl, others obicure ai\d confufed. Our fimple Ideas are clear, when they continue fuch as the Objects reprefent rhemtous, when our Organs of Senfa- tion are in a good Tone and Order, when our Memoriei retain them, and can produce and prefent them to rhe Mind whenever it hath occatlon to confider them ; and when, with this, the Mind fees that thefe fimple Idejs are feverally different one from another: The contrary to which, is what we call Obicurity aad Confufion. Again, Idsas, with refpeftto the Objc£ls whence they are taken, or which they arc fuppofed to repreft nr, ^ome under a threefold Diilinclion 5 being, i. Either realor fantattioftl. 2. True or falfe. 5. Adequate or inadequate. By moXldecis is meant fuch as have a Foundation in Nature, fuch as have a Conformity with the real Being or Exillence of Things, or with their Architypes. Fantailical are fuch as have no Foundation in Nature, nor any Conformity with that Being to which they are referred as their Architypes. Now if we examine our feveral kinds of Ideas^ we /hall find that, i. All our fimple /(^e.isarcrcal ; not that they are Images or Reprefentarions of what does exil}, but as they arc the certain Effcfls of Powers in Things without us, or- dained by our Maker to.prodflce in us fuch Senfations. They are real We .u in us, in regard, by them we dilHnguifh the Qualities that are really in the Bodies themfclves: their -Reality lies in the (Icady Corrcfpondence they have with the dillintl: Conllitutions of real Brings, but whether with thole Conjlitutions to Caufes or Patterns, it matters not, fo long as they are conlfantly produced by them. As to complex Ide-is, in regard they are arbitrary Combi- nations of fimple Ideas put together, and united under one general Name, in forming whereof the Mind ufeth its own Liberty, lome arc found real, and fome imaginary. I. Mix'd Modes and Relations having no other Reality than what tbeyhave in the Minds of Men, arc real ^ no- thing more being required to their Reality, but a Foflibi- lity of exiiling conformable to them. Thefc /rftv^y being themfclves Architypes, cannot differ from their Archi- types, and fo cannot be chimerical, unlcfs any one jum- bles inconfiilcnt Ideas in them : Indeed, thofe that have Names aflign'd to them, ouf.^ht to have a Conformity to the ordinary Signification of thofe N ames, to prevent their appearing fantailical. 2. Our complex Ideas o{ Sufellances being made in reference to things exil+ing without us whofe Reprefentations they are thought, are no further real, than as they are Combinations of fimple Idea^ really united and co-cxifling in things without us. Thofe arc fan- tailical, that arc made up of feveral Ideas that never were found united, as Cemattr, ^c. As to true and falfe Ideas^ it may be obferved, that Truth and Falibood in Propriety ot Speech belong on- ly to Propofitions ; and when Ideas are term'd true or falfe, there is fome tacit Propofition, which is the Foun- dation of that Denomination. Our Idtas being nothing elfe but Appearances or Perceprions in the IVlind, can no more be faid to be ttue or falfe, than fingle Names of things can be faid to be fo ; for Truth and Fal/bood lying always in fome Affirmation or Negation, our Ideas are not capable of them, till the Mind palfcth fome Judg- ment of them. In a Metaphjfical Senfe they may be fiid to be true, i.e. to be really fuch as they exill ; tho in things called true, even in that Serfe, there feems to be a fecrer F-cfercnce to ovirldeas^ look'd upon as the Standards of that Truth ; which amounts to a mental Pro- pofition. When the Mind refers its Ideas to any thing ex- traneous to it, they arc then capable of being true or falfe, becaufe in fuch a Reference, the Mind makes a ta- cit Suppofition of their Conformity to that thing i which Suppofition, as it is true or falfe, fo the We.7j thcmfelves come to be denominated. Real .Weiij are either adequate or inadequate. Thofe are adequate which pcrfeitly re- prefent thofe Architypes which the Mind fuppofeth theni taken from, and which it makes them Hand for. Inade- quate are fuch as do but' partially or incompieatly re- prefent thofe Archi-ypes to widch they are referred. See Merjuate^ Truth, Pleafnre^ Name, Knowledge^ Jjfociauofij Modes. IDENTITATE NOMINIS, is a Writ that lies for hiin who upon a Capias or Exigent is taken and cominitted to Prifon for another Man of the fanae Name. Bbbbb IjpEN- ID ( 370 ) ID IDENTITY of a thing, is its Sanienefs, or that by which it is itfcif, and not any rhing elfc. Our Ideas oi Idemiiy we owe to that Power which the Mmd has of comparing the very Beings of Ihings. whereby con- fidcring any thing as cxdh'^g^^ any certain 1 imc and Place, and comparing ir with Itfclt as cxilhng at any other Time, Cfc. we accordingly pronounce it the fame or different. When we /ee any thing in any certain Time and Place, we are fure it is that very thing j and can be no other, how liJ^e ibever it may be in all other refpects : In regard we conceive it inipciTible, that two things of the fame kind, /Jiould cxil\ together in the fame Place, wo conclude, that whatever exiOs any where at the fame_ Time, excludes all of the fame kind, and is there itfelt alone. When therefore we demand, whether anything be the fame or no, it refers always to fomething, that tx- iiicd at IhchaTime, in fuch a Place, which it was cer- tain, at that inOant, was the fame w^ith itfelf, and no other. We have Ideas of three forts of Subliances. Brf}, of Gods i Secondly, of Finite hitelligences ; Thirdly^ of Bo- dies, f/ji?, God being Eternal, Unalterable, and every where, concerning his Idetni'y there can be no doubt. Secondly, Finite Spirits having had their determinate Place and lime of beginning to'exii^t, the Relation to that Time and Platie w'iil always determine to each, its Identity, as long as it exifls. Thh-dly, The fame will hold of every Particle of Matter to which no Addition or Subltra£tion is made. Thefe three exclude not one another out of the fame Place, yet each exclude thole of the fmie kind, out of the fame Place. The Identity and Diverl^ty of Modes and Relations are determined after the fame man- ner, that Subilances are : only the Atfions of Finite Be- ings, as Motion and Thought, con^ii^^illg in Succeflton, cannot exill in different Times and Places, as perma- nent Beings : For no Motion or Tliouyht confidered as at different Times, can be the fame, each Part thereof haying a different beginning of Exidence. From whence it is plain, that Ex'ilkncc itfelf is the Tr^nc'l-iHrn hidrjidiiaiio- nis, which determines a Being to a particular T ime and Place incommunicable to two Beings of the fame kind. Thu^, fuppofe an Atom exlfling in a determined Time and Place, it is evident, that confider'd in any.inftanr, it is the fame with itfelf, and will be fo, as long as its Ex- ilience continues. The fame may be faid of two, or more, or any Number of Particles, whilft they continue toge- ther. The Mafs will be the fame, however jumbled : but if one Atom be taken away, it is not the faine Mafs. In Vegetables, the Identity depends not on the fame Mafs, and is not applied to the fame Thing. T he Reafon of this, is the difference betw een an animate Body, and Mafs of Matter 3 this being only tlie Cohcfion of Particles aity how united i the other, fuch a Difpofition, and Organiza- tion of Parts, as is fit to receive and diltribute Kourifla- mcnt, fo as to continue and frame the Wood, Bark, Leaves, ^c. (of an Oak, for inilance) in which confilts the Vegetable Life. That therefore, which hath fuch an Organization of Parts, partaking of one common Life, continues to be the fame Plant, tho' that Life be comma nicated to new Particles of Matter vitally united to the living Plant. The Cafe is not fo much different in Brutes, but that any one may hence fee what makes an Anirr.al, and continues it the fame. The Identity of the fame Man likewife confitts in a Participation of the fame continued Life, in fucceeding Particles of Matter vitally united to the fame organized Body. To underlfand Ideutiiy aright, we muff confider what Idea, the Word it is applied to, flands for: it being one thing, to be the fime Subftance j another, the fame Man ; and a third, the fame Per- fon. An Animal is a living organized Body : and the fame Animal is the fame continued Life communicated to cliff"erent Particles of Matter, as they happen fucceifively to be united to that orgai^ized living Bodyj and our No- tion of Man, is but of a particular fort of Animal. Per- fon ftands for an intelligent Being, that rcalons, and re- fiecis, and can conlldcr itfelf the fame thing in different Times and Places; which it doth by that Confcioufnefs, that is infeparable frorn Thinking. By this every one is tohimfclf, what he calls Self, without confidering, whe- ther that Self be continued in the fame or diverfe Sub- ffances. In this coniifls Perfonal Identity, or the Samenefs of a Rational Being ; and fo far as this Confcioufnefs ex- tends backward to any paft Aftion, or Thought, fo far reaches the Identity of that Perfon. It is the felf-fame now, it was then: And it is by the fame Self, with this prefcnt one, that now refleils on it, that f/j^Jt Atfion was dojie. Self is that confcious Thinking Thing, whatever SuhOance, It matters not, which is confcious of Plcafure and Pain, capable of Happinefs or Mifery ; and fo is con- cerned for itfcif, fls fjr as tHat Confcioufnefs extends. That- with which the Cunfcioufnefs of rhis prefcnt Think- ing Thing can join irfelf, makes the fame Perfun, and is one Self with it 3 and fo attributes to itfelf, and owns all the Actions of that thing, as its own, as fir as that Con- fcioufnefs reachcth. I'his Perfonal Identity is the Objecl of Reward and Puni/liment, being that by which every one is concerned for himfelf. If the ConLiuufnefs wcnc along with the little Finger, when that was cut off", ic would be the fame Self, that was juft before concein'd for the whole Body, if the fame Socrates, waking, and ilecping, did not partake of the fame Confcioufnefs, ihey would not be the iamc Perfon: Socrates waking cculd not be in juflicc accountable ior what Socrates fleeping did ; no more than one Twin, lor what his Brother Twin did, becaufe their Outfides were fo like, that they could not be diilinguiffi'd. But fuppofe I wholly iofe the Memory of fome Parts of my Life, beyond a poffibility uf re- trieving them, fo that 1 fhall never be confcious of them again j am I not again the ftine Perfon that did thofe A^fions, tho' \ have torgot iliLm V I anfwer. We muff here take notice what the word 7 is applied to, which in this Cafe is the Man only : And the fame Man being pre- fumed to be the lame Perfun, / is eafily here fippofed to fiand alfo for the fame Perfon. Cut if it be pcflible for the fame Man, to have diftin61 incommunicable Con- fcioLfiicfs at diff^i'rent times, it is palt doubt the fame Man would at different times make different Perfons. U'hich we fee is die Senfe of Mankind in the folemneft Declaration of their Opinions; Human Laws not pun i fil- ing the Madman for the fober Man's Aifions, nor the fober Man, for what the Madman did h thereby making them two Perfons. Thus we fay in Engllfi, Such an one is not himfelf, or is befidcs himfelf ; in which Plirafes it is infinuated, that Self is changed, and the felf-fame Per- fon is no longer in that Man. But is not a Man, drunk or fober, the fame Perfon? Whv elfe is he punifhed for the fame Fact he commits when drunk, tho' he be never af- terwards conlcious of it I Juit as much the fame Perfon, as a Man that walks, and does other things in ids Sleep, is the fame Perfon, and is as anfwerable fiir any Mifchief he fliall do in it. Human Laws punifli both with a Juftice fuitable to their way of Knowledge : Becaufe, in thefe Cafes, they cannot ililtinguifft certainly, whatisreal, and what is counterfeit ; and fo the Ignorance in Drunkennefs or Sleep is not admitted as a Plea. For tho' Puni/hment be annexed to Perfjiiaiity, and Perfonality to Confciouf- nefs, and the Drunkard is not confcious perhaps of what he did ; yet Human Judicatures jnllly punifii him, be- caufe Lhc F'ail: is proved againff bim, hut want of Con- fcioufnefs cannot be proved for him. But in the great Day, wherein the Secrets of all Hearts ffiall be laid open, it may be reafonable to think no one fb.all be made to anfwer for what he knows nothing of, but fliall receive his Doom, his own Confcience accufing, or elfo excufing hiin. To conclude, Whatever Sublhmce begins to exiff, it muil, during its Exillence, be tiie faine : Whatever Compolition of Subftances begin to exifl, du- ring the Union of thofe Subllances, the Concrete mull be the fime. Whacfoever Mode begins to exid, during its Exigence it is the fame : And fo if the Compoiition be of diftinft Subf ances, and difft-rent Mcdes, the fame Rule holds. Whence it appears, that the Difficulty or Obfcurity that has been about this matter, rather arifes frum Names ill ufed, than from any Obfcurity in the things themfelves. For whatever makes the fjiccifick Idea, to which the Name is applied, if that Idea be ffeadily kept to, the Di(iin£iion of any thing into the fame and diverfe, will eaf ly be conceived. IDEOT in the original Greek iJ.'aw, fignifies a private Perfon who has no public OfHce. Among the Latins it in ufed for IHiteratus, Imperitus 5 and in our Engl'p Law, for a Perfon mn comfas nientis, or a natural Fool. A Perfon that has Underffanding enough to meafure a Yard of .Cloth, number ic rightly, tell the Days of the Week, £jc. is not an Ideot in the Eye of the Law- IDES, is a Word which was ufed by x\\c Roma}?s, in their Calendar, to diftingulfli the Days of the Month by. They commonly fell out the 13th of every Month, ex- cept in the Months o^}Aa)-ch, May, ^u!y, and OSIoher, for in thefe, the We? were on the 15th of the Month. This word is fald to be derived from the f/efninflj2 word Iditare, that is, to divide ; becaufe the Month is, in a manner, equal- ly divided into two Parts by the Ide; ; and the Nones were perhaps fo called from A'OHo Wj;', the ninth of the Idcs, becaufe they were In the room of the ninth of the Ides. Some others obferving, that there were three con- iiderable Varieties in the Motion of the Moon ; the firll, when fl:e is quite hid under the Beams of the Sun j the fecond at the firtlDay of her appearing, when wc fee her in an Evening, with her Horns proceeding out of his Rays ; and the third when Ihe is in her full Light : The common Opinion was, that from thence Ro- miiltis took occafion to divide the Days of the Months ; which he began always by the Calends, in the time that the Moon, fvh Radiis Solis cdaretur^ was hid under t!ie ID ( 371 ) ID Beams of tKe Sun ; then gLive the Name of Nona, or Nova i,u,2x, to the Dayof the jfirft appearing of the New Moon ; and Itius, fay they, took the Name when Ihc was full, and appeared in her Beauty, from the Grec/ivjord «cr©-,that is, Btauty. From thence they draw an Argument for the In- etiualuy of the Daysofthe Nones-, for asitfallsout by the Cumpoiition of rhe Motions of the Sun and the Moon, that the Moon comes out of the Beams of the Sun, fome- times fooner, and fometimes later, and that thisDiverfity is commonly included in the fpace of two Days i k is like- ly, they fay, that in the time that Romulus iniliruted his Calendar, the Moon was l;ept a longer time hid under the Beams of the Sun, in the Month of March, M^iy, >- /jy, and October: wherefore he allowed fcven Days to the J\ro??es in thofe four Months, and five Da^, s only to the o- thcrs, during which, it may be, the Moon got off from theie Beams, and appeared fooner. Others draw the word Uns {rom Idi'.Uum, which was the Name of the Vic- tiiTi oiFered to ^uptcr, the Day of the Ue^, that was confecrated to him. Some derive it from the Tnfcan Wordifif, which figniiics, amongft that Nation, the fame as 7t/H! among the Ron^.iKs. I'hey allowed eight Days for the Ides : Thus the eighth Day of the Month, in thofe four Months, and the lixtb, in the other eight, were accounted theeiwhchof the Idcs^ and fo on, always decreafing to theizthor 14th, which was called the Frldie, or E-ve of the Ides, and on the 15th or 15th was the Day of the Ides. This way of accounting is ItiU in ufe in the Roma?! Chan- cery, and in the Calendar of the Breviary. The Ides of ^day were confecrated to Mercury ; the Ides of were ever elteemed unhappy, after O/ar's Mur- der on that Day ; the Time after the Ides of Jiaie was reckoned fortunate fur thofe who entered into Matrimony ; the Ides of yJii^^nJt were confecrated to Diana^ and v/ere ob- fcrved aj a feafl-Day by the Slaves. On the Ida of Sef- temher Auguries were taken fur appointing the Magiftrates, who formerly entered into thjir Offices on the Ides of M.i^, afterwards on thofe of Mirch. Sec Rojinus^ and others, who have written of the Roman Antiquities. IDIOM, VialeB, the Language of fome particular Province, dilfering, in fome relpelts, from the Language of the Nation in general, whence it is derived. The word comes from the Greek, }c!)'oiJ.^i-f Fro^nety^ of iJ^i©-, pro- per, J elf. IDIOPATHY", a DiTcafe or Indifpofition proper to fome particular Member, or Part of the Body, not caufed by any other Difeafe, or preceding Affeilion, nor having any thing lo do with the reil of the Body. It is oppofed toSympaihy, which happens when the Indifjofition takes its Rife trom a Diforder in fome other Part of the Body. Thus a CaiaraCl in the Eye is o.nIdiopathy : an Epilepfy is cixhtr id!oj>athic ov Symp'Jithic i Idioj},ith:c when it happens purely thro' fume Fault in the Brain, Sym^arhic when it is preceded by fome other Diforder. The word is derived from xh^Greeki'iJ)©-, frc^er, particular y and ttoQ©-, Faf- JioTi, JjfeR'ion. IDIOSYNCRASY, in Phyfic, is a Temperament pe- culiar to fome Body, in confequence whereof, whether in Sicknefs or in Health, it has a more than ordinary Aver- Jion or Inclination to certain things, or is more affefted with them, than others ufually are. The word is derived from the Greeh, i-')©-, fro^er^ auvi zaii/j, and it^-oii, Crafis, 'Mixture, Temperament. IDIOT A Inquir end.! "ijel Exammanda, is a Writ ilTued out to rhe Efchcatur or Sheriff of any County, where the King has notice that there is an Ideot naturally born, fo weak of TJnderilanding, that he cannot govern or manage his Inhe- ritance, directing him to call before him the Party fuf- pedied, and examine him : for the King has the Protedion of bis Subjedls, ^and by his Prerogative the Government of the Lands and Subftance of fuch as are naturally de- feflive in their own Difcretion. IDIOTISM, in Grammar, is an Inflexion of fome Verb, a particular Conllruflion of fome Phrafe or Parti- cle that is anomalous, and deviates from the ordinary Kule of the Language of the Nation, but which is in ufe in fome particular Province of it. Several Authors have written of the Idht/Jms in the Gree/; and Lathi Lan- guages ; that is, of the particular Turns in thofe Tongues which vary rhe motl from each other, and from the more popular among the modern Tongues ; Bur the Examples of thefe W-'ot/y'ms being borrowed from the befl Authors, Jd'mifm, in thisSenfe, cannot properly be called an Irregu- larity. The word is derived from the Greek, '1 ^'-Q-, prrper. IDOL, a Statue or Image of fome falfe God, to whom Divine Honours are paid, Altars and Temples erecled, and Sacrifices made. Thus the Co!offus at R'fodes was an Idol of the Sun, the Fjithd'um a,n Idol ofM/jcnvi. Sic. The word Lomes from the Gi-ee/^ 6iJ>.>hc-j\', of ^J^'Sr, Imago, Fiii^ura. 'IDOLATRY, the Worfhip -and Adoration of falfe Gods, or the giving thofe Honours to Creatures, or the Works of Man's Hand, which are only due to God. Se- veral Authors have written of the Origin and Caufcs of Idolatry, and among the relt To^hj, Seide?!^ Guodw'in, and Ttnnifm ; but 'tisitiU a Doubt who was the lirll: Author of it. 'Tis generally allowed, however, that it had not its Beginning till after the Deluge, and many are of Opi- nion that iie/Mj, who is fuppolcd 10 be the fame with /V.'»;- rod, was thefirlt Man that was d^itied. But whether they had not paid Divine Honours to the Heavenly Bodies be- fore that time, cannot be determined, our Acquaintance wiih thofe remote Times being extremely ilender. All that can be faid with Certainty, is, Thar Years after the Deluge, when God lead i hara and his Family out of Chaldea, and ylbraham paffed over 'Mefopota.'.na Canaaflt the Kingdom of the Fhiliji'mes and E-jyft, it d^^s not ap- pear that Idolatry had then got any fuoting in any of thofe Countries, tho' fome pretend that Abraham himfi\f was an Idolater. The firit mention we find made of it, is in Genefis^ chap, xxxix, Der. i>). where Rachel is faid to have taken the idols of her Father j for tho' the meaning of the Hebrew word CS^B'in he difputed, yet 'tis evident they were Idols. Laban ca.\\s them his Gods, and jacoh calls them ilrangeGods, and looks on them as Abomina- tions. Clhvernis, Germ. Amiq. I. i. maintains Cain to have been the firii Idolater, and tlie faife Gods that he wor- ftiipped to have been the Stars, to whom he fuppofeJ God had left the Government ol- the low.jr World: buE this is mere Conjefture. The principal Caufcs thai have been affigned for kiok try, are thefe : (r._) The iivlelible Idea which every Man has of a God, and the Evidence which hegives of it to hiinfelf (a.j An inviolable A' tach- mcnt to Senfe, and an Habitu le of judging and d.icid- ing by it, and it only. (:..) The Pride and v aniry of the human Soul, which is rot fatisfied with fimpieTn-th, but mingles and adulteraies it with Fables. (4.) ''['he Ignorance of Antiquity, orof the fird Times, and cti.',flrll Men, whereof we have but a very dark and confufed Knowledge by Tradition, they having left no written Mo- numents or Books. (5.) The Ignorance and Changes of Languages. (5.) The Style of the Oriental Languages, which is figurative and poetical, and perfonlfies every thing. f70 '! he Superdition, Scruples, an ' Fears, in- fpired by Religion. (S.) The Flattery of Writers. (9.) I'he falfe Relations of I'ravellers. {lu.) The Fictions of Poets, (ii.) Ihc Imaginations of Painters and 6culp- tors. (12..) A fmattering of Phyfics, that is, a llight Acquaintance with natural Bodies, and Appeara-rices, and their Caufes. (14.) The Ellabliilunent ot Colonies, and the Invention of Arts, which have been perverted by bar- barous People, (i 5.) The Artifices of Prieils. (kT.) The Pride of certain Men, who have aft'eifted to pafs f ir Gods. (17.) The Affeflion and Gratitude bore by the People to certain of their Great Men and Benefaftors. Ci^O The Scriptures themfelves ill underltood. The word comes from the Gree^ w'J'.iAoAttTpM,', which is compofed of Ima^o, Ima^e, and A-j.TtiCavi fer'Vire, fo Jerve. IDYLLION, in Poetry, is a little gay Poem, contain- ing the Defcription or Narration of fome agreeable Ad- ventures. Theacritiis is the oidell Author who has written IdylUons. The Italians imitate him, and have brought the Idylhon into modern L'fe. The Idylhons of Theocritus have a world of Delicacy ; they appear with a clownifh, rullic kind of Simplicity, but are full of the moll: exqui- fite Beauties j they feem drawn from the Brcalt of Na- ture herfelf, and to have been diftared by the Gra- ces. The Idylhon is a kind of Poetry, which paints the Obje£ls it defcribes ; whereas the Efic Poem re- lates ihem, and the Dramatic a6i:s them. The modern Writers of Idylhons don't keep up to that original Simplici- ty obferved by Theocritus ; the People of our Days would not bearan amorous Fiiflion, refumbiing the clumfy ' .al- lantrics of our Peafants. E-oileau obferves that the fliorteft Idyll ons are ufually the bell. The word is derived from the Gree/; ti'iA/?A/3V» of tirPk^j Fifure, Rtprefentativfi ^ in regard this Poetry coniifts in a lively natural Image, or Repre- feniation of Things. JEAT, fometimes called Black Jmber^ is a Mineral, or a foffiie Stone, extremely black, formed of a lapidific or bituminous Juice in the Earth, in the manner of Coal: It works like Amber, and has moll: of its Quali- ties. It abounds in Dat:pbi>je, but the bell: in the World is faid to be produced in fome of the No--thern Parrs of EtigtaJid. There is alfo a faflitious ,7£Mnade of Glafs, in imitation of the Mineral jet. This is drawn ojt into long hollow Strings, which arc cut, and formed at pleafure. It is much ufed in Embroiderifs, and in r'le Trimmings of Mourning, and mav be made of any Cohjur,- tho 'tis ufuallv black and white. JECl IGATION, in Phyfic, Is a Trembling or Palpi- tation felt in the Pulfe of a fick Ferfon, which fhews that rhe Brain, which is the Origin of the Nerves, is attacked and threatned with Convulfions, JECUR- JE ( 372 ) JECUR. SeeLher. JECUR UTERINUM: The Thcentals, by fomc thus called, from the fuppofed Simil'i^Litle oi its OjKce w-ich that of the Liver. JEJUNUM. See Inttfiineu JLOfAYLE; a Compound three. French words, ay faille, 1 h..ve f.i'lsd. Jc is ufed in a legal ijcnfe, ■ when the Parties to any Suit have, in pleading, proceeded fo far, that they have j<-'ined Ifliie, which lliail be tryed, or is trycd by a Jury, and this Pleading or Iffue is badly joined, fo that it will be Error if tuey proceed. In this Cafe one of the Parties might, by their Counfel, /Iicw if to the Court, as well after Vcrdift given, as before the Jury was charged : But this occafioning great De- lays in Suits, for the Redrefs thereof fcveral Statutes were made, ws. 3z H. Vlll. c. 30. by which it was cna£ied, ' That if the Jury have once pafled upon the ' Iffue, tho' afterwards there be found a Jsofayle in the * Pleading, yet fl;all Judgment be given according to * the Verdict of the Jury." Other Statutes nave alfo been made relating to the fame thing, in the time of K'mg^amt'sh and Queen Elizabeth, and yet the Fault little mended. S. JEROM, the Name of four feveral Orders of Re^ liaious, who are fotnctimes alfo coXXcA. ^eronymitcs. Tiie firlf, called the Order of Sv.'Jsrom of Sptiin^ owe their Origin to the third Order of St. t'raiicis^ whereof the firft 'Jsronymires were Members. Gregory the Eleventh con- iirmed this Order, under the Nanir; of St. je-om, whom they had chofen for their Patron and their Model, and gave tbeni the Conllituiions of the Convent of Si. Mary of the SepitU-bre, with the Rule of St. /ugufiine ; and for Habit, a white Tunic, with a Scapulary, a little Ca- puche, and a Mantle, all of their natural Colour, with- out Dying, and of a mean Price. The jeravymites arc in pofllffion of the Convent of A. L,mrtuce, in the Ef- airia/y where the Kings of Sp^in are buried. In Sj>ain is likewifc an Order of Nuns of St. ^erom, founded by a Ladv towards t!ie clofe of the rjth Century. Stxim put them under the Juriididlion of the '^erouymites, and gave them the Conllitutions of the Monaitcry of^'r. M.v,-th^i of Cordtiha, which were afterwards changed by Leo X. for thofc of the Order oi' ^i.jerom. 7 he fccond Order of St. jCYom is that of Lomhardy, called St. 'j. iom of th Ob- Jen>a;7ce, f(jur,dcd by Loup d'Qlmtdo in 141,4. in the Moun- tains of Ca^ciUa^ in iheDiocefsof Se-vU. The third Ordei cf 5e(a)?j)"witej was founded by Peter Gumkicorti about the lear 1577 i but the Vows they made were onl) limplc till 1568, when Fiits V, appointed them to be fulcmn. They haveHoufesin Tirol, ita/y, and Bazwia. The fourth Congregation of 'Jerojiymiterf are the Hermites of St. Je- rom oi iiez-oli, begun in 1560, when Charles de Monte^ra- r.dl, of the Family of the Count of that Name, retiring into Solitude, firil ertablilhed it at Verona. It was ap- proved by Innoccnt^W. under the Rule and Conllitutions of Sr. je'O"'. Bat £H^e«/;(f, in 1441 changed it for that of St. -^Hg'i/^'M. As the Founder was of the third Order of St. fj-flHci/, they preferved that Habit i but in ia,6o^ Pijis, permitting fuch as plcafed to change It, oecaIi(»ned a Divifion among them. This Order was finally fup- preffed by C/c»!eHt XI. in 166S. JESILBASCH, Green-Head, is the Name which the Terfi^ns give to the Thi'^j, becaufe their Emirs wear a Green Turband. JESS ANT, a Term in Heraldry, ufed when, in a Coat of Arms, a Lion or other Beall is borne over fome Ordi- nary ; as over a Chief, a Bend, a Fefie, ^c. that Lion or Bead is blazoned '^ejjaiit^ or 'Jacent^ that is, lying over all. JESUATES, an Order of Religious, otherwife called Jpojioiical Ckrhs. They were founded by 3oh?i Colmr/hlM, and approved of by Urkm V. in i 367. at Viterha 5 where he himfelf gave, to fuch as were prefent, the Habit they wtrc to wear. They followed the Rule of St. An- giijiiae, and were ranked by FiiisV. among the Orders of Mendicants. They were called ^efuaces, becaufe their firft Founders had the Name of Jefus continually in their Mouths. For two Centuries the Reflates were mere Secu- lars h but in liofi, Taid V. gave them Isavc to enter in- to Huly Orders. In moll of their Houfe.s they were cm- ployed in Pharmacy, others praflifcdDldHlation, and fold JqiiA Vita-, which occafioned their being ^called yfqm Fit.c- tnauiers. Being very rich in the State of Te/^ice, that Re- pub'lick follic!i':d their Supprelfion, and obtained it of ClemcmlX. their Effefls b.;!ng_ employed towards fup- port- iE^ ''le Expencesof the VVur mCmidia. JF'SUITS, anOrderof Rtii^ivus, founded by Ignatius loyola, who are alfo called :ire Cornp.my of '3eft(s. This Order hasr<^ndLTed irfelf very confiderabie byitsMilTwns '-he htdtes, and by irs other Employments relating to thi, St'jdy of the Sciences, and the E-lucarion of Youth, The Council of Trent caMf them, Ckyhs Ke^ula^s of th'' Qmpah'y of ^efis. It was in the Year 1538. that Ignatius JE having affembleJ ten of lijs Companions at Rmtie, chofen niolHy out of iho Univerfity of I'm-is, propofed to thcni to make a new Order. After this he pref-nted the Flan of his Inftitution to Pannil. who appointed three Com- miffioners to examine it ; upon whole Report, the Pontiff confirmed the Inititution, u-.der the N ante of The Come. i- ny of 3ejh, by a Bull in 1 540. By this Bull, iheir :\ um- ber was relirained to Sixty, but that Reltriaion was talten away, two T cars afterwards, by another Bull. The Order has fmce been confirmed by feveral fucceedlng Popes, who have added many new Rights and Privileges to it'. The End principally propofed by this Order, is to pain Converts to the Romift Church, with which View they difperfe themfelvcs in every Country and Nation, and with amaiing Indullry and Addrefs purfue the End of their Inflitution, No Difficulty fo great that they cannot futmount, no Danger fo imminent that they will not un- dergo, no C -rimes fo Ihocking that they will not perpe- trate, provided it may be of any Service to their Caufe. They have no particular Habit, bur change and accom- modate it to Times and Occafions. This Order confids of five different Ciafies ; Fi^llows, fpiritual Coadjutors, approved Scholars, Lay- Brothers, called alfo temporal Coadjutors, and Novices. The Fellows, which make the Body of the Company, make the three foiemn Vows of Religion publickly, and to thefe add a fpecial Vow of Obedience to the Head of the Church, as to what regards Miffions among Idolaters, Heretics ^S'i- The fpiritual Coadjutors alfo make public Vows of Chaf^iry, Poverty, and Obedience, but omit the fourth relating to Mlffinns*. Approved Scholars are thofe, whn, ifrer two Yi-:.- i'.jL>- viciate, have been adtnined, and iiave made three Vows of Religion ; not foiemn, indeed, but yet declared. Thefe are in the way to becop-.e Fellows, or fj-irirual Coadjutors, according as the General thinks fir. ThLfc Degrees, efpecially that of Fello-.', are never cunUrred till after two Years Noviciate, and fcven Years Ktu.lv, fe- vcn of Regency, a third Year of Novici^it;-, and thirty three Years of Age. The Vows of the Scholars are ab- folute on their fide, but only ccmdiiional on the fide of the Order ; the General having it in his power fo difpenfe with them. The Order is divided into AffiQances, the AfTiflances into Provriv:cs, and the Provinces inro Houfes. It is go- verned by a Genera], who is perpetual and abfolutf. He n fides ar and is elected by a General Congrega- tion of the Order. He has with him, fivePerfons, who are, as it were, hisMinifters. Th',-y are called Affi^'ants, and bear the Name of the Kingdom or Country to which they belong, and by whom they are appointed, viz. of Italy, rr.i7ice, ■'^p.vn^ Geymany, and Fortugal. T'o thefe belongs the Care of" preparit^g the Matters of their re- Ipetlive AlTidances, and of putting them in a Method to facilitate their Expedition. It is by thefe, that both In- feriors and Superiors go regularly before the General. They are c'lofen by the Congregation, and are not only the General's Counfi-llors to aflill: him in his Bufinefs^ but alfo to obfcrve his Condufl: > and, if they find occa- fion, they may call a general Congregation without his Confent, who may depofe him in form j or they have it in tl.eir power to depofe him, themfelvcs, after having, by Letter, obtained the Suffrages of their Provinces. Each Province has four kinds of Houfes, -aii-. profeffed Houfes, which can have no Lands belonging to them 3 Colleges, where the Sciences are taught j Rcfidences, where are a Number of Workmen employed in fuch Offi- ces, as have any immediate relation to Preaching, Con- feflion, Miffions, gfjc. and Houfes of Novices. Arnong the Colleges there are fome called fimply Colleges, and others called Seminaries. Thefe lall are fet afide, for the young '^efuiis to go through their Courfes of Philofo- fophy and Theology in j the others are for Strangers. Each Province is governed by a Provincial, and each Houfe by a Superinr, who is called a Rcfior in the Col- leges, and a Superior in the other Houies. lpia:i!.s regu- lated the Difcipline of fhefc Houfes, and efpecially of the Colleges, by what he had obferv'd in the Sorhoimc, while he rtudied at Furis. The Fellows of this Order renounce, by a foiemn Vow, all Preferment, and efpe- cially Prelacy ; and cannot receive any, unlefs enioin'd thereto by the Pope under pain of Sin. This thc'Pope fometimes does ; infomucn that they have had eight Cardinals of their Order. JET lY EAU, a Treyich Word fignifying a Fountain, that cads up Water to any confiderabie Height in the Air. Mr. Manoitc faith, That a Jerd'Eau will'^never rife fo high as its Refervatory, but always falls fhort of ir by a Space, which is in a fubduplicate '^atio of that Height; and this he proves by feveral Experii-icnri, He faith alfo. That if a greater, branches our i i ;.-,any ffnaller onc-s, or is diflribuied thro" f_vcral "^'j', the Square of rh" niam'.-icr of the main PipCj mufl bi; proportioned to the Sum of all the JE ( 373 ) 1(3 t'ne Expencesof its Branches ; and pamcuhrly, That if ihc Refervatory be 52 Toot high, and the Adjutage haU an Inch in Diameter, the Pipe ought to be three Inches m Diameter. See Fomit^i/i, [Vater^ 6ic. TETSON. See Hor/o;/. TEWEL-OFFICE. AnOlEcc that takes cire of falhion- ing and weighing the King's Plate, and delivering it out bv fuch Warrants, as they receive from tne Lord Cham- berlain. When his Majctly makes any Prefent ot i late, ^c. they have the Charge of providing it with lumc other things Icfs material. The principal Officer is the Mailer of the Jewel-Office, whofe Salary is 450/- f^" anil and befides, the Yeoman ind Groom, at loj/. 15/- each, and a Clerk at 15/- ' ^'""Z "the Kine's Gift. Eefidcs, there are in this Office, m the Gift of the Lord Chamberlain, rile Foet-Laureat, at 100/. ann. Salary ; the King's Hifloriographer at .00 / lerann. the Hiftory Painter and "^^^^^^^VT o.t loo I. per ann. the Painter in Enamel, and the Surveyor and Keeper ofthePiaures at 200 /. per The Gold- fmith and Jeweller are employed by the Mafter, and are ufuallv in his Gift. . TEWS-EAR i a kind of Fungus, Muiliroom, or ipun- ev Subflance, that grows about the Root of the Elder- Tree It is chiefly ufcd in Decoaion, which is iound Detergent and Vulnerary, and a good Gargle in fore '^TEZIDE Qr'3f.^idea}i, aTermufed among the Maho- metans to fignify an Heretic. Leunciavh.^ tc\\s u., that the Name is derived from an Emir call d jcx,% There are fome things we are ignorant of for want of Ideas. All the fimple Ideas we have, are confined to the Obfervation of our Senfes, and the Operations of our own Minds, that wc are confcious of in ourielvcs. What other Ideas it is polTible other Creatures _may have, by the af- fiilance of other Senfes or Faculties, more or perfeder than we have, or different from ours, it is not for us to determine : but to fay ortliink there- are no fuch, becaufe we conceive nothing of them, is no better an Argument, than if a blind Man fiiould be pofitive in it, there was nu fuch thing as Sight and Colours, becaufe he had no man- ner of Idea of any fach thing. What Faculties therefore other Species of Creatures have, to penetrate into the Nature and inmoll Conllitutions of Things, we know not ; This we know, and certainly find, that we want other Views of them, befides thofe we have, to make Difcoveries of them more perfeft. The Intelleaual and Senfible World are in this perfe^ly alike, that the Parts which wc fee of either of them, hold no proportion with that we fee not ) and whatfoever wc can reach with our Eyes, or our Thoughts of either of them, is but a Point, almoll nothing in comparifon of the re!l. Again, the War.t of Ideas, which we yet feem capable of, ii another great ObUacle in our way, and keeps us in Ignorance of things, we conceive capable of being known. Bulk, FitTure and Motion we have Ideas of; yet not knowing what is the particular Bulk, Motion, and Figure of the greatefl: part of the Bodies of the Univerfc, we arc igno- rant of the feveral Powers, Efficacies and Ways of Ope- ration, whereby the Effefls we daily fee are produced. Thefe are hid from us in fome things, by being too re- mote, in others by being too minute. When we confidcr the vail Extent of the known and vifibic Parts of the World, and the Reafons wc have to think, that what lies within our Ken, is but a Imall Part of the immenfe Uni- verfe i we fhall then difcover an huge Abyfs of Igno- rance: What are the particular Fabricks of the great MalTesof Matter, which make up the whole {lupendous Frame of Corporeal Beings, how far they are extended, and what is their Motion, and how continued, and what The'ir Ignorance is furprizing j_ they have no Books. In- influence they Iiavc upon one another, are Conrcmpla- de'S^herpr'ctcnd' to" believe 'in the Gofpcl, and in the tions, that at firit glimpfe our Thoughts lofe themfeives Sacred Books of the Jews, but go without ever reading in. If we^confinc our Thoughts to_thisjittle Canton, this either one or other of 'em. They make Vows, and go m Pilgrimage ; but have no Mofques, Temples, nor Orato- ries, no Fealls nor Ceremonies ; all their Religious Wor- /hip confifting in finging Hymns to Jefus Chrift, the Vir- gin, U-fes, and M-.homct. When they pray, they look to- wards .the Eail, in imitation of the Chriiiians ; whereas the Muflulmen turn towards the South. They believe the Devil may pofiibly, one day, come into favour again with God ; and that he is the Executor of God's Juiiice in the other World : for which reafon they make it a Point of Confcience not to fpeak ill of him, left he ihould revenge himfelf of 'em. The Black '^c-zides arc reputed Saints, and 'tis forbidden to weep at their Death ; inttead whereof, they make Re- joicings; and yet for the generality they are no more than Shepherds. They arc not allow'd to kill the Animals they eat ; that Office belongs to the White ':}ezides. The •'^ezides go in Companies b"ke the A-ah. They often change their Habitations, and live in black Tents made of Goats-Hair, and encompafs'd with large R.uflics and Thorns interwoven. Ihcy difpofe their Tents in a Circle, placing their Flocks in the middle. They buy their "Wives j the i^ated Price whereof is ico Crowns, be they better or worfe. They are allow'd Divorce, provided it be to become Hermitcs. 'Tis a Crime among them to Jliave the Beard, tho' ever fo little. They have fome Cufloms which intimate that they fprang originally out of fome Sea of Chrillians: forinflance, in their Feafls one of 'em prefents a Cup full of Wine to another, bid- ding him take the Cup of the Blood of Jefus Chrift ; which laft kiffes the Hand of him who prefents it, and drinks. IGNIS FATUUS. See jach ■uilth a Lanthom. Syflem of cur Sun, and the grcffer Maffcs of Matter^ thatvifibly move about it ■-, what feveral forts of Vege- tables, Animals, and InteUeaual Corporeal Beings, infi- nitely different from ihofe of our little Spot of Earth, may probably be in [other Planets, to the Imowledge of which, even of their outward Figures and Parts, we can no way attain, whilft we are confin'd to this Earth, there being no natural Means, either by Senfation or Reflexion, to convey their certain Ideas into our Minds? Tliere are other Bodies in the Univeife no lefs conceal'd from us by their Minutenefs. Thefe infenfible Corpufcles being the aaive Parts of Matter, and great Inllruments of Nature, on which depend all their fecondary Qualities and Opera- tions, our Want of precife diflina Ideas of their primary Qualities keeps us in incurable Ignorance cf what wc de- fire to know about them. Did we know the mechanical Affeaions of Rhubarb or Opium, we might as cafily account for their Opera- tions of purging and caufing Sleep, as a Watchmaker can for the Motions of his Watch. The diflblving of Silver m ylqua Fortis, or Gold m Jqua Ke^ia^ and not vice -jerf3^ would be then perhaps no more difiicult to know, than it is to a Smith, to underfland, why the turning of one Key will open a Lock, and not the turning of another. But whilft we are dei^irute of Senfes acute enough to difcover the minute Particles of Bodies, and to give us Ideas of their mechanical Affeaions, wc mufl be content to be ignorant of their Properties and Opcn'.tions ; nor can we be afliired about them any farther, than fome few TryaU we make, are able to reach : but whether they will fuc- ceed again another time, we cannot be certain. This hinders our certain Knowledge of univerfal Truths con- cerning natural Bodies; ^nd our Reafon carries us herein C c c c c very IG ■verylittle beyond particuUr M-uter of Fa£l: ; and there- fore ic is Marter of Doubt, th:u how far foever human Induiiry may advance ufeful and experimental Phiiofo- phy in Fhyfical Things, yet fcientifical will ilill be out of our reach j becaufc we want perfe£l and adequate Ideas of rhole very bodies which are neareit to us, and Tnolt at our Command. This, at firfl: fight, Ihews us how dirproportionate our Knowledge is to the whole Ex- tent, even of m:iterial Beings : to which, if we add the Confideration of that infinite Number of Spirits that may be, and probably arc, which are yet more re- mote from our Knowledge, and whereof we have no cogni- zance ; we iliall find this Caufe oi Jgiiorance conceals from us, in an impenetrable Obfcurity, almoll the whole In- icliei^ual World ; agreater, certainly a more beautiful World, than the material : For abating fome very few Ideas of Spirit, which we get from our own Mind by Refledion, and frotn thence the belt wccan collect of the Father of C 574 ) IL ment m the Anus or Scrotum, as ir frequently happens m Hernia's, their twitting, and their entering within one another. Perfons aiHifled with the llbc Fafo,;, have fjmetimes been found toreturn Suppnfiiories and Gliders by the Month. Some have been cured of it by fwallow- ing a great Quantity of Quick-filvcr, or a Muslcet-Ball : When the Guts aiC twilled, or enter one within another, the Weight of thefe Bodies fometimes fetting them to rights again. _ The l/i^ic Faffoii talies its Name from the IntelHne J/'O", m regard of its being ufually a&aed in that Dif- temper, or perhaps from the Greek Verb to u,rn^ tw'ft ; whence alfo the Latins call it rehulns. ILIAC VESSELS. See Jrtery and ^eiu. lUACUSEXTERNUS, or Fynfo-omis, isaMufcleof the Thigh, which arifes from the internal concave Part of the Os Sacrum^ towards the bottom, and defcentllng ob- liquely along the great Sinus of the Or Ilium, from a round fle/hy Origin, joins the Chiuats Medins, and is in- all Spirits, the Author of them, and us, and all things, ferted by a round Tendon at the Bottom of the Great we have no certain Information, fo much as of the Ex- Trochanter. iltenceof other Spirits, but by Revelation i much lefs ILIACUS INTERNUS, the Name of the Mufcle of have we dilHnifl: ideas of their different Natures, States, the Thigh, which arifes fleJhy from the internal concave Powers, and feveral Conliitutions» wherein they agree, or Part of t\itOs llmm ; and in its Defcent over the inferior differ one from another, and from us : and therefore in Part of it, joins with the Ffoas magma, and is inferted with what concerns their different Species and Properties, we it, under the Termination of sh&'Temneus. This, with are under an abfolute ^noraitce. the Yfaas magtitts, moves the Thigh forward, in walking. The fecond Caufe of l;^mrance, is the want of difcove- ILIAD, the Name of the firU of //timer's Poems. The rable Connection between thofe Ideas we have: where Poet's Defignin t\\G. lliad^ was to fl:ew the Creeks, who ■we want that, we are utterly incapable of univerfal and were divided intofcvcril little States, how much 'it was certain Knowledge, and are, as in the former Cafe, left their Intereft to preferve an Harmony and good Under- only to Obfervation and Experiment. Thus the mecha- flanding among them. In order to which, he jets before nical^Affeflionsof Bodies, having no Affinity at all with their Eyes, the Calamities that befel their Anceiiors from the Ideas they produce in up, we can have no dillind Knowledge of fuch Operations beyond our Experience, and can reafon no otherwife about them, than as the Ef- fects or Appointmen of an infinitely wife Agent, which perfe<5ily furpafs our Comprehenfions. The Operation of our Minds uron our Bodies is as unconceivable: How any 1 bought fl-.ould produce a Motion in Body, is as re- mote from the Nature of our Ideas, as how any Body the Wrath of Achilles, and his Mifunderttanding with Jgamemison, and the Advantages that accrued to them from then- Union. The is -divided into twenty four Boots, which are marked with the Letters of the Alpha- bet. Fl'tny gives us an Account of an lUad written on fo very flender a Paper, that the whole might be con- tained in a Nut-fheil. For the CondufI: of the Iliad, fee F.Bofu, Madam Dflcier, and M. Je laMotte. The Critics ihould produce any Thought in the Mind. That it is maintain the Iliad to be the firft, and yet the belt Poem fo, if Experience did not convince us, the Confideration that ever appeared In the World. .-Iriflotlts Poetics arc of the Things themfelves would 'never be abL, in the almott: taken wholly from it j the Phdofopher had no- leal}, todifcover to us. In fome of our Ideas there are thing to do but to ibrm Precepts from the Poet's Prac- ccrtam Relations, Habitudes, and Connections, fo vifibly tJce. Some Authors tell us, that Homer invented not on- included in the nature of the Ideas themfelves, that we ly Poetry, but all other Arts and Sciences ; and that there cannot conceive them feparable from them by any Power ' whatfoever 5 in thcfe only we are capable of certain and univerfal Knowledge. Thus the Idea of a right-lined Triangle neceffirily carries with it an Equality of its An- gles to two right ones ; but the Coherence and Conti- nuity of the Parrs of Matter, the Produftion of Senfation arc the vifible Marks of a perfeiS KnowIe':1ge in every one of them, to be feen in the lUad. I'he ingenious Mr. Barues of Cambridge had prepared a Work for the Prefs, to prove ^o/omr?;/ to have been the Author of the Iliad. The word is derived from the Greek jA/if, of (Ai'o?, lUttm, Troy, a famous City in ^fia, which the Greeks be- m us ot Colours and Sounds, by Impulfi; and Mo- Ceged for the fpace of ten Years, and at lad deftroyed, tion, beino fuel, whereu! we can difcover no natural Con- on account of the Rape of Helena, which makes the Sub- nection with any Ideas we have, we cannot but afcribe jecTr of the Work, them 10 the arbitrary Will and Good-Pleafure of the ILIUIVI. See Imsjlines. wife ArchiteS. The Things that we obfervc conflantly ILIUM OS. See Offa hmommata. Thefe are both dc- to proceed regularly, we may conclude do aft by a Law rived from kaso, circmymko, to roll ahut ; becaufe the let them ; but yet by a Law we know not, whereby tho Gut, which is principally called by this Name, is long, Caufeswork fteadiiy, and EEfeSs conilantly flow from and lies in Folds towards the bottom of the Abdomen, tlicm, yet their Conneaions and Dependencies being not and therefore gives many of the adjacent Farts thefe Ap- pellation,- difcoverable in our Ideas, wc can have but an experimen- tal Knowledge of them. Several Elfefls come every day within the notice of our Senfes, of which we have fo far fenfitive Knowledge; but the Caufes, IVlantier, and Certainty of their Produflion, we muft, for the foregoing Reafons, be content to be ignorant of In thefe we can go no further than particular Experience informs us of Matter of Faia, and, by Analogy, guefs what Effefls the like Bodies are upon other Trials like ro produce. But as to perfeil Science of natural Bodies (not to inen ILLEVIABLE in Law, fignifies fomething that cannot be levied, and therefore the word i^ib'il is fet on a Debt or Due that is iileviable, ILLUMINATION, the Aflion 'of a luminous Body, or Body that emits Light, or the Paflion of an opake Bo- dy that receives it. ILLUMINED, a Church-Term, antiently applied to fuch Perfons as had teceived Eaptifm. This Name was occafioned by a Ceremony in Baptifm, which conlilled in tionfpimuil Beings) we are fo far from being capable of putting a lighted Taper in the Hand 'of the Perfon bap. any fuc^h thing, that it may be reckoned lott Labour to iized.'as a Symbol of the Faith and Grace ho hid re- ^ ceived in theSacrament. 1 he third Caufe of Ipmance, is our want of tracing ILLUMINED, is alfo the Name of a Sea of Here- thofe Ideas we have, or may have ; and finding out thofe ticks, who fprang up in Sfain about the Year 1 575, and intermediate Ideas, which may fhew us what Habitude called by the Sfauiards, Jhinh-ndcs. Their Leaders were of Agreement or Difigreement they may liave one with Vilhilfmdo, a Prieft, originally of the Jfle t,f Tesarlf, and another -• and thus many are ignorant of Mathematical a Carmelite called Caiberme dr. Z'efm. Thefe had a Truths for want of Application, in enquiring, examin- great Number of Difciples and Followers, moft of ing, and by due ways comparing thofe Ideas. See Know- whom were apprehended, and clapp'd up in the Inquifi- ■?f' tion at Cordoua ; fome whereof were put to death, and ILIAC, a Term in Fhyfick, applied to a violent and the reft abiured their Errors. Their principal Doflrines oangerous Difeafe, called tin: l/}..c I'.iftm, or Miferere. — ■'■ ^ r , ,. r it confiOs in an Expulfion of feculent Matter by the iMouth, accompanied with a Swelling of the lower Ven- tricle, an intenfe Pain, and a total Confiipation. The immediate Caufe of the llir.c PaBion feems owing to an Irregularity in the Perifialtic Motion of the Guts, sias. when it begins with the lower, and is continued to the higher. _ Other Caufes are the Hardnefs of the Ex ere- were. That by means of a fublime manner of Prayer» which they had attained to, they entered into fo perfect a State, that they had no occafion for Ordinances, Sa- craments, nor good Works, and that they could give way, even to the vilefl Actions without Sin. The Seft of -^J'/k- mined was revived in France in the Year r(f54, and were foon after joined by the Gaermets^ or Difciples of Feter Gtierin, who together, made but one Body, called al- ments, Inflammation of the Inceilines, and their Engage- fo Jtowei/j' but they werefo hotly purfued by i.oit/j XlII. iha IM ( 37^ ) IM that they were foon deftroyed. Tlie Brothers of the Rofy-Crofs arc alfo called llhuuintd. ILLUSTRIOUS, heretofore in the Empire was a Title of Honour peculiar to People of a certain Rank. It WLis firll given to the moft diltingui/licd among the Knights, who had a right to bear the Latiis Chrjus, aher- wards they were entitled VJuJiyioiis^ who held the firft Rank among ihofe called Houoniti j that is, to the IW/eHi Tr^torli^ the Fr^feHi Urhls, Treafarers, Comltes^ Sic. There were, however, different Degrees among the ///w/iCi : As inSpam they have Grandees of the firlt and fecund Clafs, fo in ilu??/c they had their J%'^:>-w, whom they called Grecif, M-ijorss^ and others Le/V, called Mniores. I'or infiance,^ the Fr.cfeBi!s Tr^torms was a Degree below the Maimer of the Offices, tho' they were both Hhjhes. The Novel of Valtnunian diitinguiihes as far as five kinds of lHuJlres, among whom the lllujtrss Mminiftratores bear the lirfl: Rank. IMAGE, a natural, lively Reprefentation of an Ob- je£l, oppoled to a fmooth well-polifhed Surface. The Latin wurd-/'«''5o, cumcs originally from the GVee^ ^//->:&ii^/, imitATi. /wni; e alfo fignifies any artificial Reprefentation performed by Man, as in Painting, Sculpture, and the like: In which fenfe, the word is now generally ufed in fpcaking ot Things holy, or Things imagined to be fo. The Lfc, and Aduration of [mages, are Things that have been a long time controverted in the World. The Lutherans condemn the Cahinijh^ for breaking the Ima- ges in th'.' Churches of t!ic Catholics, looking on it as a kind of Sacrikn^e ; and yet they condemn the Romanifts^ (who are profeLied Image-worrtiippers) as Idolaters ; nor can th e fc 1 ait keep pace with the bVesX'r, who go far be- yond them in tliis Point, which has uccafioned abundance of Difputes among them. The '3cv}i abfolutely condemn all Imu'ic'^ and don't fo much as fuffer any Statues or Fi- gures in their Houfcs, much Icfs in their Synagogues, or Places of Woriliip. The J^^abometaiu have a perfeii Aver- iiun to Images^ which was what led them to deitroy moft of the beautiful Monuments of Antiquity, both Sacred and Profane, at Coiijlarnmople . The noble Romans prefcrvcd the Images of their An- cellors with a great deal of Care and Concern, and had them carried in Proceffion at their Funerals and Tri- umphs. They were commonly made of Wax or Wood, tho' fomctimcs of Marble or Brafs : They placed them in the Veilibles of their Houfes, and they were to ftay there, even if the Houfes happened to be fold : it being accounted impious to difplacc them. JPpius Chn fo is the Diameter of the Objeft, to the Diameter of the hna?^e. This is' a Rule which Mr. Molynsux gives us for finding the Diame- ter of an /m-ipeon the Bale of a Convex-Glafs. See Of- ttcs. _ Image alfu fignifies the Defcription of any thing in ft Difcourfe, IMAGES, -Di/co«r/e, are defined, by Lomirtiis^ to be, in gencral.any Thoughts proper to produce Expreffions.and which prefent a Und of I'lflure to the Mind. But, in the more limited Scnil-, he fays, r»;ajcj arc fuch Difcourfcs as come from us, when by a kind of Emhufiafm, or an ex- traordinary Emotion of the Soul, we feem to fee the Things whereof we fpeak, and prefent them before the £ycs ot thiife who hear. IMAGES, in Rbsm-ic, have a very different Ufe from what they hive among the Poets ; the End principally propofcd in Poetry is Aflonifhment and. Surprize, where- as the thing chiefly aimed at in Profe, is to paint things naturally, and to /liew them clearly. They have this, however, in common, that they both tend to move, each Jii Its Itind. Thefe !ma?cs, or FiBitres, are of vaft ufc, to give Weight, Magnificence, and Strength to a Difcourfe. They warm and animate a Dif ourfe, and when managed with Art according to Lomimis, feem, as it were, to tame an.! (uljdue the Hearer, and put him in the power of the Speaker. IMAGINATION, a Power or Faculty of the Soul, by whichitconccives, and foinis Ideas of Things, by means of certain Traces and Impreffions that had been beford made m the Fibres of rhe Brain, by Senfation. The Or- gans of our Senfes are compofed of little Threads, or Fi- bres which, at one end, terminate in the outward Parts of the Body and Skin aiid a, ,he other in the middle of the Brain. Thefe little Fibres miy be moved two ways ; either beginning at that end which terminates in the Brain, °l V l^''"'' '"mmates without. ,he Agitation of thefe iibres cannot be communicated to the Brain, but the Soul will perceive fomelhing. If ,Ken the Agita- tion begins where Objeds make their Srft Impreffion siz. on the external Surface of the Fibres ot our Nerves and IS communicated thence to the Brain, the Soul in that Cafe, judges that what fltc perceives is without that IS, Ihe perceives an Objcft as prefent : but if only the interior Fibres be moved by the Courfe of the animal Spirits, or mfome other manner, tho Soul then imagines and judges, that what /lie perceives is not wllhout, but within the Brain ; that is, /he perceives an Objea as ab- fent : And herein lies the Difference between Senfation and hna^hiation. But in order to give a more precife and diflinft Idea of the Ima^inaum, it mult be obferved, that as often as there happens to be any Alteration in that part of the Brain where the Nerves terminate, there alfo happens an Alteration in the Brain ; that whenever there is any Motion in ihatpatt, to change the Order of its Fibres, there alfo happens a new Perception in the Soul, and fhe finds fomethmg new, cither by way of Senfation or Ima- lammn ; ncuher of which can be without an Alteration ot the Fibres in that part of the Brain. So that the Fa- culty of Imaimini, or Imagimtmt, only confitls in the Power which the Soul has of forming Images of Objefls by producing a Change in the Fibies of that part of the Brain, which may be called the principal Part, becaufe It correfponds to all the Parts of our Body and is the Place where the Soul (if it may be fo faid) immediately refides. It matters not which that Patt is, nor whether the Opinion of It ilBs be true, who places the common Scnle in the two Bodies, called Corpora Striata, and the Immnation in the Corfus Caliofum ; or that of FerneUtis who places Senfation in the Fia Mater, that encompaffeS theSubflance of the Brain ; or that of De/m,tei, jvho places it in the Pineal Gland : it fuffices that there is feme fuch Part. Since then the Imarjnaimt only confills in a Power which the Soul has of forming Images of Objefts, by impreffing them on the Fibres of the Brain, it follows that the larger and more dillina the reft,g,a, or Tracks of the animal Spirits, which are the Lines or Strokes, as It were, of thofe Images, are, the more tlrongly and diihnaiy the Soul imagines thofe Objeas. Now as the Breadth, Depth, and Ueannefs of the Strokes of a Grav- ing depend on the Force wherewith the Graver aas, and the Obedience which the Copper yields ; fo the Depth and Cleannefs of the Tracks of the Imagiiiatim depend on the Force of the animal Spirits, and the Conilitution of the Fibres of the Brain ; and it is that Variety which is found m thofe tv«o things, to which we owe almoft all that vaft Difference which we obferve in Peoples Minds. Thus, on the one tide are Abundance and Scarcity, Brisk- defs and Slownefs, Largenefs and Smallnefs of the ani- mal Spirits i and on the other hand Delicacy or GroCfnefs Humidity or Drynefs, StitFnefs or Flexibility of the Fibres of the Brain; and, laltly, a particular Relation which the animal Spirits may have with thofe Fibres. From the va- rious Combinations of which Things, will refult a fufK- ciently great Variety, to account for all the ditferent CbaraSers which appear in the Minds of Men : and from the fame Principle flows that Difference which is ob- ferved in the fame Pcrfon's Mind, at different Times and under different Circumftances, as in Childhood, Man- hood, and Old Age, in Sicknefs, Health, 55?c. See Jnmtd Splritt. It may here be obferved, that the Fibres r^*^- o"'",™""^'" agitated by the Impreffion ot Objefls, than by the Courfe of the animal Spirits ; and for this reafon the Soul is more affeBed with Obleas which It perceives by Senfation, and which it looks on as prclent, and capable of giving it Pleafure or Pain, than by thtjie perceived by Imaginmm, which it judocs to be diHant. And yet it fometimes happens, that in Petfons, whole animal Spirits are extremely agitated by Faffing, Waking, Drinking, a Fever, or fome violent Paffion, thefe Spirits move the inward Fibres of the Brain as forcibly as outward Objeas do ; fo that thofe Perfons perceive things by Senfation, which they fliouldonly perceive by Imagina- tioK ; forlmaginatloa tmi Senfation only differ from each other, as the greater from the lefs. See Father MtilH- hranch, Recber. tie laVeritS, ith. IMAM or IMAN: A Minillerin the UaUmetan Church anfwcring to a Vicar among us. The Word properly llgnifies Prelate, or Chief j but the Muffuimen frequently tippiy IM C 370 IM apply it to a Pcrfun who has the Care and Intendancy of a Mofque, \*ho is always there the lirft, and reads Pray- ers to the people, which they repi^at after him. The word Imam is alfo applied by way of Excellence to the four Chiefs, or Founders ot the lour principal Sects in thcMahomcun Reli'^ion. 'Thus Mi is the Imam of the Fer- Jians, orof theScCt oi Schiaiensj yihu-htksr the Imam of the Sujitiiais, which is the Seft follow 'd by the Titr/is. Sa- fhii or Jflji-j', tiic b>'-im of another Seft, '^c. The Maho- incuins don't agree among themfelvvs about the Imam.it or Dignity of the Imam. Some think it of divine Right, and artach'd to a fingle Family, as the Pontiiicate of y/ayoji. Others hold, that it is indeed of divine Right, but deny it to be fi) atrach'd to any fingle Family, as that it may not be transfer 'd to another. They add, that the Imam is to be clear of all grofs Sins, and that otherwife he may be de- pofed, and his Dignity confer 'd on another. However this be, 'tis certain that after an Imam has once been own'd as fuch, by the Muffulmen, he who denies that his Authority tomes immediately from God, is accounted impious 5 he who docs not obey him, a Rebel; and he who pre- tends to contradi6i what he fays, a Fool, among theor- ihodoK of that Religion. IWBARGO, a Stop or Stay put upon Ships ufually by public Authority. IMBECILITY', is a State of Languor, or Decay, wherein the Body is not able to perform its ufual Exet- cifes or Funflions. IMBEZZLE, to wafte, fcatter and eonfume; as where a Perfon intruiled with Goods, wafles and dimini/hes them, he is faid to hnbczz/e them. IMBIBE, is ufed commonly in the fame Senfc as ah/orb; as where a dry porous Body takes 'up another that is moiiK IMBRICATED, is ufcd by fome Botanifts toexprefs the Figure ot the Leaves of f.ime Plants, which are hol- low like an Imbrey, or Gutter Tile. IMITATION, in Mufic, is where one Party Imitates the linging of another either throughout the whole Piece, which is one of the Kinds of Canon, or only during fome Meafurcs, which is a fimple Imh-ition. Sometimes the Mo- tion or the Figure ot the Notes, alone, is imitated 5 and that, fometimes even by a contrary Motion, which makes what they call a Retrograde imitation. The/m/t-iitow diifers from the Fugue, in regard, in the former the Repetition muit be a id, a 3d, a 6th, 7[h, orjth, either above or below the firil Voice : Whereas were the Repetition to an Unifon a 4th, 5th, or 8th, it would be a Fugue. IMMACULATE, ivithout Stain or Sin: A Tcrm^ much lifed among the Romanijis, when fpeaking of the Concep- tion of the Blcffed Virgin, they call \t immaculate : inti- mating that file was tree trom Original Sin. When the Cap is given to a Doctor of the Sovbonnc, he is obliged to fwear that he will defend the immacid.ite Conception. This was decreed by an A£t ot the Sorbonne in the 14th Centu- ry 3 in imitation of uhich, 80 other Univerfities made the fame Order. The Military Orders \n Sp^iin are all fo- lemnly obliged to defend this Prerogative of the Virgin. See Conception. Congregation of the hnmactdate Conceftmt. In mofl Nun- neries' there is a Society of fecular Maids, whofe End is to honour the immacuLite Conception : Of which they make a public Protellation every Year, and a private one every Day, IMMANENT: A Term in Logic. The Schoolmen diJl:inguini two kinds of Actions ; the one trantitory, which pafs from the Agent to the Patient ; the other immanent^ which continue in the Agent, IMMATERIAL, fomething devoid of Matterj or that js pure Spirit. Thus God, Angels, the Human Soul, are hiimutci'i^il Beings. Tlato argues the bmn-itsriality of the Soul from thefe fix Topics, i. From its Simplicity. 2. Prom its Independency on the Body, which is two-fold ; in its Ejfe and its Operare, in exilting, and in acting or opera- ting feparately. 5. From its Rule and Authority over the Body. 4. From its Likenefs and Similitude to God, which difcovers itfelf in the Plcafure it enjoys in fpiritual Things, in its aiming at fpiritual Objc£ts, t?c. 5. From its fpiritual Manner of perceiving material Objefls. Latt- ly, From its Indivifibility, Capacity, Activity, Immorta- lity, iSc. IMMEDIATE, that which precedes or follows fome other thing without any Interpofition. IMMEDIATE, alfo fignifies fomething that afls with- out Means, without Medium, as imJKCi/i«re Grace, an imme- (iir.te Caufe, There have been great Difputes among Divines ab^uc immediate Grace. The quettion in debate was, Whether Grace aded on the Heart and Mind by an immediate EfBcacy, independent of all external Circum- fiances i or, Whether a certain A{remblage and Improve- ment of Cii-cumfiances jnin'd t^ the Miiiiltery of the Word, might produce a Convcrfion of Soul. IMMEMORIAL, an Epithet given to the Trme or" Durauon of any thing, whofe Beginning we know no- thing ot: m alegaiSenfe, a thing is faid to be of Time immemorial, or I'ime out of mind, that was before the Rcign of our King Edvjard II. IMMENSE, is that whofe Amplitude or Extenfion no Jrinite Meafure whatfoever, or how oft foever repeated can equal. ^ ' IMMERSION, an Adion by which any thin^ is plun- ged into Waeer or other Fluid. In the firtt Aged's of Chri- itianity, Baptifm was performed by hmnerfion ; by three immerfions. The Cuttom of to..y?.„ is Hill preferved in Fortvgal, and among the Anabaptilts in other Parts. Im- »m;/7o«, in 1 harmacy is a Preparation of fome Medicine, by letting It Ileep fcr fome time in Water, in order to take fome ill Faculty or TaO^ from it as k done in Rhu- barb, to moderate us Force; in Lime, to take away its bait ; and in Olives, wnich are preferved in Brine. IMMERSION, in Alirunomy, is when a Scar' or Pla- net is fo near the Sun with regard to our Obfcrvations that we cannot fee it; being as it were envelop'd and hid intheRa^s of that Luminary. Immerjion is alfo the Beginning of an E^b^fv of ihe Moon; that is, the mo- ment when the Moon 'u gins to be darkned, and to enter into the Shadow of the Earth. And the fame Term is ufed With regard to an Eclipfe of the Sun, when the Disk of theMuon begins to cover it. Emerfion is the Term oppofite to Immerfmi, and f giiifies the moment wherein the Moon begins to come out of the Shadow of the Earth; or the Sun begins to thow the Parts of his Disk which were hid before. Jwmsi;/?a« is frequently applied to the Satellites of :jt; and efpecially to the fiiit Satellite ; the Obfervation whereof is of fo much Ufe for difcover- ing the Longitude. The Immevfim of that Satellite is the moment in which it appears to enter within the Disk o^'Jupherj and its Emcrfion the moment wherein it ap- pears to come out. The ImmcrftQus are obferved from the Time of the Omjunaion of '3ufn<;r with the Sun, to the Time of his Opfofition: And the Emerfions from the Time of his Oppolition to his Conjunction. The peculiar Advantage of thefe Obfcrvations, is, that during eleven Months of the Year, they may be made, at lea'lt, every other Day. The Perfeftion of this Theory, and the Prax- is thereon, we owe to M.C;^-"/?/, IMMORTAL, that which will latl to all Eternity, that has in itfcif no Principle of Alteration or Corruption. Thus God and the Human Soul are immortal. Tl.no ^c- ^ncfi Immortality^ iirrn. k-^j-xQ- ^ ^j'J>'i9- ^onj, animated Ef- fence and eter7ial Manfion ; and proves the bnmortaliiy of the Soul from two kinds of Arguments ; the one Arti- ficial, the other Inartificial. Inartificial Arguments are Teltimonies and Authorities, whereof he cites feveral, and adds in general, that all the great Men and Poets, who had any thing divine in 'em, atTerted the Immortality of the Soul. His Artificial or proper Arguments are either fpeculative or praflical : Of the firil kind are thofe drawn, i. From the fimple, uniform, fpiritual and divine Nature of the Soul. z. From its infinite Capacity. 3. From its defiring and longing after Immortality^ and its inward Horror of falling into Nothing ; proving it abfurd that the Soul fliouid die, when Life is its proper and ade- quate Objeft. 4. From its rational Aflivity ; proving that whatever has in itfelf a Principle of rational and fponta- neous Motion, by vvhich it tends towards fome fupreme Good, is immortal. 5. From the various Ideas which it has of fpiritual things; particularly from the Idea it has of Immortality. 6. From its Immateriality. His praftical or moral Arguments for the Immortality of the Soul, ane drawn, i. From the Juttice of Gnd, which can never fuf- fer the Wicked to efcape unpuni/lied, nor the Good un- rewarded after Death. 2. From that Dependance which Religion has on this Opinion, in regard, without this Per- fuafion there would be no Religion in the World. ;.Frora the Opinion which Men have, that Jufiice and every kind of Virtue arc to be cultivated, that they may at latl live with God. 4. From the Stings of Confcience, and anxious Sollicitude we are under about a future State. lA^MUNITY, a Privilege or Exemption from fome Office, Duty, or Impofition : It is particularly underttood of the Liberties granted to Cities and Communities. The Princes heretofore granted all kind of hnm-:nities to Ec- clefiafiics, exempting them from all Impofitions ; but the Ecclefiatl:ics of thnfe Days were not f ) rich as thnfe of ours : They gave all they had to the Poor. There is fiill a Privilege of Immunity in fome Places, and efoecially in Itrt/y, belonging to Ecclcfialtical Thin!7S and' Perfons ; thefe are exempted from certain Dues, and are fhelter'd from the Purfuits of Jufiice. Tho, there are fome Crimes for which they cannot plead the Privileges of Immunity, as premeditated Murder, ^c. IMMUTABILITY, the Condition of fomething that cannot change. Immatahiliiy is one of the Divine Attri- butes. ( 577,1 IM butcs. There ;s iL two-fold JnGo^ 5 aPhyfi- IMPERFECT PLANTS among the BotamHs crS cal and a Moral one. The Phyfical hnmimhilhy confifts fuch as either really want flower, and Seed, or arc fup- in this, that theSubUance of God docs not, nor cannot po^^'l/o want th..,r, ; fince no Flower or Seed hath yet receive any Change or Alteration. His Moral Immutahtlny been difcovcr d to belor^ to the grearell p.rr of chem confifts in his not being liable to any Change in h.s Thefc^Mr. K.^ difbngu.lhcs according to the Place of Thoughts, or Dcfigns 5 but that what he wills, he has will'd from all Eternity. IMPALED, when the Coats of Arms of a Man and hjs Wife (who is not an Heirefs) are borne in the fame E- fcutcheon, they muft be marfhalled in Pale, i. e. the Huf- band's on the Right- fide, and the Wife's on the Left; and this the Heralds call Baro7i and Femme, two Coats im- paled. If a Man hath had two Wives, he may impale his Coat in the middle between theirs; and if he hath had more than two, they are to be mar/hailed on each lide of his, in their proper Order. IMPALPABLE, that, whofe Parts arc fo extremely mi- nute, that they cannot be diflinguifli'd by the Senfes, par- ticularly by th:u of Feeling. _ IMPANATION, a Term ufed among Divines to hg- nify the Opinion of the Lutheram with regard to the Eu- charift j who believe, that the Species of Bread and Wine do remain, together with the Body of our Saviour, after Confi^cration. , IMPARLANCE, or Ernpartaiice, is a Motion made in Courr, on the account of the Demandant by the Tenant, or Declaration of the Plaintiff by the Defendant, where- by he craveth Refpite, or any other Day to put in his Anfwer. . Imparlance is either general or rpccial. Special is with this Claufe, Sahis omndms Mva^Ta^'is, tarn ad >- rijdsiTiojicm Ctiri^, h that a Circle ihould be a Square i becaufc we conceive clearly that Squarenefs and Roundnefs de- llroy each other by the Contrariety of their Figure There arc two kinds o{ hvfojJ^.hUmes ; the one Phyhcau' the other Moral. A PhyficaL ImpoJJihUny is that which cannot be done by the Powers of Nature. A thin" is morally impo^hle^ when of its own nature it is poffible but yet is attended with fuch Difficulties, as diat all things confider'd i^: appears unp.jpbk. Thus it is morally /m/o/We that all Men ihould be virtuous; or that a Man fliould throw the fame Number with three Dves an hun- dred times lUCceiTively. Any thing contrary to Decency and good Senfc is alfo laid to be impffihh, among thofc whtj reafon fi-om Moral lopics; thus the Lawyers fay, 0mm tw.-pe impMe- Thole Conditions are which Senfe and Decorum flood fit ion, nlture of an HoufiioTd : in which Senfc we frequently find don't allow to be perform'd, tho in themfelves very poffihls it ufed in Wilis, and Conveyances of Moveables. to thofc who have no regard to good Scnfe i^c IMPLICITE, foinerhing tacitly comprized or under- IMPOST, in Law, is the Tribute or Tax appointed by that is, contain'd m a Difcourfe, Claufe, or Propo- the Prince, for fuch Merchandize as is brouoht into any not in exprefs Terms, but only by Induction and Haven in his Dominions from foreign Nations^: 51 Elm Confcqucnce. The Word is derived from the Lrtfm P/ico, It may be diftinguifli'd from Culiom, in that, Cuftom I fold. properly fignifles the Duties paid to the King 'for Goodi IMPLY a Contradiaion a Term ufed among Philo- ilupp'd olF or exported: but they are frequently confoun- fophcrs to iignify the Object of Divine Omnipotence, ded together. Thus we fay, God can do every thing that does not Imply IMPOSTHUME, is a CoUeaion of Matter or Pus in a Con trad id]: ion proceeding from God ; By which is not any Part of the Body, either from an Oblirudion of meant a Refpc£l of the Atfion to the Executive Power of Fluids in that Part, which makes them change into fuch ' " " * " ' " ' Matter ; or from aTranflation of It from fome other Pare God j for God by this Power could dcf whatever does not imply a Contradiilion proceeding from this Power, which would be to fay, that God can do what he can do. In that Propofition therefore is intended a Refpeit to the o- ther Attributes and iimplc Perfections of God. Thus God can do whatever does nor imply a Conrraili£lion to fome other of his Attributes. For inilancc, he cannot atteii: a falfe Religion by his Word, or by Miracle, becaufe this is re- pugnant to his Goodnels and Truth. But becaufe all things that /w//'/)' a Contradiclion, cannot be fald to have fuch a Refpett to the Attributes of God ; therefore wc may fay more generally, that thofe things imply a. Cojitra- d/ffion, which involve a Contrariety from the Terms or Objefl. For there are two things requifitc to the Being of any thing ; the one on the fide of the Agent, z'iz. a Power of Aiiting ; the otht:r on that of the Patient or Ob- jcft, viz. a Non-rcH£lance. For want of the firll Condi- tion, there are a I'houfand things which we cannot do; and fur want of the fecond Condition, there are many things that God caiinot do : for that which, when it is af- firmed, is yet denied, is impoffiblc. IMPORTATION, is the importing or bringing In of Merchandizes from foreign Countries. IMPOSITION OF HANDS, an Aflion by vvhich the Evangelical Miffion, and the Power of Abfolving, is con- vcy'd, hnpofitioji of I-hmds was a Ceremony, intro- duced, not by any Divine Authority, but byCultom; it where it is generated. IMPOSlS, in ArchiteCiurc, arc what are fometimes called Chaprrels: being the Parts on which the Feet of Arches Hand; or the Capitals of Pillars, that lupport Arches. Thefe Zwz/^oyn conform to their proper Orders. The Tufcan hath a Plinth only; rhe Dorick two Faces crown'd ; the lonick a Larmier, or Crown, over the two Faces, and its Mouldli.gs may be carved ; the Corinthian and Coinpofite have a Larmier, Freeze, and other Mould- ings. The Projeflures of the Imprjts mufl: not exceed the Naked of the Pllafler. Someti mcs the Entablature of the Order ferves for the Impoj} of the Arch ; and this looks very grand and llately. The I-mpoji is a thing very clTential to the Compofition of the Ordonnances ; info- much that without it, in the place where the curve Line of the Arch meets with the perpendicular Line of the Pillar, there always feems a kind of Elbow. IMPOTENCE, a Want of Strength, Power, or Means to perform any thing. Impotence alfo fignifies a natural Deleft or Inability to Generation. The Decretals dillin- guifli three kinds of Impateiice, -Siz. Frigidity, Enchant-n mcnt, and Inability to the Ail. Jmpotency annuls Mar- riage._ The Word is derived fron; thcPrepoiition taken privativcly, and TotentU Power. Divines and Philofophers diilingul/li two kinds Im po- tency. ■ The one Natural, the other Moral. The firll: :' being the Praefice among thofe People, whenever they a Want of fome Phyfical Principle neceJTary to an Action, pi-ay'd to God for any Perfon, to lay their Hands on his or is foniething abfolutely defective, or that is not free, and -Head. Our Saviour obferv'd the ilimc Cuftom, both at liberty to aft; the fecond is only a great Diiticulty, as when he conferred his Blcffing on Children, and when he a ftrong Habitude to the contrary : a violent PafTion or In- cured the Sick; adding Prayer to the Ceremony. The clination. Apoltles likewlfe W ?y-i?;rfj on thofe whom they bellow'd IMPRECATION, a Curfe, or Wifli that fome Evil th,e Holy Ghoft on. The Prielts obferved the fame may beflill any one. The Antients had their Goddefles Cultom when any one was received into their Body. And caU'd Imprecations, in Latin Dir.^, i. e. Deon-.m Ir^; who the Apollles themfelves underwent the Jmpojithn of Hands were fuppofed to be the Executioners of evil Confciences, a-frelh, every time they entred upon any new Defign. ' - . - . . ^ . ^ . the antient Church Impnjiiion of Elands was pratlifed In Perfons when they married ; which the /Ihy/fitmns fllll ob- ferve. But this Term, which in its original Signification , They were called Imprecations in Heaven, Furies on Earth, a.nA Eamenides In Hell. The Rom,i}zs own'd bur three of thefe lmprf-cat!07is, and the Greek two. They Invoked , them with Prayers and Pieces of Vcrfes to deliroy their is general; is reftrain'd by Cuftom, to that Jm/^o/ifw; which Enemies. The Word is derived from the m and is praflifed at Ordination. Spanhcim has written a Trea- precoy. tife de Impofnione Maviaim y Trihenharhfs and Braimius IMPREGNATION, is the Emiffion of the Seed of the have done the fame. Male in Coition, by which the Female conceives, or be- ■ ^ IMPOSITION, is alfo a kind of Tranf plantation prac- comes with young. It Is alfo, hence, figuratively ufed In tifed, for the Cure of certain Difeafes. It is performed. Pharmacy, when a Liquor imbibes the Juice of fome other by taking fome of the implanted Spirit or Excrement of Body: Thus a Menflruum is faid ,to be impregnated with the Part afFciled, or of both together, and placing them a Body dllTblved in it, as much as its Pores are able to in a Tree, or a Plant, between the Bark and the Wood, af- receive . The Word is derived from the Latin Imprxgjuire, tcr which ir is covered up with Mud. Inilead of this, fome of Fr.-c^nans, a Woman with Child. bcre a Hole in the Tree with an Auger ; and /liuttin" up IMPRESSION, a Term in Philofophy, apply'd to the the Hole again with a Tampion of the fame Wood, cover Species of Objects, which are fuppofed to make fome it over with Mud. If 'tis defired the Effe£t fhould be Mark or Impn-jfon on the Senfes, the Mind, and the Me- laftnig, a Tree is chofen that will continue long, as an mory. The Terifatetics i&W us, that Bodies emit Species Oak. If 'tis defired the Effect fiiould be fpeedy, they refembling them, which Species arc convcy'd by the cx- chufc a Tree that grows faft ; in whlcli laft cafe, the Mat- terior Senfes to the common Senfe. Thefe hnprejfoyis, or ter fervlng^s the Medium of Tranfplantation mult be ta- imprefs'd Species, being material and fcnfible ken out of the Tree as foon as the Effect has followed, becaufe the too great Alteration of the Spirit, might be fome prejudice to the Patient, IMPOSSIBLE, that which cannot be done: A Thing IS faid to be impojfihle^ when it contains two Ideas which are ren- der'd iKtelllgible by the afllvc Intellefl ; and when thus fpiritualiz'd, are called Exprcffions or exprefs Species, as being exprefsM from the others. ■ TMPRESSION, is alfo frequently ufed in fpeaklng of the Editions of a Book, or of the Number of Times th.-ic thtiy I M C 37P ) IN they have been printed. Thus M. A-naiul afltircs us, there were above zoo hiifrejjions of i^cLova'ni Bible in one Age; and 'tis affirm'tl, mat Tbomai .j Kemjils of the hnltation of Chrifl, has undergone more lm^re£iom than there have been iVLonths fince it was firft compofcd. Imf reJJion^ how- ever, differs from Edition. Im^rej^iofi, properly fpeaking, takes in no more, than what belongs to the Printing, the Letter, Paper, Margin, Page, Diitanccs of Word's and Lines, and the Difpoiuion of every thing that may have a good or bad EtteCl on the Eye. Edition, befides all this, takes in the Care of the Editor, who revifed the Copy, correiled or augmented it, adding Notes, Tables, and other like things, which he judg'd might contribute towards making the Book more ul'etul, and correal. In- deed very frequently theword Edition only refers to this lat- ter part i as when, m fpeaking of the Works ofSt.Jn^n/iin, we quote the Edition of Eyajmiii, the Lo-janijis, bencd'iBms^ iSc. where we have no regard to the Printing Part, but only to the Ciare and Pains of the Editors, IMPROPER FRACTIONS, are fuch as have their Numerators equal to, or greater than their Denominators i as \, ff. which, properly fpeaking, are not FmHions, but cither whole, or mixed Numbers ; and arc only put into the Form ot FraUioni, in order to be added, fubftrac- ted, multiplied, or divided, i£c. See F>-aBim<. IMPROPRIATION isaTenn ufed where the Profits of an Ecclefiaitical Benefice ure in the hands of a Lay- man ; As Appropriation is the Term when it is in the handset a biiliop. College, ^c. tho thefetwoare often now ufed promifcuoully ; there are faid to be 3845 Impro- priations in England. IMPROPRIETY, Quality of fomething that is not fit or proper. Grammariaus obferve three kinds of Faults in Language, a Solarcil m, a Barbarilin, and an hiipyefriay. An Impropriety is committed when a Word is ufed that is not proper, or that has not a fuitable Signification. IMPULSIVE, ■ a Term in Pbilofophy, applied to the Aflion of a Hotly that impels or pu/lies another ; as the Arm is laid to give an impuLfive Motion to the Stone that it throws. Sir i. hiczvton accounts for moft of the Fh;eno- iiiena of Nature from atrra61ive and impidftve Powers. IMPUI'ATION, a Tenn much ufed among Divines, fometimes in a good, and f.jmetimes in an ill Senfe j in the latter it is ufed to fignify the Attribution of a Sin committed by another. T'hus the Impiitatioji of Mains Sin is madeto all his Pollerity ; all his Defcendants, by his Fall, becoming criminal in the fight of God, as if ihey had fallen thcmfclves, and bearing the Puniihment of his firif Crime, linputaiton^ when uled in a good Senfe, fignifies the Jw^iif.irio;: of another's Jultice or Merit. Thus the Juttice of Jefus Chrill is imputed to us, his Merits and the Price ot\ his Sufferings being applied to us : So that the linjntcatian of the Merits of Chrill fignifics no more among the Reformed, than an cxtrinfick Juliicc, which does not make us truly juil, but only appear fo, which hides our Sins, but does not efface them. For this reafon thofe of the Romijl Cnminunion decline the Ufe of the word Imputation, and affert that the juftifying Grace, which applies to us the Metits of Jefus Chrilt, not only covers our Sins, butallb effaces them; that this Grace is intrinfic and inherent, renewing entirely the inward Man, and renders him pure, jull, and without fpot before God, and that this Juitice is given him on ac- count of the Juftice of Jefus Chrift, that is, by the Me- rits of his Death and Paffion. In a word, fay they, tho' 'tis the Obedience of Jefus Chrift that has merited juftifying Grace tor us, yet it is not the Obedience of Jefus Chrilt that renders us formally juft : And in like manner 'tis not the Difobedience of .Main that makes us formally Sin- ners, but 'tis this Difobedience that has merited for us, both that we IhouUl be Sinners, and that we ftould un- dergo the Puniihment of Sin. The Protcftants fay, that the Sin of the firft Man is imputed to his Defcendants ; they being looked on as culpable, and puniflied as fuch, bccaufe of the Sin of yriiman Nature. ■ The Mytlery by which Jefus Chrilt, the Eternal Word, wa£»i=Lde Man, in IN (norderto accompli/li the Work cfour Salvation. The Indians own a kind of Trinity in the Godhead, and Hiy, that the fecond Pcrfon thereof, has been incarnate nine times, and will be incarnate a tenth, and give him a dif- ferent Name in each of rhcfc hicaniailous. Ssc Kercher. China llitjt. The jEra ufcd among Chriilians, whence they number their iears, is the time of the Incarna- tion. Ihis jErawasfirll citabliihed by Dwnfius Exigutu about the beginning of the 6th Century, till which time the ^ra of Diockfian had been in ufe. Some time af- ter this, it was confidered, that the Years of a Man's Life were not nambered from the time of his Concep- tion, (as was done in that jEraj but from that of his Birth: which occafioned them to poflpone the begin- ning of this jEra, for the fpace of one Year, retaining the Cy.le DtoTiyjnis entire, in every thing elfe. R»me they reckon their Years from the Jncarf7atioi/, or from the liirth of Chrill, that is, from the 2^th of December, which Cullom has obtained from the Year 145 1. In France^ Engh7id^aud fcveral other Countries, they aLfo reckon from the Incarndtion i but then they difter from the others in jhe Day of the Incarnation, fixing it not to the Day of the £irth, but to the Conception of our Saviour. However, the llorciumes Hick 10 the Day of the Hirih, and begin their i car from Chrilimas. See Fctav. de DoH.Temp. Gran- damicits de Die N.it. INCARNATION fignifics the healing and filling up Ulcers and Wounds with new Fle/h ; and the Medicines which effect this, are commonly called JHcdJv/uf/i'cs, from in and caio, Flejh. ■ INCARIS^ATIVE, in Chirnrue-y, is fomething that makes f'leflt grow, rejoin, or unite, and is applied to Re- medies, Bandages, and Sutures. An incar?tanTe Remedy is fuch a one as makes the Flefli heal and unite j an vt- drwiiHOT Bandage, is a Fillet, with an Eye or Noofe at one end of it, fo as the other end may be put ihro' ir. To make ufe of this Bandage, they apply the middle of it to ttie Side oppofite to the Wound, fo that the Aper- ture may be over the Wound itfelf ; and Hipping the other end thro' it, draw the Lips of the Wound clofe to each other, that they may grow together. An incarna- ti-L'e Suture, is fuch a one as, by rejoining the Lips of a Wound, ant! keeping them together, by tneans of aThread drawn thro' them with a Needle, occafions them to grow up and heal. INCARTATION, In Cbymiflry, is a Purification of Gold, by means of Silver and Jqiui-i'mis, JNCENSE, an aromatic, odoriferous Refin. It diflils from a Tree, that, according to Tbeophrajitis, has Leaves like thofe of a Pear-Tree, and grows in the Country of Saha, in Jrahia Fe/ix, called by the Antients Thurifera, Incenfe-bearing. The Inciilon for the Refin to ooze out at, is made in the Dog-Days. The Male Inceufe is the heft } it is in round, in white drops, fat wiihin, and inflames immediately, when laid on the Fire. This is alfo called Olih-tnnm. The Female Incenfe is fofrer, and more refinous, but of lefs Virtue than the former, hicenfe is of confide- rable Ufe in Phyfic, it warms, dries, and binds. It is ufed in feveral Difeafcs of the Head and Breal}, in cafe of Vomiting, a Diarrhea, or aDyfentery; externally it is ufed to fortify the Brain, and in healing of Wounds. Bark of Incenfe, is the Bark of the Tree whence the hiccnje fluws, which has the fame Qualities with the jHcejz_/i; itfelf. There is another Bark brought from the hidtes, called alfo bark of hiccfifc^ and fometimes 'jez-js Jncenfe, in regard the Je-zvs make frequent Ufe thereof in their Perfumes. ■ Manna of Incenfe, is the Flower or Farina of J«- cenfe, occalioned by the Friflion of the Grains againlt each other in the Sacks wherein they carry it. There is alfo a Soot of htcenfe, which is a Preparation of ir. Incenfe was formerly burnt in the Temples of all Religions, to do honour to the Divinities thac were there adored. Many of the Primitive Chriflians were put to death, becaufe they would not offer hwenfe to Idols. In the Kojni/Z' Church they Hill retain the Ufe of Incenfc in many of their Ceremonies, particularly at fo- lemn Funerals, beftowing it on fuch I'erfonsas they would honour, as on Prelates, £5?c. and fometimes alfo on the People. The word comes from the Latni^ iiicej^fum, 'turnt ^ taking the EffeiS, for the Thing itfelf. I'lS'CEPTIVE, a Word ufed to exprefs fuch Mo- nn^nts, or firil Principles, which tho' of no Magnitude themfelves, are yet capable of producing fuch. Thus a Point hath no Magnitude itfelf, but is incepri'De of a Line which it produccth by its Motion. A Line, confidered one vay, has no Magnitude as to Breadth, but is ca- pable, by its Motion, of producing a Surface which hath Breadth, \^jc. INCEb -"', a Crime committed by Ferfons having to do with each other, who are related in a Degree prohi- bited by t^ie Laws of the Country. Some arc of opi- C 380 ) IN nion that Marriage ought to be permitted between Kinf- tolJiS, to the end that the Affcaion, fo necelTary in Mar- riage, might be heightened by this double l\o ; and yet the Rules of the Church have formerly extended this Irohibition even to the fcventh Degree, but time has brought it down to the third or fourth Degree. The words^-Mii/tB-jy and J!,re/t are not infaiiious and indecent, tho' they ligmfyvery infamous things ; becaufe they re- prc ent them as covered with a Veil of Horror, which makes us look on them only as Crimes : the words, therefore, rather fignify the Crime of thofe Afllons, than the Aitions themfelves. Moft N ations look on Inaji with Horror, Pe,/?„ alone excepted. In the Hiftory of the an- tient Kings of that Country, we meet with Inftances of the Erother s marrying the Sifter: the Reafon was, be- caufe they thought it too mean to join in Alliance with their own Subjefls, and frill more fo, to have married in- to the l^amihcs of any foreign Princes. INCEST, SPIRITUAL, is a Crime committed, in like manner, between Ferfons who have a fpiritual Al- liance, by means of Baptlfm or Confirmation. Spiritual jBcc/Jisalfo underiloodof a Vicar, or other Beneficiary who enjoys both the Mother and the Daughter ; that is' holds two Benefices, the one whereof depends on the Col- lation of the other. Such a Spirhital Incejl renders both the one and the other of thofe Benefices vacant INCESTUOUS, the Name of a SccI that arofe in/- udy about the Year 1065. It had its Beginning at Raven- na j ihe Learned of which Place being confultcd by the Florentines about the Degrees of Afltnity which prohibit Marriage, made anfwer, that the feventh Generation, mentioned in the Canons, was to be taken on both fides together i fo that four Generations were to be reckon 'd on one fide, and three on the other. They proved this their Opinion by a Paffage in '3nJ}iman\ Infiitutes, where 'tis faid, That a Man may marry his Brother's or Siller's Grandaughter, though fhe be but in the fourth Degree : Whence they concluded, that if my Brother's Grand- child be in the fourth Degree with refpcit to me, Ihe is in the fifth with rcfpeft to my Son, in the nxth with re- fpc£l to my Grandfon, and in the feventh with rcfpefl to my great Grandfon. Feter Damian wrote againll this O- pinion, and ?opc Jlexander 11. condemn'd it in a Council held at Ro>ne. INCH, is a known Meafurc, the twelfth Fart of a Foot, containing the Space of three Barley Corns in length. Goods are faid to be fold by Inch of Candle, when a Merchant, or Company of Merchants, as the EaJiAndia. Company, ^c. having a Cargo of Foreign Goods arrived, are inclined to make a fpeedy Sale of them; in which cafe, notice is ufually given upon the Excha72ge by Writing, and elicwhere, when the Sale is to begin : againft which time the Goods arc divided into feveral Parcels, called Lots, and Papers printed of the Quantity of each, and of the Conditions of Sate, as that none /liall bid lefs than a certain Sum more than another has bid before. During the time of Bidding, a fmall Piece of about an Inch of Wax-Candle is burning, and the laH Bidder, when the Candle goes out, has the Lot or Parcel expofed to Sale. INCHOATIVE, a Term fignifying the Beginning of a Thing or Action. Inchoative Verbs, according to the Uriel: Rules of the Latin Tongue, are ufed by the belt Au- thors indifferently with Primitives, having almoft all the Tenfes in common with them ; nay, ordinarily they ex- prefs our Sentiments with more Violence, and the Anions themfelves in a more perfefl State. INCIDE. Thofe Medicines are fiiid to i?!clde, which confill of pointed and fharp Particles, as Acids, and moit Salts ; by the Force or Infinuation of which, the Particles of other Bodies are divided from one another, which be- fore cohered. And thus fome expectorating Medicines arc Hiid to incide, or cut the Phlegm, when they break, it fo as to occafion its Difcharge. INCIDENCE, expreffes the Direaionwitb which one Body Hrikes upon another, and the Angle made by that Line, and the Plane Hruck upon, is called the Aigle of Incidence. In the Occurfions of two moving Bodies, their Incidence is faid to be perpendicular or oblique, as their Dire£lions or Lines of Motion, make a Ilrait Line, or an oblique Angle at the Point of Conta£l:. Befides what is hid under ylni^^e of Incidence, (which fee) Sir IJ'aac Neivio}t faith in his Opt;cks, Thar the Sine of Incidence is either accurately, or very nearly in a given Ratio to the Sine of Refraction ; (And the Angles of Incidence, Reflexion, and Refraflion, are all in one and the fame Plane.) Wherefore if that Proportion be known in any one Inclina- tion of the incident Ray, it is known in all ; arid thereby the Refra£lion in all Qifes of Incidence on the fame Rc- frafting Body, may be determined. Thus if the Refrac- tion be made out of Air into Water, the Sine of Tncidcncs of the Red Light, is to the Sine of Refrafllon, as 4 to ^. If out of Air into Glafs, the Sines areas 17 to 11. In Light IN ( 3§ Light of other Colours, the Sines have indeed other Pro- portions ; but the Difference is fo little, that it need fel- dom be confider'd. As for example j Let r s (in the Fi- gure) be the Surface of the flill Water, c the Point of Inci- daice^ in which any Ray coming in the Air from in theLine a c, is reflected or refrafted : To know whither this Ray ftiall go after fuch Reflexion, or Rcfradlon ; on the Sur- P face of the Water rJ, and in the Point c, erefl the Perpen- dicular c and produce it downwards to q. Knowing therefore that the Ray after Reflexion or Refraction will be found fomcwhcre in the Plane of the ^;/j/e of hici- r/cHce a c f produced j let fall the Sine of that Angle (viz. a d) on the Perpendicular ^ c 5 and then if the Re- fle£led Ray be fought, produce to fo that d h= ad, and draw ch, which lliall be the rcfleifed Ray, bccaufc the Angle of Reflexion, and its Sine, are equal ro the Angle and Sine of Incidence, as they ought to be. But if the refraftcd Ray be foughr, produce a d to h ; fo that d h may be to ad, as the Sine of the Refraction, to that Incidence: that is, as 5 to 4. Then with the Ra- dius a c defcribing the Circle a h e, and in the Plane a cp i draw the Line he parallel to prj, and cutting the Circum- ference ine: Then drawing c e, That fl-;aU be the refrac- ted Ray. For il e / be let fall perj-cndicularly on the Line p q, it /hall be the Sine of the Angle of Refra£lion of the Ray ce; and this Sine is equal to d h, and confe- quently in proportion to the Sine of the Angle of Jjicidence ad, as 5 to 4, Incidence Foint, in Opticks, is that Point in which a Hay of Light is fuppofed to tall on a Piece of Giafs. INCIDElSiT, an Event 'or particular Circumllancc; Jjicidenty in a Poem, is an Epifode or particular Adion, tack'd to the principal Action, or depending on it. Thus a good Comedy is full of agreeable Incidents, which divert the Spcilators, and form the Intrigue. The Poet ought always to make choice of fuch 7;;c/i/c7nj as are fufceptible of Ornaments fuirable to the Nature of his Poem. The Variety of Incidents well conduced make the Beauty of an Heroic Poem, which ought always to take in a cer- tain number of Incidents to fufpend the Cataflrophe, that would otherwife break out too foon. INCINERATION, in Chymiflry, is the Reduaion of Vegetables intoAflies; which is done by burning them gently. Thus Fern is reduced into Aflies for the making of Glafs. The Word is derived from the i-fltiw Prepofi- tion i'h, and Gnis, Aflics. INCISIVE, in Anatomy, is underfiood of feveral Teeth, a double Mufcle, and certain Orifices belonging to rhufe Teeth. The inc'ie A C ; and is exprefTed by BH perpendicular thereunto. For Adion and Re-a£lioEi being equal, and one a£llng direftly contrary to the o- theri the Fhine which is prefled by the Body or Weight B, according to the Direcllon of the Perpendicular H B, mufl ail: on rhat Body by a contrary Diredtion, -viz. that of FB or BH. And fince thefe three Powers are all mutually in Equilibrio, and that the Body B is fufiained by them, it is plain (when GF Is drawn perpendicular to CD, or parallel to BE) that the Force of Gravity will be expreffed by G F ; and that the Power R : will be to the Power of Gravity : : as G B : to GF ^ but in the Right-angled Triangle CFG, (F B being a Perpendicular to the Bafe C G) B G : G F : : G F : G G, and as F G s GC : : AD : AC (by fimilar TrianglesJ wjiercfore the Power R : IS to the Force of Gravity : : as A D : to A C, or as the Sine of the Angle of Inclination to the Radius. Wherefore the Force by which any heavy Body would defcend oii,any uicUyied Thvc, to the Force of the DefcenC in the Perpendicular, is as the Sine of the Angle of tlia IN C582 ) IN Tlaae's Inclination, to the Radius. From hence alfo it follows, the Inclination of the may be fo little, that the greateft Weight may be iuihmcd on it by the Icall Power. For praflice therefore, Let the Weight of any Body be W, and P the J'ower wanted to fuliain it on an indeed Flane. By th^^ Theorem, R : W : : S. Incl. : P; ihar is, As Radius is to the Weight : : fo is the Sine of the Angle -of the ?/f«e's Inclination to the Horizon: cto the Power foughr. ^The three firft of which are given, ^wherefore the fourth is Jvnown. INCOGNITO, a Term borrow'd literally from the Italian^ ufed when a Ferfon is in any Place where he would not be tnown. It is particularly applied to Princes or Great Men, who enter Towns or walk the Streets without their ordinary Train, or the ufual Marks of their Diilinc- tion. The Grandees in Italy make a common Cuflom of walking the Street incognito 5 and always take it amifs, on fuch Occafions, when People pay their Compliments to ihem. 'Tis not barely to prevent their being known, that they take thefe Meafures, but becaufe they would not be treated with Ceremony, nor receive the Honours due to their Rank. When the Horfes in Princes, Cardinals, and Anibafladors Coaches have no Taffels, which they coli Fiocchi i and the Curtains, which they cjM Ba7!d'}2el!e, arc drawn, they are judg'd to he incognito ■■, and nobody that meets them is obliged to Hop or make his Honours to them. The Cardinals alfo, when they would be/?icog-- jiito, leave o(F the red Hat or Calotte. INCOMBUSTIBLE, that which cannot be burnt or confumcd by I'ire. Metals melt. Stones calcine, and are yet hiconibi/Ji I Ue. Cloth made of Lapis Amianthus is incom- i>itjhh/sj ir is clean'd by Fire, but not burnt. See Ashejios. Ax. Dole in France is an incomhuftihle Taper. Gregory o^Toicrs fpeaks of fome wooden Kettles in his Time that bore the Fire as long as thofe of Iron. SyUa undertook to burn down a Tower of Wood which defended ^'/j-c/jeAiKJ, one of A/i^M/i^^ife/s Lieutenants, but he could not attain his End, it being plailler'd with Alumn. 'Tis Alumn Warer wherewith thofe People befmearthemfelves, who handle burning Coals, and melt Spj.nlfj Wax on their Tongues. INCOMMENSURABLE, aTerm in Geometry, ufed where two Lines, when compared to each other, have no common Meafurc, how fmall foever, that will exaclly rncafurc ihcm both. So that after ever To many Repeti- tions and Subilraftions of equal Parts, there will always remain fome Part, by which the one is greater than the other. And in general, two Quantities are faid to be /«- commefifurMe, when no third Quantity can be found that vvill exaftly meafure them both f or when thofe Quan- tities are not to one another as Number to Number, or cannot be cxprefs'd by Numbers. For every thing that may be exprefs'd by Number, is commenfurable. The Side of a Square is mcommejifurahle to the Diagonal, as is demonfl rated by Euclid ; but it is commenfurable in Pow- er ; the Square of the Diagonal being equal to twice the Square of the S^de. F.ippu<^ lih.n.. froh.x-j. fpeaks alfo of incommc-.ijurahle Angles. As to Surfaces which cannot be meafured by a common Surface, they are faid to be tncnmmenftirahle in Power. INCOMPATIBLE, that which cannot fubfill with an- other without deilroying it. Thus Cold and Heat are iii- cvmpatthle in the fame Subjeci ; the llrongeft overcomes the weakefl;. INCOMPOSITE NUMBERS, are the fame with thofe Euclid calls Prime Numbers. In Dr. FelFs Edition of 'f'rancker's Algebra, there is a Table of incompoj^te Nitm- lers : It doth not only give an orderly Enumeration of all odd Numbers which arc not coinfojire; but it fiiews alfo, that none of the rell arc fo. This Table being of good ufe, the Reader is refer'd to it. INCORPORATION, is the mixing of the Particles of different Bodies fo together, as to make an uniform Sub- llancc or Compofition of the whole, without leaving a jioffibility of difcerning the Ingredients, or Bodies mixed \n any of their particular Qualities. From in and Corpus Body. ^ ^ INCORPOREAL, a fpiritual Subfiance ; that h as no Body. Thus the Soul of Man Is incorpurcal, and raayfub- fili independent of the Body. Thofe Ideas which are in- dependent of Bodies, can neither be corporeal themfelves, nor be received within a corporeal Subjeft. They difco- yer to us the Nature of the Soul, which receives within atfelf v.-hat is incorporeal^ and receives it in a corporeal Manner too. Whence it is that we have incorporeal Ideas even of Bodies themfelves. Fenelon. INCORRUPTIBLE, that which cannot corrupt. Thus fpiritual Subftances, as Angels, Human Souls, ^c. and thus alfo Glafs, Salt, Mercury, ^c. may be called incor- ruptible. INCORRUPTIBLES, is the Name of a Sea that fprung out of the Mntjcbiajis, Their diilinguiiliing Tenet was, rhat the Body of Jefus Chrift was incorruptible j .by which they meant, that after and from the Time wherein he was formed in the Womb of his holy Mother, he was not lulceptible of any Change or Alteration ; not even of any natural and innocent Paffions, as of Huntjer.Thirll, ^c. So that he cat without any occafion, before his Death, as well as after his Refurredion. And hence it was that they took their Name. INCRASSATING, is the rendering Fluids thicker than before, by the Mixture oflefs fluid Particles. Sec Jgglntinating. INCRUSTATION, an Ornament In Archircdlure, con- fifiing_ of hard pr,]iqi'a Stones, or other brilliant Matter difpoled m Compartimcnts in the Body of a Building. The Incrufiations in the Cattle at Uidrid are of Pottets Work: Thofe in the JLowwe of Marble. We Hiy 'tis an Incriiftation of Stone or Marble, when a Wall is lined with them. The Antients call'd their PlaiOers Ivjcntllations. INCRUSTED COLUMN, is a Column confirting of feveral Pieces or flender Branches of fume precious Mar- ble, raafticatcd or cemented around a Mould of Brick, or other Matter 5 which Is done, not only to fave the pre- cious Stone, whether it be Agat, Jafper, or the like, but alfo for the fake of /hewing Pieces of it of uncommon Largcnefs, by the Neatnefs and Clofenefs of the Incrujla- tion^ which renders the Joints imperceptible, where the Mallic is of the fame Colour. INCUBATION, the Aftlon of a Hen, or any other Fowl, hatching their Eggs. INCUBUS, or the Ni^ht-'Mare^ is the Name of a Dif- eafe confifting in an Opprcffion of the Ereaft, fo very vi- olent, that the Patient cannot fpeak, or even breathe. In this Difeafe the Senfes are not quite loll, but drown'd and ai^oni/h'd, as is the Underrtanding and Imagination j fo that the Patient fecms to thi;-(k fome huge Weight thrown on him ready to ilrangle him. Children are very liable to this Diflemperj fo are fat People, and Men of much Study and Application of Mind : By reafon the Stomach in all thefe finds fome difficulty in Digeftion. The Incubus fcems to be Coufin-German to the Epilepfy and Apoplexy; for if it lails long, it degenerates into one or other of thofe Diilcmpers. Others reckon it a kind of Afthma, and call it A/ihmu NoBurnum, and fay it pro- ceeds from the fame Caufes, and Is helped by the fame Means as the common Aflhma. The word /m«i«j is de- rived from the Latin Incubare, to lie down on any thing and prcfs it. The Greeks called it s^^aV.^Hf, Saltator^ Lea- per, or one that ru/hes on a Perfon. INCUMBENT, in Law, is a Clerk refident In his Be- nefice with Cure, who is called Incumhejit of that Church, becaufe he ought to bend his whole Study todifcharge his Cure. INCURVATION, Is the bending a Bone, or any o- ther Body from its natural Shape. For Incurz-aiion of the Rays of Light, fee Light and Rcfratlion. From in and airz'us^ crooked. INCUS. See Ear. INDEFEISIBLE, In our Law, fignifics what cannot be defeated or made void : As a good and indefeijible E- II ate. INDEFINITE, indeterminate, that which has no cer- tain Bounds, or to which the Human Mind cannot con- ceive any. Defcartes ufes this Word, in his Philofophy, inllead of infinite, both in Numbers and Quantities, to fignify an inconceivable Number, or Number fo great, that an Unir cannot be added to it: and a Quantity fo great, as not to be capable of any Addition. Thus he lays, Stars, viiible and inviiible, are in Number indejinitt^t and not as the Antients held, infinite 3 and that Quanti- ties maybe divided into an j'We/i'w/fe Number of Parts, not an infinite Number, Indefinite is fometimes ufed in the Schools to fignify fomcthing that has but one Ex- treme 7 as for inflance, a Line drawn from any Point, and extended infinitely: Thus what they call Eternity a parte ante, or Eternity ^ parte poji, are indefinite Dura- tions. Indefiilte^ in Grammar, is underflood of Nouns, Pro- nouns, Verbs, Participles, Articles, ^c. that are left in an uncertain indeterminate Senfe, and not fix'd to any parti- cular Time, Thing, or other Circumftance. INDELIBLE, rhat which cannot be blotted out, or ef- faced. Thus, Baptifm, and the Order of the Pricfthood, are indelible Chara£lers. The Word is form'd from the Latin dclere^ to blot, with the Prepofition in taken nega- tively. INDEMNITY, an Aft by which one promifes to gua- rantee or fave harmlefs iome other Pevfon from any Lofs or Damage that might accrue to him on any particular ac- count. From the Negative /'w and Va-mnum, Lofs. INDEMNITIES. When a Church Is appropriated to an Abbey or College, then th? Arch-Deacou lofeih his In- du^iua- .V IN ( 383 ) IN duflion-Money for ever; In recompcncE whereof, he fliall rithm ; anJ /liews always of how manv PI I, t? - ihavc yearly out of the Church fo appropriate, one or two lute Number belonging to the Lob X, '"^ ='0'"' Shillings, more or lels, for a I'enfion, as was agreed at the and of what nature it is that y/b *=f^'"" , ^" eonfilt^ time of the appropriating. Jind this Pcnfion is call'd an Fraftion : Thus, In this Lcii>ar',h '"''=8'=' °' indcmmty. ber Handing on the Left-hmA of the P„^'„?'' n j'"'? ' ■ INDENTED, is a Tertr, Ind.:c ; and becaufe it is ii,"! vou^b ' 'I' 11 A A A A ^ A / in Heraldry, when the Out- Number anfwcrinE to it, confills^V , r V V V V V y nary, e?r. is in the Form of is o /of 10 is i j and of 100 is ^If "'^ ' the Teeth of a Saw. Thus pie : ' ^ ■ As in this Eram- INDENTURE, in Law, is a Writing comprizing fome 012345(1789 Contract between two at leaif ; being indented at top an- 12345^780 Wh^ fwerable to fome other, which lilewife containeth the Numbers are Indices to the lower And thei-'r ■ "PP^' fame Contraa. It differs from a Deed- Poll ; in that this fmall Tables of J3r/i;^i's Logarithms where t"/"^ lall is a fingle Deed, and is unindented. omitted, it muft be always fupDlv'd ' bpfcr» „ " _ INDEPENDENTS. The Name of a Religious Sefl by them. If the abfolute Number be a Frlamn 'a ™? in Englaml in Holland. They are fo call'd, as denying not Index of the Logarithm hath a negative S'p d only any Subordination among their Clergy, but alfo all cd rhue Tr^--.,-. u- I rt. . 1 '^"^ oiark.* De^enZency of^any other A^embly^ T^eV teach, that bl tt'e^a^^lt la^?:f\t e^a^S"''"^ .vl^„<.l.J «ji .wij Other AiTcmbly. They every Icparatc Church or particular Consrepation atnons! Mr Tny/u./,, t- them has in itfelf radically and eCfentially e?ery thing ne- they eTweft FkX„r",' 7> U "!^'.<=-'"'^'«'.whe'n ceffary for its own Government ; that it has all Ecclefiafli- takfn "^inflead of ? l e . r I"" by cal Power and Jurifdidion; and is not at all fubjeft to o- plemSnt ?o ,0 • a^l tb /^^^^^^^ Com- rh„rrbrs nr thpir D™,,,!,-, AfT™!,!:,. P'™"-"' '° 1° > ™^ he would Write the Loua nthm^ now mention'd, thus, 8. 5^22,3. How they fra iher Churches or their Deputies, nor to their Affemblies or Synods. Tho the Independents don't think it very ne- ceflary to alfemble Synods^ yet, they fay, if any are held, they look on theit Refolutions as wife and pruden- tial Councils, not as Decifions to be peremptofily obey'd. They agree, that one or more Churches may help another Church with their Advice and Afflftance, and even re- Index prove it when it offends, provided they don't pretend to „„ i f x- 1, r " " =--0 ."at any fuperior Authority or Right to excommunicate, (£c. 5„j . ^ «nis Name, whole BuCnefs is to examine Books - " ■ % theM^e„rfe«i agVee ^""^ '"P"'.'^"''' f .^'^y Aink fit to prohibit the reading r„ , J, n;ff,„„ °. f " 'mg, of, mto an Index : Indices, or expurMtor^ b"b fd- r"? ^'"l^fy-' -^^''^ CataloguerofTrZ hibited Books are call'd ; among which, however th^i s this difference, that fome are condemn'd pure y and abfolutely; and others only donee crngcmur, till thL be correfled. FU.p U ol SPuln, was the' firft Uo pfo7urel ^v. Index to be printed of tie Books condemn'd by "he if qu.fition of *«;. Poper.„nv. took the hint,*^ fnd in J 5 5!) order d the Congregation of the Holy Office at W .0 print a fecond. P„„ V. recommended the Ma tfr "o the Council of T,-en,, who made another. After th.'s the Duke of ^fo., procured another to be printed at !tor* ^e,-f in 157.. C/c»,«,t VIII. in printed a very co- pious one, call'd by the Name of the Roman. There w^r^ two others publife'd in 15S; and l6l^, by the CardrnaU Cn,,-o,s and Sando-oel, and feveral others by the InouifiJn and Mafters of the Sacred Palace. The Ufl Sd ra 0 the King of Spain, and corn- Year i«7. ' ' ' """"S <'™" ''^ low as the INDIAN WOOD caU-a alfo and Ca^peck K IS aken out of the Heart of a large Tree gromW plentifully in the liles e>{ Jam.-,iea, Cam%cbe &c Tr l! ufed m Dying ; its Decoaion is very red : and it has been obfervd, that putting fome of this Decoflion into two Bottles, and mixing a little Powder of Alunin with r„?J L"?"^°lr"y '^-"■fi'' which wM added and fubttraaed: ^e in ^ir^^ald 4°:;, J/ index of a Glole, is a little Stile fitted on to the North Pole, and turning round with it, pointing ,0 certain Divi _ .St'thL^mi, ti^t^h^S"^^^^'^ ...ij iu^.^..-j. ...... J .ji 1^.^111 uL. Lxcum iHunicate, t' - In IVlartcrs of Faith and Doarine, the Indepej?dents ag^^^ with tho red of rhe Reformed ; fo that the Difference is rather Political than Religious. During the Civil Wars in England, the Independents becoming the moll powerful Par- ty, and getting to the Head of Affairs, moll of the other Seas that were averfe to the Church of England, join'd them: Which occaiion'd them fo be difiingui/li'd into two Seas. The firlf; are in effea Preihyierlans, only dif- fering from them in Matters of Difcipline. The others, whom M. Sp.mheim calls Tjmdo-Independents, are a con- fufed Affcmblage of Jnahaptijis, Socinians, Ajitinomians, Famitiarifis, Libertines, &c. Y. Orleans fpeaks of their Rife in the following Terms. ' Out of the fame Sea (the Presbyterians) had rifen ' fome time ago, on pretence of further Reformation, a * new Sea, that was not only averfe to the Monarch, but * the Monarchy, both which ir undertook to dcftroy ; and ' in lieu thereof to form a Republic They were called , ...... ^ aiacc. iuemoilconf ' by the Name of Independents, in regard that profeffino J""^ , Indices is that of Jottoi»/i;yo,-, which was ' to carry the Gofpel-Liberty flill further than the Puri° k j ''"^'^^ "> K'"!? of ' tans, they rejeaed not only Billiops, but alfo Synods, P''<^"':"ds all the others; coming down as lo,„ . ' pretending each Affembly ought to govern itfelf inde- « pendently of all others ; in which, faid they, confills ' the Liberty of the Children of God. At firfl: they were * only dillinguifli'd among the Presbyterians as the more ' zealous from the mote indifferent, the more rigid from ' the more remifs, by a greater Averfion to all Pomp and ' Pre-eminence both in Church and St.ite, and by a more ardent Defire to reduce the Praaice of rhe Gofpcl to ..v.. ^"^"5" t,-^"^ ^ruunti, ana in ettect made abun ' dance of Profelytes out of all other Parties and Ferfua * Hons.' INDEPENDENTISM is peculiar to Great Britain, the Britijh Colonies, and the United Frccinces. One Morel in the I Sth Century endeavour'd to introduce it into Prance but it was condemn'd at the Synod of Rochet, where Bess prelided, and again at the Synod of Rachel in i6a.a INDETERMINATE, in Geometry, is und„llood of a quantity of Time or Place that has no certain or defi- nite Bounds ; fee Indefinite. An indeterminate Problem is that, whereof there may^be various Solurions. For in- llancc, if a Number is "required that may be a Multi- ple of 4 and 5 ; the Anfvver may be 20, 40, (Jq^ jtj^^ Infinity. ^ Mr. Freftet calls an indeterminate Analyfis, th INDICATION a Sign difcovering or point,-;'"; fomething to he done. The Phyficians ufe the Word to fignify the Invention of a Remedy proper to cui ea Di " eafe, frorn the Knowledge which they have oftheOua lities of that Remedy. Indteatm, either tends to pref^ve a natural found State, which is call'd vital McL,, Z to remove iomething difagreeable to Nature. The feconj Indtcatton either relates to Sicknefs, and is call'd curative Ind.cattoni or to fome antecedent Caufe, in which cal fs call d prefervative or fymptomatie Indication. Thai part of Phyfic which treats of Mc„m,„, call'd Je»" INDICATIVE, in Grammar, is the firll Mode or Mon innity. ivir. tyte, calls an »,rf««™i,«,e Analyfis, that of Con ugating Verbs, ftewing either the T^me pre' 'hich admits of an infinite Number of different Solu- f™t, pall, or future. 1 love, is the prefent Tenfe ■ I ""index, the Fore-Finger, from ,0 pointer di- ttlodl''''' ^ -d Z ;..e, the future of the tea; becaufe that Finger is generally fo ufed Hence INniCATnl? ■ a . tk /■ , >. , alfo the Extejor I.tdicif is call'd Indicator. The or fcoSfr' f low '"S Thumf f Z"''^'^' mmmm m^mmm times 4ll'd the Chi'aaeriftic, "r Er^oncn. of a L^g,:." '"^ °" Fi"g- INDIG- IN C 3M ) IN the fame thing In Latm with the I^ehrew niLT. SckiMu which the Scripture frequently gives to God, as figni- fying, that he is fulBcient for himfelf, and needs no- thing. Thofc of the fecond Opinion derive the word from Indigitare^ to call, insoh ; it being thefeGods who were or- dinarily invoked, and who lent the readielt Ear to the Vows that were made them. To this purpofe they cite hlacrobms, who ufcs the word indigitare in that Scnfc, tel- IXDICTION fignifies the Convocation of an Ecclefia- flical Afiembly, as of a Synod or Council, and even a Diet. The word is alfo ufcd ot the fcveral Seffions of the fame Councils. And hence it is, that at the end of the Scflions of the Council of Treat, the Decree by which the Council appoints the D^yof thctuture Scffion, is called the Ijicdtli'i}} of that ScfJ'^n- By Romafi lnd>B lot! is meant an Epochc, or Manner of ^ _ ^.„,., .^.^ accounting Time ufrd by the Romans, containing a Cycle ling us the Veilals make their Invocations thus, /tpolloFhy- or Revolution of tifreen Years, which when expired it [iciaii i yj^ollo F^an ! Vejlahs Ita vidi'^^itant ^ JPolh Mcdice ! returns to Unity again. This Method of Computation has ^■£o!h T^an ! They add, that their Book of l*raycrs and no Depeiidance on the heavenly Motions. Fetavm fays, Forms of Invocation were called hidigit amenta, Laiily, there is nothing in Chronology lefs known than the Roman others hold Indi^etes to be derived from hide geidtus, or i?l j7id!iiion ; he means, than its Origin and Commencement, loco dege?!s, or from ;We and a^o for de^o, lli-ve^ I inhabit ^ 'Tiathc general Opinion it was inftituted in the time of which lalt Opinion feems the moft probable.' In effetS: Con j'l amine, but this is a mere Gucfs. There were ln~ it appears, that thefe hidt-^etes were alfo called Locai ^jRions in the time of the Emperor Coiifians, as appears Cods, Dli Locales, or Toxical Gods^ which is the fame thing, from the Tko(/n^fl?; Code. The Learned hold that the (2.) The hidi^etes v/erc ordinarily Men deified who in- IndiBkm were no more than certain annual Taxes, the deed were, in effefl:, Local Gods, being eileemed the Tarif whereof was publifhed every year : but why they Proteflors of thofe Places where they were deified ; fo were fo called, why confined to a Cycle of fifteen Years, that the fecond and third Opinion are very c^nfllent. when or on what Occafion inllitutcd, is not known. We (3.) VirgH joins FatrU with Indigetes, as being the fame find three kinds of IndiBiam mentioned in Authors ■■, the thing, Geor. I. Dl'i Patrii, hidi^eies, The Gods tQ JndiBwn of Co?ifi(imlnof!e, beginning on the Calends of whom the Rimajis gave the Name I?;(/;^f;eiei, were faumts, ScPteiiiher ■■, t\iclmycni\.\ or C^faria7i biditfw!, on the 14th T''efta, JEmas, Romulus, all the Gods of Italv t and at ^- / _ . 1 1 _ Ti j„ J:n ...l,: ,L _1 .. r„ j ^^ t,a: -.J r c i . . ' of September , and the Roman IndiHiou, which is that ufed in the Pope's Bulls, and begins on the j il; of January, The Popes have dated their AOs by the Year o^ludiBion, cs'er (iwce Charlcma'ign made them Sovereign j before which time thev tHted them by the Years of the Emperors. At the time' of the Reformation of the Calendar in 15S2, was reckoned the tenth Year of the IndiBion : So that be- ginning to reckon hence, and dividing the Number of Jcais ulapled between that time and this by 15, the Re- mainder will be the Year ot IiidiB'mt, correfponding to the prefcnt Year of our Lord 1712. 15. This may alfo be found by adding 5 to the Year of our Lord, andd' JEneas, then^Mnerva, (s.ys Servms, and at Carthage Dido.' 'Tis true we meet with '3)no7iJiratrji'.m, is when fome demonllrative Pronoun is ufed in the Expreflion ; as this Man, that Woman. (4 ) htctiu'iduum e:^ Hypothcfi, or by Suppofition, when an univerfal Name or Term is re- llrained, by the Suppoftion, to a particular thing; as vvhenwe fay, the Son of fuch an one, and it be known that he had but one Son. INDIVISIBLES, in Gcometty, are underttood of fuch Elements or Principles, as any Body or Figure may ulti- mately be refolved into ; and thefe Elements, or Indhi- fibks, are, in each peculiar Figure, fuppofed to be infi- nitely fmall. With regard to which Notion, aLinemay be faid to confill of Points, a Surface of parallel Lines, and a Solid of parallel and limilar Surfaces ; and rhen becaufe each of thefe Elements is fuppofed indivifible, if in any Figurc.a Line be drawn thro' the Elements perpendicu- larly, the Number of Points in that Line willbc thcfame, as theNumber of the Elements. Whence we iTiay fee, that a Parallelogram, Prifm, or Cylinder, is refolvable into Elements or hidhlfibki^ all equal ro each other, pa- rallel, and like tothe Bafe : A Triangle into Lines pa- rallel to the Bafe, but decrcafing in Arithmetical Propor- tion ; and fo are rhe Circles, which conditute the Parabo- lic Conoid, and thofe which conftitute the Plane of a Cir- cle, or the Surface of an Ifoceles Cone. A Cylinder may be refolvcd into- Cylindrical Curve Surfaces, having all the fame Height, and continually decteafing inwards, as the Circles of the Bafe do, on which they infift. This Method of ]!:d.'j:fihlc! is only the antient Method of Ex- haullion, a little difguifed and contradled, and is now allowed to be of excellent Ufe in the Ihortning of Ma- thematical Demonlltations. Of which take the following Inflance in that fimou.s Fropolition of A-chimsda, That a Sphere is two Thirds of a Cylinder circumfcrihing ir. For Juppofe (as in the Figure) a Cylinder, Hemifpherc, and an inverted Cone to have the fame Bafe and Altitude, and to be cut by infinite Planes, all parallel to the Bafe, of which d g IS one ; it is plain, the Square of d h will every where be equal to the Squate of k c (the Radius of the Sphere) the Square hc=eb fquare ; and confe- quently fince Circles are to ;/cmoiiJ by Right, demure, as thofe who have been noted by the l-aws, or Higma- tized by publick Judgments : Others are infamous in V-iB, de FatJo, as thole who exercifc fome fcandaious Profellion, as a Catchpole, a Merry Andrew, a Hangman, an Infor- mer, i^c. Heretofore there were Crowns of Infamy given by way of Puni/hment to Criminals : they were made of Wool!. The word uif anions is derived from the Latin^ in^ and fama, Fame, Refort. INFANT, any Man or Woman under the Age of one and twenty Years is an Infant in Law. An infant eight Years of Age, or upwards, may commit Homicide, and be hanged for it. If it appear by any other Adl: that he had Knowledge of Good and Evil ^ for here Malltla fvj)plehit JEt.-item -J yet Co^c on Liitleton, iti?. 4o>. fays, Jn Infant fJiall not be piviifjcdtill the yt::_eof Fourteen j which, according to him, is the Age of Dlfcretion. INFANTE, INFANTA, a Title of Honour given to the Cliildren of fome Princes, particularly to thofe of the Houfe of and Fjrtu^al. Ir is ufually faid that this Title was introduced into Spi^'m, on occafion of the Marriage of Eleanor of England with King Fe.rdn.ind of Caflile, and that their Son Saitcho was the firll that bore it. But this is contradifted by Pela^ius Bifl-iop of 0-^iedo, who lived in the Year iroo, and informs us, that the Titles Inf.mie and Infanta, were ufed in Spain ever fince the Reign of King Evremond II. INFANTRY, Troops, or Forces, confining of Foot- Soldiers. INFATUATE, to prepofiefs anyone In favour of a Pcrfon or Thing that does not deferve ir, fo far as that he can't eafily'be difabufud. The Rr.n.ins called thofe infatuated Perfons Inf^mtati, who fancied they had fcen Yifions, or imagined the God -Fa/(;7KJ, whom they called Fatttus, had appeared to them. The word infatuate comes {rom the Latin FatiiHS, Fool, o{ firi, to f^eak out, which is borrowed from the Gree^ ^ao^wa/, whence p^wf, whi:h fig- nifies the fame with Fates in Latin, or FropHt in EnjViJli--, and the reafon Is, becaufe their Prophets or Prielis uf;:(l to be feizcd with a kind of Midnefs or Folly, when they began to make their Prediflions, or deliver Oracles. INFECTION, Is the catching a DJeafe by fome EfHu- Tia or fine Particles, which fly oft from fome dillempered Bodies, and mixing with the Juices of others, occafion the fame Diforders, as in the Bodies they catnc from. The word comes from the Latin Verb infcere, which properly fignifies JO dye rf fomr. other Colour 5 iitfccre, i.e. f^csre ut ali~ r^uidi'itits fit, tooccifion fomethim,to he itahihed. See Voifm. INFIDEL, a Term applied to fuch Perfons as are not baptized, and that do not believe the Truths of the Chri- fiian Religion. 'Tis Eaptifm that makes the fpecific Diffe- rence between an Heretic and an li'fidsl. INFINITE, that which has neither Beginning nor End j in which fenfeGod alone is infinite. The word is alfo ufcd to fisnify that which has had a Beginning, but will have no 'End, as Angels, and human Souls. This is uhat the Schoolmen call mfrntum a parte pofi ; as, on the contrary, by infnittim a parte ante, they mean that which has an End, but had no Beginning- An i/7_/iH(ie Line in Geometry, is an indefinite or inde- terminate Line, to uhich no certain Bounds or Limits are prefcribed. Infinite Quantity. See Quantity Infinite. Infinite Scries. See Series. INFINITELY INFINITE FRACTIONS,aTerm ufed where all the Fra(5tions, whefe Numerator is i, aretogether equal to an Unit : and hence it is deduced, that there are not only ijifinite Progreffions, or Progrcfiions in tifinitt-m ; but alfo ^finitely farther than one kind of Infinity. That thefe /7;^7iirr/_>' Infinite Prngrtflionsare notwithlHnding com- putable, and to be brought into one Sum ; and that not only finite, but into one fo rmaU,asto bclefs than any afbg- nable Number : That of Infinite Quantifies, fome are equal, others unequal ; that one infinite Quantity may be equal to two, three, or more Quantities, whether infinite or finite. INFINITIVE, in Grammar, is the Name of one of the Modes ferving for the conjugating of Verbs. It dors not denote any preclfe time, nor docs it determine the Number or Perfons, but expreffcs things in a loofe indefi- nite Senfe, as ro teach, ^c. In moft Languares, borh antient and modern, the Jjifnifive is diftingui/lipd by a Termina- IN C 387 ) IN Termination peculiar to it, as TV'7i%if in the Greek, fcnhcre in the i-fltJH, ecrire in x\ic trench, jcrhere in the Italian, &.C. but the Engl:p is defective in this point j To that to cienote the Injunthe, we are alwaj's obliged to have re- coui-feto the Article to, excepting fometimes when two or more Jr.jinitha follow each other. The Tradlice of ufing a Number of Infinhhcs {[xczci^wcXy, is a great, but a com- mon Fault in Language, as he ojfeys to go to teach to write linglilli. Indeed, where thefe iw_^w;ii^'ej have no depen- dence on each other, they may be ufed elegantly enough j as to mourn, to fi h, to Jink, to fisMj!, io die. INFINITY. ^TheJdea fignifed by the name is hcil examined, by coiifidering to what bifi/i'ty is by the Mind artributed, and then how it frames it. Finire and Infinite are looked upon as the Modes of Quantity, and attributed primarily to things that have Parts, and are capable of Increafe or Diminution, by the Addition or Subltra^lion of any the leafl: Part. Such are the Ideas of Space, Duration, and Number. When we apply this Idea to the Supreme Being, we do it primarily in refpetfl of his Duration and Ubiquity; more figuratively, when to his Wifdom, Power, Gocdncfs, and other Atrributes, which arc properly inexhauflible and incomprehenlible : For when we call them infinite^ we have no other Idea of this infinity, but what carries with it fome Refltftion on the Number or the Extent of the Afls or Objcfts of God's I'ovi'cr and Wifdom, which can never be fuppofed fo great, or fo many, that thefe Attributes will not al- ways furmount and exceed, tho we multiply them in our Thoughts with the lnji'rty of endlefs Number. We do not pretend to fay, howthcfe Attributes are in God, who is infinitely beyond the reach of our narrow Capacities ; but this is our way of conceiving them, and thefe our Ideas of their Injiiiity. We come by the Idea of hijinity thus. Every one that has any Idea of any Hated Lengths of Space, as a Foot, "Yard, c^c.finds that he can repeat that Idea, ar.d join it to another, to a third, and To on, without ever coming to an f nd of his Additi(3ns. From this Power tif enlarging his Idea of Space, he takes the Idea of infinite Space, or Immenfity. h*y the fame Power of repeating the Idea of any Length cr Duration we have in our Minds, wiih all the endlcfs Addition of Number, we come by the Idea of Eternity. If our Idea of Infinity be got, by repeating ivirhour end our own Ideas, why do we not attribute it to other Ideas, as well as thofe of Space and Duration ; fince they may .be as cafily and as often repeated in our Minds as the other? yet no body ever thinks of infinite Swcet- nefs, cr Whitenefs, tho he can repeat the Idea of Sweet cr White, as frequently as thofe of Yard or Day? To this it is anfwcr'd, that thofe Ideas which have Parts, and are capable of Increafe by the Addition of any Parts, af- ford us by their Repetition an Idea of h/Jiniiy ; becaufe with the eniUefs Repetition there is continued an Enlarge- ment, of which tiicre is no end : but ir is not fo in other Ideas; for if to the pcrfedeft Idea I have of White, I add another of equal Whirenefs, it enlarges not my Idea at all. Thofe Ideas, thatconfilt not of Parrs, cannot be augmented to what pruporti.Jii Men plcafe, or be llrerch'd beyond what they have received by their Senfes ; but Space, Duration, and Number being capable of Increafe by Repetition, leave in the Mind an Idea of an endlefs rooin for more ; and fo thofe Ideas alone lead the Mind towards the Thought of Inanity. We are carefully to di- llinguifh between the Idea of t\\QJnj{mty of Space, and the Idea of a Space infinite. The firit is nothing but a fuppofed endlefs Progrefiion of the Mind over any repeat- ed Idea_ of Space : But to have aftually in the IVlind the Idea of a SpLce infinite, is to fuppofe the Mind already paficd over all thofe repeated Ideas of Space, which an endlefs Repetition can never totally reprefent to it ; which carries in it a plain Contradiftion. This will be plainer, if we confider Inpury'm Numbers. The hifimty of Numbers, to the End of whofe Addition every one perceives there is no Approach, eafily appears to any one that reflcfls on ir : But how clear foever this Idea of the hifimty of Numbers be, there is nothing yet more evi- dent, than the Abfurdity of the ailual Idea of an infinite Number. INFIRMARY, a Place where the Sick belonging to any Society or Community are difpofed. INFLAMMATION, in Phyfic, is underftood of a Tu- iTiour, occafioned from an Obfiruclion ; by means whereof the Blood flowing into fome Part faJler than if can run ofr again, fwells up, and caufes a Ten fi on, with an unu- fual Sorcncfs, Rednefs, and Heat. The immediate Caufe, therefore of all Inflammations, is an overflowing of Blood. Other Caufes, more remote, may be the Dcnfity and Coagulation of the Blood, or the Relaxation and Con- tufion of the Fibres. Phyficians have given particular Names to the h'fammatiofis of feveral Parts. That of the Eyes is call'd Ofhtbalmia, that of the Lungs Teri pneumonia, and that of the Liver Hematites. The word h^fiimmaimi comes from the J^atin In, and Flammay Flame. INFLATION, ablowingup; is the ftretching or filling any flaccid or diltendable Body, with a flatulent or windy •" »d fciKi, of K I blow. ■ OP"". " 1 multiplicitc Refrac tKin of the Kays of Light, caufcd by ths unequal Dcnfity of any Medium whereby the Mo,io„or Progrefs of the Kay IS hindrcd from going on in a right Line, and is in- fleded or defleCH-d by a Curve, faiih Dr.H»»^, who i;rft took notice or this Property : And this, Uc faith, differs both from Reficftion and Refraaion, wVich are both made at the Superficies of the Body, but ihii in the inid- die of it within. Sir Ij'aac Newton, as you wiil Rn^ under Light, difcovcr'd nlfo by plain Experiment this h,fl-a;m of the Rays of Light ; and IVl. A Hire faith, he found, 1 hat the Beams of the Stars being obferved in a deep Valley, to pafs near the Brow of a bill, are always more refratlcd, than if there were no fuch Hill, or the Ob- fetvitions were made on the top thereof ; as if the Rays of Light were bent down into a Curve by paCflng near the Surface of the IVlountaln. Sir IJaac New m in his Opticj makes feveral Exieriments and Obfcrvations on the In- fieUion of the Rays of Light ; which fee under Light and Rayi. INFLECTION, in Grammar, is the Variation of Nouns and Verbs, in their feveral Cafes, Tenfes, and De- clenfions. Inpflistt is a general Name, undci which are comprehended both the Conjugation and Declenfion. INFLECTION FOIM of any Curve, in Geoinetry, fignifics the Point or Place where the Curve begins to bend back again a contrary way : As fjr inflance', when a curve Line, asAFK, is partly conca\e, and partly con- vex towards any right Line, as A B, or towards a fixed Point, then the Point F, which divides the iconcave from the convex Part.and confequently is at the Beginning of the one, and End of the other, is called tlie Vmnt of h.-fe^fion, as long as the Curve, being continued in F, keeps its Courfe the fame ; but it is called the Point of Rcirogref- fion, when it infle£ls back again towards that Part or Side, from whence it took its Original, See Fi^. 1. Before the Theory of this biftRmn, and Re'rogreffiotl of Curves, can be undcrllood, it may be neccifary to ex- plain this general Principle. Whatfoever finite Quantity (or if it be a Fluxion, it is all one) goes on continually in- creafing or decreafing, it cannot change from a pofitive to a negative Exyreffion, or from a negative to a pofitive one, without firil becoming equal to an infinite or nothing. It is equal to nothing, if it doth continually decreafe, and equal to an infinite, if it doth continually increafe. To il- lutlrate this, let tlicre be two Circles touching one ano- ther in the Point E {Fin. i.) their Diameters A E and EI lying in one and the fame right Line. Let AE or EI be=//. Let the Diftance between the Extremity A and any Ordinate in either of the Circles be = to x perpe- K tually. I confider now, what will be the ExprcfTions of the Lines intercepted between E ihe Point of Contafl of the Citcles ; fuch as are, the Lines E B and E F intercep- ted between E and the Ordinates C ii and G F. It is cer- tain therefore, that taking a Point, as B, any where be- tween A and E, that then the Expreffion of the inter- cepted B E IS X ; but taking a Point, as F between E and 1, the Expreffion of the intercepted E F, fliall be ForAB, or AF, being taken for x indifferently, the Values of the intercepted Lines will appe.ii- with this Change of Signs. In one cafe therefore the Exprefiion is pofitive, in the other negative. But as the Points B or P approach to E, the Quantities BE and E F decreafe con- tinually, and at the Point E are equal to nothing. So that It IS plain ihere is no paffing f-om a pofitive to a ne- gative Expreffion, in this cafe, of a Quantity continually decreafing, without pafling thro nothing. For the other part, let us confider the Tangents ('as D A or H I) cut off by Lines continually drawn from E, the Point of the Cir- cle's Contaa. If CB, or GF, be put equal to y, the Expreffion IN ( 588 ) IN ExprcCGon of any fuch Tangent will be or 1±, j, ^ gemi-cycloid in F. ,hc Point of' tontr.- Accordine as we take it on 'he one or the other fide of Flexion. Suppofe the known Quantities ADB E in the Diameter A B ; fo that the OrJinate AppIIcate B K = t ; A B ED = the Point E 5 in one cafe therefore it is pofitivc, in the o- ther negative. But as fhe Points B or t' aj.iproach to E, the Tangents DA anil H lincreafe continually, and at the Point E they become Infinite. Therefore a Quantity that continually incrcafcth, cannot pafs from a pofitive to a negative Expreffion, without being infiiiite. Alt this is univerfally true, whether it be a finite Qu:intiry or a Fluxion that we confider. There is no changing from po- litive to negative, without paiEng thro nothing or infinite. Applying this therefore to a Fluxion, it will follow from hence. That the Fluxion of a Quantity that expreffeth a Maximum or 9.Mmmwn, mull be equal to nothing, or to infinite. And upon this I'ounda- (F/^. 3.) tion, wc may now eafily proceed to the Points of InficBion and Re- trogreffion. In order to find a ge- neral Theorem to aflid us in this Matter, let us confider the Curve Po""S ^ invariable) is AFK, (^f^-i.) whofe Diameter is the right Line A B j and its Ordi- natesPM, e/, parallel to one an- other. If through the Point F be drawn the Ordinate Applicatc E F, together with the Tangent FL; and from any other Point, as M on the fame fide with A F, be drawn the Ordinate Applicate IVI P and the unknown Quantities A E the Ark AD— «, =^y; then by the Property of the Cycloid jv = s + — and therefore But by the Property of the Circle confequently « =; and II A tuting for 5 Y z c X — X Therefore fubfli- y 2. C X X and K their refpe£live Values, we have ~^ and the Fluxion thereof, (fup- bc and C E = - again begins to diminifli: From whence it is apparent, that A T mufl: become the T^^aximum AL, when the Point P falls upon . . . a Point of Retrogrelfion, it is evident that the Parr AT increafeth continually, and that the Ahfajfa increafcth fo lon^, till the Point T fall upon L, after which it again di- tniniflieth: From whence it is clear, that A P m\i{\ be- come a Maxmnm, when the Point T falls upon L. Now if AEbeput=.v, EF=:^, thenwillALbe: whofe Fluxion, which is (fuppofing that is, A E C-0 — c + — - and C E = -7-. Henct it is evident, That to have F a Point of contrary Fluxion, h muft be greater than a ; for if it be lefs, then C E would exceed C B. Concerning the InJleSlm of the Rays of Light, fte Light. INFLUENCE, a Quality fuppofcd to flow from the Bodies of the Stars, or the fJtfeif of their Heat and likewifc the Tangent IVIT : It is Light, to which the Aitrologers vainly attribute all the evident, (i.) In thefe Curves that Events that happen on the Earth. The ALchymiits, who have a Point of InfeBinn, that the make it the Philofopher's Stone, tell us, that every thing in Jhfc[(fa AP increafes continually, Nature is produced by the i«/?(fewce of the Stars, which, and "that the Part AT of the Di- in their Paflage thro' the Atmofphete, imbibe many of its ameter, intercepted between A the moilt Parts, the groifell whereof they depoilre in the Origin of the Axis, and T the Con- Sands and Earths where they fill ; that ihefe filtrating courfe of the Tangent and the thro' the Pores of the Earth , defccnd even to the Center, Axis, increafeth fuch time as the whence they are driven, by the central Fire, back again Point P fall upon E, and after it to the Surface, and in their Aicent, by a natural kind of Sublimation, as they find Earths well difpofed, they form natural Bodies, as Wetals, Minerals, and Vegeta- bles, ^c. Thus Chymiilry confiiling in an artificial Imi- the Point E required. (;.) In thofe Curv*; that have tation of ihele natural Operations, and in applying adlive " Principles to paffive Principles, 'tis pretended it can form natural Bodies, make Gold, i^c. INFLUENT, aTerm ufed where any Liquor or Juice, by the Contrivance of Nature, and the Laws of Circulation, falls into another Current and Receptacle. Thus with refpeit to the common Receptacle in the hutnan Body, the Chyle is its i?///i(e??f Juice, and fo is the Bile to the Gall-Btadder, and Venal-Bluod to the Heart in its Diallole ; and the like. IN FORMA PAUPERIS, in Law, is when any Man that hath a juil Caufc or Suit, either In the Chancery, or any of the Courts of Common Law, will come before the Lord-Chancellor, or Maficr of the Rolls, or cither ofthe Chief JuUices, or Chief Baron, and make Oath, that he is not worth five Pounds, his Debts paid ; either of the faid Judges will, in his own proper Court, admit him to fue Forma Fau^o-is, and he ihall have Counfcl, Clerk, or Attorney affigned to do his Bufineis, without paying any Fees. INFORMATION, in Law; ^ce lnditem'ifit. hifor^na- tion for the King is the fune ; that for a common Perfon we call Declaration, and is not always done diredlly by the King, or his Attorney, but fometimeg by another, who fues as well tor the King as himielf i on a Breach of fome Penal Law or Statute, wherein a Penalty is given to the Party that will fue for the fame. INFORM ATUS NON SUM, ot Nosifum hiformatus a formal Anlwer made of courfe by an Attorney, who is commanded by the Court to fay any thing he thinks good in behalf of his Client ; who having nothing material to fay, makes anfwer he is not inform'd ; on which. Judgment pafTes for the other Party. INFORMIS, iuformcd, that which has not the Form or Perfeflion it /liould have. In Allronomy we ufe the Terms StelU bjformfs, for fjcli Stars as have not yet been reduced- into any Conftellation. Of which kind there was a gr^-at Number left by the antient AUronomcrs, tho' Jiet-c/iHj, and fome others of the I\loderns, have provided for the greateli: part of them, by making new Coniiel- lations. INFRACTION, a Rupture or Violation of a Treaty, a Law, Ordinance, ^c. from the Frcpofition and the Supine of fratt^o, to break- INFRAXAPSARII, the Name of a Se^, who main- tain, that God hascreated a certain Number of Men on- ly to be damned, without allowing them the means ne- ccffary to fave themfelves, if they would. T his Doc- Eare is longer than the Circumference of the generating trine they maintain indifferent manners, the Se^ itfjlf Circle A DB, whofe Center is C. It is required to find being divided into two Branches. Some of them hold, that invariable) being divided by x ; the Fluxion of A E muft become nothing or infinite; that is, — ^-^^ = nothing or infinite : So that multiplying hy y', and dividing by — y, jj'will be == to nothing or infinite j which in the Sequel will ferve for a general Form to find F the Point of In- ficBim or Retrogre{rion. For the nature of the Curve AFK being given, the Value of y may be found in and taking the Fluxion of this Value, and fuppofing invariable, the Value of y will be found in .t^, which be- ing put equal to nothing, or Infinity, ferves in either of thefc Suppofitions to find fuch a Value of A E, as that the Ordinate EF fliall interfeft the Curve AFK in F, the Point of hifieBion or RetrogrefTion. Of this we iiiall only give one Example. Let AFK C-fis-S-) be a ptotrafled Semicycloid iFig. 3-) , whofe .V IN tf^at God independently of every thing, and antecedently to all Knowledge or Forefightof the iWi of rhefirll Man, refolved to lignalize both his Mercy and his Jurtice j his Mercy, by creating a certain Number of Men, to make them happy to all Eternity 3 and his Jullice, by creating likewifea Number of other Men, to be miferable to ali Kternity. Others hold, that God did not take this Rcfolu- tion, but in confcqucnce of Original Sin, and of the Know- ( 58P ) IN INGOT is a little Wedge or I\lafs of Gold ani SiivefJ or an uncertain fiuantity of Bullion INGREDIENTS arc aU ,i,e Simples uhici, ^. intc TSr^^^'c"""^.'? ■^''^''"■•'"^Ointment, Sauce, a?., fts 'l'"f "r^' ''S'^fi" '^^ Sun's entering the firllStiupIcof one of tlic io„r Cardinal Signs, cfpe- 'I^GRESSU, in Law, a Writ of Entrv wh h ledge which he had from all Eternity, that Jdam would Perfon feeks Entry into Lands or Tencm*. ^''"^PY ' ' . . - f^„f^^ — 1 I ■ ^ nents. It lies commit It : for, fiiy they, Man, by this Sin, having for- feited all Pretences to his original Juflicc, defervcs no- thing now but Puniihment. All Mankintl is become a Mais of Corruption, which God may abandon to etei-nal Dellrut5iion, without any Inapeachment of his Jullice. s the fan various Gafcs, and has various Forms. INGROSSATOR MAGNI ROTULI Clerk of the Pipe, which fee. ' INGROSSER, in Common Law, is one Ait buys Corn growing, or any Provifions, before thr • ' However, to ihew his iVlcrcy too, as well as his Jullice, he fell again ; it alio fignifies a Clerk whi ■ has refolved to felecl fome out of this Mafs, to fanifify — ^ ' • ~. - - ' them, and to make them happy. Thofe who maintain the Doctrine in the firft manner, are called Siifra-lapfarii^ as believing that God formed the Refolution of damning a Number of iVlen, Japra Lapfum, before y}d^m\ Fall, and independently ol it. Thofe of the fecond Opinion, are called Infra-lapjariit as holding that God made that Refo- lution, infra Laffi'.m, after his Knowledge of the Fall, and in confequence thereof. liNFRA-SPlNATUS, a Mufcle thatarifes from the in- ferior Parts of the Balis, Spine, and Under-Colla of the Scapula, and filling the lower Interfcapulum, paCfes on between the Spine and Teres Minor in a triangular Form, and growing tendinous at the Cone, is inferred into the Head of the Humerus, and draws direifly backwards. _ INFULA, a Name anticntly given tofome of the Pon- tifical Ornaments. I'ejtns tells us, that the InfuU were Filaments or Fringes of WooU, wherewith the Antients uled to adorn their Fricfis, their Victims, and even their Temples. Several Authors confound the Inftda with the Mitre, Tiara, or Cap wore bythePrielts ; but there was a great deal of Difference. The Ijjfitla was properly a Fillet or Headband of white Wooll, covering that Part of the Head where the Hair grows, aj far as the Temples, whence, on each Side, hung down two Strings, called Vtt- Market, T n , ' writes Records or Inlirumentsol Law in Skins of Parchment INGUENis thatPart of the Body, reaching from ,h= Head ot the Thigh to above the fecret Parts, and is com- monly called the Groin, is given to any Sub- divifions made of that Fart, or any thing therein con- tained, or applied thereunto by way of Medicine, or the like. J he word IS pure Larm, and is derived, according to fome from Vng„e::, O.mment, becaufe thefe Parts at? frequently anointed. Others derive it from an-o, becaufe lainstappen frequently there; others again from .WCTor. becaule the genital Parts are here INHARMONICAL RELATION is a Term in Mufic, oee Ksiation inbarmoiiical. INHERENCE, a Term in Philofophy, applied to the juncture or Connexion of an Accident with its Subftance. 1 hus Quantity has a necelTary Inherence with i natural Body. INHERITANCE is a Perpetuity in Lands and Tene- ments to a Man and his Heirs = This word Inheritance iS not only underflood where a Man hath Inheritance of Lands and lenements by Defcent or Heritajre, but alfo everyFee-Simple and Fee-Tail, that a Man'^hath by his i-urchale, iTiay be faid to be by Inheritance, for that his Heirs may inherit after hir , to bind it withal ; and this has given occSfion~to-?ome from "r?h™eedinVYn\lV'Sufc "lltl^ b^^f Authors to confound the with K,tt,. The r„/„/.r was him ; fometiF,,es iV.Ll;,",/ a„d "MS are ' the fame thing to Priells that the Diadem wa, to Kings, • ann jmihuio;, are ■aiz. the Badge of their Dignity and Authority. The Dif- ference between the Diadem and the Infula confifled in this, that the Diadem was flat and broad, and the Infula rounded and twilled. .in, put toge- tlier : but /;,A.t;r;.,-, is nioft commonly a Writ iffuing out of a higher Court to a lower and inferior ; and P%h,li- "° i^tt'tj '^'"S'' 'o ""fenor Courr. J i. -^^k I''^--™acy, is any liquid Medicine INFUNDiByLUM,a Laun Word, fignifying a Funnel ; oX'r iSll^^^f =11; ^I^X't^, {^^^ whence many Parts in an human Body having a Re- a common Term for filling the Veffelr w th cl^^^^^^^ femblance thereto in Shape are thus called ; as the In- Wax, or any other prope? Matter to ll^e ^heir F^ f»nd,b.,h,m Lerehr,, xni InfunMulu^t Remm ; for which fee gures and Ramifications ; a thi„rfrVn ?^ their Fi- Mra:n and K.dneys : and fome Parts of Plants, for the fame fomifts. ' """S f'^l"™' among Ana- reafon, are called 7«/(OTAA/o™ct. See Hojoeri. INITIALIA a Name intl^ntl,, „■ . t. m r, . INFUSION is a Part of Pharmacy, whereby the Vir- of to" See (vlfo '° the Myfler.es tues of Plants, Roots, and the like, are drawn out, by INITIATED, a Term properly ufed in fpeaking of the Religion of the antient Heathens, where it fignifies letting them ileep in fome convenient Menttruum. hi- fiifion is uled in Bodies of a lax Texture, whofe Parts arefolighr, as not to admit of a greater Motion, without hazard ot flying away in Vapour. Its Ufe is to commu- nicate the Virtues out of Bodies to Liquors, either in or- der to augment their Force, or correfl their ill Qualities. to be admitted to a Participation of the Myiieries of Re ligion ; tho the word is alfo fometimes ufed in fpeakins of other Religions, and even of Philofophy and other sciences. Ihe Antients never difcovered the deeper Mv Iteries ot rheir Religion, nor even permitted fome of but thofe who had been word comes from the 3^"Pl- '° beopento^ny b:;tS;ii:w^o W^:: of conveying a n:^;!^:^ "t"' J^? "^IS'^pjT} Liquor into the Body by the Veins. Some Phyficians have nes to begin facrificing, or to re eive or adi^ika P r found out anew Method of Purging, by infufing a Cathar- the beginning of Myferies orof Cerei^on e of I f" „c into the Veins whichopera.es pretty much after the portance. 4»»i.,Jupon i/ "f k^.m- manner of a Clyller. M„n..-. „ ■ INGEMINATED FLOWERS, are -*hente,i!, obferves, that all the Myfleries were not communicated at once to the Pprf fi,„, 1, ,-3 when one Flower who prcfented themfelves for rhc Prieflhood but ,^ . Hands on, or naturally grows out of another firft i-L.,, t,..„-fi„j .1 k ' ? "="''y°a> "it that at iATr-ir-\M-r ■ u f aiiuiucr. nrit they purified them, then admitted them m rf,.. i r that c--" , P'^?^'^''J Difeafe, or Habit, confider?!-'- M—— - J-"- z"- ' ? " '"^f^ the comes mto the World with a p;rlh;;r^d ii m ^^^^^ IN7UNC 1 ION IS a Writ grounded upon an interlocu- tory Order in Chancery, fometimes to give DofTeffion ,„ the Plaintiff, for want of the Defendant's AppeaTan"e fometimes to the King's ordinary Court, and fometimes to the Coutt-ChriUian, to flop Proceedings in a Caufe upon Suggeflion made, that the Rigour of rhe Law ifiJ '"'^Xlfe V" -f'^l"'* ^'^"'"1 Confcience in that cife. INJURY, in the general meaning of rhe word, fignifies any thing contrary to Jurtice and Equity. The Civilians actme lnjury a private Offence, committAI defionedlv and With an evil Intention, to any Man's " Prejudice? Tile Author of the Rhetorics to Herennius favs. Injuria eft am P,,ljat,f,ne, aut Ccnvicio, am Tm-pitudine, Corpus Mres am r,tam al;c,,)„s Tl«!avic. Aaion on an Injttry is\„„^^]' that is, no Reparation could be required after the Ex' piration of a Year. By the Law of the twelve Tables' where theWy wasthehrcaliingof a Limb, the iniured Perfon might demand Ti/.-o//™;, that is, he might break the ^ S S § g fame INGENUOUS, among tliQ Romans, was a Title ap- plicable to a Perfon who was born free, or of free Pa- rents. A Perfon was accounted inyenwus if only the Mother were free, and the Father a Servant. Thefe could give their Votes, and enjoy Oflices, from which the Liheni, or Freed Men, fSc were debarred. Ijidme fays, they are called Imenm qui Libenatem habentin Genere, no'n •nFaSo, who are born free, not thofe who acquire their Freedom. Ingemoa! is fometimes alfo ufed to fignify the Native of a Country, in contradiction to a Foreigner. INGLUVIES, or Crop, a part which in granivorous Fowls lerves for the immediate Reception of the Food, where it remains fome time for Maceration, before ^t be tranfmirted to the Stomach. This In,/,mes is futnillied with Glands, which, the Patrons of Fermentation main- tain, convey a Menflruum thither, that imnregn.ates the Aliment, and ferves inftead of Maflication. IN fanif; l.Imb of the Criminal. For the breaking of a Bone ihcre were coniiikrable pecuniary Punifhmenrs affigned: Tor other /«;Bj-ie; only tweiiry were decreed, which the Poverty of thofe times thought a fufficiem Penalty j but the Pra:tors afrerwan's finding this too flender a Sa- tisfadiHon, in lieu rhcrcot appointed the injured Perfon to feta Rate on thei»f(^';>') which they afterwards incrcafedor leftened as they thought good. The word is derived from the Lfithi Prepofition /«, which here has a negative Power, and ^!is, La-w, Bjght j hijiiria dicitur omne quod Jion l^ure jit. The Antients made a Goddcfs of Injury, and called iicr Jte. Homer makes her the Daughrer of jupher, and fd,ys, iTic did mjfchief to every body, even to her Fa- ther i that /he was very nimble and tender-footed, and walked altogether on Mens Heatis, wiihout ever touch- ing the Ground. INK, the common Writing-ink is a Coinpofition of Vi- triol, Galls, Gum and Water. Printing-Ink is made of !Nut-Oilor Linfecd-Oii, Turpentine, and a kind of Black. Ifiiiia?!^ or Cbinefe Ink J isan admirable Compcfition, and bas been in vain attempted to be imitated in Europe. It is not fluid like our Writing-Inks, but folid, like our Mi- neral Colours, tho much lighter. They make it of all Figures, but the moil: uiuai is rectangular about a quar- ter of an Inch thick. Some of them are gilt with Figures of Dragons, Birds, Flowers, ^c. in order to this, they have little wooden Molds, fo curioufly wrought, that we could hardly equal them in Metals. Before you ulc this Ink, there mull be a little hollow Marble, or other Stone, with Water in it, on which the Stick of Ink mutt be ground, till the Water becomes of a fufficient Black- iiefs. It makes a very black /liining and tho' it be apt to fink when the Paper is thin, yet it never runs or fprcads ; fo that the Letters are always fmuoth and even- ly terminated, how big foever they be. It is of great Ufe in defigning, becaufe it may be weakened or di- jniniflied to any degree one pleafes ; and there are abun- dance of things which can't be reprcfented to the Life without it. The Ch'mefe make it with Smoak-Black of different kinds, but the belt is made of the Smoak of fat Pork, burnt at a Lamp. They mix a kind of Oil with it, to make it more fmootli, and acid other odorous In- credients to take away the Ranknefs of the Smell. Af- ter they have mixed it into a Palte of a proper Confif- tcncc, they put it into a I\Told to figure if. INLAjND, implies any thing fituatcd in the main Land, or Heart of a Country far from the Sea-Coalls. Hence Ivland Bills in Traffic are fuch Bills as are payable in the fame Land wherein they are drawn. INMAT ES, arc fuch Perfonsas are admitted (for their Money) to live in the fame Houfe with another Man, tho in different Rooms, and which go in at the fame Door jointly with others to whom the Houfe bclongeth, and which are not able to maintain themfelvcs. 1'hefe arc inquirable in a Court-Leet. INNATE HEAT. See CaUditm Inmtmn. INNATE IDEAS, or Principles, arc certain primary ISIotesor Charafters, fuppofed to beilamped on the Mind of Man when it firff receives its Being, and which it brings into the World with iti but the Doifrine of Inmne Ideas^is abundantly confuted by Mr. Lot/-e. See Idea. , INNINGS i Lands recoTcred from the Sea, by drain- ing and banking, are fo called. INNOCENTS-DAY, the Name of a Feaft celebrated in Commemoration of the Infants murdered by Herod. heretofore it was the Cuftom to have Dances inthe Churches onthisDay, wherein were Perfons who rcprefented Bi- Jbops, by way of Derifion of the Epifcopal Dignity. This appears by a Canon of the Council of Co^^n.ic, held in 1260, which expreily forbidsic. INNOMINAT!,G/; 7wwoM»«rtf;, Jmnyml, Perfons who have no Names ; a Titleby which the Academifts of Tar- ma dittinguiJh themfelves. Mod Cities in Italy have an Academy, and each has its proper Name j thus thofe at J" .-{i-wifl entitle themlelves Gi( Inmminati^ as if it was their is'ame to have noName at all. INNOMINATUM, in general, fignifies any thing without a Name. Many Parts of the Body arc left under this indiftinft Term, as the Innominata Glanditia Ocnli now called Carimcida Oculi. See Eye. hmombu-ita Tunica. Oadi. See Eye. hinomlnatum Os. See Ilium. INNS. OurCollegcs of Municipal or Common Law, Profcffors, and Students, are iliU called hiiis ; the old JLnglifi word for Houfes of Noblemen, Bi/liops, and o- thers of extraordinary Note, which isof the fame Signifi- cation with the French word Hkd. Inns of Courts are fo called, as fome think, becaufe the Students there ate to ferve the Courts of Judicature, or clfe becaufe anticntly thefe Colleges received none but the Sons of Noblemen and better fort of Gentlemen, as Fonefcf.e affirms. Of thefe we have four ; vi-z. the two Xem^ks^ heretofore the Dwelling of the Knights-Templers, ( 55^0 ) IN purchafeJ by fomc ProfelTors of the Common Law about 500 lears ago ; and Limolns-bm and Cmys-hin, antiently belonging to the Earls of Lincohi and Gray. Thefe Socie- ties are no Corporations, nor have any Judicial Power over their Members, but have certain Orders among them- felves, which have, by Confent, the force of Laws : for lighter Offences they are only excommoned, or put out of Commons ; for greater, they lofe their Chambers, and are expelled the College ; and when once expelled' out ot one Society, they are never received by any of tha others. The whole Company of Gentlemen in each So- ciety may be divided into four Parts, Benchers, Utter- Barrillers, Inner-Barriflers, and Students. See Batcher and Biirrtjier. _ Inn, of Chancery were probably fo called, becaufe an- ticntly inhabited by fuch Clerks as chiefly liudied the torming ot Writs, which regularly belonged to the Cur- fitors, who are Officers of Chancery. The firft of thefe is Tba-jies-Inn, begun in the Reign of EJrjard III. and fince purchas'd by the Society of Lmculns-hm ; then New^hm Clements-Inn i Cliffords-Imi, anticntly the Houfe of the Lord Cli ford ; St:,j>le-Im,, belonging to the Merchants of the Staple ; Lyons-Inn, anticntly a common Inn with the Sign of the Lion ; .Fm-nhalt-Imt, and Beni.Trds-Inn. Thefe were heretofore preparatory Colleges for youn- ger Students, and many were entered here before they were admitted into the Inns of Court. Now they are moft- ly taken up by the Attorneys, SoUicitors, (Sc. They belong all to fome of the Ims of Court, who fend yearly fome of their Barriiiers to read to them. INNUENDO, from ; «;jKO, to heck or jiod with the Head^ is a word frequently ufcd in Writs, Declarations, and Pleadings. The Ufe of it is only to declare and afcer- tain the Perfon or Thing which was named, or left doubt- ful before ; as he {innuendo, the Plaintiffj is a Thief, men- tion being before made of another Perfon. INOCULATION, in Agriculture, is a kind of Graft- ing, or an artificial Operation, by which the Bud of one Fruit-Tree is fct into the Stock or Branch of another, fo as to make different forts of Fruit grow on the fame Tree. There are various ways of performing this. The: antient Method was by making a ihallow Incifion in the Bark, where the Knot of a Shoot or Oculus (whence the Operation takes its Name^ begins to bud forth, into which a promifing Shoot of another kind was inferred, and the Incifion clofed up with fat Earth or Clay. The Me- thod of Inoculation, now in the beft Repute, is as follows : They cut off a vigorous Shoot from the Tree that is to be propagated, a Month before or after Mi.-//H»iwer 5 then chufe out a fmooth I'lacc in the Stock (which /liould npt be of above three or four Years Growth) making a perpen- dicular Slit in the Bark a little above an Inch long, and an- other at right Angles to ir, at the lower end, to give way to the opening of the Bark, This dene, the Bark is gently loofened from the Wood on both Sides with a Penknife, beginning at the bottom ; they then prepare the Bud, cut- ting i: off from the aforefaid vigorous Shoot, and taking with it as much of rhe Wood above as below it, and as near as may be to the Length of the flit in the Stock. When the Bud is thus cut off, they take out the woody parr of the Bud, and put the Bud itfelf in, between the Bark and the Wood of the Stock, at the Crofs-flit before open- ed, leading it upwards by the Stalk, where the Leaf grew, till it exaffly clofcs. Tiiey then bind it about with Wool- len Yarn, the better to make all Parts of it clofe exaft- ly, that the Bud mayimbody itfelf with the Stock, which it will do in three Weeks time. This Operation is faid to be beft performed in a cloudy Day, or in an Evening ; and 'tis obferved, that the quicker 'tis done, the better it fucceeds. This Fra»Elice has the advantage of Engrafting in a great many refpe£ls, both as it is more fecure, it feldom failing of having effcfi, efpecially if two or three Buds are put into the fame Stock, and as its Succefs is more readily difcovered. Indeed when large Stocks arc to be pra£l:ifed on, J7:oculation is not proper, and they are obliged to have recourfc to Grafting. This one Rule is obferved to hold univerfally, -iiiz. that no Succefs is ta be expefted in InociiLitio?!, if the Sap does not run well, that is, if the Bark won't part readily from the Wood of the Stock. In a Phyfical Senfe, Inocttlaiion is ufed for the Tranfplan- tation of Diilempers from one Subjefi to another, parti- cularly for the Ingraftment of the Small-Pox, which is a new Practice among us, but of antient Original in the Ealieni Countries. The bcft Method of performing the Operation is as follows : After the Body is rightly dil'- pofed and prepared, by proper Diet and Evacuations, two fmall Incifions are made, one in the mufcular part of the Arm, about the Place where an Iffue is ufually cut, and the other in the Leg of the oppofite Side? then being provided of a fmall Quantity, as a Drop or left of well- conco^led •variolous Matter, chofe from the diftincl or beft fort of Puflules, before the Turn of the Diftempcr, and imbibed IN imbibed by two fmall Doflils of Lint i tbefe arc imme- diately put into the Incifions, vvhilft the Miner remains warm, and are kept onby a proper Bandage. In adayor two the Bandages arc opened, the Lint thrown away, and only Colewort-Lcaf applied over the Intiiinns. This Dref- ling is continued daily. The biclfions ufually grow fore, inflame and inlarge of thcmfelves, and difcharge Matter more plentifully as the Diflemper rifes. The Eruptions generally appear within eight or ten days after the Opera- tion, during which time the Patient is not confined, or ob- liged to obferve a very llri£l Regimen. The Frailice feems to be ufeful, becaufe the molt proper Age, the mott favourable Seafon of the Year, moii regular Me- thod of Preparation, and all poiTible Precautions may hcrebeufed, according to the Wi/lies of the Patient, his Parents, and Phyfician j Advantages impcffible to be had when the Dillempcr is caught in the natural way. It has alfo been conitantly obferved, that the bcil fort of Small- Pox is hereby occaiioned, that the Eruptions are few, the Symptoms light, the Danger next to none, the Recovery eafy, and that the Patient is equally fecured from this Diitempcr for thetiiture, as he would be by having gone thro' it in the natural manner. INORDINATE PROPORTION is thus : Suppofing three Magnitudes in one Rank, and three other propor- tional to them in another, you compare them in a diffe- rent Order; as if there are in one Rank thcfc three Numbers, a, 9,95 and in another Rank thefe other three, 8, 24, proportional to the precedent, in a different Or- der, fo that z Ihall be to 3 as 24 to and 3 to 9 as 8 to 24. Then calling away the mean Terms in each Rank, conclude the £ri\ z in the firfl: Rank is to the laft 9, as 8, the fird of the other Rank, to the laft INOSCULATION. See Jjiajhmafis and Jytery. IN PACE, a Lai'm Term, in ufc among the Monks, to fignify a Prifon, where iuch of them arc fhuf up as have committed any grievous Fault. Formerly there us'd to be a world ot Ceremony at the putting a Religious in face^ but now 'tis not much regarded. Such as arc fhut up in perpetual Imprifonment,are alio faid to be iiipace. Some- times alfo the words reqiikfcat in face are ufed by way of Allufion to a Cuflom in the RomiJIj Church, of praying that the Souls of the Dcfunfl may refl in Peace. Thofe words are alfo frequently feen at the bottom of Epitaphs, in lieu of thofe ufed by the antient Romans, S.T.T.Ij. i. e. SittibiTerr^ levis. Light lie the Earth ; £fj Jit humm Cine- ri no}t oTierpJa tuo. IN PROMPTU, a Latin word ufed among the French, tho' but rarely in the En^lip. It {ignifies a Piece made off- hand, extemporary, without any previous Meditation, by the mere Vivacity of Imagination, Many Authors pique thcmfelves on their in pror.iptii's^ which yet were done at leifure, and in cold blood. INQUIRENDO, is an Authority given to a Pcrfon, or Perfons, to enquire into fomething for the King's ad- vantage. INQlirSITION, or the Holy Office, an Ecclefiaflical Jurifdiftion eilablilhed in Spam, Toytuguly and Italy, for the Trial and Examination of fuch Perfons as are fuf- pefted to entertain any religious Opinions contrary to thofe profefl'cdin the Church of Rome. It is ^called Inqui- fitianj becaufe the Judges of this Office take cognizance of Crimes on common Report, without any legal Evidence. Some People fancy they fee the Original of the Inquiji- J/oK in aConflitution made by Pope .Ljiciiis, at the Coun- cil of Tc^-ona, in 1184. in regard he there orders the Bi- Jhops to get Information, either by thcmfelves, or by their Commiffarics, of all fuch Perfons as were fufpefled of Herefy j and diilinguifiies the feveral Degrees, of Suf- peftcd, Convidled, Penitent, and Relapfed, ^c. Howe- ver, 'tis generally allowed, that it was Pope J;i;;tii:e;jf III. who laid the firft Foundations of the Holy Office, and the Vattdois and ^llfij^erijes were what gave the occafion to it. He fent feveral Priefts, with St.- Dowimc at their head, to Tboloiife^ in order to blow up a Spirit of Zeal and Perfe- cution amongft the Prelates and Princes. Thefc Miffiona- ries were to give an account to the Pope of the Number of Heretics in thofe Parts, and of the Behaviour of the Princes and Perfons in Authority, and thence they ac- quired the Name of Jnqiilfmrs j but thefe original Inqui- fitors had not any Court, or any Authority, they were on- ly a kind of Spiritual Spies, who were to make Report of their Difcoveries to the Pope. The Emperor fyedsric II. at the beginning of the 1 3th Century, extended their Power very conflderably, and committed the taking cog- nizance of the Crime of Herefy to a Set of Ecclefiaftical Judges; and as Fire was the Punifliment decreed for the Obftinatc, the Inquifitors determined indiredly with re- gard both to the Perfons and to the Crimes : by which means the Laity was cut off from its own Jurifdi6lion, and abandoned to the Zeal and devout Madnefs of the Eccleiiaftics. Afterthc Death Frsderic, who had long ( 391 ) IN ago repented the Power he had given the ChurcWeii, aS having feen fome of the Fruits of it ; Pope Innocent IV. ereaed a perpetual Tribunal of Inquifitors, and deprived the Bi/liopsand Secular Judges of the little Power, the Emperor B-c'- parchus^ whereiii he fays, that Fifiprams engraved, un Stone-riliars, J:*recepts ufeful for Husbandmen. Fluiy a.C~ fures us, that the lirlt publick Monuments were made with Plates of Lead ; and the 'I'reaties of Confederacy, jnade between theilo'i^;i;/jand the 5t;zi>;, were written up- on Places ot Brafs j that, fays he,, the 3szus might have fomething to put them in mind of ihe Peace and Confc- deracyconcluded wiih the Romnjis. The Greeks and Ko- ttiijnJ were great Dealers in lufcyipions, and were extreme- ly fond of being mentioned in them ; and hence it is that we (uid fomany, in thofe Countries of antient Learning, as that large Volumes have been compofed of them; as the Collcilion of Grnterus^ &:c. Since 6y«ie!-'s Collec- tion, Th. Retnejii'.s hsiS publUhed another huge Volume of Infcripiioiis. M. Fabrctii ijubliilied another Volume at Rowf in 1651^, wherein he has corrcfted abundance of Er- rors that badefcaped Gruier, Ke'mtfim^ and other Antiqua ries, ^c. and added a great Number of Iiifcr/ptions omitted by them. Since all thefe, Grcc-vius has publi/licd a com- pleat Colleiflion of bijcrlpt^o^is^ in three Volumes in i-olio. In France is an Academy o( InfcTiptions and IVledals, confining of ten honorary and ten ptnfionary Members, ten AlTociaies, and as many Novices, who are to meet twice a Week, and to employ rhemfelves in tlie Exami- nation of Medals and anrient Monuments, and other Parts of Greek and Roman Literature, and to compofe a Hiftocy of the Kings of France, from Medals. Such was the Aca- demy at the time of its Inilitution, or rather Rellauration, in the beginning of this Century j but as they are not now wholly employed about Medals and Injcripuom^ they have changed their Name for one of a greater Latitude, and are called the Academy des BeHes Lettres. IKSCRUTAKLE, in Theology, is ufualiy underflood cf the Secrets of Providence, and the Judgments of God, which cannot be found our, or into which Human Reaion cannot penetrate. INSECTS, a kind of little Animals fo called by the Antients, becaufe in fomc of 'em the Body fcems to be cut s as in Ants, whofe Belly feem.s divided into two : or perhaps, becaufe the Bodies of InjeUs are compofed of feveral Circles or Rings, as Worms, Caterpillars, l^c. which are a kind of Incifions, whence the Name might probably arife. Mr. in his ^vkthodu-s InfcBorr.m, thus diilingiiiflitth the feveral kinds of /^./fffj. hifehls are ei- ther, 1. 'AuijetfA'df^^j., or luch as do not change their Form : Or, 2. }^iijaus^:piuiva, fuch as do really change their Form. Thofe that do not change their Form, are either, (_i .) AttzJU., without Feet; or, (2.) Pedata, with Peet : and of thefe there are fome kinds that calt their Skins, and others that do not. bifsiJs without Feet are ei- ther Terreiirial or Land-Infecls, or Aquatic. Terreflrial /H/fffrare, ijt, either fuch as are produced on thel,and, or in the Earth, and not in Water i as the LmibriciTen-eJ}r€Sj which arc either of the larger fort, and are call'd Dew- Worms 5 or of a fmaller fize : And of thefe, there are fome Red, and others Gr^en with yellow Tails 3 which lail: are ccinmonly call'd Gilt-Tails. Or, id/y, fuch as are found in the Bowels of Animals : And of thefe foinc are found in the Intellines of Men ; as, Ci.) The J^imibriciTtracs j (;.) Litmbnci Latl, which are ulfo call'd Xf 3 (3.) Cuatrbit'uli, which fome will have to be only the Fragments of the T.<:nia:. (4.) The Jfcarides^ which arc chiefly found in the RcBum. Thofe Worms which are found in the Inteflincs of Bealis are of two forts, the Oh- loii^i, and Tellucidi, of the thicknefsof an Horfe-hair, and therefore call'd Verwiculi Sctlfo-nncs : And the Lrczes and Crajjlorcs, which often are found in Horfes, and are call'd the Botts. To this Genus of Tcrreftrial Infers, many natu- ral Hillorians refer Snails, whether with or without Shells. Water InleBs without Feet, not changing Form, are either, iji, of the greater fort, which have a peculiar way of moving, by firft fixing their Head to the ground, and then drawing up their Tail towards it, Of thefe, fome are Te>-c(r.f,round and fmooth, of which there are three forts; as the Medicinal J-ln-udhics or Leaches, the common black Horfe Leaches, and the aAi-colour'd Sea-Leaches : But there isalfu a fort of this kind, which is fmaller and flatter, which are found flicking to Stones in the bottom of little Brooks. Or, zdly^ of the Leffcr fort, which have adiffcreut way of crawling or moving from the former. Thefe arealfo either round or flat Of the round fort, there is one that is black with two fmall Horns on its Plead, and is found fficking to wet Stones in the watry Tops of Hills; and another which is red, of about a finger's length,with a For- C 5P^ ) IN ceps at the Tall, found at the bottom of Fifliponds, an.^ Itagnant Waters. 7bc flat fort are very fmall and thin, and are call'd Flukes, being foraetimes found in Waters, and fomctimes in the Branches of the Foras BiLirm m Sheep. /«_/ei7jnot changing Form, and having Feet, arc either, J. ticx.ipoiia, with (5 Feet. 2. 03iJ/'oi/^, with S Feet. 5. l>fc.i- teffarapoda, with i4Feet. 4, Fol^pod^^ with many Feet. 'I hoiethat have but fix Feet, are either, (r.) Terrdlria!, and thefe are, firfl, of a larger kind ; as, [i.] The yellow- ifla hjjeB, found inrotten decaying Oaks. [2.] The black one, on the Ground, called hy Monfst, vermivoroits. [3.] The black one, living under Ground, with a Forceps at the Tad. [4.] A whhefort, with fquare black Spots on Its Back. [5.] The Farhiarimn^ bred in Meal, of a whitiih Colour. Or, lecondly, a Smaller Sort ; fome of which are found about the Bodjesof Animals : as, (i.) The Chnex, Bug or Wall-Loufe, of a (linking Smell. (2.} Richms^the. Tick. (3.) Fedicuhts, the commop Loufc. (3.) Fediculus ferns feu in- liiinalu, the Crab'Loufe. (5.) Fulex, the Flea; _of all which there are various kinds. Others are not tr'ouble- lomc to Animals, as, 1. One that in Eigncfs and Figure refembles a Loufe, but is very nimble and fwifr, and is found in Books and rotten Wood. 2. Another there is with a very long Body, and a forcipital Tail . 5. The black I"/cff, found often in the Flowers of the Chelidoniuni. 4. A fubterraneuus Sort, a little whitifli. 5, One that skips like a Gra/liopper, but is much lefs. (11.) Aquatic; as, [i.] The Fediculus Msr'i»i'i-Cro/j on their Backs. (9.) The Loci'Jia, which Wdloitghby refers to the Auirs.[j.of>ipa)-m. (4.) The GryUi-Cam- fejlres. C?-) The Grylit-Bomejiiciy or Crickets. {6.) The Gyyllo-Tal^--!, Mole-Cricket, (7.) The Cicada, or Gra/hop- per. (S.) TheBIatta, according to Szoamf7ierHii?ti. ((),_) The '/if ;(/^ which run very fwiftly on the Surface of the Water, and have a Sting in their Mouths like the Ci- mices, or Ticks, (ic.) Th.^ Sco-rpms ylqiuiticus, with a Sting alfo in its Mouth, (ir.) The Mifc! khncmna, &c. As to the Generation of h,fia>, the World is now gene- eflTr"^'^""^^^ ™ notbredofCorruptio„%u. cai^r^ '( I ""''•"y was believ'd by the Ancients be- caule ot the valt Numbers that were fometimes hatch'tl m ;c"ul^? M™"' 'I'^y "u'd not difcern the rjit Lfrrv."^ '''^ P.opagation. Malf.^U, S,.a,n- Eo r I r ' abundantly difproved tlie Doclrine Ir^^Tn I ^'^"""'™! *e Chimerical Tranf- [he ; e M ' Caterpillar into the Butter-fly, and other Members ot the Butter-fly were enclofed under the Skin "n the'sS Caterpillar, as the Parts of a Plant „e h,Jca, take particular Care to depofite their Eggs or bced,^ in fuch Places where they may have a fufficient In- t'hril'™'/ f ''"^ ^"""S batch'd may have the Benefit of proper Food till they become able to /hift forthemfelycs Thofe whofe Food is. in the Water, lay t.ieir Eggs ,n the Water ; thofc to whom Flefli is a proper Food, in I left; and thofe to whom the Fruits, or Lcav-es ot Vegetables are Food, are accordingly repufited, fome in this Fruit, iome in that Tree, and fome in that Plant and lome on another, but conftantly the fame Kind on the fame Tree, (£c. As for others that require a more conllant and greater D cgree of Warmth, they are provided by the larent Animal with fome Place in or about the Body of other Animals ; fome in the Feathers of Birds fome ,n the Hair of Bealis, fome in the Scales of Fiftes' lome in the Kofe, fome in the Flefl,, nay fome in tha Bowels, and inmoll Reccfles of Man. and other Crea- tures. And as for others to whom none of thofe Methods are proper , hey make tliem Kefts by Perforation in the Earth, in Wood ,n Combs, and the like, carrying in and fealmg up Provifions that ferve both for the ProdtSlion of their Young, and for tlicir Food, when produced. In Flxs, Butter-Hies, it is obferv'd, there is a kmd of Gluten, by which tlic Female fallens her Eggs to the bearing Buds of Trees, fo that the Rains c«,not , hem off. Thefe Eggs wiJl not be Jmrt by the greateft Froft. Mr. yl„d>y, in his Book Be h Gcnc-aL, de fen dam le Corf, ,le I'Homme, takes notice, that the Anti- cnts were miflaken in denying that InfeB! did breathe on the account of their wanting Lungs : For modern Ob'fi-r- vations convince u-s, that foyift have a areater Number i. L""55'Vb=u> other Animals. The Antients thought alfo that /»7cff, had no Blood, becaufe many of them had nO red Liquor ike our Blood : But it is not the Colour, but the Ufe 0. the Liquor that is to be regarded. Thev be- l.ev-ed alfo that i»ye3^ had no Hearts; whereas our Mi- crofcopcs do now difcover. that when Infea, have fcveral Lungs, they have alfo feveral Hearts; and in particular. It IS found, that Silk- Worms have a continued Chain of Hearts, from the Head ahnoft to the very Ex-tremity of the Tail. And It is this Number of Hearts and Lungs that occafions thofe fo/cff, to give Signs of Life a long while after they are divided into feveral Parts. He ob? lerves alio, that it ,s wrong to call 7.,/eff, imperfeft Ani- mals, iincc they want no Parts either ncccffary or conve- nient for their Ufe, or to render them compleat in th-it tand. Ihcre are fome, who afl^rm that the Earth- Worms, and thofe Round-tailed Worms, which are round iii the Intefimes of Men and Horfcs, STc. alfo Snails and Horle-Lcacl-.es are Flermaphroditcs ; but that fuchWorma as become Flics, and Silk-W orms are not fo, being of no Sex, but are Nells fall of real Animals, which we fee in time Eome out with W mgs. H h h h ll T^;„ \ IN The Moderns have proceeded much farther j'n the Know- Jcdgc of hijetJs than the Antients, as having rhe Advan- tages of the Microfcope which diUingui/lics their minute Parts, whereof they have pubii/li'd Draughts and Defcrip- tions. Dr. neok has publiih'd a Micrography in Folio j and Fya7i. Rsdi, a Phyfician at ^iorencc, has publi/li'd feveral Jfigures with new and .;iirioii3 Experimcnrs of iiis own. Si^.Malj^ighi, Bartholin, the Fbilojojjhical TrujifaHions of Lojidojt, Faris, and Leifftc, have a great Number of fine Obiervations and Experiments on bifeHs, Szoammcrdam haswrittena generalHittory oflnfeBs in Dutch, and aflures us, there are-ibove 4-^0 Writers on thisSubjeflj among others arc Wotmi, Gefner, ^Idrovafidus, Monjfet, Harvey^ FahriciHS ah Jquafenileme, Coedart, ^c. Hoeffna^el, Painter to the Emperor Riidolfbin, has given very good Defigns of above -^oo Species, Goedart has defcribed above 400, and Mr. Mhln has given us a new Hiftoryof our Ea^l'/j hife^ls, with very beautiful Fitjures. INSEMINATION^ oneof the fourKindsof Tranfplan- tation, in ufe for the Cure certain Difeafes. It is per- formed by mixing the Medium impregnated with the Mimla taken from the Patient with fome fat Earth where- in has been fown the Seed of a Plant appropriate to that Difeafe ; but Care mull be taken from time to time to Iprinkle it with the Water wherein the Part affected his been wa/li'd, 'Tis fuppofed the Difeafes will decline in proportion as the Plant grows. By M'.mia, is here meant a I'art of the vital Spirit of the Patient. INSERTION, a Term frequently us'd in Phyiic, to fignify the Implication of one Part within another. The Jnfenion of the Eones, Mufcles, and Nerves in the Mem- bers of an Animal, is exceedingly artful. The P'tna Cava has its hifersion in the right Ventricle of the Heart. Infcr- uo7t is alio ufed in Agriculture for the Inclofmg a Graft within the Cleft of a Tree. INSESSUS, is a kind of Half-Bath, ufually prepared wirh a Decoclion of feveral Herbs, proper for the lower Parts, wherein the Patient iits down to the Nave!. It has feveral Ufes, as the eafmg of Pain, foftening of Parts, difpelling of flatulent Matter, and frequently, 'promoting' of the Meijfes. INSINUATION, a cunning and covert v.'ay of creep- ing int,) Favour, hifwuatior. of a Will, among the Civi- lians, is the firft Produftion of it, or the leaving it with the Rcgiiler in order to its Probate. INSIPID, that which has nothing in it fliarp or pun- gent enough to aff-Lct the Palate, Tongue, l3c. and to oc- caiion that Senfation we call Tailing. INSITIO, a Term in Botany, ufed in the fame Scnfo with engrafting ; fignifying in general rhe Infcrtion and Unitmg of any Cyon, Bud, i5c. into rhe Subflance of the Stock; And is of various kinds. INSOLATION, in Pharmacy, is a Preparation of Fruits, Drugs, b'c by cxpoling them to the Heat of the Sun's Rays ; either to dry them, or to bake or /liarpen them, as is done in Vinegar, Figs, t£c. The Word comes from the Lflii;: Verb injolare, which is ufed hy Fliny and ColimieHa^ and lignites to expofe to the Sun. INSOLVEN^T, a Term applied to fuch Perfons as have not wherewithal to pay their juft Debts : A Pcrfon dying, and not leaving Eltate iufticient to difcharge thefc, is faid to die tnfoheat. INSPECTOR, a Pcrfon to whom the Care and Con- duff of any Work is committed. The ^eiD/ have an Officer in their Synagogue, whom they call InffeBor, JIH, Hhazafi. His Bufmefs confiUs principally in infpecting or overlooking the Prayers and Leifons, in preparing and ilicwing them to the Reader, and in ilanding by him to rake care he reads right, and if he make Miilakes, to correfl him. In t\\cKo)}ian Law, injpcUors were fuch Perfons as examin'd the Quality and Value of Lands and Etfeifts, in order to the adjufting or proportioning Taxes and Impoiitions to every Man's Ettate. INSPIRATION, among Divines, implies the con- veying of certain extraordinary and fupernatural Notices or Motions into the Soul. Thus the Prophets arc faid to have fpokcn by Divine lujpTathn ; and the Sinner is con- verted, whenheccafcs to refill the biffiramji of Grace. Some Authors reduce \kc Jfifflratlon of the Sacred Wri- ters ro a particular Care of Providence, which prevented any thing they had faid from failing, or coming to nought ; maintaining they never were really infpired, either with Knowledge or ExprefTion. According toM.i'Wr, hiff!- vation is no more than a Dirediion of the Holy Spirit, which never permitted the Sacred Writers to be miftaken*. And it is a common Opinion, that the Infpiration of the Holy Spirit regards only the Matter, not the Style or Words; which fecms to fall in with M. Awok's Doiirine of Direction. Among the Heathens, their Prices and FrieflciTes were i^\id to be divinely infpired when they gave Oracles. The Poets, too, laid claim to it j and to this end, always Invoked ^,';.n//o and the Mufes at the be- ginning of any great Work. C 394 ) IN and thui Jukes, as fo^/mtiw l„Fhy£c, Is underflood of thai Anion of the Ureal, by ^vh,ch :he Al. is admitted wthin , hi Lun^s. Ih. Admifl on of the Air depends immediateir of the '^'f ""]■•, " »hen the Cavl y rL , /aI " Elevation of the Tho- rax and Abdomen, and particularly bv the Motion of the D.apht,g,^ downwards: fo that the' Air does not ente!- beca^rfh f'"*^ '''"^ tut thofe dila e becaufe the Air enters v.j,hin them. Nor is it the Dila «a»o„ of the Bteaft which draws in the Air, as is „ fTv tV/l"^'''' 'i"'^'''''" Condition abfoluteVnec t S"iLr;*'r"L^".- r''"^' INSPISSATE, aVern^tlfed in Phar,«acv for that O perafon whereby a Liquor is broup" o f.hicfer ronfift' ence, by evaporating the thinner I?,r ''™hH- that ot Liquorice, are hrfc'/laiect INSTALMENT, is a^ettlement, or i„fl«i„. any Pe, fon ,„ his proper Place, It is fometimes coSded :hiefl ,)ignitary into the PofTeffion of 'his'stdh' or proper Seat Lj! ' '^,!-""'' " "^-h 1"= belo'ngs :^ t ['w WiKs called J»/3A„,„. This Term is likewlfe commm- ly ufed for that Ceremony wherein the Knights of the Garter are placed in their Rank at "The Word a Seat m Church, jn the Choir, or a Seat or Bench Court of Juflicc, Tho Ftik ' " ispure Go>K.t?/. INSTANT Is luch a part of Duration, wherein wo perceive no Succcffion ; or ,s that which takes up the time of only one Idea in our Minds. The Schools di- flmgui/h three kinds ^flnjiams; a temporary, a natu- ral, and a rational l,,Ji.,m. A temporary I„ ,am is a part of Time immediately preceding another .- Thus ths aft t'llf'"" of a Day precedes immediately and really the firlt l„fi,„, of the following Day. A natural MlaZ .s what we otherwife call a Priority of Nature, whicli ■gi as Law with Abatement. The Word is chiefly "fed for ,h= Induflion of a Dean, Prebendary, or other ErckGaflilal Dignitary mto the PofTeffion of'h;. .<;„11 . — at 3 'ms IS of opinion, the Word IS obferved m things that are fubortlinated in aft,., (h-ft and fecond Caufes; Caufes and their Effecls." For the nature of things requires, that if there be a fecond Caufe, there rau.l be a firft ; and that there mull be a Caufe, if thcte be an Efifefl. A rational Injtam, is not any real Inft.n,,, but a Point which the Underilandin. conceives to have been before fome other Injlam, founded on the nature of the things which occafion it to be con- ceiv d For inftance, as God has made feveral things vo- luntarily, which he could, otherwife, have let alone ; there IS a reafonable Foundation to conceive God fuch as he ism himfelf, before he had made any of thofe volun- tary Determinations ; but as there was no real Mlam, when^ God had not form'd any Determination, this I„- Jtam IS call d a rational InBmt, by way of oppofition to an Inliajit of Time. ' > rr INSTAURATION, the Re-eflabliniment of a Reli- gion, a Church, (£c. The Word is uerived from the old l.ai,n l,,jlu,,um, which fignified every thing neceffary for tlie tilling and managing of Grounds ; as Cattel, Tools, Harnels, ^c. ' INSTINCT, a Difpofition or natural Sagacity where- with Animals are endued, by virtue whereof' they arc en- abled to provide for themfclves, know what is good for thsm, and determined to prcferve and propagate the ^.P^'i^'V o' 3"""" ■''""logy to Reafon, and iupplics the Defefl of it m Brutes. INSTITUTE, to ordain, found, or eflabli/h any thing Thus Mo/es mjtiumd the Ceremonies of the Old Law, and Jcfus Chrill the Saciaments of the New. L\ST1TUTI0N, is the AS of the BiHiop, or ons commiffion'd by him to aft, whereby any Clerk is invefl- ed with the Spiiitu.alitie5 of a Reftory or Vicarage. The Clerk kneels down before the Bifliop, whilll he pro- nounces thcfe Words of /i/fttmio,,: (inHitm te ReBorem Ecdtfl^ cie A. B. cum QirJ Jnimanm, ^ accipe Giyam tiuttt nieam) and the Clerk holds the written Inllrument, with the Epifcopal Seal annexed, in his hand during the Cere- mony. But the Clerk muft have Induaion" after this, without which he has no Right to his Temporalities, if the Benefice be nor a Donative, Before the Clerk is iiifii- tuted, he mull fubfcribe the 59 Articles of Religion, in the Prefence of the Ordinary (or his Subilitutc) and 'the Ordinary is not bound to offer them, but the Clerk is to offer to fubfcribe them: and he muft fubfcribe them without Referve, Exception, or Q^ualiiication, or elfc his Jnmmton IS iffififlo void, and null, and the Church is ftill vacant. At the fame time the Ordinary requires tho Clerk to fubfcribe the other two Articles, mention'd in the 2<;th Canon about the King's Suptemicy, and the Lawfulnefs and C'fe of the Liturgy. The Clerk muft alio before himiutk,, fubfcribe to that part of the Declaration enjoin'd by the Aft of Uniformity, 14 O. z. c. =4. viz. IN ( ) J imlt cwfmn to the Liturgy oj England, as hy tazv ef?a~ hlijhcd. before hifiiti-.mii^ he mult alfo take the O^ths mention'd in the firli Statute of William and iVijry, c. 8. inllead of the former Oaths of Allegiance and Supremacy required by Stat, i £//2,. And then he mufl: take the Oath againfl: Simony, enjoin'd by the 4oi:h Canon, and the Oath of Canonical Obedience. And he is to have Certificates given him of his fubfcribing the Declaration contained in the Aft of Uniformity, in Enghp^ in a di- flinil: Inflrument, under the Hand and Seal of the Bi- /hop ; and of his other Subfcriptions and Oaths in Lat'm. The Clerk ought by all means to have Witneffes of his InfHtutim, his taking the Oaths, making Subfcriptions, ^c. and therefore he /hould defire fome prsfent to write their Kameson the back of his Inftrumentsi and make Memo- randums who they are, and where they live. The Church, by hi^ithtion, is full againft all Perfon; IN deritandrng The Terlf amies male two Kni, tdka tue Aaive and ,he Paffivs ; -tho Aflive is th^f which receivtsthe - - to the Fcfled Species emitted by Obie^s . ^-^^™^^^"i^'S^.:vhich convey to the coiiimori fenfiblc, are rendered ec. Species being material and , £ • , ... '"t'^digilde by the Aflive httdkri. and fit to be received into tae Paffive intdkR. The Spcl cies, fofprimabzed arc called eMpreffed Species, as be- ing exprefled from thofe ethers iinprc!r,-d ,nd if l, there that-'-- ' ^ ' ""^ " cffea, flinft from each other. INTELLIGIBLE, anything capable of b,;„„„nd„, flood or conceived by the Mind. The PhilofophSs hare «".^'\B'i"gs 'hat are purely intelligibk and only fublM i„ the Underflanding ^ fuch lire the £„,i.R". tmus, Univerfal Ideas, and other Chimeras. The We, or mtelleflual World, is the Idea of the World in ,e teeW comes to Jmoi m«'';iJ7hings": ^"Z^lZl lilve nothing really di- , but the King 3 and the Clerk by it may enter upon the Glebe, and take the Tythcs : but he cannot let or grant the Divine Mind, frequen'ri'v refc^red to hv M,/,) V Ihem, nor fue for them, if they are refufed to be paid. INTENDANT one who b, ,1, r 7M,&4,v,„A After I,:mu,„o„ the Clerk is tj receive a written Man^dat^ and Manfgi^^i!;. of aSv1hi„„ This ist'^k^Jery fre: from the Ordinary to the Arch-Deacon, or other proper quent amons "the frcKci • rh™ b,,,^ , 7'""% I'-'l^fl- = "hich fee. ' ?he Marine, Iho »rf St ers't&t:;, wSfia INSTITUTIONS, or I;>i?,l«iC! four Tomes or Volumes ofthi pendium or Summary of the whole in four Books,c'ompofcd nances, whu liy TnloniaHus, Tbafhhu and Dontheus, by order of the dams of Provin' Par. of thefirflofthe finefs is to take care the o7di;,;;c;7;„7 Rekrations"e" e Civil Lawj being a Com- lating to Sea-AIfairs be obferved ; i^t^rff^rf of the fI- Emperor y^ffiuim,, for the Ufe of young Students ; who take care of the Reformatioli having the firft Elements of the whole Profeffion in this " ' " little Treatife, might the fooner gain a competent Know- ledge of it, without being difcouraged by the Bulk of -...^.-.^,,1.^5 init:7in:ims ot : have the Direcfion of the Revenues ; who are appointed by the King, to ormation of Juflice, Policy, and Fi- jMncgmthe Provinces ; Imtndsimsl^rhnMiug^l of Hou- the-former Books. Infl^^u.us are" likewife a-Syilem .entKJre mI^I ^Al^A ^ ^ ^.nderflan^ tit Lawr '^-"■■i- — _ . . or Rules in any particular Science ; and fo Phy- jical or Medicinal InBhmons are fuch as teach the necef- fary Fr^copma to the Fradice of Medicine, or the Cure of Difeafes. IINSTRUMENT, properly fignifies any thing that ferves as a Caufe to produce an Efteit. injimmem^ is alfo ufed in Law to fignify J^jme public Aft or authentic Dt;ed, by means whereof any Truth is made apparent, or any Right or Title ellabli/h'd in a Court of J ultice. Injirumems of Sacrijii Architecture ; as Vaf^ wherewith the Victims which, we fee in a Corinthian Freeze in the Remains of Temple behind the (>apitol at Rome, C£?( . , ^ning oftheLaw. The Judges ought JO judge accorduig to the common ImeH^mem of the i-aw. Coke. ^ an'^a^i^^'oTpioc'e'rl '° '^^^^ " e INI ENTION, in Law, is a Writ which lies ariinll him who enters after the Death of ,he Tenant in Dowe or other Tenant for Life, and Holds out him in the Re! verlion or Remainder. M^^Ji°?:^ ^■"l'""' J"''?"-" or parti- cular Method of Cure, which a Phyfcian forms to hiL-'lf are Ornaments in the Antique from a due Examlni ion ^^Syn Zm?" mr'w rrkuVd K ^t'll ^In Phyfics, it figmiles theTS of ^.I"^^}.'^:^ - „I"""ccs of Quality, as Heat, Cold, E?c. as Remiffl „ , , _j -- My Power or ,^ Y r,- . • . ^ Remiffion fignifies its Decreafc or Diminution. "i^'unts us INSULATED, by- the f>c„.i called J/.te, and the lecluaTSwfwijL " ^'^""^^ r.,„. is a Term apply'd to / Column that ^^t^li^ i::t:Z and lower Ventricle. There are alfo two intercofial Arteries ; the upper, which comes from the Subclavian, and diitri- butcs iifelf within the four Spaces of the upper Ribs ; and tlie under, which conies from the lower Trunk of the great Artery, and diftufes iifelf within the Spaces between the eight lower Ribs and the neighbouring IVlufcles. There is alfo a Vein call'd hmrcaftal, which arifes from the four Spaces between the upper Ribs, and terminates in the Subclavian. Inlernftal ivlufcles are the external and internal, which are forty-four in number, one of each fort being between every two Ribs: They arife from the lower Edges of each fuperior Rib, and are inferred into the upper Edges of each inferior Rib. Their Fibres crofs one another; thofe of the external run obliquely from rho back-part forwards ; but thofe of the internal from the fore-part backwards: they are thin and flefliy. INTERDICT, a Cenfure inflifted by a Pope or Bi- Jliop, fufpending the Pricfls from their Funflions, and de- priiing the People of the Ufc of Sacraments, Divine Set- ■v'ice, and Chriilian Burial. bmriicl is properly undcrflood of a general Excommu- nication of a Country or City, as appears by the Decretals. There is a local and a pcrfonal Inttrdifl ; where rhcfe two are joln'd, the ImerdiB is faid to be mix'd. This Punifll- jnent, as well as general Excommunications, were but little known till the Time of Pope Crejoi_y VII. In Ex- communicating a Prince, all his Adherents, that js, his Subjcds who retain their Allegiance, are excommuni- cated, and the whole Country is iinder an ItiterdiH. In the Reign of King 3o4ii, the Kingdom of Eiiflaiii lay ui.der a Papal ImeriiB for above fix Years together : Ir began yl.D. iso8. In Imitation of the Popes, the Bifhops alfo bcEjan to interdiB ; and it became a common thing for a City or Town to be excommunicated for the fake of a finglc Ferfon whom they undertook to flieltcr. But this Severity was found to have fuch ill EfFeas, thar they have bccnoblis'd to moderate it. An btterditl is denounced, and taken off ac^ain, with the fame Formalities as an Ex- conimur.icaticn. . r 3 ir In the Common Law, the -word. InterdiBw}! is uled alio in ihe fame Senfe as in the Canon Law, where it is de- fin'd to be Ceajura Ecdejiajiica prohibens Jdrn'mijiratiofiem Di-vwcrufn. InterdiBs, in the Roman Law, were certain FormiiU of "Words, by which the TriEtor, when the Foflcffion of any thing was conteilcd between many, order'd or forbid Something to be done with it, till the Buiincfs of Right or Property ihould be legally detcrmin'd. Which For- miiU were call'd InterdiHs, becaufe they related to the Poffeflion ot the thing in the hnerim ; or till the Right was afcertainM. They had three kinds of Int&rdiBs^ Fro- hihUona^ Rcjiiuitor'ia, and EshVoitoria. Trohihhoria were thofe by which the Judges forbad any one to vex another in the PofTefTion of any 'thing legally belonging to him. jRejiitutoria were thofe by which the Judges appointed any cne, who had been expelled out of his Efiaie, to be re- poffeifed before his Right was legally afcertain'd ; and this was the fame with what they call'd the Rchitegrant. E'xhihmia were thufc by which any thing in difputc was order'd to be exhibited, as a Tettaiiient, ^c. There was alfo a fecond Divifion of Interdihls, -viz. Into Miftfcevd^^ Kttii!C7tda, and RiTuperajid^. The firft tend- ed to the acquiring a new Foffcffion, as the hnerdiB quo- rmi hnorum^ &c. the fecond to the keeping an cid one till it was further deterrain'd, as the Uti pofJeth, Sec. the laU to the recovering one loft, as Unde vi, &c. hiterdiBion of Wnier and Fire ; a Sentence antiently pro- nounced againll fuch, as for fomc Crime were to be ba- niih'd. They were not direflly adjudged to Banlftimcnt j but by giving order that no body' /liuulJ receive them, but deny them Fire and Water, they were condemned, as it were, to a Civil Death ; and this they call'd Lcgn.'muTiz Exilinm. Livy. INTEREST, is the Sum recTroned for the Loan and Forbearance of fome principal Sum lent for, or due at a certain time, according to fome certain Rate, and there- fore called Principal, becaufe it is the Sum that procre- ates the J'/zfere/^, or from which the Intereji is rcckonedj and is either Simple or Compound. (i.) Simple /wKre/^Is counted from the Principal only, and is eafily computed by the Simple or Compound Gol- den Rule, thus : Let that which is-the principal Caufe of the Intereji be put in the firll place, and that which be- tokeneth Time be in the fecond place, and the remain- ing in the third ; under this conditional Part place the two other Terms, each under its like, and there will be a Blank to fupply under one of thofe above, cirher under ■ the fir (I, fecond, or third: As ft r Example, if 100/. in twelve Months gains/, (this is the conditional Part) what lbaU5o/. get in three Months ? Place them down as io the Rule. /. Momhs, I. 100 . iz , 6 50 ■ 3 Here the Blank will be under the third Place, multiply the three laft for a Dividend, and the two firft for a Divifor, the Quotient of thefe gives the fixth i that is, 6X50x3 = 900, and 100 X 12 =ii2Co. Now 12C0) 90Q.o( 73 =151, re- quired. But if the Demand had been. In how many Months would 50 /. have gained 1 5 J. or if 100 /. in twelves Months giin 6 i. what /Iiall the Principal be that in three Months would gain 151. In thefe two Cafes the Blank would have been under the firft or fecond Term : Then hy the Rule, multiply the firll, fecond, and laft for ^ Dividend, and the third and fourth for a Divifor 3 the Qiiotient is the Anfwer. Months. /. ICO ■ 12. . 6 3 • 75 =r5 J. Then by the Rule 100 X 12 X75=; pco.oo and 6" X 5 ==; 18) 900. (50 /. required. This Rule fliews Simple I«fece/?, and all that belongs to it with Eafe, and was thus found : Put P for the Prin- cipal T for the Time, and G for the Gain in the Condi- tions, and f, g anfwering, it will be, P; G : : t ^ i And T : G/ : : ( : which is the firft Rule ; that is, multiply the three laft for a Dividend, and G t _ the two firft for a Divifor. And becaufe T P T_P^ nd^ : ' which is the fecond Rule. therefore G r / = T P 5, and confequently f TP.ir, (2.) Comfoimd Imereji is that which Is counted from tha Principal, and Simple j7ite'-£/^ forborn, called a\(o lutcrejl iipoji linereft i but becaufe this hath now no_ Place in human Affairs, it being rendered illegal, it is not worth while to know how to compute it. But bclidesthc ways of computing Intenfi, we fliall here give ano- ther very plain, eafy, and ready Method of computing all Simple fntereT? and Difcount ; as alfo the way to find the Amount or prefent Value of any Sum of Money, or of any Annuity, or other yearly Payment, SSc. for any Term not exceeding an hundred Tears. And in order to this, the following Table of Shillings, Pence, and Far- things, reduced to the Decimal Parts of Founds, is pre- viouliy neceffary. I N ( 397 ) SHILLINGS, PENCE, and FARTHINGS, reduced to the Decinu! ; Parts of a POUN D. -3 ~3t -3r -3l- -4 -4? -4t -4V --S -5i -5i •-5 l- -6 -6\ -6-; -fij- --7 Dedmal Fart! of j rt Vomd. ' 001042 I 002083 \ .003125 ; .004167 i .005208 I .00625 j .00725)2 , .00S333 I ■009375 i .010417 ■ .011458 .0125 .013542 .014583 .01 5625 I .016667 I .017708 I .01875 I .019792 ! .020833 I .021875! .0229171 .023958 .025 .026042 .027003 ■028125 ■029167 DscijHul d. Parts of ti Pound. — — '"7 '4 ,030208 — -7i- .03125 — -7!- .03 2292 — -8 ■033333 — — 8ii ■034375 — -8t ■035417 — —8 .036458 — -9 ■0375 — -9\ .038542 — -97 .039583 — -9J- .040625 — 10 .041667 — 1°; .042708 — 10-^ ■04375 — loi .044792 1 1 .045833 1 .046875 .047917 11-; .048958 — 1 .05 — 1 4 .05 ID42 --1 .052083 —I .053125 --I —I .054167 —I .055208 — I —11 .05625 — I -1' .057292 —I —2 .058333 'Decimal s. d. sruiii vj (1 Pound- 1 Parts of ft Pound. , 0593 75 —I ■O09 ^ 8 J 06041 7 9* .0906 2,^ •2 ^ r .1 Si \JU * ^ \ ^ ■°, i -3 .o6-5 —1 IO4 i .09 2708 -3t .063542 ' .09375 "-3t .0^45 ^3 .094792 ""3 1 .06^625 —I ll'i ■095^33 —4 r^A A< An .00000 / —I i I 4 .096875 -44 .067708 --1 III .097917 "47 .0687 5 11'- nnSne fi •0909) u 4t .069792 — 2 .1 -5 _ .070833 ~3 —54 .071875 —4 .2 — 5 i .072917 —5 •*5 _ 3 — 5>- .075P58 ^ .3 A -4 .07 5 / •35 .07 604.2 ~B ■4 -6t .077083 -9 ■45 -6l- .078125 10 •5 -7 .079167 1 1 ■55 -77 .080208 12 .6 .08125 13 .6; .082292 14 ■7 -8 ■083333 15 ■75 -8i .084375 16 .8 --87 .085417 ■85 -81 1 .086458 -9 .0875 1- -9i 1 .088542 Exarfifks of the Ufe of the {receding TABLE. What Decimal Part of a Pound is 7 <(? Look in the Ta- ble for 7 d. and even with it you will find 02V1S7. which is the Decimal required. What DecimaVPart of a Pound is 17 J. 6 ' Day ? ■ 7 39 Anfw. /. 2 : . EXPLICATION. In Example I. the principal Time and Rate multiplied one into another, make9ios(;, by which I multiply the Kadix thus ; becaufe 9 is in the * jth Place With my Left-hand I hold a Quill's Point in 'Nott.TS.rl.- the* 5th Place in the Radix r.hen I mul- ZTZ"«Ci tiply by the fa.d 9, beginning five Figures f'" '■'s'" " (more or lefs) ,0 the right of the OuiU, i*'',;""'™'' and when 1 come to the^'fourih Fii;ur?, on " the tight of the Quill, I fet its Produdt down, and all the rell onwards obfervmg when I come to thefaidith Place to make the [.] and the ProduS is 2.4557: Then I re- move the Qudhnto the fourth Place of the Radix fbe- caule I Hands there in the whole Number; and multi- °>'; obferving punOually the laft Rulel and thc Produais.0273 ; then o in the third place makes nothing, for 5 in the fecond place (putting the Quill there) the ProJua IS .0013 : and for 6 in the firli Place thePto- dutt IS ooci : (placing tliem ever in the Order you feej 1 add^them together (never fetting but three Decimals down; and find their Sam 2.494, and its Value thus. If any thing is to the left of the [.] it's Pounds (/. =) the firft Figure to the right of the [.] doubled is Shil- Imes (8 s) : from the fecond figute take ; if you can (if you cannot its whole is Tens) and make the. shillings one more (9;: the Remainder (4; in the fecond place, is lens which added to the third (as Units) is Fatthings (44 Farthings): for every 20 in that put away 1 (44 Far- things put away 2 i., 4^ Farthings) : the Remainder brought into Pence (10 ^^i) compleits the Anfwer (A 2. 9. ic I.) CmraHmi.l A Cypher or Cyphers (having no Figure n 8 '"^y becincelled (I have noted them witb aDafli) multiplying the real Figures one into another ; but obfcrvc that the Figures by which you are to multi- ply the Radix, are to be ufed as if every cancelled Cy- pher flood before them. In Example 2. the 3sorv The Fa- nffi'Til *"■■"!. °*"<:ka'ng anVjc'ne... This OfEce_ fell with the Republic, when the Emperors made themfclves MaOr-rs of every thin2 INTERROG.ITE, a Judiciary Aft, performed by a Judge or CommifTioner deputed ro examine or queflion a Party ; w!u, firft gives his Oath that he will anfwcr truly tn every thing he is imerro,ateJ. INTERROGATION is a Figure in Rhetoric, in vnica the Paffion of the Speaker introduceth a thing by way of Queflion, to make its Truth more confpf. cuous. ;It IS a kmd of JSpoflrophe which the Speaker mokec IN ( 400 ) IN makes to himfelf ; and it muft be oWiiM, that fKls Figure adds an uncommon Briskncfs, Adion and Force to Dd- Interro^atmi^ in Grammar, is a Point which ferves to di^inouith fuch Parts of a Difcourfe, where the Author fpeaks as if he were asking Quellions. Its Form is th.s ? INTERRUF'l'lON, is the fame with Disjunction ot Proportiun in Gcometfy, it is noted thus (-- O and figni- fieth the breaking off of ihc Ratio in the middle of four di.sjmict or difcreie Proportionals, as A : B : ; C : Dj that is as A is to B fo is C to D. . . ■„ Interruption is alfo a Figure in Rhetoric, wherein a Per- no Diftinflion : Unifons therefore muft all be Concords. But an Interval depending on a Differerxe of 'June, or a Relation of Inequality, admits of Variety j and fo the Terms of every i^teraiii, according to their particular Re- lation or Difference, make cither Concord or Difcord. Some indeed have retrained the word Conm-d to hitcr- ■valsy making it include a Difference in Tune, but this is precarious; for as the word ('o7:cord fignifies an Agree- ment of Sounds, 'tis certainly applicable to Unifons in the firit Degree r hitervah^ 'tis plain, may differ in Magni- tude, and there may be an infinite Variety according to the poifible Degrees of Tunc 5 for there is no Difference fon breaks off bis Difcouric fuddenly, to ftew feme Paf- h great or httle, but a greater or a lels .r^y poflibly bo conceived, lis true, with regard to Praaicc, there are INTERSECTION, in Mathematics, (igiiifies the Point or Line wherein two Lines or two Planes cut each other. Thus we fav, that the mutual luterJeSim of two Planes is a RieJit Line. The Centre of a Circle is in the Imerjee- tim of two Diameters. The Central Pomt of a regu- lar or irregular Figure of four Sides is the Point of 7«t£r- fcShn of the two Dii^onals. The Equinox happens when "the Sun is in the hncpTmi of the Equator and Ecliptic INTERSOILIKG, in Husbandry, is laying one kind of Soil or Mould upon another ; as Clay on Sand, Sand on Earth, ^c. , ^ t, ■ INTERSPINALES COLLI, the Name of five Fair of fmall Mufcles-difcovcr'd by Mr. Coiif cc ; and by him fo call'dfrom their Pofition. Theyaril'e from each dou- ble Procefs of the Spine of the Neck, and run from the : below, into which they are inferred. Limits which are the greatell and leaf! luicrj^h our Ears are Judges of, and which may be actually produced by Voice or Inllrumenr. The Degrees of Tune are proportional to the Num- bers of Vibrations of the fonorous Body in a given Time, or the Velocity of their Courfes and Reccurfes. Now thefe Diilcrences in Tune conilitute, as has been alread;; faid, the hilervcils in Mufic ; thefe therefore mull bs greater or lefs, as the Differences are ; and 'tis the tjuantity of thefe, which is the Subjetl of the Mathe- matical'Part of Muilic. Thofe Interz^ls are mcafured not in the fimple Differences or Arithmetical Ratio's of the Numbers expreffmg the Lengths or \'ibrations, but in their Geometric Ratio's ; fo that the fame 7«i-'r- -viil depends on the fame Geometrical Ratio, and -v-cs ■vcrf.'i. It is however to be obferved, that in comparing low, that the fame two Sounds may make diiferent Inter- -jah. To defcribe the particular Methods of meafuring the Inequality of hnerz-ah, would be too tedious ; th;S one Rule may be obferved, that, to determine in general. of the Neck, and" are more cfpccially proper to this Part, as having both Origin and Infertion in it. INTERSTELLAR, is a Word u fed by fonie Authors to exprefs thofe Pares of the Univerfe that are without and beyond our Solar Syftcm ■■> in which are iuppofed , . , ^ • ^ ' , ' 1 a i, .11 be fcveral other Syllems of Planets moving round the ^vh,ch or two or more 7;^.r../. are the greatel take d fixed Stars as the Centers of their refpeftive Motions : the Ratio s as proper Mions, and the leaft iraaion ^.U And if it" be true, as it is not improbable. That each fixed bc_the greatelf Interval, Star is thus a Sun to fome habitable Orbs, that move round it, the /jitoyie/Zfl)- World will be infinitely the grea- ter part of the Univerfe. . INTERTIES, or INTERDUCES, m Architefture^ are thofe fmall Pieces of Timber that lie horizontally be- twixt the Summers, or betwixt them and the Sell or Rcfon. ^ , ^ . ,T r INTERTRAKSVERSALES COLLI: Certain Muf- The Antients were extremely divided about the mea- furing of hitcrvah. Fytb-zgoras and his Followers meafur'd them by the Ratio's of Numbers. They fuppofed the. Differences of Gravity and Acutenefs to depend on the different Velocities of the Motion that caufes Sound i and thought, therefore, that they could only be accurately mca- fured by the Ratio's of thofe Velocities. Which Ratio's were firll inveftigated by Tytha^nras, on occafion of his cleTbetweVn'Vb^^^raidVirrP^ric;^^^^ of P^ffmg by a Smith's Shop, and obferving a Concord be- the Neck, of the fame Size and Figure with the Interfpi naks, and obferved by the fame Author. Sec Fbilojofb. Ti-an)aff. 21. f ■ INTERVAL, the Diftance or Space between two Ex- tremes, either of Time or Place. The Word comes from the Latin Imct-mlhm, which, according to Ifiia-e, fignifies the Space mer Fnffam is Mitrii»7, tjetween the Ditch and the Wall. Others fay, that the Stakes or Piles, driven into the Ground in the antient Ronnvi Bulwarks, were cal- led ra//j, and the Interftices or Vacancy between them Inter-valla. INTERVAL, in Mulic, is the Difference between two Sounds in refpea of Acute and Grave, or that imaginary rminated by two Sounds differing in Acutenefs tv/ixt the Sounds of Hammers ffriking on the Anvil. j^yiJioxeMus oppofed this. He thought Reafon aiid Ma- thematics had nothing to do in the cafe, and that Senfe was the only Judge in the Difpuie ; the other being too fubtile to be of any ufc. He therefore determined the 8ve, 5th, and 4th, which are the moll fimple Concords, by the Ear; and by the Difference of the 4th and 5th, he found out the Tone : which once fettled as an Intc-jal the Ear could judge of, he pretended to meafure every Inteml by various Additions and Subflratlions made of thefe mentioned one with another : But this Method^ is very inaccurate. Tiolemy keeps a middle Courfc betwixt the two . He finds fault with the one for defp'finr Rea- fon, and with the other for excluding Senfe ; and .fliews this Relation, they are cirher equal or unequal in rhe Degree of Tune. Such as are equal are call'd Utfljms, with regard to each other, as having one Tunc ; the other beino at a diftance from each other, conilitute what we call'an liitcrw/ in Mufic, which is properly thc Dillance in Tune between two Sounds. Intervals are diftingiiilh'd into Simple and Compound. A fimple Interval is without Parts or Divifion, a Compound confifts of fcveral leffer Interval,. But this DiUinflion regards Praftice only. ^^::^r^:c:i:zz^:::s::^'cot::;:^i:: w^h;!^ ™o-may mutuauy ^.f.^ o.her m . . „ . J." . 1 ..„„.,...,i :., Matter. Sec TD?/e, ^c. INTESTATE, a Pcrfon who dies without making a Will. An Heir ah Ime/late, is a Ferfim who inherits an Eftate by fome other Right, than that of Will or fcfta- mcnt. Heretofore, thofe who died Inteftate, were held .nfamous, and accurfed ; in regard, by the Canons of fe- veral Councils, every Pcrfon was injoin'd fo bequeath a part of his filiate (and Mattbcw Paris fays it was at leafl to be a tenth parr) to the Church, for the Safety of his becaufe "there is really no fuch thing as a leaft Interval. Soul ; which, a Pcrfon who negleaed to make aWill, and Befides by a fimpTe fc«"°nsnot meant here the leaft to leave this Legacy to the Church, wasjudg'd to hav= rraaifcd, butS as tho it were equal to two or more abandon'd. Several Councils tonic on them ,0 command leffer which are in ufe, yet when w^e would make a Sound move fo far up or down, we always pafs immediately from one of its Terms to the other. What is meant then by a compound Interval, will be very plain i It is fuch, whofe Terms are in Pra£lice taken either in immediate Suc- ceffion, or fuch where the Sound is made to rife and fall from the one to the other, by touching fome intermediate Degrees ; fo that the whole becomes a Conipofitiun of all the Intervals from one Extreme to the other. What we here call a fimple I?jteiW, the Antients call'd a 7Xi/?e!K ""t"" "i ' i - j * "r r - »nT,heC,,mpomrd hey call'd ctSyflc,«. Each of thcfc ha^ In our E,,,!,fi Law there are two kinds of »«/t.«e , mfeenc n'^cven of the Simple there are feme greater, ;« it ends, which is about 12 Inches, from which Meafure it feems to have taken its Name. This Meafure however is far from being very cxaft, as being much too largely computed. Into this Gur the GalhDuiT: and Panereatic-Duil: empty themfelves, and their, feveral Liquors mix with the Chyle. The next hitejiine is the JejunHD!, fo called, becaufe it is generally found more empty than the reft ; which may beoccafloned partly by the Fluidity of the Chyle, which is greater in this [jnejfwe than in any of thole that follow it j and partly by its Capacity, being fomewhat larger than that of the Duodenum^ and therefore it gives a treer Paffage, and perhaps alfo the Irritation of this Gut thro' the Acri- mony of the Biie, which is diicharged upon the Intejtives alittle before the beginning of this Gut, may contribute fomething towards accelerating the Paffage of the Con- tents. However, it may feem fufficicnt, that thro' the great Number ot Lafleals, with which this Gut abounds more than any other, the Defcent of the Contents, which ate here deprived of the moft fluid Parts, fliould in the refl: be more iluggi/li^ by rcafon of their greater Confiflence. This hiiejxme is allow ed to poffeis almoft the whole Um- ncfs of three Fingers ; its lower" end, the yijms, is fur- nifhed with three Mufcles, o/s. the SphhiBer Jni, and Le- ■Viitores Ani ; which fee. There are alfo in the Jntefilnes, a great Number of Giajidsy which, in the Inteji'ma Tenuia, are gathered together in Heaps, as it 'were like Bunches of Grapes. In thefe I?7tejii7ies they are very fmall, and were it not for their Coacervations, fcarce remarkable. But in the Jntejlina Cra^a. they are much larger, not gather- ed like the others, but difperfed ; and, tho' very nu- merous, come under the Denomination of Solitary Glands, Thefe Glands difcharge a Liquor into the Inteftiiics, whe- ther ordinarily for any thing more than the Lubrication of the IntejiiiiCSj and diluting their Contents, is not cer- tain ; tho' thro' thefe feems the greateft part of the Difcharge to be made, which, either upon extraordinary F'luxes, or upon the Adminiftration of Cathartics, wo have frequent Occafion to obfervc. Thefe Intcjtincs, in general, are furniflied with Blood from the Mcfenteric Ar- teries, which is returned by the Mcferaic Veins : But the Diiode7inm receives a Branch of an Artery from the de- liac, which is called Duodena^ to which anfwcrs a Vein of the fame Name, that lifcewjfe returns the Blood to the J'orm j the ReBitm receives others, which are calledHeJwor- rhoids ; the internal from the inferior Mefenteric, and the external from the Hypogaftric, with Veins correfponding bilical Region, and its L.ength is generally computed to of the faine Name, that alfo go to the PorM. Thefe Vef- " fels fpread the Intejiincs with abundance of Ramifications, and are frequently diverftfied in feveral Subjefls of the fame Species ; much lefs are they to be depended upon fof an uniform Appearance in Animals of different kind. The JVersej of the J»fe/i';'?7ej come fome of them frum thofe of the Stomach, and fome from the great Mefenteric Plexus, which diflributes Branches to all the littcjiincs. The re- maining Veffcls of the hnefthte! are the LymphitduEfs, be about twelve or thirteen Hands breadth. The lie. which is the third huefiine, is fituatcd below the Navel, anj fills the lli.i with its numerous Folds and Convolutions. It is the longcll of all the hitejiines, being efleemed to be one and twenty Hands long : But thefe Eflimates are fomewliat arbitrary, becaufe it is not exadly fettled a- mong Anatomifls, where the Jejiwum ends, or the Ileum begins 5 neither is it eafy or neceffary to do it. In both this and the preceding bmfiine, the Inner Tunic is much and Veit.-e LaBe^, which fee. corrugated, the loofe Folds of which have been thought INTRIGUE, an Affemblage of Events or Circum- to do in fome meafure the Office of Valves, and have fiances occurring in an Affair, and perplexing the Perfons therefore byAuthors been called Valvule Cojinrjentes ; which concerned in it. Trifand tells us the word is properly iin- are framed, as in the Stomach, only by the inner Coat derflood of Chickens, that have their Feet inrangled in "being larger rhan the outward. Hair, and is derived from the Greek h and JVENTORY ' "^j' afecond. ,*i'.7w refolvcs to bo revenged, but Heffor op- ordcrlv ma.lp „f .'it" . ' ."..^Catalogue or Repertory pofes his Defign, an,( this forms the fecond Intn,„e, whi^h pri.ed bv four ,1 ^ > , f ^""^ Chattels, is the laft Day-s B.tiel. In the .Sneid there are alfo two cutor or AdmiriH " "'''''"^Men, which every Exe- lmr:m ; the flrfl is taken upin the Voyage and Landitia narv at fnrl, exhibit to the ( „ the laft Day o , in Lui^ jiL.\,c\a tncrc arc alio tw hitrignes ■■, the iiHt js taken upin the Voyage and Landinc of ySwcffj in Jftj/j', rhe fecond in his Ettabli/hment there. The Oppofidon he met with from 7«7io, in both thofe Un- dertakings, forms the hiu-l^Ke. As to the Choice of the IfitrigKe, and the Manner of unravelling ir, 'tis certain they ought both to fpring naturally from the Ground and Subjeft of rhe Poem. BoJ/ii gives us three Manners of forming the Intrigue o{ a Poem; the firft is that already mentioned ; the fecond is taken from the Fable and the Defign of the Poet ^ in the third the T?nrigue is fo laid, as that the Solution follows from it of courfe. See Cata- Jh-ophe. INTRINSIC, a Term applied to the inner, real, ge- nuine Values, Properties, ^c. of any thing, in oppofition their cxtrinfic, apparent, or popular Values, £jc. INTRON ATI, the Name of an Academy' at Sieima in I J fit T^n/* W j"'M^n*ij'c* f-Kip H A ^..v- ..I ^ ^ 1 1 .J.V i t i,,^. i>.ii,iv- VII .nL^acmy Vienna m tourth ; ffnr i"o \? tU^ C-. j i ' t-i-'-'u la lu riie Ijaly. The Members of this Acade,a,y consented the,^ S han tC%ft in^^P ' greater than the third, felves. at their firft Inftitution, with ellablifting rhe fol- thartllfth i i^ tt a'/p , ^?''"'^ That if the Heir would firft c.hibi" a trSV"""" ""^'T'',: the Teftator-s Eifecls, he (hcu Id be no feher" 4°' than to the Value of the l„^e„Wry. '''^"■2='' GooTS'f- ''''^''^ " P«"™l" Valuation of Rukof'Se"""'^??""''"^ ' <>>•= _ ... ...^.....v-.o ... cuiirentea tnein- felves, at their firft Inftitution, with eftablifliing the fol- lowing fix Ihort Laws: Ci.) To pray, (a.) To fludy. (5.) To be merry. (4.) To offend no body. (5 ) Kot to credit too lightly. {6.) To let the World talk. INTRUSION, in the Canon Law, fignifies the Enioy- ment of a Benefice, or the Excrcife of an Office with- out a good Title to it. Ir.tnifion difqualifics the Party from ever holding the Benefice. The word is derived from the i, R"l Forinftance. in the Dirca Rule we fay, It three Yards of Tapeflrv cott twenty Pound, how many wii, fix coft . The AnLer L for fime kind,^ called to In-jallJes, which is accounted one 'of the fined Buildings in that City. INVECTED, in Heraldry, fignifies the juft Revcrfe of Et:gr-'.U' d ■■, which fee. IKVEM'ION, a Subtilty of Mind, or foraewhat pecu- liar in a ivlan's Genius, which leads him to the Difcovery of things that are new. Choice of Arguments wliich the Orator is to ufe for the proving of his Point, or the moving of his Hearers Paffions. Innuiuav, according to Occ.o, is the principal Pan of Ora- tory. He wrote four Books de In-demiotie, whereof we have but two remaining. This Invention of the Orators cannot accoruing to my Lord ;;e.«nti5, to that parr where he teaches the manner of finding whence any Perfon or Tenfe of a Verb procee.ls, and of reducing it to its primitive Diainn, or of finding its Indicative. INVESTnURE'isuf-.- both for the R'ght of invefting any one, and the Atl nt invefting him. This confills in receiving the Faith an.'. Homage, by which the Vaffal becomes feized and poffefied of a Fee by his Lord. In- veftiture was aniiently ; erformed by a Form of Words, af- terwards by the Delivery of fuch things as had the neareft Refcm- JO IN ' Refemblance to what was transferred. Thus Land paffed by the Delivery of a Turf, and to /hew the Trees were transferred at the fame time, a Bough was cut, and deli- vered along with it. But in Aftcr-tinies the things by which hrj'jlhuo-es were made, were not fo llridly obferved. Many were inverted by the Delivery of a StalF, a Glove, a Knife, a Piece of a Cloak, of a Strap, and a Girdle, by priciiing the Thuiiib, by giving the Keys, a Spit, a Blow, a Ring, a Turf, a Bough, a Straw, ^c. The hivejihurs of a Kingdom, or Lordfliip, was performed by a Stan- dard, a Banner, a Cap, a Sword, a Bow, Arrows, Spurs, £^c. The Symbols were foinetimes preferved in the Rc- poiitories of the Houfes, and were annexed to the Titles. In-nejitturs was ulfo ufed with regard to fpirituai Be- nefices. This WHS frequently performed by delivering the Crofier and Paitoral Ring. The Kings of EmJ.md and France^ rhe Einperors of Germ-wy, &c. had formerly this Right ; fo that on the Death of a Prelate, his Clergy fent the Crofier, ^l. to their Sovereign, to be ufed at the Ceremony of in veiling his Succeflor. The firfl: who difputed this I^rivilege with them, was Grtgory VI. Grego- ry Yll. did it to fome purpofe ; he excommunicated the Emperor Henry \\. and forbad all Ecclefiallics, under pain of Excommunication, to receive the hiDeJihme at the hands of Secular Princes. Pafchal II. however, was ob- liged to confirm He»r^ V. in the Right of giving lirac/?;- iiircj ; but repenting what he had done, he excommuni- cated him, and reduced hiin to aNeccffity of begging Ab- folution. At length that Emperor was obliged,' hy'Pope Gelafiis II. folcmnly to renounce all Insemtures and Elec- tions. In antient Authors we meet with eighty different Torms of hn'sHitiire. INVOCATION, an Aaion by which we adore God, and call on him for his Aliflance. The Rommijh alfo prac- tife Inzvcatkn of Saints,begging them to intercede with God in their behalf. This is one of the grand Articles of Difpute between the Kmnamjii and the Reformed. hiTocatku, in Poetry, is an Addrefs which the Poet malccs at the beginning of his Worlc, wherein hecalls for the Afliliance of fome God, particularly of his JVIufo, or the Divinity of Poetry. This part is abfolutely neceflary in an Epic Poem, in regard the Poet relates things which he could not be fuppofcd to know, unlefs fome Deity in- fpircd him. Befides, this fcrves his Readers as an Ex- ample of Piety and Devotion, which is the Foundation of his whole Work. To thefc it may be added, that the Gods theinfclvcs are to have apartin the Acfion, and 'tis not decent he fhould fet them towork, without firll ask- ing them leave. Indeed in the Courfe of an Epic Poem, there are ufually feveral Inmcatmis, particularly where any thing extraordinary or miraculous comes to be re- iMed :^ as when Virgil defcribcs the Metamorphofis of yinen. Fleer into Sea-Nymphs ; but the firll brjocation is always the moll confiderable. In the /nt,oMt,o„, l'„(f„ confidcrs two things ; the firft is what the Poet requells, the fccond to what Deity he ad- drefles h,s Requcfl. As to the firll. Homer has loined the fc^cTOMfoclofely to the Propofition, that he feems tomvoke his Mufe for the whole Work. I-'ir^i/, on the contrary only requells his Mufe to furni/ll him with a part r,t li;s Subjea, and even mentions what particular lart It IS he deiires. After propofing his Matter in all its Extent, he begs rhe Mufe ,„ acquaint him with the Caufe ot it. As to the Deuy invoked, the fame Author ob- over the particular Subiecl of this Work 0-lj\T banner of Debauchery .™ in his Mc,...^, ,c/ .t *tTer kin^dfaU"?:!; ^Sia^'f,;??..'^^"^- . ^ ' that ol i„„ e ,w, ,l,ofe of Homer and r.rM are of the for- mer kind ; they only invoke the Mufe's, and thus they dillingu.llt between the Divinities who prefide over Poe- try andthofe who prrfde over the AHions of thePoem, and who have Parts m it. By the way, it may be ob- ferved, that the- Det.ies invoked are not' looked on, even by the Poets them/elve., as Divine Perfonages, ihence tyT^ ^5r/"V^ffifi--=- , Under th^ Name of Muf, they wi/h for the Genius of Poetry, and for all the <-onfiit>onsandCircum{lancesncceiraryfor the Execution rf *r T';^''^^^' mere Allegories, or Manner" ot cxpn. fling themfelves poetically ; jull as when they inake Gods of Sleep of Reft, Fame, and other natural and moral Things. Thus the Mufes come to be of all A.es ^Tl'T'-'^^f"^'^'"'-'' -c P«x«,, ari£^ ix -^^^f'"' """^ '^"rJ'fi Mufes. ^ .INVOLUTION, a Term in Algebra fignifvins the raifing of any 0„a„tity from its Roof to an/HeighVaf hgn d Suppofe^ for inftance, a + I, were to be fLared or raifed to fecond Power ; weTav, iW.e »-f th-t ,s^,,ultiply „;„,„i,r,,f_ aucel^ V-l ariftu.l Q-""""- At>d if it be ;»..foerftaln or If that Square be multiplied bv the Root, the Cube o^ ( ) tt.ird Power will be produced, viz. aaa+',aah+-,lLMht. See E-voliit!on. ' ^ ' ' ' INVOYCE : A particular Account of Commodities, Cullora, Prov-ifion, Charges, gSc. fent by a Merchant to JUACHIMHES 1 The Name of a Scft the Fol- lowers of Abbot of FUr., in Calabria, who wa.s elleemed a Prophet while he lived, and left, at his Death, feveral Books of Prophecies, befid, , ,thct Works. In r„' T,'" ,""'l'^™"'d together by the Council of thei«e™„,and by the Council of rfr/„ in Lso. It feems they were particularly fond of certain Ternaries. The lather, faid they, operated from the Beginning till the Coming of the Son ; the Son from that tinrto their , ■v,^. the Year ,z6o and the Holy Spirit then took it up and was to operate ,„ his turn They divided every thing that relatexl to Men, Time, Doftrine, and Manner of L^>.ing, into three Claffes or States, according to the three Perfons in thelrinity ; every one of which States either had al- ready, or was hereafter to fucceed in its turn : and hence they call d their Divifions Ternaria. The firil Ternary Orde f°M*""\^i"V°"P'^'"="<=='J State or V l^^'IS'l A^'i'-l^ State was th.t of married Peo- floH "'''''^'l?^^'*'^'). "cording to them, the whole Pe- ment Thef "v*e time of the Old Tefta- ment: The fecond was that of Clerks, which lafled durins the time of the Son : The third was that of IVIonks, wherein was to be an uncommon Effufion of Grace by the Holy Spirit. The fecond Ternary was that of Doc- trine, which they divided alfo into three: The Old Tefta- ment which they attributed to the Father ; the New which they attributed to the Son ; and the EveH^llr^ Gofpel, which they attributed to the Holy Spirit. In he Ternary of Time, they gave all the Time rl,nr,-.1 f "^V-^tetueV'The^^^^^^^^^^^ Years from Je^us Chri.l ro ¥^ T^^^l ^^^Z Spirir of Grace prevailed. Laftly, the thirH Z< U to come, and which they calPd tie T™e f\he 'reareft Grace, was for the Holy Spirit. Another T„ filled in the Manner of Living In the firfl- t ""^ the Father, Men lived accordfng to the F i r;i™''r" cond under the Reign of the Son, Men Jiv 'l ^ 'f'^' to the Fle/h and the Spirit; in the hhd w ' h lall to the end of the World thev were t„' I to the Spirit, The J.^i.^^^e" 2i ^ta I'd Thr"'''TS all Times all Sacraments and Signs w e 'toTea e'" ai I TORBFr "Pf'^' -ny Veil JOBBER, a IVrfon who undertakes-./; r Pieces of Work. In fome Statutt it t 'f-j f' °''ifT" who buys and fells Cattel for others. ' " ^ "^"^ . JOGHI S : The Name of a Seflof Heafh^^n n ,r • m the E.,Jl.I„A,. They never marry noT>uM m private Property ; bur live on Al , jlraJge SeveritiL. The'y^^reTubTea o'^ G;! er^,"''i!'^ fends them from one Country to a^othe to pPe r V"^- "e properly a kind of penitent Pil"rims an i a^o f ^ fed to be a Branch of' the antien" S,,,, Ifi; frequent principally fuch Places as are c^nfjcS hl^hl Devotion of the People ; and pretend to live feveral D v^ together without eating or drinking. AfrJr h JvT„ ' ^ thro a Courfe of Difcipline for a certain T.^tS C on themfelves as impeccable, and privilegS to ,ln thing: upon which they give a Loofe to I1 eir Paffion? and run into all manner of Debaucherv ^^-^hons, JOINING, OF ISSUE. See//S,e the Vrverd MaTrs of affSr^' '""''^ Wood togethe;7-S;s we r::''';'ZiT„.7%""'^ ^i"'"' oint-Knt : rsn ?e°''';h„r-h and hold Lands and Tei;eme.rby"o„ tL^'^/S Comn' . A„ and from Tenants in hZjcs rtl I '.''=y,»'"ecall'd F,,;idfe,, and not par lers^Bu;-^^^ i"^ "'' to\hc,i and Co- } LFLLners. /iut . nint-Tetiajits have a f^il^ DttoIi'm. c vivorftip, which Coparceners ha:: l':'' §^"t °f !Zl be two or three 3.;,,t-Tc,«„,., and one hath Iffu . dies; then he, or thofe ?.;».-rc,„,,» that furv vo ftal have the whole_^by Survivorfhip. ' JOINTURE, is a Covenant whereby the Hinhmd fome other Friend in his behalf, maketh ovL ,0 hfe Wife on condition of Marriage, certain Lands and Tenetnent; tor Term of Life, or othenvife. ei.ements JOISTS, in Architeflure, are thof- V\r^,., f T- 1. framed into the Girders a'nd sZ^^^Z "Ll^^t: £oardt lO ( 404 ) JO JBoatrfs of the Floors are laid : They are from fix 10 eight which come out at dated Times, and give Abftracls Ac- Inches fquare and ouaht feUom to lie at a greater di- counts, ot the fcveral new Books that are publifh d, ilance frim each other ?hat. ten Inches, never than twelve ; ancl the feveral nevv Improvements daily made m Arts nor ouiiht they ever to be longer than ten Foot, or to lie and Sciences. The firll joarn.J of this kind was the 3o,ir- lefs into the Wall than eight Inches. Sometimes the nal des SjaMm, printed at rm-L'. The DcCgn was let on Carremers furr their Joi/?., as they call it, that is, lay toot tor the Eafe of fiich as are too bufy or too La^y to read two Rows of 'l«ifts one over rhe other. , , B^l^s thenifelves. It ieems an excellent way TONCTURE or JOINTURE: The fame with ot tatistying a Man s Luriofity, and ot becoming learactl j^j*^^ ' upon eafy Terms ; And fo uleful is it found, rhat it has IONIC in ArchiteSure is the Name of one of the been executed in moll other Countries, tho under a great fiveOrdcrs. The firll Idea of it was given by the People Variety of Titles Of this kind are the -P*;/.>/W ofWi- who accordino to ritnraiB.', form'd it on the Tranfafliom of LmJon ; the AHa EmjMrum of Leifjtc i the Model of a young Woma?, dtefs'd in her Hair, and of an R'P'f'f' *' ^"'f ' B.llhtkpe Vnhcrjclk ^' Clmfie fv eleeant Shape • whereas the Doric had been form'd of M. /eCfec; the Memo,,, ofTrse-xs, &c. In iffja, the Model of a llrone robuft Man. The hnic Column 3«nc*sr printed m Liinn, An Hiji«-kal Trearije of tlx Jour- the third in order; and is dillinguilh'd from the Compo- nals «/ Learned, publifh d m the feveral Parts ot - ■ - ' ' ■ '■ Europe j and H'oijiiis^ iiHrcbaratt!, (jotteljiusj and itrifvsus^ have done fomething of the fame kind. The 'Memiirs of the Academy of Sciences ; thofe of the Academy des BcUet Lettres ; The Mifcellanea Nature Citrioforum, which ended, in 1706 y The Experiments of the Academy del Cimemo : The^Sii Fhth'ExoiicorHm Naturae Artis^ which appear'd. from Mfli-ci!' ifiSt? to y/pri/ 1687, and which are a Hiftory fite, in that it has none of the Leaves of Acanthus m its Capital; and from the Tufcan, Doric and Corinthian, by the Volutes, or Rams-Horns, which adorn its Capital, and from the Tufcan and Doric, too, by the Channels or Flutings in its Shaft. Thefe Flutings are in number 24. They are not always concave from the top of the Shatt D the bottom but for that third of it next the Bafc, are jiU'd up with a kind of Rods or Canes, by the French of the Acadeniy of Breje ; and the Ufcelimea Berolmeiifu-i^ call'd Batons: and in the other two thirds, are left hollow, or llriated. in imitation of the Folds or Plaits of a Giir- j-nent. This Column is a Medium between the Maffive and the Delicate Orders, the Simple and the Rich. Its Height is iS Modulesy or? Diameters of the Column ta- ken at the bottom. When it was firft invented, ;its Height was but 16 Modules ; but the Antienis, to render or Memoirs of the Academy of Berlin, are nor properly 'journals, the they are frequently rank'd in the Number. Ju7icker and Woljins give the Honour of the firfl: Inven- tion of journals to Fhot'nis. His Bihlioiheca, however, is not altogether the fame with our JoHrW^ ; nor was his Delign the fame. It confills of Abridgments and Ex- tracts of Books that he had read during his Embaffy in ^i- O'ni ninn- bmitiful than the Doric, augmented its Ferfia. He Iht, b adding a Bafe to it. which was unlfnown in the M. S.lo firll began the de, ^a.ans^ P,™ in DorE. M le Chfc makes its Entablement 4 Modules and i«5, under the Name of the Sieur »^,«»/fe , but his to Minutes, and its Pedellal 6 entire Modules: fo that Death foon after interrupted the Work. Upon this the the whole Order makes a8 Modules 10 Minutes. 'Tis Abbot &t /.« took it up and he in the Year ifi74: raid the Temple of B.ma at Efhcfrs, the moll cclebta- way to the Abbot rfe la Rojue who continued it nine ted Edifice of all Antiquity, was of this Order. Atpre- fcnt it is properly ufed in Churches and Religious Houfes, In Courts of fullice, and other Places of Tranquilbty and , - - • j j urn, x Devo on. This Order has one advantage above any of 3.-«»i .0 them. It was now imptoved and publi/hed and it confifts in this, .that the fore and hind- under a new horm This Society ts lld^ cont.^^^^^ Years, and was fucceeded by M. Confin, who carried it on till the Year 170;, when the Abbot Bi^jion inllituted a new Society, and committed the Care of continuing the the reft, and - — , parts of its Capital are ditTerent from its Sides. But this is attended with an Inconvenience, when the Ordonnance is to tutn fi-om the Front of the Building to the Side : To obvi'irc which the Capital may be made Angular, as is - . . . - wnicn, tne «.ap y ^ f-^^,,^ ^ing the Years 1672. 167?, i^74- New Difcoveries m M. fiero)'f>- has the Infpeaioii of the ^oimial j which is no longer the Work of any lingle Author, but of a great Number. The other iVewc/j ^ourmils are tlic Memoirs and Conferences on Arts and Sciences, by M. De?»i, du- doni oihc The '3oiir7ial of continued al- :i the Temple of Fo-'tima VirUi^. - — , - r rii. r u" ■\yi j vi . Tk,. ™der„ Aixhiteas, have httroduced the upper part all the Parts of Phyfic by M & B/ po The- of the Compofite Capital in lieu of the lonk; imitating Phyfic, begun in ,6H, f°™== ° ''"^ '"''^0 that of the re„,fle Jc«m,,d, whofe four Sides are alike : moil as foon as begun. The W..r.efc * RcfM.q,.: des to render it more beautiful the Volute may be made a Lm,e>, News from the Republic of Lettres, were begun "tt le oval and in ining. See Order and rol.L by M. B»v/. - .4, and carried on by him ti l the Year J.nicJJ,.Aff in Grammar, is a manner of Speaking pe- 1487, when M. baylt being difabled by Sicknefs, his J ro rPeople o^.,, ». At firll it was the fame Friends M.foW and M. & /a R.j.iJ took em up and wi h the antientinV but paffing mto .(/J., did not arrive continued 'em tdl iSp,. After an Interrupnou of nine ^r thIrDeli acy and i'erfeaion to which the Jthcnlan. at- Years, M. Ber,„,rrf refumed the Work and contu.ued it to ?ainy Inftead of tha L in M- the Year 17.0. The HUlory of ,hc J, orh of the Learned, bono corrup ed wi h the Admiflion of foreign I- by yi.Uana^e was begun m l«S«, and endedin ore. dionis. iTthTs D7«/eS it was that Herodoru! and%p.c™re, The Vmverjd H.jior.cd Dillmzary, by U le Clerc, was '"'""^ /I- continued to the Year I Sj;, and conian.ed twenty five Ionic Tranfmi^ratioii was heretofore a very celebrated Volumes. The BMiotbeque Cboifie, of the fam e Authot, be- Ebocha. It took its Rifs from the Retreat of the Aibe- mian Colonies, who, upon the Death of Co.*».', put them- felves under the Command of his Son AWeui, and clla- blifli'd the twelve Cities of Ionia in yffia. Thefe Colo- nies, according to Eraujlhcnes, were ellablilh'd 50 Years after the Return of the Heraclidt ; and, according to Mar- ttjam, 77 Years after the taking of Tray. Ionic Sea, was the firll of the antient Sells of Philolo- phy ; the others were the Italic and Eleatic. The Foun- der of this SeFl was Thalcs, who being a Native of Mi/cti,j in Ionia, occafion'd his Followers to aflume the Appella- tion of I»Jnc. 'Twas the diftinguifliing Tenet of this &S, That Water was the Principle of all Natural Things. gan in 1705. The Mern'oirs for a HiHory of Sciences and Arts, ufually called Uemoires de Trevoiix, from the Place where they are pu blillied, began in 1701. Thu Ejays of Litcraticre reached but to a twelfth Volume in- 1702, ijo^, and 1704 ; thefe only take notice of antient Authors. The journal Litteraire, by Father H«jo, begun and ended in 1705. At Hamtoiirjt they have made two Attempts for a Frencb journal, but the Defign failed : an Efbemeris S(a- nans has alfo been undertaken, but that foon difappeared. A ^onrii.-iZ des Sfafaus, by M. Dartis, appeared in i6sn, and was dropt the Year following. That of M. Cbau-cm begun at Bci-iiK in 1496, held out three Years ; and an Effay of the fame kind was made at Genoa. To thefe ^i;;;is-^;.;;;..;di:destii„thebegi„nlngofhisfia ma,beadded,^he3^^^^^^^ "^^AU^ Day Book, Regifler. or Account of ^0W«^M^ what palTes daily, „ , . In Merchants Accounts, the Journal is a Book into TOh;.-h every particular Article is polled out of the Wafle- » ..^ „..„..j.- , j ■ ^„"„ ' r.;, r Kook and m ide Debtor : This is to be very clearly ex- WWfo ./ tbe Learned, begun at London in i<99. Lenfara prcfs'd and filrly engrofs'd. T™p.n» in 170S. About the fam^e time Aere appeared Sowim/, in Sea-Aftairs, is a Regifter kept by the Pi- lots ; wherein particular notice is taken of every thing that happens to the Ship from Day to Day, and from Hour to Hour, with regard to the Winds, the Rhumbs, the Rake, Soundings, gfc in order to enable them to ad- juft their Reckoning, and determine the Place where they are. li/lj Books alone. The Englifijoitrnals of this kind arc the Hijtory of tb; Tempo} - , - - two new ones; the one under the Title of tionmn of Li- terature, containing little elfe but an Enghfh Tranfiation of feme Articles in the foreign journals, hyU.de la Roche ; the other a CoUeaion of thofe Trafts, entitled Khliotbect Curiofa, or s. Mifcellany. The Italian journals are that of Abbot Nazan, which 1681, and was printed at Rome. That laded from 1^69 to , - lo,7nalis nowbecotne a common Name for many of of began in itT?., and ended at the fame time News-kpeTs XA detail the daily Tranfaaions of with the other ; the Authors were P«cr M«o and F™„c„ ttS all ufed fS he Title of feveral Book, Miktti. The >»rnalot Far,na, by Robert, and Father JO ( 40^ ) IR fb'ni'i, was dropped in itftjo, and rcluracd again in 1692. 'the ^eumal o{ Ferrara, by the Abbot de !a 'Vo/rc, bcgun and envied in 1^91. LaGaleria diMinerva begun in 1696", is the Work of a Society of Men of Letters. Signior ^- fojiolo Zenoy Secretary to that Society, begun another 'joiM, to ffea/c, 10 rell j as being a IVieteor that is fuppofed to ioretel Rain. Sec Rai?i-bow. h-h fignifics alfo that fibrous Circle next the Pupil of the Eye : Sec Eye. It alio fignifies thofe changeable Colours, which fonietimes appear in the Glaffes of Telefcopes, M;- crofcopes, iSc. which are focall'd from their Sin'^ilitude to a Rain-bow : as is that cnlour'd Speclrum, which a Trian- gular Prifmatic Glafs will project on a Wall, when placed, at a due Angle in the Sun-beams. IRON, a hard, fufiblc and malleable Met?,l, of vafl Ufe in the Affairs of Life. It confiQs of ah Earth, Salt, and Sulphur, but all impure, ill mix'd and digciled, which render it extremely liable to ruli It is the hard- thcJBa Medica Hafneifi, VMbViihed by F. Bartholin, make elt, dryeit, and the moil difficult to melt of all Metals, five Volumes, from the Year 167^, 101679. ^ may be foften'd by heating it often in the f, re, ham- There are two Low-Dutch Jounra/s 3 the one under the mering it, and letting jt cool oi Jtfelfj and it is harden d Title of Boockz ah^n Europe j it was begun at Rotterdam by cxtinguiOiing it in \Vater._ It may be rendered white, in 1(59 2, by Peter Rabbits, and continued from 1702 to by cooling it in Sal Armoniac and Quick-lime._ The 1708 by Meffieurs Sewel and Gavcr?i ; the other is by a ftrongell Temper of Iron is fafd to be that, which it takes Phvfician, called Ruiter, who began in 1710. in the Juice of flrain'd Worms. A red-hot Iron applied The Gemfl«?o«rafl/jofbell Note are the Mo?wr2ic/ieKL^K- to a Roll of Sulphur, dilTolv-cs and Cmls into a fine terredtm^en, which heldfrom'1689, to ifTjS. The Bibliotheca Dull, hon has a great Conformity with Copper, and they Curhfa, begun in 1 704, and ended in 1 707, both by U.Ten- arc not eafily feparated when folder'd together ; whence ael The>«>-72fl/ oi Hanno-aer, begun in 1700, and con- arifcs that uncommon Friendfliip which the Poets feign tinucd for two Years by M. Eccard, under the Direaion of between Mars and Femss. It has a 'great Confortiiity, too, M. Leibnitz, and was afterwards carried on by others, with the Loadftone. Robault fays, it is itfclf an im per fed ThG Theological 'journa}, publi/hed hyU. Lecher, under Loadibme, and that if it be a long time expofed m a the Title of Altes and Neues, that is, Old and New. A certain Situation, it becomes a real Loadilone ; and men- third at Leipfic and Francfort, the Authors MeiTieurs Wol- tions the Iron in the Steeple of Noire Dame at Cbartres as terchy Kranje, and Grofchufftis j and a fourth at Hall, by an Infiance. There are feveral kinds of Iron, that have Properties joURNEY-MAN, from the French ^ournc'e. Day or very different from one other. As, i. Ejighjh, which is Days-Work, antiently fignified a Perfon who wrought coarfe, hard, and brittle, fit for Fire-Bars and fuch Ufes. with another by the Day j tho now by the Statute it ex- 2. Swedijh, which, of all others, is the beft ufed in Ejig- tends to thofe likewife who covenant lo work with another in their Occupation or Trade by the Year. JOY. See Pleafure and Pain. _ _ JOYNDER, in Law, is the coupling or joining of two Perfons in one Ailion or Suit againit another. JOYNERY, the Art of working in Wood, and of fit- ting or affcmbling various Parts or Members of it toge- ther : The f")'e«c/j call it Me«i(//(;i-ie, {rom Mriutaria, fmall Work, by which it is diflingui/li'd from Carpentry, which is converfant in the larger and lefs curious Works. .IPECACUANHA, a little Root, about the Thlcknefs latjd : It is a fine tough fort, will beft endure the Ham- mer, and is fofteft to file, and in al! refpeds the beft to work upon. 5. Sf.tni/Jj, which would be as good as the S-medip3, were it not fubjed to red-fear, that is, to crack betwixt hot and cold. 4. German Iron. This kind goes by the Name of Von Square, becaufe it is brought hither from thence, and is wrought into Bars of three quarters of an Inch fquare. This is a coarfe J;-o?;, and only fit for ordinary Ufes. There is another fort ufed for making of Wire, which is the fofteft and tougheft of all. This is not peculiar to any Country, but is indifferently made if a moderate Quill, brought hither from feveral Places wherever 7ro7i is made, tho of the worft fort i for 'tis the ' ' ■ * " ' firft Iron that runs from the Mine-Stone, when 'tis melt- ing, and is refcrved purely for the making of Wire. Generally fpeaking, the beft Iron is the fufrcft and tougheft, and that which, when it breaks, is of an even grcyifti Colour, without any of thofe glittering Specks, or any Flaws or Divifions like thofe feen in broken Antimony. To give 7roH a blue Colour, with a Grind-ftone rub off the black Scurf, then heat it in the Fire, and as it grows in the Wefi-lndies. There are three kinds of it. brown, a grey, and a white one ; the firft is moft efteem- ed in Phyfic ; it is firm, twifted, difficult to break, of a lharp bitter Taftc, and grows in Brazil in the Gold- Mines. The Root of the grey Ipp.cacuanha, in its Virtue and Colour; is inferior to the former ; it grows at the feet of Mountains, and in Meadows, and other moift Places. The Spaniards call it Bexugillo. The white Ipecacuanha differs from both the others, not only in Colour, but in hot it will change Colour by degrees; become firft of a Figure too, not being twifted or rugged likethem, but ra- ther refembling the Root of white Dittany. The Ipeca- citi^ni'rt is purgative and aftringent, it is alfo a gentle Vo- mitive, and is found one of the beft and furcft Remedies hitherto difcoveredfor aDyfentcry. IRASCIBLE, a Term in the old Philofophy, applied to an Appetite, or a Part of the Soul where Anger, and the other Paffionsthat animate us againit things difficult or odious, refide. Of theelevcn kinds of Paffions attributed to the Soul, the Philofophers afcribe five to the Irafcible Appetite ; to wit, Wrath, Boldnefs, Fear, Hope, and ^old Colour, and then of a beautiful blue. Sometimes the Workmen rub a Mixture of Indigo and Salad-Oil on it, while 'tis heating, and let it cool of itfelf. _ Square and fiat Bars of Iron are fometimes twifted, for Ornament ; and the manner of doing it is this : After the Bar is fquare or flat forged, they give it a flame Heat, or if the Work be fmall, but a blood-red Heat; and then 'tis eafy to twift it about as much or as little as they pleafc, with the Tongs, Vice, or the like. ,The feveral Heats which Smiths give their Iron in v/orking, are, i- A fparkling or welding Heat, which De'fpair the fix others are charged on the concupifcible ufed w^en they double up their Iron, cr weld two Pieces Appetite, ■viz. Plcafure, Pain, Deiire, Averfion, Love, and of Iron together, end to end. z. A flame or white Heat, Hatred. P/«fo divided the Soul into three Parts, the rea- which is ufed when the IroK has not its Form and Size, fonable, irafdhle, and concupifcible Parts. The two laft, but muft be forged into both. 5. A blood-red Heat, according to that Philofopher, are the corporeal and mor- which is ufed when the Iroji has already its Form and Size, tal Parts of the Soul, which give rife to our Paffions. but wants a little hammering to fmooth and fit it for the Plato fixes the Seat of the Irafcible Appetite in the Heart, File. If the Iron be made too hot, ii will red -fear, |. e. of the Concupifcible in the Liver, as the two Sources of break or crackle under the Hammer while 'tis working. Blood and Spirits, which alone affeff the Mind. between hot and cold. For the Manner of making and IREN ARCHA, the Name of a military Officer in the preparing Iron, fee lro7t-Morh. To make Iron into Steel, Gr(!ei Empire ; his Bufinefs was to provide for the Peace. Security, and Tranquillity of the Provinces, In ^ujii7iian''s Code 'tis mentioned, that the Irenarch^ are fent into the fee Steel. . „ , IRON-MOULDS are certain yellow Lumps ot i-artli , „ or Stone, found in Chalk-pits, about the Chiftern in Os- Frovinces to maintain the public Peace, by puniftiing ford/hire, which are really a kind of indigeiled /ron Ore. Crimes, and putting the Laws in execution. Befides this, IRON-ORES, and Iroii-JForks . Of thefe we have a greiC there was another Jre/.wc/jii in the Cities, to whom be- number in moft parts of En^la77d, but thofe in the lore fi long'-'d the preferving of Peace, and quelling Sedition a- of Dean in Glocejterfiire avc in the moft repute. The 0.-c inong the Citizens. This Officer was fometimes called is there found in great abundance, diftering much in Co- Pr.ffeFlus Urbis. The Emperors Theodofms and Ho;7oW«i lour, Weight and Goodnefs. The beft, call'd B>-h/&. Ore, fuppreffed the Office of the Ircn.ivchu on accoutit of their is of a blueifii Colour, very ponderous, and full of littla nil I fKinmg IR ( 406 ) IS fliining Specks, lilte Grains of Silver ; tliis affords the iRREGt'HR Cnf r 'Mxr ■ , ,. „ greatefl Quantity of /rM, but being melted alone nro ' one aViiV/™ 1, f V ^ '^'^^^ f"-'' =■ duceth a Metal Itry Iho'n and bn.tfe, and d^e rfor'e'^not Tc Sr ^ bV Xfc\jr ™ ' fo fit for comtnon Ufc. For tire retiiedying whereof the or Ca .i I ;r,^Kr J """I'^nts, wbetlicr ,n ilic Siiaft Workmen make ufe of another fort of kalnt tertr ed Ir'r I PLE V, AW / > t"' c™&,-, whicli is nothing but the Refufe of the o" af wh 7m !■„„, 1 ^ j '''^ <-<""™™ Law, fignific. ter.the Metal has b«n extrafted, and v^hth being IRR KtiON ''a'Ltl rf fT mingled with the other, n a due Ouantitv oivcs it th? the (-„r' „f • '.^ r r , Tranfplantation ufed for e.eellent Temper of Toughnef,, th^cSh^his /"„ to ever n::'^^;"?''^^^ "l. ..i" rP'™"!"^ c^eAent Temper of To.:ghn;^:;i;iF:S^h. .1 '"'^ be preferred before any other brouBht from foreifm Pirt., rir;„„ 6 r , !, . " P'^°P='' ' the a4 the, have provt^ed rheirTe. \ht M^f-ork bis'^d^'^^irilf r rSa^ft^-ael t '^'"'^'^^7 calctne tt wh.ch is done m Kilns, much after the fiftion till fuch ttmeas the D itafr 1- J 4 r" """'"l''- of our ordtnary Lime-Kilns : thefe they fill up to the top SprinklinTas b^n made ' r i^^'V '^c *tth Coal and Ore, yi„„„„ J,pcr ft, aim ; Jhat is, on'e tn order t'o pJevenr the vt'r ''"^l*,^"'?/""' ^^th on it, I^yerupo,; another : and fo pittting Fire to the- bo ton,, the vjtal Soft t of the 1 1 'd" f they let tt burn till the Coal be waded, and then renew Air. ^ ^"l""'' <:vaporatmg into the the- Kilns with fre/ll Ore and Coal in the fame manner as ISCHIADIC, an Epithet olv™' I ,) ,1. bu r ■ l;eforc. This IS done without Fufion of the Metal, and two Veins of the Footf wh cf 'll L ' I '^r"' ? i-erves to confume the more droffy part of the Ore, and The firft, called tha Grea, irM.Tr r I r""}' to male ,t malleable,. fupplying tL! beating, and iadr- Branches pro eelg fro /l e T^Se^ Xh tng. that are ufed ,n other INIetals. From hence they ther, pafs by the MuVles rf he Calf of he T""^^ 'n^ carry ,t to the.r Furn-Ices, which are built of Brick oj- leffer jyl-Wtc is formed from fU^d Ramifi itone about tiventy-four Foot fquare on the outfide, and ceeding from rhe Sk^and Muf- k- wh h "1= '^1°' «ear thirty F^oot ,n Height within, no. above eight o'r ten ArticuTation of the Thigk 1 ht^v are Ifo c II T v Foot over where it is widefl, which is about the middle ; The Word is derived from the G,ll l ' f"' the top and bottom having a narrow Compafs, much like >*£ Ihp the Shape of an Eg". Behind the Furnace are fixed ISCHIATICA. See JcmJm two huge Tair of Be bws, the Nofcs of which meet at a I.SCHiriM little h?.e near the bott myhere\re^omt"vrt; e=' Bon'es"' th^Th^tX^^in is ad^ her by certain Buttons, placed on the Axis of a very large ijU, or A,nabd,l which re?e ves fhe He^v J'',! ^-1 t Wheel, which IS turned about by Water, in the manner Bone This (\vi„ ^i^ 4 u ^ ^.^'''S'^- of an Overlhot-Mill. As foon a's thefe Burtons are ibd C™k-, A ?„'V3n'^heThith' '^^tlT' oft, the Bel ows are raifed again by the Counterpoife of is one' of the Offa 1,™" ™^ which f f tIc word T: Weights, whereby they are made to play alternately, the derived from the Gree/- vTkT Irennh one going Its Blall the time the other is rifing. At firft ISCHURIA i,, Phvil nr r i? rn • they fill thefe Furnaces with 0, e and Cinder,^„termix•d entire^S^ppr ffi'o ' /u f e' fr i^' Tclfiotd b°v a!rV'" with Fuel, which in thefe Works is always of Charcoal, that may'Ultrua the MaPeV of the Rets V laying tlien, hollow a. the bottom, that they may more the Neck of rhe Bladder.Ts SaL ItSie kl^^^^^^^ eahly take fire ; but after they are once kindled, the Ma- It may alfo be occafioned bv an OW rueli™ of ,K ' terials run together into a hard Cake or Lun.p, 'which is which%afs to the Re Sror^TaJde f we fee it S il"' rhe Metal, as ■ meets, trickles down into the Receivers too great DiftenCon of the Bladder may X produce the wWch the Me^ri ™ = 't'l " " ^f^^' °V'"- hy f^^™'^ Eff<=a ; ^ the Fibres being much le„o,Ce"d *l r,^, he Melr \ " ^r""" ^"'1 nrofs, and let confequently condenfed, the Spirirs neceflary for tSeir out the Metal, as they fee occafion. Before the Mouth Contraclion cannor get Admittlnce; whence it is that of the Furnace lies a great Bed of Sand, where they make Perfons, who have retained their Urine a W ti 'r find 3 which they would have their a ercat deal of difficltv ^;r..|,.„„;„„ S .' 'i'- vvord is a great deal of difficulty in difchirging it. luc derived from the Greek U^, I flop, and Urin^. ISELASTIC, the Nairie of a kind of Combat, or Game, celebrated in the Cities of Greece and in' the time of the Roman Empire. The ViSor ar thefe Games had very confidcrable Privileges conferred on him, after -17:5, who did th& Furrows of theShape into which they would have their Jron caft. As foon as the Receivers are full, thev let in the Metal, which is made fo very fluid by the Violence of the fire, that it not only runs to a confiderable di- i ance, but flani.s afterwards boiling for a good while, "me or tne timpire. IheViitor -Ive r'M/"' 7'*' ''"P 'hem tad very cenfiderable Privileges conferre conftan.ly employ d for many Months together, never fuf- the Example of ./„i;»y?«, and the ^,;,e„i.,„r who did the t'The :.^i"^°of'tte"F 'f ' 1 f"PPl- 1-''= " the Conqueril aj the O/j^^i., fIIu:^^,^^^]^^ V^n, L "1 r ^"'^'v?'' Materials, with "^i^" Games. 'Fhey were crowned on the fnor immedi in't^^wCk fe^lw-^r ■-r^i^'l'o ether ately after their V.iiory, had Penfions allowS 'hem mth,sV.ork flT Sea-Coal W.1I not do. From thefe Fur- furnidied with Provif.ons at the pablic Cott .nd were naces the Workmen bring their Sows and Pigs of r„„,", carried in Triumph into their CouC. ' they call them, to their Forges, where it Is wrought into ISIA, Peafts and Sacrifices antiently folemnized in ho- I'KON-SICK ■ A Shi„ P r-j L pout of the Goddefs (/h. The ;/i.i were full of abomina- w-l en her SpikeV ate ^oau-n w KR « " x? 'T'^"^'' '''5 I'"F";'i=^. ^nd for that reafon thofe who were initia- wlicn ner bpixes are lo eaten with Ruft, or Nads, and ted were ob igcd to take an Oath of Secrecy Thev hel I- wirb-yX'shlTeaks!" "^''^ ^ '^T^'^b^Tt'' fo f I;inSe! 'h!:: IRONY isalJigure in Speech, wherein we plainly i„- S^pJ^l^St . ''Ctnr^d ^^tafe P efs T whei? wele^'m t':" r^r^"" P™'f" --"abliflied by the Emperor S'lt who hi,.': Knavl' TheVo 1. dlfcove?^, ?r ""-"""'g- '>^i a rank they bore a Branch of Marine Abfvnthium in their hand rheTp^aker than^i ri e W^^ of Olive. They fung the Praifes of the Goddefs t^t^^m;,:^:,^"'''- " '''""^^ HZ^^^y^ at the rihiilofthe sun, when they open- of ^^^:°tSff ^B^d ^'—""^-""S t:™!:;^ It '^^i^ff^e^TriiSr Si IRRATroNTl N?™^^ See fons, and Iliut up the Temple. Such was the Life an 1 Atoiri iSfh fee '^^ ^«"' '-^'""5 they never covered their Feet with Wo»a^ Quamlu'e. : See R«i,„al QuanMe. ocJafio'!;! 1^"' f".'^'" YY u"^^""' IRREGIjTaR fnmethini, fI„,J occafioned Fruje„t,:,s and others to fay they went bare- rnn ^or,^^m; n L ^ thitdeviates from the com- footed. They wore no Garments but Linncn, becaufe J& ",n L "X /S."Build:L an"";.?/ r ^r'^^- "^'^ '-S''^ Culture 'of £ Co^C tions that are i.-regnlar, anomalous, or Heteroclites. A- mong Cafuilts the Term irregular is applied to a Perfon ISIKG-GLASS : See mbyocoHa. ISLAND, a Trail of Ground encompafTed round with the Sea, or with Rivers. This Term is oppofed to the Con- ig a tinent or Temi ivj-jMfl. Some conclude from f^^j. x. ^nd from Ecc-L xliii. 25. that I//a72ds areas antient as the World, and that there were fome ar the beotnninff. Whatever be- « ^f.^ n r- ),:_! .. ^.11 1 , that the , " 1-^ T ? . -^t^pn'^u ro a rei who IS unqualified for entering into Orders, as bein Baihrd, Alaimed, or to an Ecclefiailic, who is' terdiacd, fufpendcd or c en fared and by that means ren- and that there were fome ar the beoinnrnff. Wl IRRFGI'I al? Knn7F<; „■„ <:„rj . large tar remote from the Continent, are new, or by eqlland lite Su^f™ terminated that they either arofe, out of the Sea, or were torn from »/ jua, ana iiie burtaces. j^and. Nor is it lefs true, that there have been IS ( 407 ) IS new Ifl.mds formed, by the caftjng up of vaft Heaps of Clay, Mud, Sand, ^c. as that for inflancc of Tjong- ming, in [he I'rovltice of Tojie^uin in Cham : or by the Vio- lence of the Sea, which have torn off large Prumontortes from the Continent, as the Antients imagined Sicily^ and even Great Briiain w cm formed. It is alio certain, that iome have emerged above the Waves, as 5'..i«iori;:i former- ly, and three other Iflcs near it lately ; the lall in 1707, which rofe from the bottom of the Sea after an Earth- quake, that was fuppos'd to have loofen'd it from its hold. Several Katuraliits are of opinion, that the i/Zi.7;if?j were formed at the Deluge ; others think they have been fc- paratcd from the Continent by violent Storms, Inunda- tions, and Earthquakes, Thefe laft have obferved, that the Eaji-lnd'.e!, which abound in ifl.inds more than any 0- thcr part of the World, arc likewife more annoyed with Earthquakes, Tempells, Lightning, Vulcano's, ^c, than any other Part. Varen'ms thinks moft of thefe Opinions true in feme Inilances, and believes that there have been 7//.j;iA produced each of thefe ways. St. Heknaj Jf- ceafwu, and other ficep rocky Ifiinds^ he fuppofes to have become fo, by the Sea's overflowing their neighbouring Champains. jBy the heaping up huge Quantities of Sand, and other terrcilrial Matters, he thinks the Iflajids of Zta- Idjtdy ^f^f^y were form'd- Sumatra and Ceylon, and moft of the Eaji-Jndian Ijlandi he thinks were rent off from the main Land; and concludes, that the I (lands o{ the y/r- chi^da\!o were form'd in the fame way i imagining it probable, thatDeitcd/ion'sFlood might contribute towards it. The Antients had a Notion, that iJe/o/, ajid fome/ew other Jflands, rofe from the bottom of the Sea. Which, how fabulous foever it may appear, agrees with later Obferva- tions. Seneca takes notice chat the I/land Therafia rofe thus out of the JEgean Sea in his time, of which the Mariners were Eye-witncffcs. They had alfo an opinion, that there are fome Ijl.inds which fwim in the Sea. Thales^ indeed, thought that the whole Earth which we inhabit, floated, thus, in the Sea j but his Opinion is eaiily refuted, the Channel of the Sea being found continuous to the Shore : Eut floating ]{lands arc no ways improbable, efpccially if the Earth whereof thcyconfilt be light and fulphureous. ^ewcc.-i fays, that near the Ciayl'ne he faw fuch ^wlfland, and mentions feveral others of the fame kind ; and it was even a common Opinion among the Antients, that all the Oy- clades had done the lame. Gryfh'unider h.:>.s\/jnx.tQ,x\ 3k Lat'm Trcatife exprclly on Iflands, dc Infidis. ISLES, in Architefture, are Sides or Wings of a Build- ing. ISOCHRONAL J^INE, is that in which a heavy Bo- is fuppofed to deicend without any Acceleration. Lci!>- jittz in the y/ff. Enid. Lipf. for Fehriiary iCjSp, hath a Dif- courfe on this Subject, in which he ihews, That a heavy Body with a degree of Velocity acquired by the De- fcent from any Height, may defcend from the fame Point, by an infinite Number of Ijochronul Curves, which are all of the fame Species, differing from one another only in the Magnitude of their Parameters, fucli as are all the Quadrate- Cubical Paraboloids, and confequently fimi- lar to one another. He lliews alio, there, how to find a Line, in which a heavy Body defcending /hall recede uni- iormly from a given Point, or approach uniformly to it. ISOCHRONE i a Term applied to fuch "Vibrations of a Pendulum as are performed in equal Times : of which tind are all the Vibrations or Springs of the faine Pendu- lum, whether the Arcs it dcfcribes be longer or /hotter ; for when it defcribes a fhorter Arc, It moves fo much the flower; and when along one, proportionably fafter. ISOMERIA, in Algebra, is a Method of freeing an E- quation from Fractions, which is done by reducing all the Fradlions to one common Denominator, and then multi- plying each Member of the Equation by that common Denominator. Thus e. g. a x x =; a h I> hc- a coities flx* i^aax X — ^hcx-=^!^acihh. ISOPERIIMETRAL FIGURES, are fuch as have e- qual Perimeters or Circumferences. ISOSCELES Triangle, is a Triangle which hath two equal fides ; to which it may be added, that the Angles oppofite to the equal Sides are e- qual, and a Line drawn Irom the l op or Vertex, cutting the Bafe into two equal Parts, is perpendicu- lar to the Bafe . e.^. Let the J/i)/cc/ci Triangle be A P C, and let its Bafe A C be fuppofed to be divided I fay, P >H is perpendicular to for the Triangle Z hath all its Sides cijuil thofc of A, and therefore mull have all its Angles equal allii-rerpcc- tively to thofe m X : And then the Angle F m A = P™ C> becaule they are both right ; therefore P »> is pcrpendtca- lar to A C, and the Angle P A m = P Cm. ISSUANT, aTermin Heraldry, underllood of a Lion, or other Animal, in a Coat of Arms, that feems jutt iffu- ing out from under a Chief, Fcflc, a Houfe, a Wood, or the^ like, and only /hews half his Body, it is not eafy to difiingui/h the Lion IJJuam from the Lion Kniffam Soms fay, the Iffiamtis that which comes out from behind the Field of fome ample Ordinary, fliewing his Head, Neck, the Tips of his Fore-Legs and his Tail againft the chief of the Coat ; whereas the NaiJJatit has its Rife about the middle of the Field, and /hews all his Forc.part, with the Tip of his Tail, as if he were riling out of the Earth. ISSUE, is a Term in Common Law, having divers Ap- plications i fometimes it is taken for the Children befot- ten between a Man and his Wife ; fometimes for PrSfits growing from Amerciaments or Fines ; and fometimes from Profits of Lands and Tenements j fometimes for that_ Point of Matter depending in Suit, whereupon the Fatties join, and put their Caufe to the Tryal of the Ju- ry ; And yet in all thefe it hath but one Signification, which is an Effecl of a Caufe preceding ; as the Chil- dren arc rhe ElFcef of the Marriage betw'een the Parents .- The Profits growing to the King or Lord, from the Pu- ni/limcnt of any Man's Offence, is the Effca of his Tranf- greffion : The Point referred to the Tryal of twelve Men, is the Effeft of Pleading orProcefs. yjiie, in this la!l Sig- nification, is cither General or Special. General ]jft the Name of a Charafter in Printing. See Triniing. Italic, the Name of a Scfl: of antient Philofophers, founded by Fythaioras ; they were fo called, bccaufc that Philofopher taught in Italy, fpreading his Doftrine among the People of Turcntimy Mctafoitt, Hcraclea, Naplts, 8\.£. Sec TMhagoric. ITCH, a Difcafc of the Skin, wherein it is corrupted by the ouzing out of certain fliarp faline Humours, which gather into Fullulcs, and occafion a Pruritus or Itching. There are two kinds of Itch, a humid and a dry kind. The latter has been ufually fuppofed to be owing to an atrabi- larious Humour, and the former to a faline Pituita : They are both contagious. Dr. Borionio has given a much more rational Account of theCaufeof this Dirtemper than any Author before him. He examined feveral Globules of the Matter pick'd out of the Puftules of itchy Perfons ■with a Mic,rofcope, and found them to be niinurc living Creatures, "in Jhape rcfembling a Tortoife, of brisk Mo- tion, with fix Feet, a /harp Head, and two little Horns at the end of the Snout. Hence he makes no fcruplc to Wiipute ^bis contagious Difeafe to the continual biting of thcfe Anima>culcs in the Skin, by means of which fome Portion of the Serum puzing out thro the fmail Apertures of the Cutis, little watry Bladders are made, within which the Infecls continuing to gnaw, the Infccled are forced to fcratch, and by fcratching incrcafe the Mifchief ^ breaking not only the little Pultules, but the Skin too, and fome little Biood-VelTels, and fo make Scabs, crufly Sores, i^c. Hence we may eafily perceive how the Itch comes to be catching, fince thefe Creatures, by fimplt; Contact, eafily pafs from one Body to another, their I\^o- tion being wonderfully fwift, and they crawling on the Surface of the Body, as well as under the Cuticula. Hence alfo we learn the reafon of the Cure of this Difeafe by Lixivial Waflies, Baths and Ointments, made of Salts, Sulphurs, Mercury, ^c. thefe being very powerful id killing the Vermine lodged in the Cavities of the Skin, which fcratching will never do j they being too minute to be caught under the Nails. And if in Practice it is found that this Difeafe, after it feem'd to be cured by Un61:jon, frequently returns again ; this is eafily accounted for, iince tWo' the Ointment may have killed all the living Creatures,, yet it may not, polTibly, have deflroy'd all their Eggs laid, as it were, in the Nefts of the Skin 5 from which they afterwards breed again, and renew the Ditlemper. ITINERANT JUDGES, ot^iiftice^, are fuch as were formerly fent with Commiffions ipro divers Countries, to hear chiefly fuch Caufes as were call'd Pleas of the Crown h the fame with 'Jiifticcs in Eyre: which fee. ITINERARY : The Defcription that a Traveller imkes of the Courfe of his Journey, and of the Curiofities, ^c. that he obferved. The Umerary of ylntonlne fhews all the grand Roniaji Roads in the Empire, and all the Sta- tions of the Reman Army. It was made by order df the Emperor ^7j.'!);;j7;i(j f /([J, but is now very defective, ha- ving fuffer'd extremely under the hands of the Copiils and Editors, JUBILEE, a Church-Solemnity, or Ceremony obferved at Roths, wherein the Pope grants a Plenary Indulgence to the Univerfai Church ^ as many ot them, at lealt, as vi- fit the Churches of St. Peter and St. Paul a.t Rome. The ^i UrhanVl. a]-pointed it to be held every 55 Years, that being the Age of our Saviour 3 and ^'i'.'ciwJ IV. brought it down to every 15, that every Perfon might have the Be- nefit of it once in his Life. Boniface IX. granted the Privilege of holding jubilees to feveral Princes and Mona- fteries : For inflance, to the Monks of Canterbury, who had a jubilee every 50 Years. jubilees are now become niore frequent, and the Pope grants them as often as the Church or himfelf have occa- fion for them, T'here is ufually one at the Inauguration of anew Pope. To be entitled to the Privileges of the bike, the Bull enjoins Falling, Alms, Prayers. It gives the Pricfis a full Power to abfolvc, in ail cafes, even thofe otherwife rcfervcd fo the Pope ; to make Commutations of Vows, i^c. in which it diiJers from a Plenary Indul- gence. During the Time of jubilee, all Indulgences are Tufpended. One of our Kings, 'viz. EdiuardU. caufed bis Birth-Day to be obferved in manner of a jubilee, when he became 50 Years of Age ; but not before or after. This he did, by releafing Prifoners, pardoning all Offences but Trea- fon, making good Laws, and granting many Privileges to the People. There are particular l^wii/fes in certain Cities, when fe- veral of their Fealls fall on the fame Day : At Pt^y in 7>-. lay, for inilance, when the Feaft of the Annunciation hap- pens on Good Friday; and at Lyojis, when the Feaft of St. jobn BapiiB concurs with the Feail of Corpus Cbrtjii. In 1640 the jefuits celebrated a folemn jubilee at Ronic : that being the Centenary, or hundredth ^ear from their Inftitution ^ and the fame Ceremony was obferved in all their Houfes throughout the World. jubilee, among the jsvjs, was underftood of every fiftieth Y"ear, being that following the Revolution of fcvcn Weeks of Years ; at which time all the Slaves were made free, and all Inheritances reverted to their antient Owners. The word jubilee, according 10 fome Authors, comes from the Hchreio jcbel, which fi.gnifies fifty. But this mull be a Mifttike ; for the Hebrew 'tUV, johe'l, docs not fignify fifty ; neither does its Letters, taken as Cyphers, or ac- cording to their Numerical Power, make that Number i being 10, 6, z, and ;o, that is 48. Others fay, that jolel fignifies a Ram, and that the jubilee was proclaim'd with a Ram's-born,in memory of the Ram that appear'd to Jbra- ham in the Thicket. Mafius derives the Word from jtib:!l, the firft Inventor of MuficallnftrumentSjWhich for that rea. fwtl JU ( 40P ) fori were call'd by his Name ; whence the words 5oie/ and ;}Hi)//ce came to figmfy the Year of Deliverance and Kemiflion, becaufe proclaim'd with the Sound of one of thofe Inltruments, which at firll was no more than the Horn of a Ram. Jtibilee, or ^ubiUnif, is alfo ufed among the Ram.viifis to fignify a Religious who has been fifry Years in a Mo- naifcry, or an Ecclefiaftic who has been in Orders fifty Years. Such veteran Religious are difpenfed with in feme places from attending Mattins, or a ftrift Obfervation of any other of their Rules. ^ ubiU-iis a\^o fip^ntEed a Man a hundred Years old ; and a PofTeirion or Prefcription for fifty Years. .5';' y^ger non mven'ietnr in Scnftlone, hi/jtiiratur tie Se- nm.b'isy^ fi Jiih cerlo JaliiUo mn jit^fint Vituperatione mci- 7i€at m iCfsyjiKm. JUDAICUS LAPIS, a grey, foft, brittle Stone, inform of an Acorn, having Lines drawn regularly on its Surface, as if they were turn'd : It is ufcd in Phyfic to diffolve the Stone in the Bladder. JDDAISM : The Religious Doarmes and Rites of the ^ezvs. Jndaijm was warranted by Divine Authority, being deliver'd to that People immediately from Heaven ; it was however, but a temporary Difpcnfation, and was to give' way, at lealt the Ceremonial Part of it, at the Com- ing of the Ueffms. For a compleat Syltem of ^ndaijitij^ic the Books of Mofes. ^udiiijm was antiently divided into fcveral Sefts ; the principal whereof were the Tha-nfees, Saddiice5,3Lr\d Efefiians: which fee. At prcfent there are but two, oiss. the Karaites, who admit oi no Rule of Re- ligion, but the Law written by Mojcs ; and the Rahhinijis, who add to the Law, the Traditions of the Talmud. It has been obferved, thftt ^Judaifm, of all other Religions, is_ that which is the moil rarply abjured. In the i8th of Edward 1. the Parliament granted the King a. Fifteenth for the ExpuUion of ^udaijni. See Cuneus, Spencer, and Good- win. In England, formerly, the ^ezos and all their Goods be- longed to the chief Lord where they lived, and he had fuch abfolute Property in them, that he might fell them, for they had not liberty to remove to another Lord with- out leave. Mif. Paris tells us, that Henry III. fold the •^ews to Earl Richard his Brother for a I'erm of Years, that tjaos Rex excQriarerat^ Comes ez-ijcererarer. They were diUinguiflied from the Chriftians both liv- ing and dying, for they had proper Judges and Courts wherein their Caufes were tried, and they wore a Badge on their outward Garments upon the Brcaft, in the fhape of a Table, and were fined if they iltrred itbroad with- out fuch Badges. They were never burled in the Coun- try, but brought up to London, and buried without the ■Walls. JUDGE, an Officer appointed by the Powers of any Country, to dillribute that JuIHce to their Subjefts which they can't adminiller in Perfon. The Charaaer _ of 3udge is a part of the Regal Authority, whereof the Prince diverts himfelf. The En^lifj ^tdges are all chofen out of the Ser- geants at Law, and are conrtituted by Letters Patents. Their Commilfions are bounded with this Limitation, FaUiiri quod ad Jujiiti^im pertinet fecundum Le^sm ^ Con- fuetudinem Jn^lt<£ h and at their Creation they take an Oath, that they will indifferently minillcr JuUice to all them that fhall have any Suit or Plea before them ; and this they will not forbear to do, tho the King by his Letters, or by exprefs Word of Mouth, fliould command the con- trary. They have Salaries of icoo/. fer annum each from the King, befides very confiderable Perquifites, and this Salary is granted them, qnamdui. bene fe ^ejjermt^ to keep them free and independent of the Court. See ^ujiices. Judge, in Scripture, is underftood of certain eminent Perfons chofen by God himfelf to govern the Jeivs, from the time of Jopica to the Eftabliihment of the Kings. The Jiid'^es were not ordinary Magillrates, being only fent on extraordinary Occafions, as, to head the Armies, to deliver the People from their Enemies, C£;c. Salian has obferved, that they not only prefided in the Courts of Judice, but wei-e alfo at the Head of Councils, of Ar- mies, and of every thing that concerned the Govern- iTient of the State ; tho' they never _ affumcd the Title cither of Princes, Gorernors, or the like. The fame Au- thor has obferved feven Points wherein they differed from Kings : (i.) They were not hereditary, (a.) They had no abfolute Power of Life and Death, but only ac- cording to the Laws, and dependantly of them. (5.) They never undertook War at their own pleafure, but cnW when they were appointed by God, or called to it by the People. ('4.) They exaf^ed no Tribute. (5.) They did not fucceed each other immediately, but after the Death of one there was frequently an interval of fcveral Years e'er a Succeffor was appointed. {6.) Thev did not ufc the Enfigns of Sovereignty, the Scepter or Diadem. (7.) They had no Authority to make any new Laws, but were only to take care bf the Obfervation of (he LV^vsof Mojes. In fome refpecTi.stheyrefembled Kings,i'/2;. i. Their Authority was given them for Life; and not tor a Jimited Time. 2. They ruled alone, and without any depen- dence, which occafioned JoyVje/jiij to call their State Mo- narchical. The Hebrtwi were governed by fifteen jiukes for the Space of 540 Years, -z-.-z-. from the time of O.-i- R/e/ their firll, to that of Heli their Vxll ijud^^e. JUDGES, or the Book of judges, is a Canonical Eoolc of the Old Tertament, containing the Hiliory of the fudges, whereof we have been fpeaking. The Author is not known. 'Tis probable the Work did not come from anyfingle Hand, being rather a Colle61ion of fcveral lit- tle Hirtories, which at firif were feparate, but were af- terwards collected by EJdras or Samuel into a iingle Vo- lume ; and, in all likelihood, were taken from the antienK Journals, Annals, or Memoirs, compuled by the ievcral Judges. JUDGMENT, a Faculty of the Soul, by whi.h ihs perceives the Relation that is between two or more Ideas, Thus when we judge that the Sun is greater than tho Moon, the Underftanding firlt compares the two Ideas of the Sun and the Moon, and finding the Idea of the Sun greater than that of the Moon, the WillperfeiTtlyacquiefces in that Perception, nor puts the Mind upon any farther En- quiry, 'l is not the Underllandingthen that judges, as is ordinarily thought ■^ Judgments and Reafonings, on the part of the Underflanding, are but mere Perceptions.; 'tis the Will alone that judges in reality, in acquiefcing in what is reprefentcd to it by the Under flan ding. The only Diffe- rence, then, between Perception, Judgment, and Rea^ foning, fo far as theUnderilanding is concerned in them, is this, That it perceives a thing fimply, without any rela- tion to any other thing in a fimple Perception, that it perceives the Relations between two or more things in Judgments, and lallly that it perceives the Relations that are between the Relations of things in Reafonings : So that all the Operations of the Underllanding arc in eifei5l no more than pure Perceptions. When we perceive, for inllance, twice 2, or 4, this is no more than a fimple Perception ; when we judge thac twice a are 4, or that twice 2 are not 5, the Underftand- ing does no more than barely perceive the Relation of Equality that is between twice 2 and 4, or of Inequality between twice 2 and 5. Further, Realoning confifls in per- ceiving the Relation, not between two or more things, for that would be a Judgment, but of two or more Relations of two or more things. Thus when I conclude that four being lefs than fix, twice two being four, are by confe,- quence lefs than fix; I perceive not only the Relation of Inequality between two and two and fix, (for this were only a Judgment) but alfo the Relation of Inequality between the Relation of twice 2 and 4, and the Relation between 4 and 6 : Which conllitutes a Reafoning. The UnderOand- ing therefore only perceives, and 'tis the Will that judges, and reafons in alTenting voluntarily to what the Under- ilanding reprefents. Indeed, when the things which we confider, appear clear, and perfe6lly evident, it feems as if it were not vo- luntarily that the Mind confents to 'em; whence wears led to think, that 'tis not the Will, but the Underrtand- that iudges of 'em. But to clear this Point, '"Si mull be obferved, that the things which we confider, ne- ver appear intirely evident rill the Underilanding has exa- mined them on all fides, and has percciv'd all the Rela- tions nccciTary to judge of 'em i whence it happens, that the Will not being able to will any thing without Know- ledge, cannot ait on the Underilanding; that is, cannot dcfire it to reprefent any thing new in its Object^ as hav- ing already view'd it on all the fides that have any rela- tion to theQuelHon in hand. It is obliged, then, to reft in what has been already reprefented, and to ceafe to agitate and diflurb it any further : in which Ceflation ic is, that Judgment confifts. This Reft or Judgment, then, not being free, when things are in their laft Evidence we are apt to imagine that it is not the Effect of the Will* So long as there is any tiling obfcure in the Subje£l that we confider, or that we are r.or fully fatisfied that we have difcover'd every thing necelfary to refolve the Queftion, as it happens in moft of thofe things that are difficult, and that contain various Relations ; we are then at liberty not to acquicfce, the Will may comtnand the tJnder- flanding to purfue its Enquiries further, and to make new Difcovcries : whence it is, that we are more ready to allow the Judgments formed on thefe Subjeds to be vo- luntary. Mofl Philofophcrs, however, maintain that even the Judgments which we form on ohfcure things are not vo- luntary, and will have our confenting to the Truth to be an Aflion of the Underilanding, which they call AliTent, tn diftinguifli it from our confenting to Goodnef^^, which they attribute to the Will,, and call it Confent. But theif M m m m m Etfor JU Error is owing to this, that in our prefent State, we fre- quently fee things to be cvi(^cntly true without the leaft reafon to doubt of 'cm i in which cafe the Will is not at liberty citbur to give: or refufo her Affent .- but it is not fo in iWaictrrs of Goodnefs j there being nothing, whicii we don't know f jme reafon for forbearing to love. So that wc here perceive a manifert Indiifercnce,. and are ( 410 ) JU ^tticc isalfo applied to the Vapours and Humidities m- clofed m the Earth. Thus they fay Chryllal is formed of a lapidific :)incc, and Metals arc formed of Vapours and jiuces condcnfed in the Earth. JUJUBE, the Fruit of a Tree of the fame Name, growing very commonly in Proce?;ce, and feme other PartK- The :}uji(l!£s are about the Size of a Plumb, oval red fully convinced iliat when Wc love anything, even God without, yellow within, of a fweet, very commonlv vi- for inilance, we ufe our Liberty, and do it voluntarily, nous 1 alte ; they are peroral and aperitive, fofte'n' the iiut the Ufe wc make of our Liberty is not fo apparent. Acrimony of the Humours, and promote a Difcharee by when we consent to the Truth, efpecially when it appears the Spitinm. Pliny tells us. that &.vfM( Pabinius brniiabi- rht perfectly evident - lially when It appears And this leads us tj think that our Confent to Truth, that i?, our Jiidgniefit, is not voluntary ; as if an AfHon, to be voluntary, mull be indifferent: As if the lilcfLed above did not love God voluntarily, bc- caufc they cannot be diverted from it by any other thing ; ; Sputum. Pliny tells us, that Sextu^ Papimus brough'r the firtt ^"j"l>P^ from Syria, and Truffles from ytfriea, towards the End of yfn^i'Jiiis's Reian JULAP, ■ , in 1 harmacy, is an eafy agreeable Potion pre- icribed to fick Perfons : It ufually confitls of diiliiled Waters, or light Dccoaions, _ frequently fwceien'd with nor we confent freely to this evident Propoiition, That Sugaror clarified Juices. It is fornetimcs ufed as the or- tlinury Drink in certain Difeales, but ufually as aVehicIc for other Forms of Medicines 5 fervinq to correft the pec- rrving t cant Humours, to reltorc the declining Strength of\he Heart, and to promote Sleep. The word, according tu Maiage, is derived from the ^tfj-^ji.-c, Giukp, or rather from the Gpeek ^n^a-ma. Olearins derives it from Guhf^ a Fer- twice z are 4, bccaufe wc have no appearance of Reafon to diiTuadc us from it. See JVill, Liberty, Tiuib, Cood- ifjefs. 'S^dgmait^ in a legal Sentence, is a Sentence or Decifion pronounced by Authority of the King, or other Power, ei- ther by their own Mouth, or by that of their Officers whom they appoint to adminifler Juttice in their iiead. Word, Signifying Ko;e-7( '.iter. Of '3'(dgmc7ns{m-c\G, arc definitive, others only preparato- IUt,E, a kind of antient Hymn fung by the Greeks, »y, provifional, or interlocutory. The antient words of and after them by the Rom.iiss, during the time of their ^udgmtm are very fignificant, Canfiderattim eji^ ^c. becaufe Harveft, in honour of Ceres and Bacchin ; in order to render ^iiHgmtut is ever given by the Court upon Confidera- thofe Deities 'propiiious. The word is derived from the tion had of the Record before them. In every Jnd^- Greek '-Aor, or j»a>, a Sheaf This Hymn wasfomeiimes mem there ought to be three Pcrfons, y^Hor, Reus, and alfo called Demetnde, or Demetriule, that is hds of Ceres ^idex. JULIAN lEAR, is the old Account of 'the Year, Itill JUDICATURE, thcProfeCion of thofewhcadminiftep m uie among usin Eniluiid ; it is fo called from its Foun- Jultice. jiidicatuve,^ is a kind of Priellhood. The word der ^idins C^Jar, and by that Jv,'amc is dillinguiiKed from is alfo ufed to fignify the Extent ot the Jurifdidlron of a the new, or Gre^oria}i Account, ufed in ft-veral Parts of Judge, and the Court wherein he fits to do Juiticc. . Europe. It is either Common or Rilfextile 5 theCommon JUDICIUM DEI, '3iidgmc7it of God, wasa Term antient- conhUs of 565 Days, and the HifTextile of i6r,^ SoG^'enes ly underftoodofanycxtraordinary TrialsoffccretCrimes ; whom C>;.t-' made ule of in the Reformation of the Ca~ ^^'"f'^''. judged the mean Solar Year to confirt of juit 565 Da>s aiiJ fix Hours j and on this Ground it was that C-jar appointLd one Year in four to be BiCTextiic, and ihc other three Common. See n-cj-. ? thofe by Arms and fingle Combat, thofe by Fire or red-hot Plow-fliares, by plunging the Arm in boiling Wa- ter, or the whole Body in cold Water, in hopes God would work a Miracle rather than fuffer Truth and Inno- cence toperi/li : Si fe Jtiper defeiidere non ^offt^ Judicio Dei jc'd. Jqv.a tcl Ferro Jieret de eo Jajtitia. Thefe Culloms The JiJiaTi Period is of great Ufe in Chronology, ancJ was invented by dcah^'ir i it confiftsof 7380 Years, the Pro- were a long time kept up, even among Chriflians, and are duCl of the three Cycles multiplied into each other,. ■j-is.. the ftiltin Ufe in fomt: iSJations. Sec Ordeal, jVatei;&:c. Tnefc Indiflion, whichisi5; the Golden Number 19 j ':ind the Trials were held in the Churches,, in prefence of the Bi- Cycle of the Sun 28. It is made to commence before the Jhops, Priells, and Secular Judges, after three Days Faii- Creation of the World, and that moreor lefs, accordin" ing, Confcfflon, Communion, and a world of Adjurations to the Hypothefis that is followed. Its p'rincjpal Ad- and Ceremonies, defcribed at large by dii Ca7ige. vantage confilis in this, that tlic fame Years of the Cy- JUGULAR, a Term, among Anatomifls, applied to cles of the Sun, Moon, and Indi-^lJon, belonging to any- certain Veins of the Neck, which terminate in the Sub- Year of this Period, willnever fall wcdirr a-iain till af- claveans. There are two on each Side ; the one external, receiving the Blood from the Face and the external Parts of the Head ; and the other internal, which receives the Blood from the Brain. ^Kpdar ]3 alCo applied to certain Glands of the Neck, in the Spaces between the Mufcks. They arc in Num- ber 14, and are found of different Figures, fome large ter the Expiration of ypSo Years, which, according to the received Opinions, will icarcc happen before the Confummation of all things. The &Hi Year of il-.: Cnri- ilian .^^ra, in all our Syftems of ChronL-I-i!;Y, L . iw-vs the 47r4th of the j/i/;ii72 Period. To find what Year of the i'eriod any given Year of Chriil anfwersto, work thus : To the given Year others lefs ; they aie faftened to each other by certain of Chriil add 47 i 5. (becaufe fo many Years of the ^h-'i-tw Membranes and Veffels, and their Subftance is like that Period were expired before X Jj. 1.) and ilie Sum gives of the Maxillaries. They feparate a Lympha, which is the Ye ai- of the Jit iia?i Period fought. For Inilance I conveyed by thofc Veffels to the adjacent Mufclcs. "Tis would know what Year of the Julian Period J.D. 17:0 an Obflruclion in thofe Glands which occafions the King's- anfwersto: Now 1720 + 47'5=^435> the Year fought £vi!. Dionls. _ of the Period. On the contrary, having the Year JUICE, a liquid: Subflance, whicb makes part of the Compofition of Plants, communicating itfelf to all the other Parts, and ferving to feed and increafc them. Juice js that to Plants, which Blood is to Animals. There are juices aqueous, vinous, oleaginous, gummous, refinous, and bituminous, of allTaftesand Colours. Dc. Lijier oh- ferves, that moft !?(!?£-ei of Plants coagulate, whctherthey he fuch as are drawn from the Wounds of a Plant, orfuch as fpontaneoufly cxfude ; he having made Curds and Cakes of the ^iifccs of a great Number of Plants. He adds, that as the Juices of Plants feem to be compound- ed and mixed of L.iquors of different kinds ; 'tis pro- bable, if the Cafeous Part be narcotic, for iiillance, she Whey may nor be fo; or the one may be hurtful, and the other a good and ufeful Medicaments See Sap, Gv.m, &C. Theword Jwce is alfo applied to feveral of the Fluids led JulU jin an animal Body. The nervous 5«'te is a Liquor which, riod. according to fome Phyficians, is found in the Nerves, whence it takes its Name. Gliffotj, IVlmrton, and WiUis were the firll who made mention of the nervous Jmce ; they take it to be a kind of Vehicle to the animal Spirits, preventing them from diflipating too halbly, and think it alfo ferves to nouri/h the Parts of the Body ; but a of the !y/(/ifl7i Period given, to find what Year of Chrift anfwers thereto : From the Year of the Julian Period gi- ven, fubllraft 4715 (for rhe Reafon above-mentioned)' and the Refidue will be the Year fought. For inllance, I would know what Year of Chriif anfwers to the Juliajs Period 64^5; wherefore ^"455 — 47i'5 — 1720 the Year fought. If the Year of the Julian Period given be lefs than47i5, then fubftraiil the fame from47i4 (which is the Year of the Julian Period that anfwers to the Year of Chrift I.) and the Refidue will fiiew how long before (the beginning of the common Computation from the Na- tivity of) Chriil:, the given Year of the Julian Period was. For Inftance, the City of Rome is laid to have been, built, J. P. 5960, I would know therefore how long ic was built before Chrift. Now 4714 — -^(50=754, where- fore Rowze was built 754 Years before Chrifl-. It Is cal- as being adapted to thcjiiliiji Year. See Fe~ JULUS, a Name which the Botanifts give to thofe Wornilike Tufts, or Palms, as they are called, in Wil- lows, which, at the beginning of the Y"ear, grow out and hang pendulous down from Haaels, Wallnut- Trees, ^c. Mr. Ray thinks them to be a kind of CoUe6tion of the Stamina of the Flowers of the Tree, becaufe in fer- great partof our modern Phyficians deny the Exiftcnce of tile Trees and Plants they have abundance of feminal this^H/ce. Yeffelsand Seed-Pods. Pancrecitic JiiSce Is a Liquor feparated in the Glands of JULY, the feventh Month in the Year, when the Sun jhe Pancreas. ScQ Fiuicreas, enters the Sign of Lcc. About th« 24th Day of thl^ J U ( 4 Month the Dog-D^ys begin. The Fiend call this the Month of Red-lruitf, and with Rcafon, f^iys Quhnijy'/e, be- caufe they are then in their height. On the 17th Day of this Month, according to H/^^ocmJ^J and Pliny, the Dog- Ktar rifes, the Sea boils, Wine turns, Dogs go mad, the iiile is increaled and irritated, and all Animals decline and languiih, iSc- The word is derived from the Latin 'Julius, the Sirname of C. C^«r the Diilator, who was born in it. M.irk Anthony fir{l gave it this Name ; before, it was called Qiiiwilts, as being the fifth Month of the Year, jn the old Ro>na7i Calendar elUbliflied by Romidits^ which begun in the Month of March. For the fame reafon Au- gHji was called Sextilis, and September^ OHoher, November^ and December ftill retain the Name of their firll Rank. Qit£ fe/iiutttr^ Nuniero ttirha notata fiio. Ovid. Faft. JUNCTURE, is any kind of Joint, or cloiing of two Bodies. JUNE, the fixth Month of the Year, when the Sun enters the Sign of Ciwcer. In this Month is the Summer Solftice. Tiie word comes from the Lati^i 'Junius, which fume derive a jumne. Ovit?, in the 6th of his Fajii^ makes the Goddefs fay, Junius a nojiro Nom'uie Nomeii hahetu Others rather derive it a ^umorihus, this being far young People, as the Month of ^'hy was for old ones. Junius ejl ^uvejiam qui fult ante Seimm. jUNirER-BERRIES, the Frulc of a Shrub of the fame Name j much ufcd in Medicine. Eimi'- It isthe biggefl of all the Planets. Its Diameter to that of the Sun appears, by Aftronomical Obfervations, to be as 1077 isto 10000, to that of i.imrn as 107710889 to that of the Earth as 1077 to 104.. The Force of Gra- vity on its Surface is to that on the Surface of the Sun as EI) . JU 797,15 isto iccco, to that oi Satttrnins t)-]^!^ to j34,3;7j, to that of the Earth as 797,15 to407,852. The Dcnfity of its Matter is to that of rhe Sun as 7404 to loocc, to that of as 7404 to 6011, to that of the Earth as 7404 to 5921. The Quantity cf Matter contained in its Body isioth^it of the Sun as p, 248 to icoco, to that of Saturn as?, 148 to 4,-2;, to that of theEarrhirs 9,248 to c,oc44._ The mean Dillanceof 3'!F'tcr from the Sun is 5:01 of thofe Parts, whereof the mean Diilanee'of the Earth from the Sun is iogc, tho' ATe^/ci- makei it iter\ Satellites will appear almoll as big as the Moon does to us, viz. five times the Diameter, and 2 5 times the Disk of the Sun. Dr. Gregory adds, that an Aflronomer in Jup'iter would cafily diJlingui/li two kinds of Planets, four nearer him, Ssz. the Satellites, and two, w'^;. the Sun and Saturji, more remote. The formei", however^ will fall vallly Ihortof the Sun in Erightneis.notwithfland- ing the great Difproportion in rhe Dillances and apparent Magnitudes. From thofe four different Moons, the Inhabi- tants of Jupiter m\l have four different kinds of Months, and the Number of Moons in their Year will not be lefs than 4500. Thefe Moons are eclips'd as often as, being iri oppofidon to the Sun, they tali within the Shadow of Jic- ( 412 ) f'"cr; and again, as oft as being in conjunflion witli ihe Sun, ttiey projcd rhcir Shadows ro JttjJiier^ tlicy mahe an Eciipfc of liie bun ro an Eye placed in rliat part of ^I'pi- Jer wtiere rho Sbidow falls. Uur in regard rhc Orbirs of theli; Satellites are in a Plane which is inclined to, or makes an Angle with the Plane of 'J'pter's Orbit, their Eclipfes become central when the Sun is in one of the Kodesof thefe Satellites 3 and when out of this Poittton, the Eclipfes may be total, tho not central, bccaufe the Breadth o(Jufuer\ Shadow is nearly decuple to that of Delegates the Breadth ot any of the Satellites ; and the apparent Diameter of any of thefe Moons is nearly quintuple the apparent Diatncter of the Sun. 'Tis owing to this re- markable Itiequality of Diameters, and the fraall Incli- nation the Plan; of the Orbits of thel'e Satellites has to the Plane of J,:^v;ej-'s Orbit, that in each Revolution there happen Eclipfes both of the Satellites and of thi thotheSun be at a confiderable diiknce from the Nodes, and injulf, or of the Laws'. Rights, Culloms Statute's Advice. Jugnjfm advanced them to be public Ciriccri of the Empjre ; fo that they were no longer confined to the petty Counfels of private Perfons. Bern UeHdiuf has written the Lives of the tr.ott famous 3,mf-Ci,nliih, who have lived within thefe acoo Years. ' JURISDICTION is a Power or Authority which a Mati hath to dojullice in cales of Complaint made before him. 7 here are two Itnds of Jmifdiltmi, the one Eccleiiaaical the other Secular. Secular belongs 10 the King and Ino Ecclefiallical to Eidiops and their Deputies; E.lhops £Sc. have two kinds of ■Jm/diam,, the one Inter- nal, which IS excrcifed over the Confcicnce in things purely Spiritual ; and this they are fuppofed to hold iii\'- mediately of God : The other is a Privilege which fomc 1 traces have given them of terminating Difputes between Ecclelialhcs and Laymen JURIS-PRUDENCE, the Knowledge of what is juft (Sc. necefrary for the doing of JuHice. Cvd Ju'r,f-Pr„Je,,'u that ot the Roman Law, Canonical that of the Canon Law Feudal that of Fees. ' JUROR, in a legal fcnfc, is one of thofe twenty-four 01: twelve Men, w^ho are fworn to deliver Truth upon fuch Evidence as/liall be given them touching anv matjei in queition. The Puniihment of Petty Jurors attainted of ^ ' willingly, is very Further, the inferior among thefe Satellites, even when the Sun is at its greateft diflance from the Nodes, will occa- fionally echpfc and be eclipfed by the Sun to an Inhabitant cf Jifitcr; tho the remotefl of them, in this cafe, efcapes falling into ^if iter's Shadow, and Jfpher into his, for two Years together. _ To this it may be added, that one of thefe Satellites fometimcs eclipfes another, where the Phaiismuft be difterent, nay frequently oppofite to that of the Satellite gjvmg a Verdift contrary to Evidctice falling into the Shadow of Jufitcr juft mention 'd ; for in fevere. See Jtta'int. this, the iSallcro Limb innmeigeth firlf, and the Wcftetn JURY, in Common Law fionifies either Twenty-four immcrgeth all : but in the others 'tis juft the Rcverfe. or Twelve Men fworn to enquire of the Matter of Fad The Shadow of J''f"c'-, tho it reaches far beyond its and declare the Truth upon fuch Evidence as (hall be deli'- tatellitcs, yet talis ihort of any other Planet ; nor could vered ihem touching the Matter inqueliion. The 3«™ is to »ny othct llanet, &r„ra alone excepted, be immerged be cholen out of the fame Clafs or Rank with the Accufed in it, even tho it were infinite. Indeed, Juf itn's Shadow and if he be a Foreigner, he may demind a Turv half Fo' could not reach Sat,.,,,, unlefs Jy/.c^s Diameter were reigners and half There atdordinarily Thirty; half that ot the Sun; whereas, in effeft, 'tis not one fi>c impannel'd, whereof in Criminal Cafes the Perfonaccii- °' '='1 lias the Liberty to challenge or fet afide Twenty-four vatious and to pick out Twelve at his plcafure. Thefe Twelve ' The Couffcs of ^I'pitey's Satellites, and the' .. - ., J . ■ r \ - r — — ...^,.,..11,113 piLamie, incie 1 wetve are Eclipfes, would render Navigation very fare and eafy on ptefent at the Ttial, after which they withdraw into a Chan- the Globe ot ufner Even we at this diflance, can bcr by themfelves, where they are to be /hut up without make verygootlule ot them; thofe Eclipfes being found t^ ey are to ne tnur up Fireor Candle, Viftuals or Drink, till fuch time as they agree, in their Verdifl, and declare unanimoufly that the Defen- dant is cither Guilty of the Charge laid againft him, cr Not Guilty. Upon which, the Judge paffes the Sentence prefcribed by the Law. In £iij/.i;;/ there arc three forts of Trials, -aiz. One by Parliament, another by Battle, and a third by Affize or Jury. The Trial by Aflize (be' the Aflisn Civil or Criminal, Public or Private, Perfonal , ■ u « u rr-i . ■ , , T Real) is Kterred for the Faft to a Jury, and as they Mercury is the Ambaffador of 3,f,ter; and this ftows find it, ib pafleth the Judgment. This -A,,^ is not onlr with how much ea c Me-rairy infinuatcs into every thing, ufed in Circuits of Juftices' Errant, but alfo in c ' - (inenf our bell means for determining the Longitude at Sea. For the Manner of calculating them, i^c. fiic Saieinie.'. Among the Alchymills, '^''P'ter ilgnifies the Philofo- phers Stone. The Gentlemen of this ProfelTion apply every thing to their Aft which the Fable inentions of tiie God V.nfiur ; pretending the Fables ate to be underftood in a figurative Senfe : for iivllance, JnfMr is the Maficr of the Gods, and Gold, fay they, is the nioft precious of Metals. Jupiter holds the Thundctbolt as hisSccpter ; which Vidcntly points out the external Sulphur ufed in Projedion. jufitet- has the Heavens for his ordinary Habitation i this Jliews the volatile, dry, and hot. The Debauches of 5i(|,iter, who fought for Pleafarc in the low, but proliiic and fruitful Earth, difcover, fay they, its Fecundity i and that Gold might be formed, were the way of pteparinf it difcover'd. In a word, Jupiter is the Son of Satur,?, which ihews foine Refemblance between the Qualities bf Gold and Lead. JURATS ate in the nature of Aldermen, for govern- ment of tlicir feveral Corporations; as the Mayor and ^iimts of: Maid/}oiic, Rye, Whichclfea, Sic. So'Jerjey hath a Bailiff and twelve j'arflfs, or fworn Allillants, to govctn thcllland. JURIS-CONSULTOS, among the Ro«mn: . — Other Courts and Matters of Office; But tho' it appertains to moli Courts ot the tiommon Law, yet is it moll remarkable ia the Half-Year Courts of thejuftices Errant, commonly call'd the Gicat Affiz.cs, and in the Quarter-SelTions ; anj in them it is mod ordinarily called a ^itry, and that in it Civil Caufe ; whereas in other Courts, it is ufually callect in Inqueft, and in the Court- Baron a Jury of the Homage-. In the General Aflize there are ufually many jiiijitTj, be^- caufe there are a great many Caufes, both Civil and Cri- minal, commonly to be tiled ; whereof one is called the Grand Jury, and the reft the Petit .'Jiiriei ; of which, it feeins, there Ihould be one in every Hundred; The Grand Jury confills of Twenty-four Grave and Sub- flantial Gentlemen, or fome ef the better fort of Ycomeir, chofcn indilTcrently by the Sheriff out of the whols -„-'r~"V' J- r^f i, "n" r'T -7 ■"" ' Shire, to confider of all Bills of Indiftment prefer'd to Perfon learned in the Law, a Mailer of Jurif-prudence, and the Court ; which they do either approve, by writing upon who was confulted <>n the Interpretation of Laws and them i,ii» ; or elle difallow, by indorfing 7.,L»„.. Curtoms and on the difBcult Points in Law Suits. Ihe fif- Such as they do approve, if they touch Life and Death, KenBooksofthelWwerccompilcdwhollyfromtheAn- are farther refer'd to another 3«rv, to be confider'd of fwers or Reports of the antient 3»,-/-C.„y«/,,, Tnh„ian„s, becaufe the Cafe is of much impottance ; but othets of tn deflroying the two thoufand Volumes whence the Cie lighter lament are, upon their allowance, without more and Di^.y; wete taken has deprived the Public of a world work, fined by the Bench ; except the Patty traverfe the of things whichwould have given em light into the Of- Indiftment, or challenge it for Infufficiencv, or removi^ ficeof the antia,,3„,fc»y,,/t, We fhould fcarce have the Caufe to a highet Court by Certiorari ; which two inown any thing beyond their bare Names, had not For,- former Cafes it is refer'd to another y„ry, and in the lat- fm„„,^^^,ho bved in the fecond Century,_tiken care to pre- ter, tranfmitted to a higher. An_/ni:e JUST, a Combat on Horfeback, Man againfl: Man, fits, is called the Ji(/!;tt'-6ciii n/ i/je fi^rey?. This is the only arm'd with Lances. Antiently, Jufs and Tournaments ^ujiice-who may appoint a Deputy ; he is alfo called jnadeapart of the Entertainment at all folemn Fealls tke in Eyre of ihet'oreft. and Rejoicings. The Spaniards borrow'd thefe Exercifes 'JuJUccs inEyre, ^itftidarii Itifierafites^ or Errantes, are from the jMooi-J, and tall them the Cfl«e--P/.y'. This is fo termed from the old f-Venc/j word i.e. Thefe, ihe fame with the Ludus Trojamis antiently praflifed by in antient time, were fent with Commi{rion into divers the youth of Rome. The Turks ufe it fiill, and call it Counties to hear fuch Caufes, efpecially, as were termed lancino the Gcrid The difference between ^'f/^ia-t"! Tour- Picas of the Crown ; and that for the Eafe of the Subjeft j aiaments confills in this, That the latter is the Genus, of who mufl clfc have been hurried to the Courts of Pf'eji^ which the former is the Sppcies. Tournaments were all mijifter, if the Caufe were too high for the County-Couris„ kinds of Mihtary Races and Engagements, made out of According to feme, thefe ^itjiices were fcnt once in feven Gallantry and Diverfion. Jif/rj were fuch particular Com- Year.s, but others will have ihcm to be fent oftner. bats where Parties were near each other, and engaged Camhdcn {j^ys, they were Inillcuted in the Reign of King with Lance and Sword : The Tournament was frequently Henry II. but they appear to be of an older Date. They performed by a Number of Cavaliers, who fought in a were much like our ^?;(/f/c£j of AiTize at this Day, tho'for JBody. The ^kJ} was a lingle Combat of one Man againft Authority and Manner of Proceeding very different, fljiothcr : Though the ^ujis were ufually made in a Tour- ^ttfiices of JJJize, arc fuch as were wont, by fpecial naraent, after the general Rencounter of all the Cavaliers, Commiffion, to be fent into this or that County, to take yet they were fometimes fingly, and independent of any Tournament, He who appear 'd for the firll: time at a ^iii?, forfeited his Helm or Cafque, unkfs he had forfeited before at a Tournament. The Word is derived from the Latin pixta, becaufe the Combatants fought near one another. Sdmafins derives it from the modern Greek zouflra^ or rather t^b-t^?, which is ufed in this fenfe by Niccphorus Gregorita, Others de- rive it from 3uji(t, which in the corrupt Age of the Latin Tongue Was ufed for this Exercife; this being fuppofed to be a more ju(l and equal Combat than the Tournament. JUSTICE, isaconltant Delire or Inclination to give every one his Due, or a Habit by which the Mind is al- ways difpofed and determined to give every Man his own. ^njiice may be divided into Diitrtbutive, Commutative. AfTizes, for the Eafe of the Subjects : for whereas thefa Actions pafs always by Jury, fo many Men might not, without gi-cat Damage and Charge, be brought up to London 5 and therefore Jifiicesj for this purpofe, by Com- miifion particularly authorized, were fent down to them. Thefe continue twice every Year to pafs the Circuit, by two and two, thro' all England, difpatching tlieir feveral Bufmeffcs by feveral Commiffions; for they have one Commiffion to take Affiz.cs, another to deliver Goals, and another of Oyer and Terminer, £ifc. Sec ^^ze. yitjlices of Coal-Deiivery, are fuch as are commiffioncd to hear and determine Caufes appertaining to thofe, who for any Offence are call into the Goals. Their Commiffion is naw turned over to the jtijiicer of ylfizc. ^itjiicesof Nifi Prnts arc now all one With ^u/ilces of ^f- and Legal. Dijiributive ^iifiicc is concern'd in Matters of fze, for it is a common Adjournment of a Caufe in the Government, and of Beneficence, and is either rcmunerato- Common Fleas to piit it off to fuch a Day i Niji Fritts Juf- ry or punitive j it obferves an Equality in dealing Rewards ticiaril ■venerint ad eas Partes ad cafiendas j'lffifas and from and Punifliments, according to each Man's Condition and the Claufe of Adjournment, they are called ^ujiices of Merit: for as Anions are cither good or evil, for the Nifi Frius^ as well as J^cjlices of yj//ize, by reafon of the good, Rewards mutt be afTigned, and for the evil, Pu- Writ and Aflions ihey have to deal in. nifhm-ents ; and herein a Geometrical Proportion is ob- 'i^njiiccs of Oyer and Terminer^ were ;yK_/?/ccJ deputed, on lerved. Commutatrje Suffice is convcrfant in Matters of fome fpecial Occafions, to hear and determine fome Commerce, and in the equal Commutation or Exchanging particular Caufes. The Commiffion of Oyer and Tetmi- of things, and proceeds according to an arithmctrical E- ner is directed to certain Perfons, upon any Infurreflion, quality, without any regard to Perfons and Circumftanccs. heinous Demeanour, or Trefpafs committed. Legal 'Jufike is that which refides in the State or Monarch, - ^ufices of the Peace, are Perfons of Interefl and Credit, by whole Power and Authority the Effeils of commuta- appointed by the King's Commiffion to attend the Peace tive and diflributive arc frequently fuperfeded or of the Country where they live ^ of whom, fome, for fpe- fufpended -y as in a Dearth of Corn, if a Perfon that has a cial Refpe^l, are made of the Qjiortim, becaufe no Bufi- Stock by him will not fell it, it fhall be taken from him : nefs of Importance may be difpaichcd without the Pre- and the like. fencd, or Aflcnt of them, or one of them. See Qno- JUSTICE islikewife the Name of an OfEcerappointed rum. The Oihce of a ^jf^ite c/ r/?e Peace is to call be- by the K ing or Commonwealth, to do Right by way of fore him, examine, and commit to Prifon all Thieves, Judgment. _ He is called Jit/ticCy and not Judge, becaufe Murderers, wandring Ro^-ues, thofe that hold Ccnfpira- he was antiently called ^it/iicia, and not Jujiictarius, and cies. Riots, and alniofl all Delinquencies, that may oc- becaufe he has his Audiority by Deputation, as Delegate cafion the Breach of the Peace and Quiet of the Sub- to the King, and not ^itre lv!ag,j}ratus ; and therefore can- jeft 5 to commit to Prifon fuch as cannot find Bail, and to nut depute any other in his fiead, the '^t'Jiice of the Fo- fee them brought forth in due time to Trial. The Origi- reit only excepted. Of thefe we have various nal of ^Juflices of the Peace is referred to the fourth Year kinds in England. ^iiflice, or Chief J tifl ice of the King* s-Bencb, is the capi- tal j^ii/^/ce of Great Britain, and a Lord by his Office. His Bufinefs is chiefly to hear and determine all Pleas of the Crown, that is, fuch as concern Offences againfl the Crown, Dignity, and Peace of the King, as Treafons, Fe- lonies, &c. See King's- Bench. jitfiice, or Chief '3 ujTice oi' the Common-Pleas^ is he who, with his Affiflant.-:, hears and determines all Caufes at the Common Law, that is to fay, all Civil Caufes between common Pcrfms, as well Pcifonal as Real, and he is a Lord bv his Office. This Officer was formerly not only Chief ^I'ljiicc, but alfo Chief Baron of the Exchequer, and Maflcr of the Court of Wards. He ufually fat in the King's Palace, and there executed that Office, formerly performed per Ccmitem Palatii j he determined, in that Place, all the Differences happening between the Barons and other Great Men. He had the Prerogative of being Vicegerent of rhe Kingdom, whenever the King went ofEdiv. IIL They were at firfl called Wardens of the Peace, JUSTIFICATION, in Theology, is that Grace which renders a Man jufl in the Sight of God, and worthy of eternal Happinefs. The Romanifis and Re/o;-meiy arc ex- tremely divided about theDodrine oC 3 ufiif cation ; the lattercontending for ;/;!/?;'j^£;flJ(o?i by Faith alone, and the former by good Works. Sec Imputation. JUSTNESS, the ExaSnefs or Regularity of any thing. The word is particularly ufed in Mattersof Lan- guage or Thought. The 3uft7iejs of a Thought confifta in a certain Precifcnefs or Accuracy, by which' every part of it is perfedly true, and pertinent to the SubiecE Jnfl- 7iefs of L,anguage confifls in uflng proper and well-cho- fen Terms ; in not faying either too much or too little. M.(/eMere, who has written on Unfijsefs of Mmd, diflrin- guifhes two kinds of Jnflnefs ; the one arifing from Tafic and Genius, the other coming from good Senfe or right Reafon. There arc no certain Rules to be laid down for - . . , -----o -— the former, viz. to fliew the Beauty and Exaftnefs in the beyond Sea, and was ufually chofcn to that Office out of Turn, or Choice of a Thought ; the latter confitls in the the prime Nobility ; but his Power was reduced by King juft Relation which things have to one another. RicWL and King Hemyl. His Office is now divided, JUVENALIA, Games. Excrcifcs of Body or Com- and hisTTtle changed from Capitalis AngUe Jujiidarius, to bats, inflituted by Nero the firf^ timehls Beard was/havcd. Capiiahs Jufiiciartus ad Placita, £5?c. ScQ Common- Fleas, They were celebrated in private Houfes, and even the N nnn a Women K A B C 4^4 ) k:eb Women hid a fliare in them ; tlicy were the fime with any Body; whereby they are ioined md comhino.l the Neroniam. ther. ' ^m^u JUXTA-POSITION, is that Difpofition of Parts in ' Letter, AdouhlrConrun.int and the ,oth Letter of the KAPI aTermi„ the Countries for Gate TImS Alphabet. It IS borrowed from the Greek the chief Gate of the Palace of the Emnernr nf P,/fi . K.fj,., and was but little ufed among the La- called ^.y,', .ie G„e ofVl ThnrSuo the Office M,!. I'nfcm,, looked on it as a fupcrfluous who has the Command of the Grand Sirniior\ pTJZ and fays, it was never to be ufed except in words Gates, is called KaPi-Iri Bach} rJiacc borrowed from the Grce^ IJ„,/j„i„, after ^a&/?,obrerves, KARATA, a kind" of Alo« growing ;„ .„ that ,t was unknown to theanticnt R«m.v„. Indeed we Leaves, when boiled, are made into ^'Thread nf »„ ? leldom hnd it in any Laim Authors, excepting in the ufe in making Cloth, Fi/hing-Nets igc its' R wwtlAoWf, where it foinetimes Hands in lieu of a C. Leaves, thrown into the River flu.'i ""^ A'.irti.Tje is frequently fpelt on Medals with a K, SALVIS ^ .. - . -. ■ ' AUGG. CAES. F E L. KART. and fometimes the Let- ter K alone flood for Carti.ije. M. Ecger has obferved, that a Capital K, on the Reverfe of the Medals of the Emperors ofCon/i.iimniy/e.fignified KONSTANTINUS ; and on the Grefl Medals he will have it to fignify KOIAH 2TPIA, Gt/£-/^j™. i/jO/iBi obferves, that K was a Stygma antiently marked on the Foreheads of Criminals with a red-hot Iron ; and Qu'mtilian tells us, that in his time fome People had gotten a miftahen Notion, that wherever the Letters C and A occurred at the beginning of a Word, K ought to be ufed inflcad of the C. The Letter K has various Significations in old Charters and Diploma's; fir Inftance, K R flood for C/joj-hj, K R. G for Cara Cra/lnj, K R M for Carmen, K R. A M.N,'gi™i^/- inkus mjier, K S ChctDi, K T Capite m^fu!, Sic. The Frejicb never ufe the Letter K, excepting in a few Terms of Art, and proper Names borrowed from other Countries. yfl'laKccttrt, in his Dialogue of the Letters , ■ . , . flun the Fifhes to that degree, that they are eafily taken with the Hand It, btalk, when dried and burnt, burns like a Match ; and when briskly rubbed on a harder Wood, takes fire and confumes itfelf ' KARKRONI, a Building where the Royal Manufac- tures of Fe,:/ia are carried on. Here are made their Ta- peflries. Cloth of Gold, Silk, Wool, and Brocades, Vel- vets, Taffeta's, Coats of Mail, Sabres, Bows, Arrows and other Arms. There are alfo Painters in Miniature! Goldlmiths, Lapidaries, £?c. "•*'■'»" Word, ufed in ourLaws, fometimes tor a Man, and fometimes for a Servant, or Clown. Hence the fiLvom calla Seaman a i'lfcarfc, and a Domeilic Ser- vant «^Mrfc : whence, by Corruption, comes our word Chitrle. KASI, a Term in the £.,/?, applied to the fourth Pon- tift of Fer/ia, who, at the fame time, is the fecond Civil Lieutenant and judges of Temporal as well as Spiritual Affairs. He has two Deputies who derfrrti;>„> Mo,^^..„ „r , . . ,..•..,¥ r --. , r r ' ™'' Deputies who determine Matters of brings in lYeoinplaining, that he has been often ni a fair lefs Confequence, particularly Quarrels arifing in Coffee way to be banifted out of the fi-enci illphabct, and con- houfes, which make a great pan of their Buiinefs fined totheCouniriesof theA'orti. In £,«/,7Z, the K is , KAURYSAOUL, a iiody of Soldiers, who form the ulcd much more than needs be, particularly at the ends "f 'he five Bodies of the King of Fniia's Guards of Words after C, as in Publick, Phyfick, cifc. where it They are in Number aoDo, all Horfe commanded bv' is of no manner of Service. the Conflable, and in his Abfence by the Captain of the K IS alfo a Numeral Letter, Cgnifying ijo, according Watch. They keep watch in the Night around the Pa lace, ferv-e to keep off the Crowd when the King goea on Horlcback, keep Silence at the Audience of Ambaffa- dors, feize the Kans and other Ofl^cers when difgraced and cut oft their Heads when the King commandsit. KAY, a Wharf or Place by the Water-fide, in a Sea- lort, for the loading and unloading of Merchandi^. rhe Number ot thefe mEngl.md isdetermined by Aflr of' Par- liament. The Verb cajare, in old Writers, according to - _ «P in or reflrain ; and hence came our ierm Aay ; the Ground where they are made beina bound in with Plunks ^ntl Pnll^ ^ to the Verfe ; K qitorjt'.e ditrejitoi qtuiiquaginta imch'tt, W hen it had a Stroke at top, it flood for 1 50000. KABIN, or KElilN, a temporary Marriage, in ufe a- mong the Mahnmctani. The Kabhi is contrafled before the Cadi, inwhofe Prefencethe M.an cfpoufesthe Woman for a certain time, upon condition that if he quits her ar the end of that Term, Are lhall be allowed a certain Sum &.i%r, fignifies to keep in' or reitrain';' of Money. Some Authors fay, that the A'lt;,, is only - - - ° . . ' permitted among the Ferfians, and in the Sefl of ylli ; but othersmalntain that it is alfo praflifed amonp the Tiir/-; KADARE, orKADARlTE, the Name of a Seti'a- mong the Mdwmet.in-', who deny the Favourite Tenet of the MufTulmen, Predeftination ; and maintain the Doc- trine of Liberty and Free- Will in all its Latitutle. KALENDAR, See GifcWa,-. KALENDS. SeeCaWi. _ KALI, aPlant otherwife called G/„/&,« ; it grows as having nothing "in common''with"';he7ther>'.^^^^^^^ m the Sands on the Sea-Ihore where the People fow it the Language. They ate diffinguifhed by thei/ Beard Of Its Alhes they make Soap, which they wear very long, and by their Drefs, which is ih„ ii.,„, . .„ quite different from the refl. They are in cffe£( Heathens, paid for loading or bound in with Planks and Polls. KAYAGE, the Money, or Toll unloading Wares at Kays. KEBER, the Name of a Sea among the Ferfi.ms. Ihofe of this Scft are, for the generality, rich Merchants Tho' they inhabit in the middle of Ferfu, and are found in great Numbcts in the Suburbs of Ifpakm, yet 'ti.- not known, whethet or no they are originally Ferfians jii order to burn it green, Glafs, Alka!i-Salr, i^c. This Plant grows in great abundance in E^yft and Syria ; its Name Kail was given it by the .^roti. It is found pretty plentifully, too, in Laji- ^la'doc, whcte the People turn it to a very good account. 'J'bcir manner of preparing it is this ; When the Tree is grown up toils pitch, they cur it down, and let it dry ; af- terwards they burn and calcine it in certain Pits like Lime- Kilns dug in the Ground for that putpofe, which are clofe covered up with Earth, fo as no Air may come at the Fire. 'I'he Matter by this means is not reduced into Allies only, but made into a very hard Stone, like Rock- Salt, which they are forced to break with Hammers to get it out, and this Matter they call Salicar, or Soitde but are in great Reputation for the Regularity of their Ljfe. Some Authors fay they adore the Fire, in imitation of the antient Ferfm,,, ; but this is contradiftcd bv others ■ fhey believe the Immortality of the Soul, and have fome things like what the Antients taught of Hell and the FJyfian Fields. When any of them die, thevletloofe a Cock in his Houfe, and drive it out into a field ; if a Fox feizes it, and bears it off, they make no doubt but the Soul of the Defuna is favcd. ' If this firll Expeiiment don't fatisfy them, they have recourfe to a fecond, which isconclufive; they carry the Carcafs into the Church- yard, and prop it up againflthe Wall with a Fork : if F.erre. ^ They makt; fuch Quantities of it here, that they the Birds peck out t'he right Eye, they loo'- on him export It into fcveral other Countries, but principally mto one of the Predeftinated, and bury him with a sreat dei'l yt^;^., where the ^ ewet,.™, manufaaure it into thofe beau- of Ceremony, letting hira down gently into the Grave tiful Glaffes, which they afterwards return into litoft hut if the Birds begin with the left Eve thcv con-lud^ Countries in £«™^c. However, the made here is him a Reprobare, and throw him headlong into a Ditch However, the Sail infetiour to that brought from y^licajii. The befl little dty fonorous Stones, of a blueifh gfey Colour, and full of little Eyes or Holes. KAN, the Name of an Officer in Ferfia. The Kajit are the fame things in Ferfia that Governours are in Eu- rope : There are Kanso^ Provinces, Countries, and Cities who have different Additions to diflinguiOi them. The word EeJer fignifies Infidel, from the "VarhfliKeaphcr a Renegado, or, rather, they both come from Cafhar, which, in the ChaUee, Jv-i.ic, and Arahic, fionifies to deny ' KEBLEH, or Kl BLEH, a Term ufed among the r«rh for that Point or Quarter to which they turn'themfelves when they make their Prayers. MaUmes ax firft durft not propolc any other XsWei to hisFollowets but the Temple of KER ( 41? ) KEY of '^eYiifalem, wKich was the Kehkh of the '3ezos and Chrl- jiians. In courfeof time, however, being willing to bring his own, off from any Communication in Matters of Reli- gion with the ^ezvs and Cbrijiians, he appointed them, in the Alcoran, to turn themfelves, at Prayer, towards the Temple of Mecca, from which time they called thofe two Temples the X"ei/etfl7(, or two K^blehs. Ricaut adds, that 'iis not the Temple of Mecca^ properly fpeaking, that the Turks call Kdkh, but rather the large fquare Tower in the middle of the Amphitheatre of theMofque. Kehleb h alfoufedfor an Altar, or rather a Niche, as Ricant calls it, which the Mahometans have in all their Churches, and which is placed very cxaflly on that Side towards the Temple of Mecca. Hence the word A'tWe/^ comes to be ufed metaphorically for the Objcfl or End propofed, or the Intention a Man has in doing a thing. Thus the Kehleh of Kings is their Crown and Authority, that of Men of Buiincfs Money, that of Gluttons good Cheer, t£c. KEBLEH-NOMA, the Name which the rurh and Tei;/?.-!?!! give to a little Pocket Compafs, which they al- ways carry with them, in order to place themfelves the niorc exaitly when they go to Prayers. HEDGING, a Sea- Term, ufed when a Veffel is brought up or down a narrow River by the Wind, tho the Tide be contrary to it. To do this the Seamen fct their I'ore-fail, or Foretop-fail, and the Mizen, and let her drive with the Tide, that they may flat her about ; if flie come too near the Shore, they have a little Anchor ready, called the Keri|ger, ov Kedge-j4ncho)\ with a Hawfer faften- ed to it from the Ship : and this Anchor they drop in the midft of the Current, by which means they wind her Head about, and this done, take up the Anchor again. KEEL, the Name of the lowcii Piece of Timber in a Ship, in the Bottom of her Hull, one End whereof Is at the Stern, the other at the Stem j into this are all the Ground-Timbers and Hooks fallencd and bolted fore and aft. When a Ship harh a deep Keel, /he is faid to have a rank Keel, and this ferves to keep her from rolling. KEEPER 0/ theforej}, otherwifc called Chief iVarden of the l-'orefi, is an Officer that hath the principal Govern- ment of all things belonging to a Royal Forcft, and the Check of all the other Officers. The Lord Chief Jurtioc Jn Eyre of the Foreft, when he thinks fit to hold his Juftice-Seat, fends out his general Summons to the Keener forty Dayt, before, to warn all Under-Officers to appear before him at a Day alTignedin the Summons. Keeper of the Great Seal is a Lord by his Office, and filled Lord Keeper of the Great Seal. He is one of the King's Privy Council, through whofo Hands pafs all Charters, Conimiffions, and Grants of theKing undcrthe Great Seal, without which Seal, all fuch Inflruments, by Law, are of no farce j for the King is, in the Interpreta- tion of the Law, a Corporation, and pafleth nothing firm- ly but under the faid Seal, which is, as the public Faith of the Kingdom, in the highell Eileem and Reputation. The Lord Keeper hath the fame Place, Authority, Pre- eminence, Jurifdi£lion, Execution of Laws, and all other Cullom;-, Commodities, and Advantages as the Lord Chancellor of Englaiid hath for the time being. Both ihefe Officers cannot properly fubfift at the fame time, fince the Statute of 5 Eh::,. Keeper of the Frrvy Seal is a Lord by his Office ; thro' whofe Hands pafs all Charters, figned by the King, before they come to the Great Seal, and fome things which do not pafs the Great Seal at all. He is of the King's Privy Council, and was antiently called Clerk of the Privy Seal. KERAMIAN, the Name of a Seft among the MufTul- men, fo called from Uoha-mjnud 'Be7z Keram its Author. The A'e!-ii;n/VT7W maintain, that whatever the Alcoran fays of the Arms, Eyes, and Ears of God, is to be underllood literally 5 fo that they admit the Targia[[um, that is, a J:in_d of Corporeity in God j which however they explain varioufly. KERANA, a long Trumpet, in form of a Speaking- Trumpet, ufed by the Ferfians : To the Sound of this they add a confufed Noife of Hautboys, Timbrels, Drums and other Inflrumcnts every Evening at Sunfet, and two Hours after Midnight. KERMES, a kind of Husk or Excreflence, as 'tis ge- nerally thought, about the Bignefs of a Juniper-Berry, round, fmooth, and Ihining, of a beautiful Red, and full of a mucilaginous Juice of the fame Colour. It is found flicking to the Leaves and Bark of a kind of Uex or Holm-Oak, in Spain, La7ipiedoc, and other hot Countries. It has a vinous Smell, a bitter, tho agreeable Tafle, and its Liquor contains an infinite Number of little round or oval Eggs. The Origin of the Kermes is fuppofed owing to a little W^orm, which pricking the Holm-Oak, to draw us Food from it, raifes a little Tumor or Veffe], which fills with Juice, and as it ripens becomes red. When x\iQ Kermes is dried, there comes out of it an infinite Number of little Infeas and Flies, fo fmall that they afe fcarce fenfible j infomuch that the whole inward Sub- ilance feems converted into them : For this reafon it is that they fometimes call it Verynilliov, (uolcf?, perhaps, it be fo call'd from its beautiful Vermillion Colour.) To prevent that Inconvenience, ihcy ufualLy iteep the Kermes in "Vinegar before they dry it. They draw the Juice or Pulp from the Kermes^ and make a Syrup of it, by ad- ding a fufficient Quantity of Sugar. Sometimes they dry the Pulp feparate from the Husk, which Pulp, thus dried, they call Pafel of Kermsi. The Grain of ICermes is of great ufc in Phyfic. It is Cardiac, Deficcatlve, Aftrin- gent, fortifies the Stomach, and prevents Abortion ; of this, is made that celebrated Confcftion, call'd Alkermes. It is, however, of greater ufe in dying Scarlet. The manner of preparing it for Dying, is as follows : The Grain being taken when ripe, they fpread it onLlnnenj and at firlt, while it abounds moil: in Moiflure, turn it twice or thrice a day, to prevent its heating : till fuch time as there appears a red Powder among it 3 then they feparate it, paffing it thro a Searce, and then again they fpread abroad the Grain on the Linnen, till they perceive the fame Rcdnefs of Powder, when they repeat the fiftlng : and thus they proceed, till ihcy difcover a. red Powder on the Surface of the Grain, which is flill pafs'd thro the Searce till it yield no more. In the be- ginning, when the fmall red Grains arc feen to move, as they will do, they arc fprinkled over with ftrong Vinegar, and rubb'd between the JIands. Were not this Precau- tion taken, out of every Grain would be formed a little Fly, which would skip and fly about for a day or two, and at iail changing its Colour, fill down dead. The Grain being quite emptied of its Pulp or red Powder, is wafh'd in Wine, and then expofed to the Sun ; after this, 'tis put up in fmall Sacks, putting along with it, the Proportion of red Duft that the Grain had afforded. Accordingto MMarflli's Experiments madeat MantpeUier^ the Grain of Kermes has the Effect of Galis when mix'd \vith Vitriol, and makes a good Ink. MixM with Oil of I'artar or Liine-Water, its Colour turns from a "N^ermilllon to a Crimfon Colour. In a Deco£licn of Tcurnfoil Flowers it retains its proper Colour. They have not been able to get a fix'd effcntial Salt from it, but a volatile Salt it yields in abundance ; which, in M. A-Zflry^/Zi's opinion, would have a better Etfetl in Medicine, if taken in a Liquid, than when inclofed in Conferves and Confcdlions, which hinder its Aiilon. Thofe who have obferved the Man- ner of producing the Kermes in the hot Countries tell us, that the little Grains gather'd on the lle:<: Coccigera change into a great number of little Mag- gots of a red Colour, which run backwards and forwards in the Tree where they were bred 3 and wherever they Hay any time, leave the Semen of thofe Grains, which break out the Year following. Thefe the Greeks call Coccos, the Latins J''ermicuh'.s, and thofe of the Country, Grain of Vermiliio7i, becaufe of the Worms, Maggots, or Butterflies, into which the Grain changes. KERNE, a Term in the antient /j-//^ Militia, fignlfy- ing a Foot-Soldier. Camden tells us, the Armies of /re- confifled of Cavalry, c^WA. Gailoglalfe:, and Infantry lightly armed, called Kernes. The Kerjies bore Swords and Darts; to the lafl were fitted Cords, by which they could recover them after they had been launched out. ATerj/e, in our Laws, fignifies idle Perfons or Vagabonds. KEY, a little Iron fnlirument for the opening of Locks. Its Ufe and Figure are too well known to need a particu- lar Defcription. L. Malineus has written a Treatife of Keys, printed at Vpfal. He derives the Latin Name Cla- ris from the Greeh >tA£^ The A J»ej" "e fituate on each ii? e,! retlifflme jud-cm. He acknuVkdoes no Precedence the Liver and Mif/cn/a! i.»»i4.mj, m any other Prince but the Empemr .k r to feparatc the LJrine. x ^vw/cjj aic muate on eaen _ - - u j -- ^.n.u Side, the one between the Liver and Mif/cn/a! i.»»i4.mj, in any other Prince but the'Emper,,r "h h" '\^""r on the right Side; the other between the Spleen and the preme Right of Patronaoc called p,. i fame Mufcle on the left Side. In Man the right is lower over all th? Eccleliaflical^Benefices in £ "'A^!; than the left, but ,n Quadrupedes 'tis ufually the contra- He has Power, by his Prerogative, wi'thout aiv A'l of ry ; they arcfallened to theLomsand the Diaphragm by Parliament, to make War or Peace mal e I i their exterior Membrane, and to the Bladder by the Treaties, give Commiffions forimpreffing SolJS' dif- Ureters; the right is alio faflened to the Intefline Ca:- pofe of Magazines, CalHes, Ships,*^ public Moneys tsc cum, and the left to the Colon : their Figure refetribles He convokes, adjourns, prorogues, and diffolves Patha a Bean, or rather a Crefcent, being cutveon the fide of the ments, and may refufe his Alfent to anv Rill -^nir 1 u Vena Oiva, and on the outfide gibbous. There are ordina- both Houfes, without giving his Reafons for it He , rilybut two X,*,e,. tho'fometimes there are found increafe the ' Number of MCbfrfof eithe^ Houf al three, and fometimes four and fometimes but one In pleafure, by creating new Peers, and bellowing Pr°vile4 Men they are commonly about five Inches long and three on other Towns for fendin.. Burgeffes to iC llfmenV Er broad, and one and an halt thick 1 Their Subftance is has power ,0 enfranchife a°„ Al i , an".,t;t l^ra D^ compnfed of Glands, and very fmall urinary Pipes or Ca- ni^en. Debts due ,0 him are aliays to be fatMed nals; the Glands form the Circumference, and ferve to the firft place, in cafe of Ewcutordilt, T-l l, feparate the Urine ; thePapill. or urinary Tubes, form Debt is lifcharged, he ..ay ptotea O dito frZ' th": themnerpart, they come out of the Glands, and carry Arrells of others. He may dilfrain thr th- who ° n the Urine into a Cavity, in the concave Part of the K,d„e.. on a Te„,nt ' " . "^''^ "'"^^ the inner part, they come out ot the Glands, and carry the Urine into a Cavity, in the concave Part of the Kidney, called Fehis, whence it pafles thro' the Ureters into the Bladder. The Kidneys are covered with two Mem- branes, they have each of them Arteries and Veins ; the Arteries come from the ylona, and the Veins terminate in the Ca-M ; thefe are all called Emulgents. They have Nerves alfo, which take their Origin from the Tlexm Rc- Ha/ii, formed by the Ramifications of the intercoflal Nerve, and the Nerves of the Loins. The Ktdiieys fecrete the Urine from the Blood, which, by the Motion of the Heart, is driven thro' the Arteries into the emulgenr Arteries' and thefe carry it into the little Glands, where its Serofity being feparated, is received in at the Orifices of the urina- ry Pipes, which go from the Glands to the Pelvis, and thence runs by the Ureters into the Bladder : the Blood which could nor enter fh., f~:ionfl<. 1.. 1 1 i i. " '"■') ""train tor tne wl on a Tenant that holds but part of the Land, is notob- iged to detiiand his Rent as others are, may fue in what Court he pleafes, and diftrain where he lifls. In all doubtful Cafes, femfe,- f ;:,fr,„i,„,- p., 3,^,,^,^ rettrains him unlcfs he be particulatly named. In all Cafes where the A'«,g is Plaintiff, his Officers, with an Artell, may enter; and if Entrance be denied, break openaHoufe-, and fei.e the Party : tho', in other Cafes a Man s Houfe is his Caflle, and has a Privilege to pro- ted him againU all Arrells. He has the Cuftodv of the Perfons and Ellates of Idiots and Lunatics; he IS L /t,»;,,j M,ra Kp;»;, to him revert all Ellates when no Heir appears. All Treafure-Trove (;. e. Money Plate or Bulbon lound, and the Owners not known) belonostn him; fo all Waifs, Strays, Wrecks, Lands recovered KILDEKRIN isa KindofLiciuid MeafuVe, which ^a^^he Limits rf^Zp S o'jS'^^^ °T KING a Monarch or Potentate, who rules finglyand £ws "e ' | Ife tattvf £^:L™ed i*"^'";?.' fovereignly over^a People. Mden de_rives the" 'word of l^itliameL, or declared "y tt BiZf Rtluras f^ ..J „ .^^ ^ J K,u7ftuav/i, ucrivL-s rne worti oi 1 ariiamc .K...;from the S.sm Cy«.n,, of Ca„, F«^er, or Xe„, a Ba.hti.f to'te a">HeT foYBifton^^Lld''^ r'' « _A™»/eA;e wherewith every Monarch is fuppofed to be ^o«,,nenda,,,^c. HcZvZcrto^^^^^^ tnv-efted. The Sc.v, the &y,bi.v, Relh, the P,„nc of Parliament and penal ^a';tesb^a^J ReJd,,^nd thcSpa,„fiRey and Roj. come all, according he himfelf is alone concerned to m.tler5 ' 'B "° to Pofiel, from the Heire^ m\ R,feb, Cb.ef, or Head. ^ of the Law accordin" to E^nuitv t T i ^'S""' A,„^.,, both atttong the antieni' Gree^/and R™.™,, demned by Law.e^ epVinte^efA? ±^ ' '^^""-■'Kem him God's Vicegerent on Farrh t Rex Amm, Rex idem Homhmm ThAiqm Sacerdo,. ^''"'I'e '^fious Perfcflions to him not belonging to AstoAcRo„,a„s, Lhj and a.,,.,^:,,, are exprefs; they °*".Min. No Flaw or Weaknefs is found in °him,' no fay that tho' N««,a iniiituted a great Number of brcler^ 7 ll'"^ N^'gligence, Infamy, Stain, or Cor- of Prietthood, yet feme he difcharged himfelf, and in Tm V,, ^ Jl}'' i~ cleare l Perfon. After the Expulfion of K.n^s, they weri ohlted h Attainder : No Nonage or Minorit/ ate allowed in to create a Rex Sacron„, a Kln^ of tbl Sacrificed t Tc r ""^ Lands, tho' held in his ni Adminiflration of the Priellly Part of the Royal y Z l '-'r^"')[:'^"''°'^J^-f''i<^d by Nonage. Nay more ' A,„ong the Grecfo, the King of Perjla had antLnt y the „ h^m R J r P"P""'y. L^mortal ,v' Appellation of ,be Great K,n^ ■ \e Kin., of Fr'„Z k n V £ "^"^r" D«th is termed now has that ot the aryua^, k.„,, and tlie A™ of A-T il '"/-^^ '^"''^'i demife l to spam that of Carbolic K.n,, The AiB. the Ro^.Jis ! r ■ r '° '''""^ « Dea h, as bein„ " fnnce chofen by the Emperor, as a Coadjutor in he Go Corporation of himfelf that lives for ever. There "no vernttrent of the Empire.^ The W„„,.„«,„ formerly ga^^ A', 'TIT'' ^ = one if,„, dies, his He r ,s the Name K„,g to their Queen Maryt to avoid the rfamv ^' ^ ^"'V'bfclu/cly. without any Coranation Ce «hich the Laws of that Country call on thofe who are Lo T° ^''^^l ""^ '"^ the Law verned by Wot^en.- Accordingly fte bore the TMeoSI """"""" " ^'"^ Ubiquity to the a),,, ; he ,s in a Mary, till her Marriage with 4/,„»„^, at which time ftf ^^be ^'7''' f""' ^''d ■l'"<^f-'= " n laid afide her King/liip, and took up the Quality of Queen I """fuited TheA.«s< of by the*^.,,,.,.^ Cou^ncihfnde; JT" a"'^''"' ""^^'^ do Pope3„/,»„ II. had the Title of ariftla,,iff„,n,, l^I^,,"a T' ''^ """"Z ^° ^"""^ r,ot can he divell himfijlf on them, arid that of Defender of the Fai,/^^ TddZ lt '^.'"^"5°"' ^[ ""^ P".' ^'^ ^^S^'t P-'^ogative Auth", It "■^u "i"^-'' ''y feme tim^ 7J\f- J^^^Vr '^'"^^ ^""^ he cat t before. The Title of Grace was firll given to our A,", f ^-''-i^, Saho J„rame,„o, Saha Co„fc,entia}l ^bout thetime of a^o'IV. and that of Wiei„e/> anfM' - ■ ' " es\he^-"'^n-"- J"?" P"''!'' Infiruments and Let- K nVw 'r?''r tho' till the time of l^ing 3„i,„ he fpoke m the fingular Number Our I ,w a":Iu'';stp*'ce°'Afh- c'''^- -^-t '"'^'^^^ Oil, as the Pr?c, s and T»'"T "'"'^ that his PeXt^i facreH T r ' T'"-' fonbarelv ' ."'«t™- .The Laws make it Hiffh-Trea- lon Darely to imagine or intend the Death of the /f„,r ■ "<=,™"'a not, during his Office, hold any M" and^ becauk the Delfruaion ^he A,. t^ t£S^ ^S^^t^^^^ ^Sll^^f S^^^}-^;^' t ^h^fto^-^tS Se^t^tf'^s^r' witf:u"";h'^''f ^p'T ^^^^ rrtfeVewSIl" ^^^^^ -w Laws. n\Sirif^'V'"'^'"- ™ the Title of a Prieft or Ml-- the f; He was fiiperior to He was created at the Comkia, or Affemhly of the Cefi tunes, and was at firfl chofen out of the Number of the JZT':- "°t., dieting his Offce, hold any Ma- - , iJeitruction ot the A °CI'\?''^^'^°'">Mors or Officers, of the King s Servants toconfpire even l KIN ( 418 ) K I R KINGDOM, among ths Chymifls, is a Term, which they apply to each of ihe three Orders, or CklTes of natural Bodies; Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral. KIisGS AT AHMS, Oificers of i^reat Antiquity, and antiently of great Authority i they dirccl: the Heralds, preiide at their Chapters, and have the JurifdiiSion of Ar- niorv. In lingi'^Jici we have three kinds, -jlz. Giirier, C/«- rciicieiix, and Norroy. The firil and principal is called Carter, inflituted by He;!ry V. His Office is to attend the Knights of the Gar- ter at their Affemblies, to mar/lial rhc Solemnities at the Funerals of the highelt Nobility, and to carry the Gar- ter to Kings and Princes beyond the Sea ; on which occa- fion he ufed to be joined in Commiffion with feme princi- pal Peer of the Kingdom. The next 1.5 Clarmckns, fo called from the Duke ot Clirmcc, to whom he firll belonged. His Office is to niarftal .and difpofcthe Funerals of all the inferior Nobi- lity, as Baronets, Knights, Efi;uircs, and Gentlemen, on the South-fide of the Tre»r. The third is Nm-oy, or Northern, whofe Bufinefs is to do the fame on the Korth-fide of the River Trent. Thcfe two latt are called Trti-Smchl Heralds, in regard they di- vide the Kincdotn between them into two I'rovmces. Thefe two latt, by Charter, have power to vifit Noble- mens Families,tofetdown their Pedigrees, difliiiguifli their Arms, apvoint Perfons their Arms, and, with Garter, to dirca'thc'hleralds. Antiently the Kin^s at Jrmi were crea ted and lolemnly crowned by the Kings of &i.i;/.in.i themfelves ; but of later Days the EailMarflral has a fpccial Commiaion, at every Creation, to petiimate the King. To theformer may be adiled Lyo7!,Khi^ at.irnts for Sm- land, wlio is the fecond A' «,i;;c. are fubfcribed with the Names of thefe cniel (>lcrks. J ho Secondary afls as the Mailer of the Office on the Fleas Side, and is the Chief Clerk's Deputy t, his Office is to examine any Perfon, who is to be IVorn 'an Entring- Clerk, or Attorney at large, whether he is duly qualified, and to prefenc him to the Chief Juiliee. He alfo figns all Judgments, and gives Colts upon them ; and the Couf t, upon any Motion, in relation to the irregular Prac- tice of any Clerk or Attorney, generally refers the Exa- mination thereof to him. He alfo cakes all Affi hivitsin Court (unlefs on the Crown-fide) and t'.kes the Acknow- ledgment of all Deeds in Court. KlNG's-SlLVER, is that Money due to the King in the Court ot Common-Pleas, pro Licentia Concord.<}idi, in refpeaof a Licence there granted to any Man for levy- ing a Fine. KINTAL, or Quhnal,_ is a Weight of One Hun- dred Pounds, more or lels, according ro the diflvrcnt Ufageof divers Nations. The Xi?ir.i/ of Smirna is 125 Pounds, 3 Ounces, v Drams ; or 1:10 Pounds, 7 Ounces, iz Drams ; but that of Meppo 154^5 Pounds, 11 Ounces, 15 Drams. KIPPER-TIME is a Space of Time between the Fe- fiival of the Irinding of the Holy Crofs, M.iy the 5d, and Twelfth-Day j during which, Salmon-Fiffiing in the River Thaities, from Cravefend to Henicy, is torbidden by Rot. Tarl. 50 Edzv. KIRKMOTE, a Synod ; fnmctimes 'tis taken for a Meeting in the Church or Veltry. KIRK-SESSIONS, thcNameof a petty Ecclelianical Judicatory in Scotland. Each Paiini, according to its Ex- tent, is divided into feveral particular Dillrias, every one of which has its own Elder and Deacon to overfee it. A Conliilory of the Minilters, Eljjrs, and D-acons of tt Parilh form a lOr^ &/yro«r. This meets once a Week, the MiniUer being Moderator, but wiihout a negative Voice. It regulates M-arters relating to publick Worfiiip, Elec- tions, Catechizing, Vifitations, CSc It judges in Matters ot lefs Scandal ; bur greater, as Adultery, are left to the Presbytery, antl in all Cafes an Ajipcal lies from it to the Presbytery. KIZlLBACHE, a Titrk'tfi word, fignifying Red-Hc.td. This I'erm the Turks have applied, by way of Obloquy, to the Ferjlans, ever fince Ijhmael Sopbi, Founder of tha Family now reigning in Ferjia, ordered his Soldiers to wear a red Cap, round which is aScarf or I urban with a dozen Plaits in it, in memory of the twelve hnams. Sue- ceCTors of Aii, from whom he pretended to defcend. t^i- ^inere writes the word Ktzeilbafs, and adds, that according to the vulgar Interpretation among the Fcrftans, the twelve Plaits fignify the twelve Sacraments of their Law. But as this does not fatisfy him, he looks out for another Original, and tells us there is a Myllery in it, derived from the antient Paganifm, when the Te^ftans adored the Fire, whofe Heat i^ denoted by the red Co- lour, which in feme meafure fymbolizes with the Sun, held by them in the highell Veneration. He adds, that the twelve Plaits fliew the twelve Months of the ifear, and rhe twelve Signs in which that Luminary performs his Courfe. KNAVE is an old S.iKt>n Word for a Man-Servant, and is fo ufed in 14 £. i. Stat. i. c. ;. rerftegan thinks it comes from the Dutch Ojopa,fignif)lng the fainc. It fome- tinics alfo fignifies a Male-Child, or Boy, in which fenle tL Kn.a-e C\\M hath been frequently ulcd, formerly, in contradiftinflion to a Girl; and in this fenfe U'lekcllff ufes the word in his Tranflation of t'.vorfiiJ l. Itf. and other Placesof the Bible. In the old Sa%on Tranflation of Mat. S.5. Ti:er meits jacet inDomo Farulyticus, was turned, Myn K^i.iz-e was fometimes alfo ufed as an additional Title, as IVillie/mtii Cotvper de Denhy, Knane, i£c. 'Tis a common Opinion, that Kojii. I.I. was tranflated, Tiiid a Kna'ue of 3e/io Chrijl. This Miftake has been occafioncd hy a Bible in the Duke of Lmidenltle's Library, where the word Kneavte is inferred in lefs Charaaersthan the others, and a Rafure may be eafily difcerned. KNIGHT, in its original German, Knecht, fignifies a lutly Servant. The Word has fince been uied for a Sol- dier or Man of War. We have but one Inllancc among us, where rhe word Knlibt is ufed in the firil Senfe, and that is in Knight of the Shire, who properly ferves m Parliament for fuch a County. In the Ltili;;, Fretich,^ Sfa- ?iifl.; Italian, and Dutch Languages, Knight is cxprefs'd by a Word which properly fignifies a Horfeman, as being ufually employ'd on horfeback. Indeed our Common Law calls them Mi/itei, Soldiers, becaufe they commonly held Lands, in Knigbt-Ser-Jce, to ferve the King as Sol- diers in his Wars ; in which fenfe the word Miles was ufed fro raffallo. The word Knight now fignifies a Perfon, wdio for his Vertue and martial Prowefs, is, by the KinJ.raifed above the Rank of Gentlemen, into an hitjher Clafs of Dignity and Honour. Knighthood behii ufually couterred fur KNI ( 4^9 ) KNI for pcrfonal Dcfcrr, dies with the Pcrfon dcfcrvmg, and does not dciccnd ru his Heirs. Kmghi was the firlt De^:5ree of Honour, in the antient Militia, and was conferred with a great deal of Ceremony on thofc who had diiiinj^ui/li'd themfelves by Tonic nota- ble Exploit in Anns. I'hcy were originally faid to be adopted, which wc now calldubb'd; as being fuppolcd, in fome meafurc, the Sons of him who knighted them. The Ceremonies at the Creation of a Knight have been various. The principal were a Box on the Ear, and a Stroke with a Sword on the Shoulder.-. Afterwards they put on him a Shoulder-belt and gilt Sword, Spurs, and the other military Accoutrements j after which, being armctl as a Kmghr, he was led in great Pomp to the Church. The Manner of making a Knh^ht with us, is defcribed by Canihden in a few words : Qjti Equeftrem Dignitatem fi'/ciph^ fcxis Genthiis kSiter in Hitmo-o fercut'ittir-, Trinceps his Verbis afiitiir^ Sits vel fois Chevalier ait Norn de Vieu, Sf.rge vel fis E- e^ues m Neminc Dei. This is meant of Knight s-BatchcIors, which is the loweil, tho the moil antient Order of Km^ht- i'osf/ among us. Knights grew fo very numerous, that the Dignity became of much lefs Repute. CharlssY. is faid to have made 500 in a fingle Day: On which account therefore, new Orders 0^ Knighihood were inftituted, in order to dillinguifli, the more defcrving from the Croud, for the feverai kinds of Knights among us, fee Batcbclor, Bauneret, Siaronet, Bath, . KMGHT-ERRANT, a pretended Order of Knights-, ■whereof ample mention is made in old Romances. They ■were a kind of Heroes who travct'd the World in fearcn of Adventures, redrefhng Wrongs, refcuing Damfels, and taking all occaiions of lignalizing their Prowcfs. This Ro- mantic Bravery of the Old Knights was heretofore the Chimxra of the Spaniards j among whom, there was no Cavalier but had his Miltrefs, whofe Efieem he was to gain by fome heroic Aclion. The Duke of y/!va, for all his Age and Gravity, is faid to have vow'd the Conqueil of Torttf:al to a young Lady. KNIGHTHOOD, a Military Order or Honour; a Mark or Degree of antient Nobility, or Reward of Perfo- rial \'irtue and Merit. There are four kinds of Knight- hood j Military, Regular, Honorary, and Social. Military is that of the antient Knights, who acquired it by high Feats of Arms. Thcfe are call'd Milncs in antient Char- ters and Titles, by which ihey were diflingui/li'd frorn bare Batchelors, J5c. Several Princeshave been inilalled Military Knights with a great deal of Ceremony. Thefe Knights were girt with a Sword and a Pair of gilt Spurs, whence they were coAV d Estates yfurati . Regular Knighthcoa is underlloud of fuch of the JMilitary Orders, which profels to wear fome particular Habit, to bear Arms againft the infi- dels,to fuccour andnffill Pilgrims in their paflage to theHoly L.and,and to fcrvcinHolpitalswherctheylhould bereceiv'dj as Knights Templars, Kni/^hts of Malta, occ. which iee. Honorary Knighi hood is tlvxt which Princes confer on other Princes, and even on their own Great Miniilers and I'a- vouritesj as Knights of the Garter, of St. y-'chaci, &c. Soc'iid Knighthood is that which is nut fixed, nor confirmed by any formal billitution, nor regulated by any lading Sta- tutes ; of which kind there have manv rifen on occa- lion of Faiflions, of Tilts and Tournaments, Mafquc- radeSj iyc. Kfiighihood is not hereditary, but acquired. It does not come into the World with a Man, like Nobility ; nor can it be revoked. The Sons of Kings, and Kings themfelves, with all other Sovereigns, heretofore had Knightho-jd con- fer'd on 'em as a Mark of Honour. They were ufually knighted at their B.iptifm or Marriage, at their Corona- tion, before or alter a Battel, l^c. The iShhi^t bcmardo 'jujliniani, at the beginning of his Hiilory oi Knighthood, gives us a very compieat CatabguG of the feverai Orders, according to whofe Compulation they are in number yz. Pitz'/m has given us two Volumes of 'cm, under the Title of Theatre of Honour and Chi- valry. Mejienius has publi/h'd Deliciie Efinejhium Oidm-nm^ and And. McJide has written de Ordimhus Militanbiis. Belai has traced their Original, and GeJiot in his Artnarial Index has given us their Inllitutions, To thefe may be added. Father Meiicjiriers Jntient and Moder'! Kiighhood, "Mu hicli 's Trcfor Militaire, Cararnnel's Tbeologia Kegohirc, Mira^us's Ori- ^ines EqKcfhiiim fi've Mditarintn Ordinum, " KNIGHT-MARSHAL, is an Oificer in the King's Houfe, having Jurifdiclion and Cognizance of any Tranl- grelTion with.in the King's Houfc and Verge ; as alfo of Contracis inade there, whereof one of the Houfe is Party. KNIGHTS OF THE SHIRE, or Knights of r.irUa- ment, are two Knights or Gentlemen of Worth cholen on the King's \Jntin j>iej:o Comitatu, by fuch of the Freeholders of every County as can expend 40 fe;- annum Thcie, when every Man who had a Knights- Fee were cuflomarily conllrain'd to be Knights, were of neceffity to be Mines Gladio cinBi, for fo the Writ runs to this day ; but now Cullom admits Efquires to be chofen to this Off.ce. They muil have at leail 500 /. fcr annum 3 and their I^xpcnccs are to be dcfray'd by the County, though this be feldom, now, requirefl. KNIGHTS, in a Ship, are two Pieces of Timber, to each of which go four Shivers, three for the Halliards, and one for the Top-Ropes : they are ufually in the figure of fome Head. One of 'em Hands aft the Main-Mall, and for that reafon is call'd the Main-Kniyht ; another {lands abaft the Forc-Mall, on the fecond Deck, and is call'd the Fore-Knizht. KNIGHT-SERVICE, a Tenure whereby feverai Lands in this Nation were anriently held of the King ; which drew after itHomagc, Efcuage, W^ardfliip, Marriage, Jjfc. But taken away by rhe Statute 12 Car. 1. KNIGHTS-FEE, an antient Law-Term, fignifying fo much Inheritance as is fufficient to maintain a Knight with fuitablc Retinue j which, in Henry the Third's days was reckon'd at Fifteen Pounds. But Si'cT. Smith rates it at 40 By a Stat. lEdw.z. fuch as had zd I- per itnnmn iii Fee or for Life, might be compelled to be Knights j but this Statute is repeal'd 1 7 Car. i. Stoza fays, that there were found in Bngiand, at rhc time of the Conqueror, 6c,zii Knights-Eees j according to others, therewere i5o,::i5, whereof the Religious Houfcs, before their fupprcflion, were poliefs'd of 18,015. Accor- ding to Coke, aKnigJ-its-Fce contain'd twelve Plow-Lands. KNOT, part of a Tree whence it fhoots out Branches or Roots. The Wood is harder and clofcr in the Knm than in any other part, but it is alfo more fubjefl to - fplit. Vines and low Fruit-Trecs are lopp'd at the fecond iCmt of the new Shoot. The Ufe of the Knots of Plants is to llrenEithcn the Stem : They fcrvc alfo as Searces to filtrate, purify, and refine the Juice rais'd up for the Nourlfi-iment of the Plant. ,j The Divifions of the Log-Line at Sea are alfo call d Knot<. Thefe arc ufually feven Fathoms or forry-two Feet afunder, but they Hiould be fifty Feet ; and then as many Knots as the Log-Line runs out in half a Muiutei fo many Miles doth the Ship fail in an Hour, fu^ipofing her to keep going at any equal rate, and allowing for Yaws, I,ee-way, \i£c. 13 ■ l t * Knot, in Medicine, Is a Tuberofity form d in the Joints of old Gouty People, confiding of a thick vilcous, crude, indigeddd Pituita, accompanied with a bilious Humour, hot and acrimonious ; the grotfed and mod terrcilr.al part whereof clogs and converts mto a Ibny SubOancc like Chalk; whence K''^^^ mgcndred, hke Stones KN O C 420 ) 111 the BUdJcr. The Phvfiaans fometimcs call -em i OJ^hr, Knot, orAWaij is alfa ufi:d for the Intrigue of a Ro- mance or Dramatic Kece : that is. for ,ha? part where thePerfonsarethe moilembarafs'd, by a Conjunaure cf Affairs Whole End it ,s not eal-y to forefee. ^rijiotk, tinder tins lerm, inclndes all the Incidents of a TriKdy from usBeginning to ihe Place where it begins to unraveL 1 he Kmi hoi is as long as the Mind is icpt fafpended on r'^^i'V i -f =''*--^y5 " l-"-'* 'he mltWle of the fifth Acf oiherwife the rclt of the Piece becomes teeble and langm/hmg. 0: Ja- of the Kf!U, the Name of a Military Order in the Kingdom ofmfles, inftitiited in the Tear i;;- by Queen j„«cl. on occation of the Peace eflablilh'd between her and the King of Hr.ng.iyy, by means of her Marriage with i.iiH lnnce of Tiw«,„„. The Order con/illed of fixtv Knights. C/cmciVr. approved this Order, and gave it the Rule of St.EaJil: h chofe St. for its Protedfor but dwindled away after the Death of its Foundrefs. KNOWLEDGE, according toMr.iorfc, confilis in the ferception of the Conncflion and Agreement, or Dil- agreeinent and Repugnancy of our Ideas. Thus we fo:^ that \Vbite is not Black, by perceiving that thcfe two Ideas do not agree. Again, in hioiaag that the three An- gles of a 1 nangle are equal to two right ones 5 what do we more than perceive that I^qualiiy to two rioht opes doth ncccBarily agree to, and is infeparable from the three Angles of a Triangle ? As to the Agreement or Dilagreemcnt of Ideas, we may reduce the whole Doc- trine, (conferiucntly the whole Stock of our Kmiskd,e^ to thcle four Heads ; -.j-. Identity orDivcrfity, Relation, Co-exillence, and Real Exillencc. With regard to the Identity or Diverfity of our Ideas we may^ obfcrve. That 'tis the firfi AS of the iHind to perceive its own Ideas, and fo far as it perceives them, to_ know each what it is, and thereby to perceive their dAerence, that is, the ohe not to be the other ■ Bv this the Mmd clearly perceives each Idea to agree wfh it ielf, and to be what it is 5 and all diftinfl Ideas to dif agree. This it does without any Pains or Deduftion bv '4' "/ « l" I'-ff DIHincTion ; and'this iVIen of Art have reduced to thofe general Rules ~i- What is, is; and, It is impoffiblc for' the fame thing" t"o' be, and not to be. But no Maxim can make a Man know It clearer that Round is not Stjuarc, than the bare Per- ception ol thofe two Ideas which the Mind at firfl fioht perceives ,0 difigree. The next kind of Agreement or piragrecmcnt the Mind perceives in any of its Ideas, may be call d Relative, and Is nothing but the Perception of the Relation between any two Ideas, of what kind fo ever ; that is, their Agreement or Difigreemcnt one with another, in the fevcral ways or refpects the Mind takes of comparing thera The third U of Agreement or Difagreement ,0 befound in our Ideas, is Co-exiftence or Kon-Co-e^iftence in thefune Subjefl, and this belongs particularly to Subliances Thus when we pronounce concerning Gold that it ,s fixed, it amounts to no inore bu" this tna Fixedncfs, or a Power to remain in the Fircun conlmr.c^l, IS an Idea that always accompanies that par ticular Sort of yellownefs. Weight, Fufibilitv r L ■IT^r ?c ""'P!,'" y^'' '''g"'*^'' 'he' word GoW. ^ The fourth Sort IS thatof aSual and real Exilfence agreeing to any Idea. Within thefe four Sorts of Aorce' ment or pdagreement, feems contained all the /c<;cwe have, or are capable of; for all that we know or can aihrm concerning any Idea, is, That it is, or is not the fame with feme other ; as that Blue is not Yellow • that It docs or does not co-exlllwith another in the fame Subjed ; asthatlron isfufceptible of magnetical Impref- iions: that It hath that or t1,is Relation ,0 fome other lueas, as That two 1 riangles, upon equal Bafcs, between two Para lels are equal : or that it has a real Exiftence without the Mind, as. That God is. The Mind becomes poffelTed of Truth in fevcral man- ners, each of vvbich comes under the Tern, &,We*e. Thus when the Mmd has a prefent View of the Agreement or Difagreement (if any of its Ideas, or of the Rel-tion they have one with another, it is called atlual K,,ov,hd,c. Secondly, A Man ,s faid to h,o„ any Propofition, when having once evidt-ntly perceived the Agreement or Difa- greeinent of the Ideas whereof it conlifts, and fo Indeed It m his Memory, that whenever it comes m be refleaed on again, the Mind affents to it wiihout Doubt or Hefit, tion, and IS certain of the Truth of it: And this may be" called MiMl Kmwkdie. And thus a Man mav b faid to ;.».iii,all thofe Truths which are lodged i,, ht Memory, by a foregoing, clear, and full Perception Of Habitual A'™^.,W-e there are two forts; the one confifts ot luch Truths laid up in the Memory, as whenever thcv occur to the Mind, it aftually perceives the Relation that IS between their Ideas; and this is in til thofe KNO Traths where the Ideas thpmr 11.. View, difcover theirTg ee-m „t"o-' Difa'" with another. The oihrr i. f ? Dilagreement one- Mind having beenconvn f ^f«:«-°fthe the Convicln "i ho rhe Pr" V*"" remembers certal v d ' h ^^usa Man that biy be recolleacd ■ R,?t, 1 ; ^"'^ cannot poffi- £.hat^:^^be£;,^=^-;;r,:;'!e's;:r™^- perceived ■ but bv r '1" '^"■"P"'"'™ at firfl was mce ce,?- -tat :^^:r.2^?fTf^f°^*'^-Hs::ti:sr ft^:h?;:^z;ifrt^?z:ieroS "r^ -'f once enin] • 1 ^^Ooies ot a Iriangle were A„J1,^ 1, "S'" '"><^y will always be fo And hence he comes to be certain that -wl ,,^ true, is always true ; what IdeJ o'nce g^ ed ""iirT I J. , r"' '^'ff"<='".Dcgrees, or Clearnefs of our 10,,^, has of pi:™-''' 'k ""V *-hich the Mi^d has of perceiving the Agreement or DIfigreement of any of Its Ideas. When the Mind perceive? ihis Agreement w °ot'[heZ" Wc-i-mcdiately by theif v^s wuhout the In ervention of any other, we mij call it I,mZ Thustfe'Ml°H being direfled towardsTt thVee are P"^'!"-'"'". White is not Black ; that b^^^L Q n • >"•<■£■ ible, and, like the btigh Sun-dnne, forces itftif i„„„,aiarely to be per eived, as fion as ever the Mind ruros its View that way It IS on this Intuition that depends all the Certainr. am Evidence of our other K,,.„!e,^e, which Certain,, eve y one finds to be io great, that he cannot imagi"cs and therefore cannot require a greater. The next Degree „f A».»/=Jec IS, where the Mind perceives not this Agree- ment or Difagreement immediately, or by the Juxtf po- fitmn. as It were, of the Idea,, becaufe thofe Ideas con- cerning whofe Agreement or Difagreement the Enquiry IS made, cannot by the Mind be fo put together is ,1 ftew it. Inthis Caii the Mind is otdigedSo difcov r he Ag cement or Difigreement. which it foarctes for, we can Ke"r""™ "^r^/', "'-■''^ 'l-'' " 'hat which we call Realoning. And thus if we would know the A- Angles of a Triangle and two right Angles, we cannot do t by an immediate View and Comparifon of them.becaufe he three Angles of a Triangle cannot be brought together a once, and compared with any other one or two An- gles; and fo of , his the Mind has no immediate, or in- tuitive K«o-M^e But we mufl find out fome other Angles, to which the three Angles of a Triangle have E- quality ; ana finding rhofe equal to two right ones, we cometoknow the Equality ofthefo three Angles t^two ri^ght ones. Thofe intervening Ideas, which fe'rve to ft™ the Agreement of any two others, are called Froofs ; and where the Agreement or Difagreement is by this means plainly and clearly perceived, it is called Dc- ,>m,Ji,amn A Quicknefs in the Mind to find thofo Proofs, and to apply them right, is that which is called &i;ac,(T. Ihis/CWcrfjc, tho it be certain, is not fo clear and evident as intuitive Knor4ci^e ; it requires Pains and At- tention, and Heady Application of Mind, to difcover the Agreement or Difagreement of the Ideas it eonCders, and here mufl be a Progreflfon by Steps and Degrees before the Mind can m this way arrive to any Certainty. Before Demonftration there was a Doubt, which, in intuitive KnoM^e, cannot happen to the Mind, that has its Facul- ty ot i erception left in a Degree capable of dininfl Ideas no more than it can be a Doubt to the Eye (that can diflmclly fee White and BlackJ whether this Ink and Paper be all of a Colour. Now in every Step that Rea- lon makes in Demonffrative Kmidcd^e, there is an In- tuitive Kmiukdse of that Agreement or Difagreement it leeks with the next intermediate Idea, which 'it ufei as a Proof; for if it were not fo. th.at yet would need a Proof fince without the Perception of fuch Agreement or Difa greement there is no Kmv.-ltdve produced. By which it IS evident. thateveryStepin Reafoning. that proiluccth Knowledge, has intuitive Certainty ; which when the Mind perceives there is no more required but to remember it to make the Agreement or Difagreement of the Ideas' concerning which we enquire, vi :ble and cerrdn This intuitive Perception of the Agreement or Difagreement of the intermediate Ideas in each Step, and Progreffion ' of K N O ( 42.1 ) k N O of the Demonftratlon, mull alfo be exaftly carried in angle, and of Equality to two right ones, may yet have the Mind ; and a. Man mutt be fare that no part is left but an obfcure Pt;rception of thciir Agreement, and fo out, which, becaufc in long Deductions, the iMemory have but a very obfcure Knozjlcd^e of it ; But obfcure cannot eafily retahi, this iC^ozy/e^/gebecomes more impcr- and confufed Ideas can never produce any clear or di- fe£l than intuitive, and Men often embrace. Fallhoods for iWu^ Kmwlcd7,e, bccaufe as far as any ideas are ob- Demonilrations, fcure or confufed, fo far the Mind can never perceive It has bean generally taken for granted, that Mathe- clearly, whether they agree ordiHigree: Or, to exprcf? maticks alone arc capable of demonftrative Certainty ; the fame thing in a way Icfsaptto be underl^pod, he that but to have fuch an Agreement orDifagreemcnt, as may hath not determined Ideas to the Wortls he ufeth, cannot be intuitively perceived, being, as we imagine, not the make FropuHtions of them, of whofe Truth he can be Privilege of the Ideas of Number, Extenfion, and Fi- certain. gure alone ; it may poffibly be the want of due Method From all this It follows 5 (i.) That we can have no and Application in us, and not of fufficicnt Evidence in Kmwiedge farther than we have Ideas. (:..) That we Things, that Demonftration has been thought to have fo have no Kmiviedge farther than we can have Perception of little to do in other Parts of Knowledge. For in whatever the Agreement or Difagreement of our Ideas, either by Ideas the Mind can perceive the Agreement or Difagree- Intuition, Demonllration, or Senfation. (3.) We cannot ment immediately, there it is capable of intuitive A'H^Jtf- have an intuitive Knoivledge, that fliall extend itfelf to hd^e ; and where it can perceive the Agreement or Dif- all our Ideas, and all that we would know about them ; agreement of any two Ideas, by the intuitive Perception becaufe wc cannot examine and perceive all the Rela- of the Agreement or Difagreement they have with any tions they have one to another by Juxta-Pofition, or an intermediate Ideas there the Mind is capable of De- immediate f^omparifon one with another. Thus we can- monilrations, not limited to the Ideas of Figure, Num~ not intuitively perceive the Equality of two ExtenfionSj ber Extenfion, or thei/ Modes. The Reafon why it the Difference of whofe Figures makes their Parrs unca- has been generally fuppofed to belong to thef« only, pable of an exaft immediate Application. (4.) Our ra- is becaufe, in comparing their Equality or Excefs, the tional A'jiciy/crf^e cannot reach to the whole Extent of Modes of Numbers have every, the leait Difference, our Ideas, becaufe between two different Ideas, which very clear and perceivable : And In Extenfion, tho' eve- we would examine, we cannot aUvayS find fuch Proofs as ry the leafl Excefs is notfo perceptible, yet the Mind has we can connefl one to another, with an intuitive Know- found out ways to diicover the jull Equality of two An- ledge m oXX the Parts of the Deduction. CsO Senfitive gles, Extenfions, or Figures j and both Numbers and Fi- Kmiolcdge reaching no iarther than the Exillence of gures can be fet down by vllibleand lallinf^ Marks. But Things, aflually prefent to our Senfes, is yet jnuch nar- in other ilmple Ideas, whofe Modes and Differences are rower than either of the former, ffi.) From all which made, and counted by Degrees, and not Quantity, we it is evident, that the Extent of our Kmzvledge comes have not fo nice and accurate a Diftinflion of their Dif- not only fhurt of the Reality of Things, but even of fercnces, as to perceive or find ways to mcafure their the Extent of our own Ideas. We have the Ideas of juft Equality, or their leafl Diffrrences. For thofe other a Square, a Circle, and Equality, and yet perhaps iliall fimple Ideas being Appearances or Senfations produced never be able to find a Circle equal to a Square, in us, by the Size, Figure, Motion, i^c. of minute Cnr- The AfHrmations or Negations we make concerning pufcles iingly infcnfible, their different Degrees alfo de- the Ideas we have, i^eing reduced to the four Sorts a- pend on the Variation of fome, or all of thofe Caufes ; bovcmentioned, we-. Identity, Co-exiflence, Relation, which fijice it cannot beobferved by us in Particles of and Real Exiflencc, let us enquire how flirour A'/.oaj/e:/^^ Matter,, whereof each is too fubtite to be perceived, it is extends in each of thcie. (,1.) As to Identity and Diver- jmpofiible for us to have any exaiil Mcafuresof the dif fity, our intuitive Knovjlcdge is as far extended as our ferent Degrees of thefe fimple Ideas. Thus, for inflance. Ideas themfclvcs ; and there can be no Idea in the Mind^ rot knowing what Number of Particles, nor what Motion which it does not prefently, by an intuitive Knowledge^ of them is fit to produce any precife Degree of White- perceive to be what it is, and to be different from any nefs, becaufe we have no certain Standard to meafure other. (2.) As to the Agreement or Difagreement of our them by, nor means to diflingui/h every, the leafl Ditfe- Ideas of Co-exiifencc, our Kfiowlcdge herein is very defec- rence ; the only help we have, is from our Senfes, tive, rho' 'tis in this that the greatert and mofl material which in this Point fail us. But where the Diffe- Parts of our A'ao^y/et/^^c concerning Subflances confifls ; FoC rence is fo great as to produce in the Mind Ideas clearly our Ideas of SubUances being nothing but certain CoUcc- diilinil:, thefe Ideas of Colours as we fee in different lions of iimple Ideas, co-exiiiing in one Subjcfi:, four Idea kinds, Blue and Red (for inflance) arc as capable of De- of Flame, fcr inllc>ncc, is a Body hot, luminous, and mov- inonflration, as Ideas of Number and Extenfion. What ing upwards.) When wc would know any thing farther is here faid of Colours, holds true in all fecondary Qux- cimccrning this or any other f ,rt of Subflancc, what do lities. Thefe two then. Intuition and Demonftration, are we but enquire what other Qualities or Powers thele the Degrees of our Kmzaicdge ; whatever comes ihon of Subifances have or have not ? which is nothing elfe but one ot thefe, is but Faith, or Opinion, not Knowledge, at to know what other fimple Ideas do, or do not exilt leaft in all general Truth?. There is indeed another with thofe that make up that complex Idea, The Rea- Perceptlon of the Mind employed about the particular fon of this is, becaufe the fimple Ideas, which make up Exigence of finite Beings without us, which going be- our complex Ideas of Subifances, have nu ;:■ 'de neccfla- yond Probability, but not reaching to either of the ry Connedlion or Inconfiftcncc with other fi r. pie Ideas^ foregoing Degrees of Certainty, pafles under the Name whofe Co-exiffcnce with them we would inform ourfelvea of Knowledge. about. Thefe Ideas being likewife for the moft part fe- Nothing can be more certain, than that the Idea we condary Qualities, which depend upon the primary Qua- receive from an external Obje£l, is in our Minds : This lities of their minute or infenfible Parts, or on fomethina is intuitive .ffwozif/c^^ei but whether wc can thence certain- yet more remote from our Comprehcniion ; it is impo?- ly infer the Exilcence of any thing without us, corre- fible we fliould know which have a nece{rary Union or In- fponding to that Idea, is that whereof fome Men think confiflence one with another, fince we know not the there may be_a Queftion made, becaufe Men may have. Root from whence they fpring, or the Size, Figure, and fuch an Idea in their Minds, when no fuch Thing exifls, Texture of Parts on which they depend, and from which no fuch Objedl affcds their Senfes. But it is evident, theyrefult Befidcs this, there is no difcovcrable Con- that we are invincibly confcious to ourfelves of a different ne(5tion between any fecondary Quality, and thofe pri- Perception, when we look on the Sun in the Day, and mary Qualities that it depends on. We are fo far think on it by Night h when we aflually tafle Worm- from knowing what Figure, Size, or Motion produceth, wood, or fmell a Rofc, or only think on that Saveur, or (for inflance) a yellow Colour, or fweet Tafte, or fliarp Odour : fo that wc may add to the two former forts of Sound ; that wc can by no means conceive how any Size» Km-akdze, thisalfo of the Exif^ence of particular exter- Figure, or Motion, can poffibly produce in us the Idea nal Objeds, by that Perception and Confcioufnefs we of any Colour, Taile, or Sound, whatfoever i there bc- bave of the adual Entrance of Ideas from them, and ing no conceivable Conneflion between the one and the allow thefe three Degrees of Knowledge, viz. intuitive, other. Our A";joWr(^[';e therefore of Co-exiflence reaches demonffrative, and fenlitive. But Cmcc our Knowledge \s little further than Experience. Some few indeed of the founded on and imployed about our Ideas only, will it primary Qualities have a neccflary Dependance, and vi- follow thence, that it mull be conformable to our vifible Connetfion one with another: As Figure neceffari- Ideas, and that where our Ideas are clear anddiftinil, ob- ly fuppofeth Extenficn 5 receiving or communicating Mo- fcureand confufed, xhcr^ our Knowledge will be fo too ? tion by Impulfe, fuppofeth Solidity: but Qualities co- Wean f we r, No: For our A'woWerf^e confining in the Per- exiflent in any Subici>, without this Dependence and ccptionof the Agreement orDifagreemcnt of any two ConneiSion, cannot certainly be known to co-exifl any Ideas, its Clearnefs or Obfcurity confil^s in the Clear- farther, than Experience by our Senffs informs us. Thus nefs or Obf>;urtty of that Perception, and not in the Clear- tho', upon Tryal, we find 'Gold ycilnw, weightv, malle- nefs or Obfcurity of the Ideas themfclves. A Man (for able, fufible, and fixed 5 yet becaufe none of thefe have infiance) who hath a clear Idea of the Angles of a Tri- any evident Dependancc orneceffary Ccnnctlion with the P p p p p -Other, KNO C 422 ) other, we cannot certainly know, that where any four ot' ihcfe are, the fifth will be there alfo, how highly proba- ble foever it may be. But the highefl: Degree of Proba- bility amounts not to Certainty, without which there can be no true Knowledge : For this Co-exiilcnce can be no farther known, than if is perceived 5 and it cannot be perceived but cither in particular Subjefts, by theObfer- vation of our Senfes, or, in general, by the neceflary Connexion of the Ideas thcmlelves. As to Incompatibi- lity or Repugnancy to CVcxilknce, wc know that no Subjed can have of each fort of primary Qualities, more than one- Particular at once, as one Extenfion, one Figure ; and fo or fenfible Ideas peculiar to each Senfe: For whatever of each kind is prefent in any Subject, excludes all other of that fort ; for inllancc, one Subjeft cannot have two Smells, or two Colours at the fame time. As to Powers of Subfiances, which makes a great part of oiir Enquiries about them, and is no inconfidcrable Branch of oMt Kmzvledgs j O'ar Knoivledge, as to thefe, reaches little farther than Experience, bccaufc they confill in a Texture and Motion of Parts, which we cannot by any means come to difcovcr j and, I doubt, whether with thofe Faculties we have, we ihall ever be able to carry our general A'/jWe^/ge much farther in this Part. Expe- rience is that which in this Part we mufl: depend on, and it were to be wiflied that it were more improved. We find the Advantages fome Mens generous Pains have this ■way brought to the Stock of natural Kmzvhdgs ; and if others, efpecially the Pliilofophers by Fire, had been fo wary in their Obfcrvation?, and finccre in their Reports,' as thofcwho call thcmfelves Philofophers ought to have been, our Acquaintance with the Bodies here about us, and our Infight into their Powers and Operations, had been yet much greater. As to the third fort, the Aoree- ■ ment or Difagrcement of our Ideas in any other Relation ; thisisthe largcft Field of Knozvledge, and it is hard to determine how far it 'may extend : this Part depending on our Sagacity in finding intermediate Ideas, that may /licw the Habitudes and Relations of Ideas, it is an hard matter to tcU when we are at an end of fuch Difcoveries. They, who arc ignorant of Algebra, cannot imagine the "Wonders of this kind that are to be done by it : and what farther Improvements and Helps, advantageous to other Parts of Ki!o-^!edge, the fagaclous Mind of Man may yet find out, it is not eafy to determine. This at leall: we may believe, that rhe Ideas of Quantity are not thofe alone that arc capable of Demonflration and Knowledge ; and that other, and perhaps more ufeful Parts of Con- templation would afford us Certainty, if Vices, Paffions, and domineering Intcrcll did not oppofc or menace En- deavours of this kind. The Idea of a fupreme Being, infinite in Power, Good- nefs, andWifdom, whcfe Workman/hip we are, and on whom we depend j and the Idea of ourfelvcs, as undcr- ftanding rational Creatures ; would, if duly confidered, afford fuch Foundst-tans of our Duty, and Rules of Ac- tion, as might place Morality among the Sciences capa- ble of Dcniotiflrarion j wherein wc need not doubt, but that from Principles as inconteflable as thofe of the Ma- thematicks, by neccITary Confcquences the Meafurc of Right and Wrong might be made cut to any one, who wiU apply himfclf, with the fame Indifferency and Ar- rention to the one, as he doth to the other of thefe Sci- ences. The Relations of other Modes may certainly be perceived, as well as thofe of Number and Extenfion. Where there is no Property, there is no Injuilice, is a Propofiticn^as certain as any Demonflration in Euclid i for the Idea of Property being a Right to any thing, and the Idea of InjufHce being the Invafion or Violation of that Right, it is evident, that thefe Ideas being thus efta- blifhed, and thefe Names annexed to them, I can as certainly know this Propofition to be true, as that a Tri- angle has three Angles equal to two right ones. Again, no Government allows abfolute Liberty j the Idea of Go- Ternment being the Eflabliflunent of Society, upon cer- tain Rules or Laws, which require Conformity to ihem ; and the Idea of abfo! ute Liberty being for any one to do whatever he plcafes, I am as capable of being certain of the Truth of this Propofition, as of any in Mathema- ticks. _ What has given the Advantage to the Ideas of Quan- tity, and made them thought to be more capable of Cer- tainryand Demonrtration, is, Fh-fi, That they can be re- prefented by fenfible Marks, which have a nearer Corre- fpondence with them than any Words or Sounds. Dia- grams drawn on Paper arc Copies of the Ideas, and not liable to the Uncertainty that Words carry in their Signi- fication 5 but we have no fenfible Marks that refcnible bur moral Ideas, and nothing but Words to cxprefs them by, which tho', when written, they remain the fame ; yet the Ideas they {land for nuy change in the fame Man and it is very fcldom that they arc not different in diifc- KNO rent Perfons. &co,:J!y, Mor.l Ideas are colnmonly more comp ex tha„ F,g„rcs; whence thefe two Inconvenien- ces follow, (,.) Tha, their Names are of ir,ore uncerta.n Signification : thepreeife Colieflion of finvple Ideas thev Sand for not being fo eaf.ly agreed on, and fo the Si J that IS uled for them in Communication tilways, and in 1 hmking often, does not readily carry with it the fame li^^y-) i^Mind cannot eafily retain thofe prccife Combinations fo exactly and perfeSly, as is neceffary in the iLxammation of the Habitudes and Corrcfpondcncies Agrecmetits or Difagrcemcnts of feveral of them one with another, efpecialiy where it is to be judged of by long Deduaions, and the Intervention of federal other complex Ideas, to (hew the Agreement or Difaareement of two remote ones One part of thefe Difaiivantages m moral Ideas, which has made thent be thought not capable of Demonflration may in a good meafure be remedied by Definitions, fettingdown that Colieflion of fimple Ideas which every Term iliallfland for, and then Colfeffion " ""'^ '=™ft--'"'ly f"' Aat precife As to the fourth fort of Kn^M^e. -S.a. of the real atfual Exiftcnce of Things, we have an intuitive Km-u,- /cAe of our own Exiffence, a demonlfrative KmviUdK of the ExiUcnceof God, and a fenfitive Km-Mx of the ObjeSs that prefcnt themfelves to our Senfes. And hitherto wehaye examined the Extent of our A».a./erfre. in refpea ot the feveral Sorts of Beings that are. There IS another Extent of it in reipea of Univerfality, which wdlafo deferve to be confidered; and this in regard our Kmwkd^e follows the Nature of our Ideas. If the Ideas whofe Agreement or Difagreemeiit we perceive, are ab- flraa, our K„c^hdge is univerfil ; for what is known of luch general Ideas, will be true of every particular thing m which that Effence, that is, that abflraa Idea h. found: And what is once known of fuch Ideas, will be perpetually and for ever true ; fo that, as to all general i^mrMge, we muft fearch. and find it only in our own Minds ; and it is only the examining our own Ideas that furniflics us with it. Truths belonging to EflVnccs of Things (that IS, to abflraa Ideas) are eternal, and are to be found out by the Contemplation only of thofe Ef- fences; as the Exiflence of Things is to be known only from Experience. As to the Reality of our KmvAcite It IS evident, that the Mind knows not Things iminediate- ly, but by the Intervention of the Ideasit'has of them. Our &oWerf5C therefore is real only fo far, as there is a Conformity between our Ideas, and the Reality of Things. But how fliall we know when our Ideas aoree with Things themfelves ! To which it isanfwered. There are two Sorts of Ideas, that we may be aflTured auree with Things; thefe are, (i.) Simple Ideas, which°fince the Mind can by no means ttiake toitfelf, muff be the Effefl of Things operating upon the Mind in a natural way, and producing therein thofe Perceptions, which, by the Will of our Maker, they are ordained and adapted to. Hence it follows, that fimple Ideas are not Fiaions of our Fan- cies, but the natural and regular Produflions of Things without us, really operating upon us ; which carry with them all the Conformity our State requires, which is to reprefent Things under thofe Appearances they are fit- teff to produce in us. Thus the Idea of Whirenefs, as It is in the Mind, exadly anfwers th.at Power which is in any Body to produce it there ; and this Conformity between our fimple Ideas, and the Exiflence of Things, IS fuiEcient for real KimMie. (i.) All our complex Ideas, except thofe of Subftances, being Archetypes of the Mind's own making, and not referred' to the Exiflence of Things as to their Originals, cannot want any Confor- iniryncceffary to real &ioz;i/£fl'j;f ; for that which is not defigned to reprefent any thing but itfelf, can never bo capable of a wrong Reprefentation. Here the Ideas themfelves are confidered as Archetypes, and Things no otherwife regarded than as confotmable to them. Thus the Mathematician confiders the Truth and Properties be- longing to a Reftangle or Circle only, as they are Ideas in his own Mind, which poffibly he never found exifling mathematically, that is, precifely true ; yet his X>)oj»- kd^s is not only certain, but real, becaufc real Things are no farther concerned, nor intended to be meant by any fuch Propofitions, than as Things really aeree to thofe Archetypes in the Mind. It is true of the Idea of aTriaogle, that its three Angles are equal to two right ones ; it is true alfo of a Triangle, wbere-ever it exifls = What is true of thofe Figures, that have barely an Ideal Exiflence in the Mind, will hold true of them alfo, when they come to have a real Exiflence in Matter. Hence it follows, that tnoral Knoivhd?,e is as capable of real Cer- tainty as Mathematicks : For Certainty being nothing but the Perception of fuch Agreement, by the "interven- tion of other Ideas, our moral Ideas, as well as mathe- matical, being Archetypes themfelves, and fo adequate KNO «r compleat Ideas, all the Agreement or Difagreemcnt \vc /laall find in them, will produce real Knowledge, as well as in mathematical Figures. That which is requi- fite to make cur Kmiuledit certain, is the Clearnefs of our Ideas; and that which is required to make it real, is that they anfwer their Archetypes. But it will here be laid. That if moral A'?joM/et/^e be placed in the Contem- plation of our own moral Ideas, and thofe are of our own making, what ilrange Notions will there be of Juf- tice and. Temperance ? What Confulion of Virtues and Vices, if every Man may make what Ideas of them he pleafes ? To which it is anfwered. No Confufion or Diforder at all in the Things themfelves, nor the Rea- fonings about them, no more than there would be a Change in the Properties of Fijjures, and ,thcir Relations one to another, if a Man iliould make a Triangle with four Corners, or a Trapezium with four right Angles ; that is, in plain En^Jipj^ change the Names of the Fi- gures, and call that by one Name which is called ordi- narily by another The Change of Name will indeed at firll difl-urb him, who knows not what Idea it ilands for; but as foon as the Figure is drawn, the Confequen- ccs and Dcmonftration are plain and clear. Juft the fame is it in moral Knowledge : Let a Man have the Idea of raking from others, without their Confcnt, what they are jutiiy poflefled of, and call this JuiHce if he pleaferh ; he that takes the Name there, without the Idea put to it, will be millaken, by joining another Idea of his own to that Name ; but Jlrip the Idea of that Name, or take it, fuch as it is, in the Speaker's Mind, and the fame things will agree to it, as if you called it InjuUice. One thing we are to take notice of, That where God, or any other Law-maker, has defined any moral Names, there they have made the EfTence of that Species to which that Name belongs ; and there it is not fafc to apply or ufc them otherwife j but in other Cafes it is bare Impropriety of Speech to apply them contrary to the common Ufage of the Country they arc ufcd in. (3-) But the complex Ideas, which we refer to Arche- types without us, may difter from them, and fo our Knowledge ahovit t\\{:\n may come /liort of being real; and fuch are our Ideas of Subllances. Thefe xnuil: be taken from fomething, that does, or has exifted, and not be made up of Ideas arbitrarily put together, without a- ny real Pattern. Herein therefore is founded the Re- ality of our Knazvledge concerning Subflances, that all our complex Ideas of them mull be fuch, and fuch only, as are made up of fuchfimple ones, as have been difcovered toco-exillin Nature: And our Ideas being thus true, tho' not perhaps very exatT: Copies, are the Subjeds of real Kmwkd'^e of them. Whatever Ideas we have, the Agreement we find they have with others, will be Know- ied^e. If thofe Ideas ,be abllrafl, it will be General Knowledge i but to make it real concerning Subllances, thc_ Ideas muft be taken from the real Exillcnce of Thmgs. Where-ever therefore we perceive the Agree- ment or Difagreement of our Ideas, there is certain Kiiowledge j and where-ever we are fure thofe Ideas a- gree with the Reality of Things, there is certain real Ktiowled^e. As to the Improvement of o\}.r Knozvledge, it being the received Opinion amongll Men of Letters, that Maxims are the Foundation of all A'^oWe^je, and that Sciences arc each of them built upon certain Fyayco^nita, from whence the Undcrflanding was to take its Rife, and by which it waste condua itfelf in its Inquiries in the Matters be- longing to that Science ; the beaten Road of the Schools has been to lay down, in the beginning, one or more general Propofitions, called Trmdpks, as foundations whcreon to build the Kiioviledge thoLt ^^s to be had of that Subjea. That which gave occafion to this way of Proceeding, was the good Succefs it feemed to have in Mathematlcks, which, of all other Sciences, have the greatell Certainty, Clearnefs, and Evidence in them. But if we confider it, we /liall find that the great Ad- vancement and Certainty of real Knowledge Men arrived to in thefe Sciences, was nor owing to the Influence of thefe Principles, but to the clear, diftincT', and compleat Ideas their Thoughts were employed about ; and the Relation of Equality and Excefs fo clear between fome of them, that they had an intuitive Kjiozvledge^ and by that a way to difcovcr it in others, and this without the help of thofe Maxims. For is it not poffible for a Lad to inow that his whole Body is bigger than his little Fin- ger, but by virtue of this Axiom, The whole is bigger than a Part ; nor be affured of it, till he has learned that JVlaxim? Let any one confider from what has been faid which IS known firftand cleared by moft People, the par- ticular Inflancc, or the general Rale, and which it Is that gives Life and Birth to the other. Thefe general Rules arebut the comparing our more general and ab- Itraa Ideas, which Ideas are made by the Mind and t 4^3 ) KNO have Names given them, for the cafier Difpatch in its Reafonings : But Knowledge began in the IVlind, and wa,i founded on Particulars, tho' afterwards perhaps no No- tice be taken thereof ; it being natural for the Mind to lay up thole general Notions, and make the proper Ufe ot them, which is todisburden the Memory of the cum- berfome Load of Particulars. The way to improve m Kno-wkJ^e, is nor to fwallow Principles with an implicite Fajth-, -and without Examination, which would be ant to mifleadMcn, inlfcad of guiding them into Truth ; but to get and fix incur Minds clear and compleat Ideas as far as they are to be had, and annex to them proper and conftant Names; and thus barely by confiderinu our Ideas, and comparing them together, obferving their A- greemcnt or Difagreement, their Habitudes and Rela- tions, we fltall get more true and clear Knonikd^e by the Conduft of this one Rule, than by taking up Principles and thereby putting our Minds into the Difpofal of o'- thers. We mutt therefore, if we will proceed as Reafon advifcs, adapt our Methods of Inquiry to the Nature of the Ideas we examine, and the Truth we fearch after General and certain Truths are only founded in the Ha- bitudes and Relations of abflrafl ideas; therefore a fi- gacious methodical Application of our Thoughts foi ths finding out thefe Relations, is the only way° to difcover all, that can with Truth and Certainty be pur into gene- ral Propofitions. By what Steps we are to proceed in thefe, is to be learned in the Schools of the Mathemati- cians, who from very plain and eafy Beginnings, by gen- tle Degrees, and a continued Chain of Reafonings, 'pro- ceed to the Difcovery and Demonllration of Truths, that at firft fight appear beyond human Capacity. This' may reafonably be faid, that if other Ideas, that are real as well as nominal Eflences of their Species, were purfued in the way familiar to Mathematicians, they would carry our Thoughts farther, and with greater Evidence and Clearnefs than, poffibly, we arc apt to imagine. This is Reafon fufficient to advance that Conjeaure above-men. tinned, tkz. That MoraUty is capable of Demonllration as well as Mathematicks ; for moral Ideas being real Effcnces, which have a difcoverable Conneflion and A- greement one with another, fo far as we can find their Habitudes and Relations, fo far we ftall be poffeffed of real and general Truths. In our Kmioledg£ of Subflances, we are to proceed af- ter a quite different Method ; the bare Contemplation of their abflrafl Ideas (which are but nominal Elfences) will cairy us but a very little way in the Search of Trutn and Certainty.' Here Experience mull teach us what Reafon cannot, and it is by trying alone, that we can cer- tainly know what other Qualities co-exift with thofe of our complex Idea ; for inttahce, whether that ycPow heavy, fufible Body, I call Gold, be malleable or no ; which Experience (however it prove in that particular Body we examine) makes us not certain that it is fo in all, or any other yellow, heavy, fufible Bodies, but that whicli we have tried ; becaufe it is no Confcquence one way or the other from ourcomplex Idea. TheNeceCEty or Inconfillence of Malleability hath no vifible Connec- tion with the Combination of that Colour, Weight, and Fufibilityinany Body. What is here laid of the nominal Effence of Gold,fuppored to confiif ofa Body of fuch a de- terminate Colour. Weight, and Fufibility, will hold true if other Qualities be added to it. Our Reafonings from thofe Ideas will carry us but a little way in the'certain Difcovery of the other Properties in thofe Maffes of Mat- ter wherein all thofe arc to be found. As faras our Ex- perience reaches we may have certain Kiiozokd^e, and no farther. It isnotdenied, but that a Man, accutt'omed to rational and regular Experiments, /hall be able to fee farther into the Nature of Bodies, and their unknown Properties, than one that is a Stranger to them : But this IS but Judgment and Opinion, 'not Knowledge and Certainty. This would make it fufpefted, that Natural Philofophy is not capable of being made a Science. From Experiments and Hillorical Obfcrvations we may draw Advantages of Eafe and Health, and thereby increafe our Stock of Conveniences for this Life ; but bevond this, it is to be feared, our Talents reach nor, nor' arc our Faculties able to advance farther. From 'whence it is obvious to conclude, that fince our Faculties are not fitted to penetrate the real Effence of Bodies, but yet plainly to difcover to us the Being of i God, and the Kminledv of ourfelves, enough to give us a clear Difco- very of our Duty and great Concernment, it will become us, as rational Creatures, to employ our Faculties about what they are moll adapted to, and followthe Direflion ot Nature where it feems to point us out the way. f^i- it is rational to conclude, that our proper Employment lies in thofe Enquiries, and that fort of Kjio-zalcd^ e viWich is mott fuited to our natural Capacities, and carries in it our greateftlnterett; and therefore it is that Morality is th« C 42.4 ) K Y P the proper Science and Bufinefs of Mankind in general (who arc both concerned and fitted to fearcK out their i-ummum Ba>iiim) aj fcvcral Arts, converfant about the ie- veral ¥ans of Nature, are the Lot and private Talent of particular Men, for the common Ufe oi human Life, and their own parricularSubliftence in this World. The Ways to enlarge our Knowkiff, as far as we are capable fecm to be thefe two ; The firtt is, to get and fettle in our Minds, as far as we can, clear, diftinit, antl conflant Ideas of tbofe Things we would confider and know ; for it being evident that our A'noa/crffe cannot exceed our Ideas, where they arc cither impertea, con- fufed or obfcure, we cannor expeft to have certain, pcrfe'cf , or clear Kmwlfd-e. The other Art is of finding iut the intermediate Ideas, which may fhcw us the A- orecmcnt or Repugnancy of other Ideas, which cannot be immediately compared. That thefe two, (and not re- Ivino on MaKims, and drawing Confequences from iome ijenc'ral Propoiitions) are the right Method of improv- m- our Kmnikd^e in the Ideas of other Modes, befides tbofe of au^'n'ity. the Confideration ol mathematical XWWKwilleafily inform us: Where, Firll^ we Ihall find that he who has not clear and pcrfeft Ideas ot th-ofe Angles or Figures, of which he dehres to know a- nv thing! is utterly thereby incapable of any KmiMge about tbem. Suppofe a Man not to have an exadl Idea Of a rieht Angle, Scalcnum, or Trapezium, and it is clear that he will in vain feek any Demondration about them And farther it is evident, that it was not the In- fluence of Maxims, or Principles, that had led the i\la- ftersof this Science into thofc wonderful Difcoveties they have made. Let a Man of good Parts know all the Max- ims of Mathemlticks never fo well, and contemplate their Extent and Confequences as much as he plealeth, he will by their Affiflance, fcarce ever come to know, that the Square of the Hypothenufe, in a nght-aiigled Trianale is equal to the Square.! of the two other Sides. This and other mathematical Truths, have been dilco- vered by the Thoughts otherwife applied, Th= Mind had other Obieas, other Views before ir, far different from tbofe Maxims, which Men, well enough acquainted with tbofe received Axioms, but ignorant of their Me- thod who firll made thefe Demonftrations, can never '■"or^Lltr-in other Things, fo in this, has fo sreat a Conformity with our Sight, tliat it is neither whol- fy neceffary, nor wholly voluntary. Men, who have Senfes cannot chufe but receive iome Ideas by them , and if 'they have Memory, they cannot but retain iome of them i and if they have any d,ft.ngu,niing Faculty cannot but perceive the Agreement or Dilagreement ot feme of thet^t one with another. As he that has Eyes, if he will open tbem by Day, cannot but fee Iome Ob- ieas, and perceive a Difference in them ; yet he triay chufe whether he will turnhts Eyes towards an Objeft, curiouflyfurvey it, and obferve accurately all that is vifi- We in ! But what he doth fee, he cannot fee other- wife than he doth i it depends not on his VV .U to fee .ha? B ack which appears bellow. Jufl thus it ,s with our Underftanding ' All tliat is voluntary in our A„o^M,e, Tthe employing or with-holding any of our lacul les frot^ , hirer that fort of Objeas, and a more or lefs accurate Survey of them ; but they being employed our W U hath no power ro determine the A.-/^4e of the Mind one way or other ; that is done only by the Ob|eas fhemfelves, L far as they =>r= c early i'^^o^f- l f>us he that has got the Ideas of Numbers, and has taken the pains to compare one, two, and three, to fix, cannot chafe but know they are equal. He alfo that hath th* Idea ot an intelligent, but weak and frail Being, made by, and depending on another, who is Eternal, Om- nipotent, perfectly Wife, and Good, will as ccrtairily know that Man is to honour, fear, and obey God, as that the Sun Ihines when hefees it. Butyetbe thefe Truths never fo certain, ne-ver fo clear, he may be igno- rant of either, or both of them, who will not rake the pains to employ his Faculties as he fhould, to inform himfelf about tliem. KUL, or KOUL, a. Ttcrkif J Term, properly fignifying a Slave, or Servant. Menlngsky tells us, the iSiame is given to all the Soldiers in the 0;ro?K«w Empire, particu- larly to thofe of the Grand Signior's Guard, and the hi- fantry. The Captains of the Infantry, and thefe who command the Guards, are called Kul Zahytlers, and tha Soldiers of the Guard Kn^u Ktdlsri, i. e. Sla-jss of ths Court. Others fay, that all who hold any Places depend- ing on the Crown, or receive Wages from it, in a word, all who are in any meafure the Grand Signior'sScrva.nt^, take the Title of Kit!, as more creditable thaa that o£ Subjetit: j even the Grand Vifier and the Bafhaws value themfelves upon it. AAV, or Slave, of the Grand Sig- nior has Authority to abufe any who are only his Scr* vants i butaSubjeiSf that fhould affront a A'jt/, or Slave, would be fevcrely puniflied. The Kuls are entirely de- voted to the Will of the Grand Signior, and look on it as a kind of Martyrdom that merits Heaven, when they die either by his Order, or in the Execution of his Com- mands. KURTCHI, the Name of a Militia among the Fer- Jians. The word, in its Original, fignifies Army, and is applied to a Body of Cavalry confifting of the Nobility of the Kingdom of Ferjia, and the Pofterity of the con- quering Tttrh, who placed Jfmael Sophi on the Throne. They are in Number about 18000 Men. Their Coni'- niander is called Kurtchi Bafch't^ which was formerly the firil Poft in the Kingdom. KYPHONISM, an antlent Punifhment, frequently undergone by the Martyrs in the Primitive Times. The Body of the Perfon who was to fuffer was anointed with Honey, and fo e-xpofed to the Sun, that the Flies and Wafps might be tempted to torment him. This was performed in three Manners , foinetimes they only tied the Patient to a Stake j fomctimes they hoified him up into the Air, and fufpended him in a Basket 5 and fome- times they Wretched him our on the Ground, with his Hands tied behind him. Siudas gives us the Fragment of an old Law, which puniflied thofe, who treated the Laws with Contempt, with Kyphonifm for the fpace of twenty Days, after which they were to be precipitated from a Rock, drefled in Womcns Habit, The word is originally Greeks and comes from xjj^uy^ which fignifies the Stake to which the Patient was tied, the Collar fit- ted to his Neck, or an Inftrument wherewith they tor- mented him. The Scholiait, on Jrifiophmes, fays, it was a woodcD Lock, or Cage, and that it was called xo'^^K from the Verb yjJTrjeiv, to crook, orhmd, becaufe it kept the Tortured in a crooked bowing Pofture. Others fay. Logs of Wood were laid over their Heads, to prevetic their Itanding upright. fipfychhts defines the xjJi^uv, a Piece of Wood, whereon Criminals were flretched and tormented 5 and 'tis probable the word might fignify all thefe feveral things. It was a Generical Name, whereof thefe were theSpecie.s, KYSTUS, in Medicine, Is the Name of a Bag, or Membrane, In form of a Bladder, full of unnatural Hu- mours. The word comes from the Creek wJr/f, Bladder, LAB ( 4^^ ) LAC LEl is the Name of the Eleventh Letter of the Alphp^bct J it has a fweet Sound, and is pro- ^ nounccd by applying the Tongue to the Palate. Fafferat obferves, that / has been frequently ufed for />, as cllUh^ for cihdlx ; for rf, as ah^e for adipe, rallttSj rallnm^ from radens for c, as miitila for muUca j for «, as arvilla for ar-vhia^ belle for /jew?, co//i^o for conltgii i for r, as fratelluf of frater, balatrones for haratrones ; for /, &s ancils of am and crf/i(?w, eqi22, and call'd L^ffe^/, from the Liquor they contain, which refembles that of Milk. Their Coats are fo thin, as to be invifible, except wh^-n diflcnded with Chyle or Lympha. They arlfe from all the Parts of the fmall Guts, and as they run from the fides of the Guts to the Glands in the Mcfentery, unite and form larger Branches, called rejia LaBs.e v^encris. The Mouths of thefe LaBeals, which are open into the Cavity of the Guts, from whence they receive the Chyle, arefo fmall as not to be feen by the bell Microfcope! It was neceffary they fhould be fmaller than the fineft Arteries in the Body, that nothing might enter to flop the Circulation of the Blood. The fame Extre- mity of the Lacfe.ih has likewlfe communication with the Capillary Arteries of the Guts, by which they receive a Lympha that dilutes, and propels the Chyle forwards, andwaflies the X.i^/e.iA and Glands, that th-jy might not fur, and be obllru^ed by the Chyle's flaying in them upon fading. The other Extremity of the Z.iSeah dis- charges the Chyle Into the veficular Cells of the Glands difperfed up and down the Mcfentery : And from thefe arife other ZaSeals of a larger fize, which carry the Chyle immediately into the Re ceptacu! am Chyli ; thele are called LaHe^ fectmdl gejieris. The ZaBcal Veins have Valves at feveral diftances, which hinder the Chyle from returning back into the Intefllnes. It is flill doubted whether or no the Imejihia Craffa af- ford any LaQsah or not. The ImpofTibility of human Diffedion proper for fuch an Enquiry, gives no rooni either to affi,rm or deny. But the Contents of the In- /e/^/7iii CV^Tj^T feem not likely to afford much Chyle, and therefore if there beany, 'tis probable they arc very few. In Brutes, if dlfiedied at a reafonable time after feed- ing, as two or three hours, the haBeah appear vi-ry tu- mid and white; and if wounded, the Chyle flows plenti- fully from 'em. But if infpe£led when the Stomach of the Animals has lain fome time empty, they appear like Lymphaticks, vlfible indeed, but fiU'd with a tranfparent Liquor. That the Z--iSleals have a Communication from the Cavities of the Inteftines, is demonftrated by their Contents, the Chyle ; but how their Pores are difpofcd to receive it, has not yet been difcovered: Nor is there any way known whereby to fill the LaEleah from the Cavities of the Guts after Death. 'Tis probable then, tbcir En- trance into the Gut is oblique, fincc neither Wind nor Liquors can pafs from thence. As 'tis found thefc Pores can only receive any thing in the living State, we may be allow'd to imagine that 'tis the Perillaltic Motion of the Guts which difpofes them in that State to receive the Chyle. And this may be done by means of the Circular and Longitudinal Fibres of the Intellines ftill applying thclnternal Coats of the Guts to their Contents, by which means its Pores abforb the Chyle from the Excreraen- titlous Part. LACTEA YIA, theMlkyJ-ray. SecGalaxy. LACUNiE, among Anatomifls the Name of certain excretory Canals. Between the flefhy Fibres of the Ure- ter and the Membrane of the Vagina in Women, is found a whitifli glandulous Body about a finger thick, running round the Neck of ihe Bladder, having a great number of excretory Duels, which Graef calls Laciin£, and which terminate in the lower part of the Orifice of the Womb, conveying thither a filmy Matter, that mixes with the Seed of the Male. See Generation. LACUNAR, in Archite£lure, an arched Roof or deling, more efpeclaliy the flanking or flooring above the Portlco'sand Piazza's. LADANUM, or Lahdanum, in Pharmacy, the Name "•f a Gummous or Refinous Matter ouzing out of the Leaves of a Shrub call'd Cijiu: Ladanifera, which is verv common in the hot Countries, and whereof there are va- rious kinds. They gather the Ladajmm by means of Goats, which brouzlng on the Leaves of this Shrub, re- turn to the Stable with their Beards loadcn with a far Subftance, which the Peafants rake off, with a kind of Combs made for that purpofe. Tiiis Matter they thus coliei;! into Lumps, and, as 'tis mix'd with the Goats Hair and other Impurities, call It Ladmutm in the Beard, or natural Ladaiinm. Others draw Cords over the Leaves and other Parts of the Shrub, and fcraplng off what had fluck to the Cords, make up the Ladanion into little Balls, Lad.innm is ufctl in Phyfick to foften, dlgefl, attenuate and L AK and refolvc. Thit which is brittle, of an afli-colour Iweet-fcented, (Sc. is tlic beft. F:etro della faHe tells us he was inforinM by the biSam, that Ladannm is formed like Dew, and falls from Heaven lijce Manna, that it is Sather'd on the Leaves of a Plant, a Palm and an half high i that after gathering they boil it, by which rneans it becomes loft like Wax. -L/jn,-rf Ladamim is a Preparation of the natural Lada- nm, by melting and purifying it from the Hairs, t^c. 'ihis is fomefimes fold for a black Amber, LAGAN, at firftwas the Right which the chief Lord of the Fee had to take Goods catt on the Shore by the Violence of the Sea, but afterwards (ignified a Right which any one had to Goods fliipwrcckcd and floating in the Sea, becaufe being remote froin the Shore, it could not be determined to whofc Fee they properly belonged. 1 he word -La:;,-!?! comes from the u5'.jX5/2 Liggan, cuLire to lie, and not from I'gare, u b':i:d, as fome will have it, be- caufe the Goods are frequently tied together to prevent their Unking. LAGOPHTHALMIA, a Difcafe of the Eye-Lids, when the upper Lid isfo contrafted that the Eye can't be quite fliut, but remains open even in the time of Sleep. The word comes from the Greek Aayk, Hare, and Jj9aA,u«t, r.ye : this being the Property of the Eyes of Hares. LAIR is a I'erm in Hunting, for the' Place where Deer harbour by day; alfo a Place where Cattcl ufually reft under fome Shelter, the Ground bcingenriched by their Dung. LAKE, a large Quantity of Water inclofed in the Ca- i-ity of fome biland Place, of a confiderable Extent and Depth. Properly fpeaking, however, thofc only are called Lakes, which receive and emit Rivers. Lakes are of four kinds; (i.) Such as neither emit nor receive Ri- vers. (2.^ Such as emit Rivers without receiving any. (3.) Such as receive without einitting any. (4.) Such as both receive and emit Rivers. Of the firll kind fome are perennial, others temporary ; the temporary owe their Origin moll of them to Rain, and to the Cavity or Deprefficn of the Place where they are lodged. In the hidies they make artificial Lakes, which they wall about to catch the Rajn jn wet Seifons, and preferve it for their Ule in the dry ones. There are feveral of this kind of io/Scj, fotmed by the Inundations of the Sea and Rivers, particularly theMfcand Niger ; which, when they retire withm their Banks, leave Floods of Water, which the Inhabitants take care to inclofe, to fcrve as a Magazine for the enfuing Months. The Generation of perennial £<.,!.e, may be alfo referred to Rain, where the Cavity is fo deep as to receive a Quantity in Winter more than the Heat of ttic Sun will exhale in Summer; tho 'tis probable ma- ny of thefe Lakes have their Springs at bottom, by which they are continually fupplied. To this Clafs may bereferrcd the Turloughs, i. e. Terreus Lacs, or Land- Lakes m/reW, which are Lnfo one part of the Year and the reft very fmooth Fields : At the bottom of thefe lur oughs .are found Holes, through which the Waterruns in Winter, and links towards Summer. The fccond Species of Lakes, which emit without re- ceiving Rivers, is very numerous ; they owe their Oriain to Springs, the Cavities where the Spring is found not ge- ing able to contain all tho Waters it yields. The third kind, thofe which receive Rivers with- out emitting any, apparently owe their Origin to thofe Kivers, which, m their Progrefs from their Source fall- Jng into fome aiiiple Cavity, ate collcfted together and iorm a Lake o( fuch Dimenllons as may lofe as much by Exhalation as it continually receives from its SprinH ; or fometmies happening on a foft fpongy Soil, '^that im- bibes the Water and tranfmits it to the neighbouring C.round.s. The Number of thefe is fmall. The fourth Species both receives and emits Rivers Ot thele we reckon three ditferent kinds, as the Quanti- ty ot Water they emit is greater, equal, or Icis than that they receive. If the Quantity they emit be oreater tis plain they mulf h.ave a Spring at the bottom ; if 'lefs' there muft be fome fubterraneous Duffs or Canals, orclfo the Earth muft be fpongy ; if it be equal, we gather 'hat they have neither any hidden Springs nor Canals. Of tnele i^fojwe have a great Number', and thofe very conliderabie one,';. ^ The Generality of Lakes confiH of frelh Waters, as molt ot thofe which are fupplied either from fame Spring far from the Sea, or a River, or from the Rain • Some few of Salt-water , as thofe produced by'the Inunl dation ot the Sea, or by its tmmiffion through feme Dufl of the Eatth or that have Salt Springs at bottom. Dr. Haley is of Opini.)n, that all gtcat perennial L.,M are fait, eirner in a greater or lef, Degree, and that this Saltnefs increales with Time, and on this Foundation pro- polcs a Method for determining the Age of the W-jrld i he large Lakes, wherewith the JVorife™ Regions a- ( 427 ) LAM bound ferve for very good Purpofes. inafmuch as the warm Vapours arifing from them ferve for a Defenfative aga.nft the pinching Cold of thofe Climates. To this it mowing, that Ire/and, ScUnd, &c. are lefs affefled with Jrrolts rhan much warmer Countries LAMA, theTitle of an Order of Priefls among the It efieru Tartars, on the Frontiers of C4,„» ; thefe L»,„.,'> are held in great Veneration. They have a Grand Lama, m the Kingdom, being the next in Authority to the King. Peoo e'TTf^^T"' ""lA'l"-™" "Ot oily from the leople, but from the neighbouring Kings ; noneofwhotti are ever inthroned, without fending Ambafladors to him .0 obtain his Benediclion. 'ih^LamaS are extremdv fu pcrftitious, and are remarkably given to Magick. * LAM BATI V ES, a Fotm of Medicines to be lick'd o(F the End of aLiquorice-Stick. The fame with £,„a„.7 Lelmks, and Ecleqmas, which fee LAMEDOIDES, in Anatomy, an Epithet applied ,0 the third proper Suture of the Cranium, in reeard it refembles the Form of a a Lan:lda ; for the fame reafon 1, is fometimes called TffilMes, as bearing fome Rcfemblance to a Greek t rfftln. ^ LAMELLA, a Diminutive of Lamina, little thin Plates poll-d of Fifiies, lie. are com LAMI^, among the Antients, were cflecmed a kind ff.,?'w™'' "Z"" ^"ho, under the Form of beau tiful Women, devoured Children. Horaee makes men- tion of them ,„ his ^r, cf r,e,ry. Some Authors call I r/,'""""' " fays, they are alfo cal ed Lar., or Le,„„res, as if they were the fame thit^g /i.dwrwdl have the word to be rLueia,,, and deriv" s ft '::^^T^"' ^''"'^-^ ^^-^'^ °f LAMINA, thin Plates or Tables, whetcof any thini- confiits, particularly the human Skull, which are two^ the one laid overthc other. ' LAMMAS-DAY, ,„afi La^l.,„as, is the firft of Ja„.ff lo called, as fome will have ir, becaufe Lambs were not from a""P ^T" '°° '"S- "'hers derive it rom a Sa.on word lignifying Loaf-Majs, becaufe on that Day our Forefathers made an OtFering of Bread made with new Wheat. On thisDay the Tenants wh„ formerly held Lands of the Cathedral Church 'n were bound by their Tenure to bring a Lamb ali.v- .* the Church at High-Mafs. Sec Ga/e "= L AMP, a Preparation of Oil, (^c. in 3 proper Veffl-T for burning. The Ufe of lighted Lamps^'n^ Churches' and Places of Devotion is very antient. In the Citv „f feisa Mofque wherein are ,L brazen La ,psb2ln^ every Night In We^ all their Illumination{ are with Folydore Viryl afcribcs the firft Invent^r of Lar„fs to the Egyfuans, and Herod,u,s defcribes a f^iaft of Lamps held annually in E^yft. " °' A-,rc4e,. flicws the magnet of preparing Lamps which diffufe a Light fo difpofed, as to t^ake thi Fa ef of thofe pre ent appear black, blue, red, or any othe" Cott 1 here has been a great Dilpute among the Learned about he Sepulchral Lamps of the Antients: fome maintain they had the Secret of making Lamps that were inexttn- guilhable, alledging feveral that had been found bur„i„» a. the opening of Tombs ijor ,5 Hundred Years old^ But others treat thefe Relations as Fables; and others' thnik that the Lamps which before were extinguilh'd take Light a-fretli upon the Admiffion of fie/li Air Dr Fhn however is of Opinion fuch perpetual Lamps arc things praaicable and has himfelf "iv.aje fome Pro^pofa s of this kind The Unum ^sheji.nu,n he thinks ^To pretty well for the Wick, and that Naptha, or Liquid Bitumen, conftantly fpringing into fome of the C„al Mines, will anfwer for the Oil. If the Asbeftos won^ The Worl'dTT'^^''''^ no matTer in the World that will; and argues that the Trid;f;„„ c fuch Lamps muft be fabulouf, or tha they t^ade them without Wicks Of this Kind he thinks i poffible o ^t Fnajmdm Shropfirre; which, he lays, like other llouid Bitumens, will burn without a Wick. He make a I'o Immilrr' ;''°''=t--P^ kind" on the Imn iffionoffreft Air; by inclofmg fome of the liquil Phofphorusin the Recipient of an Air-Pump; .vhich un der thofe Circumflances, will not /hine at all, but on letting in the Air into the Recipient, there will poiTibh fays he, appear as good a perpetual Lamp as fome thlt have been found in the Sef ulchers of the Antients Cardans Lamp is a Contrivance of that Author which furniJhes ,t felf with its own Oil. It confifts of a ttde Column of Erafs, Tin, or the like, well clofed e J where excepting a Imall Aperture at Bottom whirh opens into the Middle of a little Neck where th J'W ck , placed. Here the Oil cannot ge, out, but in propoulon ^s LAM ( 4^8 ) LAN it fpcnds, and fo clears the: railage of that l.ttk Aperture. This Kind of Lamp has become much m Ule with.n thefe twenty or thirty Years ; but .t has feveral Inconve- niences, as that the Air gets .nto ,t by Starts and Gluts ; and that when the Air in the Cavity comes to be much nrefied bv Heat, it drives out too much Oil, lo as lomc- "mcs Vo cl-tingutlh the Lamp. Dr. and Mr. B.;./e hive invented other Lamps that have all the Conveni- ences of Ciydans, without tlie Inconveniences, bee lome Improvements in the Doarine of Lamps under Mu-ror. LAMVADARY, an Officer in the antient Church ot C.lhvitimple. His Bulinefs was to fee the Church well li"hrcd, a^d he bore a Taper before the Emperor, the Emprefs, and the Patriarch, when they went to Church, or in Proceffion. The Taper born betore the^ Emperor was incompaffed with various Circles of Gold ,n manner of Crowni, thofc held before the Emprels and Patriarch had but one. It feems they were of emblematical Ule, and were intended to keep thofe great Petfons in mmd, that thcirLight was to illumine thofe underneath them. See the Creek Euchology, Balfrmo,, &c. There were alfo Lamfadanes m the Emperor s Palaces , 3t firft the Privilege was only granted to the Great Ofhcers of the Crown, and the Chief MagiUrates, butatterwards the Emperor allowed it to other inferior Officers, as (iue- ilors,Treafurers, He. Together with the Taper, they bore before the MagiUrates the Emperors Image, o-c. ^ Un which account, 'ti.s probable, they were £rft permitted to have a Lampadary. The word is formed from the iaiiii, i(i>n/>.ii a Lamp. r ui- LAMPADIAS is a kind of bearded Comet, reiembling a burning Lamp, tho' of feveral Shapes; for fome- timcs its Flame or Blajc runs tapering upward like a Sword, and fometimcs is double or ttiplc pointed. LAMPERS, is a kind of Swelling in the Mouth ol an Horfe fo called becaufc it is cured by burning with a Lamp or an hot Iron: it proceeds from abundance ot Blood reforting to the firll Furrow of the Mouth, neat the Forc-teeth, that caufes the htid Furrow to fwcll as high as his Gathers, which will hinder his feeding, and iMkes him let his Meat fall half chewed out of his Mouth again. It is a natural Infirmity which every Horfe has firll or laft, and every common Smith can ''"lAMPETIANS, a Sefl of antient Hercticks who fell in w-ith fome of the Opinions of the A ians. Their Foun- der Lampeiitti is faid to have been one of the Chiefs of the iVl.->rc,o;iiiei. They condemn'd all Kind of Vows, parti- cularly that of Obedience, as ineonfiltent with the Liberty of the Sons of God. , LAMPROPHORUS, a Name antiently given to the Ncopbytei during the fevenDays that fucccedcd their Bap- tifm. In the Ceremony of Baptifm the new Chnllian wa,! cloath'd with a white Robe, which he wore for the Week following, and was thence call'd Lamfropbarus, which fignifies a Perfon wearing a fliining Garment, from KoLii^est and fsfB, I carry. The Grech alfo g.ye this Name to the Day of the Refurreaion, in regard their Houfcs were adorned and illumined on this Day with an infinite Number of Torches as a Symbol of the Light which that Mytlery diffufed in the World. LANAR. See Laimer. LANCE, an offenfive Weapon, bore by the ancient Cavallets in form of a half Pike. It confifled of three Parts, the Handle, the Wings, and the Dart. Tlmy at- tributes the Invention of Lances to the Etoliam. Vam and Juhti GeHius fay, the Word Lance is Sp.viiJ>j ; whence others conclude the'L'fc of this Weapon was borrow'd by the People of Jtaly from the Sf.iniards. Diodnrits Siciilu! derives it from the Gaulifi, and fejhii from the Greek >.iyx« i rezrm from the Celtic, and Horell from the Hebresi. LANCETI, a Name given by the antient Laws of litidtetn kind of Yalliils who were obliged to work for ihcir Lord one Day in a Week from Uieb.Klmas to yimimn, either with Fork, Spade, or Flail, at the Option of the Lord. ^ „ . c LANCETTE, is a Chirurgeon's little Knife, Hreight- nointed, two edged, ufed in opening Veins, j;ifc. * LANDAU, a Tree in the Moluccas, whereof the Na- tives make their Bread. When it is fell'd they cleave it into two in the Middle, and dig out the Pith, which is oven eat.able when it comes frefli out of the Tree. They chop it very fmall, till Cueh time as it is reduced into a kind of Powder fomewhat like Meal. This done, they put it in a Searcc made of the Bark of the fame Tree, and place the Scarce over a Cillern made of its Leaves, pouring Water upon it, and by this means feparating the inire PVrt of the Powder from the Veins of Wood where- iirh the Pith abounds. The Flower thus filtrated, they callSagu; they make it into Fafic, and bake it in e.irihcn Furnaces; and this they do with fo much Expedition, that in three or four hours a Man makes as much Bread as will feed an hundred Perfons a day. From the fame Tree they draw a Liquor as agreeable to drink as our Wines. The Leaves, when they are young, are cover'd with a kind of Cotton, wheteof they make their Cloth, and as they grow older they ferve them to tile their Houfes. The larger Veins of thefe Leaves ferve 'em for Stakes in building ; and of the fmaller they make a kind of Hemp, wherewith they make very good Ropes. LAND-CHEAP, is an antient cuftomary Fine paid ci- ther in Cattle or Money, upon the alienating or felling of Land in foine particular Manner, or within the Liberty of fome Borough ; as at Maiden in £[/ex, a Payment is itill made of i ; rf. in every Mark of the Purchafc-Money, for certain Lands and Houfes fold in that Town. LAND-FALL, is a Sea-Term, fignifying to fall in with the Land. Thus when a Ship out at Sea cxpeBs to lec Land in a little time, and it fo happens that Ihe doth, they fay they have made a good Land-fall. LAND-GABLE, an antient Term for a Tax or Rent iffuing out of Land. LAND-LOCKED. A Ship is faid to ride Land-lacked, when Ihe is at Anchor in fuch a Place where there is no Point open to the Sea, fo that fte is fate from the Vio- lence of Winds and Tides, r. r r, r LANDSKIP, or LandJcUfe, the View orProlpeaoSa Country, extended as far as the Eye will carry. Lat-.d- ikifs in Painting, are Pieces reprefenting fome Champaign or Rural Subjefl, as Hills, Vales, Rivers, Country Hou- fes, ^c. where human Figures are only introduced as Accidents or Circumllances." This iseflecmed one of the loweft Branches of Painting. LANGREL SHOT, is a fort of Shot ufed at Sea ; it is made of two Bars of Iron, with a Joint m the Middle, by which means it can be Jliortened, and fo put the better into tlie Gun ; and at each End there is an half Bullet either of Lead or Iron. When it is difcbarged, it flics out at length, and is of ufe to cut the Enemies Rigging, i£c. LANGUAGE, a Set of Words which any People have agreed upon, in order to communicate their Thoughts to each other. The firil Principles of all Lan^iia^a, f. Buffer obferves may be reduced to Expreflions fignifying, ijl. The Subjca fpoke of idly. The Thing affirmed of ir. jii/v The Circumftances of the one and the other : But as each La,ign.-t^e has its paiticular Ways of exprefling each of thefe ; Langm'ffi are only to be looked on as an Affemblage of Exprcffions, which Chance or Caprice has eltabli/hcd among a certain People; juft as we look on the Mode of Drcffing, CSc. 'Tis Ufe and Cuftom is the Rule of a Language, and thefe hold their Empire inde- pendent of Rcifon ot any other Caufe ; Nor has Reafoa any thing to do in Langmge, unlefs to Itudy or teach it, fuch as it is: Here then comirtcnces Grammar; ajufl Plan of which, fuppofcs a Language already introduced by Ufe and without pretending to alter or ainend a tittle, only furninies Refleaions, call'd Rules, to which the Man- ners of fpeaking ufed in that Language can be redu- ced ; which Alfemblage of Refleaions is what we call the Grammar of that Language. This Remark irtay obviate an Abufe introduced among Grammarians, who are ever crying out, Ufe is in -.his T»mt offofite to Grammar, or the Language here frees itfelf from the Rules of Grammar, ^c 'Tis Chance then to which we owe Ufage and Ufage that makes the Rules and Mcafures of a Language:. Ule in- deed is fomewhat dubious, and may be divided into good and bad : If 'tis ask'd wherein the difference between thefe lies ; 'tis in this, that the one is better eflablifhed or authorized than the other: And if it be ask'd wiherem that Difference of Authority confifts, 'tis anfwcr'd, that in dead Lanouages, that which makes the good Ufe .s the Writings of the bed Authors in that L.^nguage : And if it be further queftioncd, which are the beft; thofe are a low d fuch who vtrote when that State was in its greateil Glory Thus the Aoe of ArrfBi being the moll diftmguillred by great Men who then fiourim'd, we call that good which is confotmable to the Manners of Speaking ufed by Au- thors who wrote fifty Years before and h fry after the Reign of that Emperor. As to the living Lamag^s, thei? good Ufe, or their Mode, is denved from the Kx- oreffions ufed by the moll eminent Perfons among that People; whether as to Quality and Authotity, or as to Learning and the Reputation of writing well. With this View M r.iugelas deilnes the Ufe of a Language, The Manner of Speaking ufed by the beft Part of the Court conformably to the Manner of Writing among the bea Part of the Authors of the Time. But this Definition, how judicious foever, may occafion infinite doubt ; for which" is to be deem'd the bell Fart ot the Court and of the Writers ? Each Party doubtlefs thinks itfelf the beft. f. Sufer, therefore, very juUly, in- ftead of the bell Fart fubfliiutes the greaieft I art, which brinrs the Matter to a Certainty ; the moft nume- ^ rous LAN rous Part being fomething Hx'd and palpable, whereas the muft found Parr may be infenfiblc or arbitrary. See Grammar. There is found a conflant Refemblance between the Genius or Natural Complexion of each People and the Language they fpcak. 'J bus the Gj-ee/i, a polite but vo- lupluous People, had a Language perfcflly fuitable, full of Delicacy and Sweclnefs. The Ramani, who feemed only born to command, had a Ltiagmge noble, nervous, and auguH i and their Defcendants, \he Itdiajn^ are funk into Softnefs and Effeminacy, which is as viliblc in their L!iii^:,a^e as their Manners. The Lani^mfe of the Sfa- marrli is full of that Gravity and Haught'inefs of Air which make the difllngui/liing Charaflcr of the People. The r-raich, who have a World of Vivacity, have a Language that runs extremely brisk and lively. And the Ent^lifi, who are naturally blunt, thoughtful, and of few Words, have a Language exceedingly ihort, concife, and fcnten- tious. Tie Kiicrfity of Languages is generally allowed to have took its Rife from the Confulion of BM, both by jeias, ChriJIians, and Mabometans : But the Manner in which this Divcrlity was effeflcd, is Hill in difpute ainong the Learned. 1 he Quellion is, Whether God only expunged the Remembrance of the Signification of Terms in thofe who built the Tower ; or whether he immediately infpired them with new Words. Scalif^er holds that they only for- got the Meaning of the Words, and named one thino inflead of another ; tho' all indifferently fpoke the Hetrew Tongue. Nor does Cafauhm allow that they immediately fpoke diflercnt Languages : the Confulion of Tongues he thinks might be very well effeaed, without introducing a Multiplicity oC Languages. See Ziegra * Confiifane Lm- guarum Hcthylonica ad Gcncf. XI. As to the Point of Antiquity, that too has been ex- tremely conttovetted. Hendaius tells us, that in the Dif- pute between the Egyptians and Thrygmns about the Anti- "-f??e, and oiFrauce j two for Spain, thofe Ihe Word JS alio applied to Merchants who trade m 'em, oiraflUe and Jrrazon ; the other three ace the Languages and Vertuofo's well vers'd in their Nature, Kind, i^c. in oflt^/r ET!"hmd axid Germany. o( tht^c Languages which Senfe, the prefent Gre^t Mo^h/ is faid to be one of has its Chief, who prefides in AlTcmblies of the Laiigmge the greateft Lapidaries in the World, to which he belongs. , ^ , ^/ cutting precious Stones is very antient ; but LANGUED a Term in Heraldry, applied to fuch like other Arts, its Onginal was very imperfect : The Animals whofe'Tongiic appears out of their Mouths, be- French have fucceeded in it the beil ; and the Lapidaries inc of a Colour different from that of the Animal. _ of Far'is, who have been a Corporation fince the Year LANGUOR fignifies a Faintnefs, which may arife 1290, have carried it, elpecially cutting of Diamonds cal- from a Want or Decay of Spirits thro' Indigeftion, or too led Brillants, to its laft Perfection. There are various much Exercife ; or from an additionvil Weight of Fluids, Machines uled in the cutting of precious Stones, according from a Diminution of Secretion by the common Difchar- to the Quality of the Matter to be cut. The Diamond, which is extremely hard, is cut and torm'd on a Wheel of LANIGEROUS, anything that bears Wool. Hence Li^M/^tToiiJ Trees, among Herbalilis, are thofe Trees that bear a woolly downy Subilance, as the black, white, and trembling Poplars, Oflers, and Willows of all Sorts. LANTHORN, an Utenfil of tranfparent Matter, fer- ving for the Frefervation and Conveyance of Light, not- withftanding the Inconveniences of Wind or Weather. Epitlettts's Lanthorn is faid to have been fold for ^coo Drachms. Lanthorm are made of Glafs, Horn, Paper, Ssc 'I'hat of Diogenes was held in great Veneration among The Antients j and that of is ilill preferved in the Treafury of St. Vc7!ys, as a very curious Piece of Anti- *iuity. Lamhorm were formerly made of the Horn of a wild Bull call'd Untsj which when cut into thin La- mina:, Tliny tells us was very tranfparent. A Dark Lant- horn, is a Lantborn with only one Opening, or_ Light, which, too, may be clofed up, when the Light is to be intirely hid, and may be prefented to the Perfon one would fee, without being perceiv'd one's felf The An- tients had their Dark Lanthoms, but they differ'd from ours 5 they were covered with four Skins, one of each Side or Light, three whereof were black, and only the fourth tranfparent. Cafauhon who gives us the Defcrip_- tion, took it from a Manufcript of !?J!/)HJ P'j'Ofriwf^ Thefe were principally ufed in their Armies when they were to march privately off from their Enemies in ihe Night-time. - - , . „ The Word Lajithorn is derived from the Latin latertia of other like Subflances. See FttrifaBion. latso, I am hidden, eo quod lucem haheat interim claufam, LAPIDIFICATION, in Chyniiilry ; an Aaion_ by in regard the Light is hidden within, fays Ificiore and which any Lamhiji. But according to Fez' foft Steel, turn'd by a kind of Mill, with Diamond Dull', temper'd in Oil of Olives 3 and this ferves to polifh 'em as well as to cut 'em. Oriental Rubies, Saphires, and Topazes, are cur and form'd on a Copper Wheel, with Oil of Olives, and Diamond Dult; they are poli/li'd on ano- ther Copper Wheel, with Tripoli and Water. Rubies, Emeralds, Hyacinths, Amethyfis, Grenats, Agats, and other Stones lefs hard, are cut on a Leaden Wheel, with Smalt and Water, and polifhed on a Tin Wheel with Tri- poli. Turquois of the old and new Rock, Lapis, Girafol, and Opal, are cut and poliHi'd on a Wooden Wheel with Tripoli. See Diamond, Rithy, &c. Lufidary Stile, is a Stile proper for Infcriptions. This is a kind of Medium between Profe and Vcrfe ; the jejune and the brillant are here eijually to be avoided. Cicers has prefcribed the Rules of itj^aerfflro/'oi'ret Oratio variety •vehemens, plena Spiritus. Ouwinm Sentaitiarum Gravitate^ oinniiim Verhortm ponderihus e[i utendum. 'I'he Lapidary Stile^ which was loft with the ancient Monuments, has been retriev'd at the Beginning of this Age, by Count Emamtel Thefauro : It is now ufed various Ways at the beginning of Books ; and even Epiftles Dedicatory are compofed in it, whereof we have no Example among the Anticnts. LAPIDESCENT, from Lapisa. Stone, any thing which has a Property of turning Bodies into a ftony Nature, as many Spring-Waters will do to Pieces of Wood, and Laterna comes from the Celtic Leterji ; and according to Salmafuis, Layithor?i comes from Into, in regard it bears a Lamp or a Light. In Cbifia they have a celebrated Feaft call'd the Feaft of La7ttkorns, held on the 15th Day of the firft Month: 'Tis fo call'd from the infinite Number of Lamhoriis hung out in the Houfes and Streets , which, 'tis faid, is not Icis than two hundred Millions : infomuch that it rather ap- pears a Fit of Madnefs than of Feafting. On this Day are expofed Lan:hovns of all Prices, whereof fome are faid to coft iooo Crowns. Some of their Grandees re- trench fomewhat every day out of their Table, out of their Drefs, Equipage, i^c. to appear the more magnifi- cent in LajtthoT}:!. They are adorn 'd with Gilding, Sculp- ture, Painting, Japanning, ^fc. and as to their Size, 'tis extravagant; fome are from ^5 to 50 Foot Diameter: they reprefent Halls and Chambers, and two or three fuch Machines together would make handfome Houfes j fo that in China they are able to eat, lodge, receive Vifics, have Balls, and a£i; Plays in a Lanthom. To illumine them, they fhould have Bonefires ; but as that would be Subftance is converted into Stone: This is done by diffolving a Metal, for inflance, in a corrofive Spirit or Mcnftruum, and afterwards boiling that Diffolu- tion into the Coniiftence of a Stone. Lapidijication is pra£li- fed in Metals, fixed Salts, and Salts of Plants- The Term is alfo ufed in making artificial Stones. FctrifaHion. LAPIS CALAMINARiS. See Calamine. LAPIS DE GOA. See Goa-Stone. LAPIS INFERNALIS, a caullick Stone prepared va- rious Ways ; fometimes of ftrong Soap-Lees evaporated to a Drynefs, and the Remainder kept in a Glafs well ftopp'd from the Air: fometimes it is tnade of Vitriol and Tartar, calcined Sal Armoniac, and Quick-Lime boll'd in Water to a ftrong Lixivium, then ftrain'd and evaporated till it is dry. LAPIS LAZULI, a Mineral Stone of a blue Colour. Flifiy and Diofcoridts make it a Sand, Jgricola a Mineral found in the Veins of the Earth ; but the truth is, 'tis a mere Stone, call'd by way of Excellence Lapis, or Lapis Lazuli. When perfe6f-, 'tis ftuddcd with little Specks or Stars of Gold ; for which Reafon, 'Mefne calls it Lapis Stel^ I at us : and to be good, Iliould be able to refift Fire and inconvenient, they content themfelvcs with lighting up in Smoak, and ti. come out of em with new Luflre It is found themaninfiniteNumber of Torches ot Lamps, which at in Mines of Gold, Silver, and Copper, as_ iilfom litsot a diftance have a beautiful EffeB. In thefe they exhibit Marble ; which lad is that generally in Lie >,aturali Is various Kinds of Shews to divert the People. Befides dillinguifh three Kinds of ia;.,, T he hill call d old thefe monftrous LowtorMi, there is an infinite Number of Rock, which is pure, fmooth, a fine blue, with beauti- Jefs : thcfe ufually confift of fix Faces or Lidhts, each ful yellow Streaks like Veins of Gold, which vet are tre^ about 4 Feet high and one and a half broad, framed in quently no more than Veins of Pyrites. The fecond cal- Wood finely gilt and adorned ; over thcfe they flretch a led the new Rock, is fluffed with common Stonesj .is fine tranfparent Silk, curioufly painted with Flowers, Trees, and fometiities Human Figures : the Painting is very extraordinary, and the Colours extremely bright i and'whenthcTorchcs arc lighted, they appear very beau- tiful and furprizing. Colour is weaker, and itsPrice lower: thefe two Kinds arc brought from Fcrfia and Siam ; the third Kind is brought from the Mountains of ^/iiMrgKC. This is mix'd with the common Rock whence ic is dug, it is of a pale blue, and is fprinklcd with grecnifli Spots, with Veins of L AR ( 431 ) L AR of Pyrites. This when fufficiently charged with Spots of Lares: but there was a world of difference between the Lares of the Romans ind the Frxjihes of the E^yftians. The public Lures were alfo call'd Comfiules, from Comf itiim a Crofs-Way, and riales from Via a Way ot public Road ; as being placed at the Meetings of Roads and in the High-ways, and efleem'd the Fatrons and I'toteaors of Travellers. Their private Larts took caro of particular Houfes and Families ; Thefe they alfo call'd Green, is fold for the Armeman Stone. The Laj^is is of feme Ufe in Medicine ; they prepare it by calcining and wa/hing it fevcral times ; which done, it makes an Ingre- dient in the famous ConfeiSion of Alkermes. Sometimes, in fpight of all its Lotions, it continues to be a Purgative, by reafon of the Vitriolic Matter it contains. LAPIS MEDICAMENTOSUS, the medicinal Stone, a Compofition of green and white Vitriol, Alurn, Anatron Pr-fjiites from fr^efto^ of Samii'i'er, common Salt, and Salt of Tartar, melted over the Fire, and flirr'd till they thicken ; then mix'd S^''! frxftant Qcitlis omnia ma fids. Ovid. Faft, with Powder of Venice, Cerufs, and Armenian Bo\c, llir- ring the whole till it grows hard. This is faid to fiften They gave the name Vrhatii, i. e. Lares of Cities, to thofs the Teeth, prefcrve the Gums, heal and dry up Ulcers wlio had Cities under their Care ; and Hojtdi,^ to thofa and Wounds, and is ufed in Injedfions, and in Compofi- ^'ho were to keep their Enemies olF. There were alio tions for fore Eyes. " Lares of the Country, called Kttrales^ as appears by feve- LAFSE, a Slip or Omiffion of a Patron to prefent a ral Antique Infctiptions. Clerk to a Benefice within fix Months of its being void j The Antients dilfcr extremely about the Origin of the in which Cafe the Benefice is faid to be in La^fe, or lap- Lares : Afuleins allures us they were the Poilerity of the fed. Lemttres, Nigridiiis^ ss.ecoxA'mgxo ArmlLns, itiadc 'em fome- LAQUEARIUS, the Name of a Kind of Athleta times the Guardians and Proredors of Houfes, and fome- aiTiong the Antients : In one Hand he held a kind of times the fame with the CHrttcj of Samothracia, which the Snare, wherewith to embarafs and intangle his Anta- Greeks call Idean DaHyles, and whereof we have made gonill, and in the other a Poniard to flab him. The Word comes frotti the Latin Lai'teiis. LAQJJEUS in Chirurgery is a Band fo tied, that if it be attra£led, or prelTed with Weight, it /huts up clofe. Its Ufe is to extend broken or disjointed Bones, to keep them in their Places, when they arc fet, and to bind the Parts clofe together. jiieiitiuu under the words Cicretes and DaByle. Nor was Varro more confiftent in his Opinion of thefe Gods 5 fometimes making them the Ivlanes of Heroes, and fome- times Gods of the Air. TertuUian tells us, the Cuflom of worlhipping the Lares arofe from this, that they antiently interred their Dead in their Houfes, whence the credulous People took occafion LAR-BOARD is the Left-hand Side of a Ship when to imagine their Souls continued there alfo, and proceed- you Hand with your Face to the Head. ed to pay 'em divine Honours. To this it may be added, LARCENY, in Law, is a Theft of perfonal Goods or that the Cuflom being afterwards introduced of burying' Chattels in the Owner's abfence. In refpefl of the Thing in the Highways, hence they might take occafion to reoard flolen, it is either great or fmall ; great Larceny is when 'cm as Gods of the Highways. The Viflim offered to°the the Things ftolen, tho' feverally, exceed the Value of izci. Petty Larceny is when the Goods flolen exceed not that Value. The Healing of a Horfe or a Cow, was for- merly reckoned petty Larceny. The Civilians define Lar- ceny, a fraudulent Subtra6lion of another Man's Property, with defign to appropriate it without the Owner's Leave. "When it is done by Force, it is called a Robbery. By the Roman Law, the Penalty of liinple and fecrct Larceny^ was the returning it twofold j and of manifeft Larceny Lares in the public Sacrifices, was a Hog : In private they offered 'em Wine, Incenfe, a Crown of Wool, and a little of what was left at the Table. They crown'd them with Flowers, particularly the Violet, Myrtle, and Rofemary. Their Symbol was a Dog, which was ufually reprefented by their fide, on account of its Fidelity and the Service it does to Man, in w.atchinghis Houfe.' They were alfo reprefented as clothed in aDog's Skin. See Fenaies. On the Lares, fee alfo Arnobiits, Laiiantiiis, Aagitjiin de Ciiiitt fourfold : ManifeH Larceny was where the Criminal was Natalis Comes, Lamlin on Flmt. Auhd. and on Har. Cafaiiliox taken in the Fail; fimple, where he was not. The Lfl- on Suelojs.Sic. cedemanians never punilfied Larceny, provided the Perfon LARGE, a Sea-Term. See Veering. were not caught in the FacT: ; but on the contrary, it was LARMIER, in Architeflure, aflat fquare maffive Mem- applauded as a Mark of Dexterity and Addrefs: The Or- ber of the Cornice, between the Cymatium andOvalo, fo ■■^|f,ans are faid to honour it at this day ; infomuch that at called from its Ufe, which is to difperfe the Water .^nd to L„„n. .u„:. Tr....i, r..,r-.._ ^^^f^;^ f^n ^ Jiflance from theWall drop by drop or their publick I'eafls their Youth arc not fuffercd to drink, if they have not performed fomething remarkable in that Way. Soltnus tells us, that in S.V'dinia there was a Foun- tain that had the Virtue of difcovering a Perfon that had committed Larceny. The Word comes from the French Larcin, and that from the Latin Latrocinium. as it were by Tears, Larme in French fignifying"a Tear. The Larmier is alfo call'd Corona : See F.ntaUature and Corona LARYNGOTOMIA, a Chirurgical Operation, oran In- cifion in thoTrac2)eo or Wind-pipe between two of its Anmili or Rings, in order to give pafTige for the Breath, when LARENTINALIA, the Name of a Feaft among the there is danger of Suffocation, from an Inflammation of Romans. Some take this for a Feaft of the Lam, but 'tis the Larynx, £^c. Dr. M«/;raoe obferves that in all Me- no wife probable, that the iid Day of Decemher being dicine there is not one Method that works fo great a coiifecratcd to them under the Name of Comf kales, the Change, for the better, in fofliort a time. However, it is I3tl lltouldalfo be devoted to them under a new Name, feldom praflifed, in regard that Gap which appears on Man»tms, Golmms, Rofinm, and others take LarenunaUa to the cutting a Throat, (the divided Parts being then drawn T a tJ'i^" '''••"'^•"•••''i'-, which fee. towards their mote fixed Ends) together wi?h the great LARES among the Antients, were a kind of Domeflic Efilux of Blood when the Jugulars and Carotid Arteries Gem., or Divinities worljipd in Houfes, and efleem'd are alfo wounded, create in mo& Men a Dread of the the Guardians and 1 roteaors of Families j fuppofed to Operation, and make many believe all Wounds of the refideinthe Chimney-Corner. ««t«iv.4 diflmguiflies be- T™rfe« mortal. The fame Author makes no fcruple how- twecn Good and Evil Lares, as he had before done be- ever to fay it ought to be praftifed in Quinsies, and other tween Good and Evil Gen The; here were fome publ.-, others private. Afuleius tells us the Domeflic Lares were no more than the SouK- of departed Perfons, who had lived well, and difcharged the Duties of their Station ; whereas thofe tvho had done otherwife were Vagabonds, wandering about and frightening Peo- ple and call'd ia,"-* and Lo»«.-,^j, The fi'rft were alfo of the Trachea, "lyin7 below th. calld Fenates, and were worfllip d under the figures of and before the Pharynx little Marmoufets or Images of Wax, Silver, or Earthen fpiration, and thoprincii Ware. The Pantheons, or Images reprcfcnting feveral dy Gods at once, were alio call'd Lares. Harpocrates had one of thefe. r.i?To and Macrohius fay the Lares were the Children of Mania. 0-Sid makes them the Children of Mercu -y am ,d the Jtiits call Laranda Naid Lara, whom LaHantius and Aufo- The Temple of the Lares was in the , ightto be praflifed in Quinzies, and othe Dangers of Suffocation from Caufes of a like nature with 'em ; from an extraordinary Cure which he himfelf had wrought in this way. The word is derived from the Creek AafufJ and ■niAtn'i^3.s\i fomeof ihe forbidden Fruit had iluck in Mam's Throat, and oc- cafioned thai Swelling. The fecond is called Cyicoides, or AtiiuthiriS, from its Refemblance to a Ring which the Turks put on their Thumb for the drawing of their Bows. The forepart of this is very narrow, coming un- der the other Cartilage, but behind it is broad, thick, and strong, being as it were the Balis of all the others. The third and fourth are called Jryixmides, orGuttaks, from the Figure of an Ewer, which thefc two together fomewhat rcfemble. At the Jun£f ure of thefe two there is a little Cleft, or Chink, in form of a little Tongue, and for that reafon called Ghms, or LinguL. Through this Chink ihc Air defcends into the Lungs, and the pituitous Matter cjeaed by coughing in Catarrhs is let out. It fcrves alfo for modulating the Voice, and is imitated in Flutes and ihe Pipes of Organs. Over the Glottis lies a fifth Car- tilage called the Epiglotns, which is very thin and fofr, and in Non-adults aimoit; membranous, coiicave on the under Side, and convex on the upper: It detends the En- trance of the Larynx, and hinders the Liquids which in drinking Hip over it into the Ocfophagus, from falling in- to the Trachea. The i..ii-_>7;x has feven Pair of Mufcles, which fcrve to move its fevcral Cartilages, and lo contradt or dilate them at pleafurei two Pair of them are com- mon, the other five proper: the proper are ihofe which have both their Origination and Infertion into the Larynx^ the common have only their Infertion there. Of the former Kind are the Cr\cothyroides, which moves ihefcutiform Cartilage j the Crico-aryta:noides Pollicum, which ferves, by its Coniradion, to draw the Aryta:noides Cartilage, and to open the Rima. The third is the Arytxnoides i this ferves to bring the two Cartilages of that Name to- gether, and to fhut the Rima. The fourth is the Crico- aryracnoides Late rale 5 and the fifth the Thyreo-arytxnoi- des, which /liuts the lu'-jf^x. The common Mufcles arc the Sternothjroides, which ferve to draw down the Thyroide Cartilage, and the Hyothyroidcs which lift up that Cartilage. The Larynx has but too Membranes, the one external, which is a Continuation of that which covers the Trachea j and the other internal, which is the fame that lines the whole Mouth; it receives two Branches of Nerves from the Recurrents, and it is moiftened by four large Glands, two fituate above called Tonfils, and two underneath call'd Thyroides. The Larynx is of very confiderable Ufc, not only In forming and modulating the Voice, by the different Apertures of its Rima or Chink, but alfo in comprcffmg the Lungs in a greater or lefs Degree by the Air ; Fur if the internal Diameter of the Larynx had been equal to that of the'iracbea, the Lungs could have undergone little or no Compreflion at all ; nor, confequently, with- out the Larynx could we have reaped any Advantage from Breathing, in regard the Air would not have refilled that Force wherewith it is driven out in Expiration, nor confe- quently could the Comprefliun have been made in the Lungs, which is found neceflary for the Comminution of the Globules of the Blood, and the mixing of the two Fluids, Air and Blood, together. For the A6lion of the Larynx in Sound, fee Glottis and Somd j fee alfo Bpiglotus-, Trachea, 8ic. LASH, the Sea-Word for binding up to the 'Ship's fide Muskets, Butts of Water or Beer, or Pieces ot Timber to make Ipars Top-Marts. When any thing is thus fallen'd to the Ship, it is called LaJlAng. But the Lapen are properly thofe Ropes only, which bind fait the Tackles, and the Breeches of the Ordnance, when they are haled, or made fali within board. LASKING, a Sea-Term. See reem;^. LASSITUDE, among Phyficians, expreffcs that We a- rinefs or Heavinefs of Members that proceeds from a dillempcrcd State of Body, and nor from Exercile j either from an Increafc of Bulk, from a Diminution of proper Evacuation, or from too great a Confumption of that Fluid which is ncceflary to maintain the Force and Spring of the Solids, as in Fevers and Convulfions j or from a vitiated Secretion of that Juice, whereby the Fibres are not fupplied either in due Quantity or Quality. The Remedy in the firff Caie is Evacuation, in the latter proper Diet, or fuch Alterative Medicines as influenci; j'uch a Secretion. LAST, or LeJ}, in general fignifies the Burden, or Load of a Ship. It is alfo ufed for a certain Weight and Mea- fure, which is various in various Countries ; tho in the ge- neral, the Z-afi \s elfimatcd at 40CO /^i. weight. l\ L:iji of Cod-Fifh, White Herrings, Meal, and Allies for Soap, is j2 Barrels for each : Of Corn or Rape-Seed ic Quar- ters: Of Gunpowder 24 Barrels, or 14.00 IiL weight: Of Red Herrings 20 Cades : Of Hides 1 2 Dozen : Of Lea- ther 20 Dickers: Of Pitch or Tar j 4 Barrels : Of Wool 12 Sacks : Of Stock-fifh icco : Of flax or Feathers 1700 lib. weight. LASTAGE, or Lcfia^e, according to Raftal, is a Du- ty exa<5ted in fomc Fairs and Markets to carry things bought where one will. Lajlagc, fays another A urhor, is properly thatCuttom, which is paid for Wares fold by the Lait. In a Law of R.j. the Jecond Lajiagc is taken for the Balance or Lading of a Ship. LalKy, LajLige is fome- times ufedfor Garbage, Rubbilh, or fuch Filth. LAST HEIR, is he to whom Lands cotne by Efcheat for want of lawful ilelrs j which in many Cafes is the Lord whereof they are held, but in others the King. LATERAL EQUATION, in Algebra, an Equation having only one Root ; whereas a t\)iiadratick hath two, and a Cubick 5 Roots, ti°c. And fuch Equations can be determined and conllruiied by the Interfeition of two Right Lines, which is a Compolition of i -}- i = 2. But a Quadratick cannot be determined or conltruffed, with- out a Strait Line and a Circle cutting each other. LATERAN, was originally the proper Name of a Man, whence it defccnded to an antient Palace in Rowe, and to the Buildings fince eredied in its place : Particu- larly to a Church called St. John of the Lateran^ which is the principal See of the Popedom. CoimcUs of the Lateran are thofe held In the Bafilifque of the Lateran : Of thefe there have been five, held in 1123, 1 1 39, 1 179, 1 21 5, and 1 51 3. Cation Regi'.iar of the Congyegaiioti of the Lateran, is a Congregation of Regular Canons, whereof that Church is the principal place. 'Tis pretended, there has been an Uninterrupted Succeflion of Clerks, living in common, from the Time of the Apoilles, and that a number of thefe were cllablifli'd in the LtJttT.uz in the Time ot Con- Jlantine. But the Canons were not introduced till the Time of Leo I. and thefe held the Church 8co Years, till the Reign of Boniface, who took it from 'em, and placed Secular Canons in their room, 150 Years after, the Re- gulars were reinftated. A LATERE, a Z-uIn Term ufed for the Qualification of Cardinals whom the Pope lends as Legates into foreign Courts, who are called Cardinals a latere, as being his Holinefs's Counfellors in ordinary and Affiftants. See Legate. The Guards of Princes were heretofore called Laterones, becaufe alv^/ays attending at their Side.H/.n"ca. LATHE, or Leathc, a very ufeful Engine for the turn- ing of Wood, Ivory, Metals, and other Materials. The Invention of the Lathe is very antient, Diodorm Siadus fays, the firll who ufed it was a Nephew of D^dMs, na- med Tahs. Thny afcribcs it to Theodart of Samoi, and mentions oneTimc/a, who render'd himfelf very famous bv his Dexterity in managing the Laihe. 'with this Inllrument the Antients turn'd all kinds of Vafes, many whereof they enrich 'd with Figures and Or- naments in Baffo Relievo. Thus Virgil^ Lenta qiiihis Torno facili fiij>eraddita Vitss. The Greek and Latin Authors make frequent mention of the Lathe, and Ccero calls the Workmen who ufed it Vaf- adarii. 'Twas a Proverb among the Antients, to fay a thing was formed in the Lathe, to exprefs its Delicacy and Juftnefs. The Lathe is compofed of two wooden Cheeks or Sides, parallel to the Horizon, having a Groove or Opening be- tween j perpendicular to thefe, are two other I'ieces cal- led Puppets, made to Aide between the Cheeks, and to bs fix'd down at any Point at pleafure. Thefe have two Points, LAT Points, between which the Piece to be turned is fuftained j ihcPiece is turn'd round, backwards and forw^ards,by means of a String put round it, and fattened above to the End of a pliabic'Pole, und underneath to a Tredle or Board mo- ved with the Foot. There is alfo a Reft which bears up the Tool, and keeps it rteady. As 'tis the Ufe and Application of this Inftrument that makes the greatelt Part of the Art of Turning, we re- fer the particular Defcription thereof, as well as the Man- ner of applying it in various Works, to that Head. Sco LATHE, in our Law. See Lerie. LATIAR, a Eeatt, or Ceremony infliruted by Tarqid- fiius SnJ^erbui, in honour o{ ^Kfiter Latialis. The Founder only appointed one Day for this Feaftj the firfl Coniuls added another to it upon concluding the Peace with the Zathisi a third was added after the People who had re- tired to the A'/oHs Sacer were returned to Rome ; and a fourth after appeafing the Sedition raifcd on occafion of the Confulate, in which the People would needs have a Share. Thefe four Days were called the Latin I'erif, and every thing done during the Courfe of thefe Fer'w:, as Feails, Sacrifices, Offerings, £^c. were called Latlares. Tarqiiin having made aTreaty of Alliance with the Latins, propofed, in order for perpetuating it, to ercft a common Temple, where all the Allies, the Romans, Latins, Berjiict, Voifci, Ss-c. Jhould affemble themfelvcs every Year, hold a kind of Fair, exchange Merchandizes, feaft, facri- Hce, and make merry together. Such was the Inftitution of the Laiiar. LATICLAVUS, a Garment of Diflinclion and Dignity among the Romans. It was a kind of Tunic, oi: long Coatfaced with one or two Slips of Purple applied length- wife to the two Sides of the Tunic, In xhz Laticlaviisxhc^c Slips were pretty broad, and in the Mgujiidavus narrower? though there is nothing about which the Learned differ more, than the Difference between thofe two Habits. There were Burtons fct on the Laiiclavtis, which appear 'd like the Heads of large Nails ; whence fome think it took its Name. 'Ihe Senators, Praetors, and the chief Magi£lratcs of Colonies and municipal Cities, had a Right to wear it. The Robe called Pr^texta, was wore over the Latichivus. When the Pra:tor pronounced Sen- tence of Death, he put off the Prietexta, but retained the Laticla'ous, LATINE, a dead Language firllr fpoken in Latium, and afterwards at Rome, and flill ufed in the Romijh Church, and among the Men of Learning. Some Authors rank the Latiii among the Number of original Languages, but by Miflakc : It is formed principally from the Grec^, and particularly the JEohc Dialect of that Tongue ; tho' it has a great N umber of Words which it borrow'd from the Languages of the Etniri, Ofci, and other antient Peo- ple of Italy ■■, and their foreign Commerce and Wars, in courfe of Time, added a great many more. The Latin is a flrong, firm Language, perfe6Uy fuitable to the Charac- ter of'the People who fpoke it. We have, Hill, Works of every kind, admirably well written in Latin, tho' there are an infinite Number loft. T\iz Latin is more figura- tive than the Eyiglifi, Icfs pliant than the Freiicb, Icfs co- Sious than the Gree^f', lefs pompous than the S^anijh, lefs elicate than the Italian, but clofer and more nervous than any of them. For a while, the Latin Tongue was confined almoft wholly within the Walls of Rome ; nor would the Romans allow the common Ufe of it to their Neighbours, or to the Nations they fubdued. Cicero oh - ferved that even in his Time Greek was ufed almoft among every People, but the Latifz only confined to a very nar- row Compafs ; Gr.fca h^^^unmr hi ommbits fere Gsntihus, La- tina fi'.is fmthii^ exiguis fane contineyitiir . By degrees they were brought to grant the Ufe of it as a Favour, and in time became fenfible of the NccclTity there was of its being generally underilood for the Conveniency of Com- merce 5 and accordingly ufed their utraoft Endeavours that all the Nations iubjefl to their Empire, ftiould be united by fome common Language ; fo that at length they impofed that as a L;iw, which they had before granted as a Favour, After theTranfiation of the Seat of the Empire, from Rome to ConJiaisTimple, the Emperors of the Eaft, being always defirous of retaining the Titles of Roman Emperors, appointed the Latui to be ftill retained in Ufe both in their Refcripts and EdiiSls, as appears by the Ccnftitution of the Eaftern Einperors collected in the Theodojicin Code: But at length the Emperors neglefling the Empire of the Weft, abandon'd all Care of the Z^t in Tongue, and allowed their Judges to pafs Sentence in Greek -J and accordingly we find the Emperor ^w^iK/aw's Novels compofed in Greek. Charlemagne coming to the Empire of the Weft, appointed the Proceedings in fove- rcign Cr urts to be in Latin 5 and the Notaries were to draw their A3s and Infiruments in the fame Tongue: This Practice continued a long time through a great Part ( 433 ) LAT Europe., but at length it gave way, and the fyenchtouk place ot the Latin, not only in France, but in fome nica- fure in Englandtoo : and riic Reafon given for it, was, that abundance of Difficulties arofe about the underlhnding of Z-iinK Terms. The Latm however was prodigiouilv "de- generated and corrupted e'er it came to be 'laid afide. The incurfions of the Goths o.Ml\mda/s into Italy, brought an Inundation of foreign Words and Phrafes into it; inYo- much that l-'^aHa and NauJeiis call linviius the laft Latin Author, However, that was not all, but when it once got into the Courts of Juftice, it was ftill wcrfe handled; rill at laft being introduced amongft the Munks and be- come the common Language of M'iflals and Bi-L^viarles it was debauched to that degree, that it was almni\ become fcandalous to ufe it. In this Condition it was found at the time of the Reformation ; when Fi-ves, Erafrnm, &c, began to open the way for its Recovery : fince which time, Mon- kifh Latinity has been declining, and ail Endeavours have been ufed to retrieve the pure Language of the /ingr.jlan Age. 'Twas faid of Cardinal lianho, that he wouUf never read the Breviary, for fear of corrupting his fine Laiin LATIN CHURCH, is a Term ufed for the Romif> Church, by way of Oppofition to the Greek Church. LATISSIMUS DORSI, in Anatomy, is a Mufcle called fo from its Shape, covering almoft the whole Back. It hath a thin broad tendinous Beginning, which comes from the pofterior part of the Spine of the Ilium, from the fuperior Spines of the Os Sacrum, from all the Spines of the Vertebra; of the Loins, and from the fcven lower of the Thorax i it pafleth by the inferior Angle of the Scapula, from which fome of its fleftiy Fibres fomctimes arife, and is inferted with the Teres major, by a ftrong and broad Tendon, with which it pulls the Arm down- wards: It is alfo called ^mJ'cii/f for, becaufe it carries the Arm to the Jnus, LATITAT, a Writ, whereby all Men In perfonal Actions are called originally to the Kings-Bench and it hath this Name, us fuppofing the Defendant does lurk, and lie hid, and therefore being ferved with this Writ, he muft put in Security for his Appearance at the Day -. by this Writ, a Man being brought in, is committed to the Marftial of the Kingjs- Bench, in whofe Cuftody when he is, he may be fued upon an Adioii in that Court. LATITUDE, in Geography, is the Diftance between the Equator and Zenith, or vertical Point of any Place, reckoned on the Degrees of the Meridian, or the Secun- daries of the Equator. Latitttde of a Place is its Difiancc from the Equator •■, and is either Northern or Southern, according as the Place whofe Latitude is fpoke of, is on this or that Side of the Equator. Thus London is faid to be in 52 Degrees, thirty Minutes, Northern Latitude. Circles parallel to the Equator, are called Circles of Laiitiide, becaufe they ftiew the Latitudes of Places bytheir Interfeftion with the Meridian. If through the Poles of the World we conceive innumerable great Circles drawn, thefe are called Secundaries of the Equator; and by their help the Pofition of every Point, either on Earth, or m the Heavens, with regard to the Equinoctial [that is, the Latitude of any Point) is determined. One of thefe Se- cundaries paffing thro' any Place in the Earth's Surface, is called the Meridian of that Place, and on it the Latitude of that Place is meafured. The Latitude of a Place, and the Elevation of the Pole of that Place above the Horizon, are Terms ufed indiffe- rently for each other, in regard the Latitude and the Ele- vation of the Pole are always equal, (as will appear by Fig. 4. Plate Geography) where the Circle H Z Q__ re- prefents the Meridian, HO the Horizon, JECQ^ the Equator, Z the Zenith, and P the Pole. Here the Z^i- titiide of the Place, or its Diftance from the Equator, is the Arch ZjE, and the Elevation of the Pole, or its Di- ftance from the Horizon, the Arch P O. Now the Arch P jE between the Pole and the Equator, Is a Quadrant of a Circle, and the Arch Z O, from the Zenith to the Ho- rizon, is likewife a Quadrant. Therefore the two Arches ZJE and _PO_ muft be equal ; and taking away the Arch ZP, which is common to both, there 'will remain the Arch Z £ equal to the Arch P O : that is, the Latitude of the Place equal to the Height of the Pole above the Ho- rizon. Thence we have a"^ Method of meafuring the Cir- cumference of the Earth, or of determining the' Quantity of a Degree on its Surface : For by going direftly North- ward or Southward, till the Pole be elevated one Degree more or lefs, and then meafuring that Interval accurately, we ftiall have the Number of Miles in a Degree of a great Circle of the Earth's Globe. See Degree. The Knowledge of the L,atitude of the Place, is of the utmoft Confequence both in Geography, Navigation, and Aftronomy : The Methods of determining it both at Sea and Land, are as follow. S fff f Wc LAT ( 434 ) L A U We have already obferved that the Altitude of the Poi_ is always equal to the Z«tJf"f/e, for which Reafon the Za- titiide iTiighr he bert found by obferving the Pole's Height : Eur in regard the Pole is only a mathematical Point, and no ways to be obferved by our Senfes, its Height cannot be determined in the fame manner as that of the Sun and Stars, ^c. for which Reafon another Manner has been con- trived. In order to this, a Meridian Line is iirft drawn ; the Method of doing which, fee under the Word Meridian. Place your Quadrant on this Line, fo as its Plane may be in the Plane of the Meridian ; then tale fome Star near the Pole, the Pole Star, which never fets, and ob- ferve both its greatell and leal! Altiiudc (fee 2«a\ra;o7h;;rrherec; who cannot refift, are called xheir Laws. The Nature of other Law befides the Dilates of Natural Reafc Difference between a Counfel and a Lazo will be befl de- termined from the Difference between Counfel and Cotn- mand. Now a Counfel is a Precept wherein the Reafon of Obedience is taken from the Thing itfelf prefcribed ; a Command is a Precept, wherein the Reafon of Obe- dience depends on the Will of the Prefi-riber ; for we can- not properly fay, fc volo, fic ptheo, unlefs f}et fro rations Voll(77tas. r . . ■ T , X ^ . ^. that is, to the Ceremonies and Worfhip of the Deity, and which are not prefcribed by any f>ofuive Divii^e Law. Se- cular are thofe that relate to Property, ^c. commonly call'd by the name Civil. Further, Civil Lazus confidered with regard to the two Offices of the Legiflator, viz- to judge, and to compel, t, r ■ r - ■ , ■ X - f • , r , maybe divided into two Branches ; the one Diflributive, ,hPthl„» 'J-^-"°'y,<'°™V°'''J °f <>*<=■■ Vindicative and Pa:nary. Diitributive is that firihe ,> I r ■ • ' Y °^ ^71" P"'''- B'^^^'^h by which every I\lan has his Riqht ; or that which maud A T. " ""'f P™P"''y Co"nfd but a Com- conflitutes the Rules and Meafures of Things, whereby over thofe whomhe commands, a Counfel from him who may not difiurb or interrupt others i: he commandi has no fuch power. To do what is enjoined by a Zaw is an Aa of Duty, what by a Counfel an Aft of Choice or Free-will. A Counfel is diredcd to his Advantage who may not difiurb or interrupt others in the Enjoyment of tlieir own, nor be interrupted by them, and what each Man may lawfully do or not do. Vindicative is that Branch by which the PuniJhments to be infiiiled on thofe who LAW ( 4^^ ) LAW who viulate the Laws are dctL-rmined. The Diflributive diid Vimlicative are nor two Sfecies oflflzys, but two Parts of the fame Law. For if a Law fay no more than Whatt-z-ir ^ oit carch in yonr I^et in tht Sea fjali he yoitrs, 'tis in vain 5 tor tho another take from you what you have caught, 'tis fHIl yours; in regard m the State of Na- ture where al! things are coininon, yours and another's are the famt thing. So that what the L^^y defines to be yours, wa.s yours before that Law, and will be yours after i't, tho poUeiVd by another. A Lavj therefore is but an empty Sound, unlcl"s it determine the thing to be yours in fuch a fenfe, as to forbid every body elfe from ditturbing you in the poffeffion of ir. But fuch Pruhibition will be vain, unlefs there be a Penalty annex'd to it. A Lazu therefore muft contain both thole Parts, that which pro- hibits, and that which punifhcs. The iirll whereof, which is call'd Diliributive, is prohibitory, and fpeaks to all. The latter, call'd Vindicative or Por^p.ary, is Mandatory, andfpeaks only to the public Othcers. Whence it fol- lows, that to all Chil Laws there is annex'd a Penalty, either implicitly or explicitly: and where that Punifh- ment is not afccrtain'd, either by Writing or by Example, 'tis fuppofed to be Arbitrary, and to depend on the Plea- fure of the L,egillatur ; for that is no Law, which may be violated imfune. Moreover, Ci-vU Laws confidered with regard to the different Manners of promulging them are of two kinds ; Script.^ and Nm-Scrif'tie, thofe written, and thofe not writ- ten. By written, 1 mean thufe which requite either the Voice or Tome other Sign of the Legillator's Will to be- come Laws. Thofe unwritten, are fuch as need no other Promulgation befides the Voice of Nature, or Natural Reafun'j of which kind are all Natural Lazvs. Hence it appears, that tho the Natural Laws he defcribed in the Writings of Philofophers, they are not therefore to be call'd. Written Lazvs. Nor are the Writings of Lawyers Laivs^ for want of the Supreme Authority : nor the Re~ fponfa Trudenum, or Opinions of Judges Laws, excepting Jo far as they are allow'd by the Supreme Power to pafs intoUfe; and then they arc call'd Leges fcripu, ivyitten J^azDs j not becaufe of their Ufe, but becaufe of the Will of the Supreme Power, which is argued from their palfing into Ufe. The firfl Principle, or L^w of Nature, according to Jiohbes, is Sclf-prcfcrvation. Thomafms will have it to be our own Happinefs, which falls in at lall with the Senti- inent of Hoiki, J'ii_^ewi?o;/ maintains it to be Sociality. Vahiiuiie Albert!, the Belief that we are the Image of God, Henry ^TiA. Samuel Cocceius, the Will of God. Gro- tins. Right Rcafon. Velihennis, the intrinlic Decency or Turpitude of Aftions. Strimefius and '3a7!!(s, that we are to love God, Ourfelves, and our Neighbour. M Regis fays, that the Zaws of Nature are the Dilates of Right Reafon, which teach every Man how he is to ufe his na- tural Right i and the .Laws of Nations, the Di£iates in like manner of Right Reafon, which teach every State how to adt and behave themfelves towards others. iau) is alfo ufed for rhe feveral Policies cf States and People, or the Maxims and Rules they have agreed upon or receiv'd from their MagiOrates, to live in Peace and mutual Society. The Lciws of the Twelve Tables were the antient Z^iws of the Romajis, for which the Decemviri were fent into Greece, and which fcrv'd them for the Ground-work of all their Jurifprudence. The celebrated Laws of the more modern Days are tliofe of the JiigH, Verines, or Thuriwj, of the J^oii or Bavarians, thofe of the Btirgundi, of the Rymarii, Germans^ Vanes, and Norwe- gia}is, of the Franks, the Frifons, the Ltimhards, the Gothic Jjdws, the tAartiane or 'Mercian Law ■■, the La-ws of the Saxons, Scots, Sicilians, Ftfijoths, the Laws of Olerofi, the Molmi'.tin L.aw, the Salic Laiu, the Law Gomhette. See Salic, Simptuary, SsC. Among the firft Romans, the word Law properly figni- fied an Ordonnance of the People made at the Requeft of aMaglllrate, particularly a Conful. Thefe Ordonnances differ'd from the Flchifdta and Senatus-Conjnlta, and even from other Ordonnances made at the Requeft of any other MagiRrate befidcs a Conful, tho thofe too bore the naine of Z'l^i'. Thus t.\\a ArjiuVms ^.nA. Falddius were only Tribunes when they made their Requeft, yet we fUU fay the Jqitilian L.a-w, the Falcidian Law. The Lazos of the Romans are diftingui/hed, i/f. By the Name of him at whofe Requeft they were pais'd ; as the Cornelian Law, the 3 iiU an Law, 8ic. zdjy. By the Matter or Subject of the Law ; and hence came the Terms Tejlamentary Lazvs, ^uSciary Laws, Agrarian L^zus, Sic. ^dly. Sometimes by the Crimes againft which they were inade ; for inftance, the Zflws touching Poifonings, Parricides, £^c. the Laws of Concuftion, Peculate, iSc. The Ccdsx and Jutbejiiic.e are the Laws and ConlHtution of the Roman Emperors ; The Vigeji a Compilation made by the Emperor Jt}gland, with the Advice and Confent of both Houfes of Parliament. Bolides thefe, we make ufe of the Civil and Canon Laws in Ecclefiaftical Courts. See Civil and Canon. We have alfo Military or Martial Lazv, in ufe among the Soldiery in time of War ; and Foreji Law, for the Regu- lation of Forefts- See Military, Forejis, Sic. Lazo has alfo a fpecial Signification, wherein it is taken for that which is lawful with us, and not elfewhere ; as Tenant by ihe Conrtefy of EngUnd. Thus we alfo fay, to ivaoe Lazv (vadiare Legem') and to make or Ho Lazv (facere Legem.') When an Adion of Debt is brought againft one upon fome fecret Agreement or Contrad, the Defendant may zvage his Law if he pleafes ; that is, fwear, and cer- tain Perfons with him, that he owes the Plaintiff nothing ; But this is only allow'd in cafe of the Plaintiff's want of Evidence, and when he cannot prove his Surmlfe by any Deed or open Ad. When one wages hn Law, he ftiall bring with him fo many of his Neighbours as the Court fhall aflign (Sir £f/. C'l/i-e fays, eleven) to fwear with him that they believe in their Confciences he hath fworn truly ; and thefe in the Civil Law are call'd Comfiirgators. The Offer to make Oath is call'd the Wager of Law, and when it is accomplifti'd, it is call'd the making or doing of L.aw. This Cuftom is fiiid to have obtained, formerly, among the Egyp'iajis. The Word Laza is alfo ufed figuratively, in fpeaking of the Rules or Order according to which any thing is per- form'd. Thus we fay, the Lazvs of M-nivn, the Lazvs of Mechanics, tiie L-^azi's of Fluids, the Lazi-s of a Gawe, &c. See Motion, &c. LAW LAY ( 4?7 ) LA2 LAW OF ARMS, is that which gives Precepts how rightly to proclaim War, to make and obferve L,cagucs, to attack the Enemy, and to punifh Offenders in the Camp. LAWING OF DOGS, a Term ufcd in our Law- Writers. Thus Malliffs mult be Z>^wecl every three Years ; CromjJton ^Hris, fol. 165. that is, three Claws of the Forc- Foot ihall be cut off by the Skin, or the Ball of the Fore- foot cutout. The Word Zaw is derived from the Saxon^ Lag or Laugh. LAWLESS COURT. On Kmgs-hiU at Rocbford in Ejex every Wednefday Morning next after Mchaelmas-Do-y, at Cock-Crowing, is held a Court vulgarly call'd the Lawlefs Court. They whifper, and have no Candle, nor any Pen and Ink but a Coal ; and he that owes Suit or Service there, forfeits double his Rent every hour he is miffing. This Court is call'd Lnwlefs, becaufe held at an unlawful Hour, or quia diHa fine lege. It is mention'd by Cainhden^ who fays this fervlle Attendance was impofed on the Te- nants for confpiring at the like unfeafonable Time to raife a Commotion. LAWLESS MAN, Exlex. SecOinlaw. LAW OF MARQUE, from the German Word March, a Bound or Limit, is a Lraw fo call'd, by which thofe who are driven to make ufe of it, take the Goods or Shipping of the Party that has done 'em wrong, and of whom they cannot get ordinary Juflice whenever they can take them within tncir own Bounds or Precinfts, See Refrifals. LAW MEPXHANT, is become a Purt of the Laws of the Kingdom ; It conllfls in this, that if there be two joint Merchants of Wares, and one of 'em dies, his Exe- cutor iliall have the Moiety : which is not fo in the Cafe of others, not Merchants. LAW OF THE STAPLE, the fame with Law Mer- cham. LAWS OF MOLMUTIUS. Stc'Molmutiaji Laws. LAWS OF MOTION, or of Nature (taken in a phy- fical Senfc.) See Mot/ow. LAWS OF OLERON. ScQOIero7i. LAW SPIRITUAL, is the Ecclcfiaftical or Canon Law allow'd by the Laws of the Realm j fo far as it Is not a~ gainfl the Common Law, nor again It the Statutes and Cuf- toms of the Kingdom. And regularly, according to fuch Ecclefiafticfll Laws, the Ordinary and other Ecclefiattical Judges do proceed in Cafes within their Cognizance. See Cajioji. LAXATIVE, in Medicine, is ufcd to fignify a loofe State or Difpolition of the Body, fo as to go frequently to ftool. Hence laxathe Medicines are fuch as promote that Difpofition, which they do by fome fmooth foftcning Quality, taking away the Tenfity of the Fibres, and fa- cilitating the Paflage of the Contents of the inteftinal Tube thro it ; for which Reafon all oily Subflances come under this Clafs. See Purgatives. LAY, an old Frejtch Word, fignifying Moan, or Com- plaint. Lay is alfo the Name of a kind of antient Foe- try, confiiling of very fhort Verfes. There were two forts of Lays^ the great and the little ; the great Lay was a Poem, confining of twelve Couplets of Verfes of diffe- rent Meafures ; the little -Lhjv was a Poem confifting of fixteen or twenty Verfes, divided into four Couplets. Thefe Lays were the Lyric Poetry of the old French Poets, who were imitated by fome among the EnTj'iJJj. They were principally ufed on melancholy Subjcas, and are faid to have been formed on the Model of the Trochaic Verfes of t\\& Greek and I..niH Tragedies. Father Mor- gties givesus an extraordinary Inftance of one of thefe an- tient Lays in his Treatife of French Poetry ; Sitr V^ppid dti Mojide ^ jQiie faut il mi\n funds D'Ej}i}ir ? Cette Mer pmfonde'. En Debris fcconde Fait •voir Calme ait Matin, V07ide Et r Or age y groude Le Soir. LAY THE LAND, a Sca-Phrafe, ufed for failing out of fight of Land, in whicii Cafe, they fay, they ha-ve hud the Land ; and if another Point of Land exclude the fight of the former, they fay,Tify h.t'X fi;?(^. The Method of paling or foldering Lead for fitting onoflmbofs'd Figures, ^c. is by placing the Part where- on the Figure is to be paled, horizontal, and rtrewing on it fome pulverized Rofin ; under this place fome Coals, till fuch time as the Rofin becomes reddifli, and rifes in Pimpks ; tiien apply the Figure, and rub fome foft Sod- der in rothc joining : when this is done, the Figure will be paled on, and as firm as if it had been call on it. Borrichi'is iR^crts, that i-cz^? reverberated into Minium, melted into Glafs, reduced into Cerufs, and burnt into Litharge, immediately refumes its original Figure, upon the dexterous Application of a lixivial Salt. The An- tients, according to Schindkria , ufed to compofe Books of Platesof Leaves of Lead. For the Manufacture Lead, itcTlumhery, There arc various Preparations of Lead, ferving for various Purpofes : Lead-Di'ji, a Preparation ufed by the Potters, made by throwing Charcoal-Dull in melted Lend, and llirringthem a long time together i to feparate the Coal again, they only waftl it in Water, and dry it afrefli. Its Lfe is to give a Varnilli and Glols to their Worl;s. Burnt-Lead is a Chymical Preparation ufcd in Medi- cine, made of Platesof Le.7ii melted in a Pot with Sul- phur, and reduced into a brown Powder. jVhltc Leady ufed by Painters, is only thin Plates of iertt/ diiTolved by Fumes of boiling Vinegar. SeeCerii/j. Mafficots of fevcral Colours, and the Sandix, are alfo Pre paraiions of Lead. See Mascot and Sajidix, Litharge of Gold or Silver, is only the Lend ufed in purifying Copper. Scq Lithaije. Red Lead, a Preparation of Mineral -Lciir? calcined, ufed \)y Painters, Potters, and Phylicians. See Illinium. By help of Chymiflry there are alfo drawn from Lead^ Salts, Balfams, Oils, Vinegar, a Magillery, £5?c. dif- guifed under theNameof Samm, to amufe the Ignorant. Salt or Sugar of Lead^ ox Saccharum Satiirni^ is an effen- tialSaltof Vinegar, incorporated with the proper Sub- Jlance of Lc-ii/, diflblved in the Spirit of Vinegar, halm of Lead, or Saturn, is an Oil drawn from the Salt of Lead by Diftillation, after having diflblved it in Spirit of Tur- pentine. Magiftery of Lead is the Calx of Lead purified and fubtilized, which is made of LetK^ diiTolved in Jqna forth, pouring a filtrated Salt- water into it ; wh.ence re- fults a Magillery extremely white, which, when foftened by feveral Lotions, is mixed with Pomatums for the pace and Complexion. Black Lead, a kind of Mineral Stone, of a black Co- lour, but filvercd, and fliining, found in Le.Tt^ Mines, and appearing to be nothing elfe but Luad not yet arrived at Maturity ; much ufed for Pencils or Crayons for de- figning. "Lis melted like rhc common Lead. Mr. Glan-vil obferves, that the Smoke of the Lead- Works in Somerfetfjive is a prodigious Annoyance, and fub- jecls both the Workmen, and theCattel that graze about them, to a mortal Difeafe. The I'rees that grow near them have their Tops burnt, and their Leaves and Out- fides difcoloured and fcorched. When the Lead-Ore is dug out, they beat it fmall, then wafli it clean in a running Stream, and fift it in Iron Rud- ders. Their Hearth or Furnace is made of Clay or Flre- ilone ; this they fet in the Ground, and on it build their Fire, which they light with Charcoal, continuing it with young Oaken Gads, blown with Bellows, by Mens treading on them. After the Fire is lighted, and the Fire-Place hot, they throw their Lead-Ore on the Wood, which melts down into the Furnace, and then with an Iron Ladle they take it out, and upon Sand call it into what Form they pleafe. The Mine-Men fometlmcs find the Vein run up into the Roots of Trees, and yet don't obferve any Ditference between thofc and other Trees. When the Mine is near the Surface, the Grafs isfomctimes found yellow. They make no account of the Vir^ula. B'rjlnatoria 3 yet fay, that when a Mine is open, they may gucls by ir how far the Vein will lead. The Ore runs fumedmes in a Vein, Ibnie- times difperfed in Banks ; it lies many times between Rocks; fome of it is h-rder, others milder ; fometimea they have branched Ore in the Spar 3 about the Ore is Spar and Chalk, and another Subftance, which they call CVoufet. LEAF, LEAVES, part of a Plant, ordinarily very thin and flat, growing in the Spring, and falling off in Au- tumn. There are fome Plants without i-ed^'Cf, as Truffles and Mullirooms. As tu the Siruilure of Le^ivas, Dr. Grew obferves, that their i ibres never Hand on the_Stalk in an even Line, but always in an angular or circular Poilure, and their vafcular Fibres or Threads are 5, 5, or 7. The Reafonof which Pofition is for their more erefl Growth and greater Strength of the Leaf Another Obferva- ble m the Fibres of Leaves, is their orderly Pofition, fo as to take in an eighth part of a Circle, as in Mallows ; in fome a tenth, but in moil a twelfth. The fame Author obferves fix feveral Parts intended by Nature fur the Pre- fervation of Gem= ; -uiz. Lea-ues, Sunfoils, Interfoils, Stalks Leaves, Hoods, and Mantlings that cover them. The SkmorCoatof the Ze^i-.'ej is no more than that of the Branches extended, asGold, by beating, is reduced in- to Lca-jes. In the Gem they are folded, fometimes in two, and fometimes in feveral Plaits, fomewhat after the manner of a Fan. If the Leaves be too thick to plait commodioufly in two, and to be ranged againd each o- ther ; or if they be in too fmall a Number, and theic Fibres too delicate, inttead of being plaited, they are rolled up, and form either a fingle Roll, as the Leaves o£ the Mountain Cowllip, which are thick; or two Rolls, which begin at each Extremity of the Leaf, and meet in the middle. There are fome Plants whofe Leaves form three Rolls, as Fern ; feveral Leaves are covered with Hair of feveral Figures, thofe of Lavender and Olive- Tree have Hair rcfembling Stars. Botanifts confider the Leaves of Plants, with regard to their Struflure, to their Surface, Figure, Confiltence, their Edges, Situation, and Size. With regard to their Strudlure, Leaves are either fingle, as thofe of the Apple- Tree, Pear-Tree, ^c. or double, as thofe of Angelico, Pariley, i^c. With regard to their Surfice, Leaves are cither flat, as the Nummularia, Afarum, Organy, An- drofa;mum, BrioniaCanadcnfis, ^c. or hollow, as thofe of the Onion and Afphodel ; or in Bunches, as feveral kinds of Kali, Salicot, and Houfe-Leeks. With regard to their Confiflencc, Leaves o^tq either thin and fine, as thofe of St.>/jH'5-Wort, and Dog's Grafs; or thick and grofs, asthofeof Porculata ; or fle/liy, as thofe of feveral kinds of Houfe-Leeks ; or woolly, as thofe of the Wooll-Bladc. With regard to their Edges, Leaves are either cut illght- ly, as fome Species of Geum, and Cannabis Lutea ; oc deep, as Trefoil, ^c. With regard to their Situation, Leaves are either alternate, that is, ranged alternately, as ihePhylica ; or oppofite to each other, as the Phyllyrea, and fome Species of the Rubia. With regard to their Size, Leaves are either very big, as thofe of the Coloca- fia and Sphondylium ; or moderate, as thofe of Bif- tort, the Fig-Tree ; or fmall, as thofe of the Apple- Trce, Pear- Tree, Peach-Tree ; or very fmall, as thofe of Mille-Pertuis, or St. 3o?.'«'s-Wort. Leaf, or Leaves, is alfo ufed to exprefs the niofl fen- fible and agreeable Parts of Flowers. 'Tis true, all Flowers have not Leaves, and 'tis fometimes difficult to determine which is to be called the Leaves, and which the Calix of the fame I'lower. Toprevcnt the confound- ing of the Leaves of the Flower with thofe of the roll of the Plant, the former are called Fctala, from ,a Greek Word which the Botanllls have adopted into their Latin Defcriptions, when theyfpeakof the Leaves of Flowers. The Lea-c-es of Plants they call fb/;«, and thofe of the Flowers Tetala. Sec Fctalnm. Leaves iji Archite^furc, an Ornament in the Corinthian Capital, and thence borrowed into the Compofitc ; con- fining in the Reprefentation of a double Rcw of Leaves covering the Vafe, Tympanum, or Neck of the Column. Thefe Leaves are ufually made in imitation of thofe of the Acanthus, fometimes of thofe of Olive, and fometimes of Laurel. The Leaves are divided, each making three Ranges of lelTer, and are bent, a-top, one third of their Height. SccCapital, Jcanthns, &.C. LEAGUE, an Extent of Ground, confidered length- wife, fervingto meafure the Dillances of one Place from another,and containing more or lefs Geometrical Paces,ac- cording to the different Lfages and Cufloms of Countries. A Sea League is 5000 Geometrical Paces, or three Etig- I'lf: Miles ; thelarge Leagues of Fravce, are ufually 3coo,nnd in fome Places 5 500 Paces; the mean or common League is 2400 Paces, and the little League loco. Choi-ier obferves, that the antient Catilljh Leagues were but 1500 Paces. The Spini/j Lia^KCs are larger than the French, 17 Sf'anijl Liaguzs LEA C 439 ) LEE i Env- iMWimakea Degree or lo Trench Leagiies, ot 6<) Statulc Miles. The Uagua of Cermavy and HoUar.d contain four Geographical Miles each. The Lea,uc, are nearly the fame with xhcSfamfi, that is, they are equivalent to four Itatum Miles; which comes pretty near to what Herodotus mentions of the Farajariga, an antient Meafure among the Ferjians, containing thirty Sta^ dia, eiliht whereof, according to Strah, make a Mile. The Terfi.ms mark their Lm;«£; by Trees, as the antient Romans did by Stones, Lafides ; for which realon they call them Jgw, a T,M Word fignifymg Tree. In f.i»theI.M™econfifls of 1 800 Fathoms. Thefe arc all iliflinguiflied by little Hillocks, raifed on purpofe by the Road-fidc. See lie Leagues of moft Commies, reduced to the Roman Foot, itnder tbewordWdc. The word comes from Leiica, or Lenga, an antient Gatilifi Word, as Menage has proved from Jfidore, St. 3e- ro,n. Am. Marcellimis, &c. Some derive the word Le,:ca froniMum" tvkite, in regard the Gaids, in imitation ot the Romaits, marked the Spaces and Diflances of their Koads by white Stones. LE IVGUE, an Union or Confederacy between Princes and States for their mutual Aid, either in attacking fomc common Enemy, or in defending themfelves. There have been feveral holy Zeaijaej entered into by theChri- llians againllthe Saracens and Injidels, fometimes alfo called Crufado's. The League is ufcd by way of Eminence for that famous one on foot in J'™i;ce,from the Year ijTS, to JSJ5. Its Intent was to prevent the Succeffion of Hen- rylV. who was of the Reformed Religion, to the Crown, and it ended with his Abjuration of that Faith. The Leaguers, or Confederates, were of three kinds : The zea- lous Leaguers aimed at the utter Ddlruftion, not only of the Hugo«ots, but alfo of the Miniflry. The Sfan:fi Leaguers had principally in view the transferring the Crown of Frastce to the King of Sfaiit, or the Infanta his Daughter. The moderate Leaguers aimed only at the Ex- tirpitionof Calvinifm, withoutany Alteration of theGo- vernment. The Word comes from liga, which, in the corrupt Lat'in, was ufed for Confederation, Sjuj pis cum alio ligalur. n- j l LIplKAGE, is a Leaking or Leak in a VelTel, through which the Liquor runs out ; Alfo an Allowance made to a Merchant in Liquid Goods of 12 /. fer cent. Alfo an Al- lowance of Brewers of ; in II Barrels of Ale, and 3 in 25 Barrels of Beer. LEAI'-YEAR, or Biffextile, is every fourth Year, To called from its leafing a Day more that Year than in a Common Year ; for in the Common Year any fixed Day of the Month changeth fucceffivcly the Day of the Week, but in the Leaf^l'ear it skips or leaps over one Day. The Common Year hath qC? Days in it, 'but the Leaf- Tear ^66 Days, and then lebruary hath =9 Days, which, in the Common Year hath but i8. To find the Leaf- Tear, this is the Rule 5 V'videhy ^, -^lihat's left Jhallhe, For Leap- Year o, for fajl i, 2, 0 For Example, what is the Tear 1720, Common Year 4.)i72oC433 There is o Remainder, fo that it is Leaf-Tear. LEASE, in Laiv, fignifies a Demife, or letting of Lands, TeneiTients, Right of Common, Rent, or any Hereditament unto another, for Term of Years, or for Life, for a Rent refcrved, and is either written, called alfo Indenture, Deed Foil, or Leafe in writing ; or by word of Mouth, called -Z-eii/e Paio/. The Party that letteth this Leafe is called the LeJJor, and the Party to whom it it is lett the Lrjjee. A Leafe hath in it fix Points ; (i.^ Words fuflicient to import a Demife. (2.) A Leflee named. (3.) A CommGoccment from a Day certain. (4.) A Term of Years. (5.J A Determination, (if.) A X^efervatlon of Rent. LEASH is a Term ufed in the Game for three Crea- tures of any Kind, as a Leap of Greyhounds 3 as a Brace expreffeth two. LEA\fEN, any thing that will make a Body fwell by means of the moll fubtile and penetrating of its Parts , which being agitated and divided, divide and agitate the more grofs, as we may obferve in Pafte, in feveral Li- quors,"^c. The word comes from le-janum, a le-jando, be- caufe Le.-i~jeti makes the Pall, S^c. rife. See Ferment. LEAVER. See Lever. LECTICARIUS, an Officer in theGree^ Church, whofe Bufinefs it was to bear off the Bodies of thofe who died, and to bury them. The chief of the LeHicarii was the Deacon. The Romanshad two Kinds of LcHicarii different from thofe of the Grcel's, and who anfwered nearly to the Office of our Chairmen. LECTISTERNIUM, a religious Ceremony among the antient Romans ; it confiflcd in a Fellival prepared, and , Leaf-l'e, folemnly given in the Temple. And becaufe, according to the Cullom of thofe Times, they placed Beds a-round the Tables, and fct the Statues of the Gods on thofe Beds, in the fame manner as Men fate at Me.als : They call'd this Praftice Leni'lermum, from LeSus, Bed, and Jiernere of Jiemo to fpread, prepare. In this Ceremony the Efuhsies (mentioned under that Head) pfefided. Cfl- faulon has obferved from a Faffage in the Scnoliaft of Fm- dar, that the Grcc^j had alfo the Lcaylernium m Ufe. Li'jy obferves that the firft LeEl'jiernimn feen in Rome, was that which held for eight Days fucccfl'ively, injionour of Jf olio, Latona, Diana, Hercules, Mercury, and Neftune, on occafion of a contagious Difeafe that kiU'd all their Cattle, in the Year of Rome 354; tho yakriw, Maximus mentions one before that. LEE, a Term varioufly ufcd at Sea, but its general Ufe is to fignify the Part oppofitc to the Wind: Thus the Zee-fliore is that on which the Wind blows, and therefore to be under the Lee of the Shore, is to be clofe under the Weather-fhote, or under Wind. When they fay J-Lee the Helm, they mean, put the Helm to the Lee-ward Side of the Ship They fay alfo, take care of the Lee- latch, which is a Word of Command to the Man at the Helm, to take care that the Ship do not go to the-Lee- ■wardofhtr Courfe ; wherefore they call a Lee-inari Ship one that is not fall by a Wind, or which doth not fail fo near the Wind, nor make fo good way as llie lliould. To lay a Ship by the Lee, or to come by the Lee, is to bring her fo, that all her Sails may lie flat againft her Mafh and Shrouds, and that the Wind may come right upon her Broad-fide. The Lee -aay of a Ship, is the Angle made by the Line on which the Ship Ihould run, according to her Courfe, or the Point of the Compafs fleered upon, and the real Line of the Ship's Way ; for all Ships are apt to make feme Lee-way, wherefore in calling up tiie Log-board, fomcthing mull always be allowed for i-ee~ my. The ordinary Rules are thefe: (i.) If the Ship be upon a Wind, you mutf allow one Point for Lee-way. (2.) If the Wind blow hard, fo that you are forced to take in one Top-fail, allow two Points for Lce-w.ty. (3.) If it blow fo hard, that both Top-fails muft be taken in, and the Sea runs high, allow three Points for Lee-way. (4.) If her Fore-fail being furled, (he try under a Main-fail or Mizzen, fhe will make her way four Points before the Beam, (s.j If flio try with a Main-fail only, Ihe will make her way near three Points before the Beam. But (S.) If under a Mizzen only, Ihc will make her way about two Points before the Beam. LEES, the groCfeft and thickefl Parts of Wine, Oil, and other Liquors 5 or the Sediment found at bottom of the VefTcl. A kind of gravelly Sand is made with the Lees of Wine burnt and prepared, ufed by Dyers,^££?c. which ought to itand as a Caution to People troubled with the Stone, Sic. The Word comes from the Freitch Xie, and that cither from Zi'miis Miiri, or fmni one of the Surnames of Bacchus, or,according to Du !;^r:L;e, from Lia, a corrupt Latin Word fignifying the fame thing. The Vinegar-Makers make a great Trade of the Lees of Wine dried and made into Cakes, after having fqueez'd out the Remains of the Liquor in PrefTes, LEET, an old Saxon Word for a Law-day ; from the Saxon Lite little, ijuafi a little Court ; or from the Ger- man Laet, i. e. a Country Judge. The Court-Icet is a Court held by the Lord of a Manner, tho' in reality 'tis the King's Court, in whofe Mannor foever it is held, in regard the Authority thereof belongs originally to the Crown, and is derived thence to other Pcrfons; It is a Court of Record, and inquires of all Offences under High- Treafon, tho it cannot puniflt many, but mufl certify them to the Juflices of ACflze. LEGACY in Law, any particular Thing given by a. Laft Will and Teflament ; for if the whole Eftate be fo given, it is faid to be Hereditary, and he to whom it is 'fo given, is called H.tres by the Civilians ; though incon- mon Law, the Diflinaion is this, that he to whom all the Man's Lands and Hereditaments dcfcend by Right of Blood, is Hrres Natus ; the other to whom 'tis bequeath'd is called H.n-ei FaBus. In the Ecclefiailical Senfe Letacy was 'formerly a Soul-Seat, a Bcqueft to the Church, or accuflomed Mortuary ; and this was to hold good, even tho' the Teflament it felf were declar'd null and invalid. LEGALIS HOMO, in Law ; a Pcrfon who flands reflus in Curia, not out-law'd, nor excornmunicated, nor defamed ; and in this Senfe are thofe Words fo often ufed, Frohi Leg.tles Homines. Hence Legality is taken for the Condition of fuch a Man. LEGATE, a Prelate whom the Pope fendsas Ernbaffi- dor to any fovcreign Prince. There arc three Kinds of Le- gates, viz. Lc^^ates'i latere. Legates de latere, and Lsi'.ates by Office, or Legali Nati. Of tliefe the riofl confiderable are the legates a' latere ; fuch are thofe whom the Pope com- miCfionsto take his Place in Councils, fo called, in regard the ^ LEG ( 440 ) the Pope never gives this OfHce to any but his greateit favourites and Confidents, who are always at his aide, a latere: that is, to the Cardinals. He may confer Benefices without Mandate, legitimate iiaftards to hold Offices, and has a Crofs carried before him as the Enfign of his Autho- rity. The Le^iites de Litcre, are thofc who are not Cardinals, but are yet intrurted with an Apollolical Legation. Legates by Office arc thofe who have not any particular Legation given them, but who by virtue of their Dignity and Place in the Church htcomc Legates. Such arc the Archbilliops of PJjcims und v?r/ef. But the Authority of thefe Legates is much inferior to that of the Legates a latere. The Power of a Legate is fometimes given without the Title. Some of the Nuntio's are inverted with it. The Term Legate comes from that of Legatusy which Varro derives from legere to chufe, and others from le- gare^ delegare, to fend, delegate. Stc l'l''icquefBrt. LEGATORY, a Term ufed in fpcaking of the Go- vernment of the anticnt Romans', ylugnjitis divided the Provinces of the Empire into Confular, Legatory, and Pre- lidjal. Legatory Provinces were thofe whereot the Empe- ror himfelf was Governour, but where he did not refide, but adminiilred Affairs by his Lieutenant or Legatiis. LEGATL'S, or LEGAT, among the Romajts, was an OfHcer of Diftintlion, who commanded under the firil or leading OfHcer. Of thefe there were two Kinds, viz. A Legaii-.s in the Army under the General, imfwering to our Licutenant-Gencral, and a Legatits in the Provinces under the Proconful or Governour. When any coniidera- ble Peribn among the Koman Citizens had occafion to pafs thro' any of the Provinces, the Senate gave him the Titli ef Ltgatiis • ■ " nd he LEG and Pronunciation. All we obfcrvc on Medals, is fome^ tinies a Mixture of Greek and Latin Letters. The Cha- racler was prcferv.d in all its Beauty til! the time of GalUan. From the time oiConJhmtuie, and for the Space of 500 years the Tongue alone was ufed in rhe Legends of Medals, even in thofe firuck at Conjiam.novle begun the firff, whofe i,e£e«^ was in Greek, Ind from his lime the Language, as well as the Characters began to alter for the worfe. LEGVION, a kind of Regiment or Body of Forces, Whereof the Roman Armies were compofcd. The Num- ber of Soldiers and OfKcers whereof the Lenon confifled, was different at different Times : But 'tis impoflible to determine the prccife Time and Manner of their Altera- tion. In the Time of Romuhs each Legion contained 3000 ^oot, and a Hundred E^uhes, or Knights: Thefe were divided mto three Bodies, which made as many Orders of Battel. Each Body confifled of ten Companies, or Wanipules, ranged at fome ditlancc from each other, tho in the fame Front. Each Body had two General Of- xicersto command it, coXlcA Tribunes, and each Manipulc two Centurions. Under the Confuls the Legion conafted of 4GO0 Men, who made four Bodies, commanded by a Confulorone of his Lieutenants, and each Legio?i had its fhareof Cavalry, which was from two to three hundred Horie. Afterwards, in the time of Marlus, thefe four Divifions of the Legion were united into one, and aug- mented, and Cohorts were appointed from five to fix hun- dred Men, each under the Command of a Tribune. Each Cohort confiiled of three Con mpanies or Manipules, eacii „ -- „ Mampuleof two Centuries, and the divided into that IS, of Envoy from the Senate, to the ten Cohorts, who made as many diflinft Battalions dif. Ik be received witii the greater Refpecf , and pofed in three Lines ; fo that the Legion, then, confifled that the Cities and Towns thro' which he travelled mighi defray his Expences. This they caU'd a free Legation, in regard the Perfon was not incumber'd with any Truff, and might lay it afide as foon as he pleafed. LEGEND, was originally a Book ufed in the old Ro- mijlj Churches, containing the Leffons that were to be read in the holy OfEcc : hence the Lives of Saints and Martyrs came to be zo\V A Legends ; bccaufe Chapters were to be read out of them at Matins, and in the Refec- tories of the Religious Houfcs. The Golden Legend is a CoUedlion of the Lives of the Saints, compiled by '^amss de Varafc, better known by his Latin Name of J. de Fo- yagne. Vicar General of the Dommica?!s, and afterwards Archbifiiop of Gej^OiT, who died in 1298. It was received into the Cinurch with a world of Applaufe, which it main- tained for 200 Tears ; but, in effcdt, is fo full of ridiculous and romantic Accounts, that the Romanijis themfelves are now generally alhamed of it. The Word Legend it fclf is on that account come into difrcpute. Legend is alfo ufed to fignify the Words or Letters en- graven about the Edges, i^c. of Coins. Thus x\vc Legend of a French Crown, is, Sit nomen Domini BsnediBum j that oio^Moidore, In hoc Signo i-inus j and on thofe of the laft Emperors of Cojijlantinople, we find, 'Jeftis Chrljlus Baji/cits ^ajikon, IHS XPS NIK A, "^efus Chrifius rmcit. Legend, is alfo ufed for the Infcriptions of Medals, which ferve to explain the Figures or Device. In llri£l- nefs, the Legend differs from the Infcription ; this lafl properly fignifying Words placed on the Rcverfc of a Medal, in the place uf Figures. It feems as if the An- tients had intended tlicir Medals fliould ferve both as Images and as Emblems j the one for the common Peo- ple, and the other for Perfons of duality and Parts: the Images to reprcfcnt the Faces of Princes, and Emblems to reprefent their Virtues and great Aclions: So that the Xege?/ii is to be looked on as the Soul of the Mcda], and the P'igures as the Body. Every Medal has two Legends, that on the Front, and that on the Rcvcrfe. The firfi-, for the generality, fervcs only to dillingui/h the Perfon by his Name, Titles, Offices, iSc. the latter is intended to exprefs his noble ai:d virtuous Seniinients, bis good Deeds, and the Advantages the Public has reap'd by himj this however does not hold univerfally, for we fometimes find the Titles fhared between both Sides, and fometime t\iQL<^gend. In the Medals of Cities and Provinces, as the Head is ufually the Genius of the Place, or at lealf fome Deity adored there ; the Legend is the Name of the City, Province, or Deity, or of both together ; and the Reverfe, fome Symbol of the City, ^c. frcquent- of five or fix Thoufand Men. Jfidore tells us,' that the Ze.^/o7i confifled of fix Thoufand Men, divided into fixty thirty Manipules, twelve Cohorts, and two Centu] Hundred Troops. According to the French Academy, the Legion confined of fix Thoufand Foot, and feven Hun- dred twenty-five Horfe. The Legions were by far the moflconfiderablepartof the Rowa« Army ; their Num- ber in the time of yliigufius was thirty-three i they were compofed wholly of Roman Citizens. ' The Allies formed a Body of Auxiliary Forces. The Standard bore by the Legions was as various. AtfirflaWolf, in honour of that which fuckled Romulus, afterwards a Hog ; by reafon fays Romulus, War is only undertaken with a View to Peace, which was concluded by facrificing a Hog. Some- times they bore the Minotaur, to remind their General that their Defigns were to be kept fecret, and inacceffible as the Minotaur in the Labyrinth. They alfo bore a Horfe, a Boar, £5?c. Fliny tells us, that Martus was the firff who changed all thefe Standards into Eagles. The Word Legion comes from the Latin legere, to chuje ; be- caufe when the i.e^/"o;;j were raifed, they made choice of fuch of their Youth as were the molt proper to bear Arms. LEGISLATOR, he who makes the Laws of a King- dom, or State, which he has founded. The principal an- Ucnt.LegiJlatorso.vc, Mofes, Legi/iator oi t\ic Hebrews ; Mer- curius TriJ'megiJhis and Bococes o£ the, Egyptians i Italus of the OEmtrianSy Thefeia, Draco^oAiA Solon of the Athenians $ Zoroajier o{ the Bailrians Chnrondas of the Caj^fadodans ^ and Cbarondas, or Fhaleas, of the Carthaginia7ts , Jndra- damas of the Chalcidians j Eiidoxus of the Cjiidians j Fhido of the Cormthians ; Ephorus and Minos of the Cretans ■ Fy- thagoras of the Crotoniates, and molt of the Cities ot Gr^- cia hkjor j Parmejiides and Ze?!o of Eka in Luca7iia ; Ar- riba!, or Tharcitas, of the Ej'icores j Zamolnls of the Geta ; Phoroneiis of the Greeks ; hacchts of the Indians j Satiirjz of Italy; Macariits of the Ijle of Lesbos ; Zaleiicus of the Locrians 5 Nicodonts Jthleta of the City of Mmina ; Hip^o- do7im of Miletus 3 Charomdas of Rheggta ; Lycurgus of the Lacedsmoiiinns -J jlrchytas of Tarentiitn j Fhilolaits of the Tbehans. At J?c?»?s the People were, in great meafure, their own Legijlators, tho' Solon mary be faid, in fome fenfe, to have been their Le^i/Zt^wr, in regard the Decern- viri, who were created for the inaking of Laws, borrowed a great Number from thofe of Solon. LEGITIMATION, an Aa by which Natural Children are rendered legitimate. The Father and Mother by- marrying render their Children begotten before Marriage himate, and this is called Legitimatioji, per fuhfequens ]y without a Zc^e'-'.-^ ; fometimes with that of one of Matrimonium. The Right of Lentimation was a thinaun^ its Magiflrates, The Subjcfts of Legends are the Virtues of Princes, the Honours they have receiv'd, Confecrations, fignal Events, public Monuments, Deities, public Vows, Privileges, ££?c. Legends and Infcriptions of Medals, are either in Latin or Greek. The Greek Characfer, confining of Majufcule or Capital Letters, appears uniform on all the Medals, no Change or Alteration appearing in confronting rhe feveral Chara£l:ers, tho 'ti'j certain there was in the ordinary Ufe known to Princes till the time of Conjlantine, but fince his Time has been excrcifed by moft of them. The Greek Emperors invented feveral kinds of Legitimation, yfnafla- fins put it in the power of the Father to legitimate his natural Children by a bare Adoption, provided he had no legitimate Children. But Jufin by his Conftitution, and ^iifinian by his Novel 74, aboliflied this Legitima- tion, as fearing the too eafy accefs to Legitimation fliould encourage Concubinage. In lieu of this he eftablUhed a way LEM ( 441 ) LEN way of Leghimutioji by the Emperor's Letters. I'his ren- dered BalUrds capable of attaining to Honours, and even of fucceeding to Inheritances, jirovided the Perfons were legitimated with the Confent of their Father and Mother j which is agreeable to the Cancin Law. LEGS,' the lower Parts of the Bodies of Animals, ferving them for Support and for Motion. Some Anato- milh divide the Foot of Man into three Parts, -viz. the Thigh, the Le^, and the Icfler Foot. In the Leg there are two confid-erable Bones, the one called The Great Fo- cile, or the Tibui ; the other The Little rocl/e, or the Ma. ThcLe!;jand Feetof the fcveral Animals, Ur.Deyham obferves, are exaftly conformable to the Pollure, Make, nay to the Morion and Exercifes of thofe Animals. In fometheyare made for Strength only, in others for Agilr- tyandSwiftneTs i in feme tor walking and running, in others for fwimming, in others for digging, and in others for flying. In fome more lax and weak tor traverfing the plain Land, in others iliff and rigid for Ice and Precipices. In fome fliod with tough and hard Hoofs, fome whole, fomc cleft. In fome the Feet are compofed of Toes, fonic fliort for only going, others long to fupply the Plate of Hands i Ojme armed with Talons to catch and tear their Prey, fomc with fiiort Nails to confirm their Steps in running and walking. In Birds the Legs are curved for thcir^cafy Perching, Roolling, and Rell, as alfo to help them on the Wing in taking their Flight, and tobctherein com modiouily tucked up to the Body, fo as not to obfl:ru6^ their Flight. In fame long for wading, i^c. £.e'rs of a Triangle ; when one Side of a Triangle is ta- ken as a Bafc, the other two are called Legs. LEGLMEN, in Botany, is [that Species of Plants called Fulje j which are fo named as being gathered with the Hand, by which they are diilinguiflied from Wheat, Corn, ^c. which are mowed or reaped. Of this kind arc all that grow in Pods, as Beans, Peafe, ^c. In the general, all Plants, which have a Papilionaceous, or But- icrfiy-like Flower, are reckoned by Mr. Ray among the Legumifia. The word Legume}!^ according to J'arro and Serv'ms, is formed ex co qitod Mann Icgatnr^ £^ 7ion fecatitr j in regard it is gathered zvirh the Hand, and not cut. LEMMA, a Term chiefly ufcd in Geometry. It figni- fies an AfTumption, or preparatory Proportion, laid down to clear the way for fomc following Demonftration : frequently prefix'd to Theorems, in order to render their Demonflration lefs perplex'd and intricate, and to Pro- blems in order to make their Refolution more cafy and Ihort. Thus to prove a Pyramid one third of a Prifm, or Parallcloplped, of the fame Bale and Height with it j the Demonilration whereof in the ordinary way, is diffi- cult and trouhleromc, this Lemma may be premifed, which is proved in the Rules of Progrcffion j That the Sum of the Series of the Squares in Numbers in Arithmetical Progreflion, beginning from o, and going on r, 4,9j t*?) -5, %6,^k£c. is always fubtriple of the Sum of as many Terms equal to the grcatcit i or is always | of the grearefc Term multiplied by the Number of Terms. Thus to find the Inflexion of a Curve Line, this LemmaU firfl: premifed j ThataTangent may be drawn to the given Curve in a niven Point. Thus in Ph\fics, to the Demonilration of nioil Propofitlons, fuch Lemmuia as thefe are neceflary iirfl to be allowed ; That there is no Penetration of Di- menfions 5 That all Matter is divifible ; and the like. As alfo in theTheory of Medicine, That where the Blood circulates, there is Life, £5fc. LEMNIAN EARl'H, a Medicinal Aftringent, ufed in the fame Cafes as Bole, which fee. It hath its Name from the Illand of Lemnas, whence it is chiefly brought : Many form it into round Cakes, and imprels a Seal upon it, whence it is callVl 'Terra SigiUata. L,EMONADE, a Drink prepared of Water, Sugar, and Citrons or Lemons. This faflitious Liquor is fo popular in Taris, that it has given its Name to a new eilablifh'd Company, call'd Lemonadiers. LEMURES, Sprites, Hobgoblins; Ref^lefs Ghofls of departed Perfons, who return to torment the Living. Thefe are the fime with the Larvx, which the Antients imagined to wander round the W'orld, to frighten good People, and plague the bad. For this reafon, at lUme they had their Lonuralia, or Feafls inllituted to ap peafe the Ivlvies of the Defunil. Socrates explains the Nanes thus ; The Soul of Man releafed from the Bands of- the Body, and freed from performing his bodily Funftions, becomes a kind ofDemon or Genius, formerly called Le- murcs. Of thefe thofe that were kind to their Families, were called Larzs Familiares ; but thofe, who for their Crimes were condemned to wander continually withfiur meeting with any Place of Reil, and terrified good Men, and hurt the bad, were vulgarly called Larv.f. An antient Commentator on Horace mentions, that the Romans ufed ihf I'crm Lemura ^ot KmurL' ■- v.'hich lai^ Word was formed from Remus, who was kilFd by his Brother Roniuha, and who returned to Earth to torment him. But ^'.piileins obiervc-;, that in the anticnt Lmn: Tongue Lemiires fignificd the Soul of a Man feparated from the Body by Death. LEMURIA, or l.£7«Kj-ii7m, the Name of aFeafl foleinni- zed at Rome on the ninth of May, to pacify the Manes of the Dead, or in honour of the Lcmures. The inllitution of this Feafl is afcribed to Romulus, who to rid himfclf of the Phan- toms of his Brother Remus (whom he had oi-dered to be murdered) appearing always before him, ordained a Feaft called after his Name Kemnna, and Lcmuna. They of- fered Sacrifices for three Nights together, during which time all the Temples of the Gods were fliut up, nor any Marriage permitted. There were a world of Ceremonies in this Feall, chiefly intended to exorcife the l,e.mures^ and to prevent their appearing or giving any diflurbance to rhe Living. LENITIVE, in Phyfic, is any foftcning rcfolutive Re- medy, that moiflcns the Part difeafed, and diffipates any /liarp Humour collei^ed there. Lcnitinc, in Pharmacy, is a gentle Elei51uary, compofed of Sena, Poivpody, iSc. fo called in regard it purges eafily, and by refolving. LENS, in Dioptricks, is any Glafs (not very thick) which either collects the Rays of Light into a Point, in their pafTagc through it, or tlifperfes them further apart, according to the Laws of Refra6iion. Le7!s's have va- rious Figures ; that is, are terminated by various Surfaces, from which they acquire various Names. Some are plane on one fide, and convex on the other ; others convex on both fides ; both which are ordinarily called Con- vex Xe;i!'j : tho when we fpeak accurately, the former is call'd Piano-Convex. Again, fomc are plane on one fide and concave on the other, and others are concave on both fides, which are both ufually rank'd among the Concave Z-ens's ; tho when dillinguifh'd, the for- mer is call'd a Piano-Concave. Others again are con- cave on both fides; others are concave on one fi,.'e, and convex on the other, which are call'd Convcvo- Concave or Concavo-Convcx X.ens's, according as the une or the other Surface is more curve, or a Portion of a lefs Sphere. It is to be here obfervM, that in every Lens terminated in any of the forementioned manners, a right Line perpendicular to the two Surfaces is call'd the Axis of the Lens. Which Axis, when both Surfaces are fphe- rical, pafTes thro both their Centres i but if one of 'em be plain, it falls perpendicularly upon that, and goes thro the Centre of tne other. For Co7i-vex Lcm^s, the Laws of their Refraflion, and their Effcfts depending thereon, are as follow. A Ray of Light EG near the Axis, {Fig. r. Flats <)f~ ticks) and parallel thereto, llriking on the plane Surface of a Piano-Convex Lc7is, direftly oppofite to the lumi- nous Body, after Refraftion concurs with the Axis in the Point F ; and if C be the Centre of the Convexity, C F will be to CL, that is, rhcDiftance of the Centre from the Point of Concourfc or Focus, will be to the Diflance of the Centre from the Convex Surface, in the Ratio of the Rcfradion. See RefraBion. For the plane Surface being directly oppofed to the luminous Body, the Ray E G is perpendicular 10 A B, and therefore will pafs unrefradled to H : Thus it flrikes on A H B fiill parallel to the Axis ; and therefore coming out of a denfer Medium into a rarer, will meet the Axis of the Le7:s in F, and fo, as that CF will be to EL in the Ratio of the Sine of the refracled Angle to the Sine of the Angle of Inclination. As will be demonflrated under the Head Refr.iFfion. Cor. If then the Refrafllon be out of a Glafs Lens into Air C F : E L : ; 3 : =, and therefore F L — z C L. That is, parallel Rays near the Axis will concur with it at the diflance of the' Diameter. Again, if the Refraflion were out of a Jl'arer-Lcns, i.e. out of a Flano-ConzEx Lens fiWA. with Water, CF : EL = 4: 5, and therefore EL, = 3 CL. i.e. parallel Rays near the Axis will concur with it at the dillance of half the Diameter. So that if a lighted Candle be placed in the Focus of a Fla/io- Co7iz-ex Lens, that is, in the Point F, diOant from the Surface of the Le7is ALB, by the length of the Diameter, and from the Surface of the Jf'ater-Lens, by half the Dia- meter, its Rays after Refrafiion will become parallel. See RefraHion. If the Ray K I {Fig. 2. Plate Opich) near the Axis of a Fhnw-Conijex Lens, and parallel thereto, Jlrike on its convex Surface A H B, after a double Refraflion it will meet the Axis in F; foas that H G will be to G C, and G E to F H in the Ratio of the Refraaion. For rhe Ray K f, parallel to the Axis EG, by virtue of the firfl Refraftion in I, will tend to the Point G, fo as G H will he to G C in the Ratio of the Sine of the Angle of Inclination to the Sine of the Refrafled Angle: therefore by virtue of the fccond Refrailion in L, it will [ ■ u u u u concur LEN tbncilr \vitli the Axis in F i fo as G D will he to E D the Ratio of the Sine ofthe refraftcd Angle, to the Sine of the Angle of Inclination : (See Refrn'clion) So that the Sctnidiametcr and Thickneis of the Flano-Coiiz'ex Lem^ with the Ratio ol Rcfraflion being given, hence arifes a Method of determining the Focus of parallel Rays liri- king on the Convex Surface. For Cor. Hence, if the Lcm be Glafs, F 0= 2 C H— ^ H D. So that if two thirds of the Thickncfsof the Lem be incon- fidcrable (as in Pradlicc it ufually happens} parallel Rays meet with the Axis at the Diflance of the Diameter from the Ze7i-% even when they flrike on the Convex Surface. So that as to the Place of the Focus, 'tis the fame thing W'hether the plane Surface, or the convex one, be turned to a Luminary of parallel Rays ; tho' it appears both from Experience and trigonometrical Calculation, that there arc more Rays united in a lefs Space, if the convex Surface, than if the plane one be turn'd towards the Sun. If the Ltm were fuU of Water ED= 5 C H— ^ H D. Wherefore if H D be inconhdcrablc F D— 5 C H, or if ^- H D be inconfidcrable F H— 5 C H. Parallel and near Kays, therefore , are united at the Diilancc of half the Di- ameter, if the Refra6lion be inWatcr, even when the Con- vex Surface is oppoled to the luminous Body. Hence, alfo, arifes a Method of determining the Focus of paral- lel Rays ftriking on a Lens Convex on both Sides, the two Semidiameters, and the Thicknefs of the being given. On thefe Principles is founded the Structure of refrac- thig Burning-Glafles ; the Sun's Light and Heat being exceedingly augmented in the Focus of a L^ns, whether Convex or Plano-Convex : fince the Rays falling pa- rallel to the Axis of the arc reduced into a much narrower Compals; fo that 'tis no wonder they burn lome Bodies, melt others, and produce other extraor- dinary Pha;nomena. Sec Bur nhi^- Glafs. If a luminous Body be placed in the Focus behind a 'Lens, whether Plano-Cunvcx, or Convex on both Sides j or whether equally or unequally, the Rays after Refrac- tion become parallel. Hence by means of a Connex-JLem, or a little Glafs Bubble full of Water, a very intenfe Light may be pro- jcifed to a vait Dirtance. See Mrror. And this furnirties us with the Structure of a Lamp or Lanthorn, to projcfl an intenfe Light to anyimiiienfc Di- flance : For a Lcjis convex on both Sides, being placed op- pofite to a Concave Mirror ; if in the common Focus of boih be placed a lighted Candle, or Wick, the Rays refieiled back from the Mirror to the Le;:;, will be paral- lel to each other ; and after Rcfraflion will converge, till tney arrive at the Dilfance of the Semi-diameter, after which they will again diverge. But the Candle being likewife in the Focus of the Lens, the Rays It throws on the Lefis will be parallel : and therefore a very intenfe Light meeting with another equally intenfe, at the Di- Jlance of the Diameter from the Lens^ the Light will be furprizing : and tho' it afterwards decreafe, yet the pa- rallel and diverging Rays going a long way together, it will be very great at a very great Diflancc. Lanthorns of thi.s kind are of confidcrable Service in the Night-time todifcovcr remote Objefls, and are ufed with Succefs by Fowlers and Fiflicrmen, to gather their Prey together, in order to take them. If it be ri,quired to have the Light at the fame time tranfmitted to feveral Places, as through fevcral Streets ^c. the Number of Lens's and Mirrors are to be encreafed. See Lamp. If the luminous Body placed in the Focus, be of a lar\i begins within-ftde, a long time Cc^kj ranks the iei^(ij-i'_j' in the Number of acute Difea- before it appears without-lide. It was frequent in Europe fes, thePatlcnt ufually dying on the 7th Day. A Leibar- in the Xth and Xlth Centuries, but feems at prefent frequently fucceeds a Frenzy. The Word comes from quite extinCl, unlcfs we allow the Venereal Difeafe to the Grtek ^n^, Obliz-iony s.n6 !ip)iee., hiitmhncfs, Lazmcjs. be the fame with the Lepra , as it was the Opinion, a- LETHE, or LATHE, a Meafure or Portion of Lands mong many others, of the Great Fitcalm, and as has been making one of the antient Dlvifions in £?igLii;d. King lately endeavoured to be proved by Mr. Eecket^ in a £y/"ref; divided jEn^/.ijjr/ into Counties, asitila'nds at pre- Treatife exprelly on the Subje£l in the P/'i/o/o^i/cfii Tjw^I fcnt, thofe Countries he divided into Hundreds or Ti- aUhns. The Symptoms of the antient Le^ra, as laid things. I'he Hundred was a Divifion, wherein were an down by Galen, JrF.t.-£iis, Fontanits, JEpneta, Cardan, Va- hundred Officers to fecure the Peace j the Lethe or Lathe rantia, Gordon, Farias, and others, are as follow : The comprehended three or four of thefe Hundreds. Zcthe Patient's Voice is hoarfe, and comes rather thro' theNofo was alfo the Jurlfdiflion of a Vicounr.or a kind of AfHze than the Mouth ; the Blood full of little white fiiinlng held once a ICcar Ineach Village aboutM!ci«eA?2;iJ. Whc- Bodies, like Grains of Millet, that upon filtration fe- ther this was intiitufcd by £//>erf, or no. Is a Quetlion. parate themfelves from it ; the Serum is fcabious, and LETTER, a Sign or Charaaer either in Print or in deilltutc of its natural Humidity, infomuch that Salt ap- Writing, by which any People have agreed to ex pre fs the plied to it does not dlfTolve ; it Is fo dry, that Vinegar feveral Sounds, ufed In conveying their Thoughts to each poured on it boils ; and is fo llrongly bound together other In Speech : Or a ictrfr may be defined, A fimpic by little imperceptible I'hreads, that calcined Lead uncompounded Sound of the Voice, that cannot be fub- thrown into it fwims. The Face refemblcs a Coal half divided into any more fimplc, and' generally marked extinft, un£luous, Jliining, and bloated, with frequent w ith a particular Chariifcr. It murt be owned however bard Knobs, green at bottom, and white at top. The flriclly fpeaking, a iff (o- Is not the Sound itfelf, but ra- Hair Is fhort, illff, and brinded, and not to be torn off ther the Sign of a Sound, for the y^M[j.:t}a. of the Greeks without bringing away fome of the rotten Flefli to which c6mes from writing, and the Lhera of theX«fi?/r from it adheres ; if Irgrows again, either on the Head or Chin, Ihieando, or luienda, each fignifying fomething marked on 'tis always white. Athwart the Forehead run large Paper. Where a Sign or Character does not exprefs a Wrinkles, or Furrows, from one Temple to the other j Sound entirely fimple, but one refolvible into fevcra], It the Eyes red and inflamed, and flilne like thofeofa Cat 5 is not fo properly a Letteros an Abbreviation, contamin^ the Ears fwollen and red, eaten with Ulcers towards the in Itfelf as many Zciio-j as its Power does fimple Sounds, bottom, and incompaffed with little .Glands j the Nofc This is evident 'in the C?, x, and the G.-ee^ ^j4-,r, funk, becaufe of the rotting of the Cartilage; the ^c. which are compofed of et, cs, x *, -sr a t, l^c. On Tongue dry and black, fwollen, ulcerated, divided with the contrary, a limple Sound, tho exprefTed by feveral Furrows, and ipotted with Grains of white; the Skin Charafters,' is yet to be elleemcd one Zmo-, for th, ph^ covered with Ulcers, that die and revive on each other, are lingle Zctrerj, as much as 0, and /. or with white Spots or Scales like a FI/li ; it is rough and Letters make the firfl part or Eleinents of Grammar ; infen^ible, and when cut, inflead of Blood, yields a fa- an Affemblageof thefe make Syllables, of thofe Words, nious Liquor. It arrives in tiine to fuch a Degree of and of thefe Sentences. The Alphabet of every Lan- Infenfibility, that the Wriit, Feet, or even the large guage confifts of a certain Number of thefe Letters, Tendon may be pierced with a Needle, without the Pa- which ought each to have a different Sound, Figure, and tient's feeling any Pain. At lafl: the Nofe, Fingers, Toes, Signification. As the Difference of articulate Sounds was and even Ftivy Members fall off entire, and by a Death to exprefs the different Ideas of the Mind, fo one Letter peculiar to each of them anticipate that of the Patient, was originally intended to fignlfy only one Sound, and nor, 'TIs added, that the Body is fo hot, that a frefh Apple, as at prefent, to expreis fomctimcs one Sound, and fome- held on the Hand an Hour, will be dried and wrinkled, times another ; which Praflice has brought a great deal as if expofed to the Sun for a Week. of Cnnfufion into the Languages, and render'd the Icarn- Matthezo Paris fa.)'s, that in Ciji/Zewf/oiM there were fifteen ing of the modern Tongues infinitely more difficult than Thoufarid Hofpitals ior Lepers ; but the Difeafe having It vvould otherwlfe have been. This Confidcratlon, toge- been difcontinued for two Hundred Years, the Re- ther with the Poverty of all the known Alphabets, and venues of thofe Hofpitals were abufed, and Perfons their want of fomc -Leffer; to exprefs certain Sounds by, feigned themfelves leprous, to be entitled to the Provi- has occafioned feveral Atteinpts towards an unlverfal A'U ficni which occafioned their Regulation in fomc Coun- phabet, to contain an Enumeration of all fuch finglc Sounds LET (44?) LET Sounds or Z.e»£!-J as are ufcd in any Language. A thing niurt be derived from the forinerj taking it a;? a Princj- of very confiderable Ufe ; a Sf^eciraen of which is given pie, that thofe who tlerive any thing from anoiher, poli/}i us by iVlr. Lodwick, in the FhilojopUcal TrcmjaBioits. and perfeil ir. He even aflerts, that by the Golden Ap- I hcre are few things on which there has been fo much pies which Hercules was obliged to fteal, muft be under- written as on the Original Hei/-ezy Leiiers ; fince Oriije;;, ilood the LenerJ in ufe among the H^^erioj-ea?:;. Eitfdius Co'JarienJis, St. Uersm, &ic. have made it the Sub- The Letters F, G, H, K, Q, X, Y, Z, were unknown to jccl of their Enquiry. If they don't always go back to the antient Romans^ as is proved by Dafqueius inhis Or!?:ogra- ihe Beginning of the World, and the Origin of Letters, j>by, where he traces the Origin of the feveral Letters. 'tis at leall enquired what were the Characters made ufc The Grammarians diflinguifli Letters into Vowels and of by Mofes to tranfmit the Law to Poltetity, or thofe Confonants 5 into Mutes, Dipthong.s, Liquids, and Cha- ufcd by the other Hillorians and Prophets of the Old ra(5leri flics. The Hebrews divide their Letts-.-s into Gut- Teltament, or even thofe ufed by the Hebrews before the tural, a, h, cb, g7i, aleph, he, cheth, hain ; Dental, », r, Babylofiia?! Captivity. With regard to which, there are zain, tfade, refch ; Labial, i, w, beth, mem, vau, three principal Opinions: Some imagine the antient He- phe ; Lingual, or thofe of the Tongue, d, r, n, daletb, brew Zctters the fame with thofe now in Ufe ; of this O- tau, lamed, nun ; and thofe of the Palate, c, k, ghimel, pinion are feveral Doftors of the Thalmud, Fojlellits, Bux- jod, caph, coph. iorf, 3ic. The fecond Opinion is of thofe who believe The Art of aCfcmbling Letters to form Words, and of the Samarltafi JLetters the more antient ; which is now the combining the one and the other into a number of different more common Opinion, as without doubt it is the elder : Senfes, is a Secret unknown to the Ch'mefe. Inrtead of Several iVii/c/j;ii^/Ke and GewflWc Doftors, many of the Rab- the Letters of an Alphabet, they at firll, like x\\q E^yp- bins and Fathers, Origen, ^crom^ Ettfebius, Beda, Gene- tlans, ufed Hieroglyphics ; they painted rather than hrurd, Rambaiij Bellarmine^ Scaliger, Drtifiiis, Capella, Bih- wrote: itriving by the Natural Images of Things drawn liajider, hrerewood, Montatms, Walton^ the two J' o^Hj'f, Bo- on Paper, to exprefs and communicate their Ideas to one chart SLnd Bernard arc of this Opinion. The third is, that another. To write a Bird, they were obliged to paint its from the beginning there were two Charaftcrs, the one I'igure ; and to fignify a Forell, they drew a great num- facred, the other profane ; which is the Opinion of Jz-a- ber of Trees. A Circle fcrved for the Sun, and a Cref- riasy ^. de Bartemra, Foftel, Btixiorf, CojirhighiS, &c. But cent for the Moon. But this Manner of writing was not this Dillinilion of two kinds of Charailers feems a mere only very incommodious, but alio very imperfcfl. For Chimera. Sqc F.Souciet on the Sumaritaji Medals, where befides that they could but exprefs their Thoughts by he proves that the Letters in the Infcriptions of thofe Me- halves, even that little that they could exprefs was but dais are the genuine original /-^fireiu Charaders. very imperfeflly conceiv'd j and it was fcarce poffible As to the firli Zctters, what they were, who firft in- not to be frequently deceived in it. Further, they were vented them, and among what People they were firrt in under a neceiTity of writing large Volumes to fay very ufe, there is llill room to doubt; however, fetting afide little Matters, in regard their Pi£lures took up a great Conjeilures and Prejudice, the Bufmefs of Antiquity deal of room. To remedy thcfe Inconveniences, they fcems to lie between the £i;j>'/'t;fl?!j and Ct/?/e/e. Fhiio a.t- changed by little and little their Manner of Writing, iributesthe firll Invention of I,efre>-j to -rt'ifd&ijwi ; 3ofephus^ making it more fimple, tho lefs natural. They even in- S. Iren^^us, and others, to Enoch ; Bibliander, to Mam j Eii- vented feveral Charaders, to exprefs things that did not folemes, Eufi'.b'ms, Clemens Jlexmdr'mus, Corji. Jg^-iffa, Sic. come within the reach of Painting to reprefenr, as Voice, to Mofes ; Fomponius Mela, Herodlan, Ritftts, Fejius, Fliny, Smell, Thoughts, Paffions, and a thoufand other Objeds Xwww, &c. to the. Fh«, of their learned Men come far Ihort of this: Father /e faid to be written by Foh\ the moft antient Book. Compte is of opinion, that the greateft Do£lor among 'em But as Ch'ma is fo remote, and had fu little Communi- never underftood half of their Letters well ; for the whole cation with thefe Parts of the World, we may reafonably Number he reckons Eighty Thoufand. This is a prodi- make another Enquiry into the Original of Letters in the gious Inconvenience to Foreigners, of which the Mifliona- hither Parts of ^;y?a, Egypt, and Europe. Here indeed the ries into that Country make loud Complaints, Among Egyptians fecm to have the befl Title. 'Tis more than the Cb'mefe Letters, there are fome now almofl wore out probable from the Obelisks, ^c. that their Hierogty- of ufe, and only preferved out of Refpe£l to Antiquity, phics were the firft manner of writing, and the Original There is a fecond Clafs much lefs antient than the former, Charaders in thefe Parts, as being prior to Mojes, and only ufed in public Infcriptions. A third much more re- made, at leall in great meafure, while the Ifraehtes were gular and beautiful, ufed in Printing, andeven in ordinary Slaves among them, and of confequcnce not well quali- Writing. However, as the Strokes are to be diilindly fied for Inventions fo very curious and judicious. Whe- formed, they can't be wrote with any expedition. For ther CV;^/j««j and the I'hmjkians learnt Lmm from the this reafon they have invented a fourth kind, where the Egyptians, or from their nearer Neighbours of ^udah and Strokes being clofer, and lefs diflant from each other, Samaria, is a queftioii 5 fince fome of the Books of the allow them to be writ with more eafe and readinefs. And Old Teflameni being written '\n Letters, is more likely this they call the running Letter. to have given them the Hint than the Hieroglyphics of The Americans had no Letters before the Difcovery of Egypt. But when or wherefoever the Fhj:iuci.tns learnt that Country by the Spaniards. The Acaamhas engrave this Art, it is generally agreed, that Cadmus, the Son of their Memorable Events and Epocha's on Stones and Me- Jgenor, firil brought Letters into Greece, whence, in the tals. Their Songs fupply the reft. In Feru and Chili, to following Ages, they fpread over the reft of Europe. keep an Account of their Goods and Chattels, and to pre- Accordmg to C/mUus, Ivlojes invented the Hebrew Let- ferve the Memory of their particular Affairs, the hidians ters, Abraham the Synac and Chaldee ; the Fhceyncians that have recourfe to certain Knots of Wool, which by the Va- of Attica, brought into Greece by Cadmm, and thence by riety of their Colours and Ties, ferve inliead of Charac- the Felafgians into Jtaly ; Nicojhata the Latin ; Jfis the Egyp- tcrs and Writing. The Knowledge of thefe Knots, which tianj and Kh//j7v-i that of the Gorij. they call Qi'ipos, is one of their great Sciences j buc Rudbecks,^ who in his Mantica claims the Glory of all vvhich is always kept as a Secret, and never revealed to Inventions from all other Nations for the Sivcdes, maintains the Children till the Fathers think themfelves at the end that the loniaus had Letters before Cadmus j that at the of their days. time of the Siege of Troy, the Greeks had but 16 Letters, The Printers diflinguifii their Letters into Capital, Ma- whereasthe J'/w?z;c;.T?;j had22 : whence he concludes, that jufcule, or Initial Lerrerj, which ferve for the Titles of it was not either CW?«f(j or the. Fhxniciaiis who taught this Books, proper Names, i^c. And Minufcule or Small Art to the GrceX';. But in regard the antient Northern Na- Letters, which are again divided according to their Siz.ep tions had juft 1(5 Letters, like ihz Greeh, he concludes the into Fear!, Noirpareil, Fica, Great Cafioji, &c. See Type GreeX'j muft cither have taught them to the People of the and Frpttiiig. They have alfo their Hiftory or Figured North, or have learnt 'em of them. But becaufe the Letters engraven on Wood or Metal, which' take place of Form and Make of the R,:7uc Letters is more coarfe than the Illumined Letters of the antient Manufcripts. that of the Greek Letters^ he concludes that thefe laft X X X X X Numeral LET 1^K»:ey.il Leirers^ are rhofe ulcd by the antient Ko)«rt«. inltead of Cyphers, to expfcls their jS'umbers by. Thefe Numeral Letters are (even in number, C, D, I, L, M,V, X ; which are all formM in defcribing a Circle, and drawing two Lines thro it, croiling each other at right Angles in the Center. Dominical Letter^ (ee Domhiical. hiimdinal Lencr, f&c Nufidma/ia. LETTP^RED, Letrados, Litterau^ an Epithet given to fuch Perrons among the Chbiefe as arc able to read and write their Language. Thefe alone are capable of being made yiandarins. This is alfo the Name of a particular Se£l either in Religion, Philofophy, or Politicks, confiding principally of the Learned Men of that Country : among whom 'tis called '3i«: Cruzados. 1 hey are ftill ,„ ufe in Fnmce, and fomc other Countries ■ and take their Name ) reffirando, becaufe they eive the Debtor a breathing while. ^ ,„^lf//n'^';- ^^T" '"8"'''<== Country fituate to the Eaft ot us, or the Ealtern fide of any Continent or Country, or that on which the Sun rifes. In Matters of Commerce, the Word is generally refttain'd to the Med,Kn-aaean Sea, or the Country on the Eailern part of It: Hence our Trade thither is call'd the imiw Trade and a Wind that blows from thence cut of the SmVit.' mouth, IS call'd a Levant Wind. '>:'i«is- LEVAN'T AND COUCHANT, in Law, is whea Cattel have been fo long in another Man's Ground, that tncy iiave lam down, and have rifcn aoain to feed LEVARI FACIAS, a Writ direfted to the Sheriff f„r the Levying a Sum of Money on his Land and Tene- ments who has forfeited a Recognizance, r ''^y.^Jr*^'^' an Epithet which the Anatomills oivc to feveral Mufcles, who/b Ufe is to raife or lift up the Parts to which they belong. There are i.e«.„ of the Eve- Lids, fee Jmlkn, rdfeb,: of the Omoplate, fee Omo- flnre ; of the Anus, fee Ami, ; and of the Scapula fee Scapula. ' LEUCOMA, in Phyfic, is a little white Spot on the Cornea of the Eye, call'd by the Lath,:, Mlm-o It is occafioned by an Humour gather'd in this Membrane, or by the Scar following a Wound, or by an Ulcer in this Part, as fomctimes happens in the Small-Pox. The Word IS Greek, and is formed from A5i^Kof white LEUCOPHLEGMATIA, a kind of Dropfy, otherwife call d J„afard,a. It confiUs in a Tumor or Bloating of the whole outer Sur&ce of the Body, or fome of its *arts; white and foft, cafily giving way to the Touch and prefervmg the Impreffioii made by the Finger for fome time. It may either be owing to Ibme Diforder of the Blood, which in this Difeafo is of a pale Colour, vif- cid, and cold ; or to an aqueous Humour exttavafated and gathered togelher in the Mufcles and the Pores of the Skin. The Word is Greek, and comes from t^ti;, v,'bne, and if^.iy/Act, Pitnita, FMegm. LEVEL, a Mathematical Inltrument, fcrvintr to draw a Line parallel to the Horizon, to lay off Floors, the Cour- fcs of Mafonry, £=fc. horizontally, to meafure the diffe- rence of Afcent or Defcent between feveral Places to convey Waters, drain Fens, fSc. The Word comes from the Latn, Ubella, the Crofs Beam that forms the Brachia of a Balance, which to be juft, mull fland hori- zontally. T here arc feveral InflrunSents of different Con- trivance and Matter, that have been invented for the Per- feaion of Levelling; all of which, for the Praflice, may be reduced to thefe that follow. Water Lc-ael which fliews the horizontal Line by means of a Surface of Water, or other Liquid ; founded on this Innciple, that V\ ater always naturally places itfelf level. I he molt fimple is made of a long wooden Trough or Canal, whofe Side.vare parallel ro its Bafo ; fo that being equally filPd with Water, the Surface thereof lliews the Line of irae/ : this is the Ch-. obafe, of the Antients, delcribcd by r,lr„v:i,!. Lib. S. Cbaf. 6. This Level is alfo made with two Cups fitted to the two Ends of a Pipe j "u* ^°°''°"8> about an Inch in Diameter; by means whereof the Water communicates from the one to the other Cup : and this Pipe being moveable on its Stand by means of a Ball and Socket, when the iwo Cups be- ccjme equally full of Water, their two Surfaces mark the Line of Lez-d. 'Ihis Inllruracnt, indead of Cups, may be made with t« o (l,ort Cylinders of Glals 3 or 4 Inches long, fallen 'd to each Extreme of the Pipe with Wax or Mallic. Into the Pipe is fill'd fome common or coloured Water, which Iheus itfelf through the Cylinders, bv means whereof, the Line of I.c^el is determined ;' the Height of the Water, wiili rcfpefl to the Center of the Earth, being always the fame in both Cylinders This Level, tho' very fimpie, is yet very commodiou^ tor Levelling ot imall Dillances. ^ir Level, that which (liews the Line of level bv ineans of u Bubble of Air inclofed with fome Liquor in a Glals Tube of an indeterminate Length and Thicknefs whole two i.nds are fealed hermetically ; that is are clofed with the Glafs itfelf, by heating it with the Flame of a Lamp, till it become foft and tracfable. When the Bubble of Air fixes itfelf at a certain Mark made exiSly LEV ( 447 ) LEV in tlic Middle of the Tube, the Plan or Ruler wKerein it is fixed is /e^^e/. When it is not kvel, the Bubble will rife to one End. This Glafs Tube may be fet in ano- ther of Brafs, having an Aperture in the Middle, whence the Bubble of Air may be obfervcd. The Liquor where- with the Tube is fiU'd, is ordinarily either Oil of Tartar, or Jr[i'-a fecunda-j thofe not being liable to freezing as com- mon Water, nor to Rarefaflion and Condenfarion as Spi- rit of Wine. The Invention of this Inftrument is afcribed to Mr. Thcvemt. Air Level with Sights, is an Improvement on that laft defcribed, which by the Addition of more Apparatus, be- comes more commodious and exaft ; It confills of an Jir Level I, {Yht.Sur-vey'm^^F!^.^.) about eight Inches long, and feven or eight Inches in Diameter, fct in a Brafs Tube 2, with an Aperture in the Middle. The Tubes are carried in a ilrong Ikeight Ruler, a Foot long, at whofc Ends are fixed iwo Sights exadly perpendicular to the Tubes, and of an equal Height, having a fquare Hole, form'd by two Fillets of Brafs, crofling each other at right Angles, in the Middle whereof is drilled a very little Hole ; through which little Hole, a I'oint on a Level with the Inllru- nient is defcried. The Brafs Tube is falkned on the Ruler by means of two Screws, one whereof, mark'd 4, ferves to raife or deprefs the Tube at pleafure, for bring- ing it towards a Level. The Top of the Ball and Socket is riveted to a little Rule that fprings, one End whereof is faften'd with Screws to the great Ruler, and the other End has a Screw 5, ferving to raife and deprefs the In- ftrument when nearly le-aeL This Inftrument is yet lefs commodious than the following one, becaufe tho' the Holes be ever fo fmall, yet t^ey will ftill take in too great a Space to determine the Point of Level precifely. Jir Level with Tdefcope Sights. This Zsvel {TlateSnrvcy- m^.fi^.'^.) islike the lalt TlateFig.'^kh this Difference, that inllcad of plain Sights, it carries a Tetcfcope to determine exaftly a Point of Level at a good dilknce. The Telc- fcope is in a little Brafs Tube, about 15 Inches long,_ falkncd on the fame Rule as the Level. At the End of the Tube of the Telefcope, mark'd i, enters the little Tube I, carrying the Eye-Glafs, and a Hair horizontally placed in the Focus of the Objeil-Glafs z ; which little Tube may be drawn out, or pu/h'd into the great one, for adjulting the Telefcope to different Sights. At the other End of the Telefcope is placed the Objc£l-Glafs : The Screw 3, is for railing or lowering the little Fork carry- ing the ,Hair, and making it agree with the Bubble of Air when the Inftrument is kvel ■■, and the Screw 4, is for making the Bubble of Air agree with the Telefcope. The whole is fitted to a Ball and Socket. M- Hitygens is faid to have been the Inventor of this Level-, which has this Advantage, that it may be inverted, by turning the Ru- ler and Telefcope half, round •■ And if then the Haircut the fame Point that it did before the Turn, 'tis a Proof the Operauon is iuft. It miy be here obfervcd, that one may add a Telefcope to any kind of Level, by applying it upon, or parallel to the Bafe or Ruler, when there is occafion to take the Level of remote Objefts. Plumb orFcnditlum Level: That which Ihews the Hori- zontal Line by means of another Line perpendicularto that defcribed by itsPluinmet or Pendulum. This Inftrument {Flate Survey'm;!, Fig. 6.) confitls of two Legs or Branches, join'd together at Right Angles ; whereof that which car- ries the Thread and Plummet, is about a Foot and an half long. This Thread is hung towards the Top of the Branch, at the Point 2. i'he Middle of the Branch where the Thread paffes hollow, that fo it may hang free every where but tow ards the Bottom at the Place 3, where there is a little Blade of Silver, whereon is drawn a Line perpendicular to the Telelcope. The faid Cavity is cover'd by tv/o Pieces of Brafs, making, as it were, a kind of Cafe, left the Wind ftiould agitate the Thread j for which reafon the Silver Blade is covered with a Glafs, to the end that it may be feen when theThread and Plum- met play upon the Perpendicular. The Telefcope i, is faftcned to the other Branch or Leg of the Inftrument, and is about two Foot long, having a Hair placed horizontally a-crofs the Focus of the Qbjetli'Glafs j which determines the Point of Level, when the String and Plummet hang againft the Line on the Silver Blade. All the Accuracy of this Inftrutnent depends 011 the Telefcope's being fitted at Right Angles to the Perpendicular. It has a Ball and Socket, by which it is faften'd to its Foot, and is faid to have been the Invention of M. Ficard. Re^eHing Level: That made by means of a pretty long Surface of Water, reprefenting the fame Objefl inverted, which we fee ercdl by the Eye ; fo that the Point where thofe two Objefts appear to meet, is in a Level with the Place where the Surface of Water is found. This is the Invention of M. Marriotte. There is alfo another Ry?eH/;;^ Level, confifting of a Mirror of Steel or the like, well polifli'd, and placed a little before the Obje6l-GUfs of a Telefcope fufpended perpendicularly. This Mirror tru!! make an Angle of 45 Degrees with the Telefcope ; in which Cafe the Perpendicular Line of the faid Telefcope is converted into an Horizontal ; which is the fame with the Line of Level. The Invention of this is owing to Mr. Cafni. We have another Level of Mr. Huygens's Invention, con- fiftingof a Telefcope a,( FlateSt!rveying,Fig.-j.) in form of a Cylinder, going through a Ferril, in which it is faften'd by the middle. This Fcrril has two Hat Branches hi, one above, and the other below ; at the ends whereof are taften'd little moving Pieces, which carry two Rings, by one of which the Telefcope is fufpended to a Hook: at the end of the Screw 3, and by the other a pretty hea- vy Weight is fufpended, in order to keep the Telefcope in Eqiiihhrio. This Weight hangs in the Box 5, which is almoit fill'd with Linfeed Oil, Oil of Wallnuts, or other Matter that will not eafily coagulate, for more aptly fet- tling the Ballance of the Weight and Telefcope. The Inftrument carries two Telefcopes clofe and very parallel to each other, the Eye-Glafs of theone being againft the Obje£l-Glafs of the other, that one may fee each wa)| without turning the Level. In the Focus of the Obje£l-Glafs of each Telefcope muft a little Hair be ftrain'd horizontally, to be rais'd and lower'd as occafion requires, by a little Screw. If the Tube of the Tele- fcope be not found level when fufpended, a Fcrril or Ring 4 is put on it, to be Aid along, till it fixes to a Le- vel. The Hook on which the Inftrument is hung, is fix'd to a flat Wooden Crofs» at the Ends of each Arm where- of, there is a Hook ferving to keep the Telefcope from too much Agitation in ufing or in carriage. To the faid flat Crofs is applied another hollow Ctofs, that ferves as a Cafe for the Inftrument j but the two Ends are left open, that the Telefcope may be fecured from the Wea- ther, and always in a condition to ufe. The Foot of this Inftrument is a round Brafs Plate, to which are faften'd three Brafs Ferrils moveable by means of Joints wherein are put Staves : And on this foot is placed the Box. Sec the Figure. Mafons Lev-^el, is compofcd of three Rules, fo joined as to form an Ifofcelcs Reflanglc,fomewhat like a Roman A j at the Vertex whereof is faftened a Thread, from which hangs a Plummet ; which pafles over a fiducial Line marked in the Middle of the Bafe, when the thing to which the Level is applied, is horizontal ; but declines from the Mark, when the Thing is lower on one Side than the other. Carf enters and Paviaun Level^ confifts of a If^ng Ruler, in the Middle whereof is fitted, at Right Anglts, another fomewhat bigger, at the Top whereof is faftened a Line with a Plummets which, when it hangs over a fiducial Line at Right Angles with the Bafe, fliews that the faid Bafe is horizontal. Thcfe two latt Levels, tho' very common, are cfteemed the beft for the Pra£lice of Build- ing, tho' the Operations made by 'em muft needs be fhort. Gumiers Level, for levelling Cannons and Mortars, is an ]nih\ime.nt{F late Surveying, Fig. 8.) confifting of a Triangu- lar Brafs Plate about four inches high, at the bottom of which is a Portion of a Circle divided into 450 i which. Number is fufficient for the higheft Elevation of Cannons and Mortars, and for giving Shot the greateft Range. On the Center of this Segment of a (circle is fcrewed a piece of Brafs, by means whereof it inay be fix'd or moved at pleafure. The End of this Piece of Brafs is made fo as to ferve for a Plummet and Index, in order to ftiew the Degrees of different Elevations of Pieces of Ar- tillery. This Inftrument has alfo a Brafs Foot to fet upon Cannon or Mortars, fo as when thofe Pieces are ho- rizontal, the whole Inftrument will be perpendicular, l^he Ufe of the Inftrument is qbvious; and confifts in placing the Foot thereof on the Piece to be elevated, in fuch man- ner as that the Point of the Plummet may fall on the pro- per Degree : this is what they call levelling the Piece. Artillery Foot Level, is in form of a Square, having its two Legs or Branches of equal Length ; at the Juncture whereof is a little Hole, whence hangs a Thread and Plummet playing on a perpendicular Line in, the Middle of the Quadrant : it is frequently divided into (?□ Degrees, or rather into twice 45 Degrees from the Middle. This Inftrument may be ufed on ordinary Occafions, by placing the Ends of its two Branches on a Plane ; for when the Thread plays perpendicularly over the middle Divifion of the Quadrant, that Plane is affuredly level. To ufe it in Gunnery, place the two Ends on the Piece of Artillery, which you may raife to any propofed Height by means of the Plummet, whofe Thread will give the Degree above the Level. LEVELLING, an Operation with a Level, for finding a Line parallel to the Horizon, at one or more Stations, in order to determine the Heitiht of one Place with refpect to another , for the laying off Grounds even, regulating of LEV of Descents, draining of Moraffes, condu£ling of Waters, tSc. One Place is faid to be higher than another, or out of Level with it, when it is more remote from the Centre of the Earth ; and a Line ei2ually dilfant from the Centre of it in all its Puints, is called the Line of true Level: w hence, becaule the Earth is round, that Line mufl: be a Curve, and make a part of the Earth's Circumference, or 1 Arch concentrical with it, as the L,ine B C FG 3 Flate ( 448 ) LEV Sur-veymg^ i^ig- 9- all the Points tthcreof are equally diilant Point E, look back to the Table, 4 Inches, S Lines, muft be fuhnraflcd from the Height PI G, which confequently w,ll but leave 6 1 utds, 3 Feet, 9 Inches, ,4 Lints, to be taken down m your Book, This done, remove the Level forwards to fomc other Erninence, as E, whence the Staff H may be licw'd as alfo another Staff at D, the Place wliithtr the Water "is to be convey'd. The Level being again adjuHcd in ths froin the Centre of the Earth A. But the Line of Sight which the Operations of Levels give, is a Tangent or a Right Line perpendicular to the Semi-diatneter ; One Extreme of which Tangent, being the Point of Con- taif, the other will be that of a Secant drawn from the Centre of the Earth j and the Point which dcterinincs it, will be above the Surface of the Earth, and of the true Level, as much as that Secant exceeds the Radius or Semi-diatneter of the Earth. This Extremity of the Tangent is faid to be in the ap- parent Level, as being that given by the Sight, but Mark the Staff H ; and managing the as before, the vifual Ray will give the Poim F which fuppofe It Feet, " in- ches. Meafure likewilb the Diftance H E, which fLppofe toco i'lrd^i for which Diiiance fheTable gives . Inches, 9 Lntes of Abatement; which being taken from the He.ght H F there will remain , , h'eet, 3 Inches 3 Lmes, which enter m your Book. LaJHy, turning the Level to look at the next Staff D, the vifual Rav w.U give the Point D. Meafure the Height of D fmm the Ground, which fuppofe 8 Feet, 3 Inches. Meafure alfo the Dilfance from the Station H to B, which fuppofe afily reduced to the true Level, becaufo we know by 500 Yards; for which Diftance the Table' sives o I "-T, being taken from the Feet, 9 Lines, which Trigonometry, how much each Secant exceeds the Ra dius; and becaufe by meafuring we have difcovered the precife Length of that Radius. It was for want of the Knowledge of this, the Anticnts were not able to reduce the apparent Level to the true one 5 and accordingly, to prevent falling into an Error, never levell'd above 20 Peet at once, where fuch Reduction was not ncceffary Lines of Abatement ; which Height B D, there will remain 8 enter as before. For the Manner of entering down Obfervations in your Book, obferve that when a proper Place or Station tor the Level, between the two Points, has been pitched upon, you mufl wnte dow-n the two Heights obfcrved By the Tables Jince made, it appears that at the Diflance at that Station, in two different Columns of 100 Yards, the apparent Level is raifed above the true one about f of a Line; So that the Antients, in this jre~ fpeft, were more fcrupulous than needed. By means of this Reduction, we are now able to level Diliances of one or two Miles, at one Operation, which the Antients could not do in lefs than ;oo. The Operation of I-erf//;;;^ is as follows: Suppofe the Height of the Point A (Fhte Surveying, Tig. ic.) on the Top of a Mountain, above that of the Point B, and at the Foot thereof required: Place the Level about the middle Dittance, between the two Points, as in D, andStaffs in A and B, and let there be Perfons initru£led with Signals for railing and lowering on the faid Staffs little Marks of Pafleboard, or other Matter. The Level being placed horizontally by the Bubble, l$c. look towards the Staff A E, and caufe the Mark to be raifed or lowered, till the Middle, upper Edge, or other moft confpicuous Part appear in the vifual Ray. Then meafuring exailly the perpendicular Height of the Point A above the Point E, which fuppofe 6 Feet 4 Inches, fet that down in your Book ; then turn the Level horizontally about, that the Eye-GIafs of the Telefcope may be ftill next the Eye when you look the other way (if you have only plain Sights, the Inflrument need not be turned) and caufe the Perfon at the Staff B to raife or lower his Mark, till fomc confpicuous part of it fall in the vifual Ray, as at C, then meafure the perpendicular Height of C above B, which fuppofe 16 Feet, 16 Inches ; let thisalfo down in the firft Column, thofe cbferved in looking thro' the Telefcope when the Eye was from the Source, or to- wards the Point, which we may call Back-S'ights ; and un- der the fecond Colu mn thofe cbferved, when the Eye was next the Source, which we call Fore-Siehts, in the manner following : Eack-Sights. Itoot. Inc. Jjine. Firft Height ^ ( Correfted ^f- = : o ThirdHeight 11 .- ; : Fore- Sights. Foot. Inc.Xif!. Second Height 21 : 9:4. Fourth Height S : 0:9 25 : 5) : 3 I Having fummed up the Heights of each Column fe- parately, fubflrafl the leffer fnm the greater, the Re- mainder wdl be the Difference of Level between the Points A and B 5 as in this Example^ Feet. Inch. Lin. 00 ; 10 The Difference of Height 0)' Ze- velbti-u'ceu she Fowls A aniiB. -11,^ V -y- ' -y Diftance of the two Points be required, add all the Book above the other Number of the firft Obferva- Uiitances meafured, together, and dividing the Diffe- tion ; fubftra£l: the one from the other, the Remainder r^nce of Height by the Yards of the Diftances, for each fubftra£l: the one from the other, will be 10 Feet, 4 Inches, which is the Difference of Level between A and B, or the Height of the Point A abovethePoint B. Where Note, that if the Point D, where the Inftrument is fixed, be in the middle between the two Points A and B, there will be no Neceffity for reducing the apparent Level to the true Level, the vi- fual Ray in that Cafe being raifed equally above the true Level. If it be further required to know whether there be a 200 Yards you will have a Defcent of about '2 Inches 9 Lines. * Levelling Staffs are Inflruments ufed in Levelling, fcrvine to carry the Marks to be ohferv^d, and at the fame tnni to meafure the Height of thofe Marks from the Ground. Ihey ufually confift each of two long fquare Wooden Rulers, made to Hide over one another, and divided into Feet, Inches, ^c. For the common Occafions of Levelling to be perform'd fufficient Defcent for conveying Water from the Source A without much Apparatus of Inflruments, Time, or Trou' .1 r _ __ TT_._ - , , ble, the following Method is recommended. Set a Pole upright in a Spring, Pond, River, or other Place whence Water is to be brought, and mark how many Feet and Inches of it are above Water. Then fet up another Pole, of equal length with the other, in the place to which the Water is to come. Place the Center of a Qua- drant on the top of this laft Pole, the Plummet hanging free ; fpy thro the Sights the Top of the Pole that fs in the Water, and if the Thread cuts any Degree of the Quadrant, the Water may be convey'd by a Pipe laid \n the Earth. If you can't fee from one Extreme to the other, the Operation may be repeated in the manner already directed. DrMalley fuggefts a new Method of Levelling^ which has been put in praflice by fome of the Trench Acadetny : This is performed wholly by means of the Baiometcr, in which the Mercury is found to be fufpended ro fo much the lefs Height, as the Place is further remote from the Centre of the Earth. Hence ic follows, that the diffe- rent Heights of the Mercury in two Places give the Dif fcrence of Level. Mr. Derham, from fome Obfervations he made at the top and bottom of the Monument, found that the Mercury fell ^ of an Inch at every 82 Foot of perpen- to the Point B, Flate Surveying', Tig. i r. Here in regard the DiOance from A to B isconfiderablc, 'tis required that feveral Operations be made. Having then chofen a proper Place fur the firft Station, as at 1, fet up a Staff in the Point A near the Source, with a proper Mark to Hide up and down the Staff as L, nnd meafure the Dif- tance from A to I, which fuppofe zcco Yards. Then the Level being adjufted in the Point I, let the Mark L he raifed and lowered till fuch time as you fpy fome con- fpicuous Part of it thro' the Telefcope or Sights of the Level, and meafure the Height A L, which fuppofe 13 Foot 5 Inches. But in regard the Diftance A I is 2000 Yards, you muft have recourfe to your Table for a Re- duftion, fubftrafling 11 Inches, which will leave the Height AL 12 Foot 6 Inches ^ and this note down in your Book. Now turn the Level horizontally about, fo as the Eye-Glafs of the Telefcope may be towards the Staff at A; and fixing up another Staff at H, caufe the Mark G to be moved up and down, till you fpy fome confpicuous Part thro the Telefcope or Sights. Meafure the Height H G, which fuppofe 6 Yards, 4 Feet, 2 In- ches. Meafure likewife the Diftance of the Points I H, which fuppofe 1 3C0 "il ards 5 for which Diftance, according LEV 449 ) LEV rerperdicular Afcent, when the MercurV .s at 30 Inches. Or Holley allows of of an Inch for every 50 lards ; which, confidering how accurately the Baroineters are now made, an Inch in fome of 'cm bang divided into an hundred or more Parts, all very fcnfible, he thinks this Method fufficiently exatf to take the Levels tor the Lon- vevance of Water, and Ids liable to Errors than the common Levels. The fame Author, found a D.fterence of 5 Inches 8 Tenths between the Height of the Mercury at the top and bottom of JotioAii Hill in « ofc!. LEVER, in Mechanics, an inflexible Right Line luppor- is the firll'ofthofc call'd Uabamcal Power , or SmfU Ma Mn-,,=-s being of all others the moft fimple, and ischieHy :ipplied for raffing Weights to fmall Heighrs. It has its iName iever from its Office /cm« or tora.le In a LCTO- there are three things to be principally coii- fidered: i. The Weight to he rais'd or fullain d, as U, (P/»,<; UcMch,H.^.) ^■'Il"=r™" by which it^s to be .isM or fuHaind, as B. 5- The fulcrum or Prop D. whereon the LKC, is fuflain'd, or rather on which it moves round, the Fulcrum remaining fixed. The Lerer is threefold : Sometimes the Fulcrum is placed between the Weight and the Power, as in fi^. I. rlaii Mnbamck ; and this we call a Lever of the firft kind. Sometimes the Weight is between the Fulcrum and the Power, which is the fecond kind i as in hf- And lome- tiines crum ■■, whence it follows, that the Gain of Force is always at" tended with the Lofs of 1 irrie, and vice Terfa. LEVERET, a young Hare, fo call'd in the firff Teaf of its Age. LEVIGATICN fignifies the Reduaion of any hard ponderous Bodies, as Coral, Tutty, Precious Stones, t^c. into a light fubnle Powder, by grinding upon Porphyry, a Sea-fliell, Marble, Stone, (Sc. as Painters do their Co- lours. This is much ufed in Pharmacy and Chymiflry, but unlefs the grinding Inflruments ate extremely hard^ they will wear away, fo asfometimes to double the Weight of the Medicine thus managed. LEVITE, a Hctreia PricH, or Sacriflcer, fo call'd as being of the Tribe of Lef/, or the Defcendant of the Patriarch of that Name. In the Primitive Church they alfo gave the Name Lez>:te to the Deacons, and MinillcrS of the Altar. The Levitei of the Old Law had no fettled Lands allotted 'em for their Maintenance, but lived cliief- ly of the OiFerings made to God. They were diiltibutcd through all the Tribes^ each of which gave forac cf their Cities to the Levitei, with Grounds in their Neigh- bourhood for the Subfidence of their Flocks. According to the Numeration made by Solojr.ini, from the Age of Twenty there were Tnirty-eight Thoufand capable of ferving : Twenty- four Ttioufand of thefe he appointed for the daily Miniltery under thePricils; Six I'houfand to be inferior Judges in the Cities, and to decide Matters relating to Religion, and of no great confequeiice to the """''"'' ' , and to take the Power afls between State j Four Thoufand ro be Door-keeper the'Weiofit and the Ful- care of the Riches of the Temple ; and ttie reft do the third kind. The Power of the icrer is founded o., the following Theorem, 'ciz.. That the Space or Arch defcribed by each Point of a Lever, and confequen.ly the Velocity ot each Point of aici-er is as its Dillance from the Fulcrum " From hence it follows, that the Aaion of a Power and the Refinance of the Weight increale in proportion to their Dillance from the Fulctum. And hence a fo it fol- low« that a Power will be able to fuflam a Weight, it the Ditlance of the Point in the Lever to which it is ap jlicd, be to the Diflance of the Weight, the Office of Chanters or Singers. The Word comes from the Luint Levlt.1, which isform'd from the Creek A«v/7T(f ; the Root of which is the Name Levi, which was given to this Patriarch by his Mother Letih, from the Hebrew nl*? lavah, to be tied or ntntcd ; Leah hoping, by the Birth of this Son , to be more clofely link'd to her Husband S.iroi. LEVITY, the Privation or Want of Weight in any Body, when compared with another that is heavier, in which fenfe it is oppofed to Gravity. The Schools mam- _^ tain that there is fuch a thing as pofitive and abfolute the Weioht to Levity, and impute to this the Rife or Emergency of Bo- Jhe Intcnfity of the Power ; which ■irit"be ever fo° little dies lighter in Specie than the FUids wherein^ they rife, incrc-afed, muft raife the Weight. See this Doflrme de- liionllrated under ,U ^ ori Mccbmiie Toweri, and further illuilratcd under the Word Bahuce : between which and the Lever there is a great Analogy ; a Lever ot the hrlt li.nd being a fort of Steel-yard to raife Weights. The Power and Aaion of the -Leoer will be fully lUuf- trated by the following Fropofitions. I If the Power applied to a Lever of any kind lulfain a Weight, the Power is to the Weight in a reciprocal Ra- tio of the Dillances from the Fulcrum. This is the Con- vetfc of that demonftrlted under the Head Mechamc ^"llVhe Weight of a Lever of the firtl and fecond kind AB, the Diftance of the Centte of Gravity from the Fulcrum But befides that the common Senfc of Mankind difcovers that Levity is only a Relative Term, we find by Expe- rience that all Bodies tend toward the Earth, fome flower, and fomefafter, in all Fluids ot Mediums, whe- ther Water, Air, (Sc. Thus Cork is faid to be lighter than Gold, becaufe under equal Dimenfions the Gold will fink in, and the Cork fwim upon Water. .Irchimeies hath demondiaicd, That a folid Body will tioit any where in aFluid of the fame fpecifick Gravity, and that a lighter Body will keep above a heavier. The Reafon o( this is becaufe of Bodies falling towards rhe Earth, thofc which have a like number of equal Parts have equal Gra- vity ; fince the Gravity of the Whole is the Sum of the Gravity of all its Pans. Now two Bodies have an equal r;L D halloo he We glit and the Power AC number of equal Pans, if under .he fame Dimen.ipns and'CB, "being all given; to find" the Power that will Su'ppof'= *e Lever void of Gravity, but in lieu thereof a WeighthungatV i if then A C be made to C V as the Gravity of the Lever to a fourth Number, we /hall have the Weight which Lever is able tofuflain, and this fub- Itriaed from the given Weight, the Remainder will be the Weight to be fullain'd by the Power. Let C B then be to C A as the remaining Weight to a founh Weight j and we ihall have the Power to be applied in B, in order to fullain the given Weight with the given Lever. III. The Gravity of a Lever of the firfl or fecond kind A B, the Diflance of its Centre of Gravity from the Ful- trum C V, the DiHances of the Power and the Weight B C and C A being all given, to find the Weight to be luf- Find the Part of the Weight (uftain'd by the Lever alone, as in the former Problem ; in the fame manner find the other Part of the Weight which the Power ap- plied in E is able to fullain : Add the two Numbers to- gether, the Sum is the Weight required. IV The Gravity and Centte of Gravity F of a Lever of the fecond kind C B, with the Weight G, its Diftance from pofitive^ Levity^ the Fulcrum C A, and from the Power C B, being given ; to find the Power capable to fullain the Weight. Suppofe the Lever void of Gravity, but in lieu theieof a Weight equal thereto hung in F, the Power required to fullain the Lever alone. Then find the Power requifite to 1 Wei"ht G ; add the Powers together, and went oppofite there are no Intervals deltitute of Matter i whence it fol- lows, that as no Ponion of Matter is fo finall, but that Body wherein it is contained may be wholly divided into Parts equally finall, there can be no reafon for the De- fcent of thefe, which will not equally hold for the De- fcent of that. Hence it may be concluded, that thofe Bodies which do not equally gravitate under the fame Dimenfions, do not contain the fame equal Portions of Matter ; and therefore when we fee, that a Cube of Gold fubfides in Water, at the faine time that an equal Bulk of Cork fwims upon it, 'tis evident that ih-j Gold muft have a grcaternuraber of equal Parts of Matter under the fame Bulk than the Cork, or the Cork muft have a greater num- ber of Vacuities than the Gold ; and that there are alio in the Water, a greater number of Vacuities than in Gold, Flence we have a clear idea both of Denfity or Gravity, and of Levity ; and know, that the latter cannot in a ftria fenfe be accounted any thing pofitive, but a mere Negation or Abfence of Body, which determines that Body to be lighter than another which contains more Matter. , ■ ,-i Dr. Hook, 'tis true, feems to maintain fomelhing like a This, if we miflake not, is what he means by the'Term Lzvitasmi ; viz. a Property of Bodies direaly contrary to that of Gravitation towards the Sun. This he thinks he has difcovercd in the Steams of Co- mets, which tho they had a Defcent from the Nucleus of the Comet towards the Sun, yet they qui.idy return d, to the Sun, and that to a prodigious Ex- fuflain the given Weight u ; auo tne rowcia logcme., u.,u ..v..,. uft-u...^ — ••> r r ,t,,;nn''.-„,r,. the Sum will be the pSwer required. tent. In elfea, where the Power of Gravtiation ceafes, V If a Power applkd to I Lever of any kind lift a fltould feem fome fuch contrary Force does begin, where- Weight the Space of the firft is to that of the laft, as of we have Inflances in the Phenomena ot Attrafl.on. ' ■ laft to 1 Power able to fuftain the fame Weight ; This is "hat .Sir I. Newtai calls s what Sir /. Kevston calls the I'is RefeHens, and ap- Xyyyy pears LEX p^ars 10 be one of the Laws of Nature ; without which it v/ould be hard to account for Rarefactioiij and fomc other Appearances. See Repilfion. LEURE, in Falconry, a piece of red Leather, cut in form of a Birci, or a Ball fet off with a Beak, Claws, and Wings, hung out on a Crook by the Falconer to re- clain:! his Birds. They fometinics tie Meat to the Leure, wherewith to feed the Bird. I'he Word comes froin the JLathi Lorum, tho others derive it from Leora^ Q-aft'mefs^ Deceit. T.EA'Y fignifies to gather or exaft ; as to lezy Money, to /czy Troops. Levy is fometimcs alfo ufed to ere£l C 4^0 ) LIB Lingua, T> oj?i" r ■ , — ■ 1^'ame of a Sea in Relieion that arofe ,n the lean 5= 5. Their principal Tenets lire Tha IS dtftufed through all Things, who is and lives h^ all C^ea TTat'th "r/"""' Spirit of God : That the Sould.es w:th the Body; that Sin is a mere Ch,m.-era, and only fubfifls in Opinion, for that ,t was God that d,d all, both Good and'jjvil; that ParadifeiJ Libels. Scandalous Pictures are reckoned amongft Libels. The Lawyers fay a iikZ may be cither in Scri^tis^ or fnie Sc-ipsi'. in Scr/ptis, when a Writing is com- pofed or publiflicd to another's Difgrace, which maybe 'ivines, r ■ ■ , V, "^^r ^'^n in Awe; that fp.ntualRegenerat.onconfifls in nothing but flifling ,l,e Remorfe of Confcience ; Repentance i- ' ■ done no Evil ; and that it i ' " " to difTemble in Matters < in avowing to have lawful, and even expedient doneFci,;, a,,t C„„ile„is i as where" this' is malicioifly horrible BiafnVerieya«ai„fl Tffus^ repeated or lung in the prefencc of others : Or elfe Tri nothing but inZTk-f r.V„ i ''''"'*./^''"E' ''^ d-n.ne, when the L.tel, o'l- any Copy of it, is delivered out of God, a d J 1 e^ o;'o/'M""''°Th f 'Sj ^P"' .0 icandal,.e the Party. Fa„,f... Lbe„..sji„e Se^u,, may occafioned thei> bei'gTaned lit". and thfwoM ■ I'arty be two-fol.l. ([.J TiBitri!, as to paint the Party iliameful, or ignominious manner; Or, (2.) Sigjiis, as to fix a Gallows, or other ignominious Signs, at the Door of the Party, or elfewhere. The Punilhi„ent of Libelling in Riiglaiul, is putting the Criminal on the Pillory, Whip- ping, J?c. Libel alfo fignifies the Original Declaration of any A£lion in the Civil Law. LIBELLATICI. Under the Perfection of Deciiii there were fcveral Chriliians, who, to prevent their being obli- ged to renounce the Faith, and facrifice to Idols in Public, made Application to the Magillrates, and abjured their Faith in private, obtaining Cerrilieatcs of 'em, either by Intreaty, or by Money ; '' > ■ - > - • has been ufed in an i'il Senfe ever fincc. They fpread principally in HMaiid and Bralmt. Their Leaders were- one a^.min a Ficard, and another called friV^RTv ^™' ^""^ '^'="'"'= lii^ Difciple, ■ , , n ' "'^"''"y ""''"flood of that State where- in a Man ails freely ; or that Power by which he deter- mines himlclf voluntarily cither to Good or Evil to this thing or to that : Or i-;.«-r_v is an aaive Indifference of theWdl, ro w:,Il, or not will any thing, f.MMraneh gives us a 11,11 more Fhilofophical Definition. The Will he defines to be that Impreffion, or natural Motion, which ,nc ines towards Good in the general; and by Ziberi, he r u- u 1. - n , - ""'''=™'""''i> '''at Power which the Mind has of detenni h VA ru'"'^''"'""""'^"'"' "i"g*i^?=""^lI"^prfffiont,nvardsfuchObTeasasSe^^^^^ have co,r,pl,cd w,th the Orders of the Emperor, and were us ; and fo of dirrfflno n„r „„„„.V r I- thereby meltered fro,, any further MoleflLon on account par'ticular Things wh^lnc"",*^-":: t "per^e" Iftho' of their Rel,g,on. Thefe Certtficates were called L.beUi, all natural Inclinations be voluntrrv, y« therare not a?, whence the People who obtained them canne to be deno- free ; not. we „,ean, with a Freedom rf Ll ffere„ce ''"":"'"-.r.9;''."'' P^;'":"!?'- Iy,'l;= Ce»t«ri«.„ which includes a Power of willing, or no? wiUbgT „" of w,ll,ng quite the contrary to that which our natural Incli- of Ma;:debu'i-g, are of Opinion, that the VbeUntici were only fuch as fed the Magiftrates with Money, to skreen thei-n frorn Perfecution, and froi,, being obliged to re- nounce Chrillianiry. M. Ttllcmmit retains fomewhat of each Opinion ; he thinks the LibelUtici applying them- felves to the Magiftrates, bought oif the Sacrificing and Abjuration, and obtained Letters, by which they were declared to have renounced Chrifl, and facrificedto Idols tho' in effea they had done neither. ' LIBERAL ARTS, in oppofition to Mechanical Jris are fuch as depend niore on the Labour of the Mind than on that of the Hand ; that confijf more in the Specula- tion than the Operation, and that have a greater Regard 10 Amufement and Curiofity, than the fervile Mechanical Works: Such are Grammar, Rhetoric, Painting, Sculp- ture, Architeaure, Mufic. The Liberal Arts ufed for- merly to be fuinmed up in the following Lasiii Verfe. nations lead us to : For tho' 'tis voluntarily and freely that we love Good in general, it being abfurd to fuppofc we Ihould love any thing without the Will, or that the Will can ever be cotiftrain'd ; yet we don't love freely (in the Senfe juft laid down) becaufe 'tis not in the power of the Will not to defire to be happy. It mufl be obfer- ved, however, that the Mind, confidered as determined towards Good ,n general, cannot divert its Motion to any particular Good, unlefs the fame Mind, confidered as capable of Ideas, have feme Knowledge of that particular Good. -That IS, ,n pla,„er Terms, the Will is a blind Power that cannot apply itfelf to any thing but what th- V f,', h"l '■■'^ '■7"''''""' " "•■ So 'hat the PoB'er which the W,ll has to determine its ItnpreflJon towards general Good, or Its natural Inclinations, varioufly, confitts in the lower It has to command the Undcrflanding to reprefent foi„e LIB (4^1 ) LIB fome particular Good. Thus, a Pcrfon, for inftancc, re- prclcnts hmc Dignity to hlmfclf as a Good to be wi/h'd tor, immediately the Will dciires this Good; that is, the imprcflion which the Mind continually receives towards Good in general, determines it to this Dignity. But as that Dignity is n()t the univerfal Good, nor is conceived, clearly and dillinci-ly as fuch by the Mind, (for the Mind cannot conceive a tiling clearly which is not 5) the Im- preilion we have towards Good in general, is nut entirely cjihaullcd by that particular Good ; the Mind has an In- clination to go further ; it does not love that Dignity ne- cclVarily or invincibly, and in this rcfpcfl: is free. Now its i-//'C)-f^ confills in this, that not bei[ig fully convinced that this Good contains in it all the Good it is capable of loving, it may fufpcnd its Judgment and its Love. The Cafe is nearly the fame with regard to the Knowledge of Truth. We love this as we do the Enjoyment of Good, Iiy a natural ImprefTion; which hnprcrfion is not invinci- ble in the latter, excepting Evidence be full, and our Knowledge nf the Objed complcat : \Vc have the fame Liberty in our falfe Judgments, that we have in our irre- gular Appetites. See ^lid^ment. Will, Sic. Moft of the Schoolmen confound Z'berty and the Will together, and make one Definition fcrve for 'em both. They diilinguifii Z'lheny into a great many Kinds ; as Li- berty of Conirariery, Comrarietati; ■■, which is a Liherty of doing two things not only different, but contrary to each other. Jj'beriy of Contradiftion, is a Power of doing a thing, or letting it alone. Jefus Chrifl: had not the Li- la' ty tj^ Contrariety, with regard to Good and Evil, for he could not do Evil ; but he bad a Liberty of Contradic- tion with regard to Good. Next Liberty, Troxima, is a full abfolute Freedom of doing any thing. Liberty re- mote, is a L berty that comprehends a natural Power, tho' einbarrafs'd with Obftacies, which ic is in its power to remove, and to attain to a 7isxt Liberty. Thus he who has not aftual Grace nccelfary for the fulfilling of his Duty, but has yet the aftual Grace of Prayer, has a we.vf Liberty with regard to Prayer, and a remote Liberty with regard to his Duty. , C/cm defines Z'ieMj the Power of living after a Man's own Defire, without any Caufe or Impediment to oblige him to do one thing rather than another. The Do£lrine of Fcla^iu^j with regard to Liberty, is built on Philofo- phy, which does not allow us to have loft our original L'herty doing good. LIBERTY OF CONSCIENCE, a Right or Power of making Profcftton of any Religion that a Man fees fir. This f^cms to be a natural Right j it is vigoroufly op- pofcd by tlic Generality of the Romanijis, and even by many of the Reformed, tho' it feems as if the Reforma- tion could fcarce fubfilt without it. LIBRA, [ialajtce, one of the twelve Signs of the Zo- diack, exaiflly oppofitc to Jries. LIBRA, one of the Mechanical Powers. See i^-ilance. LIBRA, the anticnt Roman Pound, borrowed from the Siciliajn^ who called it Libra. It was divided into twelve Uncia:, or Ounces, equal to about 10 j; Ounces of our Weight. The Divifions of their Libra were the Uiicia yT, the Sextans j, the Qitadr.vis ^"t tbe Trlens y, the Uuincimv. five Ounces, the Semis fix, the Se^- tunx feven, the iie? eight, the Dodrcins nine, the Destrans ten, the Veimx eleven; lafily, the weighed twelve Ounces, or one L'bra. The Roman Libra was ufed in France for the Mcafurc of their Coin till the time of Charlemagne, orperhapsrill that of Philip I. in 10^5. their Solsbeing fo proportion'^d, as that twenty of them were equal to the L'bra. By degrees it became a Term of Account, and every thing of the Value of twenty Sols was called a Livrc. See Livre. The Ramans had alfo a Coin called Libra, equal to twenty Denarii. Sca- //i;er will have it, that Libra was even among them a Term of Account, not a Coin. See Found. LIBRA PENSA, in our Law-Books, is a Pound of Money in Weight : it being ufual in former Days not only to tell the Money, but to weigh it; in regard many Ci- ties, Lords, and Bifliops having their Mints, coin'd Mo- ney, and often very bad too ; for which reafon, tho the Pound confided of 20 Shillings, they always weigh'd it. LlBRARlI, among the Antients, were properly thofe who tranfcribcd in beautiful, or at leaft legible Charuflers, what had been wrote by the Notarii in Notes and Abbre- viatures. The Word was alfo ufed for Copills, or ihofe who wrote Books for the Bookfcllers. LIBRARY, an Apartment or Place deflined for the placing of Books ; or the Books themfelves lodg'd in that Apartment. Some Authors refer the Origin of Li- braries to the Hebrew.', and obfcrve that the Care they took for the Prefervation of their Sacred Books, and the Memory of what conccrn'd the Actions of their Anceftors, became an Example to many other Nations, and parti- cularly the ^^j/mj;;^. OJym:i}idrias King of E;;.ypt is faid to have taken the hint firfl, and had a Lihrary built in hiS Palace, with this Infcription over the door, 'iru;^('ia.Ti!^3i'- Nor were the Ftolcmys, who reign'd in the fame Country, lefs curious and magnificent in Books. The Scripture fpeaks of a Library of the Kings of Perfia, Iifdrus\. 15. VI. I. which fome imagine to have confifted'of the Hi- florians of that Nation, and of Memoirs of the Affairs of the State 3 but, in effect, it appears rather to have been a Depofitory of Laws, Charters, and Ordinances of the Kings. The Hebrew Text calls it the r.onh nf Treafures, and afterwards the Honje of the Books of Tre.ifures. We inay with more juflicc call that a Library^ mention'd in the fecond of Efdras to have been built by Nehe>yii.tb, and in which were preferv'd the Books of the Prophets and of David, and the Letters of their Kings. The firft who erefled a Library at Jthe/is, was the Ty- rant FiJiJiratHs ; and yet Strabo refers the Honour of it tu y!riJ}otle. That of Fifjiratits was tranfported by Xerxes into Ferjia, and afterwards brought by Sckitats Nicanor to Jthens. Long after, it was plundered by Sylla, and re- cUabliJhed by Hadrian. Flutarch fays, that under Eume- ■nes rhere was a Library at Fer^amus containing aooocc Books. Tarainiio}], a celebrated Grammarian, Cotempo- rary with Fomfey, had a Library of 3000 Volumes : That Ftolemy Fhiladelphtti, according to yitnmiafius MarceUimis, contain'd ycco, all in Rolls, burnt by Ofar'a Soldiers. Coi:f{a}itine and his Succeffors erected a magnificent one at Cofjfiantntople, which in the eighth Century contain'd 50COC0 Volumes, all burnt by order of Leo Jfrnricus j and among the rcii, one wherein the lUad and Od\lfce were written in Letters of Gold on the Guts of a'iicr- pent. The moft celebrated Libraries of antient Rome were the Vlpiait and x\\t Falatin, They alfo boafl much of the Libraries Panlits EmiliuSj who conquer'd Ferfuis 'j of Lk- cilijts LitculhiS, of j^jinius Follio, yP.ticus, of "^v-hus Stvenis^ Domitian, Serajiiis^ Fam^hyluSy Martyr^ and the Emperors Gordian and Trajan. Anticntly every large Church had \i& Lihary as ap- pears by the Writings of Sr. ^^''O"?, .^Inqftafms, and other,'^. Pope N/cWiiJ laid the firft Foundation of that of the Fati- can in 1450. It was deftroy'd by the Conliable hourbon in the facking of Rome, and reftorcd by Pope Sixths V. and has been confiderably enrich 'd with the Ruins of that of Heidelberg, plunder'd by Count T/Z/y in \6zz. One of the mofl compleat Libraries in Europe is faid to be that created at Florence by Co/mo de Medicis 3 over the Gate whereof IS wrote. Labor abf^^-ie Labore. 1 ho it is now exceeded by that of the French King ; begun by Fra7icisl. augmented by Cardinal Rfci/;eK, and complcat- cd by M.Colbert. The Emperor's Library, according to Lambccms, confifls of 80C00 Volumes, and 1 5540 Curious Medals. The Bodleian Library at Oxford, built on the Foundation of that of Duke Humphry, exceeds that of any Univerfity in Eitrope, and even thofe of all the Sovereigns of -£i!i-o^e, except the Emperor's and French King's, which are each of 'em older by a hundred Years. It was firft open'd in 1602, and has fince found a great number of Bcncfaiifors ; particularly S'ltRob. Cotton, Sir H. Savil, Archbi/hop Laud^ Sir Kenelm Di^^by, Mr. Jllen, Dr. Focock, Mr. Selden, and others. The Vatican, the Mcdiccan, that of hejjarioiii at Venice, and thofe jufl mention'd, exceed the Bodleiati in Gree^ Manufcripts ; which yet outdoes 'em all in Oriental Manufcripts. As to printed Books, the Jmbrojianat Mlan^ and that of U'olfenbmtel, are two of the moil famous, and yet both inferior to the y^Of/Zeii;;;. The Coftnw Library con- fifts wholly of Manufcripts, particularly of fuch as relate to the Hilliory and Antiquities of En\;land ; which, as they are now bound, make about rcoo Volumes. LIBRATA TERR^, a Portion of Ground containing 4 Oxgangs, and every Oxgang 15 Acres. With us it is fo much Land as is yearly worth zo s. In Henry the Illd's time, he that ho.A auindecim Libratas TerrKage ihe VafiTal was obliged to ferve hib hide themfelves in the invifible fide of the Moon, and Lord towards all, and againll all, excepting his Father, afterwards become again confpicuous. This Libration of In which fcnfe, the Word was ufed in oppofition to fimple the IMoon is owing to her equable Rotation round her own Honm^e i which bll only obliged the Vaffal to pay the Axisi and her unequal Motion in the Perimeter of her Rights and accuftomed Dues to his Lord, and nut to bear Orbit. For if the Moon moved in a Circle, whofe Centre Arms againll the Emperor, Prince, or other Superior co-incided with the Centre of the Earth, and turn'd round Lord : So that a Liege Man was a Perfon wholly devoted its Axis in the preeife Time of its Period round the Earth ; to his Lord, and intircly under his Command, the Plane of the fame Lunar Meridian would always pafs However, as the Word Lie^i^e is varioufly ufed by Au- thro the Earth, and the fame Face of the Moon would thors, it muft be obferved that there were formerly two be conltantly and exadtly turn'd towards us. But fince liinds of Lie^e homage : the one by which the VafTal was the real Motion of the Moon is an EUipfis, in whofe Fo- obliged to fcrve his'Lord, againd all wirhout exception, cus is the Earth, and the Motion of the Moon about the even his Sovereign ^ the other, by which he was to fervc Earth is equable i or, which is the fame thing, every him againft all, except fuch other Lords as he had for- Meridian of the Moon by the Rotation defcribes Angles merly owed Liege Homage to. proportional to the Times : the Plane of no one Meridian In our old Statutes, Lieges and Liege Feoph are Terms will conOanrly pafs thro the Earth. peculiarly appropriated to the King's Subjcdts, as being LIBRATiON OF THE EARTH, that Motion, /-'^^ej, or obliged to pay Allegiance to him, 8 ii'ew* v/hereby the Earth is fo retain 'd in its Orbit, as that its 6. i4Hew. S, &Ci 1 ho private Ferfons had their Lie^e* Axis continues conftantly parallel to the Axis of the too Rehmidus Dei gyatia yibbas Raitiuji.i-^ fr^^pofiio ^ ho- World. This, Copernicus calls the Motion of Libration j mir-ihiis dc Byaticejire, cmnibus i^iciJiis L')-a7iL-'S ^ yiiigjis, Sa- and may be illullrared thus: Suppofe a Globe, with its haem. Sciatis me dediffe terramV/fe, in Dcpedeiie (hodie De- Axis parallel to that of the Earth, painted on the Flag of fedalt) huic Bofelino ££; L^rori ejus Jlfni^- ea Conditiojii aMalt, moveable on its Axis, and conilantly driven by ^itod ejfetli Jint homines l_,iges. Lib.Rames. anEaft Wind, while it fails round an llland, 'tis evident Omiiibits, i^c. Reginaldus Rex bifularitni, Sadutcm. Sciatis the painted Globe will be fo librated, as thatitsAxis will quod dti£7ii homo IJigtus Domim Regis ^ngH-c '3 oh.ninis-, contra be parallel to that of the World in every Situation of the omties Mortales quamditivixero^ ^ inde ei fiddiunem IS /.icya- Ship. mentitm frcefliti^ ^c. M S fefies W. Dugdalc. LICENCE, a Fermiflion or Leave granted by a Supe- LIEN TERY, in Phyfic, a kind of Loofenefs wherein tier. ^nJtiniaH appointed four "Years to be fpcnt in the the Food paffes fo fuddenly thro the Stomach and Guts, Study of the Law j after which, thofe who had difchargcd as to be thrown out by Stool with little or no Altcrati(jn. this Obligation, were faid to have Licence, or Permiffton, The Licntery is owing cither to a DefeiSl in the Ferment to retire Vrom Study. And hence the Word comes to be of the Stomach, or to a Relaxation of the Pylorus, at- ufed in this fcnfe among us. tended with fo brisk an Irritation of the Fibres of the Licence is alfo ufed for the Letters or Certificates taken Ventricle, that inilcad of retaining the Aliment it lets ic our in the Univerlities, whether in Law, Phyfic, or Divi- pafs. Excefs of Drinking fometimcs occafions this Dif- tiity. Licence in tlie Sorbotme is a Period of two Years, eafe, by relaxing the Stomach, and efpccially the Pylo- which the Batchelors are obliged to pafs in affiliing at rus, too immoderately. The Antients were of opinion the Acts, and difputing in 'em, to qualify themfelves for be- Lientery was owing to the too great Smoothnefs and Slip- ing admitted Dodtors, perincfs of the Infide of the Inteltines, by which they let LICENCES, in Fainting, are the Liberties which the the Food Hip off before it was digelied ; and hence ihey Painter takes in difpenfmg with the Rules of Perfpeiiive, gave ir this Name, which is formed from J^S&j /o/ij^jed, and the other Laws of his Art. and '=v%^_av, bite/iine. Poetical Licence is the Liberty which Poets claim of dif- LIE UNDER THE SEA: The Sailois fay, a Ship penfing with the ordinary Rules of Grammar ; and antiently lies under the Sea, when her Helm being made ialt a-L_e, the Poets had much greater L/cckccj than are now allow'd. /he lies fo a-HulI, that the Sea breads u^on her Eow, or ThQ Greeks, by having recourfe to the feveral DiateiSts of Broad-fide. their Tongue, could lengthen out a Word if it were too LIEUTENANT, a Deputy or Officer who holds the fhort, or retrench fomcthing from it if it were too long, place of a Superior, and difcharges that Funth'on in his The old Poets did what they pleas'd with their Language, abfence, v hich he ought to exercife in perfon, Ot thefe and fubjefled it not only to all their Ncceffuics, but their fome are Civil, as Lordi Lieutenants of Kingdoms, who Caprices too. are the Ring's Viceroys, and govern in his iiead j Lords Et dam Romam! venia ell i„dli«a Poern. LictMiof CouMies, fee Cmuj. But the Term is molt popular with Military Men, among whom there js a Va- But thefe became ridiculous in courfe of Time ; and the n<^ty of Lieutenants. As, poets are now defpoil'd of imolt of their antient Privi- Lkiitenant-Gen>'.Tal, the fecond Officer in an Army, who ]eoes. commands a Body of Forces, a Detathmenr, Quarter- 'LICENCE TO ARISE, in Law, is a Liberty or Space Attack, £>c, under the General, of Time given by the Court to a Tenant, toari/eoutof \v\ Trance they have alfo Lieutenams-Gcneral of their his Bed, who is eflToin'd dc Malo Letli in a real Aflion. Naval Forces, who coinraand immediately under the Ad- LICENTIATE, he who has obrain'd the Degree of a mirals. Licence. MoH of the Officers of Judicature in Sfam arc In Holland xhcy have ^ Lientenaiit-JdmiraJ^ which is the known by no other Name than that of Licentiates. To pafs fame with what we call a Vice- Admiral. Licentiate in the Canon Law, Civil Law, or Phyfic, they Lieutenant-General of the Ordname, is he who has the mult have iludicd feven Years, in Divinity ten. A Licen- Charge of the Artillery, Batteries, iSc. under the Maller- tiate among us is ufually underflood of a Phyficlan who General, or in his abfence. has a Licence to praftife, granted him by the College or Lieutenant-Colonel, in a Body of Horfc, is the firfl: Cap- Bifiiop of the Diocefe. A Perfon praClifmg Phyfic with- tain of the Regiment; he commands in the abfence at out fuch Licence, in cafe his Patient dies under his hands, the Colonel, taking place of all the other Captains, is guilty of Felony in the eye of the Law. Lieutenant-Colojiel of Font , is the fecond Officer in the LICHEN, a cutaneous Diflempcr, in many refpecls Regiment ; he commands in the abfence of the Colonel, the fame with a Leprofy ; for which, a Mofs of the fame and in a Battel takes port at his Colonel's Left. The Dra- name is faid to be an extraordinary Remedy : but this goons have alfo a Ltetitena'nt-Cohnel i but the Horfe have the prefent Pra<5licc feldom meets with. r.or, properly, any. LIEGE, properly fignifies a VafTa! who holds a kind LIFE, the Duration of Animal Being, or the Space of of Fee, that binds hini in a clofer Obligation to his Lord Time that paffes between their Birth and Death. Life Is than other People. The Term feems to be derived from alfo ufed for the Conrtitution ; or the Principle of Heat the French lier, to bind ; in regard of a Ceremony ufed in and Motion that animates Bodies, and makes 'em Per- rendering Faith or Homage, Vhich was by locking the ceive, Afi, and Grow ; in which fenfe, Life k divided VafTal's Thumb or his Hand in that of the Lord, to'/hew into Animal, Senfitive, and Vegetative. Life, in a llridiy that he was fart bound by his Oath of Fidelity. Cujas, phyfical fenfe, is the Circulation of the Blood. Viziner, and Bignon chufc rather to derive the Word from My Lord liacon makes the Prolongation of Lfs one of the farne Source with kudis or lendi, loyal, faithful. But the three Branches of Medicine ; the other two relating to D« Cajfpc falls in with the Opinion of thofe who derive it the Prefervatlon of Health, and the Cure of Difeafes. from Litis i a kind of VafQils fo firmly attach'd to their And the Theory of this he numbers among the Defderata. Lord on account of Lands or Fees held of him, that Some Means or Indications that feem to lead to it, he lays they were obliged to do him all manner of Service, as if down as follows. they were his ^Domeftics. He adds, this was formerly Things are preferved in two manners ; either in their call'd Lithium Ser-vitium, and the Perfon Litge. In this Identity, or by Reparation. In their Identity,- as a Fly or fenfe the Word is ufed Leg. Edw. cap. zy. ^ur.fub Tutela Ant in Amber, a Flower or Fruit or Wood in a Conferva- Re^is Ligea ddi:at ejje j that is, wholly under his Pro- tory of Snow ; a dead Carcafs in Balfams. By Repara- tedion. lion, as a Flame, and as Mechanical Engines, l^c. To LIF ( 4^3 ) LIG attain to the Prolongation of L,fe, both thefe Methotls Diaphragm, penetrating into the Subflance of the IJver, „ull be ufed, and?he Human Body mufl: be preferved to hold it the ,i>ore Krm y i the atter ,s lat-gcr b- both as Inanimates, as Flame, and as iMechanicaUnltru- ments are preferved. Hence arife three Intentions for the Prolongation of Lr/e : Retardation of Confumptinn, proper Reparation, and Renovation of what begins to grow old. Confumption isoccafion'd by two kinds of De- predation h a Depredation of the Innate Spirit, and a De- predation of the Ainbient Air. Thcfe may be each pre- vented two wciys ; either by rendering thofe Agents lefs predatory, or by rendering the paffive Parts {ytz. the Juices of the Body) lefs liable to be prey'd on. The Spirit will be rcnder'd lefs predatory, if either its Sub- ftance be condenfcd, as by the TJfc of Opiates, Gnef, ^c. or its Quantity dimini/lied, as in fpare and mo- naftic Diets j or its Motion calm'd, as in Idlene.s and Tranquillity. The Ambient Air becomes lefs predatory, if it be either lefs heated by the Rays of the Sun,^ as m cold Climates, in Caves, Mountains, and Anchorites Cells ; or be kept off from the Body, as by a denle Skin, the Feathers of Birds, and the Ufe of Oil and Unguents without Aromatics. The Juices of the Body are rendered lefs liable to be prey'd on, either by making them harder, more lax, it comes from the external Coat ot the Liver, and is faitened to the Cartilage Xlphoidcs. Some add a third, which is formed out of the Umbilical Veflels, which in Adults dry up and become a Ligamem. There are two L%ament5 belonging to the Tongue, one that fa- llens it by its Root to the Os Bynidcs^ and another larger, inferred into the middle and inferior Part ■■, this laft is called. The Bridle of the Tongue. There are alfo wf«Jj belonging to the Spleen. The Fenij has a llrong Ligameiit^ cali'd Sufpejijorium Feni^t from its Office in holding up the Tejuno the Ofpi Pubis j it arifcsfrom the Foreparts of thofe Bones, and is fal-lcned to the upper Part uf the Corpora Ca-uer?iofa Fe?iis j it has another Li^U' mejtt, which taflens the Prepuce to the Glans. The Uterus has four Ligaitiems^ two of them called broad, and two round from their Figure 5 the broad L'vi,ame}n^ are membranous, and arife from the Proveffm of the Perito- naeum, and are fattened to the lateral Parts of t\\t Ytmdin or Bottom of the Vierus, and ferve to prevent the Fundus from falling down upon the Neck, as it fometimes hap- pens when thefe Liji^aments are too much relaxed. The or more moift and oily. Harder,' as by a coarfe iharp round Z'g«"5e«tj arife from the Sides of the Womb, at Diet livins in the Cold, robuft Exercifes, and fome Mi- the place where the Tuh^ Falhpan^ are joined to it. At nerai Baths. Moifter, as in the Ufe of fweet Foods, ^c. their flrft Rife they are broad, but, by degrees as they in abftainins from Salts and Acids, and efpecially in fuch recede farther from the Womb, j^row round and fmoorii j a Mixture of Drink, as confifts wholly of fine fubtile and as the fpeaiianc^Veffels do in Men, pais betwixt^the Particles without any Acrimony or Acidity. Reparation is ^ ' - - ■'^ ~"- - -- - ■'^ - - " performed by means of Aliment. Alimentation is pro- moted four ways: By the Concoflion of xho Fijcera, {a as to extrude the Aliment ; by exciting the exterior Parts to the Attraction of the Aliment, as in proper Exer- cifes and Frications, and fome Un£lions and Baths j by the Duplicature of the Pm"roKrf«JK, and fo out of t]\e ythdo- men thro' the Foramina of the oblique and tranfvcrfe Muf- clesof thcy/bdomen, and running obliquely on the Os Fic- his, terminate under the Fat near the Cliioris. By the Paffages o{th' ''"^ lodged ,„ SUTietaCmcM,tmAH„, Friafum, M„f,o ,„ Semmn p,a„- °' "anfparent Bodies, and lecunJary or derived turn f«teft exafkt. Hk frclc oomokuim fib l,mme Domm tuVj^.l ,T r° "^"'i"". °' an Inclination of that /.« m -lerram Jepelmt. Ibi j„amA Jefulum ,-d,q„erit, mm- "„",J, "/^'^ede from the Centre of the luminous Body MAS ( ^0 CourTesj but the Stones ate only fct jn order as to the Courfes, the Middle bting fiU'd up with Stones thrown HI at random ainong the Mortar. Sec Plate Arch. Ft^. 5. Conipoi'.fid Miijojn-^, is of I7/C7(w(!s's propofinj; 5 fo call'd, as btins form'd oi all the rcfl. In this, the Courics are of hew'd Stone, and the middle Place left void, fiU'd up with Mortar and Pebbles thrown in together. After this the Stones of one Courfe are bound to thofe of another Courfe, with Cramp-irons faflen'd with melted Lead. Sec I^late Arch. All the Kinds of Mafmry now in ufe may be reduced to thefe five, z-iz. BounH Mijowy-, that of iriciJCor/;, where the Bodies and Projeifures of the Stones indofe fquaie Spaces or Fanncls, He. fet with Bricks : That * Moz/on, cr fmall Work, where the Courfes are equal, well fqua- ted, and their Edges or Beds rufticated 1 That where the Courfes arc unequal ; and thatfiU'd up in the middle with little Stnnes and Mnrtar. FREE, or ACCEPTED MASONS, a very anticnt So- ciety, or Body of Men, fo call'd either from fnme extra- ordinary Knowledge of Mafonry or Building, which they are fuppofed to be Matters of, or becaufc the lirfl Founders of the Society were Perfons of that Profeffion. Tbey are now very confiderable both forNumbers and Cha- rafler ; being found in every Country in Europe, and con- filling principally of Perfons of Merir and Confideration. As to Antiquity, they lay claim to a Standing of fomc thoufand Years ; and, 'tis faid, can trace up their Origin as early as the Building of Salomon's Temple. What the End of their inflitution is, feems fliU, in fome meafure, a Secret; the fo much of it as is known, appears truly good and laudable, as it tends to promote Fricndfliip, So- ciety, mutual AlTiflance, and Good-Fellowfhip. The Brothers of this Family are faid to be pofTefsM of a great Number of Secrets, which have been religioufly oblerv'd from Age to Age : Be their other Virtues therefore what they will, 'tis plain they ate Maflers of one in a very great degree, -o'lz. Secrecy. M ASQUE, or Mash, a Cover for the Face.contrived with Apertures for the Eyes and Mouth ; wore chiefly by Women of Condition, cither to prcferve their Compleflion from the Weather, or out of Modcfty, to prevent their being known. Fofpeci, Wife of Nero,' is faid to be the firll In- ventor of the Mafqite ; which Ihe did to guard her Com- pleftion from the Sun and Weather, as being the mod delicate Woman, with regard to her Perfon, that has been known. Jlrcititome obferves, that the ordinary L'fe of Mi/jiici was not introduced till towards the end of the 1 6th Century. The Word Mi/iyue is alfo ufcd to fignify any thing ufed to cover the Eyes, and prevent a Ferfon's being known. Thus the Penitents of Lyo/ti and Aw^noit hide'their Faces with large white Veils, which ferve 'era for hhifqtiei. M.JVSQ.UE, in Architetlure, is underflood of certain Pieces of Sculpture, reprefenting fome hideous Form, Grorefque, or Satyrs Faces, £^c. ufed to fill up and adorn fome vacant Places, as in Freezes, the Pannels of Doors, Keys of Arches, (£c. but particularly in Grotto's. MASQUERADE, orMjscARADE; an Affembly of Perfons mask'd or difguis'd, meeting to dance and divert thcmfelves. This is a very common Pra£lice abroad, efpe- cially in Carnaval Time. The Word comes froin the Italian }^lajcarata, and that from the Arahic Mafc^ra, which fignifics Raillery, Buffoonery. "mass, in Mechanics, is defined to be the Matter of any Body cohering with it, ;. e. moving and gravitating along with it; and is diflinguifh'dfromits Bulk,or Volumn, which is its Expanfion in Length, Breadth, and Thicknefs. The Mufs of any Body is rightly eflimatcd by its Weight. And the Maffes of two Bodies of the fame Weight arc in a reciprocal Ratio of their Volumes. Sec Motion,Weioht, Moment, iyc. MASSALIANS, certain Seflarics, fo call'd from a HetrcifWord fignifying Pi ovev ; it being their diflinguilli- ing Tenet, that a Man is to be continually in Prayer. The Greeks call'd rhem Eiii^hitet, eb^to/, which in rheir Lan- guage fignified the fame thing. St. Eptphaniits dillin- guiflies two Kinds of Ma/Jhiiajii, the Antient and the New. The firft, according to him, are neithet ^cwj, Chr'tjiictns, nor Samarita}rt, but pure GeuttUs ; who owning feveral Gods, yet adore only one, whom they call Almighry. They' had Oratories like our Churches, where they ufed to meet, to pray and fing Hymns in honour of God ; their Oratories being finely illumined with Lamps and Flam- beaux. This Defcription of Sr. £p^/'ii7r('; comes fo near the Practice of the E([ef!:, that Sca!:-€r thinks the two S:Ss ouchi not by any means to be diiiinguifh'd. The Majfiiliam have gone by the Names of Emhitfiajis, Eiicbl- Ki\ Saccofhori, and fome of them Martyriam. As to the other Maftliain, who were by Profeflion Chriftians, theit Rife was not till about the Time of St. Ejiifhmitn. Their Doftrine was, that Prayer alone was 6^ MAS fiifficient to Salvation. Many Monks, who loved a Life of Lazincfs, and were averfc to Labour, join'd the MaJJa- liani. S-:e Euciutes. MASSATER, from ^aa^x^M.i^ mafiditco, to chew ; the Name of a Mufcle, that helps to puU the Jaw upwards in eating; It is thick and fl:ort, arifing from the Zygoma^ and from the firLt Bone of the upper Jaw, and is inferred into the lower Edge of the lower Jaw, from its external Angle to its middic; Its Fibres run in three Direiiions ; thole from the Zygoma obliquely to the middle of the Jaw, and thole from the firil Bone of the upper Jaw crofs the former, and run to the Angle of the lower Jaw ; and the Fibres that are in its middle, run perpendicularly from their Origin to their Infertion. MASSES, in Painting, are the large Paris of a Pidure, containing the great Lights and Shadows j and thus, when it is almoll dark, we fee only the M^^ei of a Pii5lure, i.e. the Places of the greatefl Lights and Shadows. MASSIVE, fomething grofs and folid, in oppofition to Tendernefs and Delicacy. Thus we fay, a Wall, or a Building, is too ma//he, that is, its Walls are too thick, or the Lights and Openings too little in proportion. A mctfJi'De Column is that, which is too fhort for the Order, U'hofe Capital it bears. MASSORA, a Term in the ^eiiiljh Theology, figni- fying a Performance on the Bible by feveral learned Rab- bins, to fecure it from any Alterations that might other- wife happen j and to ferve, according to their Expreflion, as a iU-Xifi to the Law. Buxtorf defines it a Critique on the Hebrciv Text, contrived by the antient ^ewljh Do£lors, in which they have number'd the Verfes, Words, and Let- ters of the Text, and niark'd all the Variations of it. For the Text of the Sacred Books was originally written without any Breaks, or Divifions into Chapters, or Verfes, or even into Words. So that a whole Book, in the antient Manner, was but one continued Word ; of which kind we have ftiil feveral antient Manufcripts, both Greek and La- tin, In regard the Sacred Writings had undergone a.n infinite Number of Alterations, whence various Readings had arifen, and the Original was become mangled and difguis'd ; the '^ews had recourfe to a Rule, which they judg'd infallible, to fix and afcertain the Reading of the Hebrew Text : and this Rule they call'd Majfora, Tradi- tion ; as if this Critique were nothing but a Tradition, which they had receiv'd from their Fore-Fathers. Ac- cording to Eiias Levita, it was the ^eios of a famous School at Tiherias who compofed, or at leaft begun the M-ilfora, whence they are call'd Mqffbretes. Jhen Efra makes them the Authors of the Points and Accents in the Hebrew Text, as we now find it, and which ferve for Vowels. The ^rahs have done the fame thing to their Jkorcin, that the M^^fforeces have done to the Bible ; Nor do the Jew deny their having borrow'd this Expedient from the j^rabs, who firfl put it in pra£lice in the yih Cen- tury. There is a great and a little Mqlfiray printed at Venice, and at Bafil, with the Hebreza Test in a different Charafter. Buxtorf has written a Jihjfor.ctic Comment, which he calls Tibsrias. MASSORETES, 3ew//& Doaors, Authors of the Maf fora. See Massora. MASTo/fl.Fo?-e/f, the Fruit of a Species of Trees, call'd Gla?iiliferoic.-. 'i he Boitljirit is aiwa.ys the fame Length and Big- iiciswiih ihe tore Mai: ; and the Mizen-Mafi muft be juii half the Length of the Main-Mall, and half as ihick. MASTER 5 a Title given to feveral Officcrsj and Per- fcns of Authority and Command, and particularly to the tablets cii the Orders of Knighthood, oc. Thus we fay, the Grand Majter of Martha, of St. Laz^irits, o( the Golden Jtltece, of the h-ee M-iJf»is, &c. The Title jWo/i^er, M-''-^'JUr, was frequent among the Komam: They had their ylif.(/?er of the People, Af-tgijier Toftdi, who was the Initiator j M-ifter of the Cavalry^ M~'ig'Ji€r Eqiiitttm, who held the fecond Poil in an Army after the Diflator. Under the later Emperors there were alfo Jifjji OS of the hifantry, M-ig'Jiri Fednum. A Af^hr of the Ce?;/((J, Af-ig'Jisr Ceufi, who had nothing of the Charge of a Cenfor or Sub-Cenfor, as the Name fcems to intimate; but was the fame with the Commiffioner of the Trumentarics, Tr^eppfiua Frnmetitarm-ian. AUJier of the Militia, Ahgijter M'ltti"-'-, an Officer in the lower Em- pire, created, as 'tis urged, by Vioclefian, who had the Infpeciion and Government of all the Forces, with power ro puni/li, i£c. fomewhat Jike a Confiable of France. At firft there were two of thefe Officers inititutcd, the one for the Infantry, and the other for the Cavalry. But the two were united into one under Confiatn'me. But as their Power was increaled, fo was their Number too ; and there was one appointed for the Court, another far TbYace, ano- ther for the Eafiy and another for lUyria. They were after- wards call'd Co>wiicj, Counts, 3.nd ClariJJim!. Their Power was only a Branch of that of the FrafeFlus Fr.-c:oriif who by that means became a Civil Officer. M-ific! of Arms, ^/ijgi/Jer A->nnrim}, was an Officer or Comptroller under the M^J^er of the Militia. MaJ'Icr of the Offices, M-igiJicr OJficioYum, had the Superintendance of all the Officers of the Court. He was alfo caU'd M^giftcr Ojfcn^ Palatine, iimpJy ^/.ig'^C'', and his PoJl Mii^i/^'erid. This Officer was the f.ime in the Weftern Empire with the Ci'.>-ojf>.ila[!i in the Eartern. In fine, Ahfter, in the Ronwi HiHory and Laws, is ufed for every Officer, who is the firft of his kind, and who has others of the fame Species, or that have the fame Fun£}ions, under him. In Latin, M>igijler^ and oftentimes Froximus. Master nf the. Ceremoiues, is an Officer inflltuted by King 'James the Firll, for the more folemn and honourable Reception of Ambafladors and Strangers of Quality, whom he introduces into the Prefcnce. 'The Badge of his Office is a Gold Chain and Medal, having on one fide ati Emblem of Peace, with King 5«?«ej's Motto, and on the Rcverfe the Emblem of War, with jyien won droit : He is always fuppofed to be a Perfon of good Addrcfs, and Maiicr of Languages : He is conftantly attending at Court, and hath under him an Affiftant Mr/?er, or De- puty, who holds his Place during the King's pleafure. There is alfo a third Officer, call'd'^ AUrJJ.-al of the Ceremo- nies, whofe Bufinefs it is to receive and diftribute the j^^J/e»'s Orders, or the Deputies, for the Service; but without their Order he can do nothing. This is in the King's Gift. Master of the Ho,;/7joW, Is an Officer under the Lord- Steward of the Houfhold, and in the Kine's Gift : His Bufincfs is to furvey the Accounts of the Houfhold- An- ticntly the Lnrd-Steward himfelf was calVd Grand Ma ft er of the Huitfjold. See Hotjshold. Master of the Hirfe, a great Officer of the Crown, to whom is committed the Charge of ordering and dlfpofmg all Matters relating to the King's Stables, Races, and Breed of Horfes, as he had antienily, of all the Pofls in Eiig- land. He hath a Power of commanding the Equerries, and all the other Offi-cers and Tradefmen employ'd in the King's Stables 5 to all which he gives, by his Warrant to theAvcner, the Oath of Allegiance, i^fr. for the true and faithful Difcharge of ibcir Duty. He has the peculiar Privilege of making ufe of any Horfe.^, Pages, or Footmen, belonging to the King's Stables; fo that his Coaches, Horfes, and Attendants, are the King's, and have the King's Arms and Liveries. Master of the Mnt : This, In the fecond Tear of iVaii-_y the Sixth, was the Title of him, whois nowcall'd H'ardai of the Mmt ; whofe Office it is to receive the Sil- ver and HuUion, which comes to the M:r,t to be coined, and to take care thereof. See Mint. Master of the Covrt of Wards avd Lhcre', was the chief Officer, and Judge ol" that Court, wh. >. pt the Seal of it, acd was namr;i;!r's Feafl, the Parliaii>cnt-Robes : as alfo of the wearing Ap- parel, Collar of SS's, George and Garter, ^c. He has the Charge and Curtody of all former Kings and Queens Robes, reinaining in the Tozuer-^ all Hangings, Bedding, ISc for the King's Houfe; the Charge and Delivery of Velvet and Scarlet allow 'd for Liveries. He has under him a Clerk of (he Robes, and Wardrobe-Keeper, a Xeo-= man, l^c. See Wardrobe, Master of Jrts, the fir{^ Degree taken up in foreign Univerfities, but the fecond in ours i Candidates not be- ing admitted to it till they have fludied jn the Univerfity fcven Years. See Degree. Master of a Sbif ; an Officer, to whom is committed the Dire^lion of a Merchant- VelTel, who commands it la chief, and is charged with (he Merchandizes aboard. In the Mediterranean, the M.rfier is frequently called Falron, and in long Voyages Captain. 'Tis the Proprietor of the Veffel that appoints t\\cA[afier7 and 'tis the j^-fi/rei- pro- vides the Equipage, hires the Pilots, Sailors, Jiff, The M-fier is obliged to keep a Regidcr of the Seamen and Officers, the Terms of their Contract, the Receipts and Payments, and in general, every thing relating to hiff Commiffion. See Ship, Master of the Rolls, has his Office by Patent, which is for Life. In the Abfence of the Lord-Ciianccllor or Keeper, he fits as Judge in the Court of Chancery, and is, by Sir Edivard Coke, callM his ^/^}i'^?ir. Atother times he hears Caufes in the Rolls Chappcl j he is alfo the firft of the Maliers in Chancery, and bath their AlTilla'ice at the Rolls : but all Heailngs before him are appealable to the Lord Chancellor, He hath alfo his Writ of Sum- mons to Parliament, and fits next to the Lord Chief Juf- tice of Eiiglandi on the fecond Woolpack. He hath the keeping of the Parliamer.t Rolls, and all the Roils Houfe for his Habitation j as alfo the Cufiody of all Charters, Patents, Commiffions, Deeds, Recognizances, which being made of Rolls of Parchment, gave rife to the Name„ In his Gift are the fix Clerks in Chancery, the Examiners, three Clerks of the Petty-bcg, and the fix Clerks of the Rolls Chappel, where the Rolls are kept. See Rolls. Masters 's m Chanrxry. Before them. Affida- vits arc made, and Deeds and Recognizances acknow- Icd^^ed. See Chancery. MASTER PIECE,aiiexquifite, or extraordinary Work or Perrormsnce, in any Art ur Science. Master-Fiece, or Chef d'Oeuzrr, is p?.rticularly ufed among the Irencb, for a particular Work* which thole who afpire to be admitted Matter in any Art or Trade, are to perfurni in prefence of the Mailers or Jurands of that Company, by \vay of Specimen of their Capacity, The MajUr-Ftece of a Mafoii is a Dcfceni bials'd either in the Plead or in Talut, corrcfled by a full Arch. That of a Carpenter, a Rampant Curve of a Srair-Cafe, the Spi- ral well adiufted with theDefcetit. That of a Joiner, a ttat-bottom Chcd, or a Door-Cafe, or a Mantle-Tree. That of a Tiler, a Luthern well ccnduaed in the Four- chette, with a Ridge. That of a Plumber, a little Cif- tern a Cid de La>vfe. That of a Glazier, a Pair of Com- partiments of Ghlfes of feveral Colour?, hoUow'd, in- cailrated, and join'd with Lead of Chsf d'Ocwjre. That of Paviors, a Rofe in a Free-Stone or Flint-Pavement. That of a Cordwainer, a Turn-up Shoe, ^^c. MASTlCj aclear and fweet refinous Gum, ifTuingfrom the Trunk and large Branches of the Maftic or Lenlhk I'ree, cither without, or with an Incifion. It is temperate in Heat, and of a dry, binding Quality; fo that it flreni^thens the Stomach, Hays Vomiting, flops Iffues of Blood, and tickling Coughs and Catarrhs. It ikengihens the Reins, and is a good Cleanfer, and is for that reafon prefcribed in Seminal Weakneffes. The Goldfmiths mix il with Turpentine and black Ivory, and lay it under their Diamonds, to give them a Lullre. The Mi/r/c is the Produft o(Sdo. The Trees that produce it are cultivated vLMth as much Care as the Vines. It brings in a Revenue of 8ccco Ducats per Jnnum to the Grand Signior. There is alfo a kind of black MaHic brought from E-^yfr, which ft-rvcs to fophirticate Camphor. The belt UaBic is brought from the Ifle of CZ'/o ; it is in larger Tears, and thofe more balfamic, than that of the Levant. The W.i- iiic produced in Chio belongs to the Grand Signior, who takes it of this People in lieu of the Tribute he exafls of the oi\iCT Grecian Ifiands. It has its Name MaBic^ from its being continually chew'd by the Turhj efpecially the Women. MASTICATION, in Medicine, the Aflion of cheto- iii^y or of agitating the folid Parts of our Food between the Teeth, by means of the Motion of the Jaws, the Tongue, and the Lips; whereby it is broke into fmall Pieces, impregnated with Saliva, and fo fitted for Deglu- tition, and a more eafy Digeiiion in the Stomach. See Digestion, Chylification, Deglutition, ^c. The Mixture of Saliva with the Food, h of abfolutc riecefTity ; for the Saliva imbibed within the Parts,diflblves the Salts hid in them 5 and by fo doing, prepares the Food for Fermentation in the Stomach: The Food therefore has the Beginning of its Digeltion from the Saliva, and its Conclufion from the Ferment in the Stomach. See Sa- tlV A. MASTICATORIES, in Medicine, are fuch Remedies as are taken in at the Mouth, and chew'd, In order to pro- innte the Evacuation of the fall val Humour; as Tobacco, Ginger, Pepper, Sage, Rofcmary, Thyme, Maltic, l^c. MASTOIDES, in Anatomy, 'the fame with MammilLi- re!. The Word is ufually apply'd to fuch Procefl.es in the Body, as have the Appearance of Breafls or Dugs; ari- ling from a broad Bafis, and terminating in an obtufe Top. The Word is fometimes alfo apply'd to thofe Mufclcs which ftoop the Head, proceeding from the Neck-Bone, and BreaiVBonc, and terminating in the Procefs 'Mammi- jormh. The Word comrs from the GrecA //.ws"©", Nipple, Dug, and ftsT©-, ImcigOy Figure. MATCH, a kind of Cord flightly twifted, and prepared to receive and preferve Fire, for the Ufes of Artillery, Mines, Fire-Works, £^f. It is made cf hempen Tow, foun on the Wheel like Cord, but very ilack, and is com- pofed of three Twines or Threads, which are afterwards again cover'd with Tow; fo that the Twines don't ap- pear : laflly, it is boil'd in Lees of old Wines ; whence its Colour. Since Fufecs have been introduced in lieu of Muf- Jcets, the Confumption of Mfltc/j has been much lefs con- iidcrable than before. MATER TENCIS, orPiiMATEii. See Meninges. Mater. Duba. See alfo Mem nges. MATERIAL, denotes fomething compofed of Matter. Th'? Ep!Cnrectns,^'f>inoziJis,^c. own none other but Material Subflances; fee Substance. Among Caufcs, fome are wflffWd/, oihersfnrmil : See Cause. iWatrnW Caufes having no Undcrflanding or Liberty, muft always a£t in the fame Manner, when under the fame Circumltances. The Phi- lofophcrs and Divines difpute. whether or no there be any tti.ita-icJ- Forms rc-ilIy dillincl: from Matter. Sec Form. The J^akniiJiidfis foi-merly apply'd the Term Material to all People, but thofe of their own Se£l: ; aflerting, that their Souls periflied with their Bodies. Thus alio the u?ro/cJ maintain'd, that none but the Soul of their Wife- Men furvived the Body. See Stoicks. MATERIALISTS, the Name of a St£i in the an- tient Church, composed of Perfons, who, being prepof- fefs'd with that Maxim in the anticnt Philofophy C^.v AV- hilo Nibil jit, out of Nothing Nothing ca?i be made) had re- courfe to an Eternal Matter, on which they fuppofed God wrought in the Creation ; inllead of admitting God alone as the fole Caufe of the Exigence of all Things. TejW- vigoroufly oppofes the Do£lrine of tYi^ Material ijisj in his Treatife againit Jiemo^e7jej, one of their Number. See Mat ter. MATERIA SUBTILIS, a fine fubtile Matter, which the Cartcfhms fuppofe to pervade and penetrate, freely, the Parts of all Bodies, and to fill up all their Fores, fo as not to leave the leali Vacuity orlnterftice between them. This Machine they have recourfe to, to fupport the Doc- trine of an abfulutc Flenmn, and to make it confident with the Phenomena of Motion, ^r. and accordingly make it ati and move juil at pleafure, but in vain ; tor were there any fuch Matter, in order for ir to be able to fill up the Vacuities of other Bodies, it muif, itfelf, be entirely- void of any, i.e. be perfectly folid ; fee Solidity: vaft- ]y more folid than Gold, and therefore more ponderous, and refill vallly more. See Resistance. Which is in- confilient with Fh.-ejiomena. See Vacuum and Plenum. Sir //. Nezs}to7i, indeed, allows of the Exigence of a jub- tile Matter, or Medium, valtly finer than Air, penetrating the clofelt Bodies, and contributing to the Production of many of the Phenomena of Nature. The Exillence of fuch a Matter he argues from the Experiment of two Thermometers, which being inclofed in Glafs Veffels, ' one of them eshaufted of its Air, and both carried from * a cold to a warm Place, the Thermometer in iiacin) grows ' warm, and rifes, almolt as foon as that In the Air; and ' if return'd into the cold Place, both cool and fall about * the fame. Hence , fays he, is not the Heat of the warm * Room convcy'd thro the Vacuum by the Vibrations of a * much fubtiler Medium than Air, which rcmain'd tji ■va- * CHo, after the Exhauftion of the Air? And is not this * Medium the fame with that whereby Light Is refra£led ' and refie£ted, and by whofe Vibration, Light commu- * nicates Heat to Bodies, and is put into Fits of eafy Re- * flection, and eafy Tranfmiffion ? And do not the Vibra- * tions of that Medium in hot Bodies, contribute to the * Intenfenefs and Duration of their Heat? And do not ' hot Bodies communicate their Heat to contiguous cold * ones, by the Vibration of this Medium propagated from * them into the cold ones? And is not this Medium more ' fubtile, more elaftic and active than Air ? Does it not- ' readily pervade all Bodies ? And is it not, by its elaftic * Force, expanded thro all the Heavensf See Heat, Cold, ^c. Again, 'Does not the Refraftlon of Light * proceed from the different Denfity of this Matter in dif- * ferent Places; the Light always receding from the denfer * Farts of the Medium ?' See Refraction. Again. ' Is not this Matter much rarer within the denfe Bodies ' of the Sun, Stars, Planets, ^c. than in the empty, ce- ' leftial Spaces between them ? And in pafling from them ' to great Diftances, does it not grow denier and denfer, * and thereby occafion the Gravitation of thofe Bodies ' towards one another, and of the Parts to the Bodies ; * every Body endeavouring to recede from the denfer Parts ' towards the rarer?' Sec Gravitation.— 'Again, Is noc * Vifion performed chiefly by the Vibrations of this Matter, ' excited in the bottom of the Eye by the Rays of Light, ' and propagated thro the folid, pellucid, and uniform Ca- ' pillaments of the Optic Nerves into the Senfory >' A- ' gain, ' Is not animal Motion perform'd by theVibbritions ' of this Medium, excited in the Brain by the Power of ' the Will, and propagated thence thro the folid Capilla- ' ments of the Nerves into the Mufcles, to contraft and ' dilate them ?' See Meeium. Newt. Ofilc. lib. 3. in cake. MATHEMATICS, the Science of Quantity; ora Sci- ence that confidcrs Things as computable, or meafurablc. The Word in its Original, ,<«'8nwr, fignifies DifcifUne or Lmrmm in the general, and feeins to have been apply'd to the boftrine of Quantity, either by way of Erninence, or liy reafon this having the Start of all other Sciences, the reft took their comrnon Name therefrom. See Science. For the Origin of ]M athem AT i cs, ^ofcphits dates it before the Flood, and makes the Sons of Ssth Obfervers of the Courfe and Order of the Heavenly Bodies ; he adds, that to perpetuate their Difcovcries, and fecure 'em froin' the Injuries either of a Deluge or a Conflagration, they had them engraven on two Pillars, the one of Stone, the other of Brick ; the fonner of which, he fays, was flanding in Syrii in his days. MAT i ^09 ) MAT The firft who cuU.Vucd Mathematics af.cr the n-ae. or 7, and fo meafurable, as and ilnod, ivcrc the ..»fr>r,»;» ami ChMcws; from whom, the Tn^osMp. Sec Arithmetic, Geometkv, ra.i.e 3«/«t,« addf, they were carried by Jhabam to the A«> MATHEMATies are very extenlive, and a A^fLfi who proved fuch notable Proficients, that .1- flinguifll'd by various Nan.es, as tie Suhjeas they con- ri/ioi/e makes no I'cruple to fix the firft Rile of Uatlcm.i- tjci amoni/ them, i'rom £-;rPfj 584 Yeats before Chrill, - ^- ■ - 1 '■ . 1 _ 1 _ _r Mi.vV M.\THEMATics are very extenfivc, and are di- linguifll'd by various Names, as the Subjefls ' fider, and the Views wherein they take them, vary ; being fufBcient to determine an Art to be a Branch 01 m'rs'd Vcilhonatia, that pure Mathematics are applicable thereto, /. c. that it may be explain'd and demonllrated from the'Priiiciplcs of ^irithmstlc and Ceomerry. Such are, ]\^r(Z,i!?:ic.f, which confider Motion, or the Laws of moving ArrhmedT/fach'inn Bodies See Motion f p j-,. ^ , ^ ,f . ■ _ii _ t/..J-"'7,.f;cf confider the Laws of Fluids, or of Eodiea they pals'd into Greece thro' the hands of Tbales, who ha- ving learnt Geometry of the f.gyftiiin Priells, taught it In his own Country. After Tbale:, conies Tytha^oras ; who, amono other Mathematical Arts, paid a peculiar regard to and Men- gravitatinr^ in Fluids. See Fluio. Ft:c:i}!'.:tk;, the Air, with regard to the Laws futation thereof. See Air. J-iydraiilia, the Motion of Flui.is. SjcFloids. Octi'cj, circa Light or ViCon. Sec Vision. &itoei,;ci, reflcaed Vifion. See Reflection. DioWi-ia, refraaed ViCon. Sec Refraction. Terffenrje, the Images of ObjeSs, in order to delineate or reprefent them. See Ferspecti ve. Jprmmny, the Univcrfe, and the Tb-riwyioia ol the Heavens. See Heavenly Bodies. Geoji-afiv, the Earth, both as in iticlf. and m its Affec- tions. See Earth, . Hyirofi-afhy, the Sea, principally as navigable. Sec Navigation. r • j j- Chnmlofy, Time, with regard to the mealunng and di- flinguilhing thereof. See Time, Year, Eiocha, tjr. Gi;.mB>»'c<, or Di-iffi"; i Shadows, in order tor determin- ing the Hour of the Day. See Dial and Sh.idow Fyntechny, Artificial Fires, with regard both to D.ver- fion, and to the Ufes of War. See Fires, Rockets. ^M/itarj> JrchaeBure, the Strength of Places, with regard to their Defence againfl an Enemy. See Fortification. Cicii y.rcbitelliire (now become a Branch o( Malbem,it:cs) Buildings. See Buildino. Mffic, Sounds, and their Effefls on the Ear. See Sound, For 'the Elements of each, fee the rcfpeaive Heads. For an accurate Syflem of all the Parts above- menticn'd (U'fic alone excepted) orderly digefted, and clearly de- monllrated, fee the excellent Wol_fi, Matrice, in Dybig, is applied to the five fimple Co- lours, whence all the refl arederived or compofed. Thefe are the Black, White, Blue, Red, and Fallow or Root Colour, See Coloors. MATRICES, ufed by the Letter-Founders, are thofe little Pieces of Copper or Brils, at one end whereof are, enoraven, Jem-zsiijc, or eii creux, the feveral Charaaers ufe^d in the Compofing of Books, Each Charaaer, I'lrg.Ja, and even Point, in a Difcourfe, has its feveral Matncc, and £::/Sr':;;d Vw^l^asThe' Cr;di;;m:nVfome7of b^ o? conrcquenc; its feveral Puncheon ,0 flrike it, 'Tis the ' - - -f:. . • .- E„„ri,crs on Metal that cut or grave the Mamrei ■ See " When any Types are to be cafl, the Ma- from Numbers: He was rhe firft; as Lacm'iu tells us who abliraaed Geometry from Matter ; and to him we owe the Doarine of i!icommejifi:rab!e Magnitudes, and the five ix-jn/ar Bodies, befides the firftPrinciples of.Aiir- Jlc and /ifiTommy. I'ytbagwas was fucrceded by .^'n,J,v- neora.t, Oemfidei, Brifo, yiniyfho, ahd Hiffecrates of Scio ; vvlioall applied theinl'cUes' particularly to the fhiadraturc of the Circle, the Vuflicaiure of the Cube, C^c, but the lail with moft Succel^s : This lall is alfo mention'd by Trcchs as the firft who compiled Elements of Mathe- matics, PL r Demasrinis excelled in Mathematics as well as 1 hylics ; tho none of his Works in either kind are extant 1 the Dc- ilruaion of which, feme Authors lay at Jnjtatk's door. The next in order is Tlato, who not only improved Geo- metry, but iniroduced it into Phyfics, and fo laid the Foundation of a folid Philofophy. Out of his School pro- ceeded a Croud of Mathematicians. Frochis tnentions thir- teen of Note ; among whom was Lcodasmts, who improved the Aiialyfis firll invented by P/.110 : ThMetns, who wrote Element's; and Jrchytas, who has the Credit of being the firft who applied Mathematics to Ufe in Life. Thefe were fuccceded by NeocUdis and Ti'£o», the laft of whom con- tributed to the Elements. Eadaxiis excelled in Jrithmetic and Geometry, and was the firft Founder of a Syflem of Ajiroitomy. Meiiecbmtis invented the Conic Seaions, and Theodffius and Hermotimns iiTiproved the Elements, For Arijiotte, his Works are fo flored with Mathematics, that hlancattus compiled a whole Book of them ; Out of his School came Eitdesnus and Theofhrajlus ; the firft of which wrote of Numbers, Geometry, and indit;ifihk Lines i the latter a Mathematical Hijinry. To Jrijieus, ijidorits, tinAFyfJicles, vse owe the Books of 5o//c/;; which, with the other Books of Elements, were improved, col- leacd and methodized by £;ic/ifl', who died 284 Years before Chrlft. An hundred Years after Euclid, came Era- tnjlbenes and Archimedes. Cotemporary with the latter was Conon, a Geometrician and Aftronomer, Soon after came To hi. ^M'«'"«iP£'-i;»«'i whofe Cmict are fliU extant. To him ven betore ana innrm i eopit aie likewife afcribed the ,4>h and 15th Books of Eucltd, difpenfed ^'''^. ^^J^^^^'.'g,^^'"""' which are faid to have been contraaed by /f)^yit/e.f. J//^- farehus and Mesieluus wrote on the Subtenfes in a Circle, the latter alfo on Spherical Triangles ; on which SubjeB, me have a Work of Tbeodf/iits : And thefe all, Mcnclaxs excepted, lived before Chrlft. J.D. To, J'tolemy o{ Jles- ,.!.■„ uih,n rtouirea it iiiouia andrL was born ; the Prince of Aflronomers, and no mean placed on a very hot Fire. W 1 en - 3 " '""^^^ Geometrician: He was fucceeded by the Phllofopher be ftopped 'cry clofe, they fca it hermetcaUy J^^^^^ Thdarchy of whom we have ttill extant fome Mathcmati cal ProA/em.^ After him came .EKtociiij, who cOEnnientccl on Archimede!, and occaficnally mentions the Inventions of Thiht 'Diocki, Nicomede', Sj>oric.', and Heroji, on the Ditpli- catu e of the Cube. To Ccefiihius Jlesandria, we owe ourPKW^j; and Gem'niin, who came foon after, is pre- ferred by Frochis to £nc/;iV himfelf. Dioj^hainus of Jlexaiuh-ia was a great Mailer of Num- bers, and the firll Inventer : For others of the i\ntients, Nicomnchns is celebrated for his Arithmetical, Geometrical, and Mufical Works; Ssrcmis for his Books on the of the Cylinder; Pi-oc/itf, for his Comments the Credit among fome, of be- in}» Author of the Books of Eltments afcribed to Euclid himfelf. The lafl to be named among the Antients, is TcppKs of y-Hexaiidria, who flnurifh'd J.D. 400, and is ce- lebrated for his Books of Mathematical ColleBiom ftill extant. See the Fro^refs of each Branch of Mathematics^ with the Authors who have wrote on it, under the refpeaive Heads; as Geometry, Mechanics, Algebra, A- STRONOMY) i^C. Mathematics are diflinguifh'd with regard fo their End, into Specitlat'tTe, which reft in the bare Contem- plation of the Properties of Things; and Fratlic.-il, which apply the Knowledge of thofe Properties to fome Ufes in mnient Life. With regard to their Objeff, Mathematics are divided into fiive or ahfiraU ; and mix'd. Pure ^Mathematics con- iider Q_uaniity, abOraftedly 3 and without any relation to Matter: Mi'x'd Mathematics confider Quantity as lubflft- ing in material Bf ing;;, and as continually interwove, J'jiri? M ATHEM AT I cs a?ain, cither confider Quantity as difcrcte^ and fo compatible, as -r^fiiiivjiCiic i or as coji- Engraving — trice is faden'a to the End of a Mould, fo difpofcd, as that when the Metal is thrown on it, it may fait into the Creiix or C:ivity of the Matrice^ and take the Figure and Imprcffion thereof. See Letter-Foundeby. See alfo Type, and Printing. Tie Matrices ufsd in Coining;, are Pieces of Steel in form of Dyes ; whereon are engraven the feveral Figures, Arms, Charafters, Legends, ^c. wherewith the Species are to beflamp'd. The Engraving is perform'd with (e- veral Puncheons, which being form'd in relie-.o, or pro- nent ; when flruck on the Metal, make an indented Impreffion, which the frCHci call c!! cre«.-< ; and for which, I don't know we have any precife Kame at all. See the Manner hereof under Engraving on Steel, bee alio "ivrATRICULA, a Regifter kept of the Admlffion of Officers, andPerfons enter 'd into any Body or Society, whereof a I.,lll is made. Among Ecclefiaftical Authors, we find mention made of two Kinds o(Mmtcith s : the ons O o o o 0 e con- M A T r ) MAT *ord M.«„V„/., was alf. applied to a ltd AI I f 1 T ""'"^ "fP'r^^^ks, by h.v,„g the a4.z„-,.< ux.ir- v/hete the Poor wctc PrJffl L ' hZ/rfe R ' 5 wa. produced ?t the ;->«„4 Aca- J- v^vv. uaa certain K.e- venues appropriated to ,r, and was ufually bu.'lt near the S^"a!;.;eriS;ff f^-rl-^ly give„ to MATRIX, or Matrice, any thing ferving for the l^^aceotGenera.mnofa Body: whether Orsjanical, as the iVit„.« orWotitb of Female Animals, for .he I'roduaion Mef;U,tdMine°r:;i'""«^"'^^'' °f Vegetables; Mate IX, in W„.::o,«,; the Ute.-m, or Womb ; or that fart of the Female of any Kind, wherein the is conceived and nouriflicd till the Time of its Delivery. In W omen, it is fituated in the Feh,s, or Capacity of the H,- f«f_ajtu„m, between the Urinary Bladder and the ImcL mon Reth,,,,, and reaches as fir as the Flanks. It is fur- tounded and defended by mighty Bones; before, by the fix which nevcrthelefs had grown ro the Lcngdi Inches. St'C F.MjiRYO, Foetus, Matkix's ate alfo ufcd to fignify Places proper for the Generation of Vegetables, Minerals, and Metals Thus the Earth is the Mmux wheiein Seeds foroui ; Mar- caffites are the iVW,.-o', of Metals. See Fossil Vu.^e- B AL, €^c. Matrix is alfo ufed, the' figuratively, for fevetal 1 hmgs, wherein there feems to be cffcaed a kind of Cc- neration; and where certain Things fecn-.s ro acquire a new Being or « leall a new Manner of Being i of this kind are the Moulds wherein the Printers '1 ypcs or L-t- tersarccaft and thole ufed in flriking r.!„„ey ..,nd Meda'ls, call d alio CoKii. SccMathice. MATRON, among the Rm,.-.?i,, (ignify'd a niairl 0,P.fci b h d ry tl/e ^ ? A oT ^ch^ bvVh; ./"ATRON. among the K.,„..„, fignif,,, , „„,,iea pands and receives different Form" a^ n dbg t! t e d^f hir'T^TW '"f ''^ ^"^^"T-" " icreti. Times and Circumfiances of Geflation': It hast 'dVww"that ^aTf^er!! b" oTi" ''''''' rt^;™e,fwS;=s:si:iiig"-^,:a^^ij;;;::"'A:^f .ic"i«.yl.a.irjS:^tt:'y:^:^i„,,!;-.:''^„^^ .omills divide it into the f,,;l and a t , f b „ d Par " d™ Hope ^nrE fl"'" ".'^ " ' and a Neck. It is in Extent, from the E^tremi", o the o w" rfnt the btrZ^ aT^ ''fl^ '^"T-^]' one 10 that of the other about three Inches in I enoth ■ ' ''['- ot Mother, Mjrro,,., .- and f ,r which its Breadth at the F.:„J..s s about two a" d a b If aS i.; 'r " ^'-""""■y- This Opi- Thicknefs two. I. has but one Cavity unlefs 1^ ffi,; "Zat/SkH A'' f'"!> "'fV"^ guifh between the Cavity of the LW and that of its ,h m V , ' °f Keck. That of the Crd is very fmd'l ' fc"a' cf f^ffic en" t:/t(Z-C:^T' Z M f °Cvr'- to contain a Garden-Bean. At the Bot om nr Ve^l- ,„ -l /f n ''"'"R <-=l>b^'e, were wards the.,,,,.*,, it grows "very na^rol t^Tgi": f.t'Ex": I'l^i: Lllf " ^''^ ""^ womei; i ;;rns?mt:':r&'r^^^^^^^^ t!," ^srof ^•^tT^^f ■^^"T'™ '^-"-i-. Delivery. The 'oiher anrioweJ See of the S«k T' ^ C ^T"' ' '^7 ^^'^ "'^''^ ''''^ G""' towards-the r»,,„.,, called 0/„/,™ ^fS,, L.'t , , ht ' ^^ Th c1r?;'/r."£S' '"'t-''' I'-S rron,inent, refembling, in feme meafure, the'ciands of l;S;cAVrgyns * " '''' ^"'^ "'""8 "l^^ L L.^^"; T^'; Subfanceof the.M.>tri* is mem- MATTADOR.K, fceOMHRF.. h ..^•^ v,i iiii_ li llltUl branou,s and carnous. It confifis of three Tunics ■ or ac cording to fome, who deny that Name to tho middle Sub- flance, of two only. The external Tunic, call'd alfo the a:mm,!„, is derived from the Periio,,.,-,,,,,, and confifls of two LaiiidU; the exterior of which is pretty fmooth the interior rugged and uneven ; This Membrane invefls tlie whole Mani.v, and connefls it to the right Inteftine, Bladder, £fi. The middle Tunic is very thick, and com MATTER, or Body, an extended, foliM divifible moveable and paffive Subflance, the liiU: Principle of all natural Things, from the various Arrangements and Com- binations whereof, all natural Things are forincd. Anfiodc makes three Principles, Matter, Form, and FrhMhri : Which lafl the Cancfiatn throw out of the number • and others, the two laft. See Pk i n c i p le. ' The Properties of Maiiei' we are pretty well acquainted Bladder Its Sides are ,1, d , ^1 I ? J ^ ""^ '"' determinare Thing at all ; which JBlamer. Its sides aie tied toother Parts; but the Tra- many of his Followers interpret fo as rn believe ,h.,r r(«s IS cf loofe, tha, it may expand and dilate more free- iVkrie,- does not at all exil I s'ie Body ' L.^;nd'fwrr::„rfrrthr Ft:re''\Te t:! j'^-'t^-'-^ -'^^ ^f^^'°^ - '^'7:r^:it:2.y^::^^:!:^^i :^:Js;:dV^:r':i/'?^t^-a:sVth:f:i£; fitmer Texture, and confifl of a double Membrane, wrap- which t^one ot^he red can be conceived E.temlon tha ped up _Arteties,__Vei„s, Nerves, and Lymphiedufts. which conlUtutes the Effeiice of M,,tc;.' But the- Conclu The Blood-Veffels, both in thcfe and the round Liga- ments, make a gteat part of what is called their Sub- fiance : Thcfe, as well as the others, ferve to keep the Womb in Its right Pofition ; and are very liable to be injured by unskilful Midwives. On each Side of the Ftm fion, here, is unjuft ; for on this Principle, the Evidence of .Matter, according to Dr. Clarl; would have the fuircll 'I'i tie to conltitute its Effcnce, the to e.vi/?e,e being conceived prioi to all Properties, and even to Extenfton. 'Since then of the Womb ■ 'a'rireVrn,,^" ^1"',"""= Word £.«e„>„ appears to go further, and to be more Womb with a fa^U ct^^fi^ opens ,„,„ the general than Afatsr ; that impenettable Solidity, which is ^St t"eo'7r» which is aTb -f^ ^ ^^ J ^" all its Properties manifellly flow, may, with more Propri- Tk nd of FolL"e frinped r„ r ".'^JP^"''^ "f " "V. call'd the /i/Tdce ./ M,t,c,: See Essence. ^ if ffrfl Difcoverer ' f'v]' Again, if Extenfion wete the ElTence of Mm:,; and fo Smpet; wL? eh" called f'"'' '''V'l? 5-"f Space the fame thing ; it would foil w, h tonfS a doub e Mcnlrane E«h V """^ thltt it is a necefauy Being. arvTty numerous here- erec^ll h .'^'■J'T' ""I'I "'^^her be created nor annihilated ; which vaHous Ram fic™4„7;''^ which, by abfurd. Eelides that, it appears both from the Nature of Sauce o?th:r D . M r;t°^^ '^f"'>'' ^"-^ ^'b-™-^ °f the other AnatomiflsdiTallow sTeFA*ro»AtT„rr "p'"' f' ''^ ^pac^ and therefore 'tis Vespkrtil,onv-m Ar,^i l£c iJT ^"""^ ^ ™' Extenfion ; but folid, impenettable Extenfion which The antient Grccfo call'd At/, ■ ■ r , refiHing, that conilituies Mji/er, See lae antient '^'^W "11 d the Mm-,^ ^^g,, ft„„, ; Vacuum and E.-ctension. Jlu'd f,,t !f 4?4cr Th^ 'alfolird "^f'-^l^-'ly ^any among the old Philofophers maintain'd the Eter- ntthfiL/of :htt;;aiil'brf^s?t^^^^^^ ai? rv' ""Tt' °b f '■-pp^''^^^ '° if- «„™ „r K,„„-„ „ o> Its ciituatloa Ihey alfo bo formed by the hands of Nature ; as bein» unable to ^;'?diftba Ani,m?;-ithf oAer'^'?^^^^ '"i-i^- --ain'd, that M.ter had exifted eter- ferves, that the Matrh may be taken away from ?w^ "Iw ^ ' """'"tr v -^^'^ °f of People, who have lived a longtime after the Lofs of M A T S-ii ) MAT y^aitcr and Form, the two iitnple and original Princi- ciplcs of ili tii!iu;s, according to the An:icms, compoft'd ibme fimpit: Natures, which they called Elements ■■, out of the various Conihmitions wh-jrco'f, all natural Things wers compofed. See Element. Di.li'oodivard i.H of an Opinion, net Vpry unlike It j "SiZ-. Thiit M;fie>- is originally and really very difterent, being at its firll Cr;:aiiaii divided into fcveral Kanks, Sets, o'r Kinds of Corpufclcs, dilFering in Subliance, Gravity, Hardnefs, Flexibiliry, i-Igure, Size, 4SV. from the va- rious CompofLires and Combinations of which, arift:s ail the 'Varieties in Bodies, as to Colour, Hardnefs, Gravity, Tafie?, But Sir !f. Ncwt07i takes all thofe Dillerences to rcfult from the various Arrangemenrs of the lame M.:f- ter which he takes to be homogeneous and uniform in all Bodies. Sec Corpuscle. Bciides the I'roperties of M^itter hitherto known, Sir I'l I\'ew!oi2 has difcover'd a new one, viz. ' That of Attrac- * tion, or that every Particle o( Muter has an airra6tive * Pc^wer, or a Tendency towards every other Particle : * which Power is ilrongeil in the Point of Contafl, and ' fuddenly decreafes, infomuch that it a£ls no more at ' the lealt fenfible Dillance, and at a greater Diltance is * convened into a repellent Force, whereby the Parts fly ' from each oiher. On this Principle of Attra6iion, heac- * cuunts for the Cohefion of the Particles of Bodies, o- * therwife inexplicable.' See Cohesion. Fur he takes occafion to obferve, ' That all Bodies fecm ' to be compounded of hard Particlet. Even Light it- ' feii, and all other the moU volatile of Fluids j info- * much as Hardneis may be eileem'd a Property of all ' incompoundtd Muter: at lead the Hardnefs of Ivlatttr ' itands on as good a foot as that of its Impenetrability ; ' all the Bodies we know of, being either hard them- ' feives, or being capable of being harden'd. Now if ' Compound Bodies be fo hard, as wc find fome of them, ' and yet are very porous, and confiit of Parts which are ' only laid together j the fiinple Particles, which are void ^ of Pores, and were never yet divided, muif be much ' harder. Now fuch hard Particles being heaped toge- ' iher, can fcarcc touch one another in more than a few * Points, and therefore muti be feparable with much lefs * Force than is requifitc to break a foiid Panicle, whofe * Parts touch in all the Space, wiihout any Pores or Inter- ' fiices to weaken their Cohelion : How then fhuuld fuch * very hard Particles, only laid together, and touching only * in a few Points, Jlick together, and that fo firmly as * they do, without the AfTiliancc of fomething that caufes * them to be attradled or prefs'd towards eacii other?' Thefame great Authorobfervcsfurthcr, 'That the fmal- * left Particles may cohere by the ftrongcll Attractions, and ' compofe bigger Particles of weaker Virtue ; and many ' of thefe may cohere, and compofe bigger Particles, * whofe Virtue is ilill weaker, and fo on for divers Suc- * cefiions, until the ProgrclTion end in the biggell Parti- ' clcs; ort which the Opcrationsln Chymifiry, and the Co- * lours of natural Bodicsj depend; and which, by co- * hering, compofe Bodies of a fenfible Magniiude. If ' the Body is ccmpaft, and bends or yields inward to ' PrelTion ; without any Hiding of its Parts ; it is h.nd, and ' elajhc: returning to its Figure with a Force arifing from * the mutual Attriaion of its Parts. If the Parts Aide * upon one another, the Body is malkahlc or foft. If ' they nip eafily, and are of a fit Size to be agitated by ' Heat, and the Heat is big enough to keep them in A- ' gitation, the Body is j?«if;; and if it be apt to flick lo ' things, it ishumid. And the Drops of every Fluid affc£l a * round Figure by the niutual Attra£^ioii of thL'ir Parts as * the Globe of the Eartii and Sea afFei^s a round Figure, ' hy the mutual Attraflion of its Parts of Gravity.' See Attraction. Again, * Since Metals diflolvcd in Acid-s, attraii but a ' fmall duaniiiy of the Acid, their attradive Force rea- * ches but to a fmall didance. Now, as in Algebra, where ' ai-nrniatlve Quantities ceafe, there negative ones begin ; * fo in Mechanics, where Attra£}ion ceales, there a yeptd- ' yit-e Virtue i^iult fucceed. That there really is fuch a * Virtue, feetns to follow, from the Redeclions and Inflcc- ' tions of the Rays of Light ; the Rays being repelled by * Bodies in both thefe Cafes, without the immediate Con^ tiQ of the refleaing or inflefling Body. The fame thing fecms alfo to follow from tiie Emiffion of Light ; a Ray, as foon as /liaken off from a fliining Body by the ^' vibrating Motion of the Pans of the Body, and got be- yond the reach of Anraflion, being driven away ivith * exceeding great Velocity : for that Force, which is fuf- ' ficient to turn it back in'Reflcaion, may be fufficicnt to ' emit It. It feems alfo to follow from the Produflion of ' Air and Vanout. The Particles, when they are ftaken ' off from the IJody by Heat or Fermentation, fo foon as ' they ate beyond the reach of the Attraaion of the Bo- ' dy, receding from it, and alfo from one another, with great Strength, and .iiecping at a diflanee, fo js forrie- times to take up above a Million of Tiincs more Space, than they did bciore in the Form of a denfe iiody. Which vaft Contraa-ion and Expanlion fecms uniiitell'i. ble, by feigning the Particles ot Air to be fpringy, and ratr.ous, cr rolled up !i);e }loops, or by any oiher means than a repullive Power. I'be Particles of Fluid,, which do not cohete too iirorigly, and are of tuch a Smallncfs', as renders them moll lufceptible of thufe Agitations, which keep Li[]uors in a Fluor, are molt caiily feparated and rareiied into Vapour, and in the Lar.gujge of th'^ Chymills, they arcos/ai/Zc; rarefying with an eafy Hear, and condenting with Cold. Bur thole which arc grejTer* and fo Icfs fufceptibie of Agitation, or cohere by a flronger Attradiion, are not feparated without a itrtmaer Heat, or perhaps not wiihout Fermentation. And thefe lail are the Bodies, which Chyniilfs call fixed* irA be- ing rarefied by Fermentation, become irue permanent Air^ thofe Particles receding from one another with the greatefl Force, and being nioli diiflculily brought toge- ther, which upon Contaa cohere moil Rrongiy. And h".- cauie the Particles of permanent Air are groliier, and ariVi from denfcr Subitances, rhan thofe of Vapours; thence It IS that true Air is more ponderous than Vapour ; ant^ that a moil! Atmofphere is lighter than a dry one, tjuan- tity for quantity. From the fame repelling Power it feems to be, that Flies walk upon the Water without wetting their Feet ; and that the Objcfl-Glafles of long Tekfcopes lie upon one another without touching ; and that dry Powders are difficultly made to touch one ano- ther fo as to flick together, unlcfs by melting thetn, or wetting them with Water, which by exhaling may bring them together; and ihar two polifli'd Marbles, which by immediate Cootafl Hick together, are diffi- cultly brought fo clofe together, as to flick.' See Re- rcLLiNG Power. He further obfervcs, ' That all things conlider'd, it feems probable God, in the Beginning, formed hhtter in folid, niaify, hard, impenetrable, moveable Particles, ot fuel) Sizes, Figures, and w ith fuch other Properties, and in fuch proportion to Space, as inofl conduced to the End, for which he formed rhem ; and that thefe primitive Particles being Solid, are incomparably har- der than any porous Bodies compounded of their. * even fo very hard, as never to wear, and break in pieces, no ordinary Power being able to divide, what God himfclf made one in the iirft Creation. While the Panicles con- tinue entire, they inay compofe Bodies of one and tho fame Nature and Texture in all Ages ; but Ihould the/ wear away, or break in pieces, the Nature of Things clepending on them. Would he changed. Water and Earth, compofed of old worn Particles and Fragments of Particles, would not be of the fame Nature and Tex- ture now, with Water and Earth compofed of entire Par- ticles in the Beginning. And Therefore that Naiurs inay be laliing, the Changes of Corporeal Things are ro be placed only in the various Separations, and new Af- fociations and Motions of thefe permanenr Particles j compound Bodies being apt to break, not in the midrt of folid Particles, but where thofcParticles are laid to- gether, and only touch in a few Points.' It feems farther, ' Thar thefe Particles have not only a VjslnenU, accompany'd wi:h fuch pafliveLawsof Rio- tion, as naturally refulr from that Force, bur alfo that they are moved by certain aflive Principles, fuch as is that of Gravity, and that which caufeth Ferinentation, and the Coheijon of Bodies. Thefe Principles are to be conf.dcr'd not as occult Qualities, fuppofed to refulc from the fpecific Forms of Things, but as general Laws of Nature, by which the Things themfelvcs are form'd j their Truth appearing to us by Phtcnomena, tho' their Caufes are not yet difcover'd.' See Particle ; fee alfo Fermentation-, Firmness, Gravitation, E- LASTiciTY, Hardness, Fluidity, Salt, Acid, £tfc. Enhhes, Sfimfi, &c. maintain all the Beings in the Unl- verfe ro be material, and their Differences to arife from their different Modifications, Motions,(s;c. Thus M.ijtcr extremely fubtile, and in a brisk Motion, they conceive, mayiforf; and foexclude all Spirits out of the World. See Spirit. JAr. Hcrkdcy, on the contrary, argues againlf the Exidcnce of Matter ; and endeavours to prove, that it is a mere Ens Rationis; and has no Exiftence out of the Mind ; ' Thus, ' fays he, that neither our Thoughts, FafTions, nor Ideas, * form'd by the Imagination, exhV without the Mind, is * evident ; nor is ir lefs evident, that the various Senfa- ' tions or Ideas imprinted on the Senfe, however blended ' or combined together ("that is, whatever Objeas they compofe) cannot exiit otherwifc, than as in a Mind per- ' ceiving thetn. This no Man can doubt of, that attends ' to what is meant by the Term exifi, when apulied to ferifiblc Things. Thus I fay, the Table I write on ex- ' ifts, i. e, I fee and feel it, and if i were out of my Stu- MAX ( ^12. ) MAX ' dv, Ifliouldfay Jtcxifted; meaning thereby, that if i * were in iny former Siruarion, I ihould fee and feel it * as before. Again, 1 Ay there was Odour, i. e. I fmeit * it i a Sound, c. it was heard ; a Colour or Touch, e. * it was perceived by Siglit orToucli. This is the uimoi^: « than can be meant by ihch Exprtfilur.s 3 for as to the * abfolute Exiitencc of any unthinking being,^ diihn£l * from its being perceived, 'tis a Chimera. Their Ef/e ' is ^crc'ipi i nor is ii poffible ihcy fiiauld hive any Ex- ' iflensc uur of the Minds that perceive tliem. Again, ■ what are Hills and Trees, iSc. but Things perceived by ■ Senre ; and what do we perceive, but our own Ideas or ■ Senfations : and can any one of thcfe, or any Combina- ' tion of them exill unperccived ? What are Light and < Colourf, Heat and Cold, Extenfion and Figure, but lo * many ijenfations, Ideas, ot Imprdfions on the Scnlc I ' And is it pofTlble, even in I'hought, to fepirate th from Perception ! 'Tis next to felf evident, therefore ' that all the Choir of Heaven, and Furniture of the ■ Earth ; in a word, all the Bodies that compofe the Syl- ' tern of the World, have not any Sufahitence out of a ' Mind ; their E/je is nothing more than their being pcr- • ccived : and theiefore as long as they don't exilt in ' me, i. e. arc not perceived by mc, nor any other cre- • ated Spirit i they have no /hidow of Exiflence at all, ' unlefs perhaps in the Mind of feme Eternal Spirit. It ' appears therefore, with the Light of an Axiom, that ' there is not any other Subllance but Spirit, Kc' Sec Inquiry into Frincifles tf Human KnanjUdgc. See Exter- ^AL Would. , • , Matteh in Deed, and Matiei- oj EecorH, in Law, are thus diftinguilh'd : Ualer in Derri Cgn.fies nothing cllc but a Truth to be proved, tho not by any Record ; and W.jttei- of Record, is that which may be proved by foine Record ■ For example. If a Man be fued to an Exigenr, during the time be was in the King's Wats, this is Mailer in Deed, and not Mmer of Rem i. And therefore he that will allcdge this for himfelf, mull come before the Scire Facias before Execution be awarded againft htm; for after that, nothing will ferve but Matter of Record i that is, fome Error in the I'rocefs appearing upon Record. MATURANTIA, in Medicine, be. Ripeners, or fuch Things as promote Maturation. See Ripeners, ^ MATURATION, in Pharmacy, a Preparation of Fruits, or other Remedies, gather'd before their Mitaritjy ; to fit them to be eaten, or taken. MAUNCH, is the Figure of an antient Sleeve of a Coat, fo called by the He- ralds ■ and is borne in many Gentlemen's Efcut'cheons ; as in the Earl of Himling- don's, in thofe of Conieri, &c. MAUNDAY THURSDAY, the Tburfday before Ea- Rer fo called from the f i-eiicl' Uande, i.e. Sforuda ; it being a Cullom on that Day to give larger Bounty to certain poor Men, whofe Feet the King waft'd. MAUSOLEUM, a magnificent Tomb, or funeral Mo- nument, confining of Architeautc, and Sculpture, with an Epitaph ; creacd in honour of fome Prmce, or other il- lultrious Perfon ; as the Uaifoleum of Ajx/fw at R.»,e. The Word is alfo ufed to fignify the Decoration of a 1 omb, or raiafalcba, in a funeral Pomp. The Word comes from Mi»/i/«i King of Otria, to whom Arteinijia, his Widow, creiicd a moft ftately Monument, that has fince been rumber'd among the Wonders of the World, calling it from his Name, Umfolei'.m. , r o MAXILL.E, in Anatomy, the la^si, or thole Parts of an Animal, wherein the Teeth are fet, and which ferve for malficating of the Food : See Teeth. 1 he UaxilU are two in number, denominated from their Si- tuation, Stiferiar, and Inferior. _ The M-ixliLi Sfensr, or Upper Jaw, isimmoveible hi Man, and all other Animals ; excepting Parrots and Cro- codiles'. It confifls of eleven Bones, join'd to each other per Harmoniam ; five difpofed on each fide, and one in the middle. Their Names are the Zygoma, Os Maxillare, Os Uii?"i", Os Nafi, Os Falau, and Fomer : See Zygoma, £?c. In this'jaw ate Alveoli or Sockets for itj Teeth. The Maxi LLA J?//o/or, ot Lower Jaw, only confifls of two Bones, which unite in the middle of the Chin, by the Intervention of a Cartilage, which hardens as the Child stows ; and at length, about the Age of fevcn Years, be- coming bony, joins rhe twcj Bones into a continued one, tefembling the Greek u. It confifls of two Tables, be- twixt which is a fpongy Subftancc, in Children meduUous. The fore-part is fliallow, jufl fufticient to afford Sockets for It) Teeth It has two ProcefTes, the Corone and Condy- hides, which 'fee; four Holes or rormnin.i for the Paffage of Veffels, and five Pair of proper Mufcles, niz- the Cro- laihym or Temporal, the /M#ier, Himiier or Vig-jtncs, Ficrygoideus Inlernus, and Fierygtiideits Extermis. See c.^cl^ in its Place. Crot apiiytes, Massetee, tSc. M.^XILLARIS Glandula, a confiderable Gland of the coiit^lomerate Kind, fituate on the Infide, under the lower Jaw-Bone, near the Mufciths Digajhicus. It difcharges it- felf by fevetal Branches of Dudls, which form one Trunk that pafles under the Mylohyoideus, and meets with that of the other Side within the fore Teeth of the lower Jaw, having diUinft Orifices, with a Fapillii on each Side the frxntiiti Lin^m: See Gland. MAXIMIS et minimis, a Method fo caUe.l, in ufe among the Mathematicians, whereby they arrive at tho greatell or leatl poiftble Quantity attainable in any Caie ; Or thus. If the Setni-otdinates of any Curve continually increafe or decreafe to fome cettain 7'erra, which once pal's'd, they begin again to increafe or decreafe, the Mc- thod whereby their f4a\ima ^ Mimma, i.e. their greateit and leafl State is determined, is called the Method de }.Uii:mis ^ Minimis J which, 'tis true, may be ufed to de- termine other Quantities that increafe or decreafe to any certain degree : but then they mutt always be reptefented by the Semi-ordinates of Curves. The Method de Maximis ^ Minimis, is befl managed by the Gi/ck/kj iJ(;ferCflrifl/i<, or Fluxions. The Rule is: Ha- ving put the Equation into Fluxion-s let the Fluxion of that Quantity fwhofe extreme Value is fought) be fup- pofed = o ; by this means all thofe Members of the E- quation, in which it is found, will vanifli, and the remain- ing ones will give the Determination of the M«-v"«ti"t or Minimum defited. Now the reafon of the Rule is, that every Maximum or Minimum is in its own nature a liable Quantity : To determine rherefore any flowing Quan- tity to a Maximum or Minimum, is to make it (inllead of a flowing) a permanent one i but the Fluxion of a perma- nent Quantity is equal to nothing. This we lhall illullrate by an Example or two. Prob. I. To determine the greatefi or leaj} AppUcate In an Algebraic Curne, Since in Curves that have a Maximum and a Minimum, the Tangent TM (Xii. An alysis /!t;.4.) degenerates at length into D E, and becomes patallel to the Axis, and fo the Perpendicular M H coincides with the greatetf or lead Applicare C G ; in the Cafe of the Maximum and Minimum, the Sub-tangent TP becomes in- finite, and the Sub-perpendicular equal to nothing, but ?H=ydy:dx. It then rfj)' :<;.■<= 0 ; we fliall find tij = o,and becaufe ot?T = ydx dy = (the Note of Infinity) dx~ co . 'Tis poffible for the Tangent H G {fg. 5.) to lie direftly againft the Semi-ordinate G C j in which Cafe the Sub-tangent F T is equal to nothing, and the Sub-perpendicular infinite. Eus?T = y dx : dy =c^ ; therefore ify dx : dy = o,we fliall have = 0 ; or becaufe of PH =_yr/y : (^--f = oc , we find (^j>' — co . Bothi^xand^ being, in rcfpefl of dy, Infinitcfiraals. From the Equa- tion of the Curve therefore we are to find the Value of dy, which is to be made equal either to nothing, or to an Infinite, that we may have the Value of the AbfciflV, to which the greateft Applicate is co-ordinate. I. To cut a ritji! Line A B {fg- 6.} m fuch a manner in D, tt.ir tic Reaan'Je A D and V B fiall is greateji that can fofjy he thus confiruBed. Let A' B = a, A D = x, then will D B =0 — x; confequently A D. D B = a» — xx any Maximum, and hence its Differential will be equal to no- thing, as being conceived at 1 Circle, to which ax — XX —yy Wherefore nrf.t — •- xdx = zydy =0 The Line A B therefore is to be cut into two equal Parts ; and the Square is the greatefl: of all Reflangles, whole Altitudes and Bafes, taken together, are equal to each other. See Fluxions. MAXIMS a kind of Propofitions, which, under the Name of Maxims and Axioms, have paffed for Principles of Science ; and which being felf-evident, have been fup- pofed -innate. See Axioi^. . . , For 'the Reafon of the Evidence of Maxims : It may be obferved. That Knowledge being only the Perception o( the Agreement or Difagreemcnt of Ideas; where that Agreement or Difagreement is perceived immediately by itfelf without the Intervention or Help of any other Ideas?, there'our Knowledge is felf-evident: which being fo, not only Maxims, but an infinite number of other Propofitions, partake equally with them in this Self-Evidence. Thus, that a Circle is a Circle, Blue is not Red, are as felf-evident Propofitions, as thofe general ones. What is, is; and, It is iraroflible for the fame thing to be, and not to be. Nor can the Confidcration of thefe Axioms add any thing to the Evidence or Certainty of our Knowledge of thetri. As. MAY As to the Agreement or Difagrcemcnt of Co-cxiftcnce, the Minrf his an immediate perception of this but in very few. And therefore in this Sort we hive very little intuitive KtioMledgc; tho in fome few Propofitions wc have. Two iiodies cannot be in the fame Place, is a felt-evident Fro- polition : the Idea of fitting a Place equal to the Con- tents of its Superficies, being annexed to our Idea of Body. -As to the Relations of Modes, Mathematicians have framed many Axioms concerning that one Relation of Equality ; as that Equals being taken from Equals, the Remainder will be equal, i^c. which however received for Axioins, yet have not a clearer Self-evidence than thefe. That One and One ate equal to Two; that if from the five Fingers .it one Hand you take two, and from the five Fingers of the other Hand two, the remaining Numbers wili be e- qual. As to real Exiftence, fince rhat has no Conneflion with any other of our ideas, but that of ourfelves, and of a firft Being ; we have not fo much as a demonftrative, much lefs a felf-evident Knowledge concerning the real Exillenceof other Beings. See Ex tSTEN CE. For tbehifliiencc o/ Maxims o» tie ojtei- Tarts af our Kmvihdit: The Rules cflabli/lied in the Schools, That all Reafonings are e.v fr.tcogt,ith £? frtcanccffii, feem to lay the Foundation of all other Knowledge in thefe Maxims, and to fuppofe them to be frxmgjiha ; which implies two Things : -VIZ. That thefe Axioms are thofe Truths firft known to the Mind ; and. That on them the other Parts ot our Knowledge depend. But, firtt, That thefe Axioms are not the Truths firllknown to the Mind, is evident from Experience : For who knows not that a Child per- ceives that a Sttanger is not its Mother, long before he knows It impoCfible for the fame Thing to be, and not to be? And how many Truths are there about Numbers, which the Mind is petfcflly acquainted with, and fully convinced of, before it ever thought on thefe general Uaxms ? Hence it follows. That thefe magnified A&xii^r are not the Principles and Foundations of all our other Knowledge ; for if rhere are a great many other Truths »s felf-evident as they, and a great many that we know before them, it is litipoflible that they fhould be the Prin- ciples, from which we deduce all other Truths. Thus That One and 'I'wn are equal to Three, is as evident and' eafier known, than that the Whole is equal to all its Parts. Nor, after the Knowledge of this Maxim, do we know that One and Two are equal to Three, better or more certainly, than we did before. For if there be any odds in thefe kleas, the Ideas of Whole and Parts are more cbfcure, or at leafl more difficult to be fettled in the .Mind, than thofe of One, Two, and Three. Either therefore, all Knowledge does nor depend on Pr.tcoT,nta or general Maxm,,, called Principles; or elfe fuch as thefe (That One and One ate Two, that Two and Two are }our, iSc.) a great part of Numeration, are Maxims. Forhefe, if we add all the fcif evident Propofitions that may be made about all our diflincT Ideas, Principles will be almoft infinite; and a great many innate Principles many Men never come to know all their Lives. ' Ge.ierai Maxims then may be of ufe in Difputes to llop the Mouths of Wranglers ; but arc of little in the Dilcovery of unknown Truths. Several general Maxim, are no more than bare verbal Propofitions, and teach us nothing but the Rcfpea and Import of Names one to an- other; as, The Whole is equal to all its Parts : What real i ruth doth this teach us mote, than what the Signifi- cation of the word Tmm, or Whole, does of itfcif im- port ? If rightly confider'd, we may fay, that where our Ideas are clear and diftinfl, there is little or no ufe at all ot Maxms, to prove the Agreement or Difagreement of any of them. He that needs any Proof to make him certain, ano give his ACfent to this Propofition, That Two ate equal to Two, or that White is not Black ; will alfo have need of a Proof to make him admit. That what is is; or, That it is impofl"ible for the fame Thing to be' and not to be. But as Maxims are of little ufe, where we have clear and diftinfl Ideas; fo they are of dangerous T ''''^^^ confufed, and where we ufe Words, that are not annexed to clear and dillinS Ideas Locke. MA Y,^the fifth Month in the Year, reckoning from the *rlt ot jam.ary:, and the third, in counting the Year to begin wi,h March, as they antiently did. In this Month the Sun enters Ctmi„i, and the Plants of the Earth beoin to flower. It was called iHi,„j by Romuh,,, in refpea°ro the Senators and Nobles of his City, which were named Majores-, as the following Month was called 3„„;„,, in ho- nour ot the Youth of Rome, in Umrtm 3„„icr,,m, who ferved him in the War ; Others will hive it to have been called thus from tbe Mother Mercury, to whom they offer d Sacrifice on that day ; Fafias derives it from Madms Eo 5i.orft,,«c r£rr« majeat. This Month was under the rroteflion of add therein alfo they kept the Fefli- ME A of a the val,ofP.™Cc., that of G.W,„r, cM'd Lemuria i and the Ceremony ofKepy,,,,,™, ,he Expulfion of the Kings. The Vulg.ar have a great opinion of M.y-Dew and Butter. See t>EW The Month ofAf.,, has ever been elleem'd very of the Moderns, look on it as an unhappy Month for Mar' riage ; 1 he Reafon may perhaps be refer'd to the Feaft of the Le™«i^<, which was held in it. 0-.:J alludes to this in the 5 th ot nis fa/is, when he fays, N'JC V:(lux t^dis eadem, nec J'irgiws apta Temfara ; qiix JUpfu, ntn diiitsirna f.t : Hac lmq„e de Caufi, p te fro-verLia lamum Menje mains Maia Ni-.litre -^„lp,s erit. ' in Falconry, is to pinion the Wings MAYOR, the Chief Magiftrate or Governour in the l^ities and mofi Corporation-Towns of England; chofcn an- nually by hi.s Peers out of the number of the Aldermen. lhe JV%„,- of the Place is the King's Lieutenant, and with tne Aldermen and Common-Council, can make Laws cal- led By-Laws, for the Government of the Place. He has the Authority of a kind of Judge, to determine Matiets and to mitigate the Rigour of the Law. The Word comes trom the antient tm,/ «„■£,, cafioSre, soheP. Kins, Ri- chard! J.D. ,t8» firif changed the Bayliffs of Londc, into ,A,y,rs ; by whole Example others were afterwards appointed. See PoRTEEvEand Alderman Mayor's r„,„., To the Lord Mayor and City of Lm- belong feveral Courts of Judicature. The highefl and moll antient is that call'd The Hujung; from the Dan.ll. ^"aiT^'' r""'" ^f"' ' '° 'l-^ Laws. Kights, Franchifes, and Cuftoms of rhe City The fecond is a Court of RepeJ}, or of Confcence ; to calld, as meddling with nothing above 40,. Value; or rather, becaufe here the Oath of the Creditor hiinfelf is accepted, K^'-^'T °f ^"y^'-'d Mermen, where alfo the Sheriffs fit; two Courts of Sber.fs; and the Court of the Uty-Orfbam, whereof the Lord Mayor and Aldermen have the CuUody. ' The Court of Common-Council, conlifling of two Houfes - the one for the Lord Mayor and Aldermen, and the other tor the Commoners: In which Court are made all Bv- Laws, which bind the Citizens. » Under him is alfo Chamberlain's Court, where every thing relating to the Rents and Revenues of the City as alio the Affairs of Servants, £^c. are tranfafled. Lallly Jo him belongs the Courts of Coroner, and of Efcbeatori another Court for the Confer-Mtmi of theRirer of Thames - another of Goal-Delracry, held ufually eight Times a year' at the OW-ay7.3., for the Tryal of Criminals, whereof the' Lord Mayor IS h.mfelf the chief Judge. There are other Courts calld «'»„Wei, or Meetings of the Wards; and Court, of Helmote, or Affemblies of the feveral Guilds and Fraternities. MEAD, a wholefome, agreeable Liquor, prepared of Honey and Water. One of the beft Preparations, is as follows : Into twelve Gallons of Water, flip the Whites ot fix Eggs; mixing thefe well together, and to the Mixture adding twenty Pounds of Honey. Let the Li- quor boil an hour, and when boiled, add Cinnamon, Gin- ger, Cloves, Mace, and a little Rofemary. As foon as tis cold, put a Spoonful of Yeaft to it, and turn it up keeping the Veffel fill'd as it works; when it has done working, flop It up clofe, and when fine, bottle it off tor Ule. MEAN, the Middle between two Extremes. See Mid- dee and Extreme. Thus we fay. Mean Motion of a Planet; hs mpan Di- jianee, igc. meaning a Motion or Diftance, which as far ex- ceeds the Icalt Dillance, or Motion, as it is exceeded by the greateft. Sec Motion, Distance, J^c. Mean, in Logic. SccMedium. Mean Frofortion. See Extreme Proportion. Mean Troportional. See Profortional Mean Time. See Time. Mean ^xis. In Optics. Sec Axis. Mean D;<.»ieier in Gauging. See Diameter. Mean, in Law, refers either to Time or Dignity, thus, in the firfl fenfe, we fay, his Afiion was »£.,,, be- twixt the DifTeifin made to him and his Recoverv, i. e. in the Interim : In the fecond we fay, there is Lord Mean, ,. e. Mefne, or Lord of a Manner, who has Tc- ""mV '"'"'' S""' '"''"'"'^'f '"'I''* °f '•"= King. MEASLES, or MoRBiELi, in Medicine, a cutaneous Dileafe, confifling in a general Appearance of Eruption^ not tending to Suppuration ; with a Fever. This Diftem- perfcemsto bear a great Affinity to the Small-Pox, the Symptoms being in many refpeils the fame, the Caufc nearly the fame, and the Regimen and Cure not much different. The Eruptions ufually appeat about the fourth PPPPPP Day, M E A ( ^14 ) M E A Long Measures, or Mcafurcs of Application. Tbe Ejighjlj Standurd'LoiiQ Measure for Commerce, or thai whereby the Quantities of Tilings arc ordinarily cfti- _ v,.^,..-.. -.. mated in tli'e way ot Trade, is the 2".n-J; containing three ofeninciine"! to" Conriimp"t'ions7'by a Cough Shich it leaves Enghfi Feet : equal to three Fans Feet, i Inch, A of an behind. See Variol*. In'h i of I "f " -P""' Ell. Its D.vil.ons_ are the Foot, MEASURE, in Geometry, any certain Quantity af- Sp™, F,,lrr,, Inch, and BarUy-Cora, which lee under their filmed as one, or Unity, to which ihc Ratio of other ho- rclpeaive Heads; Foot, Inch, (Sc. Its Multiples are rriogeneous, or iimuar Quanticit;s is exprels tl. 1 nis jjlh- iiay, like Flea-Bites, over the whole Body; but thicker and redder, and with greater Inflammation, than thofe of the Small-Pox, and vanifli in four or fix Days afrcr ap- pearance : being, when at the height, not larger than Pins Heads. The Ivkajles is more fickly than dangerous ; tho it nitionis fomewhatmore agreeable to Fratlice than that ot Enchd, who fines Mejfnre by a Quantity, which being re- peated any number of Times, becomes equal to another : This onlyanfwcrs to the Idea of an Arithmetical h/kajnye, or Quota Fart. See Quota Part. Measure of a Number, in Arithmetic, is fuch a Number the'fflc-e, Fathom, Fole, Furhirj-, and I'^lile. See Mile, Furlong, Pole, ^c. The Proportions thcfe feverally bear to each other, will be exprefs'd in a Table for the purpofe. The Ffejich Standard 'MeafuTf. for Coinmerce is the A-i«e or Eil, containing 3 Tar'is Fctt, 7 Inches, 8 Lines; or l "Yard, -I Eii'rUpj ; tbc Fans Foot Royal exceeding the En^- as di^iJel another,' withoit "leaving any Fraftion 5 thus , is l,fi by WfoYaTO, « in cue of the folltJwing Tables. Th,= a Meafrre »f -7 See Number. Ell is tlivided two ways; ■i.ia. into H.i/kj, Ibmh, Sixths. tAihsvi^ofa Line, is any right Line taken at plcafure : and TW/fii; and into a.url£.v, Half-Qi^ansrs, and Stx- The modern 'Geometricians ufe a Dcmnfeda, or Perch, teci»i.<. divided into 10 equal Parts, call'd Feet. The Feet they fubdivide into 10 Digits, the Digit into i o Lines, ESc. See MeASURIIS. r r\ • This Decimal Divifion of the Meafrre was firli intro- duced by Ste-Simn, probably from the Example of Re!;io- montatus : The Index or Charaaer of Dcoemfede he made 0, that of Feet i, of Digits =, of Lines 5, S?c. which, in regard the Me.i/i!re was fubdivided in a decuple Ratio, were the Logarithms of the Divifion. Baver, in lieu ol thefe, exprefs'dthe Logarithms by the Row.jh Charaflers i t. '5 Perches, 4 Feet, ; Digits, and 2 Lines, he ex- prefs'dthus; j", 4', ;", 2"'. '"Tis, frequently, molUom- modious to feparate the Integers, or Perches, from the Fraflions by a Point; thus inllcad of 5", 4', 5", 2"'; to F. Nod obferves, that among the Cmmfe, SeeCANNA rhis Ell holds throughout the greateft part of Fr3;;ce 5 excepting at T,oyes in Camfagtie j at Jrc in the B.inois j in fome parts of Fic^rdy and Burgundy, where it only con- tains two Foot, five Inches, one Line ; in Bret^git^, where it contains four Foot, two Inches, eleven Lines ; and at St.Gsiioux in Berry, where it e.\:ceeds the Fttris Ell by eight Lines. See Ell. But in Lajigiiedoc, particularly at Mirfcillei, UoiitpeUier, fouloitfe, in Froze}ie€, Giiisiwe, they meafure by the Cnnna, which at Toiihiife and in Cmenne contains five Faris Feet, five Inches, and fix Lines ; or one Farii Ell and a half. At Uorttfel'uer, and throughout the Lower Laitgiiedoc, as alfo in Provence and ylvlgnoti, and even Daupbnie, the Canna is fix Foot and nine Lines; or one Farts Ell, two Thirds. the Decimal Divifion obtains in their common Usajure. and even in their Weights. Sec Deci mal. Degree, Measure o/« f/5i(re,or Plane- Surface, is aSquare,whofe Side is of any determinate Length ; among Geometri- cians 'tis ufually aPerch, call'd a J^iiai-e Perci, divided into ten fquare Feet, and the fquare Feet into fquare Digits : Hence fquare Aie.T/in-2.^ See Square. Measure 0/ Solid, is a Cube, whofe Sides are of any Length at pleafure. Among Geometricians, a Perch, call'd a Cubic Perch, divided into Cubic Feet, Digits, iSc. Hence Cutic Mei3/io-cs, or Meafures of Capacity. SeeCuBE. Measure of ait Jngle, is an Arch, defcribed from the incca, Udatt, Mantua, rmE.'<,a (Tat. Geometry, 10.) in any Place between its Legs ; as at df. Hence, Angles are diftinguilli'd by the Ratio of the Arches, defcribed from the Vertex, between the Legs; to the Peripherics. Angles then arc diflin- jiuiHi'd by thofe Arches; and the Arches are only diOm- guUh'd by their Ratio to the Periphery. Thus the Angle /a a is faid to be of fo many Degrees, as is the Arch f d. Sec Angle. , . Measure o/f''e/oc.'t_)', in Mechanics, is the Space pafs d over by the moving Body in any given Time. To mea- fure a Velocity, therefore, the Space muft be divided into as many equal Parts, as the Time is conceived to be di- videdinto. The (Quantity of Space onfwering to fuch an Article of Time,'Ts the Meafure of the Velocity. Sec Velocity. Measure. »/ Ae Map, or Quantity of Matter in Mecha- nics, is Its Weight; it being apparent, that all the Mat- Standard Meafure in Hollattd, rlanden, Stseicn, a good part of Germany, many of the Uant-Tutttus, as Danlzic and Ham- hourg ; and at Ceucia, Fraiicfort, &c. is likewife the Ell : But the Ell in all ihefe Places differs from the Paris Ell. In Holland, it contains one P.mi Foot, eleven Lines, or four Sevenths of the Paris Ell. The Flanders Ell contains two Foot, one Inch, five Lines, and half a Line, or feven Twelfths of the Paris EJl. The Ell of Germany, Brabant, tfjc. is equal to that of Flanders. See Ell. Tie Italian Meafure is the Braccio, Brace, or Fathom ; which obtains in the States of Uodena, Venice, Florence, Lucca, Milan, Manttia, Bologna, &c. but of different Lengths. At Fenice it contains one Farts Foot, eleven Inches, three Lines, or eight Fifteenths of the Pari, Ell. At Bologna, Uodena, and Miiiiaa, the Brace is the fame as at rfiiicc; At i-Bcca it contains one Paris Foot, nine Inches, ten Lines, or half a Paris Ell. At Florence it contains one Foot, nine Inches, four Lines; or forty-nine Hundredths of n Paris Ell. At Milan, the brace for meafuring of Silks is one Fans Foot, feven Inches, four Lines, or four Ninths of a PariJ EU : That for Woollen Cloths is the fame with the Ell of Holnid. Laftly, at Bergania the Brace is one Foot, feven Inches, fix Lines, ot five Ninths ot a Fans Ell. See Brace. The Meafure at Naples, however, is the Ctnna, containing fix Foot, ten Inches, and two Lines, or one Paris Ell, and fifteen Seventeenths. ^ The Spanijlj Meafure, is the Firga, or rarif, in fome I laces call'd the Barra ; containing feventeen Twenty-fourths of the Fans Ell But the Mea/«re in Caftille and Falenttx ^iiich c'oh'ere; 'and m'oTJs wifh aiody, gravitates with is the Fan, Emfan, or Fahnj, which is "r=d;»g"l;=f ''^^ , c.-j t,,, r..„..;„,.„. ,K.r .1,^ r,n„,„,-'t ,\„. r„„na. at Genoa. In Arragon, the * .tiia is equ.ll ^to a it ■ and it being found by Experiment, that the Gravities the Canna, at Gcno.i. ... ^....-s--, - , ' r , . , of homtlgeneaf Bodies, are in'^propor.i^n to their Bulks ; Parts EU and a half or five fi'4'-^,^;',,t,.„';-",=J„ hence, while the Mafs continues the fame, the Weight The Fortttguefe Meafure is '"^^ '^'J *'-|,°^ f ? ™? will be the fame, whatever Figure it put on : its abfolute Foot, eleven Lines or four Sevenths of the r. ,.sSt.H,^n.. Weight, we mean; for as to its fpecific Weight, it varies the J-'eras, icC whereof make ico P.tns tils- int as the C^antity of Surface varies. See Velocity PtedmontefeUeafm-e is the Ra-<, containing one -Parii Foot, nine Inches, ten Lines, or half a Paris EU — In Sicty. their iVfea/i.re is the Canna ; the fame with that of Nafles. Laftly, theiVt'/coTiieMea/iircjaie the Gilit, equal to tris Foot, four Inches, two Lines; and the^frcin. one two Weight, Gravity, £^c. Measures, therefore, are various, according to the va- rious Kinds and Dimenfions of the Things mcafured. Flence arife Lineal or Longitudinal Mcafures for Lines or Lengths ; Sfiuare Meafttres for Area's or Superficies ; and Solid or Cii- wncrcui a.o . , t? . / i TMeafJs fo, Bodies, and theft Capacities: All thefe .ant Meafure, the Pic,. —"^^'p ^^Sn — are verv different in different Countries, and in different and two Lines; or three Fifths of the J ans ^il- Ws and e ven many of 'em for different Commodities. Chinefe Meafure, theC.fre; ten whereof are equal ,0 three Whence arffe other Divifions of B.,„c/Jic and Foreign Mea- Par.i EUs.—Jti. Ferfta, and fome part of the Indtes. the Sereorare equal' to'tTree Cubit,. The Turitfi, and Le- — — rt^r^^ ►...^ Inches, The fitres Antient and Modern ones ; Vry and Liquid Meafures, &c. "The Bufinefs of Meafures has been fo confufedly, and VBithal fo iroperfeflly deliver'd by our Englifi Writers, •hat the Reader will not be difpleafed with the pains we the former- , r i. " ■ k , here taken to difembroil, and fupply it. Under this the fame with that of the Portuyteje, hav,ng__been intro- Pan's Ells." In F'^'J'", V'^" ' , Gueze, whereof there are two Kinds ; the Royal Gucze, cxlVisdfoGueze Monielfer, containing two Parii Foot, ten Inches eleven Lines, or four Fifths of the Paris Ell ; and the Sboner Guege, call'd fimply Gueze, only two Thirds of -At Goa and Drinus, the Meafure is the Varra, lioi!f. here taken to dilemoroii, ana luppiy ir. under tnis tne lanic wii.. , r , Head he will find enumerated the various, general. Hand- duced by them. In Peg", and fonie other ^fiS 1 Square and Cubic, now or heretofore in Ind.es. the Can* or Cand,, _equal to the £11 ol Parts of the if Venice. larger Cando, equal to ; „ Meafrres Lon', Square and Culic, now or heretofore in Inrfiei, the Cando or Cn . nfe with their Proportions and Reduflions ; for Particu- At Goa and other P.irts, they ule 1 - - ■ . he muft be contented to be refet'd to the pariicular feventeen Outcb Ells ; exceeding that of f!.,te; and Belfort. Foot. Digit, Ell, To.\', Gallon, Ewshkl, by ^ per Cent, and the fa.™ by 6 and, lars Heads ; —In St am. they ufe theke;;, iliort of three Earh teet by one Inch^ ME A ( ) ME A The A'c'l contains two Soi:, the Sak two Amli, the Xeiil loisi, the Comk; ; in the and the Pun on forae twelve Niom, or Inches; the Niou to be equil to eight of the Coafls of Gm>jM. Grains of Rice, /. s. to about nine Lines. At Ciim- \ Inch Englilh Mcafures of Length, or AtpUcation- 1 3 Palm 9 5 Span Foot 12 4- 1 \ i8 6 2 'i Cubit 12 4 5 2 Yard 20 «-J 5 5 » lY Face Fathom 72 24 8 S 4 ijS 22 164 II _!?_ Pole 7y2o 2640 83o 440 220 132 1 10 40 Furl on 21120 7040 5280 3520 1760 lOjC 880 320 8 IMiU Scripture Meafures of Length. Di£t _4_ Palm 0 0 12 3 Span Cubi 0 1 24 i5 ~24 2 7 144 36 IS 6 14 lEickicl's Reed ' — 1 192 8 a [Arabian Pole ' 1 192c 480 160 80 so 1 I3y 1 10 1 Schoenus, Meafuring-Line — — ' >45 o,9lz 10,944 9,S8S 11,328 7,lo* Grecian Meafures of Length reduced to Englilh. EngI.Pace5.Fcet. 4 Doron □ochme Llchas 10 II -1 Orthodoron 13 ^rV apithar ne 16 4 l\ Pes, F Pygme iS 4t li ij Cuhlt 20 5 2 1-5- ly 1^ Pygon^ Pechus, 24 6 2| 2-j- 2 i| li 96 24. 9| 8rr 8 6 "4?"^ 4 9600 960 Soo 600 53 3y 480 400 76800 19200 7rt8o 698 1 6400 4800 4266 f 3840 3200 Orgya, P«tt — ° ^ Too- fcS^>f«''»»« — "^^ * — g-|MiUon, JWi/« sol" ° Inch.Dec. o,75S4l« 3,0318^ 7,SS4iSi 8,31015V 9,0(556^ 0,0875 I. 5284 3,ios( 6,1312 4.5 Longer Jewifh Meafures of Length- Eng.Miles. Paces. Feet^Dec. 400 Stadium 0 >4S 4,« 2000 S Sab. Day's Journc/ — — 0 729 S.o 4c 00 10 2 Eaftern Mile — \ I 403 1,0 i 2000 i 3 Parafang ^ ■ 4 MS 3.0 96000 240 48 24 8 |a Day's Journey — 33 171 4if Digitus tranfvcrfus Uncia Roman Meafures of Length reduced to EngUfh; Engl. Paces,Feet .Inch.Dec, Palmus minor 15 34 40 So loooo 7500 80JOO 60000 60 5_ 1500' 625 20000 5000I 4000 Pal mi pes — * Cubitus ■■■ - Gradus _3i 41 6y 3333i 2000 PaCTus laj [Stadium \Miliiare 0 0 0,7254 0 0 o,9<57 0 0 £,901 0 0 11,604. 0 I 2,505- 0 I 5, 40 5 0 Z 5,OE 0 4 120 4 4.5 0 0 M E A C ) M E A f'/je Troportiom of the Long Meafures of fever at Nations to the Englifli Foot^ by Mr. Greaves. Til'.-- f JtgUfi Standard Foot being divided into icoo equal Parts, the other Meafures will have the Froportions to it, which follow. The Enghp Foot, from the Standard in GuiMhatl The Varts Royal Foot, m the Chateler The Khinland Foot, of Sncllius. The G>-fei Foot The Roman Foot, on the Homment of Coffutms The Roman Foot, on theMommejit of Staiilius The Roman Foot, of Fillal^andus, taken from the Congius of Vefpafian The Vnrra or Vare Mmer'ia ind Gibmh.i lOCO 1035 91- Thc J'enetian Foot The Ell of ybn-Jitrf The Ell of yJmJhrdam The Ell of LeyHev The Canna of Naples S)S6 3162 2.8; Z260 The Braccio of i'/o)e;;t.'e The Palm ot Genoa The Common Braccin of Sienna ■ The Braccio ot Sinmia, for Lijincn ' — The Palm of the Architefls at Rojne, whereof X make the Canna of the fume Architcdis- The Palm of the Braccio of the Merchants and Weavers at Romej from a M-irbk in tBeCap-cn/^ with thirlnfcriptiori, CVRANTE LV POETO The Large Pique of the Turks at Co7!fia?nijicp/e The Small Pique of the Turks at Cotijl.intinofle, is to the Larger, as 51 to ;2,, T'he Ari/h of rerj^a — The Derah or Cubit of the Egyptians 22CO -197 lS.'.4 'The Troportions of frjeral Long Meafures to each other, ly M. Picarc!. The Rbiidatid or LeyJcn Foot (ii whcreaf make the Rhinland Ferch) fiffofej _ The Eii^lifi Foot — The ?flriJ Foot The ^mfterdam Foot, from that of Leydcit, by Sjielliits — — ' ~" . The Danijh Foot C'^'" w^Jerso/ maj:e the Danifh Ell) The Swedifi Foot. The ilnfleU Foot The VaMzlc Foot, frmt Hevelius J Setenographia The i->'oiii Foot, by M.^Bzmii ■ — The Bo/ojjw Foot, by the fame. The Braccio of Florence, by the fame, and Fa- ther AJei/ejme — ' The Palm of the ArchiteSs at Rome, according ?y, but with fome difference in its Length, as well as its Sub-divifions. The Feoder is fup- pofed the Load of a Waggon with two Horfe,?. Two Feeders and a half make the Reoder ; fix Ames, the Feoder^ twenty Fertels, theAme; and four MafTems, or MalTes, the Fertel : fo that the Roder coniains 1200 Maffcs, the Feoder 4S0, the Ame So, and the Fertel 41. -At Nuremberg, the Divifion of the Feoder, is info twelve Heemers, and the Heemer into fij.ty-four MaiTes. ' At Vienna, they divide the Feoder into thirty-two Heemers, the Heemer into thirty-two Achteiings, and the Achteling into four Seiltins. TheAmc, there, is eighty Maflesi the Fertel, call'd alfo Schrcve, four MaiTes 5 and the Driolinck twenty-four Heemers. At Jushour^^ the Feoder is divided into eight Jez ^ the Je into two Muids, or twelve Befons; the Bcfon into eight MaiTes which makes 7^8 Mafi.es in the Feoder, as in that of remherg. At Heidelberg, the Feoder is divided into ten Ames; the Ame into twelve Vertels ; and the Vertel into four Malfes. In Wirteniherg, the Feoder is divided into fix Ames ; the Ame into fixteen lunesi the Yune into ten Mafles. Liquid Meafttres on the Coafis of Barbary. At T.-ipci;, ^c. they ufe the Rotolu, or Rotolij thirty-two whereof make the Matuli. At Tums, forty-two of the Rotoii of Tripoli, make a Matara, or Mataro ; and the other Places on the fame Cuart ufe nearly the fame Meafurcs. It^ may be here obferved, that mod, if not al! the £.iJ}erH Nations, with whom the Europeans traffic, have not any fuch thing as Meafures of Capacity, whether for Things li- quid or dry ; but that they fell every thing, even Liquors, by the Weight. We may, however, rank among the Number of Liquid Meafures, the Cocoa and Canan of AW. The firft are the Cocoa- lliells cleared of their Kernel. And fince thefe are not all of the fame Capacity they meafure them with Cfi«m, or litde Shells found in the Maldives -J which alfo ferve for Money in fome States of the Indies. Some Cocoa's hold a thoufand Cauris, and fome only five hundred. Above the Cocoa's is the Canan a little Meafure ufed in the fame Country, and callej'by the ForUigHefe, Choup ; holding about a Faris Quart. ciq q q q q Englifh ME A (.918 )■ M E A Solid Inches Englilh Mcafiires qf Capacity for Liquids. Wine Meafure. Pint 251 8 Gallon 4158 144 iS Rundlet 152 ■ 4 Barrel 910Z 55<^ 42 _iJ_- I ^ Tierce I45S5 504 6; 2 75179 672 84 4f 2 J 2 1008 126 7 4 2016 252 14 8 6 [-TnglTiead Punchion Butt [Tun Meafnrc. Pints ~T Gall 64 S 128 14 2jtf "2 Sii «4 KilJ. 2 j Barrel 4 I 2 IHogfh. Heer Meafure. Pints 8 Gall. 72 S 144 28a 3« n« 72 1 Firk. Kild. I. j Barrel 4 I 2 iHogfii. Attick Meafures of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to EngUfli Wine Meafure. Cochliarion — .Cheme Myflron Concha 5 720 S640 2t 360 Cyathus — \ 5_ 288 |_144- Oxubaphon Cotyle 864 576 Xcfles, Sextary o Chos, Cangius o 12 IMetreceSj Aiyiphora 10 72 Gall. Pints.Sol.Incli.Dec. O ytj 0,047 o °i9°4 o 4j o,U7^ o ~i 0,254^ o ^ 0,469 o i 0,704! O ^ 2,SlS o I 5,(S;6 4,94a 1,554 Roman Meafnres of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to EngliflT Wine Meafure. Gall. Pints.Sol.Inch.Dec. Ligula 4 Cyathus 6 l\ Acetabulum IS 3 Quartanus 24 6 4 2 riemina Sexfari 48 12 S 4 2 IS Congm 2S8 71 48 24 12 6 Urnn 115a 288 192 96 4S 24 4 576 584 96 4S \ 46ofio 11520 76S0 3840 1920 963 160 40 >ra 7 40 1 20 'Culeus 143 OjT o,ii7A OfV 0,4691 oi o,704j oj 1,409 oi 2,Si8 1 S,«3« 7 4,V42 4i 5.3S I 10,65 3 11.075 Jewifli Meafures of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to Englifli TFins Meafure- Gall. Pints. Sol.Inch. Cab ^iHin ~6 I Tso' I Seah —~- 5 [Bath, Epha ■ I 50 I 10 jCoroa, Chomer oj 0,15 0 04 25 0 3 10 2 2i a 4 5 7 4 IS 75 5 7 Meafures M E A ^19 ) M E A C'nh'c Mcdfures of Capacity for Things T)ry. E7ig}ij% Dry or Commm lAeafures^ are raifed from the ll'iNchejicr Gulloni which contains 27;^ Solid Inches, to hold of pure Running or Rain-Water, nine Pound, thir- teen Ounces. 7'his fccms to iiand on the foot of the Old Wine Gallon, of 224 Cubic Inches 3 12 being to ii>ti~, as to 27;-5. Yet by an Afi of Parliament, made i^vy, it is. dtcreed, I'hat a round Bufliel, eighteen Inches and a half wide, and ei£;ht deep, is a legal U'mchsjier Bufliel. But fuch a Vcflel will only hold 250.4; Cubic Inches j confcquently the Galion will only contain 2d8? Cubii twelve Septiers ; and is divided into Mines, Miners, Bulhels, tSc. That for Oats is double diat for other Gram ; i.e. contains twice the Number of Bufhels. At Orku77S, the Muid is divided into Mines i but thofe Mines only contain two P.im Septiers and a half. See Muie- In fome PI aces they ufe the Tun in lieu of the Muid 7 particularly at Names, where it contains ten Scrtiers of lixtccn Buihels each, and weighs about three thouPand three hundred Pounds. Three of thcfe Tuns make twcniy-eight Fms Septiers. At Rachel, fyc. the Tun con- Inchcs. The Diviiions and Multiples are as in the Tabic taiijs torty iwo Buflicis, and weighs two per Cent, lefs than following. that of Naurci. At BreJI, it contains twenty Bunieli French Dry l^eajures, are the Litron, Bufhel, Minot, Mine, Sepiier, Muid, and Tun. I'he Litron is divided into two Demi-litrons, and four Quartct4itrons, and contains ^^6 Cubic Inches of L'ari', By Ordonnance, the Litron is to be three Inches and a half high j and three Inches, ten Lines broad. The Litron for Salt is larger, and is di- vided into two Halves, four Quarters, eight Demi-quar- ters, and fixteen Mefurettes. -The Bulhel is diffe- rent in different Jurifdiciions. At Far'ii, it is divided into Demi-bufhels ; each Demi-bufiiel into twa Quarts; the Quart into tuo Half cjuarEs ; and the Half-cjuart into two Litrons : fo that the Bufhel contains fixteen Litrons. By Ordonnance, the Fnris Bufliel is to be eight Inches, two Lines and a half high ; and ten Inches broad, or in Diamerer, within-fide. T'he Minot conlifls of three Bufhels; the Mine of two Minors, or iix Bufhels; the qual to ten Farii Septiers, and weighs about'two thoufand two hundred and forty Pounds. See Tun. Dutch, Szserlifi, Fokfi,, Fnifl'ti,,,, and Mufco-Me Dry Mea- ftires. In thefe Places they eflimate their Dry Things on the foot of the Lafl, Le/i, Leib, or Lecht ; fo called, ac- cording to the vatious Pronunciations of the People who ufe ir. In Holkuil, the Lall is equal to nineteen Faris Septiers, or thirry-eight Eoi,r:leaux Bu/liels, and weighs a- bout 45i;o Pounds; the Lafl they divide into twenty- levcn Mudes, and the Mude into four Schepcls In Folmd, the Laif is forty Bcurdc.iux Bufltels, and weighs about 4800 Paris Pounds. In Frujf.i, the Lafl is : q 5 Firis Septiers. In Svieden and Mufcc-jy, they meafure by the Great and Little Lafl; the firlf containing twelve Barrils, and the fccond half as many. See L.1ST. In „ . ... , r,-n , they likewife ufe the Chefford, which is different Sept.er of two M.nes, or twelve Bufliels ; and the Muid in vanous Places: That Archamcl is equal to three of twelve Septiers, or a hundred forty-four Bufhels. The Ro»ci; Euflicls. " Bufiel fir Oar, is eftimated double that of any other ),„/;.,„ Dry Meafires. At Venice, Le?h,r„, and L«cca. Grain; fo that there go twenty-four Bufliels to make the they eflimate their dry Things on the foot of the Staro o^ Scptier, and two hundred eighty-ejght to make the Muid. Siaio ; the Staro of Leghm, weighs 54 Pounds ■ 11 J Sta- It is divided into four Picotins ; the Picotin containing two Quarts, or four Litrons. The Bu/hd fir is divided into two Half-Bufhels, four Quarters, eight Half Quarters, and fixteen Litrons; four Bufhels inake a Minot, fixteen Staro is divided a Septier, and a hundred ninety-two a Muid. The ij»y?je/ fir IVosrlis divided into Halves, Quarters, and Half-Quar- ters. Eight Eufliels make the Minot, fixteen a Mine; twenty Mines, or three hundred and twenty Bu/licis, the Muid. For Plaifler, twelve Bu/liels make a Sac, and thirty-fix Sacs a Muid. For Lime, three Bufliels make a Minot, and forty-eight Minots a Muid. See Bushel — -The Minot is, by Ordonnance, to be eleven Inches, oi Amjterdm. nine Lines high ; and fourteen Inches eight Lines in dia- Flem'ifi Dry Menfures meter. ^ The Minot is compol'ed of three Bu/licis, or fix- teen Litrons; four Minots make a Septier, and forty eight a Muid. The Mine is no real Veffel, but an Effimation of feveral others. At Faris, the Mine contains iix Bufliels, and twenty-four make the Muid. At Rouen the Mine is four Bufhels ; and at Dieppe, eighteen Mines' make a Pnm Muid. See Muir. The Septier dif- and feven Eighths, ate equal to the Jmjierdam Lafl. At Lucca, 119 Staro 's make the Lafl ot ylmjierdam. ■"Yhe Venetian Staro weighs ii8 Pam Pounds; the J..-.1.J into four Quartets. 3 5 Staro's and J fersin different Places : At Faris, it contains tw'o Mines, or eight Bufhels; and twelve Septiers the Muid. At Rmen, the Septier contains two Mines, or twelve Bufhels. Twelve Septiers make a Muid at Rouen, as well as Fans- hat twelve of the latter are equal to fourteen of the for- mer. At Toulon, the Septier contains a Mine and half; three of which Mines make the Septier of Paris. See Septiek The Muid, or Muy, o( Paris, confifls of 140 Quarters -J, make the Lail o( Jm/lerdam. ^At Najiles, and other Parts, they ufe the Tomole, orTomalo, equal to one Third of the Faris Septier. ;S Tomols and a half, make the Carre ; and a Carro and a half, or j4 Tomols, make the Lafl of Artflerdam. At Palermo, iSTomoli make the Salma; and four Mondili, theTo- molo. Ten Salma's 1, or 171 Tomoli -J, make the Lall J At Aittwerp, ^c. they meafure by the Vertel ; thirty-two and a half whereof, make nineteen P.irij Septiers. At Hambour^, the Schepel 5 ninety whereof make nineteen Faris Septiers. Spanifi and Portiiguefe Dry Meafires. At Cadiz, Bilhaa, and St. Schajiian, they ufe the Fanequa ; twenty-three whereof make the Names, or Rochel Tun ; or nine Paris Septiers and a half ; tho the Bilhoa Fanequa is fomewhat larger ; infomuch that twenty one Fanequas make a Nantes Ttin. At SeniUe, isle, they ufe the Anagros, containing a little more than the Pari, Mine; thirty-fix Anagros make nineteen P.:>-/r Septiers. At Bayonne, ^c. the Conqua; thirty whereof are equal to nine Pflni Septiers and a half At Lisbon, the Alquier, a very fmall Meafure ; 24c whereof make ip Parij Septiers ; 6a the Lisbon Muid. Solid Inches Englifli Drji or Corn Meafures. J4i>_ Pint ^r-i S Gallon J44i^ Peek 217S 64 Bufhel 17414 1(5 8 2 Strike 5^ i« 4 Carnock or Coom _5I2 64 33 8 4 Seem r Quarter 5072 384 loz 48 24 IZ. 6 Way 5120 640 310 80 40 20 10 Jewifli 2)?j Meafures reduced to Engliffii. Pecks.Gall. Pints. SoI.Inc.Dec. Gflchal 10 Cab jl I4 Gomor 120 6 3f Scab T«o ~ii 10 E 1800 90 5^00 "180 100 30 jLeteeh 10 ( a I Chomer, Coron 0 0 17 0,0055 0 0 0,1 to 0 0 1,1 1 1 I 0 I 4,05 3 0 12,11 iiS 0 0 3* 0 X i9>o4 Attick M E A ( ^20 ) M E A Attick Drj? Meaftires reduced to EngUIh. Pecks. Gall. Pints. Sol. Inch- Cochliarion Cyathus 8^40 Oxubaphon ~ Cotylc 576 Xeftes, Sextary — o 1^ IChoinix — o 7z j 48 |MedImQus4 0 0,004 0 0,04 0 0,06 0 0,24 0 I 0,48 0 1 I 0,53 Roman Dry Meafitres reduced to Englilh. Ligula 4 Cyath i li 14 6 48 12 3 84 7 68 102 4 iHemina — 8 2 Sextarius 64 16 12SI 91 S ISemimod. T6"l"~2~ IModius Pecks. Gall. Pints. Sol.Inc.Dec. O O O^^ 0)01 o o o,Y o>o4 O O OjCtf o o c4 0,24 O O I 0,48 o I o 5,48 o o 7,68 JSToff. Tic Measvbe 0/ JVood for Firing, is the Cord ; four Foot high, as many broad, and eight long ; divided into two half Cord-s call'd \Vays, and by the French^ Membrmes^ from the Pieces, liuck upright, to bound them ; or Voyes, as being fuppofed half a Waggon Load. See Core. The Measure /or Horfes^ is the Hand or Handful; which, by the Statute, contains four Inches. See Hand, MEASURE is alfo ufed to fignify the Cadence, and Time obferved in Poetry, Dancing, and Mufic, to render them regular, and agreeable. The different Meafures in Poetry, are the different Manners of ordering and com- bining the Quantities, or the long and fhort Syllables. Thus Hexameter, Pentameter, Iambic, Sapphic Verfes, t^c. confiit of different Medfitres. See Quantity, Verse, i^c. In Englijh Verfes, the "Meafures are extremely various and arbitrary, every Poet being at liberty to introduce any new Form he pleafes. The moft ufed ^re, the Heroic, generally confining of five long, and five /liort Syllables j Verfes of four Feet ; and of three Fcef, and a Cefure or fingle Syllable. The Antients, by varioufly combining and tranfpofing their Quantities, made a vail Variety of different Meafttres. Of Wnrds, or rather Feet of two Syllables, they form'd a Sfondee^ confining of two long Syllables j a Pirrhic^ of two /liort Syllables j a Tro- chee, of a long and a fhort Syllable ; an lamhic, of a long and a fliort Syllable. Of their Feet of three Syllables, they form'd a ^Wo/^, confiiling of three lung Syllables ; a Tribrach^ of three H-iort Syllables; ixD.iRjl, of one long, and two fhort Syllables j Olu ^napeji^ of two fhorC and two long Syllables. The Greek Poets contrived 124 diffe- rent Combinations or }.kafi-e.- the Minim, one Rife, or one Fall ; and the Crochet, half a Rife, or half a Fall, there being four Crochets in a full Meafure. See Note. £iMi,-i»-_y, or UonWe Measure, is that wherein the Rife and Fall of the Hand are equal. Ternary, or Triple Measure, is that wherein the Fall is double to the Rife ; or where two Minims are play'd during a Fall, and but one in a Rife : To this purpofe. the Number 5 Is placed at the beginning of the Lines, when the Meafitre is intended 10 be triple j and aC, when theMea/itre is to be common or double. This rifing and falling of the Hands, was call'd by the Greeh afon and Bim^. St. Jugtifi'm calls it I'lunftis^ and the Spaniards, Compafs. See Beating of Time. MEASURING. To define Ivkafuring Geometrically, It is the affuming any ccttain QLiantity, and exprcffing the Proportion of other fimilar Quantities to the fame : To define it popularly, M£afur!7ig is the ufing a certain known Meafure, and determining, thereby, the preclfe Extent, Quantity or Capacity of any thing. See Measure. MEASURING, in the general, makes the practical Part of Geometry ; fee Geometry : From the various Sub- jects whereon It is employ'd, it acquires various Names, and conftitutes various Arts. Thus Measuring of Lilies, or Quantities of one Dimen- fion, we call Lojigimetry ; fee Longjmetby : And when thole Lines are not extended parallel to the Horizon, Altinietry : fee Alti M ETRY. When the different Alti- tudes of the two Extremes of the Line are alone regarded, Le-jelliug, fee Levelling. Measuring of Superfidc!, or Quantiiies of two Dimen- fions, is varioufly denominated, according to its Subjects ; when converfLint about Lands, 'tis called Gcod-vjia, or S'lr- iieyi7ii : in other Cafes, fimplv Meafui!?!?^. The Inllruments are the Ten-Foot Rod, Chain, Compafs, Circumfe- rentor, ^c. See Superficies ; fee alfo Surveying, Measuring of Solids, or Quantities of three Dimen- fjons, we call Stereometry^ fee Stereometry: where 'tis convcrfant about the Capacities of Veffels, or the Li- quors they contain particularly, G.ih:;(«^. See Gauging. The Inilruments are the Gauging-Rod, Sliding-Rulc, £=fc. Sec Soiid; fee ulfo Gaucing-Rod, Sliding- RULE, i^c. From the Definition of Ueafitriiig, where the Meafure is exprefs'd to be fimilar or homogeneous, i.e. of the lame kind with the Thing meafured j 'tis evident that in the firtt Cafe, or in Quantities of one Dimenfion, the Meafure mufl be a Line; in the fccond, a Superficies ; and in the. third, a Solid. For a Line, -J.g. cannot meafure a Surface ; to meafure, being no more than to apply the known Quan- tity to the unknown, fill the two become equal. Now a Surface has Breadth, and a Line has none ; but if one Line hath no Breadth, two of a hundred have none ; A Line, therefore, can never be applied fo often to a Sur- face, as to be equal to ir, e. to meafure it. And from the like Reafoning it is evident, a Superficies, which has no Depth, cannot be equal to, i.e. cannot meafure a So- lid, which has. While a Line continues fuch, it may be meafured by any part of itfelf ; but when the Line begins to flow and to generate a new Dimenfion, the Meafure mufl keep pace, and flow too ; i.e. as the one commences Superficies, the other mufl do fo too : Thus we come to have S(j'iare 'Meafiirei, and Cubic Meajnres. See Sq,uare and Cube, Hence we fee why i^ic l^kafure of a Circle is an Arch, or part of the Circle ^ for a right Line can only touch a Circle in one Point, but the Periphery of a Circle confifts of infinite Points : The right l ine therefore to meafure the Circle, mufl: be applied infinite Times, which is ImpofTible. Again, the right Line only touches tha Circle, MEC Circle in a Mathematical Point; which has no Parts or Dimenfions, confcquently no Magnitude : but a Thing that has no Magnitude or Dimenfions, bears no proportion to another that has j and cannot therefore mcafure it. Hence we fee the Reafon of the Divifion of Circles into ^60 Parts or Arches, called Dcpees. Sec Degree. MEC Let, for infiancc, A B be iLe.er, whofe Wm™ h it c and let It be moved into the Volition a c h. Here the Vclo- cuy ot any Fomt m the Lever, is as the Diltance from the V l\ , M f"'"! ^ 'I'^f'-nbe the Arch A», and the Pome B the Arch B b ; then thUe Arches will be the Spa- ces delmbcd by the two Motions: bot fince th- IvIotiSns Measuring aj Trmngle,, or from three given Sides or are both made in the fame time, the Spaces will hi 1,. Angles, to determine all the rell, is call'd Trigonometry. Velocities. But it is plain, the Arches A - ^nd R ; n See Tkigonometrv. be to one another, as their Radii A C arcl A R b ^"r Measokino of the Ah ; its Freffure, Spring, ^c. is the Seflors A C.i, and Bci, are fimila'r ■ wWfon called /xnmetry or Fnmmattcs: See Aero-Metey, i£c. Velocities of the Points A and & ate v. the-, n;n r MEATUS t>y;,V„,, aBilary Dufl, about the Bignefs the Centre C. Now if any Powers ar'e appli«l „ r'l'T ofaGoofe-QuiU, which at about two Inches dillance from of the Lever A and B, in order to raifr If, i „ \ - x^-..., cii .^L^vjuL L«u 1IILI,C6 UlLlUUCe IfOIll the G all-Bladder, is join*d to the Meatus Bcfat'icus j and ihefe together form the UiiSiis Commimis. See Bile. Meatus Vrtnarms^ or Urinary Fajj.tge, in Women, is very Ihort, lined internally with a very thin Membrane ; next to which is a Coat of a white Subllance. Thro this Coat, from fome L^icuiix in ir, pafs feveral Du£fs, which , , . ' T»". »^'ie jrs Arms up and down; their Force will be expounded by the Perpend! culars S and 4 N i which being as the right Sines of the former Arches, bh and a A, will be to one another alfo as the KadiiAc, and c B ; wherefore the Velocities of the Powers, are alfo as their Diflances from the Centre And fince the Moment of any Body is as its Weight or n ^..„»„^ ,11 , , pa,4 icvcrai uuus, wnicn ana iince ine moment o[ any Body is as its Weiphr nr convey a limpid glutinous Matter, ferving to anoint the gravitating Force, and its Velocity coniunftlv ■ If d 'ff Extremity of the Urabra. See Urinary. rent Powers or Weights are apniied to the I e'vcr th Meatus ^A,dmi/..s the Entrance of the Ear; a carti- Moments will alw^ays ibe /s the Weiohts' and th ''' lagmous Subftance, irregularly divided with fle/liy mem- Difiances from the Centre conlunaiv " VVhereforV^ 'f branous Interpofitions in feveral Parts of ir, not unlike the to the fame Lever, there be two Powers or Weinh, Bro„eh.a in the Lungj, only its flefty Fibres are here ply'd reciprocally, proportional to their Dillancl froS; thicker. The inner Part, or that next_ the Brain, is bony, the Centre, their Moments will be equal ■ and if thev o ^ It is lined throughout with a thin Membrane, derived from the Skin, which is continued on the Mcmhran^Tym- fani^ where it becomes thinner. See Ear. From the beginning of the Mcitus, almoll: half-way, a- rifc a great number of fmall Hairs, at whofe Roots iffue the Ear- Wax, which is intangled in thofe Hairs, the bet- ter to break the Impetus of the external Air, and prevent its too fuddenly rufliing in on l\ic'Memhrana Tympani. See Ce r u m t n . MECHANICS, from rnX'^-'^^y En^hiCy is a mix'd Ma- thematical Science, which conliders AjW», its Nature and Laws, with the Effefts thereof, in Machines, Motion contranly, as in the Cafe of a StiUiard, the Lover'wlll remain ,n an horizontal Pofition, or the Ballance will be in Equilibric And thus it is eafy to conceive how the Weight of one Pound may be made to enui ballance a Ihoufand, efc. Hence alfo i, is plain, that die Force of the Power IS not at all increafcd by Engines; only the Ve locity of the Weight in either lifting or drawing, is fo di- mini(}i d by the Application of the Inflrument, as that the Moment of the Weight is not greater than the Force of the Power I hus.for inftance ; if any Force can elevate - a lound Weight with a given Velocity, it is impoffible bv See any Engine to cftea, that the fame Power Jhall raife two Pound Weight, wiih the lame Velocity : But by an En- rouna weignt, wnn the lame Veiocitv • Bur bv f That part u( Mechanics which confiders the Motion of gine it may be made to raife two Pouncl Weight 12 BoJies arifing from Gravity, is by fome calPd Statics, the Velocity ; or toooo times the Weight with ■ f See Cavity, Statics, R„niTE»cE, efr. In diftinflion the former Velocity. See Perpetual MotTon from that part which conhders the MecWc Powers, and Mechanical Ci,ree, a Term ufed bv 7V r , r their Application, properly calPd Mecha„ics. See Me- thofe Curves, which cannot be defined by L,y E.iuaiion ■ ^r"'" !?''PP'>«"™ - A'g^l-"-. which they' SlI G^ZeiHc HA ' T, , , Curves. Iheic Curvev Sir If. Ncwto77 M i P'hs-^t-, r.-^ Mechanic Formers, are the five fimple M.,rf.;„cr ; to call tranfcendent Curves; ai4 diff^t from rtr 1^ e. which all others, how complex foerer, are reducible, and eluding them out of Geometry. /elJ" hareTen foifn^ T^efe ^ecbanic Fc^rs (as they are calPd) are fix, .i.. fh«l do^f tjite co' 1 anTy 1:1^^^ \ the latla,tce Lever, WItcel, Fully, Wedge, and &,c» ; which the Curve ; in oppoEtion to Algebrak Enuatfons whi h do fee under their proper Heads: Ballance, Lever, £s;c. See Curve. ^ "le liquations, which do. They may however, be all reduced to one, the Mechanical AffeBiom, are fuch Properties in M,„.^ Lever. The Principle whereon they depend, is the fame as refult from their Fiaure Bulk and Mm , ^ M ' in al , and may be conceived from what follows. n.cal Cat.je. are thofe founded ^ ^1^10!^^ !'; The M™«m,;„, or Quantity of Motion of any Mechanical Sohttons are Accoun ^rf Thinri' 1 Body, IS the fi.S»» of its Velocity, (or the Space it moves fame Principles. Accounts ot Ihmgs on the m agivenTime, fee Motion;) m.ultiplied into its Mafs. Mechanical Fbilofophy, is the fame with r„.„ r Hence „ follows, that two unequal Bodies will have equal cular Philofonhy ; that-^h ch expTainTtt F^^°7 f Moments if 'he Lines they defcribe be in a reciprocal Nature, and the Operations of Corporeal toL^'^o^^ Ra 10 of their Maffes. Thu,, if two Bodies, faften'd ,0 the Principles of Afeci.^L; the Figure Tran'omen,' HT^ Extremities of a Ballance or Lever, be in a reciprocal f.tion. Motion, Greamefs or sSn'efi of fhe Pans w^^^^^^^ Ratio of their Duiances from the fixed Point ; when they compofe natural Bodies. See Corp u cular nics, /,,..) be triple the Body'=B'l'diS'o'fre:;i^- l:^7k;t^^^t^x.:'^"i^:^s"' fo fix d ,0 the ExtretTuties of a Lever A B. whofe B.l- able to what is ufed in the Co Krivan e and a Inf °T »f 1 o&^t|i::^tr-i::^^ ' , , . ~, ... OCCIHOTION. Hence that noble Challenge of ArcbimeJes, Jalis Virilus da. turn Fo::d-.,s tro-ccrc ; for as the Diflanco C B may be in- creafcd infinitely, the Power or Moment of A may be in- creafed infinitely. So that the whole of Mecbamcs is re- duced to the following Problem. Any body, as A , laitb its Velocity C, and alfo any other Body J . 1, . .^.c.iai ccmgs are tormed, and to have a 1 thofe Properties, which concern a Phy- iician s Regard only, by virtue of its peculiar Make and Condruflure ; it naturally leads a Perfon, who truft. to proper Evidences, to confider the feveral Parts, accord ina to their Figures, Contexture, and Ufe ; either as Wheels, Pullies Wedges, Levers, Skrews, Chords, Canals Ci- wi 1 be c theCeleritvomn^r, R f""* ^ f™. "hich quire into the Motions and Properties of any oth r m". 1, move the \v A,h i^iJ^^er be a this Procedure, is z^\^^ Mechanical KmviUdgs, little increased, move the Weight. R r r rt Tha MED ( ^2.2 ) MED The Term Mechanical is alfo ufcd in Mathematics, After the Time of Fbocis and Hcracliic, Itcily became a to fignify a Conliru6i:ion or Proof of Ionic Problem, not Prey lo the ii.D-bari.vis ; fo that the Monuments we huve done m an accurate Geomctfi.:,:i| Manner, but coarfely and remaining of ihofc two Emperors, finiJh the Set or fieri- unartfully, or by the affiltanLe of Inltruments, us are moLt Problems relating to the Duplicature of the Cube, and the Qaadrarure of the Circle. MKCHOACAN, Macadossin, or White Jalap ; called alfo IS'bnc Rhubarb, and Jmet-ican Sc.immofiy ^ a me- dicinal Rtior, taking its Name from a Province of Nctj Sf.n!i, from whence it is brought. Mcchoacan was known and ufed as a Purgative before Jalap, tho the latter is now in more general Ufe, as being found more efticacious. Icr. Mechoacaji is the fweeter and more gentle of the two, and on that account preferable. The Seat of its A£fion is chiefly in the extreme Parts, for which rcafon it is accoun- ted good in arthriiic Pains. It has the advantage of need- of Impend yit'cLils. To ihefe are added the MuUth of the Lower Empire, and the OVfei Emperors 3 whcrcot a Se- ries may be made as low as our time, taking ir. the Modern ones. M- Tcitm has made an ample Colledlion of the Imperial Ivlfdals till the Time of Hcr.idiiti. The Goihic Me- dals make part of the Imperial ones. They arc fo cail'd, as having been ilruck in the Times of the Goths, and in the Declenfion of the Empire ; and favouring of the Igno- rance and Barbarity of the Age. As to the Modern, they are fuch as have been flruck in Eiiro^Cj lince ihe Ufurpaiion of the Goths has been ck- tiii£l j and Sculpture and Engraving have begun to re- flourifli. The flrft was that of the famous Refurnier 'iJohn jng no Prepai-atior. or Corre>5live ; and purging in its own Hits in 141 > ; if any pretend to be more antient, they are proper SubOancc, fuch as it grows. M. JJohWhc found by fpurious, In Trance, there were none flruck with the analyfing it, that it contains twelve times as much Salt as Prince's EHigy before the Reign Charles VII. The Refin; but neither the faline nor refinous Extrafl purge Study of modern Medals is fo much more ufeful, as they fo freely as the Subllance, even tho taken in larger Dofes f afford more light than the anticnt, and mark the Times nor do they yet purge fo gently. In the Choice of Me- and Circumllances of Events prccifely j whereas the In- choacaiiy prefer thofe Pieces which are the browncft fcriptlonsof the antient Ma/.7/5 arc very fliort and iimplc^ within ■■) and whofe Subftance is the clofelf, and molt ccmpaff . MECONIUM, in Pharmacy, is the Juice of the Puppy, drawn by Expreffion, and dried ; differing from Opium, ill that this laft ou'.cs out, after an Incifion made in the Heads of the Poppies. The Word comes from the Greek fiiiK^i', -fo/yD'- See Opium. Meconi'-'M is alfo a black thick Excrement, gathcr'd in the Intcifines of a Child during the time of Geftation. In Colour and Confiflcnce, it refembles Pulp of Ca^i.:. It is alfo found to refemble Ivkcon'mm^ or Juice of Poppy, whence it takes its Name. MEDAL, a fmall Figure, or Piece of Metal, in form of a Coin, deilined to preferve to Pofterity the Portrait of and" generally without any Date. Add to this, that the antieni Medals are extremely liable to be counterfeited, by reafon of the excefhve Price they bear. Eut in the modern, there is not near thai Danger of being impofed upon. For the reft, Medals have been flruck in three Kinds of Metals, which make three feveral Sets or Scries in the Cabinets of the Curious. That of Gold is the Icafl nu- merous, as not confining of above Jooo, oriico of the Imperial i that of Silver may contain about 5000 Unpe- rial j and that of Copper, of the three feveral Sizes, -jiz-.^ the great, the rniddle, and the fmall Copper, confiiis of 6 or 7000, all Imperial. See Silkies. There are no true Bchrcin Medals j thofe which we fee fome great Mar, or the Memory of fome illullrious Ac- of [he Heads of Mo/W, and jefus Chrifr, are fpurious and tion. modern. We have a few Shekels of Copper and Silver, forthcHvineroffirik'NgVi^-DKLs, fee Coining. vvith fH'my or Samaritan Legends ; but none of Gotd i Some Authors imagine, that the antient Medals were tho there is mention made of one in the King oi Vcim^irk's ufed for Money. M. Prtr/;/ has a Chapter cxprefs to prove, Cabinet. F. Sonciet has a Diflertation on the J-khrezi; Uc- that they had all a fix'd regular Price in Payments 5 ^not ^^j,^ QotnxnorAy oiXYd Samaritan Medils; where he diltin- excepting even Medallions. F. "^oubsrt is of the fame Opi- nion. Others, on the contrary, maintain, that we have no real Money of the Antients ; and that the Mcd.ils we now have, never had any Courfe as Coins. Between thefe two Extremes, there is a Medium, which appears by much more reafonable than either of them. See Money. Meeaes are divided into Anticnt and Modern : The Juucjit are fuch as were fcruck between the third and the feventh Centuries : The Modern are thofe flruck within thefe 500 Years. Among the Anitent, fome arc Creek, others Roman. The Greek are the mofl antient. That People flrook Medals in all the three Metals with fuch exquifite Art, as the Romans could never come up to. The Greek Medals have a Defign, Accuracy, Force, and a Delicacy that exprcffes even the Mulcles and Vein.', and it muft be own'd, goes infinitely beyond any thing of the Romans. There are alfo Hebrew Medals ; Fu7iu\ Gothic, and Jrahic Medals which make new Clafiesin the antient and modern ones. The Confular Med.-.h are cer- tainly the mofl antient Medals of Romans : And yet ihofe of Copper and Silver don't go beyond the 404th ■year of Rmic':, nor thofe of Gold beyond the Year 546. If any are produced of an older Date, they are fpu- rious. Confular Medals are fo cail'd, to diftinguifli them from the Imperial ; not that they were ilrook by order of the Confuls, but becaufe in thofe Times the Republic was governed by Confuls. Of thefe. Father ^oubert reckons a- bout fifty or fixty of Gold ; two hundred and fifty of Cop- per ; and near a thoufand of Silver. Goltzius has defcribed them in a Chronological Order, according to the Fajii Con- jidarcs. Vrjinus has difpofed them Genealogically, accord- ing to the Order of the Jlo?;.'.?;; Families. M. Fatln has colle£led an entire Scries of thctn, in the fame Order mthVyfrns j and only computes 1037 Confulars, which relate to 178 Rom.m Families. M. Vaillant^ and M. Morel^ eacbpromifed a new Edition of the Confular Medals ; M. ya't\k-.!t kept his word, and his Book was printed e'er he dietl, in 5 Vol. Folio. Among the Tnrj^c-i^y Mepals, we diftinguiAi between guilhes accurately between the Genuine and Spurious; and fliews, that they are true Hebrew Coins flruck by the 3c2yj, but on the Model of the Antients; and that th-^y were current before the Babylanifh Captivity. See Sama- ritan. The Parts of a Medal, are the two Sides ; one whereof is cail'd the Head^ the other the R^-jcrfe. On each Side is the Area or Field, which makes the middle of the Me- dal ; th-^ Rim or Border ; and the Exer^rHe, which is beneath the Ground, whereon the Figures r,. prefented are placed. On the two Sides are dlftinguifli'd the Type, and thelnfcription or Legend. The Types are the Figures reprefented the Legend is the Writing, efpeciatly that a- round the Medal j tho in the Greek Medals, the Infcription Is frequently in the Area. What we find in the E-xergae^ is frequently no more than fome Initial Letters, whofe Meaning we are unacquainted withal j tho, fometimes too, they contain Epochas, or Words that may be ac- counted an Infcripllon. Sec Exergue and Legend. 'Tis not either the Metal , or the Size , which makes a Medal valuable ; but the Scarcity of the Head, or of the Reverfe, or the Legend. Some Medals are common in Gold, which yet arc very rare in Copper; and others very rare in Silver, which in Copper and Gold are very common. The Reverfe is fometimes common, where the Head is Angular i and fome Heads are common, ^' hofc Reverfes are very fcarce- There are A;lW.;/j very fcarce in fome Sets, and yet very common In others. For in- ftance, there is no Jntmia in the Sets of large Copper, and the middle Copperis forced to fupply its place. The Otho is very rare in all the Copper Sets, and yet common in the Silver ones. Otho's, of the large Copper, are held at an immenfe Price ; and thofe of the middle Copper, at 40 or 50 Piftoles. And the Gordtam %tq rated full as high. Singular Medals are invaluable. Singular Medals, in the popular fcnfe, are fuch as are not found in the Cabinets of the Curious, and are only met with by chance ; but in the flricler fcnfe arc fuch, whereof there is not above one of a Kind extant. The Oiho In large Copper is a flngular Medal. When a Medal exceeds the Value of ten or twelve the Uppef >^^c Lower Empire ; The Upper Empire Pifloles, they are worth what the Owner pleafes. Tl commenced under r>/ir, and ended about the Year of Jefus Chrift z6o : The LoTjer Empire comprehends near iicoYears, tiz. till the taking of Co-^jiantmople, 'Tis the Curtum, however, to account all the Imperial Medals, Tefcermins Niger, and Fcytijicx, are very rare in all Metals. The Didius ^ulianns is hardly found any where, but in large Copper. Carteren, a Dutchman, and fome o~ tbers, have made Mills exprefs to flrike Medals that never till the Time of the Faleohgi^ among the Antique ; and were, as thofe of C/ccro, Virgil, Friam^ Sic. M. FaiU'am ha yet we have wo hnperial Medals, of any confiderable Beau- coUefled all the Medals flruck by the Roman Colonies j ty later than the Time o{ Hcraclius^ who died in 641. F Hardouin thofe of the GveeX' and Lati?i Cities. F. Norlt thcf; MED thofe cf .f> M. M„e, has undertaken an Univerfal H.ltory ot M,J,/s, and prcmiies Cuts of twenty-five thou- land. He has ranged them under four Claflcs. The firil contains the M-rf.,;, of Kings, Cities, and People ; whkh have ne.ther the Na„,e nor image of the Emperors Ihe iecond contains the Covjular Medal, i ,he third thp J-./c™/ A«„/,; and the fourth, the /iA™, P,*' r ; He begins' with the Imfern,! and bnngs them down as low as ttm./,„7 He places the La:,„, m order, before the Gre-i. ^/J Oa-»' a 6er,»fl;, Phyfician, and Count Mezz.ilayh.i, have e'ndea' voured to range them in a Chronological Order, but that ),s ntipraa.cable. For m moll of the I,«f,nal uliah, there IS no Mark enher of the Confulate, or if the lear of the Ke.gn; and finccCft., there is none of them that bear the lean Poctileps of Chronology. Q-erf miaU are fuch as have either the Heads of W Emperors, or a-eei In- Icnptions. ^ 1 here are falfe at J},mm„ Mali, which are thofc UmhtcdMcdah, which are thofe that are not entire, or are defaced : Kedimcgmied Mcdds, which are thofe where- in we hnd the Letters Reft, which fliew that they have been reftored by the Emperors : Dift Mcdah, which are Itruck ot pure Copper, and afterwards tilver'd. This is a Contrivance that the Curious have frequent recourfe to in order to complcat their Silver Sets. CozmV or P&iJ Medals, which have only a thin Silver Leaf over the Cop- per, but which are ftruckfo artfully, that the Cheat does not appear, without cutting them : Thefe are the Icall fulpeited. Gramd or Indented Medal, are thofe, whofe Edges are cut like Teeth, which is a (ign of Goodnefs and Amiquity. I hey are common among the but we have none later than A;,i/;,„. There are feveral of them, however among thofe of the Kings of 5,™. Medals eoun,e„myi d, are thofe that are cut either on the Side of the Head, or of the Reverfe : Thefe Counter- marks feye to denote the Change of their Value i and r";, « l"T"' Curious. There are A j% f^'^f V'":h are not (truck, but call in a Mould ; and Mer/ii/j that have no Reverfe. &al,m derives the Word from the Jmllc Meibalia a Com wherein is imprefs'd the Figure of a human Head Menage and ,fu, rather derive it from Me,all,m,. D,, Came oblcrves that the antient were cM'iMedaUa, .Js Medietas Niiitimi. ' * J The moH noted Medalifls, or Authors on Medals, are JnMms.4,,.„P„,,s, nVfus, Lazms, f,./. U,y?«,„, a learned Antiquary ykneas Vicus, Huhen.s, Cohzi.s 0lfilh,s SeJn. Occc, Tnjia^, S,r,»,„d, Vaillan,, Falln, Norn, Spanhsim,Har- douw. Morel, Souien, Mtzs^abarla, Berber, &c. MEDALLION, a Medal of an extraordinary Bignefs ,re7n,°a " which Princes uld to I ' u-?&" ^""^ 5 f"' "■Wch reafon the Romans ciill'd them M,fi,a. The MedalLms were never any current Com, as the Medals were = They were Qtuck purely «; ferve as publick Monuments, or to' make Prcfe^ of There cannot be any Set made of them, even tho' the Metals and Si.es /liould be join'd promifcuouny. The heft Cabmets do not contain above fou'r or five hundred • ho' MMrel promifes us Figures of above a thoufand. Au- buck lom.°r "l"^" ••"^y fi'fl tegan to be „f n Wff 1 T™"*'" have it under the Empire ot Ibcodojms: but this mufl be a Miflik^- f„. .V were fome llruck even in the UpJerTmtrre = w tneff: to-., a rra,a„ and an Jle.ander Zer.s, l\\ extr^t i^c W»ft.„i of Gold are very rare, as alio thofe of lar"e Cop per. MedalLons are diftinguift'd from Medals by ?he Vo" lume; that is, by the Thicknefs and Compafs and the Largenefs and Relieve of the Head. MedaLns, in ,ria„v aitien.i.„t,„ Tales, are calPd Uctabnes. The "tS call them Medaglioni. ^^i^uaiians MEDIANA the NameofaVein,or little Veffel made of thJ A % ™' " r""'"'" Vein, or a third Vein nf the Arm as fome Authors imagine ; but merelv ^ Branch 0 the Bafilic ; which running in'.o the inner Pm of the Elbow, unites with the Cephalk, and forms a con mon A ein, call'd A-W,„,„ ; ^„/b .^e Jrals, the S n the m S'" r the two Colut^n* "hl^^th^feo? the^re'r'' """" mi:Ulc onL'^Su: ""a^d d"'d"" ^""-"'"S *e Parts - tliinr,? r "1" A ™ dividing it into two equal of ti e one Sidl" ^ut th°at the Blood- Veffel tXTj: ' with thofe of the other. ( ^2.3 ) MED vide the Thorax, longitudinally. It proceeds from ths Sternum, and psflmg Hrjit down thro the middle of the Ihorax to the \ ertcbr.T, divides its Cavity into two. It contains, in lis Doublings, the Heart, Vena Cava, theOe- lophagus, and the Stomachic Nerves. The Membranes ot the Med,ajun„m arc finer and thinner than the Pleura, and have a little Fat. it receives Branches of Veins and Arteries from the Mammillary, and Diaphragmatic, parti- cularly one call d Mcdtaftma ; its Nerves come froti the Stomachic: it has alfo fome Lymphatics, which open into the rhoracc Dufl. The Mcduf,„n,m divides the Thorax into two larts ; to the end that one Lobe of the Lungs rnay ofticiate, ,f the other be hinder'd by a Wound on the other Side. Sometimes there is a Matter contain'd betwixt Its Membranes, immediately under the Sternum which may occafion the trepanning of this Place. The Med,afhm„„ ferves to fuftain the Vifcera, and prevent their falling from one fido to the other. Sec pLEtiRi, Tho- rax, £?c. ' Mediastinum Cerebri, is the fame as Sepnm Tranf- '''"■iTi ^'^"^"'^'■'^^ Transversom, iSc. MEDIATE, orlNTERMEDi.iTE, a Term of Rchtion to two Extremes, applied to a third, which is in the mid- dle; as, to afecond Caufe, which is aBed upon by fome fuperior or firft Caule, to produce any Effea Subflance IS a Genus with regard to Man, but between the two there are other »,tv/,..te Genus's, as Body and Animal. Mediate IS uled in oppofition to immediate. Thus when we fay, that God and Man concur to the ProduBion of Man ; God IS the «crf,»te Caufe, Man the i„„„rf»,e. 'Tis a popular Queftion in Theology, Whether the Holy Ghoil con- verts a Sinner mediately or immediately MEDICINE, an Art, ordinarily cail'd Fhyfic ; defined, by B«At--r, to confili in the Knowledge of thofe Things, by whofe Application, Life is either preferv'd found and healthy, or when diforder'd, again reilor'd to its prilline Healthinefs. See Health and Disease. (aalen defines Medicine, the Art of preferving prefent wealth, or of retrieving itwhenpaft: Hippocrates, tha Addition of what ,s wanting, and the RetfJnchment of what IS redundant: And lallly, HleropKUs, the Know- Heafth indifferent, and ill, with regard to Phyfic muft have been nearly coeval with the WorW. Ihe Injuries and Viciffitudes of the Air, the Nature and Qualities of Foods, the Violence of external Bodies, the Adlions of Life and laflly, the Fabric of the Human Compages ; muft have rendered Difeafes almoH as old as Mankind: And the Prefence of a Difeafe, as it brings with It a painful Scnfation, the Lofs of the Life ofa Limb. Ijc we find, does, by a ncceffary mechanical Impulfe, both m Brutes and Men, compel the Difeafed to fek for Help, and to apply Remedies, either by mere Experi- ment, or by Inlhnci, and fpontaneous Appetite. Hence arofe the Art oWcdkine ; which, in this fcnfe, has been al- wavs. every where, among Mankind. Antient Hilloriesand s tell us. that in ;i lifflfl f .t.-T^i__i -. ■c t\ It ; ' — I'laiiMim. -antient t-liltories and iables tcl us, that in a little time, from the Flood, it was fo well cultivated by the: JJyrian,, Bahyloni.ans, Chaldeans, and Mag,, that they were able to remove prefent Difeafes. and prevent future ones. Hence it pafs'ii into E^ypt, Ly- haCyrenmca, mACrotone; and thence into Grecre, where It flourifhd principally in the Iflands of ft,*;, RJ:odes, Cos, and in Epidanras. * * ^''S.^'S™'^"'™' °f *<= Art were laid by Chance, natural lnrtina, and Events unforefeen : Thefe were im- proved by the Memory of the Succcfs of former Experi- ments; by writing down the Difeafes, their Remedies, and their Event on Columns, Paintings, and the Walls of their lemples; by expofing the Sick in the Markets and pub- tnT^V J^"'^"''".!'"''''''' ''V' ™'S1« enquire into the Uileafe, and communicate a Remedy, If thev knew My : and laflly, by Analogy, or Reafoning, from a Com- parifon of Things already obferv'd, with Things prefent and to come. The Art at length rek-iv'd a mud, LeliKr for the Cure of particular Difeafes, and others for Dif- eales m general; by an accurate Obfervation of the Dif- the R^;!?.'l'v <:>'^aDercription of the Remedy and Its Ufe: immediately, upon which it fic bT*^ -r' ^"f^^ "■■^ "='^"8"' was'confined to pa ! Father ""^^-J-g. byway of Inheritance, from Pro^refs ' P""'^'' a great Bar to its The Etetijficia, or lofpeBing the Entrails of Beafts, uled by the Priefls; the Cuflom of Embalming deatl l^arcales and even Butchery itfelf, promoted the Know- ledge of the Human Fabric, and of the Caufes both of Health, Difeafes, and Death. Laflly, the ditfcaing of live Animals for Philofophical Purpofes, diftii.a Kar., tives of the Caufe, Rife, Increafi, Ctifis, Declenfion' End, and Effea of Difeafes; and the Knowleche rf Me' Acnes, their Choice, Preparation, Application" Powers, and MED ( ^^4 ) MED and Events, fecm'd to have almofl brought the Art to its Verfeclion. . , Hiffccrale:, who was CoteiMporary with Detmcntus, ana perfectly acquainted with every thing hitherto laid down, 1 and betides, furnidi'd with a great number of Obkrva- tions of his own, coUeaing into one all that was valuable and ufcful ; compiled a Body of GVee/i Makdne ; and was the firll who deferv'd the Title of a true I'hyficiaii : ior being a Maftcr of the ef/.i>e<£;=t, Exfakncc, as well as ot Analo"y andReafon, and withal well verfed in a pure rhilofophy; he, fiflt,made Phyfic rational ; and laid ttie Foundation of the dogmatical MeAane, which has ever iince obtain'd. See Dogiiat i cal, Theoeeticap, iSc. What Hippocrates had done, continu'd a long tiirie la- crcd and uralter'd, and was the Handing Priclice of many Ages ; at length Jra^m the C.-ff.,Joci.m digeted it into a more orderly Body ; whence, in various Places, at va- rious Times, and by various Hands, particularly the Alex- ' andrhn School, it was further alter'd and improv d ; riU at Icncth it came to the hands of CUwJ. G-ikn ; who col- leaing the fcatter'd Parts, digcding thofe thatwere con- fus'd, and explaining every thing by the rigid Dottrmes of tlic Ta-,PMem,, did both a great deal ot fcrvice, and a -rcat deal of mifchief, to the noble Art ; he being the iirft who introduced the Doflrlne of the Elements, the Cardinal Qualities, and their Degrees, the four Hurnours, {^c. into Msdicine: and on thefe be made the whole Art to depend. See Temperament, Hpmodh, Qoaliiv, ° After^he fixth Century, the Arts were not only extin- Euifh'd, butalmoft all Memory of them lofl, till the ninth; from which, to the thirteenth, Mcdidne was vigorouHy cul- tivated by the Arah in Jfici, Jfrka, and Sfcim : who ap- plying rhemfelves particularly to the Study of the K.mrm Medica, and its Preparations, and to the Operations ot Chirur"ery render'd both more juft and more copious at the fame time. And yet Galen's Errors became now more predominant than ever. At length, however, they were purged out and ex- ploded by°two differenr Means ; principally indeed by the keltoration of the pure Difcipline of Htfpocmte,^ m France ; and then alfo by the Experiments and Difcoveries ot Chy- rnifls and Anaiomitts : till at length the immortal Hjroy overturning, by his Dcmonflrations, the whole Theory of the Anticnts, laid a new and certain Bafts of the Science. Since his Time, Medicine is become free from the Tyranny of any Sect, and is improv'd by the furc Difcoveries m Anatomy, Chymiftry, Phyfics, Botany, Mechanics, jjc. Hence it appears, that the Art originally confuted iole- ly in the faithful Colleaion of Obfcrvationsj and that a long time after, they began to enquire, and difpute, and form Theories ; the firft part has ever continued the fame J but the latter always mutable. For the feveral SeSs that have arofe among Phyficians, fee Empeeic, Dog- matic, [?f. . . , D I, Medicine is divided into five principal Brancnes. The firft confiders the Human Body, its Parts and Fa- bric, its Life and Health, and the Effefls following from them; and this is call'd Pi'^y?«/oiy', the AnMl Oecomm},, or Voarnif of the Ufe of she Parts : and its Objeds, now enumerated, are call'd Rei NoMwto, or Things according to Nature. See Physiology, Natural Things, JSc. The fecond Branch confiders the Difeafes of the Hu- man Body, their Differences, Caufes, and Effeas; and is call'd Taiholo^y, as it confiders the Difeafes; JEtialogy, is it enquires into their Caufes ; Nofola^y^ when it exa- mines their Differences ; and lalUy, Sympomatolofy, when it explains their Effeas. The Objeas of this Part are call'd Res pT^eter NatnraleSy or beyond Nature. See Pa- thology, £?c. The third Branch confiders the Signs or Symptoms, and how to apply them to Ufe ; fo as to judge both in a found, and a difeafed Body, what, which, is, will be, the Degree, Order, Effea, of the Health, or the Difeafe : This is call'd Scmeiotica. Its Objefts are Things both Na- tural, No!i'fiatiiral, and Trxter-nattiral. See SemeioticA.^ The fourth Branch confiders the Remedies, and their Ufe, whereby Life may be preferv'd ; whence 'tis call'd By^eine. Its Objeas are what we ftriaiy call 3Vo«- jititttraU, SeeHvGErNE and Non-Naturals. Laflly, The fifth furnifhes the Mcteria Medica, its Pre- parations, 'and Manner of Exhibition, fo as to reftore Health, and ref.iove Difeafes ; and is call'd Therafeutica, coipprehending the yji^tetica, Tharmacetttica, Chiritrgica, and ^strict;. See Dijltetica, Pharmaceutica,Chi- KUEGICA, andjETRICA. I\IEDICINES, or Ucdicaments, Preparations of any na- tural Subftances, apply'd to a human Body, in order to anfwer fome Intention of Cure. Medicines are diflinguifn'd, with regard to the Maimer of Application, into Internal and External. Internal, are thofe taken in at the Mouth : External, or Tipical, are thofe apply'd to any particular Part. See Topical, ^c. With regard to the different Manner of theit Operation, they are diilinguifli'd into Emcnanis, Jfiringents, and Al- terants, or Specifics. See Evacuants, Specifics, Al- terants. A general Idea of the Manner wherein Medicines operate on a human Body, may be conceiv'd from what follows. A few ditferent forts of Particles, varioudy combined, will produce great variety of Fluids ; fome may have one fort, fome two, fome three or more. If we fuppofe only five different forts of Particles in the Blood, and call them , in a fpherical Body* is nearly as the Dia- Denfity or C?nfifle»cc in the Parts of the Mt J,.,* whereby the Motion of Bodies in it is retarded, is call d tie Rc- Rliame of the Medium ; which, together with the lorce ot Gravity, is the Caufe of the Ceffation of Motion of Fro- ieSiles. See Resistance oy tie Me((i«»!. ^ S,Ji;/e Medium. Sir Ij. NizMK makes it probable, That bc(ide the particular Aerial McJmm, wherein we live and breath, there is another more univerlal one, which he calls an JEtberial Ueiiiim ; vaftly more rare, lubtile, e- laftic and aflive, than Air; and by that means freely per- meating the P°r=s -.ind f '"r'^'w bv"he meter or, at moll, as the Fadtum of the Diameter, and and differing, .tfelf Aro , the whole Creation : And "rVelocity of the' Body. The latter is as the Square of ' - " - Thus are the two Kinds of Refiilance di- 1 in any Medium ; and being diffinguifli'd, it will that ainiolf all the l^^efiltance of Bodies, moving .ionsofthisMe.,™, he takes Heat » be prc^^dSm ^^^^J^^ u:^^^^^^^;!^^,.'^'^ To tl oni sSeHEAx! By this ,VV-,ft™ he takes Light -^ij^fg jfi^t^- j/™" ? "t. ,ofaerefleaed, inflefled, refratted, and put alternately f}Z.T^l}it±li°^-"' Fits of eafy Refleamn and Tranfmiffmn ; which Jl.t- 1 hereof he thinks it is, that moi fefls he olfcwhere afcribcs to the Power of Attraaion : (o that this Medium appears the Source and Caufe of At- traftion. See Light, Reflection, Refraction, Inflection, and Attraction. Aeain, this Medium being much rarer within the hea- ~»Ai^"^--?P-»--"!!_,^"Vojher_R. the Denfity of the Matter, and cannot be diminifh'd any other way, but by a Diminution of the fame. Thus the Refiflance of fluid MediimSf is nearly proportional to rheir Denilties ; and thus the Air we breath, being about cjco times lighter than Water, muft reiift about 500 rimes lefs than Water : As, in effeft, the fame Author has found it does fay Expe- " ' on Pendulums. Bodies moving in Quick-Silvcr» the Caufe of the Gravitation of thefe Bodies towards each other, and of the Parts towards the Bodies. See Gra- vitation. . ^ Again, from the Vibrations of this fame Medium, excited t in the bottom of the Eye by the Rays of Light, and J; thence propagated thro the Capillaments of the Optic T>Jerves into the Senfory, he takes Vifion to be perform'd ; fee Vision : And fo Hearing, from the Vibrations ot thisor fome other Medium, excited in the Auditory Nerves, by the Tremors of the Air, and propagated thro the Ca- pillaments of thofe Nerves into the Senfory : and thus of the other Scnfes. See Sensation, Hearing, S^c And, again, he conceives Mufcular .Motion to bo per- form'd by tho Vibrations of the fame Medmm, excited in the Brain at the Command of the Will, and thence pro- pagated thro the Capillaments of the Nerves into the Mufclcs ; and thus contrafting and dilating them. See Muscle. The Elafiic Force of this Medium, he /hews, muft be frodigious : Light moves at the rate of 70,000,000 Miles in about feven Minutes, yet the Vibrations and Pulfes of this Medium, to caufe the Fits of eafy Refleaion and cafy Tranfmiflion, muft be fwifter than Light, which yet is 7co,oco times fwifter than Sound. The Elaftic Force of this Medium, therefore, in proportion to its Dcnllty, muft be fore, unlefs we fiftance, but what ariiVs from the Denfity and Tenacity of thofe Fluids ; which they muft, were their Fores fiU'd with a denfe and fubtile Fluid. See Vacuum. Heat, 'tis found, aiminidies the Tenacity of Bodies very much 5 does it nor decreafe the Rcfiitancn of Water, fenfibly. The Refiftance of Water, therefore, arifes chiefly from its Vis hieniie ; confequcntly, if the Heavens were as denfe as Water, or as Quick-Silver, they would not refift much lefs: if abfolutely denfe, without any Vacuum, be the Particles never fo fubtile and fluid, they would refill much more than Quick-Silver. A folid Globe, in fuch a Medium, would lofc above half its Motion, while it moves thrice the Length of its own Diameter ; and a Globe not perfeflly folid, iuch as the Planets, would lofe more. To make way therefore for the lailing Motions of the Planets and Comets, the Heavens muft be empty of all Matter, except, perhaps, from fome very fine Eftluvia i from the Atmofphercs of the Earth, Planets, and Comets ; and fome fuch .fitherial Medium as we have defcrlbed. A denfe Fluid can ferve for no purpofe, in the Heavens, but to difturb the Celeftial Motions, and to make the Framo of Nature languifli; and in the Fores of Bodies, ferves only to check "the vibrating Motion of their Parts, wherein their Heat and Aflivity confifts. Such a Mcdmii, there- had fome Evidence of its Exiflcnce, muft above (^90,000,000,000 times greater than the Elaftic Force of the Air, in proportion to'its Denfity ; The Velocities ind Pulfes of Elaftic Medium: being in a fub-duplicate Ra- tio of the Elafticities, and the Rariries of the Medium, ta- ken together. And thus may the Vibrations of this Me- dium be conceiv'd as the Caufe of Elafticity of Bodies. Sec Elasticitv, be given up ; and that given up, the Hypothefis of Light's tonfifling in a I'reCflon, falls to the ground. See Light, Pression, Cartesianism, Sic. MEDIUS Feiit£i-, in Anatomy, the Ercaft or Thorax. See Thorax; fee alfo Venter. MEDULLA, in natural Hiftory, £5r. See Marrow. Medulla Certbri and Cereheiti, is the white foft Part ^*";*'""", . , r L- V I • c ^^^r^i .if ,1,^. Pnin - and Ce!-e/js//((?«, cover'd on the Outfide with Furrher, the Particles of this Medium being fuppoled ot the JJram , anu , . . , , , „, ,n,,, ' - • 'fjij^^ the Cortical Subflancc, which is of a. more dark or aJliy ■ Colour. See the Origin, Struflurc and Ufe thereof, under Brain and Cerebellum. MEDULLA Ohloii^ata, is the Mediilkry Part of the Brain and Cerebellum join'd in one ; the fore-part of it com- ftom tho Brain, and the hind-part from the Cerebei- infinitely fmall, even fnialler than thofe of Light _ be likewife fuppofed, like our Air, to have a repelling Power, whereby they recede from each other, the Small- nefs of the Particles may exceedingly contribute to the Increafe of the repelling Power, and confequently to that of the Elafticity and Rarity of the Medium ; and fo fit it for the free TranfmiCfion of Light, and the free Motions of the heavenly Bodies. In this Medium may the Planets and Comets roll without any confiderable Refiftance. If Vertcbrre it be 700,000 times more elaftic, and as many times much of it retains t.. - . „„;n,M l,„ ,!,<. rarer, thaTAlr • Us Refiflance will be above ^00,000,0.0 Skull. After .ts Exit thence it is d.ft.nguilh d by the times lefs than that of Water : A Refiftance ths.t would Name ot the Medulla ifinaliu lum It lies on the Bafis of the Skull, and is continu d thro' the great Perforation thereof into the Hollow of the of tho Neck, Back, and Loins: tho' only fo the Name, as is included within the MEL ( S-^T ) MEM i'hc Subflance of the Mcdidh OhJoJigata being only an Ajigregaro of thofe .of the Brain and Cerebellum, muit, like them, be purely fibrous or nervous, and only an Af- fembUige of niinure 'lubes for ihe Conveyance of the A- nimal Spirits. It arifes, as it were, from four Rootsj whereof the two largelt fpring from tlie Brain, and are cuU'd Crura: the two leflcr from the Cerebellum, which Xyr.WiUis calls l^edunculi. See Krain, Cerebellum. There are feveral Farts or Members of the MedidLi Oh- longitta^ particular Defcriptions whereof will be found un- der their proper Heads. In the general it may be ob- ferv'd, thac, upon inverting ir, the firli thing that apceara upon its Trunk, is a Protuberance- fomewliac like c. ^ing, for that reafon call'd 'Prontherantia yJn/iuliiris. Then fol- low ten Fair of Nerves, which have rheir Origin here, and are hence fent to the feveral Farts of the Body. See Nerve. Immediately under the fJrft Pair, or Oltac- lories, appear two imall Arteries, or Branches ot the ratides. The fecond Pair, or Optics, being cut off, ap- pears the Inff.JidibuIurJ!, which ends in the GlanduU Fhuita- ria, and on each Side, the Carotid Arteries enter the Skull. In the Lateral Ventricles of the Medulla are two Promi- nences on each Side, the one Pair call'd Corpora Striata^ from the appearance of Stripes, or nervous Fibres, within them; their outer Subdance being cortical or glandulous, like rhe rci} of the Surtacc of the Brain, tho' not fo deep. Betwixt the Corf ora. Striata is a broad thin Produ£fion of the ivjedulkf call'd t'tirmx i and underneath them lie two other Prominences , call'd Thalami Nervorum Opticoyum . On either fide of thefe is a Flexits of Blood A'^eflels, cal- led Flexns Coyoides. And under the Fornix a narrow Ap er- ture, call'd the Ktma, which lets into the lnfimdihnlnm ; which is a Paffage from the third Ventricle to the GLmdida Thititaria^ thro the Medulla of the Brain ; being lined with the Fia Ivlatsr. Under this, in the iS",'7rr(i call'd Sella Equina, or Twrcxfl, upon the Oi Cribrofum^ is the Glandula Fituitaria ; which is furrounded with a P/e.vKJ of VclTels, call'd ReJ^e tSrahth:, only vifible in Brutes. On the hind part of the third Ventricle is a fmall Foramen, call'd yft7iis, leading to ihe fourth Ventricle of the Cerchellim : At the Orifice of this is feated a fmall Gland, which, from its fancied Re- femblance to a Fine Apple, is call'd Co;jiij-i/(?w, or Glaudida Fh!ealis; wlicvc Da Cartes and his Followers imagine the Seat of the Soul to be. On the backfide of the MedidU Ohlojjgata, near the Cerebelltm, arc four Protuberances, whereof the upper and larger are call'd Nates ; the under and lelTer Tejhs, Between thefe and the Proceffes of the Cerebtllum, is the fourth Ventricle, from its Figure call'd Calamus Scriptorius. On the Medulla Oblongata^ near its Ex- tremity, are four other Prominences, two on each Side j call'd Corpora Fyyamidalia and Oli-juria. See Pyramida- LiA, Olivaria, Calamus, Conaritjm, Rete, ££ft\ Medulla Spinalis, or the Spina! Marhzv, is a Continua- tion of the Medulla Ohlojigata, or Medullary Part of the Brain, without the Skull. It confirts, as the Brain does, of two Parts, a White or Medullary, and a Cincritlous or Glandulous; rhe former without, and the other within. The Subftance of the exterior Part is much the fame with that of the Corpus Calk fum, only fomewhat tougher, and more fibrous: which Difference becomes the more apparent, as it defcends the lower 5 by reafon of the Streightnefs of the Cavity, which growin;^ gradually more narrow, preffes the Medullary Fibres cloler together, and renders them more compafl, and gathers them into more 6\i\in3i Fafciai/l, till having defcended the whole Tra£l of the Spina, they end in thsCau^la Equina. It is the Origin of moll of the Nerves of the Trunk of the Body : It fends out thirty Pair on each Side to the Limbs, the great Ca- vities, and other Farts; which are nothing hut Fafciculi o{ Medullary Fibres, cover'd with their proper Membranes. See Nerve. The Sp'mal Uarrovj is generally faid to be cover'd with fcur Coats : The firfl, or external one, is a flrong nervous Ligament, which ties the Fertehw together, to the Infide of which it firmly adheres. The fecond is aProdu£^ion of the Dura Mater ; it is exceedingly ftrong, and ferves to defend the Spinal Marrozu from any Hurt from the Flex- ures of the Vertebrae. The third is a Produdion of the -^yyt-enoides, and is a thin pellucid Membrane, lying be- tween the Dura and Fia Mater, or the fecond and fourth Membranes of the Medulla. This Membrane gives a Coat to the Nerves, that go out of the Sp'ma, which is theinner Membrane of the Nerves, as the Diira Mater gives the outer. The fourth Coat is a Continuation of the Fia Mi- rer, and IS an extremely thin, fine, tranfparent Membrane; iinaiy embracing the whole Subftance of the Medulla^ dividing it in the middle into twoTrads, and making, as it were, two Columns of it. See Spine. Vertebra Medulla n(fiim, or Marrow of the Bojies^ is a foft fatty Subfiance, placed in the Cavities or Fores of divers Bones ; it is inclofed in a Membrane ; and is devoid of Senfc : it IS red m the greater Cavities, white in the Icfs, and foft and fucculent jn Ipun^y Bones. See Bone. From this is iecretcd the Medullary Oil. See Medullary Oil. MEDULLARY Oil, ;s no more than the finer and more fubtjie Parts of the Medulla, or Marrow of the Bones, fo call'd. This, Dr. Havers obfcrvcs, paffes not into the Bones thro Duas, but by Iroall Pores formed into the VciVels or Glandules, which are conglomerated into di- flma Lobules, contained in feveral Membranes inveftina the whole Marrow j all which Vcficics or Bags are pro- pagated from the outward Coat of the Arteries ; and by thefe it paffes from one to atioihcr, till it arrives at the Sides, or extreme Farts of the Bone. That Fart of it* which is fupply'd to the Interllices of the Joints, goes into them by Paffages, penetrating thro fhc Bone into thofs Cavitres, and form'd for that end. The Ufe of this Oil is eidier common to all the Bones, whofe Temper it pre- ferves, and keeps from being too brittle ; or more pecu- liar for the Joints, where it is very ferviccable, (i.; To lubricate the Bones at their Extremities, that they may move more eafily and free. (2.) To keep the Ends of the articulated Bones from growing hot with Motion. (3.) To preferve the Joints from wearing by Attrition, and rubbing one againU another : And, (4.; To preferve the Ligaments of the Joints from Drynefs and Rigidity; and lubricate thofe Farts, which Aide upon the Bones, and keep the Cartilages, which are join 'd to them, flexible. MEETER. Sec Metre. ^ MEGALESIA, in Antiquity, afolemn Fcaft celebrated among the Romans on the lath o{ yi'pril, in honour of the great Mother of the Gods, that is, Cybde or Rhea - wherein, were Games or Combats held before the Tem- ple of that Goddefs. They were call'd Megulefia, from the Gree^ fisja^f:, Great ^ Cybele being accounted the great Goddefs. MELA, a Chirurgeon's Inflniment, call'd nUoSpeculum and by the Vulgar, Tenta. Its Ufe is to probe Ulcers' draw a Stone out of rhe Yard : Its Form is various, ac-' cording to the Ufes it is intended for. See Speculum MELANAGOGUES, are fuch Medicines as arefup- pos'd particularly to j^urge off black Choler; from ,Ak£^ nigey, black ; and ajco^ diico, to lead ; but there is no fuch Diflinftion of Choler now regarded, and confequent- ly this Diftin£lIon is but little ufed. See Purp, atives. MELANCHOLY, in Medicine, the Name of a Dif- eafe, which confifts in a Delirium, without a Fever^ and is ufually attended with Fear, Heavinefs and Sor- row, without any .apparent Occufion. The Antients attri- buted this Difeafe to black and cloudy Spirits, arifing Vapours from a redundant black Bile. Some of the M Mo- derns afcribe it to the irregular Motion of the Spirits, and their acid Conditution ; and others, who know it better to too heavy and vifcid a Blood, which permits not a Sufficiency of Spirits to be feparated in the Brain, to ani- mate and invigorate the Nerves and Mufcles: And others to a Drynefs of the Meninges of the Brain. This Difeafe is vary'd an infinite number of Ways, according to the Temperament and Ideas of the Perfon affefted with it. It is- a Species of Madncfs, and only differs fi-om a down- right Mania in degree. The Word comes from the Greek iitf.a.f, }2!ger Q.nd ^?.rt Bile. See Madness, Delirium MELCHISADECHIANS, antient Sectaries, fo call'd. becaufe they rais'd Uelchtfadech above all Creatures, and even above Jefus ChriU. T he Author of this Sefi was one Thccdotits', whence the MUchifadcchians became more commonly known by the Name of Tbeodotians ^ all the Difference between thofe, and the {Irifl: Tbeodotians, con- filling in that particular Article relating to Melchifadech ' who, according to them, was the great and fupreme Vir- tue. See TiiKoroTi ANs. MELCHITES, the Name of a Religious Sec^ in the Ltz-ant, who fcarce differ from the Greeks in any thing re- lating either to Faith or Worfliip ; but yet fpeak a diffe- rent Language. The Word, in the Syiiac, fignifies Roy- ali/lsy and was formerly apply'd to the Catholics by the Heretics, who refus'd to fubmic to the Decifions of the Council of Calcedon: intimating by this Appellation, that they were of the Religion of the Emperor. Thofe now call'd Melchites, are fuch People, as, inhabiting among the the Syrians, Copht.r, or Egyptians, and other Ltvajnine Na- tions, fi)]low the Opinions of the G>fe^5,tho no GiW-.them- felves : And 'tis for this reafon that Aormi calls them indifferently by the Name of Greeh and Melchites^ The fame Author obferves, that they are fpread thro' all the Levain ; that they deny Purgatory 5 and afcdeclar'd Enemies to the Pope and his Primacy. For the reft, they fall _in_ with the Greeks, both as to'Articlesof Faith and Difcipline. They have tranflated the Greek Euchologue, and other Books of that kind, into ylrahic^ and have the Canons of Councils in the fame Language. To thofe of the Council of Nice, they have added new Canons com- monly ME M C ) MEM monlycaU'd tbc-^v«t(c C.i;io«i; which are likewife receiv'd The Fibres of a Memh-ane give rhcin an Etaiiiciry, by the ^dtoi/fej and Uarb^ihes: Tho mofl' of the Learned whereby they can contract, and clofely grafp tht Farts look on them as fpurious. they contain > and their nervous Fibres give them an MELICERIS, is a Tumour inclofed in a C)y?/V, confift- exquifite Senfe, which is tiic caufc of their Conrradion : ing of Matter like Honey: it gathers without Pain, and they can therefore fcarccly fuffer the SharpneG of Mcdi- gives way upon Preffure, but returns again : It is to be cincs, and thofe are difficultly united, "*^hen wounded. In cured by warm Difcutients. their Texture, there is a number of fiiiall Glandi, which MELITITES, agreyi/h Stone, which, when pulveriz'd, feparate an Humour, fit for moillenini^ the Parts they con- yields a milky Liquor, of a Talle fomewhat like Honey^; tain. By reafon of the Thickncfsand Tranfparcncy of the whence it takes its Name. It is found in Mines of Metals, Membranes, the Ramifications of the Blood- VclTels arc more and feems to partake pretty much of the Nature of Lead ; apparently feen in them, than in any other Part of the having a Sweetnefs fumex'hat like the Sal ■Sfliiirnf, but Body: here the innumerable Divifion.s, Windings, and much fainter. It only differs from the GalaBites, in that Turnings, ferpentine Progrcffions, and frequent inofcula- it is milder to the talk. The Antients ufcd it in Inflam- tions, not only of Veins and Arteries together, but alfo m,ations of the Eyes, and to dry Ulcers. of Veins with Veins, and Arteries with Arteries, make a MELIUS hiqHireiido, is a Writ that lieth for a fecond mofl agreeable Embroidery, and delicate Net-work, co- Inquiry of what Lands and Tenements a Man died felzed j vering the whole Membrajic. where Partiality is fufpefled, upon the Writ, call'd, Diem The life of the Memhrajies is to cover and wrap up the clmfit Extrcmum. Parts, and itrcngthen them i to fave them from external MELODY, in Mufic, is the agreeable Effect of diffe- Injuries j to preferve the natural Heat j to join one Pare rent Mufical Sounds, ranged or difpofed in Succefiion. to another; to fuflain fmail Veffels, and the Nerves which So that Melody is the Effefi only of one fingle Part, run thro' their Duplicatures ; to liop the returning of the Voice, or Inftrument ; by which it is diftlnguifh'd from Humours In their Veflels, as the Valves Hop the return- Harmon^; tho' in common Speech, thefe two arc frequent- ing of the Blood in the Veins and Heart i of the Chyle ly confounded. Harmony is rhe agreeable Refult of the in the Thoracic Du^f , and of the Lympha in the Lyni- Union of two or more concording mufical Sounds heard phatic Veffels. in Confonance, c. at one and the fame time ^ To that Anatomifls generally aflert, that there is a Viemhraiia Harmony is the Effe(5t of two Parts at leafl: : As therefore Communis Mufailorum, Memhrane common to all the a continued Succefiion of mufical Sounds produces Me/of()', Mufclesj being led into that Mifiake by tht^ Jpmeitynji; fo does a continued Combination of thefe produce Har- of feveral Mufclesj whereas, upon ftriifler Obfervation, mony. See Harmony and Concord j fee alfo M(/?c (« there is no fuch thing to be found. See Muscle. The Farts. Memhrana frofria Mujfuhrim, is that which immediately Tho' the Term 'Mtlody be chiefly applicable to the Tre- covers all and every one of the Fibres of a Mufcle, and is ble, as the Treble is chiefly diftinguilh'd by its Air ; yet clofely tack'd to them. There is another common Mem- fo far as the B»fs may be made airy, and to fing well, it hwief call'd Ivkmhrana Commmis Vnfculorum which is a miy be alfo properly faid toh&Uelodiom. See Treble thin Memhrane, accompanying alrao{t fall the l-flels of and Bass.- the Body. All thefe 'Membranes receive Veins, Arteries, Of the twelve harmonical Intervals of Mufical Sounds, and Nerves from the Parts which areneareft totiicm. Tha diftingui/h'd by the Name* of Secmd lejfer. Second greater t, Word comes from the Latin Uemhranum, Parchment. rhirdleffer, Viird greater j Fourth ; falfe Fifth ; Fifth Sixth MEMBRANOSUS, in Anatomy, a Mufcle of the Leg, Uffer, Sixth greater ; Seventh leffer^ Seventh greater ; and fo call'd from its large membranous Expanfion inclofing all 6flai>e ; all Melody, as well is Harmony, are compos'd : the Mufcles of the Tibia and the Tarfus j whence it is alfo For the 0£laves of each of thefe are but Replications of c^WdFafcia lata. It hath a fliarp flefliy beginning from the fame Sounds J and whatever is faid of any, or all of the fore-part of the Spine of the Oj Z/i«>K, but foon be- thefe Sounds, is to be underftood alfo of their Oilaves. comQS membramns^ and covers almoft all the Mufcle* of See Octave. the Thigh and Leg, down to the Foot, where it joins with For the Rules of Melody^ fee Co MFosiTioN. TheWord t\i& Ligamentton j^Jinulare p and in its Aftton turns the Leg comes from the Greek tuM, Bojtey j and Singing, outwards. MEMBERS, in Anatomy, the exterior Parts, arifing MEMBRED: In Heraldry, thofe Birds, which are ei- from the Trunk, or Body of an Animal, like Boughs from ther whole-footed, or which have no Talons, are blaaon'd the Trunk of a Tr-:e. See Body. The Phyficians divide by the Term, Membred. the Body into tmec Regions or Venters (*he Head, the MEMOIRS, a Term now much in ufe for Hiftories, Breaft, and rhe Lower Ventricle and their Extremities, which are the Members. In Latin they are call'd ^rtus, of JfBare^ becaufe tney are Parts attach'd to the Trunk. Each Member^ and Portion of the Body, was antiently de- compofed by Perfuns who had fome Share or Concern in the Tranfaflions they relate, or who were Eyc-witneffes of them i anfwcring to what the Latins call'd Commentarii. The French are great Dealers in this way of Writing, and voted to fome Divinity. The Head to ^ufiier, the Breaft have an infinite number of Books of Memoirs^ containing, to Neptune, the Navel to Mars, the Etr to Memory, the for the Generality, the Lives and Aflions of the Wri- Forehead to the Genius, the Right-Hand to Faith or Fide- ters. lity, the Knees to Mocy ; the Eye-brows, again, to !?i(^ifei-, Memoirs are alfo ufed for a Journal of the Afls, and the Eyes to Oipid, or, according to others, to Minerva j the Proceedings of a Society ; or a GoUeflion of the Matters hinfl Part of the right Ear to Nemcfis, the Back to Fhtto, debated, tranfafied, ^c. therein. Such are the ATemoir! the Reins to Venus, the Feet to Mercury, the Heels and of the Royal Academy of Sciences, ^c. See Academy, Soal of the Foot to Thetys, and the Fingers to Minerva. ^c. Members, in Architefture. See Mouldings. MEMORY, a Power, or Faculty of the Mind, where- Memher, in Grammar, is underftood of the Farts of a by it retains or recoUcfls the fimp'c Ideas, or the Images, Period or Sentence. See Period and Sentence. and Remembrance of Things we have feen, imagin'd, Member'd, or Memered, in Heraldry, is where the underftood, ££?c. See Soul, i fee alio Power, Faculty, Leg or Foot of an Eagle, Griffin, or other Bird, is of a different Colour from the reft of the Body. MEMBRANA, in Anatomy. r MemerAna CommfTiisMttfciilorum, C „ J , , Memer AN A Communis Vafc Membrana Jdifofa. Membrana Camofa. Memerana 'NiBltan'. M^'.m^RA-N-^ Tyit^pani. '^r'.MVtv.P^t^^ iJrinarta. ■ See ' Adiposa, SCarnosa. SNictitatinc. 'Tympanum. 'Allantoic. MEMBRANE, In Anatomy, a fimilar Part of an Ani- mal Body h being a thin, white, flexile, expanded Skin, fortn'dof feveral forts of Fibres interwoven together, and ferving to cover or wrap up fome certain Parts of the Body. See Body and Part. The Membranes of the Body are various ; and varioufly clemonftrated : Such are the Perio/iium, Thura, Fe: Of all the Faculties, there is none harder to account for, or that has perplex'd Philofophers more, than the Me- mory. Some will have it a mere Organ, as the Eye, Ear, i^c. Dr. Hook, in an Effay totsards a mscb.mical Account of Memory, makes it to confift in a ftock of Ideas or Ima- ges, form'd occafionally by the Mind, out of the fine Part.1 of the Brain, and difpofed, or laid by in order. Ves Carter and his Followers maintain, That the animal Spirits es- citing a Motion in the moft delicate Fibres of the Brain, leave a kind of Traces or Footfteps, ^»hich occafion our Kcmemhrance. Hence it happens, that by paffing feveral times over the fame things, the Spirits becoming accu!' tom'd to the fame Paffagcs, leave them open, and To make their way without any Effort or Labour ; and in this confifts the Eafe wherewith we recolleft fuch Ideas. Thus Wine is found to fharpen the Memory, in regard the Spi- rits of the Wine put the animal Spirits in Motion, ditim, Teriton.fv.m, i^c. which fee under their proper Artl- agitate the Fibres of the Brain the more briskly. See " Idea, Brain, Trace, Remembrance, Father Mallranche exprelTes his Notion of Memory thus : ' It being granted, that all our different Perceptions are * owing to Changes happening in the Fibres of the pri«- * cipal Part of the Brain, wherein the Soul more imme- * diaielv tides; Periostium, ^c. Thofe Membranes which ferve as Integuments, or Co- vers of Veffels, are call'd Coats or Tunics ; and thofe which cover the Brain, are, by a peculiar Name, call'd Menin- ges: See Tunic and Meninges. MEM ( ) MEN - dlately refidess the Nature of the l^enmy is obvious: *»* mifplacing^ repeated them all, from firO: to lail, hi " for as the Leaves of a Tree^ that have been folded the fame order wherein they had l^een didated j and this ' for fome time, in a certain manner, preferve a Fa- done, beginning where he ended, he repeated them all * cility or Difpolition to be folded again in the fame backwards, from lall to firlK Adding, that this was but * manner; fo the Fibres of the Brain, having once re- a flight Efl'ay of his >^ewoi-^ j and that he would undertake * ceiv'd certain Impreflions by the Courfe of the animal to repeat thirty-fix tboufund Words in the fame manner. * Spirits, and by the Allien of Obje£ls, preferve, for The truth is, this Art feems ht:tter calculated for re- * fome time, a Facility to receive the fame Difpofition. taining things without any Coherence or D^pendance on * Now 'tis in this Facility that Me?MOj-_y confifts ; for we one another, as mere Words or Sounds, than for things * think on the fame Things, when the Brain receives the where Reafon or Judgment are any way required. * fame Difpofuions. Further, as the animal Spirits a6t R^um. LuHy took fo much pains with it, that it now goes * fometimes more briskly, and fumetimes more languidly by his Name, being call'd Liilly's yJn. * on the Subftance of the Brain 3 and as fenfible Objefts MEMPHITES, or Lapis Memphiticus, a fort of ' make much deeper, and more lading Impreflions, than Stone mentioned by Diojcoruks^ Flniy, and other Natural " * the Imagination alone ; 'tis eafy, on this Scheme, to con- Hiilorians. 'Tis fuppos'd to be found in f^ypt not far from * ceive why we don't remember all Things alike ; Why a the City Cairo, the antienr hkmphis , whence its Name. * Thing, for inftance, feen twice, is reprefented more vi- The Property ii is famed for, is, that being pulverized, * vidly to ihe Mind, than another feen but once : Why and fmear'd on any part of the Body to be cut off, it ' Things that have been feen, are ufually remembred deadens it fo, as that the Patient /lull perceive no pain * more diltinflly, than thofe that have been only ima- from the Operation. * gin'd, ^c: See Habitude. MENANDRIANS, the moft antienr Branch of Gwo^ic/, ' Old Men are defective in Memory, and cannot learn thus call'd from Mtjiaiukr their Chief, a Difciple of Stmoji ' any thing without much difficulty ; becaufe they wanr I^^gteof^o»Tf, who makes j\/e;iiiWcra fubordinate Virtue are more deeply engraven, and laft the longer. From to Shnon Abf^m, the great Virtue of all. See StMONiANs. ' all which Obfervations it follows, that the Mewory is ab- MENDICANTS, q. d. Beggars ; a Term apply'd to « folutely dependant on the Body j being impair'd or feveral Orders of Religious, who live on Alms,' and go a *t ftrengthen'd, according to the Changes that befall the begging trom Door to Door. ' Body ; a Fall, the Tranfports of a Fever, £=?c. being fre- There are four antient Orders which uafs principally by ' quently found to erafe or blot out all the Traces, to the Name of the fo«r We?;f//cflKri .- The Cjrjwe/ile-', ^Jticot/z/e.', * bear away all the Ideas, and to caufe an univerfal For- .Cordeliers, and See Carm elit es, Jacokines, * gctfulnefs.' ^c. each under their proper Articles. The chief Difliculty that clogs this Doflrine of \kmory^ Among the Number of Me/idicmts, are alfo ranked the is to conceive how fuch an infinite number of Things, as Capuchins., RecoUeHs, Minims^ and others. See Capu- the Head is flored withal, fiiould be ranged in fo much chins, Recollects, ^c. order in the Memory, as that the one fliould not efface the The Mendicants 2.t the time of their firfl: Eflablifhment, other: and how in fuch a prodigious Affemblage of Tra- could not have any Revenues. The Multitudes ofMend'.- ces imprefs'd on the Brain, the animal Spirits fliould a- cants, are now a kind of Tax on the People, wake precifely thofe which the Mind has occafion for. See MENINGES in Anatomy, the Coats, or Membranes Spirits. wherewith the Brain is inclofed. See Brain. Seneca fays of himfelf, that by the mere Effort of his They^raiicall them ?i'/oJ/jci-j 5 whence we alfo ufually call natural We'«Dr_)', he was able to repeat two thoufand Words them in Lattn the and Dura Mater. See Fia and upon once hearing them, each in its order; tho' they had DurA Mater. no Dependance or Connexion on each other. After which There are two ofihefe Men'mga, thsExterjial anAltttemal. he mentions a Friend of his, Fortius Latro, who retain'd The external one, being the groffeft, is call'd the Dnr:i^ in his Memory all the Declamations he had ever fpoke, and or Cr.-iffa Mejtinx or Maier. It lies immediately under the never had his Memory fail him, even in a Angle Word. Craniimi, and covers the whole Subrtance of the Brain, and He alfo mentions Cyneas, AlTibaffador to the Romans from the Spinal Marrow, and affords a Coar to the Trunks of the King Fyrrhus, who in one day had fo well learnt the larger Nerves. See Nerve., S^c. Jt is conne£ied on the Names of his Spectators, that the next he faluted the upper part to the Feriojiium by means of Fibres, and on whole Senate, and all the Populace affembled, each by the other fide to the Fia Matsr by the Branches of the his Name. F/iHjy fays, that Cyrus knew every Soldier in Sinus's, and by the Arteries and Nerves. It confifls of his Army by Name; and L. Scifio, all the People of two leffer Coats or Meinbrancs, which fome have takcnfor Rome. Cbartnidasj or rather Carneades, when required, would two Dura Maters ; the exterior, hard : and the inner, more -repeat any Volume found in the Libraries ; as readily as if fmooth, foft, and moiih It defcends double between the he were reading. VJr.WalUs tells us, that without the af- two Hemifpheres of the Brain, which it divides as deep fiflance of Pen and Ink, or any thing equivalent, he was as the Corpus Callofum, and by reafon of its Curvature, occa- able in the dark, by mere force of Memory, to perform fion'd by the Convexity of the Brain in that part, is called Arithmetical Operations, as Multiplication, Divifion, Ex- Falx, from its refeniblance to a Sickle. See Falx. It traction of Roots, £^r. to forty Places. Particularly, that likewife infinuates itfelf between the Brain and C'ei'cie/V;*;;;, in February i6ii, at the requefl of a Foreigner (by Night, and fo prevents the Brain from lying too hard on the Cere- in Bed) he propos'd to himfelf a Number of fifty-three helium. In the Duplicatures thereof, are fcveral Cavities Places, and found its fquare Root to twenty-feven Places ; call'd Si/ius^s, which are a fore of venous Canals fcrvinii. and without ever writing down the Number, dictated 'em for the reconveyance of the Blood. Of thefe there are from his Memory, at his next Vifit, twenty Days afterwards. four confiderable ones, "^1^. the Longitiidinales and Later a- Local or Jriijicial Memory, is an Art or Invention, les. See Sinus. by means whereof, the Memory is fuppofed to be aided. Under the ZJ;ira M.irer, immediately upon the Brain, lies ■flrengthen'd, and inlarg'd. This Art feems to confift in the Meninx tenuis, or Fia Mater, which is a fine thin ■nothing elfe but a certain Method of coupling or affo- Membrane adhering fo clofely, and infinuating itfelf Into ciating Ideas of Things to be remembred ; with the Ideas all the Folds and anfratfluous parts of the Brain, that it Is of other Things, already difpos'd orderly in the Mind, or fcarce to be feparated from it. This Membrane covers 'that are before the Eyes. It is of an old flanding, having the whole Brain, CerelelUm, and Medulla Ohlofigata, and "been pra6^is'd by many of the antient Orators ; fome ferves, together with the other, for the Defence of the whereof are fa id to have made ufe of Paintings, Images, Brain, and the Support of itsVefiels. and Emhlerms, on this occafion : Tho' others contented Between the two, lies another fine tranfparent Mem- themfelves with the Parts, Members, Ornaments, Furni- brane, calPd -^r^c^'wo/i/ej ; but the beft Anaromifls take this ture, and o«her CirLiumftances of the Place where they for no more thin the external LamiTin of the Fia Mater, were to fpt;ak. Muretut tells us, that a young Man of See Arachnoibes. Corjica pretending to do wonders this way, Muretus put him MENIPPE AN, or Satyra M enippea, a kind of Satyr to the Tryaf. ; and upon diftating to him two or three compofed both in Profe and Verfe. SccSatyr. thoufand Words, fome Greel'^ fome Latin, fome Barba- It is thus call'd from Men'ppu;, a Cynic Phiiofopher, who rous ^ all witiout any relation to each other, and the grea- delighted in compofing Satyncal Letters, ^c. In imitation reft part without any Meaning at alt: the Artift imme- of him, Varro firfl wrote Satyrs under the Title of Satyrs <3iately, and without any hefitation, or theleafl fiumbling MenipPe^e, Tttttt Amon MEN ( ) MEN Among the Moderns, there is a famous Piece under this Title, firft publi/hed in 155)4, againft the Chiefs of the Leigue, call'dalfo the Catholicon Sfain. It is efteem'd a Matter piece for the time. See Cathglicon. MENISCUS, In Optics, aGlafs, or Lens, concave on one fide, and convex on the other 5 fometimes alfo call'd J^tijiiila, SccLens and Optic Glafs. In a Menifcits, if the Diameter of the Convexity be equal to that of the Concavity, a Ray falling parallel to the Axis, will continue parallel thereto after refraflion. Such a Me^ifcus therefore, will neither collect, nor dilpcrfe the Rays; and is therefore of no ufe in Diop- ri hs. See Refraction. To find the Focus of a Menijcus^ the Rule is. As the difference of the Semi-diameters of the Convexity and Concavity, is to the Semi-diameter of the Convexity: fo is the Diameter of the Concavity, to the diftance of the Focus from the 'Meiufcm. Hence, It is divided Into the feveral Months in the Tear i and contains an Abridgment of the Lives of the Saints^ with i bare Commemoration of the Names of fuch whofe Lives were never written. The Greeks have various Memiogiei^ The Romans tax them with inferting divers Hereticks in their Memlogies as Saints. Eaillot treats of them at large. The Word comes from the Greek juhc Month, and Difcourfe. MENSALIA, and Mensai^es, were fuch Parfonages, or Livings as were formerly united to the Tables of Reli- gious Houfes ; and therefore by Canonifts call'd Mejjjal Benefices. See Parsonage and Benefice. MENSES, Gnawcm.T in Medicine, ^c. The Monthly Evacuations of Women not with Child, nor giving fuck ; fo call'd from Me;/j7j, Month, the Period wherein they re- turn. They are aifo called Flo-wcrs, Cmrfe;^ &c. The Menfes make one of the moll curious and difficult Phienomenainthe whole human Body ; for the Explanation If the Semi-diameter of the Concavity, be triple the whereof, many Hypothefes have been framed ;*tho' the Semi-diameter of the Convexity, the diftance of the Focus Matter is yet fcarcely afcertained. from the Meiiifcii s v/i]l be equal to the Semi-diameter: "■■ --^ ' — " and therefore the Memjats will be equivalent to a Lens equally convex on either fide. See CoNVEx-i-e;jf. Again; If the Semi-diameter of the Concavity be double that of the Convexity ; the diftance of the Focus will be equal to the Diameter : and therefore the Me////"- niKs will be equivalent to a Piano-Convex Lens. See Ft.ANO-Co;/fex. If the Semi-diameter of the Concavity be quintuple that of the Convexity, the hknifcus will be equivalent to a Sphere. See Spherical Lens. The Semi-diameter therefore of the Convexity being given i thatof the Concavity required to remove the Fo- cus to any given dillance from the Msjiifcus, is eafily found. Sec Foctis. MENNONITES, a Sefl in the Utiited Provinces^ in tnoll rcfpe(5ls the fame with thofe in other Places called Jnahaftifis. See Anabaptist. They had their Rife in i49e. Their Dlfcipline is very remifs. Parts, till it be accumulated in fuch quantity as to dlftend the Veflels, and force its way thro' the Capillary Arteries of the L'rei7(i. Itisfuppofed to happen to Women more than the Females of other Species, which have the fame Parts, becaufe of the ereil Pofiure of the former; and They recommend an univerfal Toleration of Religions the Farina, and orher Canab, being perpendicular to the very earneftly, and receive all kind of Perfons into their Horizon ; fo that the Preffure of "the Blood is direaed Affemblics, provided they be of good Morals, and believe towards their Orifices : Whereas in Brutes, thev are pa- the Scripture to be the Word of God ; however divided they may be as to the particular Articles of Faith. Tho' the (V'er/Kowittj ufually pafs for a Se 61 of Anabap- tifls, yet M. Her. Schin, who has publiflied their Hiflory and Apology, _ maintains that they are not Anabaptifts, :ither in Principle, or by Origin: He owns they baptize rallel to the Horizon, and the Preffure wholly on the Sides of thofe Vern:ls. The Difcharge, he thinks, hap- pen in this Part rather than in any other, as being more favoured by the Struflure of the Veffels ; the Arteries belngverynumcrous, and the Veins finuous and winding, and therefore more apt to retard the Impetus of the Blood, none but Adults ; but then, neither do ihey re-baptiie and confcauently, in a Wt-tioric Cafe, tu occafion the Run any who had received it In their Chiidhood. They fpcak with a great deal of Prudence and Rcferve as to the ex- traordinary Operations of the Holy Spirit ; and are far from the Fanaticlfm of the old Anabaptills. ISJo People jice more fuhmlfTive to Magiflrates, or carry Paflive Obe- dience farther than they. Far from Rebellion ; they con- demn even the moii jufl War, l^c. MENOLOGY in the Greek Church, is much the fame with the 'Mariyroh^y, or Calendar in the Latit?. See Mar- TYROLOGY and Calendar. fure of the Extremities of the VefTels, which inay iaft, till by a fufhcient difcharge the VefTels are eafcd of their Over-load. This is the Subdance of that great Man's Theory, from whence he very Mechanically, and very Philofophically accounts for the Symptoms. To his Argument, why Women have 'Mcr.fes rather than Men, we may add from hoerhaare, that in the for- mer, the Os Sacrum \s wider, and flands farther out, and the Of Cocc_)'g/j farther in ; the OJJh Innoininatamder, and farther MEN ferther apart, and the loweft of them, as well as the lowt Eminences of the Os Ftibls farther outwards than in the laiier. Hence in Women, the Latitude or Expanlion a- bout thefe Bones, and the Capacity of the fe/zw, isvattly great in proportion to thofe of Men j and yet in a Woman nor pregnant, there is not much to fill this Expanfe. Again, the fore-fide of the Ti&or.f.'c is fmoothcr in Women than in Men, and the Blood-VefTels, Lymphaiics, adipofe dnd nervous VefTcIs, Membranes and Fibres, are much laxer in Women than in Men: whence all their Cavities, Cells, Ycflcls, ^c. are more eafily rcpleted, and the Humours aggregated in them; befides that, they are found to pcrfpire lefs than Men, and to arrive much fooncr at their Maturity, or ceV//};i' of Increafe, To which he adds the Confideration of the fofc pulpous Texture of the litems, and the vail number of Veins and Arteries it is fiU'd withall. Hence, a healthy Maid, being arrived at her Growth, begins to prepare more Nutriment than is required for the fupport of the Body ; which, as there is not to be any farther accretion, mult of neceffity fill the Veffcls, and efpecially thofe of the Uteriir^ and Breafts, as being the leari comprefled. Thefe will be dilated more than the others i whence the lateral rfl/c«/ej evacuating their Hu- mour into the Cavity of the Uterus, it will be fiU'd, and extended : Hence, a Fain, Hear, Heavincfs, will be felt about the Loins, Fubes, ^c. the Veffels of the Uterus at the fame time will be fo dilated, as to emit Blood into the Cavity of the Uterus, its Mouth will be lubricated and loofened, and Blood iCfue out. As the Quantity of Blood is dlminiHied, the Veffels will be lefs prefs'd, and will contrail thenifelves clofcr, fo as again to retain the Blood, and let pafs thegroffer part of the^'ei ww ; till at length, only the ufual &r«m paffes. Again, there are more Humours prepar'd, which are more eafily lodged in Veffels once dilated h hence the Menfes go, and return at various Pe- riods in various Perfons. Ihis Hypothefis, however plaufible, is oppofed by t)t.Df.'ke, who maintains that there is no fuch Repletion, or at leaft that it is not neceffary to Mcnjhiiauon. Ar- guing, That if the Mefffes were owing to a Plethora fo accumulated, the Symptoms would arife gradually, and the Heavinels, Stiffnels, and Ina£fivity, neceffary Symp- toms of a Plethora, would be felt long before the Period Were compleated, and Women would begin to be heavy, and indifpnfed foon after Evacuation, and the Symptoms increafe daily : Which is contrary to all Experience; many Women, who have them regularly and eafily, ha- ving no warning, nor other Rule to prevent an indecent Surprize, than the meafure of the Time j in which, fome that have flip'd, have been put to Confufion and Shifts, noways confiitent with the notice a Plethoric Body would give. IT-.' adds, that even in thofe who are difti- cuiily purgird thn- way, the Symptoms, tho' very vexati- ous and tedious, do not make fuch regular Approaches, as a gradual Accumulation neceffarily requires. If we con- fider what violent Symptoms come on in an Hour, we ihall be extremely puzzled to find the mighty Acceffion ' of Matter which fliould in an Hour or a Day's time make fuch great Alterations.. According to the Hypothefis, the lalt contributes no more than the firfi, and of Confe- quence, the Alterarion fliould not be greater in the one than the other ; fctting afide the bare Eruption. This is the fubilance of what is argued agiinft Dr. fri£7;i^'s Theory 5 which, itmurtbe own'd, notwithftand- ing thefe Objedions, is UlU. the moll: rational and con- fiitent that has yet been advanced. Thofe whooppofe ir, give into the Doiirlne of Fermen- tation, and maintain the Evacuation of Blood, on thofe ■parts, to be the Effedf uf an Effervefcence, or Ebullition of the Blood. This Opinion has been maintained by many, particularly Dr. Charleto?T, Bale, De Graaf, and Vrake. The two firfi: of which fuppofe :i Ferment pecu- liar to the Women which produces this Flux, and affe*fls that part only, or at leall principally. Dr. Graaf, lefs par- ticular in his Notion, only fuppofes an Effervcfcence of the Blood raifed by fome fermer.r, without affigning how ic a6ts, or what it is. The fuddcn Turgefcence of the Blood, occafion'd ihem all ro think, that it arofe from fomcthing till then extraneous to the Blood, and led them to the Parts principally affeiled, to feek for an imaginary Fer- ment, which no Anatomical Enquiry could ever /hew, or find any Receptacle for, norany Reafoning neceffarily in- fer. Again, that Heat which frequently accompanies this Turgefcence, led them to think the Cafe more than a Plethora, ami that there was fome extraordinary intefiina Moti( n at thst time. Dr. Drake improves on the Doflrine of a Ferment ; and contends not onlv that it is neceffary there fliould be a Ferment, but a Receptacle Jalfo for this Ferment : Con- cluding from the Suddenijcfs and Violence of the Symp- toms, that a great quantity muft beconvey'd into the Blood ( f?l ) MEN in a lliorttime, and confequently, thatitmuft have been feady gather'd in fome Recfptacle, where, while it was lodg'd, its Adion was rellraincd. But he goes farther ftiil. and pretends to alcertain the PUct-, ^c. both of the one and the other, making the Gall-Bladder to be the Re- ceptacle, and the Bile the Ferment. This Liquor he thinks well adapted to raife a Fermentation in the Blood when difcharged into it in a Quantity : And as it is con- tain'd in a Receptacle that does not admit of a continual Iffue, may be there referred, till in a certain Period of Time, the Bladder becoming turgid ani full through the Compreffion of the incumbent f^/Jler.J, it emits the Gall : which, by the way of the LaBsals, infinuating itfelf into the Blood, may raife that Effervcfcence which occafions the Aperture of the Uterine Arteries. To confirm this, he alledges, that Perfons of a bilious Conliitution, have the iWew/e; either more plentifully, or more frequently than others ; and that Diticmpcrs mani- felHy bilious, are attended with Symptoms refembling thofe ot Women labouring under difficult Meujiruatian, If it be objc£led,thaton this foot, Men /liould have Mew/ei, as well as Women i he anfwers, that Men don't abound in Bile fo much as Women ; the Pores of the former be- ing more open, and carrying off more of the fcrous part of the Blood, which is the Vehicle of all the other Hu- mours ; and, confequently, a greater part of each is dif- charged thro' them than in Women 5 wherein the Super- fluity muft either continue to circulate with the Blood, or be gathered in proper Receptacles, which is the Cafe in the Bile. The fame Reafon he gives why MenJIruation Should not be in Brutes ; the Pores of thefe being mani- feftly more open than thofe of Women, as appears from the Crop of Hair which they bear? for the Vegetation whereof, a lar^e Cavity, and a wider Aperture of the Glands is neceflary, than where no fuch thing is produced. Xet there is fome difference between the Males and Fe- males even among thefe, the latter having their Mefjfes, tho' not fo often, nor in the fame Form and (Quantity, as Women. He adds, that the feveral Phenomena of the Menfes, tt'hether in a natural, a regular, or difeafed Cafe, flov/ naturally and readily from this Hypothefis 5 and that whatever may be accounted for from a Ple-.hora, or from any particular Ferment, may, without any ftraining, be apjply'd to this. The Root of black HelleUre and Steel, are the principal Remedies for Obftruflions of the il/ew/ei 5 the former, is almofl: infallible, and in many Cafes where the latter is not only ineffc£lual, but improper ^ as in P/etioWc Habits, for with fuch, Steel will fometimes tOA[c Hyjieric Commo- tions, Convulfions, and a kind of Uterine luror ; whereas Hellebore thins the Blood, anddifpofes it for a Difcharoe without making it more impetuous. So that tho' each provoke the Mejffes, yet they do it by different ways i Steel by increafing the Blood^s Velocity, and giviny ic a greater Moment againll the Uterine Arteries , and Helle- bore by dividing it, and rendering it more fluid. Sec Hellebore and Ch.ilyeeat. MENSIS > rMoNTH. MENSfS CHYMICUS > See < M ENSTRUUM. MENSIS VETITUS J C Fence ^fonfi. MENSTRUAL, or Men strhous, a Term in Medicine, applied to the Blood which flows from Women in their ordinary monthly Purgations. See Menses. The MoT/irt-al Blood is the excefs, or redundance of the Blood in the Body. It may be defined an Excrement fervinfl for the Generation, as well asNutritureof the fejuin the Womb, and which at other times is evacuated Monthly. Of all Animals, there is none befides Women, and perhaps Apes, which have their Meujlmcil Pursa- tions. HifpQcrates fays, that the Ivknjhucil Blood gnaws and tears the Earth like Vinegar. Plhiy and Cvlumella add, that it burns Herbs, kills Plants, tarnilhes Looking- Glaffcs, and that Dogs which taile ir, run mad. But this is all fabulous j it being certain that this Blood is the fame with that in the Veins and Arterie5. By the ^ezvi/h Law, a Woman was unclean while the Me»ftrual Blood' flow'd: and the Man who touched her, or the Moveables /lie had touched, were declared unclean. Levit. Chap. XV. MENSTRUUM, or Dissolvent, in Chymiilry, any Liquor that will diffolve, i. e. feparate the Parts of hard Bodies. See Dissolvent and Dissolution. Thus-^^Ha Reoalis is a Men/huum for Gold j ^qua Fartis, and Spirit of Nitre, for molt other Metals , Common Wa- ter for Salts, Ji^e, See Gold, Silver, Salt, ^c. In Pharmacy, it is chiefly defined a Body that will ejc- tratSi the Virtues of Ingredients by Infufion, Decodlion or the like. See Infusion, Decoction, The Term Me;;/rr«;(7« takes its rile from this, that fome Chymitts pretend the compleat Diffolution of a mix'd Body can't be effeffed in lefs than 40 Davs, which Period they call a Phihfofhical hhnth, hkn- MEN ( ) M E R -Menjlrtmm is properly defined a Body, which being ap- tides wh:ch conlliiute Sj-'irit of Wine, are more flronglj plied to, or intermixed wiih another, does fo diffolve ir, attracted by each other, than by ihofe ot a faline Body as that all the diffolving Parts float amcng the Parts dif- immerged in it. folved ■■, and fo divides it into its minutcli Parts, as that the Parts of the DiffolvenC are intermixed with thofe of the Body diflolved. Whence it appears, that every A^ew- jiriium in diffolving a Body, is likewife diffolved ilfelf ; fo as with the Body it diffolves; to make up one Body. A Knife therefore divides Bread, but is not on that account a Meujirmim ; as it does not conilitute one Body with the Bread : but Water boil'd with the Bread is a iV> with regard to the Bread, as it only makes up one Body therewith. See Dissolution. The antient ChymiOs were vefy careful in all their Frocefles, that neither the Degree of Fire, nor the Mcw- Jiriium, might deceive 'em. All Uenjiruums, at the lime they afl as fuch, that is, at the time they are diffolving, aft as Liquids; whether ^^R"_ify t^^e Magni fuch tAenjiruum be a Liquid or a Solid. '1 hus, e. gr. Sil- ver is a Menjiruiim with regard to Gold ; for if you take an Ounce of Silver, melt it at the Fire, and add a Grain of Gold j all the Parts of the Silver will intermix rhem- felves with the Parts of the Gold: fo, as that the Gold and Silver, which before Were fcparate, now make one Mafs. But Gold and Silver are only iV/e?;/rn(Kmj as they are diffolved by the Fire ; i.e. as rhey are fluid. All h'enjin'wns may be divided into two Chffes i the firft confiils of fuch as are /f"/f ; thefecond of fuch as are folid : that is, they are cither aflually divided, or they muft be fo e'er they adL Flwd M€7!jlruums are Water, Dew, OiL'i Saline and Acid Spirits, MkaH., Sain, ^c. and Solid M^nfir"">^!, are fuch as muft be made fluid e'er they will diffolve j fuch are raoff Suits, JV/tre,- lOtrio!, &c. See Water, Salt, Vitriol, ££;c. J; to the ^Elion of Menjhimns ; Sk Ifaac NeTvtotj accounts for it from the Acids wherein they are impregnated. The Particles of Acids are found to be endued with a ffrong attractive Force, wherein their Aftivity conlifis, and by virtue wherct.f they diffolve Bodies. See At- traction. Thefc Acids he fu ppo fes of a middle Na- ture between Water, and hard Bodies, and to attrait both. By this Attraction they gather together about the Particles of Bodies, whether metallic k, liony, or the like, and adhere to them very clofe, fo as fcarce to be feparated from 'cm by Diltillation, or Sublimation. Thus ffrongly attracted, and gather'd together on all fides, they raifc, disjoin, and lhake afunder the Particles of Bo- dies, i.e. they diffulve them ; and by the attraftive Pow- er whereby ihey ru/h again!! the Particles of the Bodies, they move the Fluid, and fo excite Heat, fhaking fomc of the Particles lo that degree, as to convert 'em into Air, and fo generating Bubbl(.s. See Acid, Dr. Keil gives us the T.'heory or Foundation of the Action gestion. Hence we fee the Reafons of the different Effefls of different Mciijirmms 3 why feme Bodies, for inftance Metals, diffohe in a faline y.enf,ri veff/ow.is a Sea-Chart,where- in the Parallels are reprefented by llrait Lines ; and the Meridians, likewife, by parallel ilrait Lines, whofe De- grees, however, are nor equal, but are continually en- larged as they approach nearer the Pole, in the fame Pro- Fortion as the parallel Circles decreafe towards them. See ROJECTION. For the Confiruflion, Lfe, Advantages, ^jfc. hereof, fee Mercator's Cf.ART. Mercator's 6'«i7/>;,f, is that performed by means of Mf.rcator''s Charts. See Mcrcator's Sailing. MERCURY, e, inAflronomy; the fmalleft of the In- ferior Planets, and the nearefi the Sun. See Planet and System. The mean Diftance of this Planet from the Sun is to that of pur Earth from the Sun as 587 to 1000 ; its Excentricity 8 Degrees: The Inclination of its Orbit, that is, the Angle forined by the Plane of its Orbit with the Plane of the Ecliptic, is 6 Degrees 52 Minutes: Its Diameter to that of the Earth as 3 to 4 ; and therefore the Globe of MercKry will be to that of the Earth as 2 to 5. See Excen- tricity, In CLIN AT ION, Diameter, Distance, ^c. According toS'ir If. Newton, the Heat and Light of the Sun on the Surface of Mercury is feven times as intenfe as on the Surface of our Earth in the middle of Summer : which, as he found hy Experiments made for that pur- pofe by a Thermometer, is fufficient to make Water boil. Such a degree of Heat therefore muft render Mercury un- inhabitable to Creatures of our Conftitution : And if Bodies on its Surface be not inflamed and fet on fire, it muU be becaufe their Degreeof Dcnfity is proportionably greater than that of fuch Bodies with us. Sec Heat. The Revolution of Mercury round the Sun, or his Year is performed in 87 Days, 23 Hours j his diurnal Revolu- tion, or the Length of his Day, is not yet determined ■ nor is it certain whether he has fuch a Motion round his own Axis, or nor. See Period, Revolution, What variery of Weather or Seafons it may he liable to, we are Hill at a lofsi as not knowing tht Inclination of his Axis to the Plane of his Orbit. The Force of Gra- vity on the Surface of Mercury, is feven times as lirong as on the Surface of the Earth. Ls Deniicy, and, confe- qucnrly, the Gravitation of Bodies towards the Centre cannot be accurately determined ; but no doubt it muft exceed that of our Earth, by reafon of the Excefs of Heat there. See Gravity, Density, ^c. Mercury changes its Phafes, like the Moon, according to its feveral Pofitions with regard to the Sun and Earth, See Moon. It appears full. In its fupcrior Conjunctions with the Sun, becaufe we can fee the whole illumined Hemi- fphere : But in its lower Conjumaion, we only fee the ohfcure, or unlliumined Hemifphere : In his Approach toward the Sun, his Light is falcated or horned. Sec Phases. The Situation of this Planet proves evidently, that the Hypothefis of Ftoiemy is falfe : For Mercury' is fome- times obferved betwixt the Earth and Sun ; and fome- times beyond the Sun. But the Earth is never found be- tween Mercury and the Sun ; which however muft happen, if the Spheres of all the Planets incompafs'd the Earth as a Centre, according to the Fiolemalc Scheme. See Ptolemaic Syjiem. The Diameter of the Sun view'd from Mercury, wouM appear three times as big as it appears on our Earth j that Planet being thrice as near him as we are ; and there- fore the Sun's Disk would appear feven times as large as it appears to us. Icsgreateft Diftance from the Sun, with regard to us, never exceeds 28 Degrees, whence 'tis feldom vilible 5 being commonly either loft in the Sun's Light, or, when the moft remote from the Sun, in the Crepufculum.' The beft Obfervationsof this Planet, are thofe made when it is feen on the Sun's Disk ; for in its lower Conjundion, it pafTcs before the Sun like a little Spot, eclipfing a fmall part of his Body, only obfervable with a Telefcope. The firft Obfervation of this kind, was that of Galfendi in 1632. See Transit. To an Inhabitant of Mercury, the folar Spots will ap- pear totraverfe his Disk fometimes in a right Line from Eaft to Weft, and fometimes Eillptically. As the other five Planets are above Mercury, their Phienomena will be nearly the fimc there, as with us. Venus and the Earth when in oppofition to the Sun, will /hine with full Orbs* and afford a noble Light to that Planer. * Mercury, In Natural Hiftory, afiuid, mineral Matter perfeaiy refeinbling Silver in fufion. See Mineral. Mercury is known under a great number of Names : The common Name among the Antients was Hydrar" yrtm q. d. Water of Silver. The Moderns commonly call ij Mkrciiry, from fome fuppofed Relation it bears to the Pla- net of that Name. In EngliJJj ir is popularly call'd Quick- Sihcr, from its Appearance. Many of the Chymifts call it Froteus, from the variety of Forms, Colours, i^c. it paffes thro' in their Preparations. Naturalifts are divided what Clafs of Foflils to ranee Mercury under : Some make it a Metal ; others a Semi-- metal; and others an imperfefJ: Metal. See Fossil and Semi-metal. Bosrhaave obferves, that it is very improperly call'd a Metal, inafmuch as it has not all the Characlers of fuch a Body 5 nor fcarce any thing in common with the other Metals, except Weight and Similarity of Parts : Thus for Example, it is neither dlffulvablc by Fire malleable" ^"/fK^v^ j!" " conftitute a peculiaJ Clafsot toffils : and IS rather the Mother, or Bafis of all Metals, than a Metal itfelf. See Metal. Perfect Metals, according to M. Homher^, are no- thing but pure Mercury, whofe little Particles are penetra- ted on all fides, andfiird with the Matter of Light, which unites and binds them together into a Mafs, fo that the Parts of fluid Mercury, which are fuppofed to be little folid Globes, in their Metallification are rendcr'd rough and un- even, being pireced on all fides, and having their Pores or Perforations fiU'd with the Matter of Light. By fuch means they lofe their firft Confirmation, and the Politure or Smoothnefs of their Surfaces, which is one of the principal Caufes of the fluidity o^Mercury. ^ The Chymifts make Mercury one of their Hypoftatical Principles ; Not, as M. f/omiej-^ obferves, that it anfwers U u u u u U jjjg M E R ( ^4 ) M E R the Chiraaer of a Principle, which is that whofe Sub- Wance cannot be Analyzed, or reduced into IWatters more fimplc i but bccaufe the Analyfis has not yet been dif- covcred : '1 ho' it is poffible it may hereafter, there being little doubt but that Mercmy is a Compound. This is the more probable. in regard Mercury may be dellroy'd. fanlnsas their \Veir;hrs. Now, Mercaiy being 14 tirtieS heavier than Water ; if both of them be expofed in a Winter's Night to ilic fame Cold, the Meratry muft be fo much colder than Water, as it is heavier. So, alfo if they be both apply 'd to the fame degree of Heat, while the Water becomes warm, the Mmmy will be hot enough to burn the Hands. See Heat and Cold. ■I'hc 7th Properly is, that it is diflolubleby almoft all Acids, and unites iifelf with them ; at leall %vith all foffil Acids. Thus it is diffolved in Oil of Vitriol, Spirit ofSulphurfei-Cn»i/..i7!am, Spirit of Nitre, and ^'jaa reiia It IS prepared with Oil of Vitiiol, intoTiiri/VA Mineral ; with Spirit of Sulphur, into Cinnoiiji- ; with re;,.,, or Spirit ot Sea-Salt or i.' ^c»ntiiw^ in the Cold, IS much colder, Price than iV-W.^y itfelf SeeCiNNABAR. f^'. °™ ^T' ^''^<'^"'^^^y than the The miferable People conderan'd or hit'd to work in Spirit. This property depends on the great Weight of thofe M«e., all die in a httic time. They ate fitft affecled Wemtry : lot the Heat and Cold of all Bodies is cnerii whh Tremors, and proceed to falivate ; then their Teeth drop Merctiry ; and hence the Gildets, to lay Gold on any other Body, diffolve it in hot Mercury, which done, they apply the Solution on the Body to be gilt, fuppofe Silver ; then fetting it over the Coals, the Metcur, flies away, and leaves the Gold adhering like aCruflto the Silver. Laftly, rubbing the Cruft wirh Lafi, Haematites the Silver is gilt. See Gilding. ' The tfthCharaeleris, Thatof all Fluids, it is the coldcft and the hottell : fuppofingthe Circumftances the fame. ' Boei inaOT (hews, that Fite is equally diffufed through all Bodies ; and that there is in reality the fame degree M E R (]rcp o:ir, and ti;ey are fch^d with Pains all over, tfptcially in their bones, which the Mercury penetrates, and thus die. in Sf~iiri, the melting or exhalation of the Mineral is performed with more Care, and with an Engine contrived tor that purpofc. As to the earthy Matter wherewith the '\1ercary is mixed, that of Spc!i?i is red, and fpeckledwith black and white ; and fo hard, that 'tis nut to be broken up with Gun-powder. In Hungaiy 'tis frequently a hard Krone, but ordinarily a reddi/h Jiarth. In Iriish there is a fofi Earth where theVirj^in Quick-Silver is found, and a hard Stone which yields the common Mercury. The Mine of one of rhofe belonging to Frhtii^ is fo rich, that it yields alwajs half Quick-Silver, fometimcs two thirds. The 'Mnie of ^ua72 CaLehca, or Gua/j Calilscj in Yeru^ is ftill more confiderable. the Earth is of a whitiJTi red, like Bricks half burnt 5 'lis f.rll broke, then expofed to the Fire, by fpreading it on a Lay of common Karth, wherewith the Grate of an Earrhen- Furnace is cover 'd j under which Is lighted a little Fire of an Herb call'd by the Spaniards, Icha: which is of that nectffiry in thefe Works, that the cutting it is prohibited for the fpace of 20 Leagues round. In proportion as the Mineral heats, the iWercHi"_)' rifes volatiliz'd into Smoke ; which Smoke finding no venr thro' the Capital of the Furnace, which is ex- a£liy luted, efcapesthro' a Hole made fur the purpofe, communicating with leveral Earthen Cucurbites fitted within one another. 'Fhe Water at the bottom of each Cucurbite condenfing it to Smoke, the Quick-Silver pre- cipirates, ami is taken upj when the Operation is over. In this Procefs, there are three things remarkable. The rirlt, Tha: the further the Cucurbites are from the Fur- nace, the more they are fiU'd with Quick-Silver. The fecond, That at lad they all grow fo hor, that they would break, were they not fprinkled from rime to time with ■Watei. Thirdiy, It is obferved that the Workmen em- plov'd in the ('reparation of -Mercto-'y, never hold it long, bui' become paralytic, and diehedic. A Precaution they life, is to hold a piece ot Gold in t!.-. Mouth, to imbibe the iiftluria, and intercept their PalTage into the Body. Dr. Fofe tells us of one he faw in the Mirtes of Friidi, who in half a Year's time was fo impregnared with the J/letal, that putting a piece of Brafs in his Mouth, or even rubbing it in his Fingers, it would turn white as Silver. ThcMethod of pnrifyhi?^ Mercury, is, by wlfhing It feveral times in Vinegar, wherein common Salt has been diffblved ■■, or by pafling, and repaffing it frequently over a Cbamo:s Skin. T^Uitus tells us, that the belf way is to make a Dog fwallow a Peund at a time, and afterwards 10 feparate it from the Excrements, and wafh it in "Vinegar. ThciJfes of Mercurv are very confiderable in Gil- ding, making Looking-Glafles, in refining Gold, ^c. See each under its head. Gilding, Refining, Mir- ror, Loom ng-Glass, iii^c. But efpecially in Medicine, and particularly for the Cure of the Venercal-Difeafe, raifing Salivations, and on other Occafions. See Ven ereal-Disease and Salivation. See alfo Mercurials. The Frep.iratioNS of Mercury are very various; this Metal making one of the moft confiderable Articles in the Chymical Pharmacy. The molt common Preparations are, Sweet Fredfitateof Mv-B-cvRY^ or Mercuries Dit/cer, is compounded of crude l^krcury drove over from Sea Salt in a Retort, or revived from common Cinnabar, and diflol- ved in ^qnci forth ; then a Brine prepared of Spring- Water and Sea-Salt is filtred thro' a Cap-Paper, and the Solution o^'Mcrcury drop'd gradually into this Brine, whence there is a white Powder precipitated, which is to be warti'd from all its Acrimony with fonie fimple diiliU'd Water, or warm Spring- Water, and the whole dried. This is the common Precipitate of the Shops, ufually call'd WkUe Precipitate. Its Operation is moHly by Stool, fometimes by Vomit, and will ialivate, if ordered accor- dingly. It is frequently mixM with Pomatums for the Itch, and other Foulnefles of the Skin ; for which pur- pofe, 'tis ncceffary to keep the Body laxative, and to take ibmething inwardly to take hold of the Mercurial Prin- ciples, and prevent their raifing a Salivation, which they may otherwifedo. See Precipitate. Corrofi-je Suhlimate of Mercury, is a Compofition of Vitriol calcined to a rednefs, common Salt, and purify'd Nitre, with crude Merao'v, cleans'd by llraining thro' a Leather, all rubb'd together in a Mortar, till the Salts are reduced into Powder, and not the leaft Globule of Wer- cary appears. The Mixture is then put into a Matrafsjand that fct in a Furnace with a Sand-heat, under which a Fire being kept to its greateft height for 12 or 15 Hours, the Mercury will be fublimed, and flick to the Top of the Veffel. This Sublimate is a violent Efcharotic, and eats away ( ) M E R proud Flc/h ; half a Dram of it diiTolved in a Pound of Lime-Water, turns ir yellow, which is then call'd Fha. gadencWatcrj it is ufed to waOi Ulcers, and tetteroug Eruptions. See Subloiate. Sweet SMim.ite 0/ Mercury, is a Compofition of the preceding corrofivc Sublimate with crude Mercury, ground together till no Mercury appear, and then put into a Bolt- head, well iiop'd, and fet in a Sand-heat, with a gentle Fire, for the Space of two Hours ; which Heat is to be then increas'd for three Hours longer, and, lalily, made very flrong, for as much more. When this is cold, rhc Glafs is broke, and the Sublimate feparatcd frbm the light Flowers at top, and the Duft at bottom. This is then powder'd a-frefli, and the Operation repeated in the fame manner three tjmes. If it be further repeated a fixth time, it is call'd Cihmel, See Calomel. Fixing of Mercury. See Fixation and Philoso- F H E R 's SroKe. Mercury in Chymifiry, or Mercury of Bodies, As the third ot the Principles, or Elements of natural Bodies j call'd alfo .S^/;-/;. See Principle. In this Senfe, Mercury is defined the raol} fubtle, light, volatile, penetrating, and aflive part of all Bodies* See Spirit. Mercury of Metals, or of the Fbihfofbers, is a pure ^ fluid Subllancc in form of "common running Mercury^ faid to be found in all Metals, and capable of being cxira61:ed from the fame. See Metal. The Notion of Mercury of Metals, is founded on the common Syrtem of theChymifts, That Msmfrj, or Quick- Silver, is the Bafis, or Matter of all Metals ^ and that Metals are only Mercury HxWhy a certain Sulphur. See Sulphur, ^c. Mr. Boyle affures us, he had a way of drawing a true, running Mercury, or Quick-Silver from Antimony. Sec Antimony. Mercury alfo ferves as a general Title for Books, and Papers of News ; fo call'd from the Heathen D^^ity Mer- cury^ fuppofed the Meffcngcr of the Gods. See Jo-ur- N At. Thus we have Mercuries Calant, Mojtthly Mercuries Sic; See Galant, £?t:. ' InthisSenfc, Mercury is alfo figuratively apply'd to Per- fons who make it their Baiincfs to colled Nevps, or to run about and dirtributeit. Mercury, in Heraldry, is fometimes the Term, or Blazon for the Purple Colour in the Coats of Sovereign Princes. See Purple. Mercury is'foni-times ufed for the Torricellian Expe- rittienr, or Barotlieter. See Barometer. Tho" Mercury is not ordinarily fullain'd in a Tube above the diflance of 28 or 29 Inches, yet M. Hryjaa has found, that Me»-c/()-_y well purged, and in a clofe liiU Place,, will be fullain'd to the height of 71 Inches j which 1:; a Pha;no- menon the Philofophers are all at a lofs to account for. See Torricellian Experiment. Mercurial, fomething that confifts of, or bears rela- tion xoMercury, of one kind or another. SeeMERCURY. Thus we fay a Mercurial Perfo?!, to denote a Pcrfon of a brisk, volatile Complexion ; fuch Perfons being fuppofed by the Allrologers to be under the more immediate Do- minion of the Planet Mercury. So, alfo, we fay Mej-fBn«/ Fumes, Me;-crtriti/ Spirits, &c. with reference to the Mineral Mercury, Mercurial Fbofphoms^ fee Phosphorus. Mercurial Uf7gue!jts, Fri&io77s, 8ic. fee Salivation. Mercurial Medicmes, fee Mercurials- MERCURIALS, Medicines compofed, or prepared of Mercury or Quick-Silver. See Mercury. The principal of the Clafs of Mercuriais, are Mercurius dulcis, or white Precipitate of Mercury 5 fweet and corrofive Suhlimate of Mercury j Calomel ; Artificial CimiciLir 5 Turbitb Mineral i Friijce's Fowder j JEibinps Mineral, Sec. See each under its proper Article, Sublimate 0/ Mercury, Frecipitate of Mercury, Cinnabar, Turbith, Ca- lomel, £^c. The Medicinal Efficacy of Mercury depends on Its ex- treiTie Divifibility, and Finenefs of its Particles, and on their Gravity or Weight : by means of the firll, it finds a Paflage into the inmolt Rcceffes of the Animal Scrufture, and, when properly guarded, does not exert itfelf till it comes in the remotefl Scenes ofAflion; where moll other Medicines either don't arrive, or at leaft not till their Force is rebated. This Property it has in common with Camphor. See Camphor, By the latter, it is enabled to make flill more confiderable Alterations in the Animal OEcono- my, by rendering the Fluids thinner, and breaking open the fecretory Pafiages : But this Effed it has in coinmon with Cbalybeats. See Chalybeats. It may be here added, that the fame Property whereby it becomes fo powerful a Deobflruent, indicates, that 'tis to be avoided in Heftics, and all Cafes where the Conflitution is drawn low M E R M E R low by ton profufe Evacuations ; in regard iVfe>-c«rni/j tend 10 keep up or increafe the Excefs of Impetus in the Fluids, and that Over-Capacity in the fecretory Orifices,wherein the Defcft of fuch a Conflitution feems to confift- See Hectic. MERIDIAN, in Allronomy, a great Circle of the Sphere, pafiing thro' the Zenith, Nadir, and Poles of the World 5 and dividing the Sphere into two Hem ifp he res, the one Ealiern, and the other Weitern. See Circle, and Sphere. Or, the 'S'leridtaii is aVertical Circle, as A Z B N, flab. ^ponomy. Fig. 6.) paffing thro' the Voles of the World, PandQ; See Vilrtic ai. 0>-c/e. It is call'd Meridian, from the Latin, Ivlendies, Noon, or Mid-day, by reafon when the Sun is in this Circle, it is Noon in that Place. s r\ Mehieian, in Geography, is a great Circle, as F A ^ D (Tab. Geoi'japbx, Fig. 7-) P^fl^^^S ^^'""^ of the Earth P and Q^i and any given Piace, as Z. So that the Plane ofthe Terreftrial Meridian, is m the Plane of the CclclHal one. , , i. Hence, i. As the Meridian mvefts the whole Earth, there are fcveral.Placesfituatcd under the fame Meridta>i. And, i. As it is Noon-Tide whenever the Centre of ihe Sun is in the Merid.a-i of the Heavens ; and as the Meridian ofthe Earth in the Plane of the former i it follows, that it is Noon, at the fame time, in all Places fituate under the fame Mcnd'um. 5. There are fo many Meridians on the Earth, as there are Points conceived in the jEquator. In effeft, the Meridians always change, as you change the Longitude of the Place j 'and may be faid to be infinite : Each feveral Place from Eail to Welt having its feveral J\'l€ridiiV!. See Longitude. firji Meeidian, 'is that from which the refl are ac- counted, reckoning from Weft to Ealt. The firft Meridim is the beginning of Longitude. See Long itude. The fixing of a firft Meridian is a matter merely arbi- trary; and hence different Perfons, Nations, and Ages, have fix'd it differently j whence fome conlufion has arofc in Geography. The Rule among the Antients was to make it pafs thro' the Place furtheil to the Well that wasknown. But the Moderns knowing, that there is no fuch Place in the Earthascanbeellecmcd the moft Wefterly ■■, the way of computing the Longitudes of Places from one fix'd Point is much laid afide. , > 1. r Pto/ewjy afTumed the Msridian that paffes thro the tur- thelloftheC«?wryIflands as his firft Menrfwji that being the moft Weftern Place of the World then known. After him, as more Countries were difcovered in that Quarter, thefirft MeridiaJi VJO,s removed further off. Some fix'd it to the Ifland of St. Nicholas ; Hondius to the Hie of St. :?flM/ei ; others to the Ifland Vel Corvo one of the Azores. The lateft Geographers, particularly the Dittcb, have pitch'd on the Fik of Tcnenf ; others to thellle of Fa/m, anotherof theCmJr^eJ j and, biftly, the Bench, by Com- jnand of their King, to the Ifland of fero, another of the Canaries. r , r -n ^ But, without much regard to any of theie Kules, our Geographers, and Map-Makers, frequently affume the iJ/en(/i^i;/ of the Place where they live, or the Capital ot their Country for a firll Meridian, and thence reckon the Longitudes ot their Places. The Attronomcrs in their Calculations ufually chufe the Meridia7is of the Place where their Obfervations were made, for their firft Meridian, as Ftolemy H-X Jlexajidna Tycho Brahe at Uranibouro^ ; Ricdoli at Boulogne ; Mr. Flam- Jieedatthc Royal Obfervatoty at Gree«zy(c/j ; the i^z-ewci- at the Obfervatory at Faris. In x\\z rhiUja^hiccil Tranfa^ions, there is a Suggeftion, that Menitans vary, in Time. This feems very probable from the old Meridian- Vme in the Church of St. Petronio In Bononia, which is found to vary no lefs than 8 Degrees from the true Meridian of the Place at this time ; and from that of Tj)'c/;o at Uranihonri^, which M. Ficart obfcrvcs, va- ries 18' from the modern Mi^ridian. If there be any thing of Truth in this Hint, Dr. ^r^Wj fays, the Change mult arife from a change of the Terreftrial Poles (here on Earth, of the Earth's diurnal Moilon) not of their pointing to this or that of the fixed Stars : For if the Poles of the diurnal Motion remain fixed to the fame Placeon the Earth, the T^eridians which pafs through thefe Poles muit remain the ^'^ But the Notion of the Changes of the Mcridta/i is over- thrown by an Obfervation of M. Chaze!!es of the French Academy of Sciences, who, when in Ei'ypt, found that the four fides of a Pyramid built 5300 "i; cars ago, flill look'd very exaaiy to the four Cardinal Points. A Pofi- tion which can never be look'd on as fortuitous. Meridian of a Globe, or Sphere, is the Brazen Circle, in which the Globe hangs and turns. See Globe. It is divided into four po's, or 3^0 Degrees, beginning at the Equinodial : On it, each way, from the Equinoc- tial, on the Celeftial Globes, is counted the South and North Declination of the Sun or Srars : And on the Ter- reftrial Globe, the Latitude of Places North or South. There are two Points on this Circle, call'd the Foles and a Diameter continued from thence through the Centre of either Globe, is call'd the Jxis, of the Earth or Heavens on which they are fuppofed to turn round. SeePoLE and Axis. On the Terreftrial Globes there are ufually ^6 Mcridiam drawn -y one through every tenth Degree ot the Equator, or through every tenth Degree ofLongirude. The Ufcs of this Circle are, to fet the Globes to any particular Latitude; to fliew the Sun's or a Star's Decli- nation, Right Afcenfion, greatell Altitude, {St- See Gloiie. Meridian Line, an Arch, or part of the Meridian of a Place J terminated, each way, by the Horizon : Or a Meridian Is the Interfedtion of the Plane of the Meridian of the Place, with the Plane of the Horizon ; vulgarly call'd a North and Soiuh Line i becaufe its Diredion is from one Pole towards the other. See Meridian. TheUfe of Mendiaii Lines in Aftronomy, Geography, Dialling, i^c. is very great ; and on its Exadlnefs all de- pends : Whence infinite Pains have been taken by divers Aftronomers to hiLve it to the laft Precifion. hl.iS^JJinih^s diftinguifli'd himfclf by a Meridian Line drawn on the Pavement in the Church of Sr. Feironia at Boulogne, the largeft and moft accurate in the World. In the Roof of the Church, icco Inches above the PavL-incnt, is a little Hole through which the Sun's Image, when in the Meridian^ falling upon the Line, mark.s his Progrefs all the Year. When finiflicd, M.OrJ/ini, by a public Writing, inform'd the Mathematicians of Europe, of a new Oracle of JpoUo or the Sun eftablilhed in a Temple, which might be con- fulted wiiii entire Confidence as to all Difficulties in Aftro- nomy. See Solstice. To draw a Meridian Li7ie, Knowing the South Quarter pretty nearly, obferve the Altitude F E (Tab. yijtronvmy. Fig. 8.) of fome Star on the Eaftern fide thereof not far from the Meridia?!, HZ RN. Then, keeping the Quadrant firm on its Axis, fo as the Plummet mayftillcut the fame Degree, only diredingic to the Weftern-fide of the Meridian, wait till you find the Star has the fame Altitude as before, /e. Laftly, feiffeiS the Angle E C e forin'd by the Interfeflion of the two Planes wherein the Quadrant is placed at the time of the two Obfervations, by the right Line H R. This H R is a Meridian Line. Or thus ; On a Horizontal Plane, from the fame Centre C, (Fig. 9,) dcfcribe feveral Arches of Circles BA, i .;, ^c. And on the fame Centre C, cre£i: a Style or Gnomon perpen- dicular to the Plane ACB, afoot, or half a foot long. About the 21ft of j'i(;7e, between the Hours of 9 and 11 in the Morning, and between i and 5 after Noon, obferve the Points H h, l^c. A a, l^c. wherein the Shadow of the Style terminates. BilTeft the Arches AB, ah, ^c. in D, d, ^c. If then the fame right Line D E biflcil all the Arches AB, ah, ^c. it will be the Meridian Line fought. Ill regard the Extrcmiiy of the Shadow is fomewhat hard todetermine, 'tis beft to have the Style flat a-top, and to drill a little Hole, noting the lucid Spot projetled by it on the Arches A B and a h, inllead of the Extremity of the Shadow. Otherwife the Circles may be made with yellow, inftead of black, S^c. Several Authors have invented particular Inftruments and Methods for the defcribing of Meridian Lines, or ra- ther for the determining equal Altitudes of the Sun in the Eaftern and Weftern Parts of the Heavens ; as Mr. Grey, Mr. 'Derham, &c. in the Fhtkf. Tra7if.^ But as the former of the Methods above delivered, fulHces for Aftro^ nomical Obfervations, and the latterfor more ordinary Oc- cafions, we fhall furbear to give any Defcriptions thereof From what has been fliewn, it is evident that whenever the Shadow of the Style covers the Meridian Line, the Centre of the San is in the M~'ridian ; and therefore it is then Noon. And hence the Ufe of a Meridian Line in ad- jurting the Motion of Clocks, Sfff. to the Sun. Hence, alfo if the Meridian Line be biffefled by a right Line- OY drawn perpendicularly through the Point C; O V will be the Interfeftion of the Meyidum, and firft Vertical; and, confequently, O will fhew the Eail Point, and V the Weft, Laftly, if a Style be erefled perpen- dicularly in any other horizontal Plane, and a Signal be given when the Shadow of the Style covers the Meridian Line drawn in another Plane, noting the Apex or Extre- mity of the Shadow projefied by the Style, a Line drawn from that Point thro' that wherein the Style is rais'd willbea Meridian L\ne. SeeMERioiAN ylltitude. Meridian Line on a Dial, is a right Line arifing from an Interfe£lion of the Meridian of the Place with the Plane of the Dial. See Dial. This MER C 5-57 ) MER This is the Line of twelve a-clock ; and from hence thefewill fervc either to make or graduate a Mc,-c,,or'> _ . __ . . Chart, orto work the yl£r.jxnfo/ s Sading. you mull enter the 1 able, with the De- the Divifion of the Hour-Lines begins. _ Meridian Uafnetkal, is a great Circle paffing thro or by ihe Magnetical-Foles ; to which Meridian tiie Com- pafs (ifnototherwife hindred) hath relpefl. See Mag- net and Compass. , ■ ,i ■ MERimAN Aliiutdeof the Sun or Stars, j!, their Alti- tude when in the Mcnd.an of the Place where they are ob- ferved. See Altitude. , , . . r The Meridian Altitude may be defined an Arcb ot a areat Circle perpendicular to the Horizon, and terminated between the Horizon and the Star then in the Mer/iiKin of theplace. See Sun, Star, Planet, S^c. To tah the Meridian Mtitude of the Stars. Aftronomers make two principal kinds of Obfervations of Stars i the one when they are in the Meridian, and the other when in Vertical Circles. See Observation. For Meridian Objervatimi ; there are two Inflruments principa llyufea, the Quadrant and Gmmo7i, See Qui- DBANTandGNOMON. T I. P To take the Meridian Altititde with a Quadrant s it the lo- fition of the ymUian be known, and the Plane of an Agronomical Quadrant be placed in the UMan Line by means of the riumb-Linc i'ufpcnded ar the Centre : 1 he Ueri^ian Altitudes of the Stars, which are the principal Obfervations whereon the whole Art ot Afironomy is founded, may cufily be determined. t l u j T.je Meridiajt Altiiudcofa Star may likewile be had In means of a i'endulum-Clock, if the exafl time of the Star';i Fiffage by the Meridian be known. iNow it mult be obfervcd, that Stars have the fame Altitude for a Mi- nute before and after their Pafiages by the Uenduin, it they be not in or near the Zenith -. But if they be, their Altitudes muil be taken every Minute when they are near the Meridian ; and then their greatetl or Icafl Altitudes will be the Mf.'td'af] Altitudes fought. _ As t.- the manner ot Obferving, ii is found very ddfacult to iJlace the Vane of the > uu^rint In the Mcndi-m exattly enough to .take tht; Meridian Altitude of a Star ^ for unlefs there be a toiwenient Place, and a Wall where the Qua- drant may be firmly falined in the Plane of the Uertdian, To ufe them, gree of Latitude at the head, and with the Minute on the firil Column towards the Left-hand i and in the Angle ot meeting, you will have the Meridional Parts. Having the Laiiiudes of two Places, to find the Me- ridimai Mi/es, or AIniuei between them : confider whether the Places be, one under the Equinoftial, and the other wide thereof; or the one on the one fide the Equinoflial» and the other on the other j or whether they both lie on the fame fide. If one Place lis under the Equator, the Mendmial Mi- nutes next under th-: Degree of Latitude of the other Place, is the Meridional difference of Latitude, or Latitude en- larged. If one be in North, and the other in South Latitude ; the Jikridlonal Minutei correlponding to the two Latitudes added together, give the Meridional Minutes between them. Both Places lying to.sards the fame Pole; fubfirafithe Meridional Parts anlwering to the Icfs Latitude from thofe of the greater 5 the remainder gives the Meridional Minutes, MERIDIANS, ur Meri Di AN 1, a Name which the an- tienc Romans gave to a kind ot Gladiators, who cnter'd the Arena, about Noon i after the I'ejiiani^ who fought in the Morning againlf Bcalis, had finiJh'd. See Gladiator. The Alcridiani fought Man with Man, Sword in hand : Hence ^e77fe.i takes uccafion to obferve, that the Combats of the Morning were full of ilumanity, compared with tliofc which foUow'd. The Meridians took their Name from Meridies^ i. e. Noon, t-he rime when they exhibited their Shews. MERIT, in Theology, is ufed to fignify the Moral Goodnefs of the Adions ot Men, and the Reward due to them. The Romi/li S.hoolmen diflingul/h two kinds of Merit towards God : The one of Congnuiy^ and the other of Condignity. The Merit of Con^rtiity, is, when there is no juft Pro- portion bctwe>;n the Action, and the Reward ; but he who beltows the Reward fupplics by his Goodnefs or Li- whichT'-not eafilv liat!, we Jlmil not have the true Pofition berality, what was wanting in the Adion : Such is the of ihe '^Meridian proper to obferve the Stars. Merit ot a Son towards his father ; but this is only Afent 'Twill be much eafier therefore on feveral Accounts, to in an improper fenfe . . . , . life the portable Quadrant, by which the Altitude of the The Mem cj Londv^mty, .s, when there ,s an a b folate Star may beobferved a little before its Paffage over the Equality, and ajult Ett.mation between the Aiiion and yiendian tvcr^ Minute till its greateft or leatf Altitude be the Reward as m the \Vages of a Workman, found Here tho* we have not the true Pofition ot the Thofe ot the Reformed Re .gmn dtfcUim all Mcnt to- Meridian by this means, yet we have the apparent Meri- wards God. Even tlie.r belt ^A.orksdon t Uerit any thing Altitude of the Star.' ^ ^ at his hands. Ihe Doanne of^/em. makes one of the Tho' this Method, in the general, be very good, and great Articles of Controverty between the RomiJh and free of any fenfible Error, yet in cafe a Star paffes by " ^^-—-^''^■■-^"^ the Meridian near the Zenith, it proves fomewhat de- feaive : For in thefe kind of Obfervations, the inconve- nient Situation of the Obferver ; the Variation of the Star's Azimuth feveral Degrees in a liitle time j the Alteration of the Inftrument, and the difficulty of replacing it verti- cally, will prevent the Obfervations from being oftner t'lan in every four Minutes. But in each Minute, the At- titude varies about fifteen Minutes of a Degree, fo that the corrupt Laii;/ wasuted tor a there will be the difference of a Degree in the Star's Al- MERMAID, or Merman titude between each Obfervatlon. In fuch Cafes, there- fore, it will be better to have the true Pofition of the Me- ridian, or the exaa time wherein the Star paffes the Mcn- (iifltt, in order either to place the Inftrument in the Merit/.'flw, _ - or to obferve the Altitude of the Star the Moment it patTes bhtli it beyond all contradiaion. In the "i: ear 118 7 Keforrned Churches. MERLON, in Fortification, that part of the Parapet which lies betwixt two Embrafures. See Parapet and Em erasure. It is from 8 to 9 Foot long on the fide of the Can- non, and 6 on the fide of the Field ; about 6 Foorhigh, and 1 8 thick. The Word comes from Mcrida, or Merla^ which in Battlement. Sea-Creature frequently talk'd of, as being fuppofed half human, and half a Fi/li. See Monster. However Naturalills may doubt of the Reality of Mer-^ men., on Mermaids, yet we have Tellimony enough to etla- "leyond all contradiaion. In the Yea' Larrey informs us, fuch a Monlter was fifli'd up in the County of A(^o/X', and kept by the Governour for fix Months. It bore fo near a Conlormity with Man, that nothing feem'd wanting to it befides Speech. One day it took the Opportunity of making its Efcapc, and plunging intothe Sea, was never more heard of. Hiji. d^Angleterre, P. I. p. 405. In the Year 1450, after a huge Tempett, which broke down the Dykes in HoHaud^ and made way for the Sea into the MeadowSjJiff. fome Girls of rhe Town of Edam in Weji- friezland, going in a Boat to milk their Cows, perceiv'd a Mermaid embarrafs'd in the Mud, with a very little Water, They took it into their Boat, and brought it with them to Edam, drcfs'd it in Women's Apparel, and taught it to fpin, Ir fed like one of them, but could never be brought to fpeak. Some time afterwards it was brought to H.zer- lem, where it liv'd for fome Years, tho' Rill /liewing an Inclination to the Water. Tariual relates, that they had given it fome Notion of a Deity, and that it made its that Latitude and the Equinoaial do Reverences very devoutly when ever it pafs'd by a Cru- cifix. Delices d" Hollande. The Tables therefore of Meridional Parts in Books of In the Year 1560, near the Ifland of Majtar^ on the Navigation, are made by a continual addition of Se- Weflern Coaft of rhe Ifland of Ceyhn^ fome Fl/Iicrs cants, calculated in fome Books (as in Sir '^onas Moor's brought up at one Draught of a Net, feven j^lf-r-me*; and Tables) for every Degree and Minute of Latitude j and -Maids; of which, feverr.l ?e/Kifj, and among rhe reft, XXXXXX K. Jl£,u the Meridian. See Altitude and Quadrant Tofudtbe Meridian Altitude of the Sim^ &c. hy a Gno- mon. See Gnomon. Meridional Diliance in Navigation, is the fame with the Departure i Eatling or Wefting ; or the Difference of Longitude between the Meridian, under which the Ship row is, and any other Meridian Ihe was under before. See Departure. MEBinioNAt, Tarts, Miks, or Minutes, in Navigation, are the Parts, bv which the Meridians in Mercato, ' s Chan do increafc, as the Parallels of Latitude decreafe. See Chart. 1 he Co-fine of the Latitude of any Place being equal to the Radius, or Semi-diameter of that Parallel, there- fore in the true Sea-Charr, or Nautical Flanifpherc, this Kadius being the Radius of the Equinoaial, or whole Sine of 90 Degrees, the Meridian Parts at each Degree of Latitude muft increafe, as the Secants of the Ark con tain'd between decreafe. ME S F. He». Hem.juc, and Dimm B,fr,„ez, Phyfician to th V.ce-Roy of C«.,, were Witncffes. The Phyfician, who exam.ned them w.th a great deal of Care, and made D; flcaions ihereof, allerts, that all the Parts, both inter- "u V"" r """i' perfcaiy conformable to S rir ^'^^ • * C.»./,.,5ne * 3-i- SeJlS^^A^^T^f i'&--r-^ - -.ents. See Intestines. oce i^ocarithm, Co-6jne, Co-Tangent, Anti Lo- The Mf/c«£,> is almoft of a circular Figure, with a '^ M'FSfrf'l FriPll • a 1. , narrow Produflion.to which the end of the cZ, ^rd be- Sef Wrco^t ^'^'"'"'^^^ M^^le'- X he Word IS derived from iumv Medium, Middle ; and iis rj^Kiv^. Latiis, the Side. three Ells in length:" f he7n,Vlli7e;a;; d^d il'a Bor "er dia'fe"'s°„,'c'/r ' ' 'T"JT "'^5 "'"'^ ^"^ Th'e^earfle" MEl^^I^Ent'^^A^^t ol^^^ feci'. ^I'-^^-f: " ■"^CeiebraLnof ginning of ihe ReHum are ried. 'Tis about four fingers and a half in Diameter Circumference, being full of Phiits and Foldinos l^^tf^XZ-Z .oS^^:tJ!:Tl^?^'!r:-^.;" Oblation made Inches of the Inteltines faftned. See In The Mefa,tery itfelf Verlcirie of the Loins. the inner, upon which the GlanSs and FaTlie^^nd'Vh^ p'—'-'-V" V''"'" Oblation made VeinsandAt\eriesrun,isitsownproperMembrane and he ^rSof ^V'^^. ch^"ge of a fenfible Objea by othertwowhichcovereachfide of the Xer M^t™^ God over altT^° '"""T' '"^^'S" Dom.mon ot coniefrom the Between the"^ ! external™ Sr^rJateft , d » 'i^'y^a^^m mis.' of the Me/eiitc™, run the Branches of 1,7 jV "J^! 8'"'=^ auguft Ceremony in ufe in the /c„,eri.,c.t, fupe/ior an'd inferior whTch b „g t^ HLd^o Ae^Bodv^n^ll 'f'f ^aw, wheret .helntellines3 and the aJ./c^c,, whfch being Bran God ^'^"^ ^^"^ "'^"'''^ "P H\\V,h*Lg:Sa"h7s :fU'AttL?and vi^'™- , J^^V - -^'r^^'' ^^"u-he Q,eflion. Whetheror no it municating wiih one another, marct SrvloTSe GutT; ^-.f "e';::raU-i'^ri„'''=nI°daf h'jTng'S^-'Auth^ -^^5 ch. ^=ytJ^^;^x L-oats ot the liiteitmcs. The J en^ i aRo^ n^A i i f r ' run likewife upon "^e , ^^"T^l' f ' v.' ""TZ'' ?^^"'" "«= Word Maf, comes ■0 feveral VcficLr GlanT h^' bi.«ft f ^^^^t tt'l'"'^"''-!-"''"'''" ' "'^'""""^^^^ . middle of the Mek, T ;l calpd P A r ^ ""«v''"= '^"e'^huinens and Ex- 4ell,. ; thefe Glands receive the t m^ha and Chfl 7""' "'-"^un'cated were fent out of the Church when the Dea- .heLa'aeal Veins. SeePANCREAlTsEEEi. ^ Fcftl'e a d r^r ^J'" S'^'-'^on, and the reading of the TheM./c««-, has been ordinarlir"'" j ljPjttl""d Gofpel ; they not being allow'd to affift at two the Confecration. See Catechumen iWba^Se derives it from M^^, difmiiling. Others again derive It from the M#,, Envoy^ becaufe in thj Map, thePrayers of Men on Earth are fent up to Heaven Thete are a vail Variety of Maffa in the Rm,ijh Church ■ e tnlne arnnrnnn ti,>iit '^;^I„„ 1 « 11.- ,. ' P, -nrttries and Ve: Dumcating with one another, march direaiv to th. where, with the Nerves from the FleAt MefemWicus they divide into an n^flni.e Number of fmall Bran ch fpreadthemfelves extremelyfii ._ the IntpOrnf s. TK» . .rT_ Veffel -■ \r~'r ', ^1^"" iiiv iVICjejliey there are alfo feveral Veficular Glands ; th'e biggeft of which in the middle of the Mefe„:e,y, is call'd Pa„„ea] mpha and Chyle ..^i,a^.e»i ,e,„s. OCC T AN C B E A S As ELLII. The Mc'f '-y has been ordinarily divided into two Parts, the Me/„™m and We/oc„/„. The firfl appended to the /»rc/(m« lcm„„ ; and the latter to the Croffi, : But this is a Diviiion of no great moment The Ufe of the Mefi,„ery, is, firll, to gather the In- eitmes into a n^irrno; (.nmrm/:. .l,. t- /■ , teflines into a narrow fiomr^^rs ^'ha Ihe Coutfe o( the" .h h"' ^"''"^ ""I^" Church ; Sa"'tTut'^£.r"^^ ;heir'ctm^n°"Recept;ci: ^Z^:'^fl-l!j±.^"'^^r^^^^^^^ may be but (liort /.o^T^^r a;;:i%;o;LaThem S Ae ^'ff"-' I*''". Inten,ions: and^&e;;i„-;h.ch'ft Blood- Veffels ; and to conneB and d fonfr T ^ ? o- "P=tf»rm<:d, as well asother Circumflances. fo as to fecure them from afy Enlt lemelt ,h,"i " celebrated according ler their perillalric Motion '"■ght to the Rite of St. J,„l.rofe, partlcuhrly ufed in M.LT ^ -l„H7„.j„ r„___ , _ . i Ml/j was the Form which antientlvobtain'd hinder their peridaltic Motion. _ The Word comes from the Greek ^,„„ middle, and Kflfnes ' •'''"8 i" the middle of the In- ' MESENTERIC or Mesaraic, an Epithet given to two Atteriesari ing from the defcending I™7and pro- ceeding to the Nkfemery. ° * P in En^hjid. GaUkan Maf, is the Rite that formerly obtain'd in' the Churches of Frame. ^ Greek Mfh that rehearfed according to the Greek Rites in the Greek Language, and by Greek Priefts. Latin Mats is that ufed m the fat,,, Church in the Lat.n Tongue, and There is an Upper, or S„fer}or Mefemerir t, „ is that ufed in the iat,,, Chutch in the Loti to the upper part offhe Mefenterv ■ and ? r ^ ^"ording to the Rites of the Lat„, Chutch. ferUr Mefemeric, which diflributes itfelf throulirti;; Zl"' r^^'t^''^''' f" f "A " that fung by the parr. See Artery. "rough the lower Choriflcrs, and celebrated with the AiTiflance of a Deacon We have alfoa MtfctcWc comnofed nf -c- Subdeacon. of Veins proceeding from the Mefentery ; which with tS t""/!'^' 'l ' " ^"y"^ ^" h^ely re,,«J/.to,;c.iarlfing from the Spleen, form the '"^"fS,^ ""y Sr-gmg, and performed without Anatomifls alfo reckon a JJe/™,£„c Nerve wh ch'^t'r T '^"^"""'y' " ^ffiHance of any Deacon or Sub- -rom the In.etcollal, and fends feveral Branches to he T^'m C f . t, ™ .<;,.,.•.„..., esto.he The M,,/, ./ tie j^^., or our Lady, !s that offer'd to God by the Means and thro' the Interceffion of the V irgin. TheBea»-Maf, is a Mafs rehearfed everv dav, at which the from the _ Mefentery. SecNERv,!. Mesenteric Pfc.„„, a Plexus, or piece of Net- Work form d by the Branches or Ramifications of the F^r Va„m. ME S the Li(Jies and Jieau-Uande of the Place attend. This is aifo cali'd the pctfumed Maji. Common ^taj's, or Mcifs of the Comtnunity in a Monaftery, is that celebrated at certain Hours, whereat the whole Body affitts. Mi/i of the Holy Gboft, is that celebrated at the beginning of any Solemnity or Cliurch-Affcmbly, commencing with an Invocationot the Holy Gholl, Holy-day-Mafi, is that whetein certain Ptayers or Leftures arc read luitable to theD:iy. jVIj/i of •Judgment, was that wherein a Perfon clear 'd himfelf of any Calumny by fome Proof agreed upon. Mri/jforthe Death of our Enemies, was a Form of M.ifs that obtained along time in Sf.vn, but was at length abo- li/lied as inconfillent with Chrillian Charily. M-'f of the Dead, or Rejuiem, is that performed at the Re'juell of the D^xeafed ; The Introii whereof begins with Reqitiem. In the i;th Century, it was the Cullom e'er Cri- minals were carried out to Execution, to make them at- tend at a Uafi of the Dead, rehearfed for the Repofe of their Souls. TunJIj Mrf; or Great Mafs, is that which the Patfon is obliged to rehearfetohisPari/hioners on Sundays and Holy- days, Little Mafs is that faid at private Altars with Icfs Ceremony. The firft Mt/j is that faid at Break of Day. Majs i>f a Saint, is that wherein God is invoked by the Interccffion of fome Saint. Thus there are alio Miffes o( Apoftles, Martyr.', Poniilfi, Virgin.t, £?c. Mafs of Scriiitnj, was formerly rehearfed at the Exa- mination of Catechumens, when Enquiry was made as to their Difpofition for Baptifm. DryMafs, is that where there is no Confecration ; as thofe, according to Vnrandiu, where the Priefl cannot confecrate, by reafon of his having faid Mafs before on the fame day ; orthatufed by the Candidates of the Ptiefl- hood, in order to their becoming acquainted with the Ce- remonies ; as £c/'/iijwill have it. FotjM Mafi, is an extraordinary Mafsbelides that of the Day, rehearfed on fome extraordinary Occafion. MESSENGERS, in the E«gl,fi Polity, are Officers chiefly under the Direflion of the Secretaries of State ; be- ing always ready to be fent with all manner of Difpatches, Foreign and Domefiic. They are alfo employ'd, with the Secretaries Warrants, to take up Perfons for High Trcafon, or other Offences againft the State, which do not fo properly fall under the Cognizance of the Common Law, and, perhaps, are not proper to be divulged in the ordinary Courfe of Juliice. The Prifoners they apprehend are ufually kept at their own Houfes, for which they are allow'd by the Govern- ment (S J. S <<. per day. When they are difpatch'd abroad, they have an Allowance for their Journey, as ilated, viz. to Paris, ;o /. to Holland, = 5 /. to Edinburgh, 50 /. to Ire- land, 50 I. and fo to other Places in proportion. Part of which Money is advanced to them for their Journey. They wait twenty at a time, monthly, dillributed as follows, viz. fouf at Court, five at one Secretary's Office, five at the other, and two at the third Office for Kortb Bn- tam, three at the Council-Office, and one at the Lord Chamberlain's of the Houlhold. Their Polls, if purchafed, are cfleemed worth 500/. Their Salary is 45 /. fer Annum each. Messenceks 0/ lie £.«tcj„er ; The four Purfuivants in that Court are called by this Name, Their Duty and Office is to attend the Lord Treafurer, and to carry his Letters, Precepts, \£c. See Pitrsuivant. Messenger of the Prep, a Perfon who by order of the Court fearches Printina-Houfes, BooJcfellers Shops, gfc. in order to find out, or difcover feditious Books ^c. MESSIAH, a Term fignifying v^?;oiwr£?^/, or .^rioerf; and in that Scnfe applied to Kings and Priefls : But, by way of Eminence to Jefus Chfil>, the Saviour promis'd by the Prophets of the Old taw. See Christ. The 3ots fliU wait for the coming ol the JMe/ai ; being infatuated with the Notion of a temporal Meffah that is to be a mighty Conquetor, and to fubdue all the World. See Prophecy, £5c. Jefus Chrift afferts himfelf the Mefah. In St. JoJh iv. 25. the Samaritan Wotiian fays to Jefus, I know that when the Mefliah comes {who is called the Chrift) he will tell us all things. Jefas anfwered her, I that ffeak to thee, am he. There are feveral Impoflors that have endeavour 'd to pafs for Uejfmhs. 3, Lent, a Dutchman, has written a Hiftory of falfe lleffi.ibs, De Pfeadomefts. The firft he nientmos was one Uarcechal, who appeared under the Empire of Adrian. The laft is Rabbi Mardochai, who be- gan to be talk'd of in 1682. A little before him, -aiz. in J««S, appcar'd J.ii,Je/i.!i Sebi, who was taken by theTnr/fi, and turned Mahometan, The Word comes from the Hehrnv, Marchuach, Anointed of the Vetb mfehach,ta anoint : whence Jefus Chrift claims the Title on a manifold Account; ift, as having been ( ) MET anointed King of Kings from all Ages, idly, As Chief of the Prophets. ;dly, As High.Priell of the Law of Grace, or Priett for ever according to the Order of Melchifelech. The Son of God is vatioufly denominated according to his vaiious Qualities and Attributes. He is cali'd the Word, as being the Etetnal Son of the Father, and Con- fubftantial with him. Chrift, Xeir©-, a Greek Term, fig- nifying Anointed, of the fame import with the Helrevi Mejfab ; Jefus, i. e. Sanionr, of the Hebrew, Jehefm by reafon he faves his People from their Sins. He is called ll'ord, as being the Son of God ; Je/Bi, as Man ; Chrift, as being Anointed ; and Meffah, as being both God and Man. MESSIEURS, a French Title of Honour or Civility lately introduced into our Language. The Word is the Plural of Monfieiir, and is equivalent to the Englilh, Sirs, See MoNstEuit and Sir. ' The Lawyers always begin their Pleadings and Ha- rangues with Mcfjiem-s; which Word is alfo frequently re- peated in the Courfe of the Speech ; on which occafion it aiifwers to our Ejifjijlj Word Gentlemen. The Trench fay, Meffiein-s da Farlemem ; du Omfeil ; del Cemptes, Sec. MESSUAGE in Law, a Dwelling-Houfe with fome Land affigned fof its ufe, t5f. By this Name inay a Garden, Shop, Mill, Chamber, or Cellar be called. In Scotland, Mfffiiage is what we call the Mmar-Hoiife, 'Siz. Principal Dwelling Houfe within any Barony. See Manor. MESYMNICUM, a Name the Antients gave to a cer- tain part of their Tragedy ; or to certain "Verfes in theij Tragedies. See Tragedy. The Mefymnicitm was a kind of Burden, as Jo P,tan ; 0 Dithyrambe i Hymen, 0 Hymenxe, orthelike; which when placed at the end of a Stnfhe, was called Efhymnium ; and when infeited in the middle of a Strojihe, Mefymnicm. See Strophe and Chorus. METACARPUS, or Metacarpiom, in Anatomy ; that part of the Hand between the Wrift and th'» Fingers. See Hand. The Metacarfiis confifts of four Bones.which anfwer to the four Fingers; whereof that wnich fuftains the Fore-finger is the biggell and longeft. They ate all round and long, a little convex towards the back of the Hand, and concave and plain towards the Palm : They are hollow in the middle, and full of Marrow ; ihey touch one ano- ther only at their Extremities, leaving Spaces in their middle, in which lie the Mufcali Interojfei. SeelNTER- OSSEI. In their upper end there is a Sinus, which receives the Bones of the Wrill ; their lower Extremity is round and is received into the Sinus of the firft Bones of the Fin- gers. See Finger. The inner part of the Metacarfus is called the Palm and the outer the back of the Hand. See Palm, tjtt. ' The Word comes ftocn the Greek [/.tTAy poft ; and na^^Q-, Mani Article; Goii., LEAD. SiLVEK, COPPEK, laoN, and ' To thefe, afeventh Met«l h tifually added, viz. - oroiafce,-; but improperly, as .. has not he Chajhler, of a M..../, nor fcarce any *,ng m com- .non with the other except Weight andb.m.lanty of parts. See Mercury, Sc. i ,t,l. I,,. Pirc 1 hns for Example, it is neither diffolvable by lire, i nns, lor i-xaiiiv , , conltitute a malleable, nor hx d : In tUcLt, it ito . , ,- peculiat C lafs of Foffiis, and is rather the Mother, or baits of al Met,/, than a iifelf. However, as it isufaally reckleramJng them, and as it wants nothing to render k a 3"e«/>ut an additional Sulphur to fix and conned a'L parS t<;gether, it may wuhout any great harm be con- "'t^; co'mmfn radic^ -Charaaer of *.t^< tba. of all known Bodies, the, are the heavieft By Dr H.^ sEx- perTents, th:. Weight of Gold to tha, ot Glafsis deter- mined to be as 7 to . i and the Weight ot Tin, the Seft of all to that of Gold, as 7 to IJ ; which cfnf derably futpaffe's the Weight of all Stones, Marbles, Gems, and other the moll folid Bodies, as appears from ,hc Tables of fpecific Gravities. Nor 'here any Body in Nature but a Metal, that is one third of the Weight ot Gold. SeeSPECific GWij. , . _ . . The Royal Sodeiy fiirnifli us with various Experiments of this kind. 1 he Weights of the fevera Me.a s, and other Solids, they have examined Hydroflatically, by weighing them in Air and in Water ; and the Weights of the Fluids by weighing an equal Portion of each. By fuch Experiments they find, that taking the fiitie Weights of WateJ and Gold, the Bulk or Magnitude of the former is to the latter as 19636 to 1000; confequently that the Weight of Gold is to Water nearly as 19 to i of Stone, Earth, Macj LUGE. The yI/«o»ic and Mineral Matter now fo!indin the per- pendicular Intervals or Fiflures of the feveral Strata, whereof the Body of the Earth is compos'd, was, accor- ding to him, at the time of the Deluge lodg'd in the Bodiesof thofe ..^tratti, and brought thence, and tranfmitted into thefe Intervals fiiice that t;me ; the Intervals them- felves not exilling, till the Strata were form'd and broke again, to let the Water trom the Earcii. Now the Water which, he imagines, is conllantly af- cending from the Abyfs (fee AiYss) towards the Surface of the Earih, continually pervading the Strata, detaches out of their Pores and Interflices fuch Metallic tit\A Mineral Corpufcles as it finds loofe in its way, carrying them along with it to the perpendicular Intervals, where having a freer Paffage than before, it deferts them, and leaves them in thole Intervals. And this he takes to be the way in which all Meta!;, now found in thofe Places, were brought thither, and Hill grow. Thofe in the Strata, however, he obferves do not, nor cannot grow, but, on the contrary, arecontinually leilen'tl and diminilli'd, by fo much as has been convey'd into the perpendicular Intervals, and brought forth of the Surface of the Earth by Springs and Exhalations from the Abyfs, iS>e- See Fossil. The fame ingenious Author complains of the gK Uncertainty and Inconftancy in the Mineral and Metalhc Kingdom ; neither Colour, Figure, nor aiiuation in the Earth, being to be depended 01., fo ..s to raai.e luy pofiiive Judgment from them. A Pyrites or Mar.na- fite, for inllancc, iliall have the Colour and iJrighrnefs of Gold and Silver, and yet afford nothing bur a little Vi- triol and Sulphur; while a Pebble in appearance fhall I 1.-../ 'Tisct.inmon 'eight of Gold is to Water nearly as 19 to i , Mixture of a valuable Metai in it The Specific Weight of the feveral Metah by this Means J^^J'.^^^aVhe fame Metal fliot into a g, Iron Tin Stone Water Aii: p Ottnces. Drams. 785a 7321 20OO 1000 Grains. determined, Hand thus : Gold 191535 Quick-Silver 14019 Lead II34-' Silver 105135 Copper 8843 The Ctibic Inch of \ Gold j Quick-Silver ] , Lead L ^ Silver r Copper 1 ' Iron ! . Tin J. I- 4 « '7 As to the Origin and Formation of Metal, various are the Sentiments of Philofophers Antientand Modern. Fhto will have the Caufe of Metttl, to be a humid Va- pour, inclofed in the Bowels of the Earth, which being varioully intermix'd with Parts of the Earth, jroduce 5 5« 2+ nave a iviixtuie 01 .1 v.n«.*.-.w too to find the fame iW«.i/ fhot into a great nomm r of different Forins, as well as to find ditfcrenr Kind.^ ot Metal of the Time Form. And as to their Place in the Earth there is the fame Uncertainty, being fometimes found 'in the perpendicular Fiflures or Intervals of the Strata fometimes mterfperfcd in the Bodies of the *>- don't take their Rtle either from any vaporous Exhalation, or from Water, or from Earth ; but are generated of Mercury, Sulphur and Salt. He adds, that Metals take their Matter and Weight trom the Mercury, and their Tinaure and Form from Sulphur. The fame Author owns the firfl Rudimentof aMetalio be relulting tromtne iliiemuia-c 01 ce.... .......r.-., exilkd feparately in the Ingredients that formed the Me- tal - in a word, that it was an artificial Iron. And obfer- vina that there were Parcels of this Metal in the colour d Allies of Plants, and of moft other inflammable Stib- fiances, he concluded that it might be form d there alfo by the Union of the fame three Principles. This was oppos'd by M. Lemery the younger who maintain'd that the Iron contaln'd in the Afiies of Plants, was not form'd thereby Calcination, but was really ex- ittent in the Plants themfelves, being rais d in the.r ThefameAuthorownsthefirflRudimentofaMet. mbe ''XJalonp with the Juices of the Earth ; and fnrthe 'i^f-:^-^'^^^S^±^^^^::^ SSrC:Sij!;UhereofM.C.^.y^artificia.I. a laline C)UOltance iwiiiiuiiiis m " aiv.i, v....^.. little carry'd off. By how much the Terreftrial Parts are more exquifitely mix'd with the aqueous or humid, by lo much is the Metal more heavy and firm, as having fewer and ftnaller Pores. Hence its DuSility ; for its Parts be- ing extremely fmall, dcnfe, and complicated, may be drawn out Into a very fpacious Surface. On which account it is that Gold exceeds all other Metals both in Weight ' T-,_ci!i:.., . li..r,rp ?il fo its Fixitv. its Patts belus too Vcflels alone with the juices u, i,i>. -.«ii.. , that all the Ingredients whereof M. Ge./roy s artificial Iron were form'd, do really contain Iron in themfelves, either infmalleror larger Qu^tti'ities : Not the Argilla only, where the Iron is eafily difcover d by an animated iVnite ; nor the Oil of Vitriol, which is drawn from a Mineral, the Ground whereof is Iron ; but alfo Linfecd Oil, where- of M. Geoffny's Sulphur was made ; and even that ot exceeds all .Other Me,^> both in W.ght .G^^e X n,^;:':;L;i„ witW theSp^: '^'\J^L'::X:t!:J:^"^^^':r'!^^ Srh^eby each of thofe Oils might be reduc'd to if. , lilts:; and the Earth the Water frotn -^Eart^a w erein wa. from ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^ flying off; neither forfakes the other but each is bound To *is "J^^"^"^; ^ Ingredients feparately, there in an°undiffolvable Knot. The Moillure gives Duadity, c'"'™ '^^^^^ than when mix'd. the Earth Solidity. Where the Mixture is lefs perfeft 7™ ^^^^ Mixture produces Iron, whether the Earth or the Water prevail, the Met./ will i^.^'l^ 'foiU 'l ev den they are not fimple Sub- neither have r„ much Weight as ^"'"f '"f ^^^^^ ' Jtes bu 'omposMof an Elrth, anacldaiid a ful- MET ( Ui ) MET cile Principles rcquir'd for the Formation o( Iron: fo Smoak, is apparently Mixture of ' " y y eludes. MET ( ) MET dudcf, ihit Gold coniifls of a fulphurous ignious Parr, and a heavy mercurial Part fixed thereby; and that upon taking away the fulphurous or fiery Parr, the Gold is con- Tertcd into fluid Mercury. See Mercury. 5. All Meuli tnull firit be Mercury, e'er they be Gold ! and the thing fuperadded to common Mercury, whereby it is prevented from becoming Gold, is a fliarp volatile Body, which, when heated, becomes coirolivc, and emits Fumes; which are the Properties of the fo{ril Sulphur. 4. If any AyVia/, or other Body, could be found that only diffcr'd from Gold in its wanting Weight , it were impoflible ever to make Gold of it ; and, on the contrary, if a Body could be had that is as heavy as Gold, all the other Properties, as Colour, Fixity, Dudlility, £^c. inight eafily be added. And hence the more knowing among the Alchymills hold the primary Matter of Gold to be Quickfilver ; which, fay they, is Gold, at heart, as com- ing neareft to Gold in the point of fpecific Gravity. Only there is a corrofive Body, e. Sulphur, adhering to it, which, if it were feparated, you would have Gold i or if it were only inverted. Silver. And accordingly on fuch Principles whoeverwould make Gold ourof any other foreign Matter, mutt remember, that the more his Matter differs from Mercury in Weight, ^c. the lefs Gold it will make. See PmLosoPHER's Stone. 5. Therefore iWcw/j are rranfmutable into one another : for if Mercury be the common Matter of all Metals, and if all the difference lie in the fixing Spirit or Sulphur.which, as it is lefs or more fubtile and pure, conllitutes this or that Ivktal ; it is no way improbable they Ihould be iranfmuted by a purer fixing Sulphur, raking place of a corrofive one, and fixing the Matter into a more perfedl Metal. 6. The purefl Metah refulr of the pureft and moft de- falcate Mercury, and the fmallell quantity of the fubtileft Sulphur. Hence, Mercury of Gold is heavier than common Mercury, and has always fome impure part that is lighter than Gold ; and could that be taken away, and the fixing Spirit be added, it would become heavier than Gold. 7. The iinperfeif jMcra/j confift of impure Mercury and imperfeif Sulphur, with fotne other variable heteroge- neous Matter in it ; Thus,fufed by the Fire, it emits a Fume which whitens Copper, after which the Sulphur exhales yet further. The reality of fuch a third Matter is evin- ced hence, that all thefe bafer Metali are refolvable not only into Mercury and Sulphur, but alfo into Scoria or Sardei, which are lighter and more earthy than either of the other, and accordingly fwim therein. S. Upon rhe whole it appears, that in the three nobler Metals, Gold, Mercury, and Silver, it is principally the greater or lefs proportion of the Sulphur to the Mercury, that determines them to be Gold, Mercury, or Silver; That it is by this Proportion thofe feveral Metals are de- fined and denominated i and that from this difference of Proportion, flow all the fpecific differences of Colour, Weight, Fixity, Duaility, Volatility, Fufibility, Solubility, Salubrity, ^c. p. That in the other bafer Metals, belides this different Proportion of the two Principals, there intervenes another Caufeof piverfity, tiz. a third Principle, or Matter of an earthy kind, and very diltant from either of the reft ; which adhering to the pure elemental Sulphur, corrupts and adulterates, and varioufly modifies it : And from the different Circumltances of this third Principle, confider'd along with thofe of the Sulphur itfelf, refult the fpecific differences of the more imperfeft Metals as to Weight, Colour, ti^c. Hath Metal, call'd alfo Princci Metal, is a kind of faSitious Mefo/, compofed of the finefl and pureft Brafs mix'd with Tin, or rather with fome Mineral ; whereby it becomes inore diipofed to receive a Poli/h, Luftre £Jjc. as alfo fitter to be gilt. See Gilding. ' 'Tis faid to have been invented by Prince R»<>£>t, whence its Name, BeZ/Metal, is a Cbmpofition of Copper and Tin melted together. See Bell. The ordinary Proportion is 22 or Pounds of Tin to an hundred Weight of the former. See Brass. Line of Metals. On Gmter's Seflor, are Vometimes two Lines thus call'd, and noted with the CharaSers of the feven Metals, ©, >, 5, I,, s,rf.,ana Tfi and their Ufe is to give the proportions between the feveral Metals as to their Magnitudes and Weights. See their Ufe under the Word Sector, To k Icitl '""Ic' Metal, in Gunnery, is when the Mouth of a Gun lies lower than her Breech. Metals in Heraldry. There are two M«a/j ufed in Heraldry, by way of Colours, vist,. Gold and Siher ; the firft called Or, and the fecond ylrgent. See Or and Ar- C ENT. In the common painting of Arms, thefe Metah are re prefented by White and 7'elloiji, which are the natural Co- lours of thofe Mem/j. SecCoLOUR. In Engraving, Gold is expreffed bv dotting the Coat, SS'c. all over; Silver, by leaving it quite, blank. It IS ageneral Rule in Hcraldrv never to place Metal upon Mew/, nor Colour on Colour': So that if the Field be ol one of the Metals, the Bearing muft be of fome Colour, and t»«B£r7«; otherwife the Arms arc falfe : Tho this Kule admits ol fome Exceptions. METALLIC, or iMetalline, an Adjeaive applied to iomething bearing a relation to Metals. Thus we fay, painting in Enamel is only to be perfor- med with »,eM«,c c«Wj, that is, with fuch as come from Metats, or are made with Metals ; no other being able to endure the Fire. See Enamel. F.Koraam has publilbed a Memfc H//?or_)' of the Popes La Irame MetaiUque, is a Book of Medals moftly imagi- nary, pretended to be taken from the Cabinets of the Cu- rious, where they never were, by Jaqtm de tie. M. Eizot has pubhihed the Metallic HiJIory of Holland. METALLLIRGIA, the Art of Meials, that is of prcpa- ringand working Metals, from the Glebe or Mineral to theUtenlil. Sec Metal. TheWetj&r^,o includes what relates to the findinz of the Metallic Glebe, or Of in the Mine ; the judgin? of lis Kind, Richnels, fSc the Proportion of Metal therein ; the digging and feparaiing it from the Earth, and other matters ; and the purifying and difpofing it into a com- pleat, pure, malleable Metal. SeeMiNEand Mineral. hoerbaate divides the Keialbr^ia into four parts. The firft teaches how Metals grow in the Mine, how they are dilcovered, and how procured out of the fame. The fe- cond how to feparate the Metallic from the other Ma»- terofthe Ore. The third, how to reduce the feparated Matter toits fimplicityand dufliliiy. The fourth, to work, gild, pohfli, and imitate the finer Metals in rhe coarfer. METAMORPHOSIS, the Transformation ofa Perfon ; or a Change into another Form. See TRANsFORMATiohi. Thei Antients held two kinds of Meiantorfhofes : The one real, the other apparent. The Metamorfhofis of 3, include fome Allego- rical meaning, relating either to Phyfics or Morality. Omd'sMetamtrfhofes is a CoUeflion of fuch Transforma- tions. Some Authors are of Opinion, that a great part of the ontient Philofophy is couched under them ; and Dr. Hooke has made an attempt to unriddle, and lay open feveral of them. The Word comes from the Greak fum. Change or Re- moval from one place or flate to another; and mss: Form, Figure. * METAMORPHISTS, a Sefl of Heretics in the XVltb Century, whofc diftinguifliing Tenet was, That the Body of Jelus Chrift was, upon his Afcenfion into Heaven changed, amMetaworfhofed into God. ' The Metamorfhifts v/crc a Branch of the Sacrameiitariatss. See Sacramentarian. METAPHORA, ot Metaphor, in Rhetoric, a Fi- gure of Speech whereby a Word is ttansfer'd from its proper Signification, to another : or, whereby the proper Name of one thing is tranftated and applied to fome other thing; which other thing is more elegantly explained by this tralatitious or foreign Name, than by that which pro- perly belongs to it. As when we fay, the Light of the Underftanding ; to burn with Zeal; to float between Hope and Defpair, £J?tr. See Trope. The ^Vftiii^ior is the moft common of all the-Fiaurcs of Speech ; and is thafufually meant when we fay a'thine is fpoken Figttratttsely. See Figure. The Metaphor is a (hort Simile ; an Image being thereby qall'd from its proper Subjefl to give the refemblance of another. SeeSiMiLE. An Allegory is no more than a continued Metaphor. See Allegory. The Sources or Places whence Metaphors are drawn, are innumerable : They may be fetch'd from Divine Matters ; thus Ocero calls P/dfo our Go(^, Deus ille tiofter Plato. From the Elements ; as a Torrettt of Eloquence. From Plants ■ as where Virtue has raken Roof. From Artificial things - as where Jfpian is calPd the Cymbal of the Worfd ■ ^Langimis, a living Library ; Tertisiax, Fortune's foot- ha.ll, iSc. Quintiliait diflingui/hcs Metafhors into four kinds : The firft, when the Word is tiansfet'd from one Animal to another ; as when Zivy fays that C.ifo ufed to bark at Sciplu : or, when our Saviour calls Herod, fb.v. The fecond, when the Word is ttansfer'd from one Inanimate to another; as Bridle, (or Laws. The third, when Inanimates are apply'd to Animates ; as the Flower of Youth. And the laft when Animates are apply'd to Inanimates : as the River dijdai'i'd its Bound.'- MET ^4? ) MET As the "Metofhor is intended to fet things before the Eyes i it becomes fo mucii die more perted, as it ihews them the more vividly, by leprcicuiing ihcm in JVlotion and Ailiun, A Aleiafbor ihould have nothing in it coarfc orfliocking ; norfting that may raife it above theSimpli- cityot Nature : Nor /liould it ay^car i. AJetafbor to any but thofe who view it very clofely. A Metaphor iliould never be carried too far ; for in that Gate, it degenerates into Puerility. JWctj^/jo) j fliould always be follow'd in the fame kind ; they become unnatural, when diiferent Ima- ges are introduced. In all Meu^h'arical Dictions, there Ihould be a kind of Unity, fo that the different Words uled, may have a kind of Suitablenefs to each other. Dif- ferent Ideas are always abfurd : As in this Inllancc b The Church wasbefteged with a Deluge of Troubles; Where the two Images, Siege and Deluge, have no relation. There is nothing young Writers are more faulty in, than tJie indifcretc ufe of Mesa^hon. Thofe who aticdl the yjerveilleux^ are eternally on the Metaphorical ftrain i nor know any bounds or rellraint. They who underfland them belt, ufe them with the greateil referve. Mr. ylddi- foil propoles it as a Rule for Writers, to imagine their jVe- tafhor: actually painted before them, and to view and examine the Jullnefs of their Application andAflemblages; under thofe Circumllances ; throwing every thing out of the Writing, but what might be retained in the Pidlure. Card, i'en'o;! prefcribes this general Rule for Metaphors ^ thatthey muit always defcend from the Genus to theSpe- cies i and never go backwards from the Species to the Genus : Thus we fay figuratively, the Bandt of Sookty. j and not the humanCords which tie us together; Bo/idiJC- ing a Genus, andCord a Species. The Word comes from the Greek f^tTcttp-T^x, Tranflation, ordifplacing ; of (a-th, trhns^ and ?£?- , 1 bear, or carry, MKTAPHRASTKS, or MKTAPHRAST, a literal Tranllator 3 or a Pcrfon who renders an Author into feme other Language Word for Word. SeeTnANSLATioN. A Metaphrafisn{ux\\y fignifies fome thing more than a Pa- raphrafe, or a TranlJation ; in which fenfe» AUtafbraft implies a Tranflator, Gloffographer, and Interpolator, all at once. See Paraphrase, ^c. MPrrAPHYSICS, a Branch of Science, about whofe Kature and Idea, there is fome difference among Authors. See Science, Sume define it that part of Science which confiders Spirits and immaterial Beings i which others chufe to ditiing-uifh by the Name of Fmuntat'tcs. See Spirit and Pneumatics. Others, keeping clofer to the Etymology of the Word, explain Meta-f>h\fiii by trans-jiaiural, or prrifon'd in the Bndies of Hacbm^ miferable Bcaffs, there to do Penance for fe- veral Ages; at the Expiration whereof, they leturned afrefh to animate Men ; If they had lived virruoufly, fome happier Brute, or even a human Creature, was to be their Lot. See Pythagoreans. What led Vythaiown intq this Opinion, wa5, the Perfua- fion he had, that the Soul was not of a perifliable nature: whence he concluded, that it muil; remove into fome 0- ther Body, upon its abandoning this. Ljtcan treats this Doctrine as a kind of officious Lye, contrived to mitlqate the Apprehenfion of Deaih, byperfuadmg Men that they only changed their Lodging j and ceafed to live, to begin a new Life. Keucblm denies this Doftrine ; and maintains, that the Meicmpfychofis of Pyibcgoras imply'd nothing more than a Similitude of Manners, Defires, and Studies formerly ex- irting in fome Perfon deceafed, and now revived in ano- ther alive. Thus, when it was faid that Eupborhus was revived in Tytha^ar2s, no more was meant than that the martial Virtue, which had fhone in Eupborhus at the time of the Trojan \^3lV, was now in fome meafure revived in Tyibagoras, by reafon of the great refpecl: he bore to the Jibkce. For thofe People wondring how a Philofopher flaould be fo much taken with Men of the Sword, he pal- liated the Matter, by faying that the Soul of Eupborhus, i.e. his Genius, Difpoiltion and Inclination, were revived in him. And this gave occafion to the Report that Eii- pborhus's Soul, who periflied in the T™;fln War, had tranf- migrated into Fyth.-igoras, i'icmns afferts. That what Tlato fpeaks of the Migration of a human Soul into a Brute, is intended allegorically j and relates meerly to the Manners, AfFe^ions, and Ha- bits of its degenerating into a beaftly Nature by the Im- purities of Vice. Serranus, tho' he allows fomt! force to this Interpretation, yet inclines rather to refer ihe Macm- pfycbofis to the Refurre£lion. See REsuRr«ECTioN. Pythagoras is faid to have borrowed the No:ion of a l\^£t empfychofis ^rom the E^yptiajis, others f-iy from the an- tient Bracbmam. It is fliU retained among the Bajiiam and other Idolaters of hidia and Chhut ; and makes the principal Foundation of their Religion. So extremely are they bigotted to it, that they not only forbear eating any thing that has Life, but many of them even refufc to de- fend MET ( ^44 ) MET fend themfelves from wild Beafts. They burn no Woc'd, left fome little Animalcule fhould be in it; and are fo very charitable, that they will redeem from the hands of Strangers, any Animals that they find ready to be killed. See Brachmans, Banians, (^c. The Word is Greek, form'd of iv, and -Vv/J, METEMPTOSJS, a Term in Mathematics, particu- larly ufed in Chronology, expreffing the folar Equation, neceffary to prevent tlie new Moon from happening a Day too late; as, on the contrary, Pyoemptojis {igniEcs^hc lunar Equation, neceffary to prevent the new Moon from happening a Day too fuon. See Proemptosis. The new Moons running a little backwards, that is, coming a Day too foon at the end of 5 1 a Years and a half ; by the Froetuftofis, a Day is added every 500 Years, and another every 2400 Years: On the other hand, by the MetefKptofis, a Biffextile is fuppreffed each iH Years, that is, three times in 400 Years. Thefe Alterations are never made, but at the end of each Century i that Period being very remarkable, and rendring the Praftice of the Calendar eafy. There are three Rules for making this Addition, or SupprefTion of the Biffcxtile-Day, and by confequence_ for changing the Index of the Epafls. i. When there is a lAetemptofis without a Pyoemptojis, the next following, or lower Index, mull be taken. 2. When there is a Fro- emptofis without a Mejemftojh, the next preceding, or fupe- rior Index, is to be taken. 5. When there is both a Me- tem^tofis and a Froemftofis, or when there is neither the one nor the other, the fame Index is preferved. Thus in 1600 we had D 3 in 1700, by reafon of the Metemptojzs, G was taken; in rSoo there will he both a Prosmptojis and a Mctemptojis y fo the fam^ Index will be retained. In rpoo there will be ^Uetemptnfis again, when B will be taken, which will be preferved in 2000 ; becaufe there will then be neither the one nor the other. This is as far as we fhall need it. CLivius has calculated a Cycle of 501SC0 Years; at the end of which Period, the fame In- dices return in the fame Order. See Epact. The Word comes from the Greek f^ra., fofi^ and ^ttw, eado, 1 fall. METEOR, in Phyfiology, a mixed, moveable, crude, inconflant, imperfect: Body, or Semblance of a Body, ap- pearing in the Atmofphere, and formed out of the Matter of the common Elements, altered a little, but not tranf- formed. Meteors are of three Kinds: Ignious, or fiery Me- fcorj, confilt of a fat fulphurous Smoke fet on Fire; fuch are Lightnln^y Thunder, l^nis Fatuus, Draca P'olafis, Falling Stars, and other fiery Phenomena appearing in the Air. SeeTHUNiiER, Lightning, Ignis Fatuus, £^c. ^en.j/ or Meteors, confiil of flatulciir and fpiri- tuous Exhalations; fuch are Winds, Wbirlivliids, and //«r- ricci}]€s. See Wind, Hurricane, £^c.. Jqueous or IVato-y Meteors, are compofed of Vapours, or watery Particles varioully feparated and condenfed hy Heat and Cold ; fuch are Cltiuds, Rainbows, HaU, Snow, Kain, VezD, and the like. See Cloud, Rainbow, Hail, Snow, Rain, Dew, C^c. The Formation of Meteors is explained pretty large- ly by Des Cartes, in a Treatife exprefs. Jriflotle and Caf- fendiis have alfo handled the fame Subjed. Dr. Wood- ward's Opinion is, That the Matter of Meteors is in great meafure of a mineral nature ; That the mineral Particles contained in the Strata of the Earth, are raifed by the fubterraneous Heat, together with the Vapours afcending from the Abyfs, and pervading thofe Strata; efpecially at fuch times as the Sun's Heat is fufficient to pene- trate the exterior Parts of the Earth, and to make room for their Efcape into the Atmofphere. Thus fulphurous, nitrous, and other aflive and volatile mineral Particles, form various 'Meteors, according to the various Fate they meet with in the Air. See Vapour, Exhalation, Mineral, Air, ^c. The Grei'-hs call them (J-vrixg^^ q. d. Sublimes, or high- raifed ; x\i& Latins, Itn^re^ones^ as making .Signs or Im- preffions in the Air. METEOROLOGY, the Doflrine of Meteon ; explain- ing their Origin, Formation, Kinds, Phenomena, See Meteoe. METEOROSCOPE, a Name the antient Mathema- ticians gave to fuch IndruiTients as they ufed for obferv- ing, and determining the Dillances, Magnitudes and Places of the heavenly Bodies. From the Gree^' /^-5Tiw£?f, high i and ffx.ex7ia|Uit/, I view, r^hfcrze. ' METHEGLIN, a Liquor, or Drink prepared of Ho- ney ; one of the moft pleafant and general Drinks the Northern part of Eitrope affords; and much ufed among the antient Inhabitants. See Drink. _ There are divers ways of making it : One of the beft whereof follows. Put as much live Honey naturally running from the Comb, into Spring-Water, as that when the Honey is thoroughly diflolvcd, an Egg will not fink tti the bottom, but be jult fuipended in it ; This Liquor-boil for an Hour, or more, till fuch time as the Egg Iwims above the Liquor about the breadth of a Groat ; when very cooii next Morning, it may be barrel'd up ; adding to each fifteen Gallons an Ounce of Ginger, as much of Mace and of Cloves, and half as much Cinnamon, all grofly pounded : a Spoonful of Yci\ may be alfo added at the Bung- Hole, to promote the working. When it has done work- ing, it may be clofely Itop'd up, and after it has flood a Month, may be drawn off into Bottles. The Word is Welch, Ueddy^lyn. METHOD, the Art, or Rule of difpofing things in fuch a manner, as they may be eafily comprehended ; ci- ther in order to difcover the Truth, which we ourfelves are ignorant of ; or to prove and demonflrate it to others when known. See Truth and Error. Method is twofold. The one of Refolution, which is that v;e generally ufe in our Enquiry after Truth. See Resolution. The other of Compofnion, by which the Truth once found, is taught or imparted to others. See Composition. in the Method of Refolution, call'd alfo by Geome- ters the Analytic Method, we proceed from fome general, known Truth, to others which belong to fome particular or fingular Thing. See Analysis. In the Method of Compoficion, called alfo the Syn~ thetic Method, we propofe fome certain, general Truths, from which we deduce particular Truths. See Syn- thesis. If in the Method Refolution we propofe any Maxims 5 'tis not fimmediately in the beginning, and al! together; but as they are found neceffary in the Difquifition : On the contrary, in the Method of Compofition, they are pro- pofcil all together in the beginning, before there is any abfolute need of them. Thefe two Methods differ from each other, as the Me- thods of fearching out a Genealogy, either by defcending from the Anceftors to their Pollerity, or by afcending from the Pollerity to rhe Ancefiors: both of them have this in common, That their Progreffion is from a Thing known, to another unknown. Thofe Things that are known, in each, are fet in the front, or firll place ; that by them we may be able to arrive at thofe which are not known. The following Things are required in both, that Error may be avoided. I. That no Propofition be admitted as true, to which a Man can, with a good Confciencc, deny his Affent ; or which is not evident, i. That the Connection of the fol- lowing Propofitioni with the foregoing in every lie p of the Progreflion, be likewife evident or neceffary. To thefe may be added two other prudential Maxims, that hold good in each Method : As, that we ought to reafon on thofe Things only, of which we have clear and petfpicuous Ideas; or of obfcure Things only, fo far as we know them ; and that we /hould always begin from the fimple and eafy, and dwelt on them a-while, before we proceed to Things compounded, and more difficult. As to the Laws peculiar to Refolution, they are, t. That we muft clearly and perfeflly underdand rhe State of the Queition propofed. 2. That with fome Energy or Effort of the Mind, one or more intermediate Ideas be difcovered; which aretobe a common Meafure or Stan- dard, by whofe help the relations between the Ideas to be compared are to be found out. 5. That we cut off all that has no neceffary relation to the Truth fought after from the thing which is to be the Suhjeft of our Canfi- deration. 4. That the compounded Queftion be di»,'idcd into parrs, and thofe feparately confider'd in fuch Order, as that we begin with thofe which confill of the more fim- ple Ideas, and never proceed to the more compounded, till we diilinaiy know the more fimple, and by reHeaion have render'd them obvious to the Undcrilanding. 5. That certain Signs of our Ideas comprehended in ob- vious and eilablifli'd Figures, or in the feweit Words poffible, be imprinted in "the Memory, or mark'd on Pa- per, lell the Mind have any further trouble about ihcm. 6. Thefe things done, that the Ideas (according to the fecnnd Law) be then compared with each other, either by reflexion alone, or by exprefs Words. 7. If after we have compared all the Ideas, we cannot find out what we feek, we are then, by the third Law, to cutoffall the Pro- pofitions, which, after a full Examination, we find of no ufe to the Solution of the Queilion, and begin a-frefh. If, after this Method has been repeated as often as is ne- ceffary, nothing of what we have obfcrved feems to con- duce to' the Solution of the Queftion, we ought to give it over as out of our reach. The Synthetic Method, or Msthodof Compofition, is only praflicable in things, whofe Principles weperfcfliy know ; asin Geomctrv, which is whully employ'd in the Coiifi- deiatiu:', MET ( ^4S: ) MET ' See ' "Fluxions. wMaxI MIS. \TaNG ENTS. 'Differential ■Exponential. deration of abflrait Modes j of which out Mind has clear and adequate Ideas: But when the Enquiry is into Sub- ilanccs, as in Phyfics, we cannot make ule of the Method of Cotnpofitio!!^ their Kinds, and intimate Eflences being un- itnoun to us. This M^thcdhas not been by any fo juftly and accurately obferved, as by the Mathematicians, whole Principles are perfectly known : Its Laws therefore will be belt drawn irom their Practice. Now, as they defigned to propofe nothing that could be contradi61ed i they picch'd on thefe three Rules : i. To offer nothing but what was couch'd in Words or Terms perfeiily iinderllond ; for which reafon they always define the Words they make ufc of. 2. To build Only on evident and clear Principles, fuch as could not be contradicted by any who underllood them ; for which reafon they firlt of all propound their Maxims or Axioms, which they demand to be granted them, as being felf-evident, and needing no Froof, 5. To prove demonftratively all their Confequences ; for which reafon they ufc nothing in their Arguments or Proofs, but Defi- nitions that have been laid down. Axioms that have been s^ranted, and Propofitlons that have been already proved j "which become Principles to things that follow them. The Word Metbod comes from the Greek ;/.iSod^©-, which fignifics the fame thing. The Schools have a long time difputed, whether Logic be an Art, a Science, or a Method. See Logic. Cp(fe77di.\pta;n for his Soldicrf, Greece for the Greeks, the Author for his Works. The fourth, when the Sign is put for the thing fignified ; as the Gown for the Prieft- hood, £:(■. The Word comes from the Greek fMTtf, tr.im, and fiufitf, Komej! . METOPE, orMETOPA, in Architeauret the Inter- val, or fquare Space between the Triglyphs in the Frieze of the Doric Order. SeeTRicLYPJi and Frieze. The Antients ufed to adorn thefe Parts with carved Works, or Paintings, reprefcnting the Heads of Oxen, Veflels, Bafons, and other Utenlils of the Fleathen Sa- critices. As there is found fome difficulty in difpofing the Tri- glyphs and Mero^ej in that jult Symmetry which the Doric Order requires j fome Architedts make it a Rule, never to ufe this Order but in 'J'cmples. Scml Metope is aSpace fomewhat lefs than half a Me^ tope, in the Corner of the Doric Frieze. The Word Afctope, in the original Greek, fignifies the diftance between one Aperture or Hole and another, or between one Triglyph and another ; the Triglyphs being fuppofed to be Solives or Joiils that fill the Apertures: from y-i-Tct inter, between, and o-*^ foiamen. METbPOSCOPY, the Art of difcovering the Tern pe- rament, Inclinations, and Manners of Perfons by Infpcding the Lines in their Faces. Metopofcopy is no more than a Branch of Phyfiognomy ; the latter faking its Conjeilures from all parts of the Body : But both the Body, and the Branch are cxttemely preca- rious, not to fay vain. See Physiognomy. Ciro Spontofii, who has wrote on the Subje£l of Metopof- copy, obfcrves, that there are feven principal Laws confi- dcr'd in the Forehead ; each of which has its peculiar Pla- net. The fir ft is the Law of Saturn. The fecond of ^k- p!ter, Sic. The Word comes from theGree;^ fj.tru'sroi', f-'iiltHs, Face, and ayA-Tflofxaj, infpicio, I view, METRE, or Meeter, a Term in Poetry ; form'd of the Greek fj.i'Je.''', Menfuru, and fignifjing Ferfe, or Msafure. Sec Verse and Measure. Metrical Vcrfes arc thofe confiftlng of a determinate Num- ber of long and Ihort Syllables ; as thofe of the Grtek and Latin. See Quantity. Capelhs obfcrves, that the Genius of the Hehrew Lan- guage is incompatible with Metrical Poetry. See He- ar LW. METRICE, among the Antients, was that part of their Mufic eraploy'd about the Quantities of Syllables ; or which confidcr'd them as long, or fliort. See (Quantity and M'jsic. METROCOMIA, a Term in the antient Church Hi- ftory, tignifying a Town that had other Towns under its Jurifdiilion- What a Metropolis was among Cities, that a 'Metrocomia was among Country- Towns. The antient Metrocomies had each its Chorspifcoptts, or ^Rural-Dean, and here was his See orRefidence. See Metropolis and Chorepiscopus. The Word comes from the Greek p-iijnf. Mother, and kAuh, Town, Village. METROPOLIS, the Capital of a Country, or Province; or the principal City, and, as it were, the Another of all the rclt. See City. The Name is alfo apply'd to Archiepifcopal Churches ; and fometimes to the principal Church of a City. See CilURCFI. Father Mo?jfr gives a compleat Lift of alt the Metropoku See Metropolitan. The Word comes from the Greek i^nln?, M.iter, Mother j and OToAif, Urhs, City 5 as who /hould fay, the Mother- City, £fff. METROPOLITAN, is indifferently applied to an Arch- bifhop, and to his Cathedral Church. Sec Archbis hop and Cathedral. The Roman Empire having been divided into thirteen Diocefes, and izo Provinces i each Diocefe and each Pro- vince had its Metropolis, or Capital City, where the Pro- conful, or the Vicar of the Empire had his Refidence. See Diocese and Proconsul. By this Civil Divilion, the Ecclefiaftical was afterwards adjufted 5 and the Bi/liop of the Capital City, had the direflion of Affairs, and the Pre-eminence over all the Bifliops of the Province. HJs Rclidence in the Metro- polis, gave him the Title of Metropolitan. This ereiftion ot Metropolitans is refer'd to the end of the third Century^ and was confirmed by the Council of Nice. Archbifliop Vfier and de Miirc.i, however, maintain it » be an Eftablilhmentof theApoflles ; but in vain: For 'tis next to|certain, that the Ecciefiafiical Government wasregulated on the foot of the Civil, and ihiu it was hence the Name and Authority of Metropolitans was given to the Bi/hopa of the Capital Cities of the Empire, or the Provinces that com- pofed it. This is fo true, that in the Contelt between the Bilhop ofvVr/et, and the Biflmpof Vicnne, each of whom laid claim to the MetropoIitanJI^ip of the Province of Vi- enne -J the Council of Turin appointed, that which e'er of them could prove his City to be the Civil Metropolis,fiiou.ld enjoy the Title, and Hip.his of f^cclefiaUical Metrup^itan. Z Z 7 X Z 7. Tho Ml G ( ^4^ ) M 1 C Tho the Ecclefiaaical Government was modellM on the foot of the Political, yet in Gfl«/, and fome other Coun- tries the didinclions of Weii-o^o/;f.!K and Prim^ifc were not obfervcd till very late. As the Fr^feFius Ga[!iine and ^r.'ei was fet on foot. M. du Pin obferves, that in the Provinces of ylfnca, ex- cepting thofe whereof Carth;iv,e was the Metropolis, the place where the muff aged Bilhop refidcd became the Me- tropolis. The Reafon of which without doujt was this, that neither the Proconful, nor Fryfeaus ever fix'd their Relidence. , , The fame Author obferves, that in Jfia there were Me- tropolis's raeruly nominal, that is, which had no Suflragan, nor any Rights Metropolitans. The Bifhops of Nice, Cbalcedon, and Berytus, had the Precedence of the other Bifhops, and the Title of Meu-opohtaiis, without any other Right or Prerogative befidcs the Honour of the Appellation j they themfelves being fubjeft to their MetrofoUtans A Metropolitan has the Privilege of Ordaining his Suf- fragans ; and Appeals from Sentences pafs'd by the Suffra- gans, are prefer'd to the Metropolitan^ See BisnoF and Primate. ^ , . The Jefuit CV«re/had began a Hiflory of Mctro/'o/eJ ; but dy'd e'er the fecond Volume was finifherf. MEZZANINE, a Term ufed by fome Architects to fignify an Entrefote. See Entresole. ^The Word is borrowed from the Italuins, who call Me:^- zanira thofe little Windows, lefs in height than breadth, which ferve to illuminate an Attic, or Entrefole. MEZZO-TilSiTO, in Sculpture, a particular manner of Engraving Figures on Copper. Sec Engraving. Mezzo-Tmto is faid to have been firlf invented by Prince RxPert ; and Mr. Eveiyn, in his Hiilory of Chalco- grnphy, gives us a Head perform'd by that Prince m this way. '■"I'ls pretty different from the common way ot En- graving. To perform it, they rake, hatch, or punch the Surface of the Plate all over with a Knife, or I n lini- ment for the purpofe j flrftoneway, then a-crofs, e?<:- till the face of 'he Plate be thus entirely furrow'd with Lines ot Furrows clofe and as it were contiguous to each other ; fo that if an Impreflion were then taken from it, it would be one uniform blot or fmur. This done, the Defifin is drawn, or marked on the fame Face : after which, tliey proceed with Burnifhcrs, Scra- pers, If to expunge and take out the Dents or turrows in all rhe parts where the Lights of the Piece are to be ^ and that more or lefs, as the Lights are to be Urongeror fainter : leaving ihofe parts black which are to reprefent the Sha- dows or Deepnings of the Draught. MIASMA, from u,xUc^, inquhio, I infed j is made ufe of to fi^nify fuch Particles, or Atoms, as are fuppofed to ^irife from dilk-mper'd, putrifying, or poifonous Bodies, and to aftecT People at a diUance. See Contagion, j\i[CHAELMAS, the Feaft o{ St. Michael the Arch- angel, held on the 29th. of September. See Quarter- Day. MICROCOSM, aGi-eey&Term literally figmfying Uttle World chiefly underllood of M;(«, who is fo called by way of Eminency, as being an Epi[ome of all that is won- derful in the great World, or Macrocofm. See Macro- cosm. The Word is formed from the Greeh f^i/i^f?, parz'us^ little j and i'.oyuci, V.nndus^ World. MICROGRAPHIA, Micrographv, a Defcription of the Parts, and Proportions of Objects, that arc too fmall to be viewed without the Afliilance of a Microfcope. See Micr;?scoi'e. X)r. HooJis Micr agraphia is in much efteem among the Curious. The Word is compounded of i^y.^i;, par-vits, and fcripm, defcriptio. MICROMETER, an Aflronomlcal Machine, which by means of a very fine Skrew, ferves to meafure extremely fmall Dillances in the Heavens ; as the apparent Diameters of rhe Planets, ^c. to a great degree of Accuracy. See D-iST AN CE. The Word comes from the Greek ^k-£J?, parvus, and uiTC'Vy Menfura ; in regard a fmall Length, e.^. an Inch, is hereby divided into a vail number of Parts, e.g. in fome, iSoo ■■, and in others more. There is fome Controverfy about the Invention of the U-cro7>7eter. Meff. Aizoiit and Picard have the Credit of it in common Fame i as being the firft who publiflied it, in rhe Year I66^. But Mr. Tovmley, in the Fhilofophical TravfaBioh!, reclaims it for one of our own Countrymen, Mr. Gafcoyne. He relates, that from fome fcattt-T'd Papers and Letters of this t^enticman, he bad learnt, that before our Civil Wars he had invented a Micrometer, of as much effeff as that fince made by M. Auzout, and had made ufe of it for fome Years, not only in taking the Diameters of the Planets, and Dillances upon Land, but in determining other Matters of nice Importance in the Heavens, as the Moon's Diflancc, ^c. Monf. de la Hire, in a Difcourfe on the .^^ra of the Inven- tions of the Micrometer, Pendulum Clock, and Telefcope, read before the Royal Academy of Sciences, in 1717, makes M. huygens the Inventor of the Micrometer. That Author, he obierves, in his Ohfer-Dations on Saturn's R^ng, ficc. publifhed in 1659, gives a Method of finding the Diame- ters of the Planets by means of a Telefcope, -viz: by put- ting an Objeft, which he calls Virgida, of a proper Bignefs to take in rhe Dilfance to be meafurcd, in the Focus of the Convex Obje£l-Glafs : In this Cafe, fays he, the finalleil: Object will be fecn very dillinifly, in that place of the Glafs. By fuch means, he adds, he meafured the Diame- ters of the Planets, as he there delivers them. This Micrometer, M. dc la Hire obferves, is fo very little different from that publifhed by the Marquifs de Mah.tjia^ in his Ephemaides, three Years after, that they ought to be elleemcd the fame i and the Micrometer of the Marquifs differ'd yet lefsfrom that publiflied four years after his by Juz-oHt and Picard. Flence M. de la Hire concludes, that 'tis to M. Hiiygens the World is indebted for rhe Invention of the Micrometer : without taking any notice of the Claim of our Countryman, Mr-Gajcoyne, which is prior by many Years to any of them. ConJlrttBion and Vfe of the Micrometer. 1. TVoljins defcribes a Micrometer of a very eafy and fim- pie Structure j firft contrived by Kircbius, In the Focus of a Telefcope fit a Brafs or Iron Ring A B, (Tab. Astronomy, fig-n-) with Female Screws diametri- cally oppofite to each other. Into thefe infert Male Screws C E and F B, of fuch Length, as that they may be turned in the Tube, fo as to touch each other. And with this In- ftrument very fmall Spaces in the Heavens may be accu- rately meafured. For when any Objects, viewed thro' a Tube, appear con- tiguous to the Screws j if thefe be turned till they jufl touch two oppofite Points, whofe Diffance is to be meafured, it will be evident how many Threads of the Screw rhey are apart. To determine how many Seconds anfwer to each I hread ; applying the Tube towards the Heavens, turn the Screws, till they touch two Points, whofe Diftance is already accurately known j and obferve the Number ot Threads correfponding to that Interval. Thus, by the Rule of Three, a Table may be made of the Seconds cor re f[. ending to the feveral Threads i by means whereof, without more ado, the Dillances of any Points may be determined. 2. The Strudlure of the Micrometer now chiefly in Ufe, with the Manner of fitting it to a Telefcope, and apply- ing it, is as follows : A B C^ (Plate Astronomy, fig. iz.) is a Reftangulat BrafsFrame ; the Side A B being about three Inc les long, and the SideBC, us likewife the oppofite Si.'e A 5, about fiA Inches j and each of the three Sides about ^ of an Inch deep. The two oppofite Sides of this Frame are fcrewcd to the Circular Plate, to be mentioned hereafier. The Screw P, which has exactly forty Threads in an Inch, being turned round, moves the Plate GDEF along two Grooves made near the Tops of the two oppofite Sides of the Frame ; and the Screw Q_having the fame number of Threads in an Inch as P, moves the Plate R N M Y along two Grooves, made near the bottom of the faid Frame, in the ftme Direftion as the former Plate moves, but with only half the Velocity of that other. Thefe Screws are turned both at once, and fo the Plates are moved along the fame way, by means of a Handle turning the endlefs Screw S, whofe Threads fall in between the Teeth of the Pinions on the Screws P and Q, And note, that two half Revolutions of the endlefs Screw S, carry the Screw P exactly once round. The Screw P turns the Hand n falfen'd thereto, over a hundred equal Divifions made round the Limb of a circu- lar Plate to which the above named two oppofite Sides ot the Fram'e are fcrew'd at right Angles. The Teeth of the Pinion on the Screw P, whofe Number is 5, take into the Teeth of a Wheel on the hack-fide of the circular Plare, whofe Number is 25. Again, on the Axis of this Wheel is a Pinion of two, which takes into the 'I'eeth of another Wheel moving about the Center of the circular Plate, on the out-fide thereof 1, having 50 Teeth.. This lalt VVheel moves the Icfler Hand h once round the above mention'd circular Plate, in the ^5 part of the Time the Hand a is moving round : For bccaufe the Number of Teeth in the Pinion on the Screw P, are 5, and the Number of Teeth of the Wheel this Pinion moves, are 20 j therefore the Screw MIC ( ^47 ) MIC Screw P moves four times round, in the time that Wheel Neapolitan, claims the Invention to himfclf, but dates it \ movine once round. Further, fmce there is a Pinion of from the iame Year. As a Telefcope iiiveited is a Mi rj- tvio which takes into the Teeth of a Wheel, whofe Number fiofe ; the DJcovery might calily enough have arule from is 50 ; therefore this Wheel with 50 Teeth, will move once round in the time that the Wheel of 20 Teeth moves 15 thence. Sec Telescoi- e. times round ; and confequenlly the Screw P, or Hand A, muH move a hundred times round, in the lame time as the Wheel of fifty Teeth on the Hand h, has moved once Hence it follows, that if the citculat Plate W, which is falkn'd at right Angles to the other circular Plate, be di- vided into two huntlred equal Parts, the Index x, to which the Handle is fallen'd, will move five of thofe Parts in the f.-.me time, in which the Hand a moves one of the hundred Divifions round the Limb of the other circular yiatt. Thus by means of an Index, and Plate W, every fifth part of each of the Divifions round the other Plate, may be known. , „ , a. 1 ariher, fince each of the Screws P and Q_, have exatt- ly forty T hreads in an Inch ; therefore the upper Plate (j D E F, will move one Inch, while the Hand u moves forty times round ; the four thoufandth Part of an Inch, Found-itlon and Theory of Shi^h ]\Ti CROSCOPES. If an Objea A B (Tab. .OfTics, Fig. ii.J be placed in the focus of a fmall convex Lens, or a iiir.plc MiiniJcoJ^e D E, and the Eye be applied dofe to the oiiierfide ot the Micfofcope, the ObjeB -ivi'll he jeeii diJiijiB, tn .m ereB Siraa- atioj!, ajid ma^nijied in the Ratio of the dijiance tf the foitnt to the dijia}ice -wherein Ohk'cis ate to Le placed lu be Jcen dt~ jiinHlly with the nttked Eye. Vein- For the Obje£l A B being placed in the Focus of the convex Lens D E, the Rays iifuing from the feveral Points theteof, after Kefra£lion, will be parallel to each other. See Lens and Refraction. Confcquently the Eye will fee it diJtinBly, by virtue of what is proved under the Word Telescope. Further, fince one of the Rays A F proceeding from the Point A, afier Refraction, becomes parallel to the incident Ray i and therefore, fettint; afide the ihickncfs of the Lens, ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ' ' ■ ■ ' all while the Hand moves over one of the Divifionsround the is found diretfly againil it; and the fame holds ot Limb i and the twenty thoufandth Part of an Inch, while the other Rays carried to the Eye 1 the Rays A F, and the Index x moves one Part of the two hundred round the B F, to which the rell coming from A and B are parallel, Limb of the circular Plate W : And the under Plate will enter the Eye in the fame m.nutr as if iheyenter'd RN IViy will move half an Inch, the two thoufandth Patt without pafling through ihe Lens ; and will therefore ap- ■ ^ • -c '1- • r ...... - Vision. pear ereB ; as if the Lens were awaj. Laftly, it is manifeft that the Obj-S A B will he fecn under the fame Angle as if vicw'd by the naked Eye : But fince it appears very dillintf, whereas to the naked Eye, at the fame ditlance, it would appear extremely contufed, 'tis the fame thing as if the Objed Hiould feem removed to the diftance F H, wherein it is viewed with equal di- flinflnefs, andunder rhe fame Angle. The Diameter ot'the Objedl A B, thetefore, will be to the appatent Diameter IK, as FC to F H, i.e. as the dillance of the Focus of the Lens to the dillance wherein an Objefl is to be placed in otder to view it dillinCIly. See IVli^GNiTUHE and Ancle. ' Htiy^^ens takes it for granted, that an ObjccI feen with the naked Eye, is then in its utmoll dillinclnefs, when feen at the diftance of 8 Digits, or tenths of a Foot ; which of an Inch, and the ten thoufandth Part of an Inch, the fame way, in the fiid rcfpeaive Times. Hence, if the under Plate, having a large round Hole therein, be fixed to a Telefcope, fo that the Fiame is moveable, together with the whole Inllrument, except the faid lower l'l .ue ; and the ilrait fmooth Edge H l,of the fixed Plate A BIH, as likewife the Ilrait fmooth Edge D E of the moveable Plate G D E 1, be peiceivable thro' the tound Hole in the under Plate, in the Focus of the Objea-Glals ; then when the Handle of the Micrometer is turned, the Edge H 1 of the narrow Plate A B I H fixed to the Frame, and D E of the moveable Plate, will appear thio' the Te- lefcope equally to approach 10, or recede from each other. By thele Edges we Iliall be able to meafure the appa- rent Diameiei.s of the Sun, Moon, i£c. the Manner of do- ing which take as follows : , „ , , . , r ,m c r l Suppofe in looking at the Moon thro' the Telefcope, you agtees pretty near with the Obfervatioiis ot otheis. have turned the Handle till the two Edges D E and HI, are open'd, fo as jull to touch or clafp the Moon's Edges ; and that theie was twenty one Revolutions of the Hand a, to complcat that opening. Firft fay, As the focal Length of the Objea Olals, which fuppofe ten Feet, is to Radius, fo is I Inch to the Tangent of an Angle fubtended by I Inch in the Focus of thi^ Objea Glafs ; which will be found aSMin. 50 Sec. Again, becaufe there are exaaiy 40 Threads of the Screws in I Inch ; fay if 40 Revolutions ■ o n- • 1, of the Hand a, give an Angle of aS' 30", what Angle will 1. Since the diftance F H is conflant.tra.S Digits, by -1 Revolutions give' The Anfwer wiUhc, 15 Min. 8 Sec. how much the diftance of the Focus, f C is imallcr, lo And fuch w is rhe Moon's apparcnr Diameter ; and fo may much the fmallcr Ratio will it have to F H ; confcquently the apparent Diameters of any other Objeas be taken. the Diameter of the Objea will be fo much the more mag- It mult be here ohferved, that the Divifions on the Top nified. f , r- of the Plate G D E F are diagonal Divifions of the Revo- 3. Since in Plano-convex Lens s, the diftance ot the l-o- lutions of the Sctews' with d'iagonal Divilions of Inches cus is equal to the Diameter ; and in Lens's convex on both againiitheni. Thus as the fiid' Plate Aides along, thcfe fides, to the Semi-diameter; fimple Microfcofes will en- Diagon.ds are cut by Divifions made on the Edge of thenar- large the Diameter fo much the more, as they are Seg- rowPlatcKL, fixed to the oppofite fides of the Frame ments of fmallcr Spheres. by means of two Screws. Thefc diagonal IDivifions ferve 4. If the Diameter of the Convexities of a Plano-convex for a Reeirter to count rhe Revolutions of the Screws, and Lens, and a Lens convex on both fides, be the fame, laii. to Ihew how itiany thcie are in an Inch, or the parts of an = i ; the Diftance of the Focus of the firft will be i ; of j^^l^ the fecond i Confcquently, theSemi-diameterot the Ob- w'r Derham tells us, that his Micrometer is not, asufually, jeft A B will be to the appatent one in the firft Cafe as i to to be put into a Tube, but to meafure the Spearcs of 8, in the latter as , to 8, i. e. as I to i«. A Lens, therefore, the =ui on Paper, (of any Radius) or to meafure any part convex on both fides, magnifies twice as much as a Plano- v(h. By this i^eanshecaneafily,andveryexaaiy,with convex. ,-njntr- the help of a fine Thread, talce the Decimation of a iolar As the whole depends on the juft and Heady htuation Spot at any time of the Day ; and by his half Seconds of Objefts with regard to the Lens, various Methods have Watch meafure the diftance of the Spot fiom the Sun's been contrived to that end 1 Whence we have feveral ' ' ' " " ' ' " fcopes. The moft fimple is Law; of Single Microscopes. . Simple Mcrofcopcs magnify the Diameter of the Objea A B in the Ratio of the diftance of the Focus F G to an interval of 8 Digits, v. t^. If the Semi diameter of t Lens convex on both fides be half a Digit A B : I K =: 1 ; 8 — I : 16, that is, the Diameter of the Objea will be increafed in a fedccuple Proportion, or as fixteen to Watch, mea' Eaiiern or Weilern Limb. . 1 t a MICROSCOPE, or Encyscope, a Diopttical Inftru- mcnr, by means whereof very minure Objeas arc repre- fented exceedingly latec, and view'd very dittinctfy ; ac- cording to the Laws of Refraaion. See Refraction. Murfcopes are .properly diiiinguillied into fimple, or Jingle; and compound, or dnithle. 1 he Simple are thnfe which confift of a fingle Lens, or a fingle Spherule : The Compound confift of feveral duly combined. See Le different kinds of fingle Mc as follows. I. AB^Fig.zi. is a little Tube, to one of whofe Bafes EC, is fitted a plain Glafs, to which an Objea, ^iz. a Gnat, Wing of an Infea, Down, or the like, is applied : To the other Bafe, AD, atapfoper diftance from the ObjeC"! is applied a Lens convex on both fides, whofe Semi-diamcter is about half an Inch. The plain Glafs is tuin'd to the Sun, or the Light of a Candle, and the Objea is feen mag- nified. And if the Tube be made to draw out. Lens's of As Optics have been improved, other Varieties have different Spheres may be ufed t^ . . . . ' . . /-_...... TTo.,^B \ i„ . T ..... been contrived, in the fotls of Microfcofes : Hence Re- feflint^-Microfcopet, Ifater-Microfcopes, &c. See Reflec- ting, £^c. , . When, and by whom Mtcrofcopes were firft invented, is not ceriainlv known. H»vseni tells us, that one Drehhfl, a Dutchman, had the firft lihcrofcope, in the Yeaj^ liJai ; and that he was reputed the Inventor of it ; tho' " Again, a' Lens, convex on both fides, is incloftd in a Cell A C, and bv a Screw H there faftcned a-crofs ; thro' the Fedeftal C D palTes a long Screw, by means whereof, and the Female Screw I, a Style or Needle fix'd per- pendicular to its extreme, is kept firm at any diftance from the Lens. ' In E is a little Tube, on which, and F. Tomana a on the Point G, the various Objefls are to be difpofed ; Thu. MIG ( ^48 ) MI G what Ids .ha„ ,he dUJance of the f ocu" o . G at coTcx cLaW rcu "d al T" P ^1 ' D E. ^ " , """""'i 'iphcre. be made much finaller F G is another Brafs Tube, fomewhat wider than the '^^gnlf/ ^he"'ioH "jrVtade" " f'' ^'''t firll, and open each way for an Objefl to be apply'd to the Diameter of a Snh^rnl? , h ■ f n- ■ u '^"Pf°'^ ^..../co;... To itsnppl-rBare G H is faftn^L Spring of h F^cr/wiU be ■ ! J ^ diilance of .tce.-Wire. twined tn.o a fe., 1 3 whereby.,a„ ^b^a ^^e^^ ^ni.'^.'^ f C^^^ i'^"^ ^ placed between two iound Plates.'or Slices' K and L, in the manner hereafter mentioned, is by means of the Skrew B C brought to tlie Mierofcof.cal Lens, (or magnifyins Glafs, whereof there are feveral) and kept firm in its place. To the Balis H G, which has a female Skrew M are fitted Cells N, with a male Skrew O, wherein Lens's of various Spheres, guarded by Ferrils, arcincluded. In P is a female Skrew, by which an Ivory Handle P O is faflned to the Microfcope, In the Ivory Slice T are round Holes, in which are fitted little Circles of Mufcovy Glafs, for Objefls efp to 5IJ ; or laflly, as i to 170. Its'Surfalc the^efo"re will be increafed ,n the Proportion of i to 28500, and its Bulk in a Katio ot i to 451500c. M. LerwenlMck and M. MufcbenLroeci have fuccceded very well in fphencal Mcrcfape, ; and the Apparatus of the latter is much commended : But we forbear any Dcfcrip- tions thereof i i, being eafy for any who confiders the Struflure of thofe confiftmg of Lens's, to conceive how thole ot Spheres may be contrived. IVmr Ml CKoscof E. Mr. J. Gr.y, and after him, Jfclf,! and others, have contrived Watsr-Micnfccfei, confiHins of .Soherules or I **ne'c nfwin,^. ;„n ) ^rr^t.r .-9 .... ... wojects, eipe- and others, have '^J:'^::^t^\:\,t^^' - ^ i-ef ofwaieri^fleisvsLsrZef t:; When live lifefls are to be iie^d they are cover'd with h Ts-^f^^ "'""u" ='''ove-„,e„tioned • ,he BrafsSlice Y, which is put in a itt e Uar= B fs-b d „ a^f of'the " ""L *" '''^''^j'^^ "^^'i -""J of Glafs perforated with Holes X : And the fame S fee whethe; ' f Ae F„cu< f T""'" ^''"°/"/" ,B"' 'he diftance alone, or inclofed in rhe bed, being hid the L one oTn/^ r?%°\'^''''"'-\°' * c'\'' greater then round Plates K and L, is brought to the Lens by tneLs of b.' ^,1, ( \ ^'"h""' '^^""''^ ''"=>' Segments rheScrcwAB, tiUrheObjeamay bediflinaiLew^^^^^ ^^^^^Jx^Y ""^^r^Zn' T^fl If other pellucid ohlong Objefis .rf 7be View'd a» Thrfai/Mr r " Down, Cuticle, ^c. inOead^f tL Slice above.^^:7ed•th: Hemifpt if of^'v^fe'" h U To' tLe^EvlT" 'li:7ZS—t±^^±yT:^y'-^'^^^^^ Ligh'o;Mo„n-Light,wi:ho„.l;%trA'p;ara^^ - - "-J ■ «- , lui viijwjiig VI whdfc S:ru(i^ure is manifert from infpcflion. There are orlier Iniiruments in the Apparatus of the Mcrofcofe, as little Tongs, l if they came from the Focus of the Spherule f whence = '".^^J^ """e Jamc manner as it tht Objetts were placed without the Spherule in its Focus Hollow Glals Spheres, of the Diameter of about half a Digir, fill'd with Spirit of Wine, are frequently ufed for Mmfcefe: i but they don't magnify near fo much ...... . . ,m u^ftlltM* I will be underflood from what follows. If an Objefl A B be placed in the Focus of a Glafs Spherule F, and the Eye be behind it, «. g. in the Focus G; the Objeawill be feen diftinft, in an ercfl Situation, and magnified, as toits Diameter, in a Ratio of { of the Dia- meter El, to the diflance at which Objeas are to be Timr^ «f r™*,. j 11 «« placed to be feen diflinaiy with thenaked Eye c J''^''y'tCmf,und ordmhk-^^c^^^ The firft part of the Pr'opofi.ion isproved'in .he fame . veTfmalllpheif and 1 Oh' S'l'u''^ manner of Spheres, as of Lens's : L, then, a good Eye 'hi "ocus F ^ ^ ^ 'l^^^^^^'}:^^^'^^:^^ Suppofea-nEye^GlafsGH. conve. on both fides, anti " neter to sVoigits S^pTofe then t S^"- C*" ^ Ratio of i of the Diameter to S;Di^tsrs;:;^^;he; 'Z^T^:^:^^^^^^:,^-^ the Diameter of the Spherule E . ,^ „. be = J;, and F E = ; and therefore F C = iV~+ 4;= Coi,fc<]uently, the true Diameter of an Obiea to its apparent one 13 in the Ratio of to 80; i. e. as 3 to 510, or I to 107 nearly. ' ' Is'mv aLens convex on both fides, increafes the Diameter in a Ratio of the Semi-diameter to the fpace of S Digits ; wher-fnte i having a lefs Ratio to 8 than 1 i of a Leni and a Sphere that have the fame Diameter, the former will magnify more than the latter : And pretty much after the fame manner it may be Ihewn that a Sphere of a lefs Diameter, magnifies more than another of a large For the MaM cf caflivg link ghfi Sttemle: fir Mi ansrnPE* • thetO " -° ■" rr/ r /• i ^ .. CROSCOTES follows ; Glafs maybe in K. Laflly, fuppofe L K : L M: ; L M : L 1. If then O be the place wherein an Objeais feen diflina with the naked Eye ; the Eye in this Cafe being placed in I, will fee theObjeft A Bdiftinaiyinan inverted fituation and magnified in a compound Ratio of M K to L H and' L C to C O ; as is proved from the Laws of Dioptrics. Laws 0/ JoMe Microscopes. I. Themore an Objeais magnified by the M.crofupe the lefs IS its>U, ,. e. the lefs it takes in at one view ' ' rs^' i'"'^ Eye-Glafs, may be fucceffivcly apply'd Objea-Glafl-es of various Spheres ; fo as rhat both the entire Obieas. but lefs maonifipH tr,A r(if>:.. ru..^-,1 . u'.U .Tr'u-' X"J'="-"""=*'"^'"'i''"'SpHeres;lo as rhat both the entire A ' fra'air ;i:.c;' of";.erv '* f f ™= Objeas, but left magnified, and their feveral parts' much the wet Point Ira 5^;= -N? d e?i, t bf atly'l ^'^th^ TThT^C t'^^^ ^ 'T^^ '^.S' ^'^^f^- extreme bluifh part of the Flam'e of a Torc'k'^/or, whi'h m^e the TubJ 'ft"- tu'^'^n' "^i"^"" °^ is better, to the Flame of Spirit of Wine to Jevent its fT m'k j H' '" » '''^ fi't^d, 1 ■ „ t,io..l, ...'J D ■ f Wine, to prevent its Ihould be made to draw out ' being blacken d. Being there melted, and run inm a v„k .k. v r .c being blacken d. Being there melted, and "run into a htile rountl drop, ,t is to be removed from the Flame ; upon which It inftantly ceafes to be fluid : folding then, a thin 1 late of Brafs, and making a very fniall fmooth perforation fo as not to leave any Roughnefs on the Surtaces ; and further, fmoothing them over to pre- vent any glaring : fit the Spherule between the Plates a gainft the Apertures, and the wholcin a Frame, with Ob- jeas convenient for CJblervation. Dr. .^Jomi tells us another Method, thus: Take a piece of fine Window-GIafs, and rafc it with a Diamond into For the Proportion of the Obiea-Glafs to the Eye Glafs fome commend the fubduple Ratio, and fome the fubfefquifextile. De-Cb.iles will have the Semi-diameter of the Convexity of the Objea Glafs to be j of a Digit ; or at moft T i in the Eye-Glafs an entire Digit, or even i ■ Cherubtn makes the Semi-diameter of the Objea-Glafs J, f. Of iof a Digit; theSemi-diameterof the Eye Glafs 1 i, or 1 4 of a Digit. Since 'tis proved, that the diflance of the Imape T K from the Objea-Glafs D E will be gteater, if Lther many lengths as yotl Mnkl.'.AM VorZ7JZ° ^ens, concave on boA Mes, be placed before its Focus ; it eighth of an Inch in breadth ; then hrfdiSL one of fhnfe ^ b I I k O'-j'^a will be magnified the more if :^gths between, he Fore-finger and TLm"b th ^^t^t^l^T S ^:r:Vt'''>!^^'^^ - , , ; — " Muiuwii. one ot thole ngths between the Fore finger and Thumb of each Hand over a very fine Flame till the Glafs begins to fofien draw it out till it be as fine as an Hair, and break • then' apphing each of the ends into the pureflpart of the Flame' you have nvo Spheres prefently, which you may make .larger sr lefs at plcafure. If they flay long in the Flame 'a^a » W^'Vc«?n; much com- mended by C.;,rWe who ufed an Objea-Lens, convex on both fides, whole Semi-diameter was two Digit' ii,, Aper ture equal to a Muflard-Seed ; a Lens concive on both fides , ^ or ar moll 16 Digitsi and an Eye Glafs convex on both fides, of tf Digits. 4. Since M I D ( ) MIL 4,. Since the Image is proje£led to the greater diflance^ the nearer another Lens of a Segment of a larger Sphere, is brought to the Obje61:-Glafs ; aMcio/co^e may be com- pofedofihree Lens's, which will magnify prodigiouily. 5. From thefe Coniiderations it follows, that theObjeci will be magnified the more, as the Eye-Glafs is the Segment of a fmaller Sphere 5 but the Field of Vifion will be the greater, as the fame is a Segment of a larger bphcre ; If then two Eyc-Glafles, the one a Segment of a larger, the other of a fmaller Sphere, be fu combin'd, as that the Object appearing very near thro' them, i. e. not farther diliant than the Focus of the firlf, be yet diftin£l ; the Object at the fume time will be exceedingly magnified, and the Field of Vifion much greater than if only one Lens were ufed ; And the Objefi: will be flill more magnified, and the Field enlarged, if both the Objefi and Eye-Glafs be double. But in regard an Objedl appears dim, when view'd through fo many GlafTes, part of the Rays being rcHecled in paffing through each j the multiplying of Lens's is not advifeable : And the beft among compound 'Micro, fcopesy are thofe which confiil of one Objed-Giafs, and two L;ye-GUffes. For a M/CJ-o/co/'e of three Lens's, De-Ciii/f; commends an ObjeCl-Glafs ol | or ^ of a Digit j and the firit Eye- Glafs he makes 2, or a ^ Digits ; the ditlance between the Objeii-Glafs and Eye-Glafs about zo Lines. Co7;Mt/ihad en excellent Microfcnpe^ the Objei5i-Glars whereof was half a Digit, and the two Eye-Glafles (which were placed very near) 4. Digits ; But it anfwer'd belt when in lieu of the Objed-Glafs, he uled two GlafTes, convex on borh fides, iheir Sphere about a Digit and half, or at moH two, and their Convexities touching each other within the Space of half a I iinc. Enjlacbiiis tie Divhtis, inllead of an Obje£l- Glafs, convex on both fides, ufed two Vlano Convex I^ens's, whofc Convexities touched. Crinciclhts <.Vn\ the fame i only that the Convexities did not quite touch. Zab/iius made a a Binocular Microfco^e, wherein both Eyes were ufed. Scrtt^lttre or 'Mechanifmitf a Double Microscope. The Induilry and Addrefs of our Country-man, Mr. Mar- JIjuU^ here deferves to be remember'd ; The mofl: com- modious Voiibie Mtcrojccpe is of his Contrivance. In this, the Eye-GlalTes are placed in the Tube at A and B,Fig, 25. and the Objed-Glafs at C. The little Pillar D E is turned by means of a EallE, inoveable in the Socket F; and thus the 'Microfcoj^e is accommodated to any Situation. The fame Pillar is divided into as many parts, i, z, 3, 4, 5, S^c. as there are Lens's of different S^-heres to be ufed in view- ing different Objects ; fo that the dillance of the Object from the Objeii-Glals may be found without any ttouble. But asitis fcarce rxadtly enough determined this way, the Tube may be brought nearer the Objecl at difcreiion, by niean'^ ui the Screw G H. The ObjeCls are cither laid on the Circle I j or fitted to proper Inl-lruments, having their Points or Stiles paiTing through the little I'ube L M. Lalily, to illumine the Ohjeil, a Lens convex on both fides, IS O, is diipofed in a convenient Situation. Therett appears from the Figure. Rcjiccliji^ Microscope, is that which magnifies by Re- il', £fiun, as the above-mentioned ones do by Refraclion. See RE- 1'Li.CTION. The Struilure of fuch a Micro/cope may be conceiv'd thus : Near the Focusof a concave Speculum A B, place a minute Objefl: C, that its Image may be form'd larger than it felf in D. To the Speculum join a Lens convex on both fides E F, fo as the Image D may be in its Focus. The Eye will here fee the Image inverted, but diflin£t, and enlarged ; confequently the Objefl will be larger than if viewed through the Lens alone. See Mirrour. The Inventor ol this ytic-'ofope is tlie great Sir L Newtoji ; but it is fumewhat to be feared Icll the Objeds appear dim. Any Tclefcofe is converted into a Mcrofcope, by re- moving the ObjeiSi Glafs to a greater diitance from the Eye- Glafs. And fince the diftance of the Image is various, ac- cording to the diiiance of the Objedl: from the Focus j and it is magnified the mure, as its dillance from the Objefl- Glafs is greater i the ame Telefjope may be fucceffively converted into Microfccpcs which magnify the Obje£l in dif- ferent degrees, See Telescope. MID, or MIDDLE, in Philofophy, and Mathematics. See Mean and Meiuum. MIDDL.E Latitude, in Navigation, is half the Sum of two fiiven Laihiuks. SeeLATiTTna. MIDDLE Latitude isalfo ufi d for a Method of work- ing the feveral Cafes in Sailing, nearly agreeing with Mer- cKoi 's way, but without the help of Meridional Parts. See SAir.iNG. See Meridional P.irn, Mercator, £5^c. MIDHAVEN, Midium Cxh, in Allronomy, is that Point of the Ecliptic which culminates, or is in the Meridian. See Culmination, ^c. MIDRIFF, in Anatomy. SeeDiAPHR acm. MIDSH1P-/V;e«, are Ofi^cers aboard a Ship, whofe Sta- tion, when they are on Duty, is, fome on the Quarter- Deck, others on the Poops, Their Bufinefs is to mind the Braces, to look out, and to give about the Word of Com- mand from the Captain, and other fupcrior Officers. They alio afTill on all occafions both in faiilng the Ship, and in flowing and rummaging the Hold. They are ufually Gentlemen, who, having ferved their time as Volunteers, and are now upon their preferment, MIDSUMMER-DAY, is the Feiiival of St. 'jolm the Baptiil, held on the z+ih Day of jW/d'. See Quarter- Day. ^ MIGRATION, or Travfm'gratioy}, the Paffage or Re- moval of any thing out of one State, or Place into anoih -r j particularly of Colonies of People, Birds, ^c. into other Countries. See Transmigration. The Migration of the Souls of Mm into other Ani- mals after Death, is the great Doctrine of the Pytha- goreans, call'd the Netempfychofis. See Metempsychosis. The Migration of Birds, as the Swallow, Quail, Stork, Crane, Fieldfare, Woodcock, Nightingale, and o- ther Birds of P^ilf'igs, is a very curious Article in Natural Hitlory, and furni/lics a notable Imlance of the powerful Inllind iinprefs'd by the Creator. See Instinct. Mr. Derham obferves two things very remarkable therein ; ihefrj}^ That thefe untaught, unthinking Creatures /liou Id know the proper Times for their Paffagc, when to come, and when to go; as alfo, that fome ihould come when others go. No doubt, the leinpeniture of the Air as to heat and culd, and their natural Propenfity to breedtheir Young, are the great Incentives to thofe Creatures to change their Habitation: But it is an odd Inliin^t they fhould at all ihift their Habitation i that fome certain Place is not to be found in all the Terraqueous-Globe af- ftording 'era convenient Food and Habitation all the Year round. The fecoad, That they fliould know what way to fteer their Courfe, and whither to go. What Inliin6l is it, that moves a poor fooHIh Bird to venture over vail Tra£ts of Lands and Sea? If it be faid, that by their high Afcents up into the Air, they can fee crofs the Seas, yet what Ihould teach or perfuade them that that Land is more proper for the purpofe than this ? Th'xt Bricain, for ini' ance, fliould afford them better Accommodation than E?yj-t^ thin the Camriesl than ^^aiw ? or any other of the intermediate Countries ? FhyJico-ThecL p. 549. Lud. lie Beaufort remarks, that Birds in their PaCTageob- ferve a wonderful Order and Polity : 1 hey fly in Troops, and lieer their Courfe through huge unknown Regions,with- out the Conipafs. Cofmol. Dtvin. It is to be added, that the Birds ofPaffage are all peculiarly accomrnodatcd by the Stru6lureof their Parts for long flights. SeePASSACE. Naturalifls are divided as to the Places whither Birds of Paffage retire when they leave us. Mr. Jf-'/AW^/iiy thinks the Swallows fly into Egypt ix^iX JEthiop'ia. Orn-tb. Lib. z. c. 5. OhmsMagmis fays, they lurk in Holes, or under Wa- ter ; which is confirmed h) Etmnlkr, who affares us, that he faw a Bufliel of them taken out of a frozen Fifli-Pond, all hanging together head to head, feet to feet, £^c. in one Clurier. D'lffen. z. c. 10. OLius adds, that this is a com- mon thing in the Northern Countries , and that fuch a Clufler being carried accidentally by fome Bojs into a Stove, the Swallows, after thawing, began to fly about, but weakly, and for a very little time. A further Confirina- tion of this Account was given by Dr. C(?/ij-'-, a Perfon very curious in fuch things, to the Royal Society. Speaking of the way of p'i/liing in the Northern Parts, by breaking Holes, and drawing their Nets under the Ice, he related, that he faw fixieen Swallows fo drawn out of the Lake of Samrodt, and about thirty out of the King's great Pond in Rofi}2eilen ; and that at Scblebittefi, near a Houfe of the Earl of Vohna, he faw two Swallows juit come our of the Waters that could fcarce iland j being very wet and weak, with their Wings hanging on the Ground. Fle added, that he had often obferved the Swallows to be weak for fome days after their Appearance. MILDEW. SeeMiLLDEw. MILE, in Geography, a long Meafure, whereby we ufc to exprefs the diftance between Places. See Measure, Distance, i^c. The M//e is of different extent in different Countries. The Geographical or Italiaji Mik contains a rhoufand Geo- rnetrlcal Paces, Mile Tajfus^ whence the Term M;/e is de- rived. See Pace, League, ^c. Cafimir has made a curious Reduction of the Mdes, or Leagues, of the feveral Countries in Europe into Roman Feet which are equal to xhzRjymland Feet generally ufed through- out the North. See Foot. Feet. The Uih o{ Italy Of Eii-lanA 7 A 5 coo 5454 The MIL ( Feet. The Mile iifScotlanil. • Sooo Of Sweden 30000 OfMiffciTiy 3750 Of Lithuania ■ 18500 0{ Folmd 15850 Of Germany, the Small soooo The Middle " »25co TheLargeft ' =5°°° OfFrmice 5250 OfSfain 1°90 CXBargmJy Of Flanders Of Holland Sooo Of Pei;/!.!, called alfo -P«re/a»^» 1875a ' OfE^ift — ''>°°° MILES, a Latin Term, which, in its general Import, fig- nififs aWier. See SoLDiEti and M 1LIT14. [n our EngUJh Laws, and Culloms, Udes is peculiarly ap- propriated to a Knight, called alfo £{««. See Knioht and Eq_ues. MILIARY Glands, ClanduU Miliares, in Anatomy, a oreat notnber of fmall Glands intetfperled throughout the Subflance of the'Cnfii, or Skin. Sec Gland and Cutis. , , 1 „s The Miliary Glands are the Organs whereby the Matter of Sweat, and iiifenfiblc Perfpiration, is fecreied from the Blood. See PEKsriRATioN and Sweat. They are interwove with the pyramidal FaftlU of the Skin i and are each fcrved with a Branch ot an Artery, Vein, and Nerve ; as alfo with a proper excretory Duft, through which the fluid Matter fecreted from the Blood in the Subflance of the Gland, is excreted, and fcnt forth ar the Peres, or Perforations of the Cuticle. See Pore and Cuticle. . 1, o. ■ Miliary Ferer, is a malignant Fever wherein the Skin is fprinkled over wiih liitle' purple Spots, or PulUes, in form of Grains of Mi//ef. It is alio call'd a fitrfle Fever, from the colour of the Spots. Sec Purple and Fever. MILITANT, a Term underftood of the Affembly of Chriftians, while hereon Earth. The Rcmanijts divide the Church into Militant, Patient, and Triumphant : The M'htant is on Earth ; the Patient, or Paffive, they place in Purgatory j and the Triumphant in Heaven. See Church. MILITARY, foniething belonging to the Militia, or Soldiery. Thus, The Military A-t is the Science of War. Sec War. Military Governmejit is the fupreine Government, Di- reflion. Command, and Difpofition of all the tyhlttary Power of a Nation by Land and Sea. See Govern- ment. The Mi/irnrj Government of England is wholly under the King i and neitherone, nor both Houfesof Parliament have any Right to levy any Forces, or make any War Of- fcnfivc or befcnfive. See King, Army, Militia, Gu ARL>8,^C. Military Esercifes, are the Evolutions, or various manners of Ranging and Exercifing Soldiers. See Evo- lution. Military JrchileSure, istheArt of Fortification. Sec Arci^itecture and Fortification. Military EscMion, is the delivery of a City or Country up to be ravaged and deflroy'd by the Soldiers, upon iis refufing to pay Contribution-Money. See Execu- tion. Military Tejiamejit among the Ramans, was what we call a Nuncupative-Will ; or a Teflament made only by W ord (jf Mouth, in the Pcefence of two Witnefles. See Tlst.^m en t. This was a Privilege peculiar to the Soldiery, and to them only when in the Campaign ; for atother times they were fubjeifl to the common Laws. Military Colimni among the Romans, was a Column on which was engraved a Lill of the Troops of an Army j or the Number of Soldiers employ'd in any Expedition. See Column. Military Order, feeORDER. Military Law. fee Law. Military Fever, is a kind of malignant Fever frequent in Armies, by reafon of the ill Food, ^c. of the Soldiers. See Fever. Military Ways, Via: Militares, are the large Roman Roads, which '/p-'ppa procured to be made through the Empire, in ihe'time of J^r.pijhis, for the more convenient marching of Troops, and conveyance ot Carriages. See Road. N. Benirr has wrote the Hinory of the Ongio, Pro- ^refs, and amazing Extent of thcfe Military Roads ; which ^^o ) MIL were paved from the Gates of Rmjc to the extreme Farts of the Empire. See Vi-il. MILITIA, a coUcilive Term, underttood of I'crfoiis who make Profeflion of Arms. The Word comes from the £flt;V, Mi/ei, a Soldier 5 and M/ei, from Mi/'fe, which was antiently wrote M/e ; For in levying Soldiers at Roiae, as each Tribe furhifhed a Thon- fand, Milk or Mile, Men,, whoever was of that .Number, was called ^/^7e^. See Triee. Militia In its proper, and more refirained fenfe, is ufed to iignify the Inhabitants, or, as we call them, the Trained-Baiidi of a ToWn, or Country ; who arm iliem- felves, on a fhorc warning, for their own Defence. In which fenfe, Mlitia is opi.'oied to regular, Hated Forces. The Handing Mihtm of England is now computed to be about 2CC0CO Horfe and Foot ; but may be increafed at the pleafure of the King. For the Direftion and Command of thefe, the King con- fiitutes Lords Lietnenams o{ each County, with Tower to Arm, Array, and Form into Companies, Troops, and Re- giments, to Condudf, (upon Occafion of Rebellion, and Invafion) and Employ the Men fo Arm'd within their re- fpe6livc Counties, and other Places where the King com- mands 5 to give Commifiions to Colonels, and other Offi- cers 5 to charge any Perfon with Horfe, Horfe-man, Arms, proportionable to his Eilate, i;^c. Sec l-orrf Lieutz'- NANT. No Perfon to be charged with a Horfe unlefs he have 500 Pounds yearly Revenue, or 6::oo Pounds Perlonal E- Itate 5 nor with a Foot-Soldier; unlefs he have jo Pounds yearly, or tfco Pounds Perianal Eilate. MILK, i-flc, a white Juice, or Humour, which Nature prepares in the Breads of Women, and the Udders of other Animals ; for the Nourifiiment of their Young. See Breasts. Uiik is thicker, fweeier, and whiter, than the Chyle itfelf, from which it is derived, and thai probably, without much more Artifice or Alteration tlian the leaving behind fomeof its aqueous Parts. The Antienis held it form'd from the Blood ; but the Moderns are of Opinion, it comes from the pure Chyle convey'd by rhe Arteries to the Breafls, and without any other Coiiion filtrated through the Glands whereof they arc compos'd, like Urine through the Reins 5 without undergoing any confiderable change. According to M. Leewenhoeck's Obfervations, Milk con- liils of little Globules fwimming in a clear tranfparent Liquor, cali'd ^f-owf oriVbey, M/A isaCompofition of three different Kinds of Parts, Butirous, Cafeous, and Serous. The Butiroits Parts are the Cream and Oil that fwim a-top. See Butter. The CV feuus are the groffer Parts, and thofe that coagulate, and are made into Cheefe. See Cheese. The Serous are pro- perly a Lympha, and make what we call Whey. Dr. Drake fays, that Milk is nothing but Oil and Water united by the Artifice of Nature, perhaps by the Interven- tion of fome peculiar Salts, which, Milk itfelf, however fweetatfirlr, does, after a little Handing, dilcover to be pretty plentifully therein. Milk is firrt found in the Breafts of Women after they have been pregnant about four Months. The Fermen- tation of the Mili in the Breafts, the firft days after a Woman is delivered, occafions a Fever, which takes i:s Name therefrom. jlrijtotle fays, there arc fome Men who have Mili in their Breatts. Cardan tells us he faw one that had enough to fuckleaChild. In the Fbilofofhicd TranfaWans, we have an Account of a Wether brought to Milt by the fucking of a Lamb ; which Lamb wa's maintain'd by it all the Summer, till it was weaned. jW^/zt corrupted in the Stomachs of Children, occafions the feveral Difeafes incident to that Age. Daliel, a Damjlj PhyficLan, who has wrote exprelly on this Subjefl, tells us, an excellent Remedy in fuch Calc, is a Glafs of Water with a little Saltdiffolved in it : This afls as an Emetic, and ihrowsupthe Corruption that occafion'd theDifotder. Celjiis mentions this Remedy, L. i. c. 5. See Children. Ga/CB obferves, that in Animals fed with Milk, the greateil part of the Food of the Mother is converted into ihat Humor. Thete are feveral kinds of A£lk, ufed not only as Food, but as Phyfic : As Cows Alilk, Alfes Milk, Sheeps and Goats Milk- Thefe are prefcribed as proper to alter a Jharp thin Blood into aCtafis more foft, balfa.nic, and nu- tritive ; and in Conilitutions where they fit the lirll Paffa- oes mull be very good for that End, as being already prepared intoTs'utriment, fo far as is required for their ad- milTlon into the Blood. But where the Juices of the Sto- mach are lharp, thefe Liquors are apt to be turn'd iliio Curd. Whenever Milk, therefore, of what kind foever, is order'din Confumptions, and as a Reftorative, it is with good reafon ioin'd with the teftaceous Powders, and fuc!i things as are proper to dertroy thofe Acidities. MIL ( ) MIL AflTes Mdk is faid to be a great Beiutifier and Preferver of the Skin. Fajj^ea^ Wife of the Emperor Nero, ufed it for that purpofc j having four or five hundred AfTes con- flantly in her Retinue, to furmili her every Morning with a freih Bath. We have feveral artificial Mlh, To call'd from their re- femblanceof natural ones. As, Milk of Sulphur^ a Preparation of Flowers of Sulphur, and Salt (jt Tartar - prefcribed by the Phyficians, as a Su- dorific. .See Sulphur. yirgius Milk, Lac I'irgmale, compofcd of Rock Alum, Spring Water, Litharge, and Vinegar ; ufed as a Coftnetic, ludrivu in Pimples, and check any cutaneous Eruptions, by its cooling, reltringcnt Quality. MiLii 0/ ifcc A-'oo;;, Lac Lunte^ is a Name given by the Katuralills to a kind of fclTil Agaric. See Agaric. Milk of the Muo/i, of Silver, is alfo the Name of a white, p(.rou5, friable, infipid Earth, extracted by lubli- matitjn from a Matter frequently found in Silver-Mines : "Whence alfo it has the Name of Homers of Silver. See Silver. MILKY WAY, J'la LaHea^ or Galaxy' . See Galaxy. MILL, in propriety, is a Machine ufed for Gm;rf/7i^(^ : But :he Word in its general Signification is ufed for all Machines whofcAdion depends on a circular Motion, See Grinding, Machine, o^"- Of tWefc there are various kinds, which acquire various ilames according to the various manners in which the moving Power is apply'd ; but they may all be reduced to three heads, viz. Wh/d-MiHi, JVater-MHs, and Hand-Milh 5 under which laft, are alfo comprehended ihofe worked by Hcrfcs, STc. ;(^flifi--MiLLs are thofe tumedby the force or fall of a Ri'ver, ^t. Of which, again, there are two kinds 3 thofe where the force of the Water is apply'd above the Wheel, caU'd Ovsr-Shofj and thofe where it is apply'd below the Wheel, call'd Under-Shot Mills. See W'ater- Mdl if'i«ti-MiLLs, are thofe turned by the force of Wind ga- thered in their Sails. Of thefe, fome are call'd J'ertl- ally others Horizontitl^ according to the pofilion of the Sails ; or rather according tu the diretlion of their Motion with regard to the Horizon. See Vertical and Hori zontal. For the bell Form of Horizontal Sails, as alio for deter- mining the Pofuiun of the Axis of Wind-Mills, fee Tortau-vey or H.i;:(^-M ills, are thofe kept in Motion by the Hand j or whofe Mill-Stones are turn'd, or Piflons driven by the force of Horfes, or other Beails. The Ufe of M//( and Mill-ilones, according to Faifama!, was firii invented by Miletus, Son of Ivkleges, firft King of Sj>arta. Tho f/i/Jjy attributes the Invention of every thing belonging to Bread and Baking, to Ceres. Polydore J'irpl was not able to difcoverthe Author of fo ufeful a Machine, 'lis doubted whether or no Water-Mills were known to ihc Romajii ■■, there being no mention made in the Digeft but of WW/j turned by Slaves and AfTes. Sahrii-'Juis, however, and Gothofridy will not allow ffaff-:)-- Miih 10 have been unknown to the antient Romans^ though they were not in ordinary ufe. U'ind-MiHs are of tiiuch more modern Invention : The firll Model of thefe was brought from JjJ^i into Europe^ in the time ot the Holy-Wars. Mill is alfo ufed, in the general, for all Machines, which being moved by fome external Force, ferve to give a violent impreflion on things apply'd thereto. Mills in this lenfe, are Machines of vafl ufe in the Manufafiures, Arts, and Trades ; for the making and pre- paring divets kinds of Merchandizes. The principal arc ihofe which follow. P^yjcr-MiLL, a Water-MiUfurnifl-i'd with feveral Ham- mers, which beat, or pound the Rags or Cloth in a kind of W ooden-Ti'ough : and thus by reducing them to little pieces, turn ihem into a kind of Pulp, by means of Water con- vcy'd into the Troughs by a Pipe for the purpofe. See Paper. J"«//w_g-MiLL, is a Water-MiU which raifes and beats down large wooden FiHons in proper VefTels, call'd Peels or Troughs ; in order to full, fcower, and clean fe Woollen Scuffs. See Fulling. L;7;e7i-MiLLS drn't differ much from Fulling-Mdls. Their Ufe is to fcower Linens, after having been firJl cleans'd when taken out of the Lixivium, or Lye. See iiLEACHiNc. Some of thefe go by Water, the generality by Horles. Mill in Coinage, is a Machine ufed to prepare the i-ii- ii:i?t.e or Plates of Metal, and to give them the proper ihickncfs, hardncfs, and confiftence before they be ilruck or flamped. Sec Coin in g. This Machine has nut been long known among us ; but is of fome fl;;ndlng in Gmn^,7iy. It confiils of feveral Wheels dented like thofe of Clocks, ^c. which move two Cylindeis of Steel, between which the Metal is pafTed to be brought to its proper thicknefs. It was f^rfl turned in order with Water, afterwards with Catrel, ^c. .Mill, among the Gold Wire-Drawers, isaliccic Ma- chine confining of two Cylinders .of Steel, ferving 10 flit- ten the Gold, or Silver Wire, and reduce it into L.im'in--MiLLS, are ufed to full, and prepare with Oil, the Skins of Stags, Buffalo's, Elks, Bullocks, ££?c. to make what they call Buff-Leather, for the ufe of Mlliiary- Men. Thisiscffeded by means of feveral large Piflons rifing and falling on the Skins in large Wood en -Troughs, by means of a Wheel without-fide, turn'd by the force of the Water. See Buef. Gtm-Fov)der '^lii.^, is that ufed to pound, and beat to- gether the Ingredients whereof Gun-Pnw^der iscompofed. This is done in a kind of Iron or Brafs Mortar by means of Iron Peliles wrought by a Wheel without the M,'/, turn'd by the Water fatting on it. SeeGuN-PowuER. There are alfo ^(/;^-Mills, for fpinning, throwing, and twilling Silks ; which are large round Machines in tbrm of Turrets, five or fix Foot high, and fix Yards in dianieter j which being turn'd either by the force of Water, or that of Men, work at the fame time an infinity of Bobins falfned thereto, whereon the Siik had been wound to be here fpun, and twilled. See Silk and Throwster. There are abundance of of thiskind in France, efpe- cially about Lyons and To/tr.', fome of which are iij dif- pofed, as that three of them will go at the fame time, and by the fame Wheel wrought by Water, or by flrength of Hand. That in the Hopital de la Charite at Lyojn, is wonderful, a fingle Man working no Icfs than forty-eight of thele Mills. See Milling. MILLDEW, a Difeafe happening to Plants, caufed by a dewy Moillure, which falling on them, and continuing, for want of the Sun's hear, to draw it up ; by iis Acrimony corrodes, gnaws, and fpoils the inmoft Subllance of the Plant, and hinders the Crrculation of the nutritive Sap ; upon which the Leaves begin to fade, and the Blof- foms and Fruit are much prejudiced. According to Meff. Coo^^ and Mortimer, Milldew is a thick, clammy Vapour exhaled in the Spring and Summer from Plants, Bloffomr, and even the Earth itfelf, in clofe ilill Weather, when there is neither Sun cnougii ro draw ir on high, nor Wind enough 10 difperfe it. Hanging thus in the lower Regions, when the Evening's Cold come.s on, it condenfes and falls on the Plants ; with its thick clammy Subllance flops up their Pores, and thus prevents Pei-- fpiration, and hinders the Sap from afcending to noiiDfli its Flowers, Shoots, ^c. See Dp-W. 'Tis added, this Dew falling on the top of the Shoot of a Cherry-Tree about Midfummer, has been founJ to flop the Shoot ; fo as the Tree has (hot forth in other places. Blights Mil ( ) Blights and Mil Jews arc commonly taten for the fame thmg i yet are they very dilferent. See Blight. On Flams which have fmooth Leaves, as the Oak, the Dew hangs, and may be feen, tafled, e?c. Others, whole Leaves are rougher, imbibe it. When it falls on Wheat, tiC. itbefpots the Stems with a Colour different from the natural one. Ihefe Dews, Mr. Mortimer takes to be the principal Food of Bees ; being fweet, and eafily convertible into Honey. See Honey. MILLENARIES, Mi llenarians, a Sed among Chnllians, chiefly in the primitive Church, who hold that Jcfus Chrilt is to come and reign on Earth for the fpaceof a thouland years; during which time, the Faithful are to enjoy all manner of temporal Blcffings, and at the Expi- rit on of this Term, the Day of Judgment is to take place. See Millennium. The Mtlkuaries are alfo call'd Chilmjls from the Greek ■•/t^t&i mills, a Thoufand. See Ciiiliast. This Op inion of the hUHtfiavies is very antient j and may be traced back almoft as fir as the time of the Apoftlea. It had its Origin from a Paffage in the Jpocalyffe too literally underliood, wherein mention is made of Chrift's Reign on Earth, ^f. Ihe Opiniun of S. Fap'ias, fays Mr, Lniwoy, touching the new Kingdom of Jefus Chrilt on Earth_, after the Re- furre^iion, was held for near three Centuries, e'er it was charged as erroneous i as appears from Ecclefiaftical Hi- llory. It was allow'dof, and foUow'd by the greateft Men among the Primitive Fathers i as Irejj^iis^ Jitfi'm Martyr, Tt;rtii!li.U2,!kc. Vioftyfins uf y/lexantiria a^nd St. ^erom, op- poftd this imaginary Millenary Reign very llrongly. MILLENNIUM, a Term literally fignifying a thoufand 2'cars ; chiefly ufed for the time of our Saviour's fecond Appearance, and Reign on Earth. See Millenaries. V^r.U 'hiJion, in feveral of his Writings, has endeavoured to fupport the Notion of the Ndknmum. According to his Computation, it was to have commenced about the Year 172c. The Word is Lati», compounded of miUe, a Thoufand, and a}i»H.', Year. M ILLEPEDES, Wood-Lice, little Animals of confiderable Ufe in Medicine. Thus call'd from the great number of their Feet. ALlkfedcs are fo much in the Acquaintance of the Peo- ple, that they fcem to be Maflers of their medicinal Ufes, and take them in many Cafes without any other Di- reftion. They are, by all Experience, found to be very Diuretic and Ablierfivc i which makes them not only fre- quent in Prelcrlptions for Difordcrs in the Reins, but alfo m Oblirudiona of the Vifcera, and particularly in the Jaundice. They abound with a nitrous Salt, which they feem to derive- from the earthy Diet they live on. It is fomewhat volatilized by its Digellion and Circulation in the Infeft ; as fuch Salt always is more or lefs, in proportion to the digeftive Powers ot the Animal, into whofe Blood it enters j yet not lo much, but that it is bracki/li and pungent upon the Palate. This makes their dcterfive Q_u3lities extend lurthcr, ih^m the larger Glands, and enables them to Icuur even the minuted Paffages, and keep the Nerves clear irom Vifcidities, and fuch things as would clog their Springs i whereby they are good in Palfies, Epilepfics, and a.U ncr\ ous Dilteinpers. a^s they open and cleanfe away Vlfcofities, and by their M:nutenefs and Afperities cut their way through any Ob- llruiSlions, they are good in Struma's, and all inveterate Tumours or Ulcers. Remarkable Cures have been performed in each way by alongufeof them, They are belt taken in Subftance ; orbruiied in white Wine, the Liquor being taken without fettling. There are Teveral Chymical Preparations of Millepedes, as Spirit, volatile Salt, Oil, and Wine of Millepedes. -MILL-REE, or Mii,le-Ray, a Fortu^ueze Coin, current for fomcwhat more than the^^3«//Z. Pirtole. See Coin. ThcMill-ree is thus call'd, as confilling of a thoufand Rees. See Ree. It is alfo called a St. ^tp/iie??, from the Figure of that Martyr Imprefs'd thereon. MU.LL\R1UM, among the Romam, was a M/e, or League; confilling of a thoufand ?aces, milk fajfus ; whence the Name. See Mile andLiLAGUE. In the Roman Empire, the MHHarLt, in all the great Roads, were all mark'd with Stones or Columns, erected for thar rurpofe ; commencing from a Column in the heart of the City. See Road. Thoft; Columns were hence denominated Milliary Co- See Column. MILLING, in the Manufadlories, an Operation call'd alfo I'l'.Hif!^. See Fulling. M I N c l^'i^'l""'] "^'"'"''"•S.'fS'li, is the lift preparation of Silk before dying ; ferving to iwill it, more or left accor- ding to the Work it is intended for. See Si Lit. To prepare the Silks for Millmt;, they firft put it in boiling Water, incloferf between two linen Cloths. The Mill IS a fquare Machine, compofed of feveral pieces of Wood mortaifed in each other fo as to form a kind of large Cage, in the Centre whereof are two Wheels placed parallel over each other, W'hofe Axis bears on two Polls. When the Machine is Simple, a fingle Man turns thefc Wheels by means of a little Cogg in which they catch, and a laroe Handle. The Wheels putin motion by the Handle, cominunicatit their Motion to eight Windles, or Reels, or even more, according to the largenefs of rhe Machine ; on the Wings, or Arms whereof the Silk is wound from off two Rows' of Bobins placed on each fide the Machine, each Row at the height of one of the two Wheels in the Centre. Thefe Bo- bins have their Motion by means of leathern Thongs.which bear on the little Cylinders of Wood that fupport them, and turn at length on the two Wheels at the Centre ; fo that the Silk on each Bobin twifls, as it winds, and forms Its feparate Skain. The fmallell Wheel moves two hundred of thefe Bobins, over which a fingle Perfon is fufficienr to infpea, to put new Bobins or Spools in lieu of thofe difchargcd of their Silk, and to knot the Ends when they break. MILLION, in Arithmetic, the Number of ten hundred thouland ; or a thoufand times a thoufind. See Numi- RATION. The Revenues of Princes are now only computed in Mdlmi. See REVENUEand Political Jlrithmetic. A Million of Geld, or Million of Money, is fomctinies linderdoodof a M/7/ioHof Pounds ; and fometimes a ylMoij of Crowns. See Crown, C^f. MILT, in Anatomy, is a popular Name for the Spleen. See Spleen. Mi LT, in Natural Hiftory, the foft Row in Fiflies j thus call'd by reafon it yields, by expreflion, a whiti/li Juice re- fembling Milk. See Row. The M/( is properly the Seed, or the Spermatic part of the Male Fifh. The M;/f of a Carp is reckon'd a choice Bit. Lewenhoeck, examining the Milt of a fingle Cod-fi/h with an excellent Microfcope, found it to contain more living Animals than there are Men on the Face of the Earth. See Animalcule. MIME, MiMus, a Term in the antient Comedy, iigni- fying a BufooK, or Mimic, who aaed Pollutes fuitable to the Perlon or Subjeft he reprefentcd. The Word comes from the Greek ^^'f£©-. Imitator. The fame Comedians were alfo fometimes call'd Panto- mimes, becaufe of their counterfeiting all manner of Po- fturesand Geflures. See Pantomime. MIMESIS, Imitation, in Rhetoric, t^c. a Figure,where!n the Words, Ailions, ^c. of another Perfon are imitated. See Mime and Pantomime. MIND, Me7is, a thinking Being. See Thinking. Philofophers generally allow of three Kinds of Mnids^ viz.. God, Jfi^eh, and the human Aji/. For a thinking Be- ing muft either be finite, or infinite: If infinite, it is God j and if finite, it is either join'd with a human Body, or not ; if the latter, it is an yi'ngel i if the former, a Soul. See God, Angel, and Soul. The biman M'-nd is properly defined a thinking, rational Subllahce : By Tbifi^ing, it is dillinguiiTied from Body ; and by Keafonin^, from God, and Angels, which are fap- pofed to fee and know things intuitively, without the help of Deduction, and Difcourfe. See Discourse, Reaso- ning, and Knowledge. MINE, in Natural Hirtory, a place under ground where Metals, Minerals, or even precious Stones, are found. See Metal, Mineral, Precious Stone, ^c. As, therefore, the Matter dug out of M(wef is various; the Mhtes themfelves acquire various denominations : as Gold-Mifies, Siher-Mines, Copper-Mijies, hon-Mijies, Diamond- Mines^ Sah'Mtnes, Mines of JntimoNy, of Alum^SiLz. 'For Gold andSiher Mines, the richelt and moil celebrated are thofe of Peru xndChili in America. See Gold and Si lvek.. /!-o«-Mines are more abundant in France than elfewherc. See Iron. Co^^er-MiNES are chiefly in Szvcdeji zr\d Dcnmar}:. See Copper. Tm-M I NES abound in England. See Tin. Qjtic^fiher-M I n es in Him^ary and Spain ; Dt.iinorid-}^ i n E3 in Golconda ; 5'«/f-MiNEsin Poland, &c. See Qjji cks i lver, Diamond, Salt, ^c. Metallic Mines are chiefly found in Mountains; tho the reafon thereof does not appear. It is probable. Plains may abound as much therewith, would People dig deep enough. But Plains are commonly cultivated 5 and bcfide, the Water willfcarce allow 'em to be dug. Add, that the iMLtallic Vein always M I N ( S"^? ) MIN always run either horizontal or oblique j and for that Rcx- fon, are eaficit found on the iides of Eminerices. The Metallic Veins are commonly encompaff^d with a fort of S[one peculiar to the Mifie, and are accompanied with feveral Strata of different Matters, as Clay, Gravel, Rock, £ic. 'J hcy who work in Mtnes^ know by the Si^e, ar:d CoU-ur of the Stones , when they approach the Vein. See Strata and Vein. They dilcover that there is a l^inie in a Mountain by the Marcafites, or Mineral Stones falling from it ; by the Mine- ral Talle of the Waters j by the Q^aality of the Exhalations ruis'dfrom it j and by the difference between the Earth over the A^i/je.', and that of the neighbouring parrs in the cold time of Spring and Autumn, the Froll lying on the adjacent Phccs, when it thaws about the Mnes. Add, that the Grounds producing but little Gra1s, and that little, pale and colourlcfs, is an indication of a Mine. Some pretend to difcovcr Mines by the fole virtue of the Hazle-Tree, out of which they form a forked Stick, call'd Tirpil-i d'i-vnnitorici, which, they fay, turns of itfelf^ in their bands, but differently, accorditig to the different nature of the Metals or Minerals underneath. This Artifice made a great noife in France towards the end of tiie 17 th Cen- tuiy ; and the Corpiifcular Philofophy was call'd to account for it. But it is now in little Credit. See Virgula Di- VINATORIA. There are fome Mines, wherein the Metals are found at their firtt openings very crude and iinperfedl 5 which yet, in time, grow ripe anu rich* ^Vo7//o relates, that in Tiif'fi-, Stones have frequently been thrown aiide,as not con- taining Jny ih,ing coniiderable of Metal ; and yet have been iouni.1 many Years afterwards exceeding full thereof. CteJ alfmu s 2.^\ivcs us, that Earths which yield no Metal at all, fomctimes become very fertile Veins. In an Illand o*: x\\c Tyrrhene- Sea, after the Iron Mmes have been ex- haulled, they flop 'em up about ten Years^ at the end whereof, they find 'em as rich as before. For the Formation of Mineral ajid Metallic M^itters in'Mincs^ fee MiN Ell AL. Mine, in the Art of War, is a fubterraneous Canal, or PatTage dug under the Wall, orRatnpartof a Fortification intended to be blown up by Gun-powdtr. The ^//fjy, or Palirage of a Msne, is ufually about four foot fquare j at the end of this is the Cbamher oi the Mine, which is a Cavity about five foot in width and in length, and about fix in height j and here the Gun-Powder is be- ftow'd. The Saucidgeo^ the Mf?ie is the Train 5 for which there is always a little Aperture left. See Saucidge. There arc various kinds of Mines, which acquire various Names J as Royal Miwe^, Serpentine M"«ei, Forked ^//we.f, according as their PafTages are flrait, oblique, winding, There are alfo Mines made in the Fields which are call'd Fott^ades. See Fougade, Mines are either dug within the Body of the Earth, as thofe made by the Beficgcd to blow up the Works of rhe Befiegers, before thcjr make a Lodgment on the Cover'd Way : Or in Eminences and Rifing Grounds, as to make a Breach in the Ramparts, ^Sc. Or ru blow up Walls : Or, lalUy, to tear up Rocks. M. C7:'tf.(/rcr, in the Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences, has handled the Subieif of Mines with a great deal of Accuracy. He has calculated the Force of Gun- Powder, the Effort it makes, and the Refinance it meets with in heaving up the Ground. He fliews, that a Cubic Foot of Air inclofed in two Cubic Feet of Gun-Powder, is capable of fuflaining a Weight of near 290000 Pounds. Eut obferves withal, that this is vaflly greater than what it is found by Experience to have ; and that in fa£l, 14a Pounds of Powder don't raife above 50000 Pound of Earth. The Reafonof which differencehc afcribesto feve- ral Caufes j as, that the Powder docs not take fire all at once, fo that its force is divided; that part of rhe Shock is loll in the Canal or Paifage of the Mme, and in the Pores of tlie Bodies incompafling the Jlfi'ie ; that the te- nacity of the parts of the Eirth rcfift a feparation ; that it is not enough that the Earth be fupportcd, but it mutt be carry'd upwards vviih a certain Velocity j and that the Weight of the Atmofphcre, is a very confiderahle ob- flacle, to which no regard ishad in the Calculation. See Gl'N-PoWPER. From a great number of Experiments it appears, r. That the Effefl of a Mine is always towards the weakeft fide 5 fo that the difpofitionof the Chamber of a Mhne does not at all contribute to determine this Effe£l either one way or another, as the Miners miflakenly imagine. 2. Thar the Quantity of the Powder muif be greater or lefs, in proportion to the greater or lefs Weight of the Bodies to be rais'd, and to their greater or lefs Cohefion ; and the refult of all the Experiments that have been made for de- termining the different Quantity of Powder to be ufed for different Bodies, is to allow foreach Cubic Fathom, Ofloofe Earth, or 10 Pounds of I^owdet*. Of firm filid Earth, ard "> flrongSand, Of Argil, or fat clayey Eartn,i 5 or Of newMafonry, not very? ifrongly bound, ^ 15 Of old Mafonry well bound, 25 or 50 3. That the Aperture, or Funnel of a Mins that has been piay'd, if it had been rightly charg'd, is a Cone, the iJianieter of whofe Bufe is double the height taken from the Center of the Mine. 4. That when the Alme has be .ii over-charg'd, its Aperture is nearly Cylindrical, the upper Extremity not being much wider than the Chamber at bot- tom, where the Powder was lodg'd. 5. Thar, befide the /Iiock of the Powder againCt the Bodies it takes up, it likewile crufhes all the Earth that borders upon it, both . underneath and fide-ways, which Crufli extends itfelf the further as the Matters make the lefs Refiffance. To account for all the Effeils refulting from thefe Ex- pcrimentsj and to determine the Quantity of Powder re- quT^d for the charge of a Mine, and the moft advanta- geous Dilpoficion for anfwering the Intent: Let us con- ceive, 1. A yl//;;e, whereof all the parts wherewith it is incompaffed are incapable of being comprefs'd, anu make an equable Refillance, fuch as that of a Bomb equally thick throughout, fufpended in the Airj where it mull be ob~ ferved, that befides the RefiUance of the Body, the Effort of the Powder mull likewife furmount the Weight of the ambient Air 5 in which Cafe the Body will be beaten into Duft, or at Icalf into very fmall pieces. 2. Conceive a Mime incompais'd wholly by fuch Bodies as areequally comprefllble, and that refill; every way with equal force. In this Cafe, the firll Effeft of the Powder wdl be tu comprcis ail thole Bodies equally, and they will not be fepatated, till by the Violence of their CompreiTion, they are all incapable, any longer, to refift its Effort ; fo that unlefs the Powder be in a great Quantity, all its Eftefl may end in the mere compreffion of the adjacent Bodies^ For this reafon, they fometimes block up the Chamber of the Mine with large Beams, and fometimes wall it up with Stones, that the adjacent Bodies may refifl the more. Lafllyj fuppofe a Mne where all the Bodies that incom- pafs it, are equally comprefllble, but where there, is lefs Refinance on one fide than another ; in this Cafe, there will be a Sphere of CompreiTion, whofe Diameter will be fo much the greater, as the weak Side refifls the more. With regard to which, there are three things to be confider'd. Firfl, if the Effort of the Powder be very great with regard to the Refiflance of the weak Side, the Com- preifion will but reach a little way, that Side being tore off too fuddenly for the neighbouring parts to re- ceive their Shock. In which Cafe, the Aperture or Funnel will be almoll Cylindrical, the Diameter of the upper Extrerne not much exceeding that of the Chamber j and the Earth will be thrown to a great dillance, which the Enemy may make an advantage of, by making Lodgments in the Cavity, as was done at the Siege of Ferue. Secondly, If the M-'ne be under-charged, it only makes a fimple Compreffion on the weakelt Side, as it hapned at Ci-vidad Rodnp. Thirdly, If the Mme he charged with a Quan- tity of Powder between the two Extremes, it will raife a Cone of Earth, the Diameter of whofe Bafe will have a greater or lefs Ratio to its height from the Centre of the Mi/ie, as the Effort of the Powder is greater or lefs. The moll ad vantage<, ufed in oppofition to ma 'jor, greater. See Major. I'hus wc fay St. james minor : Jjia minor: The Mi7ior Excommunication, ^c. The four Mnor 0 de !, are the four lefler Orders con- fer'd, in the Rcmijh Church, between the Tonfure and Subdeaconate. Thefe are that of Porter, or Door-Keeper i that of Reader; that of Esorciji ; and that of >^to/j'te. See Exorcist, Acolyte, ^c. Minor, in Law, is ufed in the like figniiication, to denote a Perfon yet Junder Age, or who by the Laws of the Country, is not yet arrived to the Power of Adminiftring his own Afl-iirs, or coming to the Inheritance of an E- llate. See Ac e. Among u'', a Perfon is a Minor till the Age of twenty one : Till this Time his A£ls are invalid. See Major. Yet if a Patron, ^c. have a Right of Advowfon, by the Common Law he may prefent at the Age of fourteen Years ; and may of himfelf, and without his Father, or Guardian, confcnt to any Procefs relating to beneficiary Matters. See Patron. Hence, in the Canon Law, there is no Title de Miiiorihm j and the reafon is, that the fcveral Ages whereat the Com- mon Law declares a Perfon capable of a Benefice, or of Sacred Orders, are fo many Species of Canonical Mrjorities. Minor, in Logic, is the fecond Propofition of a formal, or regular Syliogifm, cail'd alfo the /[(fumptiQit. See Syl- logism, Proposition, and Assumption. 1 grant the Major, butdeny the M(7;or. See Term. Minor, in Mufic, is applv'd to certain Concords, which yet differ from others of the fame Denomination by a half Tone. See Semi-tone. Thus we fay, a third Uinor, or lelfer third : A fixth Ma'ior, and j^'f7;or. See Third, Sixth, Concords that admit of Major and Mimr^ i.e. greater, and Icfs, are faid to be hnperfcB Concords. See Concord. MINORS, or friarj Minors, an Appellation which the Cofiieliers affume, out of fhew of Humility ; calling thcm- felves Fratrei MiMores, i.e. Lffft'r Brothers^ and fometimes Mvorites. See Cordeliers- TheTitle of ^f/«orj,however, is not abfolutely refirain'd tothe Cordeliers, but alfn given, in the general, to all the Mendicants, or begging Religious, founded by St. Francis d'Jffe. See Franciscans. There is alfo an Ort^er of Jl^^^/tir Mimrs ar Naples, efla- bliflied in the Year 1 5S8, and confirmed by .Si'-vw V. MINOT, a Fre7!i.b Mcafure. Sec Measure. MINOTAUR, in Antiquity, a fabulous Monfter, much lalk'd of by the Poets ; feign 'd to be half Man, and half Bull. The MmtaiirWis brought forth by P^ijlfhae, Wife of Alinos KinfiofCVffe- It was ihut up in the Labyrinth of that Illandi and at lali kill'd by Thcfeus. See Laby- rinth. iervius gives the Explication of this Fable. He fays, that a Secretary of King A'li?tos, named T^i«mj, Bull, had an Intrigue with the C^ueen, Fajifh.ie, in the Chamber of Dedalm i and that Jhe was at length delivered of Twins, one of which refembled M!7ios, and the ether 7 •.niras. Phis occafion'd the Production to be reputed Monilrous. MINOVERY, aTrefpafs committed in the Foreft, by fomething that is a Man's Handy-Work 3 as an Engine to catch Deer, SS'c. See Forest. The Word is form'd of the French Maiit-oeuvre^ Hand- Work. MINSTER, antiently fignificd the Church of a Mo- naftery, or Convent. See Church. The Word is J'.txoh, Myjijier. MINSTREL, an antient Term for a fidler, or a Player on any other kind of Mufical InHrumenr. The Word M--n(hel in its Original, was ufed for People who fung and ferenaded their MiUreffes. Afterwards it be- came a Name for all kinds of Muficians : and at length pa.fs'd to Buffoons and Country Scrapers. BoreMerives the Word from ALmits and H//?)VO, one who diverts with the Hand j or from Miy.or Hijino, little Buffoon. Dk Can^e derives it from Mi?ijire!h(r, a diminutive of Mi- nifler, by reafon the Minjlrels were antiently ranked among the lower Officers, Mnijiers, or Servants. MINT, the Place where the King's Coin is form'd. See Coin. Antiently there were Mijits in moft Cities of En^!a?jd. See MONEV. The chief .A^i«r at prefent Is in the Tower of London. See Tower. The Officers of the M?if are, i. The Warden, who is the Chief, and is to receive the Bullion, and over-fee all the other Officers. 2. The Mafter J'/orker, who receives the Bullion from the Warden, caufes it to be melted, and de- liver *d to theMoniers, and takes it from them again when coinM. 5. Comptroller, who is to fee that the Money be made to the juit Affize, and to over-fee the Officers. 4. The vf^.T_j'-ilf.;/itT, who weighs the Silver and Gold, and fees whether it be Standard. 5. The v^'/it^!(or, who takes all the Accounts. 6. The Surveyor of the Melting, who Is to fee riie Silver call out, and that it be not alier'd atter it is deliver'd to the Melier, i. e. after the Aflay-Maiier has made Trial of it. 7. The Clak of the Jtovs, who is to fee that the Iron be clean, and fit to wnrk with. 8. The Graz-er, who engraves the Dies and Stamps fi.r the Coln^ige of the Money. 9. The Mehers, who melr the Bullion be- fore it comes to Coining. 10. The Bhiiubcrs, who boil and cleanfe the Money. 11. The Forturs, ^K'ho keep the Gate of the Minr. 11. The Provoji of the yl/-«r, who provides for all the Moneycrs, and over fees them. And, Lailly, the Moniersy fome of which Oiear the Money 5 fome forge it; and fome ilamporcoin it ; and fume rijund and mill it. See Coinage. yimT-Water, thediaurd Water of the Plant of that Name. See Water. M INTERS, or Moiteyer^. See Moneyers and Mint. MINTING, is fometimes ufed for the Coming of Mo- ney. See CoiNi NG. MINL'SCULE, or Minuscul^e, in Printintr, are the fmall, or running Letters ; as contradiflintuifh'd from 'SU- jtifatU, or Capitals. See Letter, M.ljuscuLyE, £ffc. MINUTE, in Geography, and Allr(jnomy, is the tfcth part of a Degree j which is the jiSoth part of a Circle. See Degree. Thus we fay, the Diameter of the Sun is feen under an Angleof 59 Minutes in Winter ; and 31 in Summer. See Diameter and Sun, In this fenfe, iMuittteis alfo cail'd a Prime, or Prime Minute. ScepRiME. The Divlfions of Degrees are Fraflilon^', whofe Denomi- nators increafe in a Scxagi cuple Ratio 5 that is, a A{ mae or Prime is = js 5 ^ Second, or fecond Minute = iff's^, iS^c, See Sexagesimal. In Agronomical Tables, M^wtrej are expreffed by acute Accents, thus, ' ; Seconds by two, "5 Thirds by three, See Second, ThURV, !i^c. Minute, in computation of Time, is ufed for the ijoth part of an Hour. See Hour. Minute, in Archltefture, is a 3Qth Parr, or Dlvifion of a Module. See Module. Minute, MIR ( MiNU-i'E, in fpcaking of Weights, is the 24th part of a Grain. SeeGnAiN. MiNDTE isalfo ufed to fignify a /hort Memoir, or Sketch of any thing taken haitilyin writing. In this fenfc we I'^y, the U}tiites of the Proceedings of the Houfe of Lords, kSc. The Wvrd comes from the Lnt'm MimUits, fmall. MIQUELEI S, a kin.i of foot Soldiers, inhabiting the fjreHen« Mountains 5 arm'd with Tiftols under their Belts, a Carbine, and a Dai'gcr. The Mqueletsa^Q dangerous People for Travellers to meet. MlRAKOLAKS, or Mirokolanp, in Pharmacy. See Myroeolans. MIRACLE, in the popular fenfeof the Word, is a F-.-o- div^ji or an extraordinary Event that furprizes us by its Novelty. In the more Accurate and Philofophical Senfe, iMracIe Is an Effect that docs not follow from any ol the known Lawsuf Nature 5 or which is inconfiifent wirh fome known Laws thereof. See Nature. AMir.icIe, thertjfore, being a fufpenfion of fome Law, can't come from any hand lefs than his who fix'd that Law. See Gor, Law, ^c. Sp'moja denies thai any Power can fuperfede that of Na- ture i or that any thing can diiturb or interrupt the Order of Things ■■, and accordingly' defines a ^/'/mc^s to be a rare Event, hapixning in confequence of fome Laws that are unknown to us. See Sp inosism. The Divines define a A'j;r.ic/e to be an extraordinary and wonderful E&a, above the Power of Nature, wrought by God, to manifef> his Power or Providence ■■, or to give Credit ro fom.: MdTengcr fent from himfclf Thus Jefus Chriu evinced .he Truthof his M:ffion, and his Duarinc by MnuVsJ ; and thus alfo did Ivlnfes. It is Hill a difpute in the World, how far it may be in the power of the Devil to work Mracles ^ or wherein the fpecific difference lies between the Miracles of Afojis, and thofe of Pkiraoh's Magicians ; thofc of Jefus Chrift and the ApoJUe:, and thofe of S^mo7i Maz,iis and ^'pollomns Tyan-ms : W hether the latter were any more than mere Delufions of the Senfesi or whether an> fupernatural and diabolical Power concurred with them. See Magic. The Church of Roweabounds mMirades ■■, if we believe their Writets» fome of their Monks have wrought more Miracles than all the Apoflles j and that without any vifible Neceffity lor them. As full as that Church pretends to be of Saints, it is a Rule with them, that none are ever Canonized till there be good Proof of his having wrought Miracles. So that were all thofe allowed good Miracles^ and to have happened out of the common Order of Nature, they are fo numerous, one would be tempted to think there were no Order or Law of Nature at all. See Saint. There are thofe however, who fet afidc the Authority of all Miracles ■■, thinking it unbecoming the Wifdom ofGod to eilablini fuch Laws, as that he fhould find it frequently neceffary to fuperfede. And as the former, from the avowed Auihonty of fume M/iWej, fetch an Argument for the Truth uf all ; pleading thofe which arc allow'd as well as thofe which are quciiion'd ; fo thefe alledge the talfe ones as conclufiuns againit them all. The Rmums attribute Mimdes to their Emperors yidrian and Vejf^ifi.in. St. .'iiiptjhnc is a llrong Advocate for Miracles. He men- tions fevcral wb #reof he was an Eye-Wiinefs, and others whereof he was informed by thofe that were. In the linglc City of hfpo, he tells us ihere were fcventy Miracles wroughtin ihe fpace of two lears, on the building a Chap- pel in hoTWMX o{ St. Stephen. Tho Miracles may prove the Superintendency of a volun' tary Agent 3 and that the Univerfe is not guided by Ne- ceflity or Fate ; yet that Mind mult be weak and inadver- tent, which needs them to confirm the Belief of a Wife and Good Deity : Since the Deviation from general Laws, un- Icfs upon very extraordinary Occafions, mull be a Prefump- lionot Inconilancy and Wcaknefs, rather than of a fteady Wifdom and Power ; and mull weaken the beft Arguments we have for the Sagacity and Power of the Univerfal Mind. Ivrjit-ry into ths Orizinal of the Ideas of Beauty, Sic. JMIRI^OR, or M1R.ROUR, or Spcculmi, Body which exhibits the Images of Objefts prelented thereto, by Re- flexion. See Reflexion. The Ufe of Mirrours is very antient. Mention is made of a Brazen yt^irroio-, or Looking-Glafs In Exodus xxxviii. 8. where Mofes is faid to have made a Brazen Lai-er^or Bafon, of the Lcoh77"-GlalJes of the Women conU7malJyp.(je>nhled at the Door of the Taherna'cle. 'Tis true, fome modern Commentators will not allow the M'nov.n themfelves to have been Brafs ; butof Glafs, only fer, or framed in Brafs. But the molt learned among the Rabbins do all allow,that In thofe times, the Mirrours made ufe of by the Uthrew Women in drcffing their Heads, were of M ' ; and that the devout Women 6 ) MIR mention'd in th:sl-*affage, made Prelents to Ji^ofes of all their Mirrmirs to make the Brazen Laver. See the Jefuit honf ezius's Comment on this Text. It might likewife be proved, that the Antient Greeks made ufe of Brazen Mirrours i from divers Paffages among the antient Poets. See BuRNiNG-M)->-oKr. MiRRooR, in Catoptrics, isany poli/K'd Body impervi- ous to the Rays ot Ligot, and which of confequence reflet'is it equally. See Light. Thus Water in a deep W^ell or River, and fmooth polite Metals, are rank'd among the number of M:'rrouys. In thisfenfe, the DoCirine of M'rrours makes the Sub- jefl of C.itoptrics, See Catoptrics. MiRROUR, however, in the more confined Senfe of the Word, is peculiarly ufed to fignify a fmooth Surface of Gtafs, tinn'd or quick-filver'd on the back -fide, which ex- hibits the Images uf Objefls oppofed thereto. The VoBr'tne of Mirrours is hult on the following general Friiicij^les, 1. Light re^eHed from a?7yM.inour, or Speculimi, ma^es the ^ngle of Incidence equal to that of Rcflsxiojt 5 which fee de- monllrated under the Word Reflexion. Hence, a Rayof Light, as A B (Tab. Optics, Fig zS.") falling perpendicularly on the Surface ot a Speculum, will be reflecled back upon itfclf ; which we find by Experience it actually does. From the fame Polntof a yl/i>-i'o;(r, therefore, therecan't be feveral Rays refl^^dled to the fame Point 3 lince in that Cafe, all the Angles of Incidence mull be equal to the fame Angle of Reflexion C B G, and theretorc to each o- othcr; which is abfurd. Norcan the Ray A B be refleiSed. into two or more Points 5 hnce, in that Cale, all the Angles of Reflexion would be equal to the fame Angle of Incidence A B F : which is likewife abfurd. 2. From every Point of a Mirrour, are refleHedRays thrown on it jrom every Point oj aradiant OhjeSI. Since then Rays coming from different parts of the fame Objed, andflriking on the fame Point of iheObjea, cannot be relieved back to the fame Points the Rays which flow from different Pointsof the fame radiating Objeil, are again feparated after reflexion : fo that each Point Jhews whence it came. See Radi ant. Hence it is, that the Rays reflei5led from Mn-rottrs exhi- bit the Objeds to view. Hence, alfo, it appears, that rough uneven Bodies muil reflefl the Light in fuch manner, as that Rays coming from different Points, will be blended or thrown confufedly together. Mirrours are either Plane, Concave, Con-vex, Cylindrt- col. Conical, Parabolical, or Elhpitc-tl. Plane Mirrours, ot Specula, are thofe Which have a plain or flat Surface. See Plane. Thefe, by a popular Word, we call Looking-Glajfes. For the Mariner of makoig plain Mirrours, or Specula, fee Looking-Glass. Laivs and Phenomena of Plain Mirrours. 1. 7?i .;pAi/;i Mirrour, every Point of an Ob je&, as A, (Tab. Optics, Fig-zj.) isjeenm the InterjcBion of the Cathetus of Incidence, A B, with the nfJeficd Ray CB. Hence, i. Asall the reflcdfed Rays meet with the Ca- thetus of Incidence in B ; by whatever reflcflcd Rays the Point A be feen, it will flill appear in the fame Place. Confequenily, any number of Pcrfons viewing the fame Objeft in the fame Mirrour ; will all fecit in the fame place behind the Mirrour. And hence it is, that the fame Ob- jedf has only one Image, and that we don't fee it double with both Eyes. See Vision. 2. Thediilance of the Image B, from the Eye C, is compounded of the Ray of Incidence AD, and the re- fleaedRayCD: And'iheObjea A radiates reflecled- ly, in the fame manner asit would do direifly, were it removed into the place of the Image. II. The Image of a radiant Point, B, appears juJI fo far hehiiid a plain Mirrour, as the radiant Point is hefore it. Hence, i. If the^;rroK>- A G beplaced horizontal f the Point A will feem fo much below the Horizon, as it is really elevated above it : Confequently, ereft Objefls will appear as if inverted; and therefore Men landing on their Feer, as if on their Heads. Or if the Mirrour be faflned to the Ceiling of a Room, parallel to the Florizon, Objei^lson the Floor will appear above the Ceiling as much as they really are below it 5 and that upfide down. III. In a plain Mirrour, the Imagts are per feBly Similar, and equal to the OhjeBs. And hence their tjfe as Looking- Glaffes. ■ IV. In a plain Mirrour, things on tie right Hand, appear as on the left j and vice verfa. Hence alfo, zvebave a Method of Meafwing any inaccejfhle Abitiide by means of a plain Mirrour. Thus, the Mirrour being placed horizontally in C, Fig. 28- retire fiom it till fuch time as iheTop of the Tree be feen therein. MIR ( ?n ) MIR thwein. Meafure the height of the Eye D E 5 thediliance of the Station from the Point of Reflexion EC, and the diftance of the Foot of the Tree from the fame. Then to E C, C B, and E D, find a fourth Proportional A B. This is the Altitude fought. V. If aplain'Mirrour be ind'medtothe Jlorizofiin an Jngle 0^4. 5 Degrees ; aji OljeE! perfendtcular to it iviU appear parallsl^ andm horizontal Obje^ ferpeuelicular. And hence, the Eye being pJaced beneath the Jifirrour, the Earth will appear perpendicularly over it ; or if placed over it, the Eunh will appear perpendicularly under it. Hencealfo, a Globe defcending down a Plane a little inclined, may, by means of a Mmour^ be exhibited as mounting upa Vertical Plain, to the great furprizc of fuch as are unacquainted with Catoptrics. And hence we ha-ve a Method of rej^refemijig ourfehesas if flying. For a il4;iT0«r inclined tothe Horizon under an Angle of 45', we have obferved, will reprefent Vertical Obje£ls as if Horizontal. Confequently, a large being fo dif- pufed ; as you advance toward ir, you will feem to move horizontally ; and nothing will be wanting to the Ap- pearance of flying, but to Itrike out the Arms and Legs. It muft be added, however, that as the Floor is elevated along with you, your Feet will {till be ftcn to walk, as along a vertical Plane. To deceive the Eye in- tirely, therefore, it muli be kept from the Feet. VI- If the Obje£l A B (H^. 29.) be parallel to the Spe- culum C D, and be equally diftant from ir, with the Eye ; the refl-idling Line C D willbe half the length of the Object AB. , And hence, to be able to fee the whole Body in a plain JAivrour ; its height and breadth mull be half your height, and breadth. Confequently, the height and breadth of any Obje£t to be feen in a Mnrour^ being given ; we have alio the height and breadth of the Mrrom- wherein the whole Object will appear, at the fame difiance with the Eye. Hence alfo, as the length and breadth of the reflefling part of the Speculum, arc fubduple of thofeof the Objei^ to be rcfl'.fled ; the ri-flttling part of thcMin-oiu-j is to the Surface rcflcCied in a fubquadruple Ratio. Confeq^ucntly, the reflefling Portion being a conllaiit Quantity j if in any place y u kc the whole Body in a Mirrour^ you will fee it in every other place, whether you approach nearer, or re- cede turiher from it. Vlf. If feveral Mirrours, or feveral Fragments, or Pieces of a W.Tiour, be all difpofed in the fame Plane ; they will only exhibit an Objeftcnce. Vlll. }f tzoo plam Mirrours, rt5 X Y,ajidZX, (Fig. he joiji'd at an yhigle X i the Eye O, placed within that Jngle^ ■W'll fee the Image of an ObjeF! A placed ivithin the fame^ as oj ten repealed a^ there may he Caileti drawn determining the fliiccs of the Images^ and terminated 'isitbout the Anvle y X z. Hence, as the more Catheti tcrminatedwithout the Angle, may be drawn as the Angle is more acute 5 thcacuter the Angle, the mere numerous the Images. Thus Z. Traber found at an Angle of one third of a Circle, the Image was reprefented twice or thrice, at ^ thrice, at ^ five times, at twelve times. Further, if the M'rrours be placed upright, and fo con- trafled j or if you retire from them, or approach to them, till the Images refie^ied by them coalefce, or run into one, they will appear monllroufly dillorted ; Thus if they be at an Angle fomewhat greater than a right one, you will fee it with only one Eye ; if the Angle be lefsthan a right one, you will fee three Eycs,two Nofes, two Mouths, ^c. At an Angle Itill lefs, the Body will have two Heads. At ail Angle fomewhat greater than a right one, at the diilancc of four Feet, the Body will be headlefs, ^c. Again, if the l/iirroiin be placed the one parallel to the Horizon, the other inclined to ir, or declined from it, it is eafy to perceive that the Images will be Hill more Ro- mantic. Ihus, one being declined from the Horizon to an Angle of 14.4 Dtrgrees, and the other inclined to it; a Man fees hinifelf (landing with his Head to another's Feet. Hence it appears how Mrr/ours may be manag'd in Gardens, t£c. foas ro convert the Images of thnfenear'em into Mcnilers of various kinds: And fince glafs Mirrottrs will rcfletl: the Image of a lucidObjefl twice or thrice ; if a Candle, l^c. be placed between the Mirroms^ it will be multip^M an infinite number of times. On thefe Principles are founded various Catoptric Ma- chines, fume of which reprefent Obiefts infinirely multi- ply'd and diUorted ; others infinitely magnify 'd, and fet at \-aS\ diHances. SeeCAroPTRic, Cistula,^c. Ojivex MiRRooRs are thofe whofe Surface is convex. See Convex. Note, by CG»~e-v Surfaces, Authors generally mean fuch as are fpherically Convex. See Convexity. Uajinerofpreparmgw makifigCon-oex-Sfecuk, erMiRRouRs* There are divers Methods ufed by divers" Aniits i par- ticularly as to the Matter, or Compofition. One uf the bell that is known, is given us by li'oljiiis thus ; Melt one part of Tin, and another of Marcafitc toge- ther, and to the melted Mafs adi two pares of Mercury i as foon as the Mercury begln.s to evaporate into Smoak (which it prefently doesj the whole Conipoft is to be thrown into^cold Water, and when well cooi'd, the Water decanted off. The Mixture is then to be flrain'd througit a linen Cloth two or three fold 5 and what is rhti.s fecemed, pour'd into the Cavity of a glafs Sphere : this Sphere is to be turn'd gently round its Axis till the whole Surface is cover'd ; the rell being referved for future ufe. If the Sphere were of colour 'd Glars, tlie Mirrov.;- will be fo too. And in the fame manner may Conic, Elliptic, Gylindric, and other M'rrours be made. How they may be made of Metal, fee under Conai-ve MiRBoua. Laws^ or Fkfr.emefia of Convex Mirrours. I. In a fpherical convex Mirronr^ the image of a radiant Point appears between the Centre, and the T angent ; but nearer to the Tangent than the Centre. Hence, the dirtance of the Ob;e£lfrom the Tangent is greater than that of the Image. ' And, confequently, the Obje£t is further diliant from the Speculum than the Image. II. If the Arch B D, (Fitr^. 51.) intercepted between the Point of Incidence D, and the Cathefus A B; or the Angle C torm'd in the Centre of the .H'no.-ir by the Cathctus of Incidence AC, and that of Obliquation F C, be double the Angle of incidence ; the Image G will appear on the Surface of the Speculum. III. If the Arch intercepted between the Point of In- cidence, and the Caihetus 3 or the Angle C form'd i: the Centre of the Mrrour by the CatheiLs' of Incidence, and the Cathetus of Obliquation, be more than double the Angle of Incidence i the Image will be wiiliout the Mirrour. iV. If the Arch Intercepted between the Point of Inci- dence, and the Cathetus j or the Angle form'd in the Centre of the Mirrour, by the Cathetus of Incidence, and that of Obliquation be leis than double the Angle of In- cidence ; the Image will appear within the Sp:culum. V- in a convexM(Tor;j-, a remoter Point, A, (-f/,^- 5^.) Is refleiSled from a Point F, nearer the Eye O, than any nearer Point B in the fame Catiictus of Incidence, Hence, if the Point of the Obje£l A, be refli:£led from the Point of the 'hj'nrottr F ; and the Point of the Objefl B frum the Point of the M-rrcur E : all the intermediate Points between A and B will be reflei^led from the inrer- mediate Points of the Speculuiu .between F and E. Co;i- fequcntly F E will be the Line that rcfle£^s A i^. Hencealfo, a Point of the Cathetus E, fecms at a greater diliance C h from the Centre C ; thin a more remote one, A. VI. A nearer Point B (/■;?-. 5".) not in the fame Cathetus with a remoter, H ; is refleiied to the Eye O, from a nearer Point of the Speculum, than the remoter H. Hence, if the Point of an Object: A, be refleiJied from the Point of a Uirroiir C h and the Pulnt of the Obj -£l: B, from the Point of the Speculum D, alluponthc fame Point O: AU the intermediate Points between Ai and B willbe refleiSed from all the intermediate Points between C and p. Confequently, the Image F G, of the Object B A, is contiiln'd between the Cathetus B E, and A E. VII. In a fpherical convex 'hhrreur, the Image is lefs than the Object. And hence the Ufe of fuch Mirrcuvs in the Art of Painting, where Objeits are to be reprefented lefs than theLife. VIII. In a convex Myrrour, the more remote the Objefl: ; the lefs its Image : And again, the fmaller the M/rjw, the lefs the Image. IX. In a convex Mirran-^ the right hand is turn'd to the left j and the left to the right : And Magnitudes perpen- dicular to the Mirroiir^ appear topfy turvey. X. The Image of a right Line perpendicular to the M.-t- rotv\ is a right Line ; but that of a right Line either ob- lique to the Mirraur, or parallel thereto, is convex. XI. Rays reflc^ed from a convex il/ircoiir, diverge more than if reflected from a plane ^4irmur. Hence Light, by being refleffed from a fpherical MiV- j-oiir, Is weakned ; and, confequently, the Eff Sn of the reflcfled Light are weaker than thofe of the dirt^d. Hence alfo. Myopes fee remote Objects more diiiinflly In a con- vex Mirrour^ than they do dlre£ilv- Rays refle£ied from a convex M/rroiir of a fmallerSphere, diverge more than If rcfiecled frum a larger. Confequent 7 C ly MIR ly, the Light is more weaken'd, and Its Effefls are lefs cOnlidcrablc in the former Cafe than the laticr. CoffCQ-je MiRRouRs are thole ivhofe Surtace is concave. SccCoNCAVE. etc, by Lojic.iz'e^ Authors commonly mean SpbericsHy TH 'Manner of frcpar'wg or makhig Conca-^s Mirkours. Firft, a Mould is to be provided for cafling them. In order to this, rake Clay well dry'd, puherize, and lift it i mix it up with Water, and then ilrain or filidr it 5 with this, work up Htwfe-Dung and Hair flircd fmall, till the Mafs be fufhciently tough h to which, on occalion, may be added Charcoal-Dull, or Erick-DuO, well iiftcd. Two coarfe Molds are then prepared of a gritty Stone, the one concave, the other convex, which are to be ground on one another with wet Sand between, tilt fuch time as the one perfedlly fits the oEher. By this means a perfeCl fpherical Figure is acquir'd. The Mdfs prepared before, is now to be extended on the Table by me:ins of a wooden Roller, till it be of Thickncfs proper for the Mhrour j and then being ftrcw'd with Brick-Dult to prevent its (licking, it is laid over the convex Moult!, and fo gets the figure of the MirroUr. When this is dry, ic is cover'd with another L.ay of the fame Mais j which once dry'd, each Cover, or Segment of the hollow Sphere made of Clay, is taken off. The inner- nioii of the two being laid afide, the flone Mould is anointed wiih greafe prepared from Chalk and Milk, and the outer Cover again put over it. LaOly, the Joining being cover'd over with the fame Clay u hereof the Cover is form'd i the whole Mould is bound together wirh Iron-Wire i and two Roles cut througii the *->over, the one for the melted Aiatter of the Mirrour to be pcured thro', the other for the Air to efcape ar, to prevent the A^otoio-'s being fpoil'd with Bubbles. 1 he Mould thus prepared ; eight parts ot Copper, one of Eii^hfh'i'in, and five of Marchali.e, are mehed together j a little ot the mixture is taken out wirh a L,:idie, and if it be too red, when cold, more 1 in is put in j if too white, more Copper : The Mafs is then poured into the Mould before prepared ; and fo afi'umes the figure of ixMirrour. Some with ten parts of Copper mix Jour of Evghfi Tin, a little Antimony and Sal Armoniac, liirring the ^lafsa- bouias kng as any Fumes arifefromit. Others have other Ccnrpofnl(.ns ; many of which are defcribed by Scboints and The Mrroct- being thus cafl, is cemented to a Woo en Frame, and thua v, ork'd to anu fro over the convex St.me- Mould, firil with W: '"r ai.d Sand j and, laiUy, without Sand, till it be fit for polifhing. Tht^ Stone Mould is then cover'd with Paper, and that fmear'd uver with Tripoly Dull and Calx of Tin: over which the Mirrour is work'd to and fro till it have got a perfect Polifh. And in the fame manner are Glafs Mrrours pidi/li'd, excepting that the convex Surface is there work'd in the concave Mould. When the Mrroms are very large, they aie fix'd on a Table, and firll ground with a gritty Stone, then with Pumice, then with fine Sand, by means of a Glafs cemen- ted to a wooden Frame 5 and lafily rubb'd with Calx of Tin and Tripuly Dull by a wet Leather. For concave Mtnoitrs of Glafs j the Mould is made of Alabatler : The reft, as in Metal Mrrours. Lazi'S and Tht^Jzomena of Conca-ve Mirrours. I. If a Kay, asKl, (fi^. fall on a concave Mirrmr LI, under an Inclination of fSo Degrees, and parallel to the Axis A B ; the refleited Ray I B will concur with the Axis A E in the Pole of the Glafs B. If the Inclination of the incident Ray be Icfs than 60 Degrees, as that of E, the rcfle^led Ray E F willconcur with the Axis at the diftance B F, which is lefs than a fourth part of the Diameter. And univerfally, the diltance of the Point F, wherein the Ray H E concurs with the Axis, from the Centre C, is to half the Radius C D in the Ratio of the whtdc Sine, to the Coiine of Inclination. Hence it is gathered by Calculation, that in a concave fpherical W/rfOM>-,whofe breadth fubtends an Angle of 6 De- grees, parallel Rays meet after Refleaion in a part of the Axis lefs than the one thoufand four hundred fifty feventh part of the Radius: if the breadth of the concave MVmtr be 12, rS, 24, 30, or Degrees ; the part of the Axis wherein the parallel Rays meet after Reflexion is lefs than -j^T. \z^i * > *V> yV Radius. An^i on this Principle it is, that Burnw^-Glaffes are built. Forfince the Rays diifufed thro' the v.'hole Surface of the concave MrrotiVy after refiedlion are contrafled into a very fmall compafs j the Light and Heat of the parallel Rays muft beprodigioufly increafed thereby, viz. in a duplicate Fat'oof the breadth of the Mirrour, and the Diameter of the Circle wherein all the Rays are colleded : And fince the Sun's Rays are, as to any purpofes on Earth, parallel C ) MIR (fee Light) fto wonder concave Utrrours fliould burn with lo much violence, oce Burn 1 NC-G/.i^'f. from thisiame Principle 1. iikewife deduced a Method ot reprelent ng n,e Images of Objc^s in a dark Room ; which lee unrttr Camera Ohfcura. 11. A lucid Body being placed in the Focus F, of a con- paralld ' after rcfiexion become Hence an intenfe Li^ht may be projeaed to a vaft di- flance, by a lighted Candk, ^c. placed in the Focus of i concave H.iice aiCo, if the parallel Ra>s be re- ceived by another concave Mmom, they will again concur m Its Focus, anc burn. mentions ai, Experiment of this kind made at fiemw, where t*o concave A^n^or^n, the one fix, the other three Foot diameter, btmg placed about 24 Feet apart, WKh a Live-Coai in the locus ciihe one, .^nd a Match and iinder m the other, tne Rays of the Coal lii-hted the Candle. lil. If a lucid Body be placed between the Focus F, and the M,rro«r H C E, the Ray* after teflexion vMii diverge from the Ax-6*B G. Whence it follows that Light is weak- ned by reflexien. lY. If a lucid Body be placed between the Focus F and the Centre I, the Rays after reflexion Wil. meet in the Axis beyond theCt nrre. Hence if a Candle be placed in G, its lma;;e will be in li; if It be placed in K, irs Image will K- in G; in the intermediate Points between G and K. the Scelion of Light will be a Circle, and that fo much the greaiLT, as it is nea'rer the Point of Concourfu. V, H a lumini,as Body be placed in the Centre of the M'trvur, all the Rays will be refleaeci back upon them- IcLves. Hence if the Eye be placed in the Centre of a concave Mtrroiir it will f. e noihing but itfelf. and that conlufcdlv through The whole KUrroi.r. VI. If a Ray falli,.-, from the Point of the Catheius (^'.?- 35*) on liie coi.'..-x Mptoid h r, be together with its reflex I f , continued WJ. 11 m the Concavity of the Uirrour ; FH wiiitc the Incident Kayfromthe Point of the Cathetus H and F U iisn ii.x. Hence, i. Sinceioe Pointofthe Cathetus H is the Image of the Pom b \n th' convex Min-our j but th;. Point ^ the Image of H in the C'-:,cave : if the Image of an Objea re- fleCted^by a convex Jfpeculum, be fxn by a Reflection made in its eoncavi(\, it will appear like the Objeit itfelf. 2. Since the Image of an infinite Caii'etus is lefs in a convL-x Glafs by one fourth of its Diame. rr ; a Portion of the Catheius Ids than a louith part of ihe Diameter, may appi-arof any magnitude r^ quired in u concave one. 5. A P' i;u therefore diiianr from a concave Speculum, lefs than 4 ofihe Di..m..te muil appear behind the MirroMj- at any niKunce, h.;w gr-ai ibever. 4. S^nce the IniugL of any Ubjecl how broad foever, is contun d, in a convex Speculum, between the two Lines of Incid'-ncc ot its extreme Puuits ; if an Objea be placed between the tWn Lines at a diltuiice lefs than ^ of its Dia- meter, the breadth of the Image, how great foever, may all appear. 4. Since then the I mage of an Objea included between two Lines, at a diiiance lefs ti,.m one f mrrh of the Diameter, may exceed the jult height and breadtn ol the Obj^a ■■, nay, may be made of any magnitude, how big foever : C*bjeas placed between the Focus and Mirrour, mull appear of enormous magnitudes in concave Mirrours 5 the Image being fo muth the greater in the concave Ivhrrottr, as It is lefs in the convex. 5. In a convex Miyronr, the Image of a remote Objea . appears nearer the Centre than that of a nearer Objed ; therefore in a concave Mirrour ,the Image of an Objea re- mote from the Mirrmr, appears at a greater diflance than that of a nearer Objea, provided the dilhmce of the Ob- jea from the Centre be lefs than a fourth part of the Dia- meter. 6. In a convex Speculum, the Image of a remote Ob- jea is lefs than that of a near one j therefore in a concave one, the Image of an Objea placed between the Focus and the }Atrrotir, is nearer the Focus than the Speculum. 7. The Image therefore ot an Obje^ receding conti- nually from a concave Speculum, becomes continually greater, provided it don't recede beyond the Focus, where it becomes confufed 5 and as it approaches, it grows conti- nually lefs. In a convex Speculum, if the Sphere, whereof it is a Segment, be fmaller, the Image is fm:iller than in ano- ther of a larger Sphere i therefore in a concave, if the Sphere whereof it is a Segment, be fmaller, the Imago will be larger than in another, whofe Sphere is larger; whence concave M/iToio-j, if they be Segments of very fmall Spheres, will do the Office of Microfcopes. VII. If MIR ( ^^9 ) MIS Vn. If an Obje£l be placed between a concave Aln-- your and its Focus, its Image will appear behind the Mir- row, in an crt;£l but inverred Situation. VIII. If an Object A B, (fi^. ^6.) be 'placed between the Focus and the Centre, its Image E F will appear in- verted, and in the open Air, beyond the Centre, the Eye being placed beyond the Centre. iX. If an Objcdi E F be placed beyond the Centre C, and the Eye likcwife beyond the Centre, the Image will appear inverted in the open Air between the Centre and the Focus. Hence, the inverted Images of Objects placed beyond the Centre, are refle£l:ed by a concave A^nTom-, erecl, and may be received on a Paper apply'd between the Centre and the Focus, efpecially if the Room be dark ; if tr.e Objefl E F be further dillant from the Centre than is the Focus, the Image will be Icfs than the Ohjcdt. On this Principle, concave iVjinonrs, efj'ecially thcf; which are Segments of large Spheres, and are capaMe uf reflciting intire Objcds, exhibit many pleaiing Pusno- mena. Thus, if a Man flouri/h a jrd againit the Mir- rou:-, another comes out thereof, and ^ects hiin with the fame Motions j and the Image 'S Head coming out of the Mirrour, if he ilrike it with • real Swurd, the ima- ginary Sword will flrike his real ilead. If he iiretch cut his Hand, another Hand will b • flretch'd out of the M)- rowr, and meet it at a great diftance in the open Air, ^c. Andon the fame Principle arc built Catoprric Ciltul:e, which when look'd into, exhibit Images vaftly bigger than the Cheil. Sec Catoptric djiula. X. The Image of a right Line perpt^ndicular to a concave M'y''oitry is a right Line j but all oblique or parallel Lines are concave. Cylhidriciily Conical^ Farabolical, and ElVpuc-il Mirrours, or Specula , are the fe terminated by a Surface rcfpeftively Cylindrical, Conical, Parabolical, and Spha^roidical. See Cylinder, Cone, Pabaeola, ^c. To pyep.rre, or maku Cylijidric-^I^ Cojilcalf Parabolical^ Ellipti- cal^ and Hypsrholical Mirrours. For Cyimdrtcal and 'Conical Mirrours^ if they arc to be of Glafs, the Method of preparing 'em is the fame as that al- ready laid down for convex Mirrours. If of Metal, they are to be made after the manner of Concaze Mrroitrs^ only that the clay Moulds there d^'fcribed, require other Wooden ones of theFigure of ttie MT>oi(r. ¥or Elhftical^ Tarahohcal, and flypt:rbo!!cal M'- ' our the Mould is to be thus prepared. On a W -oden ur iir iz-n Plane or Table, dcfcribc the Figure of an Elhpfis, A B, 57') a Parabola, or an Hjpcrhola C D, (lit;. after the manner taught under thofe heads ; which dune, cut out the Figure from the Plane with all the Accuracy ima- ginable. To the Elliptic Figure, fit an Axis, as E F, with two Fulcra to fuOain it, iSc. and to move it. Lay a Quantity of th e Lay above defcribed under it ; and turn about the Axis by the Handle, till the Plane A B have turn'd, or im- prefs'd the Elliptical Figure cxaftly thereon. The Axis of the Parabolical, or Hyperbolical Figure CD, is to be fix'd at the Vertex in fuch manner as it may always remain EreCl. This to be turn'd about as above, till it have given its own Figure to the Clay apply'd about it. The part of the Mould thus form'd, Is to be dry'd, and either fmear'dover with Fat, or fprinkled withBrick- Duft. Then a convex Mould to be made, by putting a Quantity of the fame Clay into the Cavity thus form'd. This latter is call'd the MaIs^ as the former the female Mould. The Male Mould being well dried, is to be apply'd within the Female ; in fuch manner as only to leave the intended Thicknefs of the Mirrour between them. The rell as for concave Mirrours. Thefe Alirrours are not made without the utmofl difh- culty by reafon, be the Moulds ever fo juft, the Figure of the Mrrour is apt to be damaged in the Grinding. J'/j.('7iD»je«i3, or Properties of Cyli}:drica} MirrOvrs. I. The Dimenfions of Objcfls corrcfponding length-wife to the M) ro«>-, are not much chang'd 5 but thofe corre- iponding breadth-wife, have their Figures altcr'd, and their Dimenfions leffen'd fn much the more, as they are further from the Min-oKr : Whence arifcs a very great Diflortion. n. If the Plane of Reflexion cut the cylindric Mirrour thro' the Axis, the Reflexion is performed in the fame man- ner, as In a plain Mrrour ; if It cut it parallel to the Bafe, ihe Reflexion happens in the fame manner as in a fpherical J\Ih-rniir -J if, laflly, it cut it obliquely, or be oblique to its Bale, the Reflexion is the fame as in an Elliptic Mirrour. Hence, as the Plane of Reflexion never paflcs through the Axis ot the Mirrour, except when the Eye and Ob- jeaive-Line are in the fame plane ; nor parallel to the Bale, except when the radiant Point and the Eye are at the fame height: The Refl-xionin a Cylindrical Mrrour is ufually the lame as in an Elliptic one. III. If a hullow cylindric Mm-our be oppofed direflly to the Sun, inltead of a Focus of a Point, the Rays will be refleilcd into a lucid Line parallel to its Axis, at a diftance fomewhat lefs than a fourth part of its Diameter. Hence arifes a Method of Drawing ylnamarphofes, i.e. wild deformed Figures on a Plane, which appear beautiful and well-proporuon d when view'd in a cylindrical Mir- rour. See Anamorphosis. i'or Elliptic, P.trabo/ic^ Conic, and Pyramidal Mirrours, we arc not mui.h acquainted with their Properties : Only that, !n tne Fird, if a Ray Ilrike on it from one of its Fo- cus's, IE ii reflefled into the other : So that a lighted Candle being placed in one, its Light will be coUcded in I lie other. That the Second, inafmuch as all the Rays theyreflefl meet in one Point, make the bed Burnlng-Glaffes of all others. And, Laftly, that wild irregular Figures may be fo drawn on a Plane, as that rhe Eye being placed over the Axii of the two la0, they fliall appear beautiful and well- proportion'd. Sec Anamorphosis. MIS, a Particle prefix 'd to divers Terms, particularly Law-Terms; denoting fome Fault, or Defeil^. As in hi.fpnfion J Mtfdicere, to fcandalize one; Mifdocere^ to teach amifs, l^c. See Misprision, ^c. MISANTHROPY, a general Hatred to Man, and Man- kind: In o-^^Q{\uon 10 Pbilanthropy. See Philanthro- py. The Word comes from the Greek Odium, Hatred j and ai-S^pir©-, Homn, Man. MISAVENTURE, or Misadventure, in Law, Is ufed by Britmi, ^c. in an efpecial Signification, for the killing a Man partly by Negligence, and partly by Chance : As if a Perfon, thinking no harm, careUfly throws a Stone, or /hoots an Arrow, wherewith he kills another ; in this cafe he commits no Felony, but only lofrs his Goods, and has a Pardon of courfe for his Life. See Homi- cide. i'taHw/ori/ diflinguifhes between ^venture ?, or Tdmy, is a Neglefl or light Account fhew'd ol Trcafon or Felony by not revealing it, when we know it to be commiiced ; or by letting any perfon, ^t. on Sufpiciiin of Treafon, to go, before he is indiiled. See Treason. It is the Concealment, or not difclofing of known Trea- fon ; for which the Offenders are to fuffcr Iinprif nment during the King'.s I'icafuie, and to lofe their Goods, and Profit of tiieir Lands, during their Lives. Viifpr'jiojt of Vv!o7:y is only fincable by the Juftices, before whom the Party is attainted ; but Jufilces of the Common Pleas have a power to aftefs any Amerciaments upon Ptrfuns )iffi:nJing by 3£y/'ri/?o7;-', Contempts or Neg- Icdfs, for not doing, or mifdoing any thing in or concern- ing Fines. Misprision of Clerh, is a Neglefl of Clerks in wri- ting or keeping Records. By the Mfpr:fio}i of C!crkft, no Procefs fliall be annuU'd or difcpntinu'd. Andjurtices of Afllze fliall amend the Defaults of Clerks mif-fpelling of a Syllabic or Letter in Writing. MISSAL, MissALE, aMafs-Book, containing the feve- ral Maffes to be ufed for the feveral Days, Fealls, ^c. See Mass. Thcj\rll'al was firft compil'd by Pope Zacbmy^ and af- t rwards "reduc'd into belter Order by Pope Gregory the Gr-at, who call'd it the Book of Sacrameiiu. Each DioLvfr, and each Order of Religious, have their particular M/Tit', a^ com mod a ted to the Feall of the Pro- vince, or of the Order. MISSELTOE, MissLEiroE, or MfSLETOE, in Naturat Hiifory, a Plant ot the Pacafice K,ind ; growitig, not on ihe Ground, but on other Trees, as the Oak, Apple-Trce, Pear-Tree, Plumb-Tree, Acacia Americana, Beech, Chef- nut, C^c. See Parasite. Milfeltoe, by Phyficians, ££fc. call'd Plfcum, grows to the height of about two Feet. It confirts of feveral Stems which are ufually cover'd with a greeni/h, foiiietimes a yellowiili Bark, about the Thicknels of the Finger, hard woody, and divided by Knots j from which fpring the Leaves, which grow by two and two oppofite to each o- ther, oblong, thick, of a greeni/li, or yellowi/h Colour, vein'd their whole Length, and rounded at the End. Its Flowers grow by three and three, Trefoil-wif;, at the Ex.- tremes of the Branches : each Flower is a yellow Caly:^, one third of an Inch in Diameter, divided into four Parts. The Fruit likewife grows by three and three, at the Ex- tremes of the Branches. They are a kind of oval Berries, not unlike little Pearls, fiU'd with a flattiflt Seed inform of a Heart; cover'd with a fine filvcr'd Membrane, and enclos'd with a vifcid, glutinous Humour, of a whitiih Co- lour, wherein the Seed naturally buds or germinates, and puts forth two Eyes. From this Juice it is, that the La- tms denominate the Plant Fifcum. The Fruit grows on different Branches from the Flowers. That uncommon Soil, whereon the Miffhltoe grows, has occafion'd abundance of fabulous Notions both as to its Pio- duflion and Virtues. and molt Naturalifts relate, that ThruHies being exceedingly fond of the Berries of the M lleltoe ; they fwallow 'em, and caiV'em out again on the Branches ofTrees where they uie to perch j and by this means give Occufion to a new Prwdufiion of M£d!oe. By cracking the Berries with their Bills, or Claws, they are fuppofed to let out the Vifcous Juice, which facilitaies their Sticking : And hence that Proverb, Turdui fb: acit Malum i the Fijcum being fomeiimes ufed as Bird-Lime. Mr. Lradlcy endeavours to refute the popular Opinion of the Antients, that the Seeds of the M/i/fltoe cou!d not ve- getate. Their endeavouring to prop4g-irc. it in the Earth without fuccefs, he takes to ha\e led ih^ m into the Error ; Ami affens, that it may be propagated by Seed on any I'ree whaiever. Th'^ Method too is very eafy. About CbrijTmuSf when the 'lii'rrics are full ripe, you need only apply them on the fmojth Bark of any "^IVee ; the vifcid jujces thc;y are cnccmpafsM withal, will make them Hick > anJ, provided the Birds do not devour the Seed, you may, witiiout any further Trouble, expeCi a young Plant the foUov ing Year. Orhers rather ch-ife to account for the Propagation of TvhlJeltoe from the Syiicm hereafter advanced for that of Myhrooms. See MusHi-ooM. For the Virtues of Mijj'dtoe, it feems -jf the moft Efii- cacy in the Epilepfy ; againft which fcmj will have ii a Specific. Dr. Co//j.(u/j has Wrote expreily to prove it fuch. it is alfo prefcribed in Apoplexies, Lethargies, and Ver- tigos ; and wore about the Necks ot Children to prevent Convuliion':, and cafe the cutting of their Teeth. 'I'he bed is xhtM'JJihoe of the Oak '■> tho'it is not this which is commonly ufed, but that of the Apple or Pear- Tree. Mr. Bradley obRrves, that there is no Variety in this Piunr, but that tK Leaves, Flowers, Fruit, Si?t. are all alike on whatever kind of Tree it grows : But others pretend to diiLinguifli that of the Oak by feveral particulars. T he Virtues afcribed to the Mi[/ehoe, may perhaps be the Remains of the Religious Honours paid it by the ar.tlcot Gatds j among whom the Druids, affembled conllantly on the firit Day of the Year, wentin quellthcreof with Hymns, and other Ceremonies and Rejoycings, diflributing it agaia among the People, as a Thing facred, after having firll confecrated ir, crying At guy FyJtt neuf, ro proclaim the new Year. See IDruids. The Cry is Hill kept up at where they add Fhritez; to wifh a plentiful new Year. M. Ferrault obferves, that the Mtjfehoe is full of a poi- fonous Juice, which weakens the Tree whereon it grows; and that the Fruit has always a difagrecable Taitc while it flicks on it. MISSEN-M:i/?of a Ship, is a M.tfi, or rour.i^ loni^ piece of Timber, Handing in the llernnioli part. SccMast. Some great Ships require two 'Miffhm. Next the Main-Maft, is the M.-i.r ■ ; and that next the Poop, is call'd the Bona-aemHre-MiU'en. When at Sea they ufe the Word alone, they always mean xhcSa;!, and not the Vafi . To change the Mi/fen, is to bring the M'/Ji?:-2'trd over to the other fide the Mall. To peck the M;]^^/;, is to put the M{fen right up and dowh the Mafl. To f^^ellthe M'£a:, Sic. MISSION, a Term in Theology ufe'l tn fiE-niFy a Power or Commiflion to preach the Gofpel. S.e Gospel. j.r.s MIT ( ^61 ) MIX tefus Chrift g^ive His Dlfciples their Mffion in thefe Words, Co, andteMballNMom,&c. The Komanijli reproach the Fi-otejiants^ that their Mi- nifters have no Miff'"!' i as not being authorized in the Ex- ercifc of their Miniftry, either by an uninterrupted Suc- ceflion from the Apoftles, or by Miracles 5 or by any ex- traordinary Proof of a Vocation. ^ , , The Jnalapilis deny any other Mtlfm ncceflary tor the Miniftry than the Talents ncceflary todifchargc it. Mission is alfo ufed for divers Eftablifliments of People zealousfor the Glory of God, and the Salvation of Souls, who go and preach the Gofpel in temote Countries, and «„ongInfidcls. See M.ssioNAHT. There are Uilftms in the Eafi, as well as the Tiejt- '"Aniong the Rtimanifis, the Religious Orders of St. D»- mmic, St. Francis, St. Aufultin, and the Jefuiu, have Mi/ohj in the Levant, Jmeria, &c. The '^eftitts have Mi^of" in China, and all other parts ot the Globe, where they have been able to penetrate. The Mendicants aboundin yi^#o«i. ^ Mission is alfo the Name of 1 Congregation of 1 ricHs, and Laymen, inftituted by rincent de Taul, and confirmed in I5i6 by Pope V' exlfted. Ihirdly, By explaining the Names of ABions we never law, or Notions we cannot fee ; and by enumerating all thole ideas which gu to the making them up. Thus the mixt Mode which the Word Lie ftands for, is made up of thefe fimple Ideas ; Firft, Articulate Sounds. Secondly, Certain Ideas in the Mind of the Speaker. Thirdly, Thofe Words, the Signsof thefe Ideas; Fourthly, Thofe Signs put together by Affirmation, or Negation, otherwile than the Ideas they fland for are in the Mind of the Speaker, lince the Language was made. Complex Ideas are ufually got by the Explication of thofe Tetms that llandfor them. Forfince they confift of limple Ideas ccmbined, they may by Words flanding for thole fimple Ideas be reprcfented to the Mind of one who underflands thofe Words, tho'that Combination of limple Ideas was never offer'd to his Mind by the real ExiHcnce of Things. MixT Rtititi, or Troforlioi,, is when the Sum of the An- tecedent and Confequent is compared with the difference between Antecedent and Confequent i as if 3 * '"^ a:h : c : d exJomt::cxrfot»i. See Ratio. MIXTION, the Afl of M,xm^; or the Union and Coa- lition of divers Corpufcles into one Body. See Mixt The Fcripmi.a, who hold an Alteration eCfential to " U"'™ a""'d Ingredients, or Mifcibles. ' ^ ' Wmwn makes a conCderable Operation in the Chymi- cal and Gii/(??7/c.(/ Pharmacy. MIXTURE, in a Philofophical fcnfe, is an Aflemblage Br Union of feveral Bodies of different Properties, in the lame Mafs, _ To determine the Ratio of the Ingredients of a Mixture IS that celebrated Problem propofed by ffiero King of Sy- raaije to Jrchm.edei, on occafion of a Crown of Gold where- in the Workman had fraudulently mix'd Silver ; the So- lution whereof was matter of fo much Tranfport to that divine Mechanic. It may be determined thus : Weigh the ^fo,«rc, iramerge it in fome Fluid; and find the Weight It lofes therein. (SceSPECiFtc CraMv.) Then find what Weight any determinate Qiianiiiy of either In- ( ) MOD The Second allow God to bi but will not allow an7i;;i;t„ riS' ^'"7^% E/""^' 5 a multiplicity ^ ™ ^'"^< f""- 'ff admitting He^avr" "r,'" ^"'i^' Aflronomy, was a ninth a"rSd°s.L':':"s'eeT.r;tf/^°'= ■"-''^ the^bwerfet'^"]'" ""'^ carry all crLT f '''""g '""^ " i by its Rapidity rrf'^'^g ™ " ""h-^'^by ■b'y revoked b VuTJ: diarnal Revolution orth" Law?£ we '" 'n '^"'^ ^^l-at in Common cilkv^b"""' 'a Schools, an Aptitude, or Fa- cility to be moved. , ir* fj}!'.'^'''''''y?,f^"^'''yi^«^'ns to the fmallnefs and fpherici ty of us Particles ; and is that which renders its Fix" tionfodiiEcult SeeMEKCURT and Fixation. okufihl ^■''"'^ '''"'"'"y "f'he Earth is the moft plaufible,an'• a Prohibition to atfert, not that the M.H,tj, was poffible, but that it wasaftually Cu, I,"' '"i^y ^"?*'''''"=-^*'"J'°*"'heEarthtobe held as an Hypothefis which gives an eafy and fe.fible So- lution of the Phicnomena of the heavenly Motions ; but forbad the M„W,y, of the Earth to be maintain 'd 'as a iWt'arvtV? ^'-^S' byreafontheyconceiv'tl ir contrary to bcnpturc, MODAL, in Logic, iic. a Term apply'd to Propofitions containing certain Conditions, or Rellriaions. See Con- UITIONAL. MODE, or MOOD, in Philofophy, a.M™„er of Beings or a Quality, or Atttibute of a Subflance, or Subieft, ^'chwe conceiveasneceffarilydependingontheSub ea perties, m the and incapable of fubfiliing without it. SeeSt.BsT AN„ Mr Loci defines MoA, to be thofe Ideas (he /hould have iaidT4i»^i which don I imply any fuppofition of fubfiftina by theralel ves but ate confider'd as mere dependences and attections ofSubllances. Our Ideas of things may be reduced to two Kinds : The one ot Fhmgs which we conceive feparately, and by them- felves, call'd &J/fa„«, ; and the other of Things which we conceive as cxiHing in others, in fuch manner as thatw. cannot allow them exillcnce without 'em ; and thefe we call Modes, or Accidents. See Accident. Thu ' ^ - jct fpi Hence a ?»/«!«> e, or mix'd Stuff, is that whofe Woof and Warp ate of Wools of different Colours dy'd and mix'd before they werefpun. MOAT, in Fortification, cali'd alfo Fof, and Ditch a hollow Space or Ditch dug round a Town, or Fortr'efs to be defended, on the outfide the Wall or Rampart. See Rampart. The Length and Breadth of the Mo^t often depends on the nature of the Soil ; according as it is Mat/hy or Rocky A Dry Molt is that which is deftituie of Water, and ought to be deeper than one which is full of Water A ii»ciM0AT is thatwhofeScarpand Gounterfcarp are cafed wi.h a Wall ol Mafon s Work lying a-flope A Ffal-(«i.»'JMoAT is that which hath no Hoping, its Corners being lomewhat rounded. The Brink of the Moat next the Rampart in any Forti- fication is cali'd the Sc.irf, and the oppofice one the Coim- terfcurp. Sec Scarp and Coun tersc arp MOATAZALITES, a Religious Scft among the T«rfc There are two Opinions among the T:,rkl(!, Divines con- cerning God. The firft admit Metaphyfical Forms or Attributes; as that God has a Wifdom by which he is Wife ; a Power by which he is Powerful ; a'n Eternity bv ■"'Hich he is Eternal, ' ' hand, the conception of retjuire that of the Mode, Subjefl does not at all infer or SceSuRSTANCE. Thus, what gives us to know that •thought is not a Mode of extended SubHance, or Matter, is, that Extenfion, and the other Properties of Matter may be divided from Thought without ceafing to conceive Thought all the while. Sec' Thinking, Extension, E'c. We always confider Things as clothed with certain Modes; except when we reflcfl on the Abllraa, or Gene- ral : And it is the Variety of Modes, and Relations, that occafions the great Variety of Denominations of the 'fame thing. It is the various M«des of Matter, e. jr. that make all the Diverfity of Bodies, or corporeal BeiSgs in Nature SeeREtATioN, Mattes, i£c. ~ Thete are various Divifions and Kinds of Modes : One of the moll common, is into Internal and External. I«er».i/ Modes are thofe inherent in the Subfiance, as Roundnefs in the Bowl ; Flatnefs in the Nofe ; Crook'ed- nefs in the Finger, ^c. Thefe, we have obferv'd, cannot exift, nor even be con- ceiv'd without the Subjefl, as being only Clrcumllances thereof, oreven, according to fome, only the Subjea itfelf confider'd, not fimply, but as fuch. Thus the Roundnefs of the Bowl, is only the Bowl itfelf confider'd as round MOD ( ) MOD £xw«..;AIobes are thofe eKtraneou. to tHc. . . , , (4.) Thofe Signs put together by Affirmation orNesa- Ano her M.*, or Modification of Space, is taken from tion, otherwife than the Ideas they fland for are in the the relation ot the Parts of the Termination of Extenfion, Mind of iheSpeaker. or citcumfcrib'd Space amongft themfelves ; and this is Mixt Modes have their Unity from an Aft of the Atind whatweca.l n,„,-e. 'I his, the Touch difcovers in fenfible combining thofe re.,eral fimple^Jeas together, ami eo ifi- ,he Fv: Ztf f T"" T?T 'o ^"""S '^""^ "™P'«o"=^ The Mark of this Union the Eye takes both from Bodies and Colours whole Eoun- is one Namegivento that Combination. Men feldom rec- daries are wnhin Its view ; where, oblerving how the Ex- kon any number of Ideas ,0 make one complex or" but tremi les term nate, either in ftreigh. Lines, which meet fuch CoUeftions, asthere benamesfor. t3 the KilC at dirccrniide An.des ; or in crooked Lines, wherein no of an old Man is a,sfir ,n b, ; ' ,„..:_"1 ,1 Angles can be perceived; by confidcring thefe as they r late to one another in all pans of the Extremities of t. other in all parts of the Extremities of any Body or Space, it has the Idea we call Figure : Which affurds to the hind infinite Variety. See Figure. Another Mode belonging to this Head, is that of Place. Our Idea of Pi " " of an old Man is as fit to be united in one complex Idea"^ as that of a Father ; yet there being no Name for it, it is not taken for a particular complex" Idea; nor a di'ttina Species of Aaion from that of Killing any other Man : Thofe CoUedions of Ideas have Names'generally afnxed which are of frequent ufe in Converfation ; in which Cafe« t !nr «f ' L ■ L L ■ n - — " ^^ju^i.i un- i ii v^ou vcriation ; in w uico t^a c* anv thina • ' '"V' . l""' "I"''"' /"fi"™ ot Men endeavour to communicate their Thoughts to one a d tab PoLs Wl r r ^'"'^ ^r'^"' ^j'^ pofi-lble difpatch. Thofe ofhers, which chanrd Place wb" ' I'a " ' '^^^ '^^'''""^ " '^^r '^J '"g"her, cnanged 1 lace when us diftance either IS, or IS nor give them Names. • ' 1 k, not alter'd with refpeS to thofe Bodies, with which nor give them Names, This gives the Reafon, why thete are Words in e the Plfce of the In . ? ' \ Fa/liions and Cufloms of one te p7 . . ° ■■ ^° °^ ^""' '""^1 Combinations of Ideas famihar in See Place, Another Mode of Space, is the Idea which we get from the fleeting, and perpetually peri.'hing Parts of Succeffion, which we call Dtiratioti. The Simfle Modes of it are any different Lengths of it, whereof we have diftin£I Ideas as Hours Days, Years, (£c. Time, and Eternity. The Idea of Succeffion is got by rcflefling on that train of Ideas which conftantly follow one another in our Minds, as long as we are awake. See Succession. ' The diftance between any Parts of this Succeffion is vi hat we call Duration : And the Continuation of the Ex- iftence of ourfelves, or any thing elfe commenfurate to the Succeffion of any Ideas in our Mind.s, is what we call our own Duration, or that of another thing co-exifting with our thinking. A Man having once got this Idea of Duration, can apply It to things which exift, while he doth not think : And thus we mealure the time of our Sleep, as well as that wherein we are awake. See Duration. In regard to fome other Simple Modes, Mr. Loc^ obferves. That the Mind has feveral diftina Ideas of Sliding, Rol' ling. Walking, Creeping, which are all but the diffe- rent Modifications of Motion. Swift and Slow are two different Ideas of Motion, the Meafures whereof arc made one .-miliar in one, which another had never any occafion to make. Such were. Oro..„,^j;, among the Grerfj ; and Pro/cr/c.-ii, amona the Romaits. This alfo occafions the conftant Change of Languages ; becaufe the Change of Cuftom and Opinion brings with it new Combinations of Ideas, which, to avoid long Defcriptions, have new Names annexed to them, and fo they become new Species of M:xed Modes, Of all our fimple Ideas, thofe which have had moll mixed Modes made out of them, are Thinking, and Motion , (^which comprehend in them all Aaion) and Power, from whence thefe Adions are conceived to flow. For Aaions being the great Bufinefs of Mankind, it is no wonder that the feveral Modes of Thinkingand Motion, ftiould be taken notice of ; and the Ideas of them obferved, and laid up in Memory, and have Names affigned them. For without Inch complex Ideas with Names to them, Men could "°5^f L Communication about them. Of this kind ate the Modes of Aflions diffiii.guifh'd by their Caufes, Means, ObjeBs, Ends, Inftruments Time llace, and other Circumftances ; as alfo of the Powers fitted for thofe ABions. Thus Boldncfs is the Power to „ t.. Mode in Logic. 'jSeeMooD. MODE in Mufic, is defined by fome Authors, the parti- cular Manner of conftituting the Odave ; or the melodious Conititution of the Odavc, as it confifis of feven Effential, of Natural Notes befides the Key, or Fundamental. S^e Octave. A Mo.U\ then, is not any fingleNote, or Sound ; but the particular Order of the concinnous Degrees of an Odave : The fundamental Note whereof may, in another ft:nfe, be call'd the Key, as it fignifies that principal Note which re- gulates the rcii:. The proper difference betw een a Mode and aKev, coniills in this, that an Odave with all its natural and concinnous Degrees, is call'd a AWe, with refped to the ConlHtuiiorj or the manner and way of dividing it j and with rjfped to the place of it in the Scale of Mufic, that is, the Degree or Pitch of Tune, it is call'd a Key : that is, an Odave of Sounds may be rais'd in the fame Order, and Kind of De- grees which makes the fame Afode, ^nd yet be begun higher or lower j that is, be taken at different Degrees with re- fped to the whole, which makes diflrerent Keys : and from the fame Definition it follows, that the fame Key may be found with different Mof/eJ ; that is, the Extremes of two Odaves may be in the fame Degree of Tune, and theDi- vifion of 'em different. See K&f. Now it may be farther obferved, that of the natural Notes of every Modv^ or Odave, three go under the Name of theefieniial Notes in a peculiar manner, viz. the Fun- damental, thelhird, and Fifth ; their Odaves being rec- kon'd the fame, and mark'd with the lame Letters in the Scale : the reit arc particularly call'd Dependents. Agaio, the Fundamental is alfo call'd the final j the Fifth the Do- mlnante j and the Third, as being between the other two, the Mediante. See Key, The Dodrine of the Antients with regard to Modes^wh'ich they fometimes alfo call 1\mes, isfomewhat obf ure > rheres being an unaccountable Difference among their AiiT;n.r'5 as to the Definitions, Divifiuns, and Nami!.^ ■ ■[ cn-^ii Modes . They agree indeed, that aiWoi/e is acertainSyrtem or Con- fVitution of Sounds ; and that an Odave, with all its inter- mediate Sounds, is fuch a Conilitulion : but the fpecific difterences of Tones, fome place in the manner otDivi- fion, or Order of its concinnous parts ; and others merely in the diilerent Tenfion of the Whole, e. as the whole Notes are acuter or graver, or Hand higher or lower in the Scale of Mufic. Eoethiiis is very dark on this head i and defines a Mcdt to be, as it were, an irttire Body of Modulation, confiitingof aConjundion of Confonances, as the Diapafon. Fiokmy makes iheMoi/esthe lame with the Species of the Diapafon i but at the fame time fpeaks of their being ac fome diilance from each other. Some contended for thir- teen, fome for fifteen Motie;, which they placed at a Semi- tone's diltance from each other ; but it is plain, thofe un- derftood the differences to be only in their place or dilfan- ces from each other ; and that there is one certain harmo- nious Species of Odave apply'd to all, -viz. that Order which proceeds from the Fro/!-.nikv!omer!o< of the Syfte'tia hn- mutatum, or the A of the modern Syfiem. Frolemy argues, that if this be all, they may be infinite, tho' they muil be; limited for Ufe and Pradice. Bur, indeed, much the greater part define them by the Species Ui.ifajan ; and therefore only make feven Modes ; but as to iheir Ule, we are left iniirely in the dark. If t\\e. Modes be nothing but the feven Sj-'ecies of Odaves, the Ufe of 'em can only be, that the Froflamh.momaios of any Mode being made the principal Note of any Song, there may be ditferent Species of Melody anfwering to thofe diiTerent Condirutic'iis. But then we are not to con- ceive that the Froflamh-immertos, or Fundamental of any Mode is fixed to any particular Chord of the Syftem, v.". the Thrygi^into g ; fo that we muft always begin there, when we would have 3 piece of Melody of that Species. When we fay in general, that fuch Ol Mode begins in it is no more than to fignify the Species of Odave as they ap- pear in a certain fix'd Syilem ; but we may begin in any Chord of the Syilem, and make icthe jP>ti/?,m. ofany Moi^f, by MOD C ) MOD Pla^al. Authentici fsjw^ rxjw^ by adt^ing new Chords, or altering the tuning of the old. If this were the true nature, and ufe of the Tones, moll of ihcfc Afodcs mult be imperfe^l, and incapable of good yi'Aody, as wanting feme ot ihole which we reckon the eflcniial and natural Notes of a true Mode. Again, if the elfential dilference of the Mocks confirt only in the Gravity or Acutencfs of the whole Otiave, then we may fuppofe one Species or concinno-^s Divifion of the (JJtave, which being appl)'d to all the Chords of the Syftem, makes them true Fundamentals for a certain Series of fuccellive Notes, by changing, as above, the Tone of certain Chords in ftanc cafe;-, or by adding new Chords to the Syiiem. Eut that mult have been a iimple kind of Melody, produced by admitting only one concinncus Series, and that too want- ing fonie ufefui and neci;ftary Chords. Muhc was conliderably improved in the Xlth Century, hy G:i! do Jreihitts who, among other Innovations, reformed the Doctrine of JWof/e5. Itistrue, they were itil! defined by the Species of theOtlave,in TioIany''s manner, and their number uas fix'd to feven but afterwards taking occafion to confider the Hartnonical and Arirhmetica! Diviiii.n^ of the O^iave, whereby it rcfplves into a 4th above a 5th, or a 5th above a 4ch, they deuce conilituted 12 Modes, making of each Octave two di^erent Modes, according to this different Divifion ; but becaufe there are two of them ihat cannot be divided both ways, there are but 12 M^des, Of thefe, fujli as were 'iivided harmonically, that is, with the 5rhs lowefr (whi^h wcrcfixj were call'd ^u hentic 3 and the other fix which had the 5ths higheli, were call'd J'h^al IS'todsi. See the Schiime aanexM; To thefe Modes, they gave the Names of rh'- untiLni Greek Tones, as 'Dunav, l'h:y;.\^,:'7 , I ydian ; But the feveral Authors diffei- in the Ap- plication and Order of thefe Names, S'l tb;'.t we are {till in great meafure " at a !ofs what they me^nt by thofe diftinciionfi, and what their real ufe was. Th^ belt Account we can give ~f is this ; They co!ifider*d tiiat an ~Z Octave which wants a 4th or 5':h, is e — — e — a Jmpcrfed j thefe being the Concords next to Oclave, the Song o'jghi, to touch thofe Chords mort frequently and remarkably 5 and becaufe their Concord is different, which makes the Melody different, they cflabliil^cd by this two Modes in every na- tural Oiiave that had a true 411-. ai-:d jui: Then, if the Song was carried as far as tiiis ''dtave above, it was call'd a. ferfcff Mode ; if lefs, as to the 4th or 5th, i[ wac im- ferfeB ; it it moved both above and below, it was call'd amix'd Made. Thus it is fome Authors fpeak about thefe Modes. Other?, confidering how indifpenfible a Chord the 5th is in every Moi/e, rhey took for the Final, or Key- Note in the Aritlimeiically divided Uflaves, not the lowefl Chord of that Oitave, but that very 4th. The only diffe- rence then in this Method between the Authentic and fia- gal Modes that the Authentic goes above its final 10 the Octave ; the other afcends a 5 th, and defcends a 4th j \vhich will indeed be attended with different Etfeas, but the Mode is effentially the fame, having the fame Final to which all the Notes refer. We are now to conlider wherein the Modes of one Species, as Authentic, or Plagal, differ among thcmfelves. This mutt cither he by landing higher or lower in the Scale, i.e. by the difft-rent Tenlion of the whole Oilave, or rather by the diffi-rcjic Subdivifion of the Otfave intuits concinnous Degrees ; there can be no other. We are to confider then, whether thefe Differences arc fufficient to produce fuch very different -Effects as are afcribcd to the feveral Modes 5 for inllance, that the o..^ produces Mirth, another Sadnefs, a third is proper for Re- ligion, a fourth for Love, ij^d That thefe Effeils are owing merely to the Conltitution of the Octave, fcaree any body will alHrm. The differences in the Conftitution will, indeed, liave fome influence, but it will be fu little, as that by the various Combinaiiops ot othcf Caufes, one of thefe Modes may be uled to different purpofes. The greateft difference is that of thofeOftaucs which have the ;d /, or ^d^!^, making what on other occafions we call the .S'/j^rp and 1-ht Key. However, if the Mod'^s depend upon the Species of Oc- taves, how can they I)e more than feven ? And as to the di)tin£tion between Authentic and Flagal, we have already oblerved, that it is imaginary with refpeff to any eflential Difference conHirutcd thereby in the Kind of the Melody ; for tho' the carrying the Song above or below the Final, may have difi.-crent Effefls, yet this is to be afcribed to other Caufes belides the Conftitution of the Octaves. It is particularly oblervable, that thufe Authors who give us Examples in actual Compofitinn of their twelve Wot/es, frequently take in the Artificial Notes * and fe, toper- fei^t the Melody of their Key j and by this means depart from the Conllitution of the 0£lavc, as it Hands fix'd in the natural Syfiem. There is nothing certain or confiflent therefore in thejr way of fpeaking 5 but the Modes sltg all really reducible to two, viz,, the Sharp and Flat 5 the other differences rcfpeamg only the Place of the Scale where the Fundamental is taken, Tkeanttent Modes, befides their general Divifion into Authentic atndf la-gal, had aifo theirrcfpeaivcNamesfrom the feveral Greek Provinces where they are fuppofed to have been invented. Originally, indeed, there werebut three, -siz-. Doric, lydia/}, a.^d Fh,y;zi(in ; which were par- ticularly call'd Tones, becaufe at a Tone's difiance from one another. The reftwirre added afterwards, and were fome of them named from the relations they bore to the former, particularly the Hy^o-Doric, as being below the Doric. Tnc Da. 'tc Mod e was a mixture of Gravity and Mirth intentcd by Ti.;-M;r.7i of Thrace. See Doric. ' The Fbry^hin Mod e was adapted to the kindling of Rage ; invented by Marfyas the Fhygian. See Fury, G liN. The Lydiaji Mode was proper for Funeral Songs ; in- vented, according to JP/ittj, by Am^hion. SccLydian. 'I'iie Myxolodian was invented by Sap-pho. The y£o/!c, lonic^ and Hypo-Doric were invented by Phi- loxenus. The Hypo-Lydian by Folymnefies. Befides thefe Modes of Tune, old Authors have alfo intro- duced M'^des of Time, or Meafures of Notes. Thefe at firit were diltinguilhed into Greater and Lefs, and each of thefe again into J'tr/e3 and /wpe^/eff. Eut after- wards they reduced all into four Modes, which included ih« whole hiifinefs of Times. As thofe Modes are now difufcdj they are hardly worth the ■reciting, I'he common MoiVe now in ufe, is much more Simple and Natural thananyof thofe ; the Proportion, which in theirs varied, being in uurs fix'd, viz. 2 : 1 . A Large equal to two Long J a Long to two Breves ? a Breve to two Serai- breves, S^c. proceeding in the fatne Prr portion to the laft or lowelt Notes. And ]f on fume Occafions the Proportion of 5 : I betwixt two fuccciTlve Notes is required, itiseafily exprefo'd by annexing a Point ( ■ )• See Time, NoTt. t^'c. The Antients had likewife their Modi Melopoei.ii, of which -/^r//;'/riej names thefe, Dithyrawhic, No;«ic, and T-ragici cilVd Modes from their expreffing the feveral Motions and Affeiliuns of the Mind. Sec Melopoeia. MODEL, an Original, or Pattern propofed for anyone to copy or imitate. St, Fanl's Church is faid to be built on the Model of St= Peter's at Rome. Model is particularly ufedin Building for an Artificial Pattern, made of Wood, Stone, PlaiftLr, or other Matter, with all its Parts and Proporiions ; in order for the better Conducting and Executing of fome great Work, and to give an Idea (if the EiTeft it will have in Large. in all large Buildings, it is much the fureft way to make Model ill Re/iez-o 3 and n at to irult to a bare Defign, or Draught. See Design. I'here are alfo Models for the Building of Ships, ^c. for extraordinary Stair-Cafes, ^c. Model, in Painting and Sculpture, is any thing propofed to be imitated. Hence in the Academies they give theTcrm Model to a naked Man, difpofed in feveral Pollurcs, to give an Op- portunity for the Scholars to defign him in various Views and Attitude?. The Sculptors have little Models of Clay or Wax to aCfift them in their Defigns of others that are larger in Marble, ^c. and to judge of the Attitude and Correilnels of a Figure. Sec Figure. The SiJituarles likewife give the Name Muf^e/ to certain Figures of Clay or Wax, which are but jult fafhion'd, to ferve by way of Guide for rhe making of larger, whether of Marble, or other Matter. SecSxATUE. MODERATOR, in the Schools, the Perfon who pre- fides at a Difpute,or at a public Affembly. See President. Such a Dailor was the Moderator, the Prefident at fuch a Difputation ; in fuch an Aflenibly, £ifc. MODERN, fnmething new, or of our Time 5 in oppc- fition to any thing Antique, or Ajitieut. Modern --?iff/jorj, according to Natida, are all thofe that have wrote fince Boeiius. The Moderji Philofophy cotn- inences with GaliUus. The Modern Aflronomy with Co- fenvcus. See Philosophy and Astronomy. Modern Medals are all thofe that have been flrucfc within thefe 500 Years. See Medal, Modern in jlrchiteHnre, is improperly apply'd to the prefent, or ffij/wf Manner of Building } as being according to the Rules of the Jntiijue. See Antiqjie. Nor is the Term lefs abufed, when attributed to Architecture purely Gothic. See Gothic. Modem Ji-cbtteBiire, in flriftnefs, is only applicable to that which partakes partly of the Antique, retaining fome- 7 E what MOD ^-tiie of its Delicicy itid Solidity ; >nd partly of the Gu thic, whtince It borrows Members and Ornainent!, without Proportion or Judgmenr. See Arcmitictorf MODIFICATION, or Mobe. in Philofophy, Adt which ^od,J,e, a th.ng ; that is, gives it this or that manner of ISeing. t>ee Mode. Quantity aiid Quality are Accidents that make the Mo- ■d:fc.mmc,i all Bodies. See Quantitv and QuinTr. According to Sfimza's Syflem, all the Beings that com- pofe the Univerfe, are only fo many different Mo^/^/cdiioHJ ( ^66 ) MOI little /ith of one and the fame Subflance. 'Tis the different Ar- rangement and Situation of their Parts, that make all the difference between them. See Sunosism. MODIFICATIVE, fomething that m,i,jie!, or gives a thing a certain Manner of being. Father buffer eflablifhes a new Part of Speech, which he calls Modificathe. Nouns, and Verbs, he obfervcs, are fufceptible of divers Circumflances or Medif cations : In the Phrafe Zsal cBs, we have a Noun and Verb without any IWodilication i but in that. Zeal Tuithout DifcretioH aHs rajh- ty, the Noun and the Vctb are each attended with a Modi- fication or Circumflance. This laft Kind of Words, which ferve to modify Nouns and Verbs, fince it has no general Name in the common Grammars, he chufcs to call Uodifcathei, It includes what Grammarians commonly call yJd-^erb, ConjmHiotit and Tre- fcfuion. See Conjunction, Prepositiom, £^c. j MODILLIONS, in Architeaure, Ornaments iii theCor- iii/h of the Ionic, Corinthian, and Compofite Columns. Sec Cornish. The ModillioKs are little Confolcs or Brackets under the Soffit of the Corni/h, fcemlng to fupport the Lamier, tho in reality they ate no more than Ornaments. See Console. They ought always to be placed over the middle of the Column. They are particularly affcfted in the Corinthian Order, whefe they are ufually enrich'd with Sculpture. The Moii.ffioji is ufually in form of an S inverted, and ^ited to the Soffit of the Corniili. See Cornish. 1 he Proportions of Moddbm muft be fo adjufled, as to produce a Regularity in the Parts of the Soffits. The htta-V.odillm!, ,. c. the DiHances between them, de- pend on the Inter-Colurans, which oblige the Medillioni to be madeof aceria-n Length and Breadth, in order to make the Imtrrvais pcrfccf Squares, which are always found to have better cifea than Parallelograms. To this it trull be added, that in adjuiiing the ModdBns, Care (liould be ta- ken that they have fuch a Proportion, as that when the Orders are placed over one another, there be the fame Number in tbe upper Order as in the lower, and that they fall perpendicularly over each other. McdUlwns are alfo ufcd under the Cornilhes of Pediments ■ tho ;'itrKd«! obfcrves that they wete not allow'd of in his time, in legard Modillkns were intended to reprefent the Ends of Rafters, which could not be fuppos'd to be ufed in a Pediment. See Pediment. Some will have the MoA5,o», of » Pediment to reprefent Purlins j and thofe at the Eaves to reprcfenr Rafters. Da- iiler father takes them for a kind of inverted Confoles or Corbels. The Uedillim is fometimcs alfo call'd MiitaZe, tho Ufe has introduc'd a little difference between the Idea of a Pmtlhalt and a Mutule ; the Mutule being peculiar to the Dotic Order ; and the Modillietn to the higher Orders, See Mutule. The Word comes from the llodigliane, Meafure. MODIOLUS, a Chirurgeon's Inftrument, the fame A'-ftif.m and Trrfainim. See Thepanum. MODIUS, in Antiquity, a Kind of Bulhel, or Meafure in ufe among the Rm,aH, for feveral Sorts of Grain. See Measure. ir coiitain'd about nine Englijh Quarts. MODO 13 Torma, in Law", a Phrafc ufed in Proccffet ,„c and Pleadings, whereby the Defendant abfolutely denies ,he the thing charg'd on him by the PlaintiiF, Mtdo g! Br declarsta. The Civilians in the like fenfe fay, atlez^vliir^ ejfe vera. MODULATION, in Mufic, is the Art of kcepino in or changing the iWo^/e or Key. See Mode. " * Under this Term is comprehended iho regular Progref fion of the leveral Parts thro the Sounds that are in the Harmony of any particular Key, as well a, ,he proceeding .aturallv and regularly from one Key to another. The Rules of Modalatim in the firft fenfe belong to Har- mony and Melody. See Harmony and Melody Wc Ifiall here only add a word with regard ro the Rules (if Moditlation in the latter fenfe. As every Piece mull have a principal Key ; ind (ince the Variety fo ncceffary in MuGc to pleafc and entertain for- bids the beinp confined to one Keyi and that therefore it is net rnly allowable, but ncceffary, to modulate into and make Cadences on feveral other Keys, having a Re- latioiiand Conneaion with the principal Key : It muft be confiderd what it is that conftitutes a Conneftion between the HatiDony of one Key and that of another, that it may be hence determin'd into what Keys the Harmony may be conduaed wiih Propriety. See Key. As to the Manner in which the Madulatiak from one Key to another is to be perform'd, fo that the Tranfition may be eafy and natural i -tis not eafy to Bx any precilb Rules : for tho it is chiefly perform'd by the help of the 7th g ot the Key, into which the Harmony is to be chari- ged, whether it be flat or Iharp ; yet the Manner.of do- ing it IS lo various and extenfive, as no Rules can eafilv circumfcribe. A general Notion of it may be conceiv'd under the following Terms. The 7th g in cither (harp or flat Key, is the 3d , to the 5th / of the Key, by which tho Cadence in the Key is chiefly perform d ; and by being only a Semi tone under the Key, i» thereby the moft proper Note to lead into it, which it does in the mofl natural manner imaginable In- fomuch that the 7th is never heard in any of the Parts but the Ear exoefls the Key fliould fucceed it ; for whe- ^gata front ther It be ufeti as a jd, or as a iSth, it always affcas with fo imperfea a Senfation, that we naturally exped fimethmg more perfcfl to follow, which cannot be moreea- fily and fmoothly accomplifli'd, than by the fmall Interval ot a Semi-tone, to pafs into the pcrfea Harmony of the Kev, Hence it is, that the Tranfition into one Key is beft effeaed by introducing its 7th g, which fo naturally leads to it. ' MODULE, in Architeaure, a certain Meafure, or Big- nels taken at pleafure, for regulating the Proportions of Columns, and the Symmetry or Diilribution of the whole Building. See Column. Architeas ufually chufe the Seml-diarneter of the bot- tcim of the Column for their Module; and this they fubdi- Vlde into Parrs, or Minutes-. ^ Vlgnola divides his MoA/e, which is a Semi-diameter, into tviclve Parts in the Tufcan and Doric, and into eigh- teen for the other Orilers. The MadiJe of Falladio, Seamozzi, M. Camlray, De/jo- detz, Le rjerc, igc. which is alfo equal to the Semi-diame- ter, IS divided into thirty Pans or Minutes in all the Or- ders. See Minute. Some divide the whole height of the Column into 20 Parts for the Doric, a:^ for the Ionic, a; for the Roman, 45' . and one of thcfe Parts they make a Module, to regulate the refl of rhc Building by. There are two Ways of determining the Meafurcs, Or Proportions of Buildings; the firft by a fix'd Standard Meafure, which is ufually the Diameter of the lower part of the Column, call'd a Module, fubdivided into iSoth Parts, call'd Minutes. In the fecond, there are no Minutes, nor any certain and fiated Divifion of the Module ; but it is divided occafionally into as many Parts as are judg'd nccef- fary. Thus, the height of the Attic Bafe, which is half the Module, is divided either into three, to have the height of the Plinth ; or into four, for that of the greater Torus ; or into fix, for that of the Icffer. Both thefe Manners have been praBifed by the antient, as well as the modern Architeas i But the fecond, which was that chiefly ufcd among the Antients, is in my Opinion preferable. Ferraulr. As Fltruvius, in the Doric Order, has leffen'd his Module, which in the other Orders is the Diameter of the lower part of the Column ; and has rcduc'd that great Module to a mean one, which is the Semidiaraeter : I here reduce the Module to a third part for the fame reafon, "jiz. to determine the feveral Mcafures without 3 Fraaion. For in the Doric Order, befide that the height of the Bafe, as in the other Orders, is determin'd by one of thefe mean Modules ; the fame iVfof/«/e gives likewife the heights of the Capita!, Ar- chitrave, Triglyphs, and Metopes. But our little Module, taken from the third of the Diameter of the lower part of the Column, has Ufes much more extcnfive ; for, by this heights of Pedeftals, of Columns, and Entablatures in all the Orders, are determin'd without a Fraaion. ' As then the great Module, or Diameter of rhe Column has 60 Minutes ; and the mean Module, or half the Dia- meter, ;o Minutes; our //Vr/s iWof/«/e has 20. Id. MODUS Decimandi, is when Land, a Sum of Money, or a yearly Penfion, belongs to the Parfon, either by Compo- fition or Cuflom, in Satisfaaion for Tithes in Kind. MOHAIR, Mouaire, or Moire, a kind of Stuff, or- dinarily of Silk, both Weft and Warp ; having its Grain wove very clofe. There are two kinds of Mohairs, the one fmooth and plain; the other water'd like Tabbys : The Difference between the two only confifls in this, that the latter is calander'd, the other nor. There are alfo Mohairs both plain, and water'd, the Woof whereof is Woollen, Cotton, or Thread. MOIDORE, MoEBORE, or Moeda, a Gold Coin, flruck and current in Portugal. See Co i n. Thi M O L ( 9^ , The Moii/flj-e is properly their F'tftole ^ and is equivalent to two Mille-Rees. See Pistole, £i?c. There are alfo Dofpio-Moedai^ or double Piftoles, and Demi-Fifloles. MOIETY, a French Word, Uohk-, fignifying the half of any thing. MOINEAU, in Fortification, is a flit Eaflion raifed !n the middle of a Curtain when it is too long, and th* Ba- fiions of the Angles too remote to be able to defend one unother. See Bastion. Here Mufqueteers are placed, to fire each way. &/10LA, in Medicine, fee Mole. The Word is Latiu^ and literally fignifies a MiH-Jtone, MoLA, in Anatomy, a Bone of the Knee, call'd alfo Fatdla^ Rotu/o^ Sic. See PatE.lla. MOLARES, in Anatomy, xhcGrinders^ an Epithet given to the large Teeth ; as ferving, like Mill-flones, to grind the Food. See Teeth. The Kumber of Molares is not always the fame. Some Perfons have twenty ; and others only fixteen, viz, four, or five on each fide of either Jaw. They are very large, hard, and flrong ; being failned into their Alveoli or Sockets by feveral Roots. MOLASSES, MoLossEs, or MelAsses, that grofs, yet fluid Matter, remaining of Sugar, after refining, and which no boiling will bring to a confidence more folid than that of Syrup 3 hence alfo call'd Syruf? of Sugar. Sec Sugar and Refining. Properly, Molojes are only the Sediment of one kind of Sugar call'd Chyfre^ or brown Sugar, which is the Refufc of other Sugars not to be whiten'd, or reduced into Loaves. MolaJfessLVc much ufed in Holiink among poor People, for the Preparation of Tobacco, and inftead of Sugar. There is alfo a kind of Brandy, or Spirit made of it ; but exceedingly unwholefome, and therefore much dif- couraged. See Brandy. MOLE, MoLA, or Mola Cayjiea'^ in Medicine, a miflupen Mafs of hard Flefh, fometimes generated in the Wombs of Women, inilead of a Fcetus , call'd alfo a falfe The Mok is the Ghaos of an Embryo ; and would have grown to an Infant, had not the Procefs of Conception been ditlurbcd. Tho' it be without regular Bones, Vifcera, i^c, yet the Lineaments frequently are not fo far effaced, but that there are fome Remains of a Child ; fometimes a Hand, and fometimes a Foot, have been fpied j but com- monly the Sccundlnes. It is rare that more than one iV/o/« Is excluded ; though 6'e7;i/erfKJobfervcs that there are Inflanccs of two, three, or even more. He adds, that tho' they iifually come alone, yet they have been known to come with a Fstus^ fome- times before iti arid fometimes after It, See Concbp- TION. The Mole is diflingui/hed from an Embryo, in that it hat no Placenta whereby to receive its Nouri/Iiment from the Mother. Inflead of that, it grows immediately to the Womb ; and Is nouri/hed thence. It has a kind of Ve- getative Life, and continues growing in bulk till the time of exclufion. Sometimes it has been born in the Womb for two or three Years. This Produaion is fuppofcd to arife from fome Defe£l or Indifpofiiion of the Ovitm, or Egg 5 or, perhaps, from the Male Seed's wanting force to penetrate it fufficlently in order to open, and expand the Farts. Or the Effe£l may be accounted for, by fuppofing an OfHw; to drop into the Womb, without being impregnated by the Seed of the Male : In all which cafes, the Egg continuing to grow, and yet wanting fomething neceffary to organize and form it into an Embryo, becomes a fhapelefs Lump. See Em- Authors are divided whether or no the Women ever bring forth jWo/cjwithoutany Inrercourfc with Men, Some fay there are Mo^ei which derive their Origin from the Menflruous Blood dctaln'd, coagulated, and harden'd 5 through which the Blood and Spirits have made themfclves Fafl'ages, ^c. See Menses. * The MoU Is dirtingui/Iicd from a true Conception, by Its tremulous palpitating Motion ; by its rolling from fide to fide ; and by the Belly's fwelling equally every way. The Ercafls fwell as in cafe of a juft Embryo j but the Humour generated therein is not true Milk, but a crude Matter, form'd of the fupprelTed Menfcs. To bring the Mola out of the Womb, Bleeding and violent Purging arc ufed, and at laft llrong Emmena- gogues. If thcfefail, recourfeis to be had to manual Ope- ration. The Latins give it the Name A/oA?, which literally Cignl- fics M!!-J}or:e, from its refemblance thereto in Form and Hardnefs. MOLE, A'f'iles, a Peer, or MafTive Work of Mafonry, cnnfilting of large Stones thrown into the Sea, in manner of a Bank, with defign to fhut up a Port, and defend the 7 ) MOM Veffels I'n it from the Impetuofity of the Wives, and to prevent the Paffage of any Vcffcl without leave. Thus wc lay the Mole ot the Harbour of Uejjma. See Pile. The Word Mok is fometimes alio ufed to /ienify the Hltbour iifelf. See Harbour. Among theRomaii;, Mole, Mole,, was alfo ufed for a kind of Maufoleum built in manner of a round Tower on a fquare Bale, infulate, incompafs'd with Columns, and cover'd with aDome. See Mausoleum. The Mole of the Emperor Mrlaii, now the Caflle of St. Angelo, was thegreateil, and moft Uatt ly of all the Moles': It was crown'd with a Brazen Pine- Apple, wherein was a golden Urn containing the Alhcs of the Emperor MOLECULE, MoLKcuLA, in Phyfics, a little Mafs, or part of any thing. See Mass, £.i?ir. ^ Thus we fay the Air, by Refpiralion, infinuating itfelf into the Veins and Arteries, endeavours by its elaftic Power to divide and break the Mo/em/tj of the Blood, which on their lide refill fuch divifion. MOLINE, inHeraldry. A O-o/s-Moline is that which turns round both ways at all its Extremities, tho' not fo wide or ftarp as thatfaid to be yimhored. See Cross. In Ufton, the Points are all cut off, which makes it very different from the Crofs Anchored. See Fer de Moulin. MOLINISTS, a ScS among the Romanlfls, who follow theDoflrine and Sintiments ot the Jcfuit Molina, relating to fufficient and efficacious Grace. See Grace, S^c. Their great Antagonilis ate the Jarilenijis. See Jan- SENISTS. MOLINOSISTS, a Seft among the Ko»!a»«i, who ad- here to theDoflrine of Molino,. Thefe are likewife call'd See Quietists. MOLMUTIN, or Molmutian Lan,,, the Laws of DumaalloMolmMiu:, XVIth King of the iV/i.nj, who began his Reign 440 Years before the Incarnation. See Law. He wasihe firll who publiflied any Laws in this Land ; and they continued famous therein till the time of JVittiam the Conqueror. MOLOSSUS, in the Grcrfand Latin Poetrv, the Name of a Foot confiding of three long Syllables As Auderi, tantahaiit, Virtutem. See Foot. It takes its Name cither from a Daiice in ufe among the People cM'd MoloJ/r, or Efirctes ; or from the Temple of ?iigi.!j:d. S"me again are Hereditary, where Succeffinn devQlve.": ii'imediaieiy from Father to Son ; and others Eledlive, where, on the Death of the Monarchy his Succeflbr is appointed by Eleiflion, a.s Foiand. The Word comes from the GreeX' fwvaf^Hf, one who go- verns alone ; form'd of ^of©- folui, and etfX" hnpenitm^ Government. Accoriling to Holbes, Monarchy, as well as Ariftocracy, (Icrivcs all its Authority from the People, who transfer all their Right, i>. the fuprcme Power, by a Plurality of Suffrages, ^c. to fome one Perfon call'd a ?Woh.?>c6 ; fo that whatever the People could have done before this Tranflation, may be now rightfully done by him, to whom the Tranllation is made. This done, the People are no longer to be look'd on as a Perfon, but a diffoiv'd Multi- tude ; in regard they were only one by virtue of the fu- preme Power, which they have now transferred to ano- ther. Nor can the Monarchy fays he, oblige himfelf by any Covenants, to any Perfon, for the Authority he has re- ceiv'd j in regard he receives the Power from the People, which, as foon as that is done, ceafes to be a Perlon 5 and the Perfon ceafing, the Obligation to the Perfon ceafes of courfe. The People therefore are obhg'd to pay Obe- dience to the Monarchy by virtue of thofe Covenants, where- by they mutually oblige thcmfclves to what the People, as a Perfon, injoins to be done. He argues further, that asa.Monarch cannot be oblig'd by any Covenants i fo neither can he do any injury to his Subjcils: an Injury being nothing elfe but a Breach of Covenant; and where there is no Covenant, there can be no Breach. De Che, cap. 8. MONASTERY, 2.Conz-a,r, or Houfe built for the Re- ception of Religious, whether it be Jhhsy, Friory^ Nunnery^ ot the like. See Abbey, Priory, ^c. Monajiery is in a more immediate fenfe apply'd to the Houfes of Mendicant Friars, and Nuns. The rell are more properly call'd Convents. 5ee Convent. MONASTIC, foraething belonging to the Mo;;^'j, or the Monkifi Life. See Monk. _ ' _ The Mofiajlic Profeffion is a kind of civil Death, which has the fame Effefts with the natural Death. The Coun- cil of Tm;r, i£c. fix fixteen Years for the Age at which a Perfon may be admitted into the Monafticai Life. Sr. Jnthony is the Perfon who In the fourth Century firft inftituted the MonaJUc Life ; as St. F.icome, in the fame Century, is faid to have firft fet on foot the Cccnobitic life, i.e. Regular Communities of Religious. See Coeno- bite, In a fhort time, the Defarts of E^ypt became inhabited with a Set of Solitaries, who took upon them the Monaftic Prcfcflion. See Sor.rrARY. St. Bti/i^ carry 'd the Monki/h Humour into the Eaji, where he compos'd a Rule, which afterwards obtain'd thro a great part of the ^'e/^. Jn the eleventh Century, the Mo;7ii/i;c Difcipline was grown very remifs. St. Odo firft began to retrieve it in the Monaflery of Chiny. That Monallery, by the Conditions of its Eredion, was put under the imiiiediare Protcilion of the Holy See ; with a Prohibition to all Powers, both Secular and Eccle- fiailical, to difturb the Monks in the Poifeffion of their EilLils, or the Eleflion of their Abbot. In virtue hereof ihey pleaded an Ex:emption from the Jurifdiflion of the Bilhop i and extended this Privilege to ail the Houfes de- pendent oil ChiKy. This made the firfl Congregation of feverai Houfes under one Chief immediately fubjetl to the Pope, fo as to conftitutc one body, or, as they now call it one Religious Order. Til! then, each Monaftery was inde- pendent of other, and fubjei5t to the Bifhop. See Or- der, Abbot, Religious, ^c, MONETAGIUM, Monetage, was anticntly the Right, nr Privilege of Coining Money. See Mint, Coim- IN C, ^C. MONK, was antiently a Perfon who rctir'd from the World, to give himfelf up wholly to God, and to live in Solitude, and Abftinence. See Religious. Such were the HejTnifsj and j^nchorites, who withdrew in- to Defarts, and lived remiOte from all Commerce of Man- kind. SeeHttRMiTE and Anchorite. The Word is deriv'd from the. Latijt Mojiachus, and that from the Greek f^va-x^'-f which fignifies alone; by reafon the antient Monks liv'd in Solitude, as the true Monks ftill do. Some Writers, as Father Helyot, Differt. Frelim. trace the Original oiMonks up as early as the time of the Therapeuta^ a; d maintain that -chere had been an uninterrupted Succefl fion of M.jnh from the Therapcttut to St. Anthony. Others on ttie contrary, are contented with going back as far as St. P^:.;!/, the firil Hermite. See Therapeutje. The Monhi at leafl: the antient ones, were diftinguifh'd into Solitary and C«noh'ites. The Solitary are thofe who live alone, in Places remote from all Towns, or Habitations of Men, as do flill fome of the Hermites. See Solitary. Tiie Ctr«oi/tej are thofe who live Jn Community with fe- veral others in the fame Houfe, and under the fame Su- periors. See Coenobite. Thofe Houfes again were of two kinds, -viz. Mona(leries and Lmtri. See Monastery and Laurus. Thole we call Monks now-a-days, are Qemhtes^ who live together in a Convent or Monailery, who make Vows of living according to a certain Rule eitablifh'd by the Foun- der, and wear a Habit which diftingullhes their Order. Thofe that are endow'd, or have a fix'd Revenue, are properly cail'd Afonks, as the Cbartreux^ BencdiHi/ics, Ber- tiardnicsy ^c. The Mendicants, or thofe that beg, as the Canhf-fumSj ^wSFrancifca7is, are properly cOiW^ Religious, tho the Names are frequently confounded. See Religious. The firll were thofe of Sr. ^ttr/jo;;jy ; of Sr. /J-i/r/, cail'd in rhe E-:j} Cahners, from ira-Kog yt^jv. Good old M-^n , and rhofe of Sr. 'jemm ; the Hermites of St, Aiigitjiijte, and afterwards thofe of St. BeuediSl ^n^L Si.Beynard; at length came thofe of Sr. Francis, St. Dominic, with a Legion of 0- thi,'rs5 which fee under their proper Heads. Benedic- TINS, i^C. Aionks are diftinguifli'd by the Colour of their Habits into Black, White, Grey, ££?c. Among the M-^nks, fome are cail'd Monks of the Choir^ others Frofc/Jed Monh, and others Lay Monks ; which latt are deflin'd for the Service of the Convent, and have nei- ther Clericature nor Literature. See Lay. Chijier'd Monks, arc thofe who aftually refide in the Houfe, in oppofition to Extra- Monks, who have Benefices depending on the Monaftery. They are diftlnguini'd fur- ther into Reformed, whom the Civil and Ecclefiaftical Au- thority have made Matters of antient Convents, and put it in their power to retrieve the antient Difcipline, which had been relax'd j and v^wrje^r, who enter the Convent, to live in it according to its Ertabli/liment at the time when they make their Vows, without obliging themfclves to any new Reform. Antlentlv, the Monks were all Laymen, and were only difiingul/li'd from the rell by a particular Habit, and an extraordinary Devotion. Nor only the Monks were prohi- bited the Prieilhood ; but even Priefts were cxprefly prohi- bited from becoming Monks, as appears from the t.etters of Sr. Gregory. Pope Syriciasw^s the firft who cail'd them to the Clericature, on occafion of fome great Scarcity of Priefts, that the Church was then fuppos'd to labour under. And fince that titne, the Prlcfthood has been ufually u- nitcd to the ^onaOica! Profefiion. See Father, ^c. MONKS Rhnlayh, fee Rhubarb. MONKS MON ^69 ) MON among Sailors, is, when the Selvedges I liille over one another, and lewed on MONKS Seam of Sails are laid both fides. MONETARIUS, a Name Antiquaries and Medalifts give to thofe who firuck theanlient Coins, or Moneys. All the old Raman, &c. Coins, have the Name of the Mmeiarius, either written at length, or at leall the initial Letters of it. MONEY, crMoNV, Monaa, a Piece of Metal mark'd for Coin, with the Arms of a Prince, or State, who make it circulate c . common rate, for things of different than the Matter. old Tradition among ourfelves, that in the confufed times of the Barons Wars, the like was doi-e in £wfc„,V ■ but the «o//.i»*„, we know, coin'd great Q^^aniiiies ofPalle- board inthe iear ij74- N,ma ft*/ A,,, made M.., cy of Wood and Leather. Nor docs it appear th.it li.e Ro;um were much acquainted with the Art of ftritine ,V;„„cv in Metal in the Time of their Kings. The firil Silver Uv,ey they com'd wis in the Year ot Rom, ^s^ ; ^nd their firft Ooid Mo??ej' in 54^. See Coining. As to the B™ 0/ j^feg-, it has heen more various than had the Manna; and on the other, ^jrMj's Rod. The Dardms, two Cocks fighting._ Jhxanda- his Horfe iircc- whence the prtffion rather than its Subllance. /. de Coatr. Emft. Monl. defines it a piece of Matter to which pub- _ , ...„ . ^,t,.,™tri lie Authority has affixed a certain Value and Weight to fbah,. The yitbcmam an Owl, or an Ox lerve as a Medium in Commerce. " ' ' The Jlira of the Invention of Money is not eafy to be fettled. There is no room to doubt but that in the earliell Ages, the ordinary way ofTra.Sck among Men was by trucking or exchanging Commodity for Commodity. Thus inliomef, G/t!K6«i's golden Armour was valued at one hun- dred Cows 3 and Diomedci's Armour at ten. See Ex- CII .\NG E. Proverb on bribed Lawyers, lio: m Lingua. They of Mghia, aSnail ; whence that other fay ingj rirtmen,^ Sa- fientiam -olr.cimt tejiudines. For the Roiuoki, as they im- prefs'd the Image and Infcription of the Conful on their Coins while tlie Common-wealth flouri/li'd, a.id afterwards that of the Emjicroron one fide ; fo they always varied the Reverfe upon new Events or E.xploits. Some think that u ■ r r ■ ■ r , '""^ great Ounce Medals both of Brafs and Gold were .'".l" tI':™^'. flruck chiefly to do honour, and prefcrve the Memories o" as well - Medallion. ThisPraflice of ftamping the Prince's Image on Coins, has obtain'd among all civihz'd Nations ; the Tct/., and other MzWiaa;;! alone excepted, who, in detcflation of Image.', infcribe only the Prince's Name, with the Year of the iranfmigration of their Prophet. As totheJiV,,,-,., it ij cither round, as in England ■■, mult- angular or irregular, as in Jp-i/i; ; fquare, as in fome parts of the Indies ■ or nearly glohuhr, as in mod of the tell. After the Arrival of the Romowi in this liland, the Bri- tons imitated them, coining both Gold and Silver with the Images of their Kings llamp'd on 'em. When the Romans had fabdued the Kings of the Britons, they difo fupprefs d their Coins, and brought in their own ; which were cur.V; „f commutative Juflice, to have fome common Meafure or great Men ; but it is pre.t; plaiLhey were currenT Standard according to which all other things fliould be as the fmaller. See .MedAl and Medallion clhniated. Ihis, as the 5eic! gather from Jofefhns, was T-ui^u^ai. m fitll invented by Cam : Tho the firll tidings we hear of it, is in the time of ^Ihrabutn, who paid 400 Shekels for a Bury- ing Place. The Greeks refer the Invention of Mmey to Hermodlce, Wife of King Midas : And the Latins 10 Jamis. This being a common Meafure for reducing Wares to a Balance, it wascall'd by the Greeks Komijma ; not from King ^vmo, but from Ktmos, as being eflablifhed by Law. By the ierf. See PiNNY, Jjc. lt'chan»Ln-l'''r^''"-^ ? ; '^f ' ^°'T^' thefe Names they tranllaied all Sums of Money in be changed like current Coins, which the Au.horityof their old Teflament ; Talents by Pundcs ; 7,ii'" I'libuie Money, lecies which may change in Thus fifty tl e Sovereign tjilLs or lowers according to the Exigenciesof Siaie. Of this kind are Fo„„,f. Lii„e.-, Mara-xdies (^c 1 his jVoKCy ofykco.mt, M. I'o.JJar, obferves, is a Sum of Aioney,or a certnm number ofSp, " Subllance and Quantitv, but never in i^uality Pounds confills of fifty "Pieces call'd Pounds, which are not real, but may be paid in feveral real Species, as inGuineas, Crowns, Shilbngs c^c. which are changeable, as Guineas' ■L'.g. which are fomelimes higher, fonictimes lower. ' RealJ^oney, as the Ci\'ilians obferve, has three effential equalities, ■-a:z. Matter, form, and r/eiv/j/ or raltte. For Matter, Copper is that thought to have been firft coin'd ; afterwards Silver, and, laiUy, Gold ; as bcino the mod beautiful, fcarce, cleanly, diviTible, and pure of all Meta's. The Degrees of Goodncfs are exprefs'd in Gold by Ca- rafts ; and in Silver by Penny-weights. See Caracts iSc. For there are feveral reafons for not coining 'em pure, and without alloy, the gteat Lofs and Expence in refining them, the neceffity of hardenino them to make em niore durable, and the fcarcity of Gold and .Silver in moil Countries. See Alloy. Among the antient B.itrai, Iron Rings, or, as fome fay Iron Plates, were ufed for Money. An'i'ong rhc Lacedemo^ KMni Iron Lingers quench 'd with Vinegar, that they might not lerve for any other ufe. Seneca obferves, that there wasantiently ftamp'd Money of Leather ; Carimi forma fe.bUca Impreffitm. And the lame thing was put in praflice by fredcrtc II. at the Siege of Mitau ; to fay nothing of an thiity pieces of Silver by thirty S.iliinga ; by Penining ; the Mite by Fcorihling! But it muft be obferved, they had no other real Mmey, but Pence only; the reft being imaginary Mmiyj, e[ Names of Numbers, or Weights. Thirty of thefe Pence madeaMancus, which fome take to be the fame with a Mark ; Manca, as appears by an old MS. was qninta cars Uncids. SccMancus. Thefe Mancas or Mancus's, werereckon'd both in Gold and Silver. For in the Year SSo, we read that Ina King of the Jl'eft-Saxons, obliged the Ker.tifimen to buy their Peace at the price of thirty thoufand Manca's of Gold. In the Notes on King Cnure's Laws, we find this dillinc^ion that Mancula was as much as a Mark of Silver ■ and Mancaafquare piece of Gold, valued at thirty Pence. The Danes introduced a wav of reckoning A£,„ey by Ores, mentioned in Dooms^Day Book ; but whether they were a feveral Coin, or a cerlain Sum, does not plainly appear. This, however, may be gathered from the Abby- Book ofBarton, that twenty Ores were equivalent to two Maiks. They had alfo a Gold Coin call'd Biiantines, or Befants, as being coin'd at Con/lantinoji/e, then call'd Bi- zantwm. The value of which Coin is not only now loft "J^ entirely forgot even in the time of King EJmar'd the Third ; that whereas the Bifhop of Nor-aiicb was fin'd a Bezantine of Gold to be paid the Abh.^t of St.EJmani's Bury, for infringing his Liberties (as it had been enafled by Parliament in the time of the Conqueror) no Man then hying could tell how much it was ; fo it was refer'd to the King to rate how much he fhould pay. Which is the 7 ^ mora M O N C S70 ) M O N hlorcunaccoumablc, becaufc but an hundred Tears before, Mokey of Jcm, was antiently the Farifc, two hur.aredthuurindlielants were exafled by the ^°''™°.'!-' j',"! " 'he Ordon- for the Ranfom of St. J,Ciaii of trance 3 which were then vatuedat one hundred thoufand Livres. I ho' the Coining of 7.43uf}i be a fpecial Prerogative of Ine^Livre, the King, yet the antlent Saxon Princes communicated it 3 their Subjects ; infomuch that in every good Town there was at lealt one Coiner ; but at London eight, atCaiiterhwj tour for the King, two for the Arch-bifhop, one tor the .(\bbotat«'i»ticj)e)-, fijc atRod-cjier, at Hn/iir.;! two, iSc See Mint. rr- ■ ■ The Norma?! Kings continu'd the fame Cufiom of Coining only Pence, with the i'rince's Iroige on one fide, ^id on the other the Name of the City where it was coin d, with a Crofs lo deeply imprels'd, that it might be eaftly parted, and broken into two Halves, which fo broken, they call'd Half-pence ; or into four Parts.which they call'd Foutthings, cr Farthings. Sec Farthing. in the time of Kiug K-cW the Firft, Money coin d m the Eall Fans of Gm«.>nj, came in fpecial rcqueft in £1:5- i>ols f'O", "r ,oS M,„p land, on account of its Purity, and was call'd £ajierl,„f count by Florins o;- (rud MoKnj, as all the Inhabiiants of thofe Pans were call'd Eajier'litip. And Ihortly after, fome of thofe People skil- led in Coining were fent for hither, to bring the Coin to PeifeiSion ; which lincc has been call'd Sterling for E.yur- imv. bee vSTEtlLlNG. King Ediva^d the Firil .vho llrli adjulkd the Meaiure of of Silverand Velion. an Eli" by the Length of his Arn*, herein imitating Charks ' '"^ ' * ike Great, wa? the firll alio who eliahlilh'd a certain Stan- dard f.:r'the Coin, which is exfreli'd to this etlVft by Gre;^.Roch:cy, Mayor of London, and Miiir-Maiicr. A Pound of ^'o^,■cv conraii'Cth tv elve Ounces : In a ['ountl there ought to be eleven Oun.;cE, iwi- ilialieriin^s, and one Far- thing i the reft Allay. The fiid Found ought to weigh twenty Shillings and 'three Pence in Account and W-ight. T'hc Ounce ought to weigil .weniy Fence, and a Fenny twenty four Gtaiiis and a half. Note, that eleven Ounces two Fence Sterling oufjit to be of pure Silver call'd Leaf nrns, Sliver, and the ftlinter muit add of other Wcighi feventeen Pen-e ilaU- penny Farihinp, d the Silver be fu pure. Abi ur the "Vear 1:2 . tneSiatOiof Europe firft began to coi'iOoid, a, id .\rnong the relt,ourKing Edzv.r d rhcT\i\i^. 'I he fiiif Pieces he eoin'd were call'd Elo as being coir.'d by Tloranim^ : -.-Tterwards he coin'd Kobles ; then Pife-Nobies, curient at lix Shillings and eight Pence '^ HuU Nobles, call'c Half-Feitnyi, at three Shillings and four Fmce of Gold ; and Quarters at twenty Pence, call'd la:te"i!s of Gold. The fucceeeing Kings coin'd Rofe- Islohles, and t'ouble Rofe-Nobles, great Sovireigns, and half Hetnj' INohles, Angets, and ShiUines. King 1 erne! the Firii' LoiiiM Cnitet., floubie Crowns, Bri- taiifrv CrrvviiK. Then the (_.rowns, Half Crowns, i^c. There are vari...ai Kinds o{ fa/.e or bafe ^i077f>■, f/a. ei- ther that liruck by :in unquallfy'd J'crfon, and of unlUtu- tablf M'-rals i or th:it hich h?.s loll uf irs Weight, either by hciho, clipped on the Corners or fled on the Edges, or ]aiily, by having foiiie uf its Iburface peel'd otf i if Gold, by ^jyiui Se,2«A-'i if SiWer, by .-qua For us. Another Kind of bafe .Vjwej is that made by Pieces of Iron, Copper, or other Metal, covi-r'd on each lide with a thin Plate or Lt-af of Gold or S-iv^^r, neatly fodcr'd and join'd around the Edpej, and itru>;k, like other Coin, with Figures, Le- gend's S?'^* oidy to be diltinguifh'd from them by the Bulk, and WLiftht, and Sfiund. 'i l-c Wurd Mo;je^ comes from the old JngU-Saxon Munet, and thai fiL,ni 'Mom.ta a is beforeobferv'd. From the fame MoJ/tm the Gsnnaas^ havi.- borrow'd their Mutnz, the Frev':h Mornioye, the S^aninrls Mojjed..', and the Italia?is Mo- nance of 16^7, they only reckon by Livres, i.e. Pounds j Sois, i. e. Shillings j and Deniers Tournois, e. Pence. — - - Q Suis, or I of the Ecu, or Crown j the Sol, 2 Dtniers. Sec Livre, Denier, H^c. The MaiUc, Oboie, or Halfpenny Tournois, is alfo now J. y.'inty of Account, the antiently a real Coin. The i\iaille is divided into two Pites, and each Pite into two S ,iTii-piies i all Money' of Account. To which mull; be aaded ihe Franc, ot the fame Value with the Livre, VIZ. 20 Sois Tournois; and the Bianc, 5 Deniers Tour- nois j and the Carolus, I'en : All three antiently real Coins. Sec Franc, ^c. DhuIj and ilemijh Moneys of Jccoimt. In Holland^ Ze- i,i7id, Brijbant, and Cohgncy they ufe the Pundr, or Livre de'.jri)s, SchcUinp, or Sol tie Cros i and Pcn;iing, or De- niers Gros. The Piindt, containing 20 Schilling ; and the Schellirg, 12 Pennings. The Pundt equal to 7 Litres, 4 iV "tling. Tii.y a To ac- t',Atar(i, andPenninys: The Florin is equal to J of ih-j I'ound, oraoPatarrsi and the Patard, 12 Pcom .'^1. The Merchants ufe each Method of Accounting inut&Lici-i'i y. .^^/j^tt.'/i Money Jccokjjt, is the Pefo, Ducat of Silver and VcUun, ■ihl Vellon, and Cornado'' an^i Maravedis The Vcfo is to the Duci.t a:; 12 to 10. The Ducat of Silver ccii-tains ii Rials of Silver j and that of Velion, II Knis or Vellon ; which makes a differe.ice of near one ruif. The Silver Rial being currjiit for 7 Shillings St-'tlmp, arid that of Vtllon only at ^ :Sd. Ster- ling. 34 Matavedis make the Rial of Vellon, and 65 that of Si'vcr The M-itavedis is divided into 4. Curnatos. German and £w:j's Moneys cf Accoimr. In S-ivitzerland, and many of the chief Ci'-ies of Gcrmmy, pirticularly- FruTicfcyi, [ot:y account by Florins (hut on a footing ditfc- r' nttrotn tiiat oC Holhpd') by Creux's or Creuxers, and Pen- The MoNFVfi of y.'ccoi:.':!-. Or Mifrmrs rif r?t'^07n?;^i; MONEV in Europe and Alia, We here confine ourfelvcs to thaMotjcys of Account of thofe two Parts ct the World: y^meyt-a having none; th- rcfpecHvi.- Tvhneys of A-, count of the Eurofeans, who h^ve there made SL-itlemtnts, being eftablilird with 'em. A> to ^'frica, rhe Cities of Barbary txnd E:-^ft, whither (lie Rtiy.^e traftu".'., reckon much after the fame manner as in the Le.'uMt, .".ij.; in the Dominions of the Grand Sig- nior : For the red, tnrcughour that Taft Extent ol Coafts, where we trade for NegroLS, Gold-Dulf, Elephants Teeth, Vv';iX Leatl'^trs, l3c. ciihcr the milecibte Inhabitants do not know what l/ioncy of Ar<--Gunt is; or if they have any, 'tis onlv what Sirangers, fettled among them, have introduc'd. 1 he A/rc-iiife, however, and the Ficce, which are Manners of account'ng among tbefe Hcrbarians, will be dcUver'd in tbcii place. Enviiik, -"I'oNKY of Jccount is the Pound, Shilling, and Ftnn\ 3t-Tli:.g : The Pound containing ;o Shillings, and the Shiilir.a i; Pence. See Fcunb, ^c. See alfo Coin, and Sterling. FK'fin equal to 5 Shillings SLCrling, and divi- ded into (So t-reuK or Kreux, and the Creux into 8 Pcn- nins. In others, as Nurctnber^, £S.'t- they account by Rix- dollars, Florins, and Creux. The RixdoUar equal to i^. H d. Sterling, divided into 100 Creux, and the Creux into 8 Pennins. In other,-;, as Hambouyg^ Berlin, i^c. by Rixdollars, Marks Lubs, SchclUnos Lubs, and Deniers Lubs. The RixdoUar and Dollar on the foot of the French Crown, or 4 ; -5 Sterling, divided into 5 Marks, and the Mark into \6 Schellings, and the SchcUing into 12 Pen- nins, At f^a-'Mityg they alfo ufe the Livre, Schelling, and Denier de Grus. At Jushmrg and Bolzamonty they account by Tallers and Creux's ; the Taller equal to 4 : 6 Ster- ling, divided into yo Creux's. At Namhourg, by Rixdol- lars Gros and Fenins ; the RixdoUar ^ qual 10 4 : 6 Ster- ling, divided into 36 Gros, and the Gtos into ii Fenins. At Straiboio-'^ by Florins, Creux, and Peninff. The Florin equal to i : 6 Sterling, divided into do Creux, and the CreuK into 8 Pennins. Italian Moneys of Jccotmt. In Ttaly, the Moneys of Ac- count are various, almolf as the Cities of Cotnmerce. At Rcmt, ihey account by Pounds, Shillings, and Pence of Gold di Staiufa. At Jatice, by Ducats, and Gros di Banco. The Ducat divided into 14 Gros, each Gros equal to 2 Pence 4 Sterling. And by Ducats Currant, call'd alfo Sequmb, equal to p : 2 Sterling; and by Pounds, Shillings, and Pence. At Lrcca and Bergamo, they ufe the four laft j and only the three lafl at Bonlopia, Mantua, and S.ivoy : In Geneva, befides Pounds, Shillings, and Pence, they account alfo by Florins, containing -5 Sold is, or Pence | Stcfling. At Leghor>3 and Geimi, befides Pounds, Shillings, and Pence, they account by Pialires, equal to 4 : Sterling. At Nova, their Moneys of Account are Crowns, Shillings, and Pence of Gold de Marc. At Rajiconis, Pounds, Florins, and Gros. At Jficona, Crowns, Shillings, and Pence. AtNa^les, Du- cats, Tarins, and Grains, equal to one Shilling Sterling, di- vided into 10 Grains. Sicilian and Maltefe Moneys of Jccount. At Mcjfna, Fa- lenno, and throughout tS"ic//y, they account by Pounds, Oun- ces, Tarins, Grains, and Piccoli's ; which are fumm'd by 3c, ;o, and 6: the Ounce being 30 Tarins, the Tarin 20 Grains, and the Grain 6 Piccoli's. At Malta., they account by Pounds, Ounces, Carlins, and Grains. The Ounce 30 Tarins, or 60 Carlins, or 6co Grains j the Carlin equal to 6 I Sterling. FoUpj Moneys of Jccoimt. Throughout FoLmd, moft of the Dominions of the King of Frufa, and Dantzic, they ac- count by Rixdollars, Roups, and Grochs. The RixdoUar equal to 4 : 6 Pence Sterling, and divided into 32 Roups ; and again, in the Frufan Territories, into 24 Grochs ; In Foh-ifid, into 90 Grochs. Sometimes they ufe the Florin, Groch, and Penny. Siocdifh, Dajiifj, and Mttfcovtte Moneys of Account, In Siaede?:, they account by Dalles, equal to 33 Sols Lubs, or 3 Shil- M O N ( - Shillings Sterling. In 'Denmark, by Rixtlbliar?, Hors, and Schellin^sj the Rixdoliar divided into 4 Hors, and the Hot into 1 Scliellings. In 'Mufcovy, they account by Roubles, Altins, and Grits or Grives. The Rouble equal loiGcCopecs, ur 2 RixdolUrs, or 9 Shillings Srerling ; di- vided into iQ Grits i ; Altins ^ make the Grif, or 10 Co- pecs j the Copcc at 15 Pence I Sierling. THr/tj/'t' Moneys of Jccoutn. The "Jnr^j, hoih in Eur »fe, ylfia, and Africa, account by Bourfes or Purfcs j either of Silver or Gold (the laii only ufed in the Seraglio^ with half Purfes of Gold, call'd a!fo Rizers. The Purfe of Silver eipal to 1 500 irenci' Livres, or 112/. 10 f. Sterling. The half Purfe in proportion. The Purfe of Gold ijcco Sequins, equal to scooc frcHc/j Crowns, or 6750 Pounds Sterling; Icldoni ufed but tor Prefents to Favourites: So that a Purfc, iimply, iignifics a t\irfe of Silver, or Jjco Livres. The) lie call'd Purfes, becaiifo all the hhjiey in the Trcafury of the Serp.glio is kept in Leathern Bags or Purfes, of thofe Contents. The Merchants alfo ufe Dutch Dallcrs, call'd Aflani or Abouquelp, with Meideins and Af- pres. I'he Dallcr equal 10 Meideins, and the Wcidein to 3 Afpres i the Afprc to i Penny Sterling. Ferfian Moneys 0/ ^ceomt. In Ferfa, they account by the l utnan (call'd alfo Man, and Tumein) and the Dinar- bifti. The Toman is compofed of joAbaffi's, orioo Mimou- di's'orsco Chapes, or icooo Dinars; which accounting the Ab'fli on [he foot of j8 French Sols, or the Dinar on that of a Denier, amounts to 5 /. la*. 6 d. Sterling tne Toman. They ailo account by Latins, efpecially at Orww, and on the Coalls of the Verfir.H Gulph. The Larin equifalent to ji Pence Sterling;; and on that footing ufed alfo in Ariibia^ and a great pare of the Raft Indies. , . , , Chmefe IVioneys of yXcoitnt, are the Pic, Picol, and Tael ; which tho in cScSt Weights, do liliewif^ fcrve as Xoinys of Account ; obtaining in Ti:v^um as well as China. The :'ic is divided into an hundred Cati's, fome fay 115. Ihe Cati into if Taels j each Tacl equal 10 I Ounce 2 Dnicnms. See C.'.Jiefc Coins- The Picol contains 66 Cati's * ; the '"i'a:l equivalent to f i. 8 Sterling. ^aP^iufe MoNETsc/ /.Vco7«;, are the ."ichuites, Cockiens, Oebaiis or OabiLS, indTaels. Two hundred ilchuitos are equ-.vl to five rmndred Dutch Livres, or Pounds; the Coc- Itien equal !o ten Low-Coimirej' Livrea 5 loco Oebans make 450Ct. 1'ael.s. Mogul UoPi^Ys of Jccou7zt. At Surat, ^gra, and the reil of the Eitaies of the Great Mosul, they ufe Lacres, Acres, orLecths; implying a hundriui thoufand : Thus a Lacrc of Roupias is a hm-.dt> d ihouf iid Koupias ; the L acre be- ing neatly on the footing of tho Tun of Gold in HWW,and the Million of f nincc. Moneys nf yctoi-.nt of oiher Iflitnii and Coafts of India. Throughout Malabar^ and at they ufe Tanga's, Vtn- tins, ari.l Pardoa's Xeraphin. Th^Tangaisof two kinds, •viz. ofguod, -nd bad Alhiy. Hence their CmJom is to count by good, or bad Wojnji'. The Tanga of good Alloy is 5 b-^^ter th^ii. .he bad ;'ro that 4 Tanga's good being alL'->- ■ ' .'.ird.-j Xeupl'iin, there will be required 5 of the bad ; four Vintinsgood make a Tanga likewife good ; i 5 Barucos a Vintin. The good Batuco is equal to a J'-jrtwga-je Rey, a Ircuch Denier, or of a Penny Ster- ling. " In the Uiand of they ufe tfte Santa, Sapacuu, Fardo's, and Cati's ; which laii Money^ together with the Leeth, or Lacre, is much ufed throughout all the Eaft- Indies. The Santa is aoo Caxas, or little Pieces of that Country hung on a String ; and is equal to || uf a Fenny Sterling. Five Santa's make the Sapacou. The Fardo equal to 2 J. 8 d. Sterling. The Cati contains 20 Taels j the Tael 6 s. 8 d. Sterling. 7'here are lilands, Cities, and States of the Eaft-indies, vjhofc'Moneys of Jccon7iT are not here exprefs'd ; partly be- caufc reducible to fome of thofe above-mentioned; and partly becaufe we find no certain confiflent account of 'em in any of the Authors, or Memoirs herein confulted. African yiouT-YS of Jceount. From Cafe Verd, to the Cape of Good Hope, all Exchanges and Valuations of Mer- chandizes are made on the foot of the Macoute and Piece : which tho no Moneys of Account, for thofe Barbarians ha- ving no real Mojicys, need no imaginary ones to value them by,' yet ferve in lieu thereof. At Loango de Boine, and other Places on the Coall of Angola^ the Efiimations are made by Macoutes ; and at Malimho, and Cahhido^ on the fame Coall, the Negroes reckon by Pieces. Among the fjrif, the Macoute is equivalent to ten : Ten Macoutes make an hundred ; which likewife leaves us a kind of imaginary Motiey. To eilimate any Purchafe, Exchange, they fix on'the one fide the number of Macoutes re- quired, e. ,e. for a Negro ; on the other for how many Macoutes they agree to receive each kind of Merchandize required for the Negro ; fo that there are feveral Bargains made fur one. Suppofe, v. ^. the Slave be fix'd at 5500 ; this amounts to ; 50 Macoutes, To make up this ngmbe? 'I) MON of Macoutes -n Merchandizes, they fix the Price of cacti in Macoutes. Two l-'lemiji Knivef, e. ^. are accounted one Macoute; a Copper-Bafon two Pounds Weighr, three ; a Barrel of Gun-Powder, three, ^c. For the Piece, ic ferves in like manner to eiiimate the Value of Goods Duties, SSfc. on either tide. Thus the isatives require teri Pieces tor a Slave ; and the Europeans put, "o. v;^. a Fufee at r Piece ; a piece of Sslampoures bluej at 4 pieces, ^c. Moneys of Jceount among the Jntie/its. Grecian Moneys of Jceount. The Gnr-^tts reckon 'd their Sums of Money by Dr;ichm!C, Mins, and T;ilenta. The Drachma equal to j ^d. Sterling ; icc Diachrna: made the Mina, equal to 3 1. 41. 7 Sterling ; 60 Mina: made the 'latent, equal to 193/. 15 s. Sterling : Hence r 00 Ta- lents amounted to 19375/. Sterling. The Mina and Talentuui indeed, were different in diffe- rent Provinces : Their Proportions in Jttic Drachins are as follow. 'The Syriaji Mina contain'd 25 -'?«ic Drachms j the Fiolemaic 53 -J ; the Jntiochic and Euh^m 100 j the hahyhmc 116 ; the greater Jitic and Tyrian 133 \ i the yEgi?iean and Rhodian 16(1 j. The .S^citiK Talent coniain'd i 5 ^/(fic MinK ; the T'.oh' tnaic 10 i the Jntiiich'tc 6q i the Eiil>J!an 6q i th'' lahylonic 70 j the greater Jttic and Tynan 80 ; the JE^inea7z and Kbodian icc. Roman Moneys of Jceount, were the Seftertii Nummi, Sellertia, and Dccies Seiiertium. The S fiertius equal to id. iq. Stejlin!.^ Otic thoufard of th f. m-.dc the Sefler- tium, equal 10 8 /. i 5 d. r. ^rerlin ■. One rhoiifand of thefe Si-ilerria made die L ocics Seii^rtiUfii (tuc Adverb Centies being always undeutood) equal to S072 L 18 s. ^d. Sterling. The Dccies Seiiertium itiey al*b call'd Decies C 'ntena millia Niiinmum. Centies Scifer ium, or Centies H S were equal 80719/. ^-'-A.^- Millies H S to 807291/. 13J. 4f;. Miil'es Centies H 3 S8S02C /. 16 s. S d. MUKEYERS, McNEYoas, or Moni^zis, Offj-ers of the Mint, who work, and coin Gold and Silver Money 5 and anfwcr all tiie; Wade, and Charges. See Mint and Coining. IVloNEYERs are alfo taken for Baakers- or thofe who make a i f ade of turning, and returnir.^j Money. See Banker. MONITORY Letters^ are Lettets of Admonition, or Wariiirg, fetit from an Ecclefiaftical Judge upon inffjrma- ttou of Scanuais and Abufes within Cognizance of nis Court. MONOCHORDt a mufical Infirument wherewith to try ihe Variety and Proportion of mufical Sounds. Sss Tune. It is compos'd of a Rule, divided and fubdivided into divers Parts, whereon there is a String pretty well tirp.tch'd upon two Bridges, at each Extreme thereof. In the mid- dle between both is a move-able Bridge, by whofe means, ill applying it to the different Divifions of the Lnei, you find thai the Sounds are in the fame Proportion to one another, as the Divifions of the Line cur by the Bridge were. The Monocbord is alfo call'd the //.i?-!?70jj;t;fl/ C.i7;oh, orCa- tmtical Rule ; becaufe ferving to mcafure the Degrees of Gravity, and Acutenefs of Sounds. See Gravity, ^c. There are alfo Monochords with 48 fix'd Bridges ; the Ufe of all which may be fupply'd by one fingle moveable Bridge j which are placed in the middle, by only fhifting it under new Chords or Strings, always reprefenting the entire Sound, or the open Note. Pythagoras is held to have been the Inventor of the Mono- chord. Ftolemy eicaniined his Harmonical Intervals with the Monochord. Sec Canon. When the Chord was divided Into equal parts, fo that the Terms were as 1 aud i, they call'd them Unfons ; if they were as 2 to i , OSaves, or D/apafons j when they were asStoji, Fifths, cr Dhpcutcs if they were as 4 toq, they called thera Fourths, or Diatcyurons j if the Terms were as 5 to 4, Diton, or a Tierce Major ; if as 6 to 5, a Dcmi-Ditont or a Tierce Mijtor ; laftly, if as 24 to 25, Demi-diton or Dieze, See Unison, Octave, Diapason, Diapente, Dia TESSERON, £i?C. The Mo?!ochord being thus divided, was properly what they call'd a Syftem, of v\hich there were many kinds, according to the different Divifions of the Momchord. See System, Dr. Wallis has taught the Dlvifion of the Momchord in the Fhilofophical TranfaBtons ; but thct Inllrument is now dif- ufed, the modern Mufic not re), Song. MONOGAMY, the State or Condition of thofe who have only married once. See Marriage, Bigamy, ES'c, The Word is compouncd of [/.ivoi Joins, and yd;j.of Mar- MONOGRAM, or Mat«0GK ammon, a Cypher, or Charufter conipofed of one or more Letters interwoven ; being a kind oi Abbreviation of a Name ; anticntly much ufed as a Badge, Sea!, Arms, ^c. Sec Seat-, Cypher, ^c. Under the Eaitern Empire, it is ufual to find M 1 Kj which are the MoKo^rnw; of ^^Uria, ^efiis, Conjlantine- 'I'he ufe of Monograms is of an antient ilanding, as ap- pears from Plutarch^ and from fome Gree^ Medals of the lime of Thilif of Macedoji, Alexander his Son, i^c. Tkie. Roman Lah.iriim hovc Aloiiogram ofjefus Chrifl, confilting of two Letters, a P placed perpendicular over the middle of a as we find it in feveral Medals of the lime of Co7!jiatuii!e j thofe being the two firft Letters of the Word XI'TSTOS, Chrili. SeeLABARUM. The Kings formerly marked their Coins with their Mo- m"yam : Of this we have inlfances in C^ar/e»iiT;»'s Coins. I'hat Prince alfo ufed the Monogram for his Signature. £ghjard gives us this reafijn for ic, viz. that Charlemciin could call'd Leonine Verf 6! . See Leonine. They are but little ufed in Englijh , more in French. The Word comes from the Greek uhv& Joluh and pw-J^ti©- Ryme. See Ryme. MONOSTlCHi MoNosTicoN, an Epigram confifling of one fingle Verfe, MONOSYLLABLE, a Word of a fingle Syllable; or, confiding of one, or more Letters pronounced all together. See Word andSvLLAELE. The French Language abounds in Momfyllahles more than any other. This renders it the more perplexing to Fo- reigners, and yet the Ecauty of the Language feems to confifl in it. One of the beft and fmoothelt Lines in Mal- heybe confifts of twelve MomfylUthles ; fpeaking of Callfia, he fays, Et moi je we voy ricn quan.i je ne la vois ^as. In this the Genius of th^ ^"Z-ifi Tongue differs much from the French^ an uninterrupted Series Monojyllables having always an ill Effcd. This Mr. Pope both intimates and exemplifies in the fame Verfe. j4f!d ten low Words oft cree^ in one dtdl Line. Pafquier cites an Elegy of forty two Vcrfes, confifting wholly of yionofyllahles. MONOTHELITES, an antient Sea, who fprung out nut write ; and tbat having attempted in vain to learn in of the Ei'.tychhi?is --y thus call'd, as only allowing of one his grown Age, he was reduced to the neceffity of Signing Will in Jeius Chrili ; as the Word Monotbcliie in the Greek imports. The Opinion of the Monothelhes had its Rife in 650, and had the Emperor Heraclius for an Adherent. It was the fame with that of t\\t Sever'ian JcffhciU. They allow'd of two VN'^ills in Chrifl, confidcr'd with regard to the two Natures 3 but reduc'd them to one, by reafon of the Union' of the two Natures: Thinking it ab- furd there Ihould be two free Wills in one and the fame with a Mor-ogram. Tbe Anticnts ufed Mojiograms as Notes or Abbreviations of Inl'crlptiuns ; for the underltanding whereof we have ex- prefs I'reatifcs of Valerius Frchus^ Paulns Diacojms^ &c, :3eeClIARACTER. MONOLOGUE, a Dcamatic Scene, wherein a Perfon appears alone on the Stage, and fpeaks to himfelf. See SoLILOCiDY. The Word Monologue is derived from the Greek ^v Chriii. 'i\\c Mui ophy flies however, properly fo calFd, are the FulIo'Jicrsof ^^'-■ter/iJ, and Petrus Fidle.nfis. The Word comes from the Greek /aov©" foUts, and ^vm Natu- . MONOPOLY, an unlawful kind of Traffick, when one ven to the Dauphin of Fran, NEOR. The Word is a Compound of mon, »y, and Seigneur, Lord. Dukes, Peers, Archbifhops, BiOiops, and Prefidents n la Mortier^ are complimented with the Title of Monfeigmitr. In the Rcquefts prefented to tfcs Sovereign Courts, they ufe the Term Noffelgnairs. Mon,s::i G N EUR, abfolutely ufed, is a Quality now gi- tx njorcP';rr( ns make rhemfelves fole Matters of any Com- modity, v. iin dtiign to cr.hance its price i thofe who have occafion f^'r it being obliged to purchafe it at their hands, and on their own term?. There arc two ]iind,s Monopolies : The one, when a Merchant buys up, f}M, fig- nifying to fell alone. Arnong ihe Ro»iam, the Term was fo odious, that Ti- herius, as Suetonms relates, having occafion to make ufe of it beii!,ii'd leave of the Senate for it, as being borrow'd Qrigi Thii Cullom was unknown till the time of Lonis XIV. Till then, the Dauphin was lliled Moj^fieur le Dauphin. MONSIEUR, in the Plural Messieurs, a Term, or Title of Civility, "fed by the French, in fpeaking to their Equals, or I hole a little below them; anfwering to Mr. or Sir, among the Englifj. See Sir. The Superfcriptions of all Letters begin, A Monfcnr, Mo7ifieiir fuch a one. The Word is a Compound of mon, and Sieur, Sir. Sec SlEUR. Borel derives the Word from the Greek Lord, or Sire, q. d. moncyenr. Pafquier derives Sicur^ and Mioitfeur, irom the Latin Senior, Elder. The. hali an s f ay Si^nor, and the Spmiards Smcr, in the fame Scnfe, and from the fame from tbe G^ eek. MONOPTERE, a kind of Temple among the Antients, round and without Walls 3 having a Dome fupported with Columns. SeeTEMVLE. MONOPTOTE, MoNnpTOToN, in Grammar, a Noun whi^-h hasnnly one Cafe. SccCase. MONOPYRENEOUS /'-wfj, are fuch as only contain one Kernel, or Seed. See Frxjit. MONORYiVlE, a Poetical Compofition, all the Vcrfes wberr^cf end with the fame Ryme. iVhnovjy.'WfJ are faid to have been Invented by_the_ old French Foet Ltoiiln, who addrcffcd fome Latin Verfes of well feated Ihe ufe of the Word was formerly more extenfive. They apply'd it to the People of many Ages before them : Thus, Monfieiir St. Jugiijiin?, Mlonfevr St. Amhrofe andthe Vulgar fl-ill fay Motif etir St, Paul, Mojjfeur St. James, Sic. The Romans, during the flouri/hing times of their Li- berty, were unacquriinted with that term of Parade and Flattery, which they afterwards made ufe of under the Name of DomiriKs. In fpeaking, erwritingto each other, they only gave them their proper Names ; which Praflics lafted even after defir had brought the Pwepublic under his Command. But after the Roman Emperors were once . the Throne, the Courtiers, and Minions woo M O N ( ) M ON who by Flattery fought to procure Favours from them, fiudied new Honours. Sttetotims obferves, that a Comedian on the Theatre having ciWd y!u^njuis, Diinvjiits^ Lord ^ the Speiiators all liarcdat him. So that the Kmperurforbad, for the furure, that Quality to be attributed tu him. Cu- ii^B/fl was the firtt who expreOy commanded hlmfelfto be c-iWdVomwus. Harualy entirely devoted to Tyranny, calls J)omittai:y Vimlnum detrntque vojirum. In lime, the Title was alfo apply'd to the People j and of Dommus^ at length was forra'd Vom. See Dom. Monsieur, abfolutely ufed, is a Title or Quality af- fefled to the iecond Son of France^ or the King's Brother. In a Letter of Fbilif de Valoh, that Ptince fpcaking of his FreuCcelTor, calls him MoJifieur le^ Roy, 'Moujieiir the King. At prefent, no body calls the King Monfieur^ but the Chil- dren of France. MONSOON, a regular, orperiodical Wind, in the -E^/?- h!cl:es, blowing conilantly the lame way, during fix Months of the Year, and the contrary way the remaining fix. See "Wind. In the htdum Ocean, the Winds are partly general, and blow all the Year round the fame way, as in rhe j^thiopic Ocean i and partly pcricdicai, i. e. half the Year blow one way, and the other half near on the oppofite Points. And thofe Points and Times of /hifting difi'er in diffiLrcnt parts oF this Ocean. Halley. Thefe latter, or periodical Winds, are what we call tAonfoons. -r n yiriTifoons then are a Species of what we otherwife call "Xrade-VViiids. See Trade /^r^j/i/. They take the DL-nominacion Mok/ook from an antient Pilare, that firll: crofs'd the Indian Sea by means' hereof. Others derive the Name from a Foriugueje Word iignifying il/ono?;, or Change ol Wind, and Sea. Lucretius and yJpoHouiiis make mention ot annual Winds which arife every Year, Ethefia Fhbra, which feem lo be the fame with what in the Eaji-Imiieswe now call Monjoo?is. MONSTER, a natural Birth, or Produaion of a living thing, degenerating from the propcrand ulual Ddpoiuion ;^f Parts, In the Species it belongs to. As when there are too many Members, or too few 3 or fome of 'era are extra- Tagantly out of Proportion. ^>-//io(/e defines a MoK//erto be a Defeat of Nature, when a£ling towards fome end, it cannot attain to it, by reafon fome of its Principles are corrupted. Mofijiersdo not propagate their kind ; for which reafon fome rank Mules among the Numberof iWo;7/'ie.-j j as alfo Hermaphrodites. See Mule and Hermapheodite. The Word comes from the Latm Munjintmy ol Mon- jirando^ fhewing. Dii Canre mentions an Inventory of the Church d'Evreux with this Article, Item ujmm M'lnjhum cum OjJ'i bus Sunai Fe- rn in F-eril, Crucijixo in fummitate. Females, which bring forth Twins, are mof> liable to produce Mo«/ieri. The reafon, probably, is owing to this; that tho the Twins are cover'd with one common Chorion, yet they have each their fcparate Amnios, which, by their contiguity may chance to grow together, and fu o^-cafiun a confufion, or blending of the Parts, Hence fo many double Creatures. See Double. F. 'hialhranche accounts for the Produi51;ion of ?Aon/iers in the Animal World, thus : The Creator has eOabliflied fuch a Communication be- tween the fevcral parts of his Creation, that we are not only naturally led to imitate one another, i. e. have adifpo- fition to do the fame th'ngs, and affume the fame manners with thofe with whom we converfe j but alfo have certain natural Difpofitions which incline us toCompalTion, as well aslmitation. Thefe things moli Men feel, and are fcn- fible of y and, therefore, need not be proved. The Ani- mal Spirits then are not only naturally carried into the re- fpeftive parts of the Body to perform the fame Actions, and the fame Motions which we fee others do, but alfo to receive in fome manner their Wounds, and tike part in their Sufferings. Experience tells us, that when we look attentively on any Perfon feverely beaten, or that has a large Wound, I.llcer, or the like ; the Spirits immediately flow into thofe parts of our Body which anfwer to thofe we fee fuffer in the other j unlcfs their Cnurfe be ftopp'd from fome other Principle. This Flux of Spirits Is very fenfible in Perfons of a delicate ConOitution, whofrequently fhudder, and find a kind of trembling in the Body on thefe Occa- fions ; and this Compaffion in Bodies, produces Compaffion in the Mind. Now it muft be here obferved, that the view of a Wound, ^c. produces a Wound in the Perfon who views it, by fo much the greater and more fenfible, as the Per- fon is inoreweak and delicate; the Spirits making a ftron- gcr Impreflion on the Fibres of a delicate Body, than in thofe of a robuii one. Thus flrong, vigorous Men, J^c. fee an Execution without much concern, while Women, tffc. are ftruck with Pity and Horror. As to Children ftiU 'lA their Mother's Womb, the Fibres of their Fie/la being in- comparably finer than ihofe in Women, the Courfe of the Animal Spirits mult ncceffarily produce much greater Altetatiuns. This thing being laid down, A^onjiers are eafily accounted for. Suppofe, f.r. a Child born a Fool, and with all its Legs and Arms broke in the fame manner as thofe of Criminals in fome Countries are; which cafe we chufe to inllance in, becuufe we are told from Paris that fuch a AfoTfjier actually born there, and liv'd in one of their Hofpitals twenty Years : The Caufe of this Accident, according to the Principles laid dov.n, was, that the Mother feeing a Criminal executed, every Stroke given fo the poor Man, ilrook forcibly the Imagination of the Mother - and by a kind ol Cuunter-flrol.e, the tender ard delicate Brain of the Child. Now, tho the Fibres of the vVoman's Brain were llrangcly fliakcn by the violent flux of the Animal Spirits on this occafion, yet they had llrength and confidence enough to prevent an entire diforder and over- turning 3 whereas the Fibres of the ChiLls Brain being unable to bear the /hock of thofe Spirits, were in- tirrly diffipated ; and that P^avage was great enough to dcp ivehim. of Reafon all his Life iime. Again, the view of the Execution frighting the Woman, the vitilent Courfe of the Animal Spirits was dite^ed forcibly from the Brain to ah thofe Parts of ihe Body correfponding to the fuffering pjrts of the Criminal; and the fame thing mu,i happen in the Child. But in regard the Bones of ti>c Mother were itrong enough to refill the Impulfe of thofe Spirits, they were not damaged. And yet the rapid Courfe of thefe Spirits could eafily over- power, and break the render and delicare Fibres of the bones ol the C'hild ; the Bones being the lafi parts of the Body that ate form'd, and having a very (Luder ccnfifter.cc while the Child is yut in the Womb. To wnich it may be here added, that had the Mother determined the Courfe of thefe Sjirits towards fome other part of her Body, by tickling or fcratching hcrfelf vehe- ment!^, the Ciiild would not, in all probability, have had its Bones broken; but the part anfvvering that, to which tlx Motion of the Spirits was determined, would have been the Sufferer. Hence appears the reafon, why Women in the time of Get-iaLion, feeing Perfons, ^c. mark'd in fuch a manner in the Face, imprefs the fame Mark on the fame parts of the Child : And why, upon rubbing fome hidden part of the Body, when Harried at the Sight of any thing, or agitated with any extraordinary Pafiion, the Mark or Impreffion is fix 'd on that hidden part rather than on the Face of the Child. From the Principles here laid down, may moll:, if not all, the Phenomena o{ Monfters be eafily accounted for. There are oA(o Monjlers In the Vegetable World : Such, e. ^c. ate what fome Botaniils call Mi/e;. Sec Mule, Ge- N ERATION, ^c. Fiorilts give the Denomination Monjiers to what we o- therwlfe call Double Flozven, MONSTRANS i/e Droir, a Writ Ifluing out ofChancery to be reltored to Lands or Tenements that are mine in Right, tho on fome occafion found in Poifeffion of one lately dead. MONSTRAVERUNT, a Writ which lies for a Tenant who holds freely by Charter in antient Demefn, upon his being diltrained for the payment ot any Toll or Impofition contrary to the Liberty he does, or ought to enjoy. MONSTRUM was antiently ufcd for the Box wherein Relicks werekept. See Monster. yS.O^S Veneris, fee V ener is Mr?7:i. MONTANISTS, antient Heretics, fo call'd froiTi their Leader Montajiur, who afled the Prophet, and had bia ProphetefTes. They were alfo called Fhrytiajts^ Cataphrygiam, and QjiintiUans. Sec Phrygian, Catapbhygian, andQjjiN- TIL I AN. MONTH,Mensis, the twelfth part nfa Year. SecYear. Time, we have obftrv'd, is Duration mark'd out for certain ufes ; and meafurcd by theMotionsof the Heavenly Bodies. See Time and Duration. Hence rcfult divers kinds of Years, and T^ojttbs, accor- ding to the particular Luminary by whofe Revolutions they are determined, and the particular purpofes they are detUned for ; as Solar 'Months, Lunar Moiubs^ Civil Months^ JJlronomical Months^ &c. •To/ar Month is the Space of Time wherein the Sun moves thro one entire Sign ef the Ecliptic. See Sun. Hence, if regard be had to the Sun's true Motion, the Solar Months will be unequal ; fince the Sun is longer in pafilng thro' the Winter Signs, than thofe of the Summer. But as he conftantly travels thro' all the Twelve in Days, 5 Hours, and 49 Minutes, the Quantity of a mean Month will be had by dividing that Number by 12. Oa 7 G this MON c m ) MOO this principle, the Quantity of a Solar Month wIU be found They call'd thofe Styles, which being round in their Eafe^ 50 Di.ys, 10 Kour.s, 29 Minutes, 5 Seconds. ended in a Point at top, which gave occafxon to the Inven- Lunar Months are either Synadkal, Periodical, or lHu- tionof dimini/li'd Columns. minati'se. _ The Name Pyramids they gate to thofe which were Limar SyiiodicalMoNTu, call'd alfo, abfolutely, Lttvar fquare at the Foot, and terminated in a point at top, in Month, and -/-KWiJtio?;, is the Spice of Time between two manner of a Funeral Pile. See Pyramid. Cunjunflions of the Moon with the Sun ; or between two And the Name Ohehjc, to thofe whofe Eafes were New Moons. See Synodical Wom^j and Lunation. more in Length than in Breadth, and which ryfe, itill The Quantity of the Syiiodical Month is 25* days, izh> Icffening, to a very great Height, refembling the Figure 44', S"i a'"- See Moon. of the Spits or InOruments ufcd by the Anticnrs in roaiting Lunar Periodical Month is the Space of time wherein the Fleih of their Sacrifices, which they call'd Oie/e.% the Moon makes her round thro' the Zodiac ; or wherein SeeOBELisK. ihe returns to the fame Point. See I'liiiioDicAL. The Monument, abfolutely fo call'd among us, de- The Quantity of this Momh is zj days, 7 h. 43'. 8'. notes a Magnificent Pillar erected by Order of Parliament, The antient Iamjh Tongues, in regard rhefe ha^e a kind of triple Tenfes j but in Lmiin, Enghji-, ^i-. ihe fame Infiet^ions fcrve for the Subjumftive, and foi the Optative. For thisrealon, one may very well retrench thii M „ MOOP, in Mufic, ' S^^^ I^'ODE. MOON, Ltaia, y, in Aiironomy, «ne of the heavenly Bodies, ufually rank'd among the Planets ; but with more proj-'ricty accounted a Satellite, or fecundary Planet. See Planet snd Satellite. The Mon is an Attendant of our Earth, whom fhe re- fpeds as a Centre, and in whofe Neighbourhood flie is conllantly found j infomuch as if vlew'd from the Sun, fhe would never appear to depart trom us by an Angle greater than ten Minutes. See Earth. As all the other Planets move primarily round the Sun fo does the Moon round the Earth : her Orbit is an Ellip- lis, in which fiie is rerain'd by the Force of Gravity ; per- forming her Revolution round u.s in 27 Days, 7 Hours, 45 Minutesi which is alfo the precife time of her Rotation round her Axis. See Okbit, and Revolution. The mean Diilance of the Moon from the Earth, is 6ci Semi-diam&ters of the Earth ; which is ecjuivalent to 240, occ Miles. See Distance. The mean Excentricity of its Orbit, is rUs of its mean Diftance, which makes a confiderable "Variation in that mean Dillance. Sec Eccents-icity. The Moon's Diameter is to that of the Earth, as 11 to 4c. 2 j or 2175 Miles : Its mean apparent D'ameter is ;i Minutes i-ji, and that of the Sun 52 Minutes 11 Seconds. See Di-^METER and Semi-diameter. The Moon'^ Surface contains 14,000,000 fquare Miles ; and itsSoliditV 5,000,000,000 cubical tines : The Denfity of the Moon's Body is to that of the Earth, as 4^^511 to MOO 3;)ii4., to that of rhe Sun as 4891 1 to looco : Its Quan- tity of Matter to that of the Earth, nearly as i to 55.1; : and the Force of Gravity on its Surface, is to rhat on the Surface of tho Earth, asi3<).i 10407.8. See Solidity, Density, Gravity, ^c. Tb^uomeiia of ihs Moon. The Phajnomena or different Appearances, of the Moow, are Yery numerous: Sometimes flic is incrcafijtg, then w.tneir.g; fometimes horned, xhtn femi- circdar ; fometimes then /»» and !;/oW«r. See Thases. Sometimes, a.gain, fte illumines us the whole Night; fometimes only ■ part of it; fometimes /he is found in the Southern Heroifphere ; (bmetimes in the Northern : All which Variations having been firll ubferv'd by Eiidym'wn, an anticnt Grecian, who firll watch'd her Motions, he was fabled to have fallen in love with her. The Source of nioft of thefe Appearances, is, that the Moan is a dark, opake, aid fpherical Body; and only ftiincs with the Light flic receives from the Sun : whence only that Half turr.'d towards him is illumin'd ; the oppo- fite one remaining in its native Darknefs. The Face of the Mam vilible on out Earth, is that part of her Body turn'd towards the Earth j whence, according to the various Pofi- tions of the .Moo,.- with regard 10 the Sun, and Earth, we •bferve different Degrees of Illumination ; fometimes i large, and l«mciimes a lefs Portion of the enlighten'd Sur- face being vifiblc. The Tkijl; af the Moon. To conceive the Lunar Phafes : Let S (Plate Astko- NOMY, fig.15.;) reprcfcnt the Sun, T the Earth, RTS a Porttonofthe Earth's Dibit, and AECDEFG the Orbic ot the Maan, wherein (lie revolves round the Earth, in the fpace of a Month, advancing from Well to Eaft ; Connedl the Centres of the Sun and Mmx by the right Line SL, and thro the Ccmtc of the Mam imagine a Plane M L N, to pals porpendicular to the Line S L : the Seflion of that Plane with th« Surface of the Moos, will give the Lma that Immds Light ,i„d Darknefs, and fcparalcs the illumin'd Face from the dark one. See Illumination. Conneft -he Centres of tlie Earth and iUoon by TL, per- pendicular to a Plane PLO, paffing thro the Centre of tho iVoc!; ; that Plane will give on the Sur&ce of the Maon, the Circle that dii'iinguiflies the vifibie Hemifphere, or that toward,, us, from tlie inviiiblc one, and therefore call'd the Circle of ^ Vipan. See Circle of Vision. VVhcnce it appears, that whenever the Moon is in A, the Circle bounding Light and Darknefs, and the Circle of Vihon, coincide: So that all the illumin'd Face of the M««ti will be turn'd towards the Earth ; in which Cafe, the Moon is with refpcfl to usfii//, and /hines the whole Niaht 5 with refpeS to the Sun, (he is in Offofit'mi; in regard the Sun and AfooB arc then fcen in oppoiile Parts of the Hea- vens, the one tifing when the other fets. See Full Moon and Opposition. When the Moan arrives at B, the whole illumin'd Disk M P N is not turn'd towards the Earth i i'o that the vifible niun>ination will be (hort of a Circle, and tho Moon will app»ar siiimo, as in B. See Gibbous, When (lie reaches C, where the Angle CTS is nearly right, there only one half of the iUutiiin'd Disk is turn'd towards the Earth, and then we obferve a Half Moon, as ia C; and (he is faid to be dichotomized 01 Ujjccled. See Half Moon and Dichotomy. In this Situation the Sun and Mook are a fourth part of a Circle remov'd from each other ; and the Moan is faid to be in a quadrate JffeB, or to be in her gi"!*at«re. See Quadratures. The iVooii arriving at D, a fmall part of the illumin'd Face M P N, is only turn'd towards the Earth : for which reafon, the Imall part that (hines upon us, will bo feen falcated, or bent into narrow Angles or Horns, as in D. See Falcated, At laft, the Moan arriving at E, (hews no part of het illu min'd Face to the Earth, as in D ; this Pofition we call the Kew Moan, and file is then faid to be in CaujunSion with the Sun ; the Sun and Mo«« being in the fame Point of the Ecliptic. Sec New Moon, and Conjunction. As the Moon advances towards E, (lie rcfumes her Horns ; and as before the Nezn Moon, the Horns were turn'd Weft- waril ; fo now they change their Pofuion, and look Eaft- ward : when (fie comei at G, (lie is again in quadrate Jf. feS with the Sun ; in H jiijoat, and in A again fall. Heie, the Atch E L, or the Angle STL, contain'd un- der Lines drawn from the Centres of the Sun and Moon to that of the Earth, is call'd the Elongation of the Maon froni the Sun : and the Arch M O, which is the Portion of the illumin'd Circle M O N, that is turn'd towards us, and which is the Meafure of the Angle that the Circle bound- ing Light and Darknefs, and the Circle of Vifion, make with each other, is every where nearly fimilar to the Arch of MOO ( ^7^ ) MOO of Elongation E L ; or which Is the fame tUinp, the Angle S T E IS nearly equal to the Angle M L O ; as is demon- llrated by Gcomeiers. See Elongation. Ta dehncats the Mooit's Fhajei for any time. Let the Circle C O B P ffig. 14.) reprefent the Moon's Disk turn'd to- wards the Earth, and let OP be the Lines in which the Semi-circle O M P Is projeaed, which fuppofe cut at right Angles by the Diameter B C ; then making LP the Ra- dius, take L F equal to the Co-fine of the Elongation of the Umt; and upon B C, as the greater Axis, and LI, the lefs, defcnbe the Semi-EUipfis B F C j this Eliipfis will cut off from the Moow'j Disk the Portion BE CP of the illumin'd Face vifible on the Earih. As the Moo7i illumines the Earth by a Light refieaed from the Sun, fo is ihe reciprocally illumin'd by the Earth, which refteas the Sun's Rays to rhe Surface of the Moo>7^ and that more abundiintly than ihe receives them from the Moon. For the Surface of the Earth is above 15 times greater than that of the Mio7z i and therefore fuppofing the Texture of each Body alike, as to the Power of Rcfleding ; the Earth muft return i 5 times more Light to the Moan, than file receives from it. In Neio M-jo/is, the illumined Side of the Earth is turn'd fully towards the Mnon, and will therefore at chat time illumine the dark Side of rhe Moo7i ■■} and then the Limar Inhabitants (if fuch there be^ will have a full Earth, as we, in a fimilar Pofition, have a full M'-on : And hence arifes that dim Light obferv'd in the Old and New Moojis^ whereby, befides the bright Horns, we perceive fomcwhat more ot her Body behind them, tho very obfcurely. When the Muo'i comes to be in oppofitiun to the Sun, the Earth fecn froin the Moo}i will appear in Co7ij»;;ff(o« with him, and its dark Side will be turn'd towards the Moon ; in which Pofition the Earth will difappear to the Moon, as that does to us at the time of the New jl/yo//, or in her Conjunaion with the Sun. After this, the Litfrar Inhabitants will fee rhe Earth In a horned Tigurc. in fine, the Eartn will prefcnt all the fame Thafes to the Moon, as the Mo, they arife from the Sun, which aSs on, and dillurbs her in her ordinary Progrefs thro her Orbit ; and are all me- chanically deduclble from the fame great Law, whereby her general Motion is direfled, viz. the Law of Gravimtlon or ylttfaffmn. See Gravitatiom. Other fccondary Planets, v. the Satellites of Jifiter and I Km, are doubtk-fs fubjcif to the like Irregularities with the Moon; as being expofed to the fame perturbating or dillurbing Force of the Sun ; but their Diiknce fecures them from our Obfervaiion. See Satellite and Di- STURJIING Force. The Laws of the feveral Irregularities in the Syzygies, Quadrature!, ^c, fee under Syzygies, Qy adratures. The Jflron.imy of the Moon. I. To determine the Period of the Mooji^s Revolution round the Earth, or the Tr.riodical Month ; and the I'ime between one Oppofttlun and another, or thtSymodical Month : /ince, in the middle of a Lunar Eclipfe, the Moon is oppolite to the Sun: (See Eclitse.) Compute the time between two Ecllpfes, or Oppofitions ; and divide this, by the number of Lunations, that have pafled in the mean time: the Quotient will be the Quantity of the Sy- nodical iMontb.—— Compute the Sun's mean Motion du- ring the time of the Synodical Month, and add this to the entire Circle dcfcribed by the Moon ,- Then, as the Sum is to 56q«, fo is the Quantity of the Synodical- Month to the Periodical. Thus, Cop erivciis in the Year i 5C0, No-vemher 6. at i 2 at Nighr, obferved an Eclipfe of the Moon at Kome ; and ^k- ^uji 1, i5i;, at 4. h. 15', another at O.accn) : hence, the Quantity of the Synodical Month is thus determined: Obf I! A. 1523 d. 2-,7 h. 4.25' Obf lA. i5Cod. 3ioh. 2.20' Interval of Time A 2id. 232 h. 2.5. And the Days 5 ( ^77 ) MOO Ejcafl Interval A. 22 d. 297 h. 2.5' or 11991005' Which divided by 282 Months elapfed, in the mean timCg gives the Quantity of theSynodical Month 42521'', 9", 9'" j that is, 29 days, 12 hours, 41 miriutes. F>om two other Ubferva.ions cf Eclipfes, the one at Craiiovj, the other at Huhylou, the fame Author determines more accurately the Quantity of the Synodical Month to be 4i5i4''- 3"- 10"'. 9""'. That is 29 d. II h. The Sun's Moiion in the time 29. 6. 24.1S The Moo;; 'j Mutiutl 38;;. 6. 24.18 Quantity of the Periodical Month 27 d. 7 h. 4;'. 5'/ Hence, I. The Quiintity of the Periodical Month being given; by the Rub; '.f Three we ma> find the Moon'j di- urnal and hourly Motion, C5c. And 'thus may T»bles of the tnean Mofi-,^n of the Moon be conllruiled. -See Ta- bles; fee alfo Di URN AL and Horary. 2. If the Sun's mean diurnal Motion be fubftraded from the Moon'B mean diurnal Motion ; the Remainder will give the iWoo7?'j diurnal Motion from rhe Sun : and thus may a Table of Latitud. s be ^uniLruaed, fuch as thofe of Ma/- dus. See Latitudes. 3. Since in the middle of a total Eclipfe, the Moon is I'n the Node ; if the Sun's Place be found for that time, and to this be added fix Signs, the Sum will give the Flace of the Node. See Node. 4- From comparing the antient Obfervations with the modern, it appears that the Nodes have a Motion, and that they proceed in ylmecedaitia^ i. e. from Taitrus to ^riei^ from ^ries to Pfcts, ^e. If then to the Moo?i's mean di- urnal Motion, be added the diurnal Motion of the Nodes, the fame will be rhe Motion of the Latitude; and thence, by the Rule of Three, may be found in what time the Moon goes 360^ from rlie Dragon's Head, or in what time /he goes from, and returns to it ; That is the Quantity of the Dracontic Month. 5. If the Motion of the diurnal Apogee be fub/lrafled from the mean Motion of the Moon, the Remainder will be the Moon'j mean Motion froi^i the Apogee : and thence, by the Rule of Three, is determin'd the Quantity of the .A?iomalific Month. According to the Obfervations of Kefht^ the mean Sy- nodical Month is29d. i2h. 44'. 3''. 2'/'. Her Periodical Month 27 d. 7 h. 43'. 8". The Place of the Apogee for the Year 1700, '^annaryi. Old Stile, was 1 1 S. S^. '57', i''. The Plane of the Nodes 4S. 27Q. 59'. 17". Mean diurnal Motion of the Moon 15*, 10'. 35". Diurnal Motion of the Apogee 6'. 41''. Diurnal Motion of the Nodes 5'. 11". Lailly, the Eccentricity 4362 Parts, fuch, whereof the Diameter of the Eccentrice is loooo : and therefore the diurnal Motion of the Latitude is 13°. 13'. 46"; and the diurnal Motion from the Apogee ig**. 3^ 54''. Theory of the LuNAR Motions and Irregularities. The Tables of Equation, which ferve to folve the Irre- gularities of the Sun, do likewife ferve for thofe of the Moon. See Eq_uation. But then thefe Equations muft be corre^Ied for the A'joo;i; otherwife they will not exhibit the true Motions in the Syzygies. The Method is thus: Suppofe the Moo?i*j Place in the Zodiac, required in Longitude, for any given time; here, we tirtt find, in the Tables, the place where it would be, fuppofing its Motion uniform, which we call mean, and which is fometimes filler, and fometimes flower than the true Motion : then, to find where the true Motion will place her, which is alfo the apparent, we are to find in another Table at what Diilance it is from its Apogee } for, according to this Diilance, the Difference between her true and mean Morion, and the two Places which correfpond thereto, is the greater. The true Place thus found, is not yet the true Place ; but varies from it, as the Moon is more, orlefs remote both from the Sun, and the Sun's Apogee: which Variation refpe£ling, at the fame time, thofe two different Dillances, they are to be both confidered and combined together, as in a Table apart. Which Table gives the Correction to be made of the true Places firft found: That Place thus corrected, is not yet the trite Place, unlefs the Moon be either in Conjunflion, or Oppo- fition : If /he be out of thefe, there muit be another Correftion, which depends on two things taken together, and compared, viz. the Diflance of the Moon's correfted Place from the Sun ; and of that at which fhe is with re- gard to her own Apogee ; this laif Diftance having been changed by the firft Correflion. By all thefe Operations and Corr<^61iors, we at length arrive at the Moo7i's true P/ace for that inftant. In this it muft be owned, occur prodigious difficulties : The Lunar Inequalities are fo many, that it was in vain the Aflro- nomers laboured to bring 'em under any Rule, before the Great Sir If, Newtoyi ; to whom we arc indebted both for the mechanical Caufes of thefe Inequalities, and for the Method of computing and afcertaining them : So that he ^ ^ hac MOO ( ^78 ) MOO has a World, in great nieafure, of his own difcovering, or rather fubduing. From the Theory of Gravity he fliCws, that the larger Planets revolving round the Sun, may carry along with 'em fmallcr I'lanets revolving round theinfelvcs ; and /hews, frior'i, that thefe fmaller mull move in Elliples having ihcir L'mbilici in the Centres of the larger ; and have their Motion in their Orbit variouily dillurbed by the Mo- tion of the Sun j and, in a word, mull be affeiSled with thofe Inequalities which we actually obferve in the Mooh. And from this Theory, argues analogous Irrcgulatities in the Satellites of Saturn. From this fame Theory he examines the force which the Sun has to dillurb the Woo;;'.s Motion, determines the horary Increafe of the Area which the JV^o/i would de- ft ri be in a circular Orbit by Radii drawn to the Earth her Diltance from the Earth the Horary _ Mo- tion in a circular and elliptic Orbit the mean Motion of the Nodes ihe true Motion of the Nodes the horary "Variation of the Inclination of the Moo;j's Orbit to the Plane of the Ecliptic. LaiUy, From the fame Theory he has found the annual Equation of the Jlfoon's mean Motion to arife from the various dilatation ot her Orbit j and that Variation to arife from the Sun's force, which being greater in the Perigee, diilends the Orbit ; and being lefs in the Apogee, fufters it to beagain contrailed. In the dilated Orbit, flie moves more IloVly i in the control fled, more fwiftly : and the annual Equation, whereby this Irequality is cumpenfated, in the Apogee, and Perigee is nothing at all ; at a mode- rate ditiance from the Sun, amounts to i r, so'' 5 and in oilier places is proportional to the Equation of the Sun's Centre, and is added to ihc mean Motion of the Maoji, when the Eartti proceeds fiom its Aphelion to its Periheli- on , 3nd fubiira£led when in its oppofite part. Suppofing the Bsd'us of the Or/j/J icoc, and the Earth's Ec- centricity 1(5 I ; this Equation, when greaieH, according to the Theor) of Cr'ivity, comes out ii',45", S'". He adds, that in the Earth's Perihelion the Nodes move Iwilter than in the Aphelion, and that in a triplicate Ratio of the Earth's dUlarce from the Sun, inverfely. Whence arife annual Equauons of- their Motions, proportionable to thai of the Centre of the Sun. Now the Sun's Motion is in a duplicate Ratio of the E^nh s Diiiance tr^m the Sun inverfely, -iiid thegreatert Equation of tiie Centre which this Inequality occafions, is i'',56', z6', agreeable to the Sun's Eccen triciry 16 ^ If the Sun's Motion were in a triplicate Ratio of irsDii jnce inverfely, this Inequality could generate the greareli Equation 2°, 66', 9" ; and tberefoic the grtatell Equatiooji which the Inequalitiesof the Motionsof the Woon's Apogee and N'l.'dcs occalion, are to 1^, 56', 9'', as the mean diurnal Motion of the Aloori's Apogee, and the mean diurnal Motion of her Nodes are to the mean diurnal Motion of the Sun, Whence the greatell Equation of the mean Motion ofthe Apogee comes cut 19", 52.''; andthe greateli Equa- tion of the mean Motion ofthe Nodes?' 17". The fortner Equation is added, and the latter fubllra^led, when the Earth proceeds (rum its Perihelion to its Aphelion ; and the contrary in the oppofite part of its Orbit. From the fame Theory of Gravity it alfo appears, that the Sun's AiSlion on the Amn muU be fomewhat greater when the tranfverfe Diameter of the Lunar Orbit paffes through the Sun, than when it is at right Angles with the Line that joins the Earth and Sun : And, therefore, that rhe Lunar Orbit is fomewhat greater in the firll cafe, than in the fecond. Hence arifes another Equation of the mean Lunar Motion, depending on the Situation of the Moon's Apogee with regard to rhe Sun, which is grcateil when the Noofz's Apogee is in an GiSlant with the Sun 3 and none, when that arrives at the Ouadtature, orSyzygies j and is added to the mean Motion, in the Paflageof the Afnon's Apogee froin the Q_uadrature to the Syz^gies, and fubilrafted in the PalTage of the Apogee from the Syzygies to the Quadra- ture. This Equation, which he calls Semeftrisy when greatefl, viz. in the Oftants of the Apogee, arifes to 5', 54", at a mean diftance of the Earth from the Sun j but it increafcs and dimini/hcs in a triplicate Ratio of the Sun's diflance inverfely ; and therefore in the Sun's greatell diftance, is 3', 54" 5 in the fmaileft, 5', 56", nearly. But when the Apogee of the Mcoyi is without the Oflants, it becomes lefs, and is to the greateil Equation, as the Sine of double the diiiance ot the ]\Joon& Apogee, from the next Syzygy or Q^uadtaturc, to the Radius. From the fame Theory of Gravity it follous, that the Sun's Aflion on the Wod« js fomewhat greater when a Line right drawn through the j^/oo7j's N'odcs paffes through the Sun, than when that Line is at right Angles with another ioining the Sun and Earth: And hence arifes another Equation of the Moon's mean Motion, which he calls Se- cunda Semejiy'is, and which is greateil when the Nodes are in the Sun's Oilants, and vanifl.es when they are in the Sjzygies, or Quadratures j and in other Situations of the Nodes is proportionable to the Sine of double the dillancs of either Node from the next Syzygy, or Quadrature: it is added to the Ahori's mean Motion while the Nodes are in their Paffage frotn the Sun's Quadratures to the next Syzygy, and fubflradicd in their Paffage from the Sy^ygics to the Quadratures in the Octants. When ic is greatelt, ifc amounts to 47", at a mean diiiance of the Earth from the Sun 5 as appears from the Theory of Gravity: At other diltances ot the Sun, this Equation in the Otlants of the Nodes is reciprocally as the Cube ofthe Sun's diiiance froni the Earth ; and therefore in the Sun's Perigee is 4j'' ; iii his Apogee nearly 49". By the fame Theory of Gravity, the 'Moan^s Apogee proceeds the falleil when either in Conjunfiion with the Sun, or in Oppofition to it; and returns when it makes a Quadrature with the Sun. In the former Cafe, the Ex- centricity is greatelt, and in the latter fmailelf. Thefe In- equalities are very confiderable, and generate the principal Equation of the Apogee, which he calls Scmejrri^, or Setrn'- matjirual. The grc-xteii Semi-menjirital Equation is about 12^-, 18'. Hotrox firfl ohferv'd the Moon to revolve in an EUipfis round the Earth placed in the lower Umbilicus: And Bi-ilky placed the Centre of the Elliplls in an Epicycle whofe Centre revolves uniformly about the Earth : And from the Motion in the Epicycle arife the Inequalities now obferved in the Progrcfs and Regrefs of the Apogee, and the Quantity of the Eccentricity, Suppofe the mean dilhince of the Mo o;i from the Earth divided into icoooc, and let T (Plate Astronomy, Fig, I'.) reprefent the Earth, and T C the mean Eccentricity of theMoo?: 5505 parts 3 produce T C to B, that C B may be the Sine of the greatelt Semi-menllrual EqLiution li*, 18' to the Radius 1' C 3 the Circle B D A, dcfcrlben on the Centre C, with ihe Interval C B, will be the Epicycle wherein the Centre of the Lunar Orb is placed, and wherein ii revolves according to the Order ol the Letters B DA. Take the Angle BCD equal to double the annual Arguiiicni, or double the diiiance of the true Place of the Sun from the Mom's Apogee once equated, and C T D will be the SL-mi-menllrual Equation ot the Ivkott's Aj-ogee, and T D the Eccentricity of its Orbit tending to the Apogee equated afeci^nd tmie. Now the Mooji\ mean Motion, Apogee, and Eccentriciry, as alfo ine greater Axis of its Orbit 20COC0 J the Mvou'& true place, as alfo her diiiance from tUe Earth are found, and that by the commoncli Methods. In the Earth's Perihelion, by reafon of the greater force of (he Sun, the Centre of the Mioii's Orbit will move more fwiltly about the Centre C, than in the. Aphelion, and that in a triplicate Ratio of the Eatth's diiiance from the Sun inverfely. By reafon of the Equation of the Centre of the Sun, comprehended in the annual Argument, the Centre of the Mson's Orbit will move mute fwiftly in the Epicycle B D A, in a duplicate Ratio of the diiiance of the Earth from the Sun inverfely. That the fame may Hill move more f^viftly in a fimple Ratio ot the diiiance inverfely from the Cenire of the Orbit D, draw D E to- wards the Moon's Apogee, or parallel to T C j and take the Angle E D C equal to the Excels of the annual Ar- gument, above the Diiiance of the Moo/i's Apogee from the Sun's Perigee in Confequentia 3 or which is thefttne, take the Angle CDF equal to the Complement of the true Anomaly of the Sun to 51^0'^ ; and let D F be to DC as double the Eccentricity of the Qyhis magmis to the mean diiiance of the Sun from the Earth, and the mean diurnal Motion of the Sun from the Moon's Apoge?, to the meati diurnal Motion of the Sun from its own Apogee, conjunctly, i. e. as 35 Y is to loco, and 52',i7", 16" to 59' 8" 10"' con- junftly 3 or as 5 to ico. Conceive the Centre of the Maori's Orbit placed in the Point E, and to revolve in an Epicycle whofe Centre is D, and Radius D F, while D proceeds in the Circumference of the Circle D A B D : Thus the Velocity wherewith the Centre of the Moon's Orbit moves in a certain Curve, defcribed about the Centre C, will be reciprocally as the Cube of the Sun's diiiance from the Earth. The Computation of this Motion is diffi- cult, but will be made eafy by the following Approxima- tion. If the Moon's mean diiiance from the Earrh be icocco parts, and its Eccentricity TC 5505 of thofe parts, the right Line C B or C D will be found 1172 4, and the right Line D F 35 f This right Line at the diiiance T C, fubtendsan Angle to the Earth, which the transferring of the Centre of the Orbit from the place D to F generates In the Motion of this Centre 5 and the fame right Line doubled, in a parallel Situation, at tljc diiiance of the up- per Umbilicus of the Meow's Orbit from the Earth, fub- tends the fume Angle, generated by that tranilation in the Motion of the Umbilicus 3 and at the diiiance of the M0072 from the Earth fubtends an Angle which the fame tranilation generates in the Motion of the Moojt 5 and which may therefore be call'd the Second E^i'g'.iojj of the Centre, MOO ( 979 ) MOO Centre. This Equation at a mean diflance of the Mooji from the Eanh, is as the Sine of the Angle conty.in'd be- tween the right Line D F, and a right Line drawn from the Point F to the Moon, nearly , and when greateft, a- mounts to 2', 25". IS'ow the Angle comprehended be- tween the right Line D F and a Line from the Voint D, is found eiiher by fubilrading the Angle E DE from the mean Anomaly of the Jilvon, or by adding the Mnon^s ditlance from the Sun to the diflance of the Moon's, Apogee from the Apogee of the Sun. And as Radius is to the Sine of ihe Angle thus found, fo is z\ 25" to the fecond Equation of the Centre, which is to be added, if that Sine be lefs than a Semi-circle, and iubfirafted if greater : Thus we have its Lcngiriide in the very Syzygies of the Luminarlef. If a very accurate Computation be required, the Moo?i's Place thus found mult be correfled by a fecond Variation. The firit and principal Variation we have already confider'd, and have obferv'd it to be grcaieil in the Octants. The fecond is prcateit in the ()uadrancs, and arifes from the different Aiiion of the Sun on the A''oo«'s Orbit, according to the different PoHtion of the Moon's Apogee to the Sun, and is thus computed : As Radius is to the verfed Sine of the diftance of the Moon's Apogee from the Sun's Perigee, iiiconfequenria fo is a certain Angle F lo a fuurth Proportio- nal. And as Radius is to the Sine of the Wood's diilance from the Sun, fo is the Sine of this fourth Proportional and another Angle Q^to the fecond Variation, which is to be fubilrafled , if the TI/doh's Light be increafing ; and added, it dimiiii/liing. Thus we have the ilf'07;'s true Place in her Orbit ; and bv reduction of this Place to the Ecliptic, the Moon's Lon- gitude. The Angles P and Q^are to be dcternihied by ob- iervatiun : in the mean time, if for P be alTamed 2', and for Q^i'i we Ihall be near the truth. Naltne of the MooN. I. From the various Phafes of the Ahon : From her only fl-,ewing a little part illumined, when following the Sun ready to fet : i'rom that Part's increafing as ftie re- cedet, frum the Sun, till at the dilkncc of Bo'^ fhe fhines wi,h a full Face 5 and ag^iin wains as /he re-approaches that Luminary, and lofes all her Light when /lie meets him ; Frcm the lucid Part's being conllantly turn'd to- wards the Weft, uhilc the Moon increafes; and towards the Eatt when fli'.- decreafes ; it is evident, that only that part fliincs on which the S'jn's Rays fall : And from the Fhjenomena of Eclipfcs, happ> njng when thu yi/oo.'i fhould fliine with a full face, viz. when (lie is iSo'^ iliilant from the Sun 5 and the durkned Parts ap| earing the fame in all Placr:s, itis evident fJie has no Ligtit uf her own, bur bor- rows whatever L.ight Jlic has from the Sun. See Phases, EcLif sE, and Sun. i. The Moo;/ fom'ctimes difappears in the clear Heaven, fo as not to be difcoverable b\ the belt GUfl'es ; little Si--irs of the filth and fisrh Magnitude all the time remaining vifible. This Phxnomenon Kepler obferved twice Jimo i')'!^Cf and 15S5 ; and Hcvclms in kSjc. R ccioh, and uiher Jefuits at Lomnia, and many People throughout Holland obfetved the like /Ifrd 14, 1C42. jet at Venice and Vien7ta /l;e was all the time confpicuous, December 2;, 1705, there was another total Oblcuration : At yfrks fhe firtt appear 'd of a ycUowilh brown i at J-vipmn ruddy and tranfparent, as if the Sun had flione through i at MarfeiUes, one part uas reddifli, the other very dusky ; and, at length, tho' in a clear Sky, wholly difappear'd. Here it is evi- dent, that the Colours appearing different at the fame time, do not belong to the M0071 ; that they are occafion'd by an Atmofphere around her varioutty difpofed in this and that Place, for rcfracfing of thefe or thofe coloured Rays. 5. The Eye, either naked, orarm'd with a Telefcope, fees fonie parts in the Mfio/z's Face darker than others, which are call'd Maculie, or Sfotr. Through the Telefcope, while the Moon is either increafing or decreafing, the illumined parts in the Macule appear evenly terminated ; but in the bright Parts, the Bound of the Light appears jagged and uneven, compufed of diflimilar Arches, convex and concave, ffee Tab. Astronomy, iS.) There arealfo obferved lucid Parts difperfed among the darker ; and illumined Parts feen beyond the limits of Illumination ; other intermediate ones remaining ifiU in darknefs j and near the Macula:, and even in 'em, are frequently feen fuch lucid Specks. Befide the Macule obferved by the An- licnts, there are other variable ones invifible by the naked Eye, call'd New Macula-, always oppofite to the Sun; and which are hence found among thofe parts which are the foonell illumined in the increafing Moo?/, and in the decrea- fing Moo>] lofe their Light later than the intermediate ones ; running round, and appearing fometimes larger, foiiietimes fmaller. Hence, (i.j As all parts are equally illumined by the £un, in as much as they are equally dlfiant from him : Iffomeappear biighter, and others darker 5 HMierefleathc Sun's Kays tnore copioully than others j and therefore they are heterogeneous. And, (z.) Since the Boundary of the illumined Part is very Imuoth and tiquable in the Mactil.E, their Surtace muif be lo too. (3.) ^1 he parts illumined by the Sun fooner, and delerted later than others that are neart-r, are higher than the reli, e. ihsnd up ;thove the other Surface of the Moo;/. (4.) The New Macula; an- fwer perfectly to the Shadows of terreltrial Bojic^, 4. Hez-ehus writes, that he has feveral timt;s found, in Skies perteaiy clear, when even Stars of the 6th and 7th Magiutude were^confpicuous, at the fame Altitude of the Moon, and the fame Elongation from the Earth, and with one and tne fame excellent Telefcope ; that the Moon and it&M^cuUdo not appear equally lucid, clear, and perfpi- cuous, at all times, but are much brighter, purer, and more diltinct at one time than another. F'rom the Circum- Itances of the Obfervation, 'tis evident, the reafon of the Phenomenon is not either in our Air, in the Tube, in the Moo;;, nor in the Spertator's Eye ; but mull be look'd for in lomething exiifing about the Moo?/. 5. Ca/»( frequently obferv'd S.itnr}t, Jupiter, and the fix'd Stars, when hid by the Moon, near her Limb, whe- ther the illumined or dark one, to have their circular Fi- gure changed into an oval one; and in other Occultations found no alteration of Figure at all. In like manner, the Sun and Moon rifmg and letting in a vaporous Horizon, do not appear Circular, but Elliptic. Hence, as we know, by fure Experience, that the Cir- cular Figure of the Sun and Moon is only changed into an Elliptic one by means of the Refradion in the vapoury Atmofphere; 'tis pretty apparent, that at the time when the circular Figure of the Stars is thus changed by the Moony there is a denfe Matter incompalTing the Mop?;,where- in the Rays emitted from the Stars are refraffed i and that at other times, when there was no change of Figure, this Matter was wanting. I'his Phenomenon is well illuflrated by the following Experiment : To the inner bottom of any Velfel, either Plane, Convex, or Concave, with Wax fatten a Circle of Paper 5 then pouring in Warcr.that the Rays reflefled from the Circle into the Air may be refratSed before they reach, the Eye ; viewing the Circle obliquely, the circular Figure will appear changed into an Eliiplis. 6. 'Ibe Moon is a denfe o^ake Bo.ly^ hefet w'tb Monntahrs^ Fallens, ajid Stas. That the iWoo« is denf^, and impervious to the Light, has been fliewn : but fomc pans :-nk oeiow and others rife above the Surface ; and that coniiderably, in as mu^h as they are vlfible a: fo great a diitance of the Earth from the Sun: In the Moon theretore are huge AIoHitaim, and very deep Valleys. Ricciolus meafured the height of one of the Mountains, call'd St. Catbcrme, and found it nine Miles high. Again, in the Moon are fpaci .us Trails, having fmooth even Surfaces, and thofe reflecting lefs L'ght than the relt : Hence, as the Surface of fluid Bodies is naturally even, and as when trj.nfparent, they tranfmit a great part of the Rays of Light, and reflect very little; the Lunar Spois are fluid, tranfparent Bodies : and as they continue conftantly the fame, are Seas. In the Moo;;, therefore, are Mountains, Valleys, and Seas. Hence again, the lucid parts of the Spots are Ijlavds and Veninjiilii's. And fince in the Macular, and near their Limbs, are feen fome parts higher than others, in the Lunar Seas arcRoc^s and Promontories. And fince the new Spots are contiguou.s to the Moun- tains, and in all refpeils like the Shadows of Bodies on our Earth i no doubt they are the Shadows of the Lu- nar Mountains : Whence alfo appears the Matterof the yl/floji is opake. A''ote, This Reafoning will be put pafl doubt by viewing the fenfible Horizon from fome Eminence ; Where ic palTes over a Plain, the Line will appear fmooth and trven j where a crofs Mountains and Valleys, irregular and wind- ing ; fmooth, but dark, £i?£:. 7 . The Moon is incowpafs'd with an hea-vy and elaflic Jt- mofphere, wherein Va^oiin and other Exhalatiojis cirife, and whence they return inform of Dew and Ram. In a total Ecllpfe of the Sun, we find the Moch in- circled with a lucid Ring parallel to her Periphery. Of this, we have too many Obfervations to doubt: In the great Eclipfeof 1713, the Ring was veryconfpicuousat London, and elfewhere. Kepler obferves the fame of an Eclipfe in t6o^, a.t Naples and Antwerp y and li'oljius of another in 1606 at Leipfic, defcrlbed at large in the ABa. Eruditortim, with this notable Circumflance, that the part next the Moo;/ was vifibly brighter, than that furthell from it ; which is confirmed by the Obfervations of the French Af^■ronome^s inthe Memoircs dc rJcade»iie,^c. ijcS. Hence about the Moon is fome Fluid, which correfponds to her Figure, and which both rcflecls and refrafls the Sun's Rays. And hence a1fo, this Fluid is denfer below, near MOO ( ^80 ) MOO near the Mo'«'s Body ; and rarer above. Now as the Air which incompaffcs our Earth is luch a Fluid, itisnianifeft there is ^irabout the Meoti ; and fmce the different Denfity ot the Air depends on its diftcreni Gravity and ElaHiciiy, no doubt the different Denfity of the Lunar Air has the fame Caufes. Again, we have oblcrv'd tlie Lunar Air is not always equally clear and tranfparent : fomciimes it changes the fpherical Figures of the Stars into Ovals ; and in the fcveral total Eclipfcs jull mentioned, there was obfcrved a ircmbling in the A&oa's Limb, immediately before Immeriion, with an Appearance of thin, light Sinoak flying over it during immeilion, very apparent in Ejigland. And hence, as thcfe fame Phenomena are ob- ferved in our Air when full of Vapours, it is pretty plain, at the time when thefe Pba^nomena are obferved in that of the Moo):, it is full of Vapmys and Esbulatiojis. And, laftly, fince at other times the Lunar Air is clear and tranf- parent, producing none of thefe rhteiioinena, the Va- pours mull have been precipitated on the Moo>^ i and there- fore either Dtw, or Ka'ni, or Sno-jj have fa len. 7 . The Moon ii a tody in all reffdls hh mir Earthy and fnedfor she fivr.t purpjjei. For we have fhewn that it is Vetife Opah has Moianahis and Falkys Sea;, with 1Jla>:dSy Feniujiila, Rocket and Froniontoriei a changeable Atmoffhae^ wherein Vafows and E:(halatifijis rife and fall Vay and Night ; a Sun to illumine the one, and a 3'fotiM the other, Sfmme> and W'ijiter, Ikc. From thefe, by Analogy, may infinite other Properties and Appendages of the M0071 be deduced : From the Changes in the Atmufphere will follow ]Vi>7di^ and oiher Jlleteoii; and according to the different Scafons of the lear, Kaiii, M'Jis, Fio/r, Jjc. From the Inequali- ties upon the Ai'oo/i's Surface will arife Lahs^ Risers, Spyifig-^t £^r. Now Nature, we know, produces nothing in vain : Rains and Dews fall on our Earth to make PAj^ifi -vegetate ; and Plants take Root, grow, produce Seeds and Fruits for ^;;i- ma/stofeedan. But Nature is Hill uniform and conliUent with herfelf, and like things ferve for like Ends i Why then may not there be F/aiits and Aiimati in the Moon ! To what other purpofe fo nice a Provilionfor them ? Thefe Arguments will receive new force when we come to fhcw that our Earth itfclf is a Planet; and that when Tiewed from the other Planets, it appears, in feme, like the Mson ; in others, like Vijim ; in others, Jttfirer^^c. A Simi- litude between the Planets, both Optical and Phyfical, be- ing a firong Prefumption their Furniture is alike. See EARTHanti Planet. To measure the Height of the Ivlottntains of the Moon. Suppofe ED (fig. i^.; the Moon's Diameter, ECD the Boundary of Light and Darknefs ; and A the Top of the Hill in the dark part beginning to be illumined ; Witha Telcfcope obferve the Proportion (of A E, or the diflance of A from the Line where the Light commences, to the Diameter of E D .- Here we have two fides of a reaangled Triangle AE, CA; the Squares of which added together give the Square of the third ; whence the Seini-diameter C D being fubllrafled, leaves A B, the Height of the Mottntain. RicMus, V. ,5. found the Top of the Hill St. Catherine illumined at the dillancc of ^ of the Moon's Diameter from the Confines of Light. Suppofing, therefore, C E, 8 ; and A E, I ; the Squares of the two will be (15, whole Root is S.CII2 the length of A C ; fubiirafling therefore EC— 8, the Remainder is Ah = 0.61. TheVmn's Semt-diameter, therefore, is to the Mountain's height as 8 is to o.6z ; i.e. as 800 to i5z. Suppofing, therefore, the Diameter ot the ,Voon 1 1 81 £«fl,fi Miles, by the Rule of Three we find the height of the Mountain p Miles. The Heights, Jifc. of the Lunar Mountains being mea- furable, Allronomers have taken occaCon to give each its Naine. Ricciolui, whom moft others now follow, dillin- guifhed them by the Names of the Celebrated Jftrtnomeni and by thefe Names they are Hill expreCfed in Obfervations of the Lunar Eclipfe, See the Figure. (Tab. Astro- nomy, -F/g. io.) The af parent Magnittide of the Moom. The Magnitude of the Moon, at rifing and fetiing, is a Pha:nomenon that has extremely embarraffed the modern Phllofophers. According to the ordinary Laws of Vifion it Jhould appear the leafl when nearell the Horizon, as being then nearclt to the Eye ; and yet we find the contrary true jnfafl. De! Caries, and front him Dr. IVallis, and moft other Authors, account for this from the long Series of Ob- jefts interpofed between the Eye and the Extremity of the fenfible Horizon, which make us imagine it more remote than when in the Meridian, where the Eye fees nothing in the way between the Objeft and itfelf. 'This Idea of a great diflance, makes us imagine the Moon the bigger : tor any Objecl being feen under any certain Angle, anti believed, at the fame time, very remote, we naturally jud^i It iiiuli be very large, to appear under fuch an Angle at fuch adiUance. And thus a pure Judgment of the Soul makes us fee the Moon bigger in the Horuon, than in the Meridian ; noiwithflanding its Image painted on the Retina is lefs m the former Situation than the latter. This ilypothefis, F. Go«ve dellroys, by obfervjng that the narrower and more confined the fenfible Horizon is, the greater does the Moon appear j the contrary of which Jhould happen on the Principle laid down. ^ GaJ/atdi is of opinion, that the Puf.il of the Eve, which 15 always more open as the Place is more dark ; being more fo rathe Morning and Evening than at oiher times, by reafon the Earth is covered wiih grofs Vapours j and be- fides, being obliged to pafs through a longer Column or Series ot 'cm, to reach the Horljin, the Im'age of the Moon enters the Eje at a greater Angle, and is really painted there greater. In aiifwer to which, it mufl he faid, that notwilhftanding ihis dilatati.jn of the Pupil, occafion'd by the Obfcurity ; if tlic Moon be viewed through a little pin-hole made in a Paper, flie appears lefs when in the Horizon. F. G'oi.jc finding botii the Conjeilures faUe, advances a third ; He IS of opinion then, when the Moon is in the Horizon ; the neighbourhood of the Earth, and the grofs Vapours wherewith the Moon then appears inveloped, have the lame Etfett, with regard to us, as a Wall, or o- ther dcnfe Body placed behind a Column; which in that Cafe appears bigger than when infulatc, and incompaflcd on all iides with an dluniincd Air. Further, it is obferved that a Column when fluted, appears bigger than before, when it was plain ; the Flutes being fo many particular O'ojeas, which by their Multitude occafion the Mind to imagine the whole Objefl whereof they are compofedof a larger extent. The lame tiling may be faid of the feveral Objefls feen towards the Horizon, to which the Moon cor- refponds at her Rifing and Setting. And hence it is that Ihe appears greater Hill, when flie rifes or fets between Trees ; the narrow, yet diitincl Intervals whereof have the fame Efifefl with regard to the apparent Diameter of the Moon, as a greater number of Flutes with regard to theShaftof a Column. For the Ediffes of the tAoon, fee Eclipses. /or tie Moon's Parn«.«, fee Parallax. To find the Moon's yige. To the Day of the Month add the Epafl of the Year, and the Months from March inclu- five. The Sum, if under 30 ; if over, the Excefs is th= Moon's Age. If the Month have but 50 Days, the Excefs above 19 is the Moon's Age. To find the T;»ic of the Moon's Jeinj in the Meridian, ot Southing: Multiply her Age, if under i j Days, by 4' and divide the ProduS by 5 ;' the Quotient gives the Hour' and the Remainder multiplied by 12, the Minute. If her Age exceed 15, fubflraft 15, and proceed with the Re- mainder as before. To find the Time of the Moon's beginning tojhine. Mul- tiply her Age, if under i;, by 48 ; a'nd divide the ProduS by (So : the Quotient gives the Hours ; and the Remainder the Minutes. If h.T Age be above i; Days, fubftraa the time thus found, from 14 ; the Remainder gives the lime of fllining in the Morning. MOOR, Mora, a Heath, or barren Trafl of Ground. See Heath. It is f.metimes alfo ufed for a Morafs, Mofs, or Fen. See Morass. Mora Muffa, in antient Writings, particularly denotes a Mofs, or Peat-Mofs. MOORING, at Sea, is the laying out of Anchors, in a proper place, for the fecure Riding of a Ship. See Anchor. To A.'ooi- a-crofs, is to lay out one of the Anchors on one fide, ora-thwart a River, and the other right again!! it. To Moor ii/onf/f, is to have an Anchor in a River, and a Hawfer on Shore. To Moor Quarter.fjot, is to moor Quartering, between the two firtl ways. Mooring for Eafi, Weft, i^c. is when they obferve which way, and on what Point of the Compafs the Wind or Sea is moll likely to endanger the Ship, and there lay out an Anchor. MOORS-HEAD, In Cbymiflry, a Copper-Cap mads in form of a Head, to be fet over the Chimney of a Re^ verberating Furnace. See Reverkeratory. Moors-Head is alfo the Head of a Copper or Glafs- StiU or Alembic, which is lured on to the Body or Cueur- blr, and hath a Beak or Pipe to let the Spirit run down into the Receiver. MOOT, a difficult Cafe, or Queflion argued by the Students of Inns of Court, by way of Exercife. Sec Mooting. The Word !s formed either from the Saxon, MoumZi Afiembly ; or the French, Mot, Word. MOOTING. MOR ( MOOTING, the chief Excrcife of the Students in the Inns of Court j being the arguing of Cafes, which youn^ Utter Eartiiters, ^c. perform at appointed Times, the better to enable them for IVafticc, and the Defence of their Clients Caufes. See Inns of Court. Such, as from their Learning and Standing are call'd by the Benchers to argue Moot Cafes, are caU'd (jtter harrijiers; ihc reit, who for want of Experience, ^c. are not ad- mitted, are call'd Inner Barrijttrs. See Barrister. The Place where Moot Cafes were argued, was antiently call'd a Movt-Hall. In ihe Inns of Court there is a Bailiffs or Surveyor of the Jvlooti, yearly chofen by the Bench to appoint the Moor-Me;i for the Inns of Chancery, and to keep Account of Ferfor- manceof Exercifcs boththcte and in theHoufe. MOOl'-MEN are thofe who argue Moot-Cafes. SeeMooT. Out of thcfe Moot-Men are chofe Readers for the Inns of Chancery -J where, in Term-time and in Vacations, they ar- gue Cales in the prefuncc of Attorneys and C^ilerks. MORAL, any thing relating to the MiUiner;^ or the Conduft of Life. See Manners. Thus, befides the Theological Virtues, as Faith^ Hope, Chauty, ^c. we fay there are alfo Moral Virtues, as 'Jtiftice, Ttmfierance, See Virtue, Moral of a Fable, is the In{tru£iion drawn from it. See Fa ble. Thus when TKcdrus at the end of a Fable adds, Hoc illis diHiirn ijiii, ^c. that makes what we call the Moral. This, the Giee^f call'd i-muv^iov when at the end of the Fable, uikI 'nr£;/.'u'9i5i' at the beginning. The -Lrtfj?ii call it Jjfabu' latio. Moral Scjife^ the Faculty whereby we difcern, or per- ceive what is Good, Virtuous, Beautiful, £^c. in Anions, Manners, Ch3ra'5lers, i^c. A late Author has endeavoured to prove , that it is a pe- culiar Scnie whereby we get the Ideas of thefe Things ; and denominate it a Moral Senfe. See Moral Sense. Moral Theolo^,y is that which treats of Cafes of Con- fcience j call'd alio C(iyH//i-i_)'. See Casuistry. Moral Ccrtaijity, or Alfurance, is ufcd to ilgnify a very ilrong Probability i in contra-diliinftion to a Mathematical Demondration. See Certainty. Moral ImpoJ/ibility, is what we otherwife call a very great, and almoftinluperable Difficulty j in oppofition to a Phyfical, or Natural Impoffibility. See Impossibility. Moral Philofophy, a Science whofe Object is to diio^y and form our Manners i to explain the Reafon, and Na- ture of Actions i and to teach and inllruiS us how to acquire that Felicity or Happinefs which is agreeable to human Nature. See Philosop hy. Moral Ththfophy is the fame with what we otherwife call Ethics. See Ethics. Moral yicliom, or A£ts, are fuch as render the Rational or Free Agent Good or E.vil j and, confequently, Rewardabie and Puiiiihabic becaufe he doth them. See Good, ^c. MORALITY is a Conformitv to thofe unalterable Ob- ligations which refuit from the nature of our Exirtence, and the necelfary Relations of Life ; whether to God as our Creator, or Mankind as our Fellow-Creaturc. MORASSE, a Marflj, Fen, or low moirt Grounds, which drain the Waters from above, without having any defcent to carry them off again. 5)w;/er- derives the Word from the SaxoK Merfe; Salma- Jiits from Jlfare, a CoUeiftion of Waters j others from the Cer?na>2 Marcfi, a muddy Place j and others from Marefe, of Maricetum, a Marifcis, i.e. Rufhts. In Scotlajid, Ireland, and the North of England, they have a peculiar kind of M-n-aJfes, call'd Mojfes, or Feat- Moffes, whence the Country' People dig their Feat or Turf. See T urf. The Earl of Cromarlie gives a particular Account of thefe Mofles in the Fhilofaph. Tranfail. They are cover'd with a heathyScurf, under which is a black, moift, fpongy Earth, in fome Places fliallnwcr, in others deeper, ordi- narily from three or four to feven or eight Feet depth, iho' in fome few Places twice or thrice as much. This black, fpungy Earth tlieycut into oblong Squares with Iron Spades fitted to that end, eight or nine Inches long, and four or five broad ; as the Men cut 'em up, they arc carried and fpread on a dry Ground, to be dried in the Wind and Sun. Some of thefe become harder, fume loftcr, according to the nature of the Mold or Earth : The more black and folid, the better Fire ; and they are the leait eftcemed which are greyefr, the lightelf, and moft fpungy. When they have cut off one Surface of four or five Inches deep, ihey proceed downwards to another, and fo to a third and a fourth, till they come to ihe hard Channel, un- lets they be llop'd with Water, which they alfo ordinarily remove bv making a Channel, if they can i but where they cannot, rher^ the Water tlagnates. In fuch wafted Pits, or Ftat-Dikc5, as they call 'em, where Water hinders the i ) MOR cutting the fpungy Earth to the Bottom, the Fits will be! fiU'd up again in iom'; Tears with new fpungy Earth j which in procefs of Time comes to the conftlience of Peat-Mots as at firll, and a fcurfy Heath-Turf grows over the Top of ir. When ihe Dikes are dug down to the hard Channel, the MolFes don't renew, as in the other Cafe i tho' it has been obfcrv'd, that if they be cur down to the Channel, provided the Hearhy-Turf cut off from the Top be but laid on the Channel, in courfe of Time the Mois grows again. Thefe Moffcs always Hand on Plains ; tho' they are frequently found on Hi!!*, and near the Top of 'em toos Yer, as that curious Nobleman obferves, the Moffes have always a defcent to 'em, and generally from 'em 5 info- much that he never knew any, where the Water might Hag- nate. 'Tis the Water draining from above that feems to be the Parent of Pear. In many of thefe Mofles are found Quantities of Fir ;:nd Oak Wood,ufualiy in whole Trees; for the fmaller Branches are feldom found unconfum'd. This Wood is as good for ufe as any old Wood is ; only that having imbibed a deal of Moillure, it takes fome time to dry, in order to fit it for ufe. There are many Places, where Wood will not grow, where yet the Mufics are well llock'd with thefe Under- ground Timber ; but yet it appears there muft have been Woods formerly : Elfe how come they in the Moffes ? To prove this, that Nuble Lord gives us the Hiflory and Origin of a Mofs, in great meafure ftom his own Experi- ence. In the Parifh of Lochbruj!, in the Yearitfji, he faw, near the Top of a very high Hill, a Plain about a Mile over, then cover'd with a firm l^anding Wood, but which was fo very old, that not only the Trees had no Leaves or Bark on, but the outfide for the fpace of an Inch inward was dead, white Timber, tho' within they wero firm. Coming by the fame Place 1 5 Years after, he could not difcover the leail Appearance of a Tree, but inftead thereof a plain gre^'n Ground cover'd with a Mofs ; tha Trees being ail fallen, and having lain fo thick over one another, the Green had over-run the whole Timber, by- means of the Moifiure draining from the Hill above ir^ and liagnating on the Plain. He adds, that none could pafa over it ; the Scurf not being firm enough to fupport 'em. In thirty Years more he found the whole Piece of Ground turn'd into a common Ftat-Mofs, and the Country-People digging Turf and Peats. This accounts for the Generation of Mofles, and whence it is that many of them are furnifh'd with Timber. MORATUR, or Dhmor atur, in Law, fignifies as much as he Demurs 3 by reafon the Party here goes not forward^ but refts, or abides upon the Judgment of the Courr, who take time to deliberate, argue, and advife thereon. See Demurrer. When the Council of the Party are of opinion, that the Count or Plea of the adverfe Party is infufficient in Law ; then he jOe»KH!-f, or abides in Law, and refers the fame to the Judgment of the Court. MORBID, MoRBiDus, in Medicine, is J-pply'd to fig^ nify thofe Farts, Humours, ^c. wherein a Di/e.T/e lies. See Disease. Morbid, in Painting, is particularly apply'd to fat Fle/ll very ftrongly expreffed. MORBILLI, in Medicine, a Difeafe popularly calFd the Meafles. ScoMeasles. MORBUS, a Term purely Latitt, fignifying Difeafe. See Disease. Morbus Comitialis, is the Efilepfy ; thu5 call'd by the Romans, becaufe when in any of their public Affcmblieg Perfons fell down with this Diftemper, they immediately broke up, and ditlolved the Comitia, which was the commoB Appellation fof fuch Courts. See Epilepsy. iAorhm Rt'^iu', T ^-Jaundice. Morbus Vir^imus, fSee J Chlorosis. Morbus G alliens, J C, Venereal Difeafe. MORISCO, or MoRisK, a kind of Fainting, Carving, i^c. done after the Manner of the Moors j confuting of fe- veral Grotefque Pieces and Compartiments promifcuoufly intermingled, not containing any perfeii Figure of a Man, or other Animal, but a wild Refemblance of Birds, Bealls, Trees, ^c. SeeGROTESK. Thefe are alfo call'd Jrabefques, and are particularly ufed in Embroideries, Damask-Work, 45c. See Arabesk. Morefque Da7ices, vulgarly call'd MoiT/ce-Dnwcej", are thofe altogether inimitation of theTlfoorj, as Sarabands, Chacons, ^c. which are ufually performed with Cartagnets, Tabours, l^c. See Castagnett AS. MORNING, the beginning of the Day ; or the Time of the Sun-rifing. SceDAV and Rising. The Aftronomers reckon Morning, Mane^ from the time of Mid-nighr, to that of Mid-day. Thus an Eclipfe is faid to begin at 1 1 a clock in the Mor^iing, £=fc. MoRNiNG-5^«*- is the Planet Ventti, when a little to the Eaftwaid of the Sun ; that Is, when fhe rifes a little before 7 I him. M O R ( ^81 ) M O R him. In this Situation ilie is caltM by the Greeks fbof- fhoyus ; by the La.ins Lue'fer, ^c, S .e Phosphorus. Morning Twilight, fee Crepusculum. MORPHEW, is that Freckle or Scurf which breaks out fometiines upon the Skin, pirticularly about the Forehead. See Freckles. MOKS.ELLI, and MoRsuLi, antient Natnes for thofe Forms of Medicines which were to be chew'd in the Mouih, as a Lozeugs ; the Word fignifying a little Mouth- ful. See Lozr NGB. MORSUS D/flio/;, Devil's Bit ; a Plant which feems to have a fringe around its Leaves, is thus call'd. From a 'likencfs hereto, has the Edge or Selvidge of the Tubx FnHopmihe^ obtain'd the fame Appellation. See Fallopian. MORSUS Cams rahidi, \o S HvDROPiiomA. MORSUS 5 ^ Viper. yiOKT d'ylncejh-e, in Law, fee Assize of Mart d'An- cejh-'j. MORTALITY, a Term frequently ufed to lignify a contagious Difcafc, wbich dcrtroys great Numbers either of MlH, or Beails. Bilh 0/ Mortality, are Weekly Lifls compiled by the Parifli-Cicrks in andaliout Londovy containing the Numbers of fuch asdie of each Difeafe, aswellasof thofe that are born every Week. The Ellis are of fome flanding in Etighitd, in imitation whereof they are now eltablifiied at Taris. They are very ufeful on fcvc.ral accoiji;ts, panicularly in judging of the Mortality of any Difeafe, and whether an Epidemic or In- fefiious Ddiemf Cr inLreafes or abates. Mr.Graiwr, who examined thofe of London very accu- rately, has wrote an exprefs Treatlfe uf 'em. Among other things, he calculates from 'ein, that of 100 PerG^ns who are born in the fame Week, there are but (J^ ktt at the end of fix Tears ; but 4c at the end of fixteen Years b at the end ot twenty fix "i cars, but 25 i and the end of thirty fix lears, bui 16 ; ar the end of forty fix Years, but 10 ; at the end of fifty llx, no more than fix ; at the end of fixty fix iears, but 5 ; at the end of fcventy fix, bu: i ; and at the end of eit^hty Years, thL-y are reduced lo none. He likew ;fe makes it appear, that in iiiid::nd in general, more are b.-m Ivan die ; but in London^ more die than are bom: The Pupurtion ot Birihs to Rurtals , in rhe former, being as i -'^to one , in the Uirer as jV one. 1 bus u,Ifo C.iiit s and jv! urket- 1 riwns are tound to bury 1.1-53 to i Birth. But in Puns they cuiJo Lvndotj •■, theirdcy j s being It'O 1 Eirfh, Jn the Villages uf tr-"er. di>-: th.;n are born ; there being but onedeath to 1. -t^z iiiftha. See Marriage. MOK TAR, or Morter, in Architedluix, is a Prepa- tion of Lime, Sand, ^c. mixed up with Water ; ferving, as a Cement, to bind the Stones, ISc of a Building. See BuiLPiNG, Cemeni', SiJc. The Antients had a kind of Mortar fo very hard and binding, th:ir, aficr fo long a Duration, 'tis next to im- poffible 10 fepar;itc the Parr.s of fome of their Buildings j tho' there are fome who afcribe that exceffive Strength to Time, and the Influences of certain Properties in the Air, which is found to harden fome Bodies very furprizingly. De l.orw;e obferves, that the bert Monar ii that made of Tuzzmli i adding, that it penetrates black Flints, and turns 'em white. The Lime ufed in the antient Mo-tar is faid to be burnt from the hardell: Stones, and even Fragments of Marble. See LiM E. Mr. li orledge obferves, that fine Duft makes weak "Mortar j and the rounder the Sand, the llrongcr the Mortar. He therefore advifcs the Sand to be waflied e'er mixed ; and adds, that dirty Water weakens the Mortar confiderably. See Sand. The Proportion of Lime and Sand in our common Mor- tar is extremely variable. J'uruvius prefcribes three parts of Fir-Sand and two of River-Sand to one ot Lirne ; bur the Sand here feems to be over-dofed. About Xok(/oh, the Proportion of Sand to quiik Lime is as 5<> to 25. In fome Parts they ufe equal Quantities of each. Woljius obferves, that the S"and /liould be dry and fharp, fo as to prick the Hands when rubbed ; yet not earthy, lb as to foul the Water it is wafti'd in. Viiriinins obferves, that Foffil-Sands dry fooner than thofe taken out of Rivets. Whence, headds, the latter is fittcft for the Infidcs, the former for the Outlides of a Building. He fubjoins, that FofltUSand lying long in the Air, becomes earthy. TaHudio takes notice, that of all Sands white ones arc the worfl ; the reafon is owing to their want of Afperity. Mixing and hkridingof ^Iort ar j M. Fehhien obferves that the Antient Mafonswere fovery fcrupulouf herein, that the (j'-ceii kept ten Men conftantly cmploy'd for a long fpace of time, to each Bafon, which rcnder'd it of fuch prodigious Hardnefs, that V: i ruvm t^Wi us the Pieces of Plaifter falling off from old Wa.li,l.]rv,d to make Tables. i-f///>/e« adds, it is tt Maxim among old, Mafons to their Labourers, tnat toey fluuld dilute with the Sweat of their Br^.w, ue. labour it a long time, initead of drowning it with Water, to have done the fooner. Befides the common Mort-ir u!ed in laying of Stones; Bricks, SS'c. there arc feverai other kaiHs. As, White Mortar, ufed in Piaiflering the Walls and Ceilings 3 made of Ox-Hair mix':vi with Lime and Water, without any Sand. SeepLAisTER. The Mortar ufed in making of Wflrer-Courfes,GIflerns, is very hard and durable, made of Lime and Hog'j- Greafe, fometimes mix'd with the Juice of Figs, and ■ fometimes with liquid Pitch ; after Application it is wafhed over with Linfeed-Oil. See Cistern. Mortar for Furiiace!, ^c. is made with red Clay wroughtin Water, wherein Horfe-Dung and Chimney-Soot has been Ifeep'd. See Furnace. Mortar for Sun-Di.ih on \\ ^';ls may be made of Lime and Sand temper'd with Linfeed Oil ; or, for want of that, with fcumm'd Milk. This will grow to the Hard- ncls of a Stune. In Buiidin;;s, one part of wafli'd S(}:Lp-Afhes mixed with another of Lime and S^iid, make a very durable Mortar. MORTAR, or Mortier, a Badge, or Enfign of Dig- nity bore by ihe Chancellors, and Great Prefidcntsuf rha Parliaments o't I'raizce. It contilts of a Piece of Velvet edged with a Gold- Lace. They formerly bore it on iheir He^d, but nuw m tncir Hands. Hence ihey are call'd T>efidenti a Morticr. MURTAR-PIECE, a fliort Hiece of Ordnance, very thick and wide, pruper for the Carriage of Bombs, Car- caffes, Snells, Stones, £^c. See Ordn anc e. Bomb, Car- cass, iS^c. Theie are two kinds Mortars ; the one hung, or mount- ed on a Carriage with low Wheels, after the manner of Guns, call'd Fendent or Hanpn^ Mortars: The other fixed on an immoveable Bafe, call'd Standing Mortars. At the hca.i of tlie Bore, or Chafe of rhe Mortar^ is the Ch^mber^ for ih^- Charge ()f Puwtier. This is ufuaily made ("yitnOrxal, all bur the Bafe, wiiicJi they make Herni- fpht.rical : Tho' fome of the lattr Enrireers prefer Sphe- rical (.hambers ; as the Surface of thofe Deihg lefs, under equal C.ipacities, make kis Refiitance to the Gun-Powder. bet (.HAM BER. < Tht I liu knefsof the Mortir about the Chamber is to be much [jrearer than about the Chafe ■ by reafon the Gun-Powder makes a much greater Effort about the Chamber than elfcwhere. The Diameter of the Chamber to be much lefs than that of the Bore ; by rcxfon Bombs, Shells, i$c. are much lighter than Bullets of equal Dia- meters ; and, confequenily, lefs Powder fuffices. See Bullet. To ch.irge, or load a Mortar^ the proper Quantity of Gun Powder is put into the Chamber ^ and if there be any vacant fpace, they fiil it up with Hay ; fome chufe a wooden Plug. Over this they lay a Turf 3 fomea wooden Tampian fitted to the Bore of the Piece ; and laflly the Bomb, taking care that the Fufee be in the Axis thereof, and the Orifice be turn'd from the Muzzle of the Piece. What remains, is to be fiU'd up with Hay, Straw, Turf, ^c. foasthc Load may not be exploded uithout the utmofl Violence. See Charge. The Quantity of Gun-Powder to be ufed, is found by dividing the Weight of the Bomb by 50. Tho' this Rule is not always to be flriclly obferved. See Gun-Fowd^r. To elevate the Mortar, fo as its Axis may make any given Angle with the Horizon 5 they apply the Artillery- Level, or Gunner's QMadrant ; the ufe whereof fee under the Articles Level and Quadrant. An Elevation of 70 or ho Degrees is what is commonly chofefor rendring Afonars mod ferviceable in cairing Shell's into Towns, Forts, S^c, tho' the greatett Range be at 45^. See Range. If all Mortar-Fieces were, as they ought to be, exaflly Similar, and their Requifites of Powder as the Cubes of the Diameters of their feverai Bores j and if their Shells, Bombs, CarcaiVes, 'i£c. were alfo Similar, then, compa- ring like with like, their Ranges on the Plane of the Ho- rizon, under the fame Degree of Elevation, would be equal ; and, confcquently, one Piece being *ell proved, /. t. the Range of the Granado, Bomb, Carcafs, ^c. be- ing found to any Degree of Elevation, the whole Work of x\\& Mortar -Fiea'. would become very eafy, and exafl. But fince Morrtirj are not thus Similar, 'tis required that the Range of the Piece at fome known Degree of Eleva- tion be accurately found by meafuring 3 and from hence all the other Ranges may be determined. Thus, to find the Range of the Piece at any other Eleva- tion required 3 fay, as the Sine of double the Angle under which M O R ( ^83 ) M O R which the Experiment was made, is to the Sine of double the Anale propofed, fo is the Range knoWn to the Range rcquirea. ;juppofe, fur inftance, 'tis found that the Range of a Piece elevated to 50 Degrees is icqo "Yards j to find the Range uf the fame Piece with rhe jame Charge when elevated to 45 Degrees : Take the Sine of ^o'', the doubltj^ of 30'', and iTiftke It the firil Term cf the Ride of Three j the lecond Term tnuft be the Sine of 90*^, the double of i^'^^ ; and the third the given Range icco 1 The fourth Term will be ;5io, the Range of the Piece at 45*. If the Elevation l>e greater than 45*, Inlkad of doubling ir, take the Sine of double its Complement to 90''. As fuppufe the Eleva- tion of a Piece be 50"^, take the Sine of So'', the double of 40*^; Again, if a determinate Diftance to which a Shot is to be caft, be given, and the Angle of Elevation to produce that EftV£l be required ; the Range known muit be the firit Term in the /<"/t 0/ Three, which fuppofe looo Yards j 1'he Range propofed, which we fuppofe 1600 lards, the fecondTcrmj and the Sine of 60 double of the Eleva- tion for the Range of loco Yards, the third Term. The fourth Term will be found the Si«e of 4^*^, 52', whofe half ii'^j 55'» is the Angle of Elevation the Piece mull have, to produce the deiired Eff.:(S. And if 21*^, 55' be taken from 90'^, you will have 68*^,4' for the other Ele- vation of the Piece, with which the fame Effect will like- wife be produced, p'or the greater Eafe, and to avoid the trouble of finding Sines of double the Angles of propofed Elevations, GahUo and To-rriccUi give us the following Table, wherein the Sines of the Angles fought are had by iiifpeiK-^n. ^ TABLE of Sine; for the Ranges of }AoRr ars. D,:gree&. Degrees. Ranges. Degrees. Degrees Ranges SO 0 0 0 0 0 I 349 66 24 7431 S8 2 65 25 1660 S7 3 1G45 S4 16 7S8J Stf 4 1 ;>i2 63 27 8090 85 84 5 17, « 61 28 8290 6 61 29 S480 85 7 24.19 60 30 SCido 8 2)5tf 59 ?■ 882s 81 9 ;o90 58 S988 80 10 3420 57 33 9135 79 L I ;74, or beginning State : The other a Sphacelus^ which is a prrfc^>, or finifh'd Mortification. See Gan- grene and Sp n AC ELus. MORTMAIN, a Term in Law, figoifying an Aliena- tion of Lands and Tenemenrs to any Guild, Corporation, or Fraternity, and their Succeffors ; as Kifhops, Parfons, Vi- C.rs, b--C ALiENATlON. Such Alienation may not be done without the King's Li- cence, and that of the Lord of the Mannur } or of the Kin« alone, i*" it bo immedii-.-ly holden of him. The Prrlidcms and Gavernours uf the Hofpitals may, without Licence in A'^OfOK.';;;:,. purchafe Land, Si''-"- not ex- ceeding the yearly Value of 3000/. Star, 14. Car. 1. Tlie Word l.tcraUy denotes Dead-hUmd, being a Com- pound of M'j", dr;ad, and Mum, Hand. Thus Hattoiiian de FerL Feudal, fuys, Manus mjrtita locutio ejl qtiie ajio'patur de lis quorum poffe^o^ ut ita d cam Immortalit ejt ^ quia nuyiqiiam h^ercdem habere defment. Q^ua de caufa re* nunqn ini ad priorem (Jominum revertitHr. 'Nam Manus pro folf^lfone dicitm-j Mortua per Jntphrafin pro Immortali, ^c. I he Reafon ot the Name proceeds from this, that the Services and other Profits due for fuch Lands, fhould not, without fuch Licence, come into a dead Hand, (M«/;mioi-f,) i.e. into a Hand as it were dead, that is, fo dedicated to God, or pious Ufcs, as to be different from other Lands, Tenements, or Hereditaments, and never to revert to the Donor, or any temporal or common Ufe. Hottoman de- fines Moft-main to bc the PoffefTion of thofe who are, as it were, immortal, becaufe they never ceafed to have Heirs 5 fo that the Edate never reverts to its firff Lord. Main, Hand, being ufed for PoffefTion ; and iVort, Deed, by An- tiphrafis, fur immortal. MORTOISE, or Mortise, in Carpentry, iSc. a kind of Joint, wherein a Hole or Incifion, of a certain Depth, is made in the Thicknefs of a Piece of Wood, which is to re- ceive another Piece, call'd a Te«o?;. SeeTENON, The Word is originally French. Borcl derives it from mordere, to bite, MORTUARY, is a Gift left by a Man at his Death to- his Parifli-Church, for a Rccompence of his Perfonal Tithes and Offerings, not duly paid in his Life-time. It is not propctly and originally due to an IncumVcnt from any but thofe of his own Patiih : But, by Cuffoni, in fome Places of the Kingdom, it is paid to the Parfons of other Parifhes, as the Corps pafTes thro them. MOSAIC, Mosaic HVrk, or, as fome chu fe to call h, MnsAic, from the Latin Opus Mtfvum ; an AfTemblage of little Pieces of Giafs, Marble, precious Stones, £?c. of va- rious Colours, cut fquare and cemented on a Ground of Stuc, ^c. imitaiing the natural Colours and Degradations of Painting. See Painting. In MOS C ^84 ) MOS In this fenfe Mofik Work includes "Marqmryym Inlaid they difpufe ordedy in Cafes 5 in Painting hiFrefco, 'tis Work^ ramerin^, ^c. But in the reftrain'd lenfe of the ufual to range all the different Teints in shells, and ac- Word, it only takes in Works of Stone, Metals and Glafs; cording to their Colour. thofe of Wood being diUinguiih'd by the Name of Mar- If 'tis dtfir'd to have Gold, either in the Ground of the qitetry or bilaymg. Painting, or in the Omament-s or the Draperies, they take Others dittihguiih otherwife between Mofaic, and 'Mar- fome of the Pieces of Glafs, form'd and cut in the man- 5«et>-v. In that properly call'd Mojaic, the feveral Stones ner juft inention'd. Thefe they moiften on one fide with are all of the fame Colour j and the Changes, and Dimi- Gum-Water, and afterwards lay 'em over with Gold-Leaf. r.utions of Colours, and Sn;ide.s are made by applying dif- They then put this Piece, or feveral Pieces at a tiine, on a ferent Stones one on another, burallofrhe fame Colour. Fire-lhovel, w hich they place in the mouth of the Furnace Marqueiry^ on the Contrary, cunfifl.s of Scones of difftrent after having firlt cover'd them with another hollow Piece Colours j and by thefe the feveral Colours, Shades, De- of Glafs. Here they continue till fuch time as they be- gradations, ^c. are exprcfs'd. come red-hot ; after which the Shovel is drawn out; all at The Critics are divided as to the Origin and Reafon of once, and the Gold becomes fo firmly attach'd to the Glafs' the Kame Mojaic. Some derive it from Mofaicum, a Cor- that it will never afterwards leave it. ruption of Mujakim, as that is of Mrfiz-um, as it was call'd Now, to apply thefe feveral Pieces, and out of 'em to a,mong the Rumans. Scaligcr derives it from the Gree^ ^.aoac, form a Picture, they firft make a Cartoon, or Defi^n ■ this and imagines the Name was given to this fort of Works, they transfer on the Ground or Plailler, by calt]uina,'as in as being very fine, and ingenious. A''t'ir«e7?/;j is of opinion Painting in Frefco. See Fresco. they were fo call'd, bccaufe ex. tllis FitJuns orHabamur Mn- As this Plailkr is to be laid thick on the Wall, it will continue frefh and foft a confiderable time, fo that there Mofaic feems to have taken its Origin from Favln^ : may be enough prepar'd at once to fcrve three or four days. The fine Effed and Ufe of Pavements, compofed of Pieces It is compos'd of Lime made of hard Stone, with Bricfc- of Marble of diiiercnt Colours fo well join'd together, as dufi: very fine, Gum-Tragacanih, and Whites of Eggs ; that when dry'd they might be joli/li'd, and the whole when it is thus prepar'd, and laid on the Wall, and made liiake a very beautiful and folid Body, which continually the D-^fy^n of what is to be reprefented, wicii Plyers they trtjdden upon, and wafiied with Water, was not at all ila- lake out the tittle Pieces of Glafs, ranging 'em one after maged ; gave the Painterihe hint ; who foon carry'd the another, and ftill keeping Piridily to the l^ght Shadow, dif- Art to a much greater Perfection : fo as to reprefent Fo- ferent Teinis and Cidours reprefented in the Defign before ; liages, Mafques, and other GrotLfque Pieces of various prefi~ing or flatting "em down with a Ruler, which fervcs Colours, on a Ground of black (.a white Marble. In fine, both to fink 'em within the Ground, and to render the obferving the good Effeft which this kind of Work had in pavements, and finding tliat it refilled Water, they pro- ceeded to line Walls therewith, and fo make various Fi- gures for the Ornament of their Temples and public buildings. But Nature not producing Variety of Colours enough for 'em in Marbles, to paint all kinds of Objects, they be- thought of counterfeiting 'em with Glals and Metal Co- lours j which fucceeded fo well with 'em, that having gi- ven all manner of Teints to an infinite number of little Pieces of thefe two Matters, to coimterfeit Stones of va- rious Colours, in order to get more Colours i the Workmen arranged 'em with fo much Art, that their Mofaic feem'd almofl to difpDte with Paintings. This way of rcprefenting Objcfls having this advantage, that it refills the Injuries of the Air as well as Marble itfelf 5 and even grows more beautiful with Time, v/hich effaces all othej: kind ot Paint- But the Moderns arc gone further, and fetting afide Glafs and Metals, as too mean Materials, have introduced, along Surface even. Thus, in a long time, and with an infinite deal of trou- ble, they finifh the Work, which is {liU the more beau- tiful, as ihe Pieces or Glafs are more uniform, and rang'd at more equal heights. Some of thefe arc executed with fo much julhiefs, that they appear as fmooth as a Table of Marble, and as fini/li'd and mafterly as a Painting in Fref- co; with this advantage, that they have a fine Luflre, and will hold almofl for ever. The fineif Works of this kind, that have defcended to us, and thofe whereon the Moderns have retriev'd the Art almoft loft, are thofe of the Church of St. ^^fies, for- merly the Temple of Bacchm a.t Rome; at Fifa, Florence^ and other Cities of Italy. The moll erteem'd among the Works of the Moderns, are thofe of Jofefh Fine^ and the Chevalier La7ifranc, in the Church of Sr. Ttrer at Rome. There are very good ones likewife at Venice. Mosaic Work of Marble ^ and frecious Stones. Thefe two Kinds oiMofaics bear fo near a relation to each with the fineif Marbles, the richeit of precious Stones, as other, as to the Manner of Working, that to avoid Repeii- Lapis, Agat, Cornelians, Emeralds, Turquoifes, ^c. tion, we Oiall give em both under one; obferving, by Of thefe three Kinds of il/i/y^/V-Work, that of colour'd the way, wherein the one differs from the other either in Glafs and Metals is now little in ufe, tho of a furprizing the fawing or the ranging of the Stones. ' Lullre and Dur^.blenefs : of the other two, that of Mar- Mofaic of Murhle is ufed in large Works, as in Pavements bles alone is in common Ufe; the Afofaic of precious of Churches, Bafilics, and Palaces ; and in the Incruflation Stone being fo very dear, that the few Workmen who ap- and Vaneering of the Walls of the fame Edifices. As ply thcmfelves to it, make little clfe but petty Works, Ornaments for Altar- Pieces, Tables for rich Cabinets, i^c. Tho out of thefe muit be excepted that fumptuous Cha- pel of the Dukes of Titjcany, which has btcn lo long in hand, and which, if ever it be finifli'd, will be a nohle Monument of the Magnificence and Piety of thofe Princes, that of Stones, efpccially ^rsciotis Stonesy 'tis only ufed in fmall Works, as before ob/erv'd. The Ground of Mofaic Works wholly Marble, is ordi- narily a inifijve Marble, either white or black. On this Ground the Dcfign is cut with a Chiffel, having been firll calqued. When 'tis dug of a fufficient Depth, i.e. an Inch well as of the Patience anrecioits Stones j there are required o half. They then with an Inflrumenr, which the Italians thcr and moredelicate Inftruments than thofe ufed in Mar' cM Bocca di Cane, make other Pieces fquar-, and others of ble; as Wheels, Drills, Tin Plates, ^f. ufed bv Lapida- different. Figures and Sizes, as occafion requires; thefe ries, and Engravers on Stone. ' - • t " M O S ^s? ) MOS As none b;!t the richeU- Marbles and Stones enter this WorJv, ro make Vin go rhe further, they are fawn into the thiniifrlt Leaves imaginable, fcarce exceeding half a Ij'ne inlhicknefs; the Etoci to be faw'd, is faitcn'd firmly with Cords, on the Bench, only rais'd a little on a piece of Wood, one or two Inciies higii. Two Iron Pins, which are on one lide the Hio^k, and which ferve to faften if, iurve alfu to direft the Sav/, which with Pieces thus faw'd, arc -put into a Vice contrived for the purpofe ; and with a kind of Saw or How made of fine Brafs Wire, bent on a riece of Ipnngy Wood, together with Emery Ikep'd in Water, the Leaf is gradually fafhion'd, by following the Strekes of the Def}gn made on Paper, and glued on the Piece. See MAB.q_uE.TRY. When there are Piters enougb faften'd to form an entire Flower, or fome other Part of the Defign, they are ap- ply'd. The Ground that funoorts this Mofaic, is ufuaWy of Free Stone. The Matter wi.erewith the Stones are join'd togeih'-T, is a Mallic, or kind of Stuc, laid very thin on the Leaves as they are fa/Jiian'd i and the Leaves in this State, apply'd with Pliers. If any Contour, or Side of a Leaf, be not either rounded enough, or fquared c- nough, to Ht the Place where it is to be ufed, when 'tis too large, 'tis brought down with a Brafs File or Rafp, and when too fmali, is managed with a Drill, and other Lapi- dary-Infirumenis. Manner of mahng Mosaic Work of Gy^fm. The Gypfum is a kind of coarfe Talc, or a fliining tranfparent Stone, found in the ("^.uarries o{ Monttnartre near Paris, among the Stones thence dug to make the Plaifter of Paris: 'tis different from the 'praiiler, but retains the JJaine the Romans gave the Plailler, -Siz. Gypfum. Of this Stone, calcined in a Kiln, and beaten in a Mortar, and pafs'd thro a Sieve, they make a kind of artificial Marbles, imitating precious Stones, and of thefe compofe a kind of Mojaic Work, which comes little /liort either of the Dura- blenefs or Vivacity of the natural Stones ; and which has this advantage, that it admits of continu'd Pieces, or Paintings of entire Compartiments, without any Joining vifiblc. Seme mate the Ground of Plaiiler of Paris, others of Free Stone: if the former, 'tis fpread in a wooden Frame, of the length and breadth of the intended Work, and about an Inch and half thick. This Frame is fo contriv'd, as, the Tenons being only join'd to the Mortoifes by fingle Pins, they may be taken afunder, and the Frame be difmounted when the Plaifter is dry. This Frame they cover on one fide with a flrong Linnen Cloth, nail'd all around, which be- ing plac'd horizontally, with the Linnen at bottom, is fill'd with Plaifter, pafs'd thro a wide Sieve. The Plaifter be- ing half dry, the Frame is fet perpendicular, and left till tc be quite dry; then taken our,by difmounting the Frame. In this Mo/fl/c, the Ground is the moft important Part. Now to prepare the fifted Gypfum to be apply'd on this Ground, they diffolve and boil it in the beft Englifj Glue, and after mixing with it the Colour it is to bear, "the whole iswork'd up together into the ordinary Confiftence of Plai- iler ; and then taken and fpread on the Ground, five or fix Inches thick. It muft be obferv'd, that if the Work be fuch, as that Mouldings are requir'd, they are form'd with Gouges and other Inftruments. _ 'Tis on this Plaifter, thus colour'd like Marble or pre- cious Sronc, and which is to ferve as a Ground to a Work either of Lapis, Agar, Alabafter, or the like, that the De- fign to be reprefentcd is drawn; having been firft pounced or calqued. To hollow or imprefs the Defign, they ufe the fame Inftruments with the Sculptors; the Ground whereon they arc to work, not being much lefs hard than Marble itfclf. The Cavities thus made in the Ground, are fiU'd up with the fame Gypfum boil'd in (ilue, only diffe- rently colour'd ; and thus are the feveral Colours of the Original reprefentcd. To have the neccflary Colours and Teints at hand, they temper Quantities of the Gvpfum with the feveral Colours, in little Pots. When the Defien is thus fill'd, and render'd vifible, by half poli/liing ''it ' with Brick or fott Stone ; thsy go over it again, cut'ting fuch Places as are either to be weaker, or more fiiadow'd, and filling 'em with Gypfum ; which is repeated till all the Colours, added one after another, reprefent the Original to the Life. The Work being fini/h'd, is fcower'd with foft Stone, Sand and Water ; then with Pumice-flone, and laftly, poliili'd with a wooden Mullet and Emerv. Laftly, the Luftrc is i;iven ir, by fmeering it over with ©il, and rubbing it a long time with the Palm of the Hand ; which gives It a Luilre nothing inferior to that of natural Mar- hatch Me. take a Truel-full of each, and difpofe 'em in a Trough, without any order; then without mingling 'em, and only by_ cutting or croffing the Gypfum of each Truel once or twice wiih eich of the reft, they give 'em that beautiful Cor,fufion, which makes the Value of natutal Marbles: 0( thele ihey then make their Tablcs.or lay 'cm in a Mold, according to rhe Work to be done. As to Marquetry or Inhid^Vmk, the Anticnts were well ac- quainted with it, and ufed it for the adorning of their Beds, 'I'ables, and other Moveables; ufing for this purpofe Ivo- ry, and the richeil Woods. But Friar jolm od'erma feems to have contributed the moll to its PcrfeeTion, bv difco- vering the Secrerof dying Woods of all Colours and De- grees; by which means he was enabled ro imitate Paint- ing, and even ro reprefent Architeflure in Perlpcclive. 'rhey begin with fawing their Woods into Leaves, of tha Thicknefs of one or two Tenths of an Inch ; then taks Pieces of the Defign they are to follow, and fallen 'em to thofc Leaves, and with a little Steel faw the Contour of the Dclign. All that isneceffary being taken off with ihe Saw, they give the Shadow to thofe Places that require ir by placing the Piece in a hot Sand, or othcrwife, with the Dircflion neceffary to (hadow it tnoreor lefs. This done, they lay each Piece in its place, on a Ground of another Wood, as dry Oal;, and there fallen them with ftrong Glue. There are rwo orher Branches of Mofiic Work ; the one call'd Oamashenlng, or D:,mask-JVorh, confilling in an Af- femblage of Gold or Silver Threads, of which are fome- times fotm'd flat Works, and fometimes Baffo-Relievos. See DAMASIiEENING. The other is call'd SeS-KVi, confiding of Shells, arti- ficial Congelations, Petrifications, gfc. ufed in Grottos.' See SliKLL-Uork. MOSQUE, among the M.ihomehvn^ is a Temple fet apart for the EKCrcifc's of Religion. See Temple. There are Royal Mi/jiiej founded by the Emperors, as Solimama and 7 'c/jiiea at Conjt.incimfle ; and Privare I^ofnuei founded by Mufties, Viziers, Bafli's, S£c. they are built like large Halls, wirh Iflcs, Galleries, and Domes; and adorned on the infide with Compartiments, and Pieces On one fide is always found a Pool If 'tis only rcquit'd to make a variegated Table, or o- thcr Woik ol feveral Colours; without .Vo/a/c F igures, the Proccfs is fomcwhat diffcrenr. To this end, they only pre- pare feparately, in large Bowls, as many different Colours as Narure (hews in the Marble to be imiratcd, and after incotporaling 'em with the Gypfum and Glue-Water, they of Jrahtjque Work, with feveral Cocks The Turks have converted mod of the Chrifiian Churches into Mcfuucs. At the lop is always placed a Cref- cent. The Word comes from rhe Tm-kifi MefcUt, which pro- perly fignifies a Temple built of Wood, fuch as the Taiii firtt ufed. Hence the Sfamards derive their Mcfcheta, and the ltdum Mofdieci, and the French and En^/ifi Mo/me. ' Boret derives the Word from the Grsei .«oVx©- Calf, becaufe of the frequent mention of a Cow in the Mcoran. Others and with the greatell Appearance of Reafon, derive it from' the y^rah'w Mafchlad, a Place of Wor/hip. MOSSE, Cfnea in Natural Hillory, a little Plant of the Parafite kind, growing on the Barks, Efc. of feveral Trees as Oak, Poplar, Alb, Cedar, £i?c. See Parasite. ' The moftellecmcd, and odoriferous is rhat cf [he Cedar; it is of fome medicinal Ufe, being Adringent, and proper to Hop Hemorrhagies and Dyffenteries. The Aniienrs took the Mifs of Trees to be the Effeii of a Diforder or Difcompofure of the Texture of the Buik ; or at molt a kind of little Filaments arifing from the hark. But the Moderns find by feveral Obfervat'ions, that MoGes are all real, diilincl Plants, wbofe Seed, being ex-rctnety fmall, is inclofed in little Capfula-, which bjn'iing of themfelves, the Seed is carried off by the W'n:is, till falling on the Inequalities cfthe Bark of Trees, it is 'there llop'd, takes Root, and feeds at the expcnce of the Tree' as Mouldinefs does on Bread, See M;,ur,DiNESs, * The different kinds of Mo^ej are very numerous ; Monf. raillam reckons 157 feveral Species in the fingle Neigh- bourhood of Paris. There isalfo a kind of greenifii 5f»/i growing on human Sculls that have been long expofed to the Air, call'd Ufnsa, or Mifcr^/ Motion, is a continued, and fuccifBve Change of Place j or that State of a Body whereby it correfponds fucceffively to feveral ditft-renr Places, or is ptxfcnt fucceffively in feveral Pans ot Space. See Place. Ir, this A nfe, the Doflrine and Laws of MotioM make the Suhj^Cl: of Alethajiics, or Statics. See Mechanics, The antient Philofnphers confider'd Mlotian in a more general and extenfive Senfe. They defined it by a Paffage out of one State into another 5 and thus made fix Kinds, viz. Creation, Ge7!erat£0u, Corruption^ JugmentatioH, Diminu- tio7i, and Latioii, or Locil Motion. See Creation, Ge- neration, ^c. Some of the later Schoolmen reduce ihefe fix Kinds of Motiojz to four : The firft is general, including any PaCfage from one State to another j under which fenfe of 'Motion come Creatio}:, Fr-idt'.Frton, and Mutation. The fe- cond is a Paflage of fometbing already exilling from one State to another ; and thus Generation is a Motion. The third, a fucceffive Paffage of fomcthing already exilling from one Term to another ; and thus ^llterationmnA Accre- tion are Species ofMotioji. The laft, \s Lation, or Local Motion 5 and thus Walking hMlotion. But the latelt Philofophers unanimoufly deny any other JWorio?/ befidc Local Motion and reduce all the Species above-mentioned !o this one : So that we have here only to do wirh Local Motion j whereof the reft are only fo many different Determinations, or Effects. See Accre- tion, Alteration, Generateon, Phyfical Writers, both Antient and Modern, have ever been perplexed about the Nature and Definition of Local Motion. The Peripatetics define it by Atliis Entis in potentia, prout in potentia, Arill. 5. Phyf. c. z. But the Notion is too Abflrad and Mctaphyfical for our Days i and is of no ufe in explaining the Prop ernes of Motion, The Epicureans call it the Migration of a Body, or a part of a body, from one Place to another. On which Definition, the later Epicureans refine, and call it the Mi- gration or Pailage of a Body from Space to Space : Thus fubfl-ituting the word Space tor that of Place. The Cartejiani define M^tio^i a Paflage, or Removal of one Part of Matter out of the Neighbourhood of thofe Parts immediately contiguous thereto, into the Neigh- bourhood of others. Which Definition agrees, in effci5>, with that of the (- cure.i?:s i all the Difference between 'em confining in this, thii what the one calls Body and Place; the other calls Matter, and conti'ZHOiis Parts. L^orelli, and ottier late Writers after him, define Motion more accurately and fully, the fucceflive PalTage of a Hody from one Place to another, in adeterminate time, by being fucceflively contiguous to all the Parts of the iiuer- niediati. Space. Motion, then, they agi Cz to be the tranflation of a Po !y from Place tu Place : But they differ infioirely when they come to explain whtrein this Tranflation conliifs. And hence their Divifions of Motion become exceedingly pre- carious. yirijiotle, and the Peripatetics, divide all Motion into Na- tural and Fiolent. NfitKrii/ Motion is that wh'ch has its Principle, or mo- ving Force, wiibin the moving Body. Such is that of a Stone falling towards the Centre of the Earth. 77u/e;;i Motion is tiiat whofe Principle is without and againU wh,ch the moving Body makes a Reiiftance : Such is that ot a Stone thrown upwards. The Moderns generally divide Motion into yjbfolnte and Relat'fje. ylhjolnte Motion is the Change of'Place, in any moving Body ; whoie Celtrity, therefore, will be meafured by the Quantity of the abfoiute Space which the moveable Body runs thro', Rilati'De Motion is a Mutation of the Relative, or vul- gar Place of the moving Body ; and has its Celerity ac- counted by the Quantity of relative Space run thro'. Others divide Motion into Proper, and Improper or i-b- rsign. Proper Motion is a removal out of one proper Place into another, winch hereby becomes proper, as being po^- feffed by this Body alone ; in excluiion ot all others : Such is the Mof/oH of a Wheel in a Clock. Improper, or Extraneous, or Foreig?t, or Cow>ko« Motion is the Patlage of a Body out of one common Place into another common Place: Such is that of a Clock when moved in a Ship, tf^c The Rcafun of all this Diverfity feems to arife frotn the not attending to the diff;:;rcnt Meanings of the Vi/ords j but comprizing all in one Definition and Diliinftion ; whicii they fliould ratiier have diltmguifh'd info fevera' parts. Some, e. g. in their Definitions of Motions, conlider the moving Body, not as it regards the adjacent Bodies, but as it regards immoveable and infiniteSpace Other?, again confider rhe moving Bt^dy, not as it reg.irds infinite Space but as it regards other Bodies vallly remote. And others laltly, confider the moving Body, imr as it regards remote Bodies, but that Surface only to which ir is contiguous But thefe various Mtanings once fettled, the Difpute clears up ; for as every thing that moves may be confider'd in thefe three feveral Manners ; there hence arife three feveral kinds of Motions ; whereof that which regards the Parts ot infinite immoveable Space, without confideration of the circumambient Bodies, may be call'd ahfolutely and truly proper Motion. That which regards circumambient Bodies vattly remote, which may themfclves poflibly be moved, we ciil rclative/y common Motion. The laft, which regards the Surfaces of the next contiguous Bodies, in as much as it may want all both abfoiute and common Ma- tio7i, we z-3X\ relatively proper Motion. J. An abjolately and truly proper Morion then, is, the Ap- plication of a Body to different Parts of infinite and im- moveable Space. This alone is proper and abfoiute Motion, being always generated and changed by Forces impreQ'd on the moving Body iticlf, and by thofeonly; and being that to which the real Forces of all Bodies to pur others in Motion by impulfe, are owing ; and to which thofe Motions are proportioned. But this Mofiuw we cannot invelligate or determine accurately ; nor can we dillinguiih, when two Bodies are impell'd on each other, in which of the two, ■V. g. that which appears to move the more fwiftly, or the other which appears to move more ilowly, and perhaps even to be at reir, the real Motion, and, confequently, the real P'orce whence the impulfe arofe, is placed ; not being able to determine whether the Centre of Gravity, or of the whole Syllem (which is but a Point in infinite Spacej is itfelf at reft or in Motion. 1. Relatively common Motion is a Change of the Si- tuation of a Body with refpcil to other remote circum- ambient Bodies j and this is the Motion we fpeak of, when we fay that Men, Cities, and the Earth itfelf moves round the Sun. This is alfo the Motion we mean, when weellimate the Quantity of Motion, and the Force any Body has to impel another; For inllance, if a wooden Sphere, fill'd with Lead to make it the heavier, be cadfrom the Hand we ufe to efl:!mate the Q^uantity of Mlotion, and the Force which the Sphere has to impel another, from the Celerity of the Sphere and the Weight of the included Lead ; and that truly with regard to the Force itfelf, and the Effeft thereof as it falls under our Senfes : But whe- ther the real Power or Motion be in the Sphere which ap- pears to ilrike, or in the Earth which appears to be llruck, that, as has been obferved above, we cannot de- termine. Laflly. MOT ( S87 ) Laffly, Relatively proper Motion is the racceffivc Appli- As it is allow'd ( MOT c.uunct a Body io\hc diScrc^n part, of the contiguous AUnbu^. c^]^:^.^,tt^t^^J^:r^^^ and to what Caulc it owes its a«r;«,w(/o«. iJodics. Andihisis the ufuully underiiood in Thy- lical Difputcs about tht; Natures of particular things 5 as when we ky, ihar Htat, Sound, Pluidity, i^c. confiit in jV'oaoK. 'J'his mull be added however, that by fucceflive Application of a Body, its whole Surface, laken tooether mult bcconceiv'd lucccffivcly appiy'd to diiFercnt parts of Lontiguuus Bodies. From theic ieverai Definitions o£ Motion arife as many Definitions of Fhtt: For wlien we fpeak of Mution (or Rett; truly snd abfolutdy proper, then i'iace is that part of infinite and immoveafak Space which the Body fills. When of Monoji rehuitiy conniio?!^ then Place is a part of any Space or moveable Dimon/ion. When oi M»tim rela- tively f'ro^cr, (which is realty very Improper) Place is then the bifriace of the next adjacent Bodies, or fenfible SjiacCh. See Pl."! ce. The Definition of ReH: is pretty well agreed on 3 but whether Reji be a mere Privation of Motioiz, or any thing pofitive, is hotly difputed. h'Lilehraiich^ and others, main- tain the i'nrmer fide of the C^uedion. Canes, and others, the latter: Thefelalt contend, that a Body at reR, has no power to pcrlevere in thatreii, nor to refiit any Bodies that would dcftrcy it ; and that Motion may as well be call'd a Ctflation of Relf, asRcH of Afotion. See Rest, T he miiin Argument urg'd by the former is this : Sup- pofe a Globe at rcfl, and luppofe God ceafe to will its Tsii j What will be the Coniequcnce ? it will reit Itiil. Let it be in Motion, and let God ceafe to will its Motion ; What will be the Confequence ? it will ceaie to move i thatis, beatrelf ; bccaule the Power whereby a Body in Motion pcrfeveres m that it ate, is the pofitive Will of God • TheGmcfi^mm^miiln, rliat the Creator at the Begin n.ng tmpreljd a eeriam Quantity of Mo„„„ on Bodies; and that under fucn Laws, as that no part of it Jliould b I ioH, but the iime Portion of Mot:on be conllantly ferv'd in Matter. pre- H I n ^"5""=,"'"°"'''"''^> 'li" if ""y moving Body finite on any other Bod,, the fo,i„.r lofcs „o mor= ot us Matmi than it conimuniLates to the latter. Sec Car- 1 his l>rinciu!e Sir If. Ne-M„ overturns in the followina \Vor,|s : —— ' JVoni the various Couipofitions of twS M,t„m, II IS raanituil there is not always the fameOuan _ tity of ^/«;.„ i„ ihe World i tor if two Balis join^ „- _ ge.her by a flender Wire, revolve with an uniform ,V«;„„ ^ about their common Centre, of Gravity, and at the famo ^ "lie that Cenirc be carried uniformly in a rii^htLinedrawn _ in ihellai.eot their circular Aioiiw, 5 the Sum odhey)-/,) _ i.on ot the iwo Ball,, as often as they arc in a risht Line ^diawn from tneircemmon Center of Gravis, will be _ greater rh.in the Sum of their A, ori or} of their M.- iioji. A nd this IS contirmed by Experiments • For if r i:, , , „ , o -- ' ™° Pendulums be let fall from equal heiehts fn their Quantities of Matter, and that any Body i.riitiiig ' as to Hrifce full o„each other; if thole Pendulums be of anotihet w,th any given Velocity, wul move It in the faine 'Lead, or foft Clay, they will lofe all, oralmod all thdr Proportion which its Deniitv. or Ouantirv nt M-iUf-i- K^^ ' A^.,^;^.^ . ...-1 :c .L... l.. _r. t^i „■ . ciicir Propottion which its Deniity, or Quantity of Matter has to tiie Denfity or Quantity of Matter of the other, Motion has ever been efteem'd a Species cf Quantity ; ^ Momn ; and if they be of any Elaliic Matter, they will ^ only retain fo much Motwn as they receive f-om their ' elallic Puwer." If it be asked, how it happens that Mo- aiid its Uuamum, or Greatnefs, which we otherwife call its tio,, being ,hus continually loll, 'ftould be cintinua'uV Mo»j«m,.», IS eliimatiid paidy frotii the lengtn ^ ncwed : The fame Author adds, that it ' ■ - which the moving Body defcribes ; as ifa Body pais over Line of too Feet, the Quantity of its Mution is greater than if it pafled over ic Feet : and partly from the Quan- tity of the Matter moved together, or at the fame time /. c. not from the Bulk or Kxteiifiun of the Body, but from its Mafs or Weight ; the Air, and other fubtile'Mat- ters wherewith the Pores filled. not entring in:o the account : As if a Body of two cubic Feet run over a Line of 100 Feet, the Quantity of its Itetion is greater than that of a Body of one cubic Foot defcribing the fame L whatever Motion one Whole has, that is had in one the other ; and the Aftlioii of the Whole is the Sum of the Motion of all its Parts. Hence it follows, that for two unequal Bodies to have equal Motions, or Momentums, the Lines which they pafs over muil be in a reciprocal Proportion of their Mafles or Weights, e. if one Body have three times the Quantity r n- „ ■ . , • ■- " renewed from lome ailive Principles, ' Such as the Cauje of Gravity ' whereby the Planets and Comets preferve their MotmJm their Orbits, and all Bodies acquire a great degree of ' Motion In falling ; and the Ciufe of Fermentation, where- ^ by the Hearr and Blood of Animals preferve a perpetual ' W^armth and Motion ; the inner parts of the Earth are ^' kept continually warm'd ; many Bodies bum and Ihine ; ' and the San himfelf burns and Ihines, and with his Light 'warms and chears all things,' f.ii alfo from the Cin/e of le ; For Elajiioity, l,y taliicb Bodies rejiore tlxmfehes into their fo Half of f;,i;/<)-ei i) ' For we find but little !iW«tio« in the ormer World, ^ except what plainly flows, either from the aflive Prin- ' ciples, or from the Command of the Wilier.' SeeGRA- viiy, Fermentation, Elasticity, t^yc. As to the Contimtation of Motion, or the Caufe why a Body once in Motion conies to petfevere in It ; this has been cx- ,- , e k' c r • ■ - J "emely controverted among PhyficalWriters, and vetfoIlowK! ot Matter that another ha.s the Line it runs over mull be very evidently fr.m one of the grand Laws cif Nature " I , of the Line run over by the other. If two Bodies then That all Bodies perfevere in thdr prefent State, wheth ^ ot Kelt ot Motion, unlels dillutbed by fomc foreign Powers Moiio/J therefore once begun, would be continued i;; t»»i, were it to meet with no interruption from external Caufes ; as the Power of Gravity, the Refiftance of the Medium, Ifc. So that Jrijloile's Principle, Whatever is moving afte^ls Refl, is groundlefs. See Nature. Nor has the Com mmicttion of M'lion, or the manner how a moving Body comes to affect another at Reft; or how much of its Mlotion is communicated by the firft to the laft, been Icls difputed. See the Laws thereof under the Word Percussion. Motion, we have obferv'd, istheSubjcfl of Mechanics j and Mechanics is the Bafis of all Natural Philofophy ; which IS hence denominated Mecianical. See Mecha- nical. Ineffefl, all the Phenomena of Nature ; all the Chan- ges that happen in the Syflem of Bodies, are owing to iWoiion ; and are direfted according to the Laws theieof.'' Hence, the modern Philofophers have appiy'd thctn- felves particulatly to cultivate the Do^lrine of Motion ■ tiiflened to the two Extremities of a Balance or Lever have their Mafi'cs in a reciprocal Ratio of their Diftances from the fixed Point, when thefeare moved they muft de- fcribe Lines in a reciprocal Ratio of thefe Mafles. For infiance, if the Body A (Tab, Mechanics Fi^. 3c.) have three times the Mais or Weight of B, and each be laden'd to the Kxiremilies ot the Lever A B, whofe Fulcrum or fixed Point is C, in fuch manner as that the Diflance B C is ihtice the DiOance C A ; the Leiet can't incline either way, but the Space which the lefs Body moves will be thrice the Space AD, which the greater moves: So thar their Motions will be equal ; nor is there any reafon why the Body A tending downwards, v.^. with focr Degrees of Motion, fliould raife the Body B, leather than B tending downwards likewife with the fame font Degrees of Motion, Jliould raife the Body A : They will therefore be in Equilibrio. On which Foundation de- pends the whole Doflrine of Mechanics, Hence that gteat Problem of y/rciimcrffs, Hot m t^ti, yUi Kin'tm ; with any given Power, howr iVnall foever, to ^_ raifeanv Weightgiven, how great foever ; for by increa- invefiig'^ate the Properties, Laws, £?c, thereof; by Obfer 'h^P"-"- "f '^-Body^ vation. Experiment: and the Ufe of Geometry, ' And to iiiNics and £,(^1- this we owe the great Advantages of the modern Philofo- phy above that of the Ar.tieiits ; who were extremely dif- regardful will be increafed infinitely. See MOT ( ^88 regardful o^Motion ; notwithflanding thit they fcem'd fo fenfible of its Importance, that they defined Nmire by the firft Principie of ji/of/o?; and Keli: of the Subllance where- in it is. See Nature. j^mong all the Antients, there is nothing extant of Mo- t'lOHy excepiing fome things in v^rc/j;>«£Aj's Books de Mqui- foTideranubtt:. "To Galhleo, a great part of the Doftrinc of Jlfo(/o« is owing. He firll difcover d the general Laws of M'>i'o»^ and particularly of the Defcsnt oi heavy Bodies, both at large, and on mclhiiJ Planes i the Laws of the M'^tion ot Fio;cUi/es; the Vibrations of Pcn.^ulums^ and llretched Chords ; with the Theory of RtJ/jimices, ££?c. which were things tlic Antients had no Noiion of See Descent, Pendulum, Projectile, Resistance, His Difciple, Tnn-iceHiy polifh'd, and iniprov'd on the Dikovtries of his Mailer i and added to them divers Ex- periments concerning the Furceof PerculTion, and the Equi- librium of Fluid;, See FLuir. M. Hfy^c;is improved very tonfidcrably on the Dijflrine of the Pendulum ; and both he and boreUt on the Force of Percuflion. Laiily, A'tza- Lcib.itz, Varig7iQ7i, Marhtte, ££fc. have brought the DotTrine oi' AMioji iiill nearer to Perfection. The general Lnzvi of Motion were firlt brought into a Syftem, and Analytically dt-moiiftrated together, by Dr. IVallis, Sir Chrijiofher Wrcn^ and M. Hnyieiis all much ahout the tame time j the firft in Bodies not Elaitic, and the two lall in Elaftic Bodies. Lailly, the whole Do6lrine of Jl^orio;;, including all the Difcoveries both of the Antients and Moderns on that head, was given by Dr. U'nHis in his M^-chnnica^ or de Motiiy publilhcd in i SSp. Motion may be confider'd either as Eqiuihle, and Vni- jiirm j or as ^Accelerated, and Retarded. Equable ModofH again may be confider'd either as Simple, or as Compai-.r.d. Compound Motion may again be coniider'd either as Reiliii- And all thefe again may be confider'd either with regard to themfelves, or with regard to the manner of their Pro- du£lion, and Communication, by Pcrcuflion, i-lc. ZquaUf. Motion, is that wherein the moving Body pro- ceeds with the fame unvaty'd Velocity. The Laws of Equable hloimi are as follow ; the Reader being only to obferve, by the way, that by Mafi we mean Quantity of Matter or Weight, exprefs'd by by 'Mo- mentum, the Quantity of Motion or Impetus, exprefs'd by J J by Time^ the Duration of l/hiion, exprefs'd by T ; by Velocity^ its Swiftnefs, noted by V j and by Space, the Line it defcribes, noted 6". See Mom ent, Mass, Velocitv. Thus if the Space be =/, and the Time =r; the Ve- locity will be alfo exprefs'd /:': And if the Velocity z=iv, and the Mafs := the Momentum will likewife be = f »i. Laivs of Uniform or Equable Motion. Thcer. I. The Velocities V and -v of two Bodies moving equably, are in a Ratio compounded of the direft Ratio of the Spaces S and and the reciprocal Ratio of the Times T and r. Demonil. For V = S : T and ^ : : / : t. therefore V : f : : S :/ "T"r V:-^: : Sr: / T Q. E. b. Scbol. This and the following Theorems may be il- luftrated in Numbers j thus luppofe that a Body A, whofe Mais is as 7, that is, 7 Pound, in tht» time of 5 Seconds paflcs over a Space of 12 Feetj and another Body B, whofe Mafs is as 5, in the time of 8 Seconds pafTes over aSpaceof i6Fcet. We Ihall then h2vcM=7, T = S = i25 m=5, r=8, y = ii5. And therefore V =^ 4, ■y = 2. The Cafe then will {tand thus : V:,z;::Sr:/T. 4 : 1 : : 12. 8 : Id. 3 : :4 :2. Cm-ol. IfV^'c, then will S f =/T ^ therefore S :/ : : T : That is, If two Bodies move equably, and with the fame Velocitie?, their Spaces are as the Times. Schol. The Corollaries may be illuflrated by Numbers, in like manner as the T heorems. Thus fupporeS=i2, T = o,/ =8, I — 4. Then will the V = 12:^ = 2, andu^S :_4:=^2. (>onlequently by rcafon \ —■v S:f=^r:t 12 : 8 — d ; 4. Co:ol. 1. If V=:t', jnd alfo t=Tj then will S — f, and fo (he Bodies moving equably, will defcribe equal Spaces in equal Times. Theor.]l. The Spaces Sand/, over which two Bodies pafs, ate in a Ratio compos'd of the Ratio of the Times T and f, and of the Velocities V, ^c. ) MOT Dem. For V : : : S ; :/T Therefore V/T = ^3 r And S VT:t;t In Numbers n : iC : : 4,5 : 2 : S : : 12 : 16 CoroL If S =/, V T = t^ t, fo that \:v tT. that IS, if two Bodies moving equably, defcribe equal Spaces; their Velocities will be in a reciprocal Ratio of their Times. In Numbers, if we fuppole S = 1 2, and/= 12. Be- caufeS = VTand/=;"ji3 ifV=:2 and "^=3, T= 6 and J = 4. So that we have Y : v = r ; T 2:5=4: tf. Cor. 2. Further, if t = T, then will V^^' 5 and there- fore Bodies which move equably, defcribe equal Spaces in equal Times, and have their Velocities equal. T/peoy. III. Ihe Momenta, or Quantities of MoWo?;, of two Bodies moving equably, I and i, are in a Ratio com- pounded of the Velocities V and z; and the MafTes or Quantities of Matter M and w. Dem. For I = V M,and 1 = -j m ; therefore I : i : : V M : m i that is, ihe Ratio of I to i is compounded of the Ra- tio of V KJ and of M to ut. Q. E. D. Cor. I. If I then will V M = vm; and therefore Y -.v^M. That is, if the Momenta of two Bodies mo- ving equably, be equal ; their Velocities will be in a reci- procal Ratio of their Mafles. Cur. 2. And therefore if M=:m, V = 'y; that is, if the Momenta and Maffes of two moving Bodies be equal, their Velocities are alfo equal. TAeor. IV. The Velocities V and v of two Bodies mo- ving tquably, are in a Ratio compounded of the direct Ra- tio of their Momenta I and /, and the reciprocal one of their Mafles M and >n. Dem. Since I : i : : Y M. : v m l-vm ==,Y M V : D = bK : i M Q, E. D. In Numbers 4 : 2 : :28.5 : 10.7 =4.1 =2.1 =34,2. Cor. I. If V=:t', then I;k=(Mj and thertfurt ^ 1 i =M : m ; tbat is, if two Bodies move equably, and w ' .j fame Velocity, their Momenta will be in the fame . ■ - with their Mafles. Cof.2. If M=w, I =:f ; and therefore if two ,t'>di^;., that have the fame Maffes, move eqLiably, and wi:,'' ■-<^;i.v.?. Velocity, their Momenta are equal. Theor.Y. In an equable Mo:;o7i, the Maffes of the Bo- dies M and m are in a Ratio compos'd of the direiSl Rstio of their Momenta, and the reciprocal Ratio ot theii Velo- cities V and V. Dem. Since I : i : : Y M : zi m Therefore l-vm=^ tY M M : j« ~ 1 ^. : V. In Numbers 7:5:: 28. 2 : 10.4 : : 7.1 : 5 : 1 : : 7 : 5. Cor. If M = m, then will I = / V j and therefore I : i = V:^'. That is, if two Bodies moving equably, havs their Maffes equal, their Momenta will be as their Velo- cities. In Numbers, fuppofe I=:r2, i = S, M=4, j« = 45 then will V = i2 : 4=:5, and -a =:8 : 4= 2. Therefore I : i — Y : v 12 : 8 = 5 : 2. Theor. VI. In an equable Motio?!^ the Momenta I and * are in a Ratio compounded of thedired Ratio's of the Maf- fes M and m, and the Spaces S and/, and the reciprocal Ratio of the Times T and t. Dan. Eecaufe Y :vi : St :fT And 1 : ; : : V M : -j m Therefore V I : 7. / : : V M S f : f w/T I:;~MSf:J«/T Q.E. D. Cor. r. Ifl=;, then will MS( —^/Tj and therefore M :m=/T;Sr, fi :/= «^T : M i and T : r M S : m/i that is, if two Bodies moving equably, have their Momen- ta equal, f. Their Mafles are in a Ratio compounded of the dire£l Ratio of their Times, and the reciprocal one of their Spaces. 2. Their Spaces are in a Ratio compounded of the dired Ratio of the Times, and the reciprocal one of their Mafles. 3. Their Times are in a Ratio, com- pounded of their Mafles and their Spaces. Cor. z. Further. ifM=w ; then will /T = Sm and therefore S :/= T: ti that is, if two Bodies moving e- quably, have their Momenta, and their Mafles equal, their Spaces are as their Times. Or. MOT MOT Cor. 5. Again, if T =:f, then will S = /- Two moving Bodies therefore, whofe Mafl.cs and Momenta are equal, defcribc equal Spaces in equal 1 imes. Cor. 4. If befides I = /, S =/ j then will m T = M r j and therefore M : »* : : T : t j that is, if two moving Bo- dies, whofe Momenta are equal, pals over equal Spaces, iheir Mafles arc proportionable to their Times. Cor. 5. Further, if T~r, then will M = ;« ; and there- fore Bodies, whofe Momenta are equal, and which moving equably, defcribe equal Spaces in equal Times, have their Maifes equal. Cor. 6. If befides I — ;, T—r; then willMS='«/i and therefore S :/ : : ?k : M 5 that is, the Spaces pafs'd o- ver in the fame time, by two moving Bodies, wliufe Mo- menta are equal, are in a reciprocal Ratio of their Maffes. Theor.MU. In an equable Motion, the Spaces S and / are In a Ratio compounded of the direct Ratio's of the Mo- menta I and i, and the Times T and f j and the reciprocal one of the Maffes M and w. Deni. Becaufc I : ; : : M S f : m/T, J ?nfT: : i MS t Wherefore S ;/ : ; i T 7« : ^ t M. Q, E. D. In Numb. 12 : 16 : : g. 28 ; 5.8.10. 7 : : 5.4-1 : 8. 2.1 Cor. r. IfS — / ,lTjK = /tM5 and therei'bre I : i : : t M : 1' M : 7« ; : I T w T : ( : : / M ; I >n. If two Bodiee therefore move equably over equal Spaces, i. Their Momenta v;i]l be in a Ratio compounded of the direil: Ra- tio of the Mafles, and the reciprocal one of the I'imes. 1, Their Mafles will be in a Ratio compounded of the Momenta and the Times. The Times will be in a Ra- tio compounded of the direct Ratio of the Maflies, and the reciprocal one of the Momenta. C01-.2. If bcfide S=/, M then will I T =i f ; and therefore 1 : i : : f : T. That is. Bodies whofe Mafles arc equal, have their Momenta reciprocally proportionable to the Times in which they move over equal Spaces. Cor. 5. IfbefideS=/, T — fj then will i M = I »^ 5 and therefore two Bodies moving equably, and thro equal Spaces in equal Times, have their Momenta proportion- able to their Mafles, Tieor. VJII. Two Bodies moving equably, have their Mafles M and w, in a Ratio compounded of the diretfl Ra- tio's of the Momenta I and i, and the Times T and r, and the reciprocal one of the Spaces / and S. Dan. Bccaufe I : i : : M S f : m/T, I m/T = i M S f. Wherefore U :m -.IT f : i tS. Q. E. D. In Numbers 7 : 5 : : 28. : 8. 10. 12 : : 3. 7. 2. : I. IC. 5 : : 7 : 5- Again 1 1 i : : M Sr : ffi/T. In Numbers a8 wo : : 7. 12. S. : 5. n5. 5 : : 7. 4, r : 5.2. I : : 28 : 10. CW.i.If M = »K, then will IT/= itS ; and there- fore I : i : : f S : T7, S :/: : I T : / r, and I : r : w S : I/. That is, in two moving Bodies, whofe Mafles are equal ; 1. The Momenta are in a Ratio compounded of the direft Ratio of the Spaces, and the reciprocal one of the Times. 2. The Spaces are in a Ratio compounded of the Momenta and the Times. 3. The Times are in a Ratio compounded of the dircd Ratio of the Spaces, and the reciprocal one of the Momenta. Cor.i. If bcfide M=w, T = f, then wili;S= I/i and therefore l:i : S :f. That is, the Momenta of two Bodies, whofe Mafles are equal, are proportional to the Spaces pais'J over In equal l imes. Thcor.lX. In equable Mono7;j, the Times T and f are in a Ratio compounded of the direil Ratio's of the Mafles M and fw, and the Spaces S and/, and the reciprocal one of the Momenta I and i. Dtm. Bccaufe I :/■ : : M Sf : ?«/"T, I»i/T = /MSf. Wherefore T : t : i iUS -Am f. Q. E. D. Cor. If T = f, ; M S = I m /; and therefore I : i : M S imj, M : m : : 1 S : / S i and S : 1 h« : ; M. That is, if iw(y Bodies, moving equably, defcribe equal Spaces in e- qual Times ; i. Their Momenta will be in a Ratio com- pounded of the MaflTcs and the Spaces, z. Their Mafles will be in a Ratio compounded of the direfl Ratio of the Momcn-.a, and the reciprocal one of the Spaces. 3. The Spaces will be in a Ratio compounded of the direfl Ratio of the Momenta, and the reciprocal one of the Mafles. The Laz'js 0/ Motions uniformly accelerated and retarded. Def. By a.n accdtrated Motiun^ we mean fuch a one as continually receives frefh Acceflions of Velocity 5 and it is fflid to be uniformly acceleratfd, when In equal Times its Acceffions of Velocity are equal. See Acceleration. By a retarded hktio};, is underflood fuch a one, whofe Velocity continually decreafcsj and it is faid to be uniform- ly retarded, when its Decreafc Is continually proportional t<* the Time. See Retardation. Axiom. A Body once at refl, will never move, unlefs fome_ other Body put it in Mono;i ; and when once in A^£>- tioUy it will continue tor ever m move, with the fame Velo- city, and in the fame Direflion, unlefs it be forced from its State by fomc other Caufe : This is evident from that fundamental Axiom in Philofophy, That there is nothing without a fufficicnt Caufe. Cor.i. A Body therefore moved by one only Impulfcj muft proceed in a right Line. Cor. 1. It then it be carry'd in a Curve, It muft be afied on by a double Power 5 one, whereby it would proceed in a right Line 3 another, whereby it is continually drawn out of it. Axiom I. If the Acllon and Re-a6tion of two (^tmel^ftic) Bodies be equal, there will no Maxim} enfuej but the Bo- dies after Colilfion, will remain at reft by each other. Axiomz. If amoving Body be impell'd in the Direilioii of its MotioM^ it will be accelerated ; if by a refifting Force, it will be retarded. Heavy Bodies defcend with an acce- lerated MmioM. Theor.X. If a Body move with an uniform Velocity 5 the Spaces will be In a duplicate Ratio of the Times. Dem. For let the Velocity acquir'd in the Time t be =3 then will the Velocity acquir'd in the Time 2 f = 2 % in the Time 3 r = 3 zj, ^c. and the Spaces correfponding to thofe Times, f, 2 r, 5 (, ^c. will be as f 4^. r, 9 ■» ^c. (by Theor. z.) The Spaces therefore arc as i.^-^.^c. And the Times as 1. 2. 3. H^c. that is, the Spaces are in a. duplicate Ratio of the Times. Q; E. D. Cor Ino-Motioji uniformly accelerated, the Times are in a fub-dupllcate Ratio of the Spaces. theor. XL The Spaces pafs'd over by a Body uniformly accelerated, increafe, in equal Times, according to the un- equal Numbers i. 5. 5.7, ^c. Dem. If the Times, wherein a moving Body equably ac- celerated, proceeds, be as I. 2. 3.4. 5, SJ'c. the Space pafs'd over in one Moincnt, will be as 1, in 2 Moments as 4, in 3 as y, in 4 as 16, In 5 as 25, H^c. {Theor. 10.) If there- fore you fubrtraft the Space pafs'd over in one MoiTient, ■viz. I. from that pafs'd over in two Moments, 4. there will remain the Space corrcfponding to the fecond Minute, viz. 3. In the fame manner may be found theSpace pafs'd over in the third Minute, 9 — '4=5. The Space corrc- fponding to the fourth Minute, \6 — 9 = 75 and fo of the reft. The Space of the flrft Minute therefore is as i, that of the fecond as 3, that of the third as 5, of the fourth as 7, of the fifth as 9, ^c. Therefore the Spaces pafs'd over by a Body, moving with an uniformly accelerated Motion, in equal Times increafe according to the unequal Numbers, i. 3. 5, 7. 9, l^c. Q. E. D. Thtor. XII. 7'he Spaces pafled over by a Body equably accelerated, are in a duplicate Ratio of the Velocities. Dem. For fuppofing the Velocities to be V and -v, the Times T and r, the Spaces S and s ; then will V : f : : T : t. Wherefore, fince S : s ■.-.I' : t\ (Theor. 10. ) CoroL Wherefore In a 3fufo« uniformly accelerated, the Velocities are in a fubduplicate Ratio of the Spaces. Theor. Xlll. Heavy Bodie.s defcend with an uniformly accelerated lilotion, in a Medium void of Reliftance ; if the Spaces be not very great. Don. Since heavy Bodies defcend with ene accelerated Velocity, the Power of Gravity muft continually impel them. But the Puwerof Gravity Is found the fame at all Diflances from the F.arth where the Experiment can be made. Therefore heavy Bodies muft be driven down- wards in the lame manner in equal times. If then, in the firft Moment of Time, they be impell'd with the Velo- city they will be impell'd with the fame Velocity v in the fecond Moment, and with the fame in the 3d, 4th, i^c. Moments. Now the Medium being fuppofcd void of all Refiftance, (by I-lyfoth.) they will flill retain the Velocity they acquire 5 and by reafon of their equal frefli Acqui- fitions every IVlInure, they will defcend with a Motion uni- formly accelerated, Q^. E. D. See Gravity. Cor. 1. The Spaces of Defcent therefore, are in a du- plicate Ratio of their Times, and alfo of their Velocities, {Theor. ko ,i2.j and increafe according to the uneven Num- bers r, 3, 5, 7, ■^^^^■c. {Theor. 11.) Cor. 2. The Times, and likewife the Velocities, are in a fubduplicate Ratio of the Spaces, (Theor. to, 13.) Schol. In fuppoiing heavy Bodies to move thro' aMedium void of Refiftance, we exclude, at once, all manner of Im- pediments, under what Name foever they be eall'd, or from whatfoever Caufe they proceed ; and among the reft, that Motio!7, wherewith the Earth rcTolving on its Axis, carries with it heavy Bodies during the time of their fall j tho' this is not fenfible at any moderate diftance. Schol. It was GaliUus who iirft difcover'd the Law of the Defcent of heavy Bodies ; and that too by Reafuning j 7 L iho' MOT ( 00 ) MOT tho' he afterwards confirm'd it by Experiments. Thefe Rejol. and Bern, Since the Spaces are as the Squares of he repeated- again and again, and ftill found the Spaces the Times, {Theor. 13J find a fourth Prnpoirtional to the pafs'd over as the Squares of the Times : But it muftbe Square ot the Time wherein the Bod)' falls thro' the obferved, that the Spaces are not to be taken in the g'ven Space, the Square of the Time wherein it is to Lengfh, but the Height of the Tlane, as will be Jhewn t^ll thro' the Space required, and the Space required ; hereafter. See Descent. *i-:^f^..--L d -i^ 1 , ^ The fame Eiiperiments were try'd, tho' in a different manner, by Rlcdoha and Gnmahlus, who let fall feveral ftony Balls of the fame Bulk and Weight, S Ounces each, from various Altitudes ; meafuring the Times of Defcent by the Vibrations of a Pendulum. The Refult of their Experiments is fecn in the following Table. Vibrati- ons. Time. space at the End of the Time. Space pafs'd over in each Time. Rom, Feet. Rom. Feel. 5 10 10 JO I 4C 40 90 15 20 2 50 20 90 160 50 70 = ; 4 1 0 250 90 6 C 15 12 2 0 60 45 18 3 0 135 7> 24 4 0 240 IC5 1'heoy. XIV. If a heavy Body fail thrn' a Medium void of Refifltincc, and from a Height not very great ; the Space it paflTes over is fubduple of that which it would pafs over in the fame time, with the- Velocity it has acquir'd at the end of its fall. Dem. Let the right Line A B (Tab. Mechanics, Fig. 51.) reprefent the whole Timcot'a heavy Body's Defcent^ and let this be divided into any Number of equal Parts ; thisfourth ProportionaUviil be the Space required. £.g- Suppofea Ball to fall 290 Feet in four Minutes time; and 'tis inquir'd what rime it will fpend in falling 155 Feet? ""Jbe Anfwer will be found = / (135.1$: 240) — (135 : 15 = 3. Thcor. XV. If a Body proceed with a Motion uniformly retarded, it will pafs over half the Space which it would defcribe in the firac time by an equable iVor;o«. J}oK. Suppofe the given Time divided into any Number of equal Farts ; and draw the right Lines B C, S H, Q_I^ PM thereto, which are to be as the Velocities correfpon- ding to the Parts of Time 0, B S, B Q^, B P, B A ; Idas letting fall the Perpendiculars HE, 1 F, M G,-he rightLinca C E, E F, C G, C B may be as the Velocities loft in the Times HE, F I, G M, A B ; that is, B S, BQ, BF B A. Since C E : C F : : E H : F I, C G : G B; : G U :BA, (rbeor.i-^.) A B C will be a Triangle, (Eucl. III. ij.) IfBi, therefore, be a Moment of Time, infinitely fmai!, its Motion will be uniform ; and, therefore, the Space defcribed by the moving Body will be as the little Area M b c C (Tbfoy. r.) The Space therefore defcribed m the Time is as the Triangle ABC, viz. as the Sum of ail the little Areas B b c C. Now rhe Space defcribed by the Body moving uniformly with the Velocity B C in the Time A B, is as rhe Reflangle A B C D, (Tbeor. 5,) there- fore the former is half of this. I. 4r.) Q^E.D. Thcor. XVI. The Spaces defcribed by a Mution uniformly retarded, in equal Times, decreafe according to the uneqal Numbers 7, 5, 3, i. pern. Suppofe tlie moving Body in the firft Inftant of Time to pafs over feven Feer j I fay, that in the fecond if it be equally retarded, it will pafs over 5 5 in rhe third 3 j to the Abfciffcs A P, AQj AS, A i3, draw the right Lines and in rhe fouith i. Forlet'the equalPartsof rhe Ax,* PM, Q^I, SH, BC, which maybe as the Velocities ac- of the Triangle B S, SQ, CX.P, PA (fame f/^.) beasthe quired, in thofe Times, in the Defcent. Since then A P : Times ^ the Scmiordinates BC SH Q I M as the ACi: :PM:CLJ, AP:A S::PM :S H, {End. VI. Velocities at the beginning of any Time ; the Trapezia 2.) If then the Altitude of the Triangle A B C be con- B S H C, S CLt H, Q_^P M I, and the Triangle P A M as ceiv'd to be divided into equal Parts infinitely fmail ■■, the the Spaces delcribed in thofe times, as it appears they will ^onof/ being uniform in aMoment^of Time infinitely fmall i be from Theor. 16. Let then BC = 4 and B S S the little Area P;) M m =^ Pf . P M as the Space pafs'd over in the little Moment of Time Pp. (Theor. z.) There- fore the Space pafs'd over in the Time A B, will be as the Sum of all the little Areas, i. e. as the Triangle ABC, But the Space that would be defcribed in the lame Time in equal Times are A B with the uniform Velocity B C, being as the Reilangle £■ D. A B C D, (^Tbeoy.i.) it will be to the other Space as r to -. (£«c/. 1. 41.) Cor. The Space therefore pafs'd over in half the Titne A B, with the Vclociiy B C, is equal to the Space which the heavy Body pafTes over frum a State of Refl in the whole Time A B. FroUemi. The Time wherein a heavy Body fill Is from *ny given Altitude being given ^ to determine the Spaces it paffes over in each part of that Time. Refol. Let the given Altitude be=:^i, the Time = f the Space pafs'd over in any part of that Time x. Then by Cor. of Tbeor, 13. = (2^P. =PA^r. Then will SH = 3, Q 1 — 2^ P M = I, (TW. 13) BSHC= (4 + 0 i:^=i. SCilH=(3+2) i:2=f (2_PMI=: (2 + 0 I : 2 = i P A M = |. Confequently the Spaces defcribed 11 4, 7, that is as 7, 5, 3, r. For tbe Cauft\ &c. of the yfccekration of Motion, fee Gravity and Acceleration. For the Caufe, Sic. of Retardation, fee Resistance and Retardation. The Space therefore pafs'd over in the firft part of Time IS a : 1^, and therefore that pafs'd over in the fecond part of Time =5 fl it'j that pafs'd over in the third part=^ < : r , ^c. (Ihld.-) ^ ' E. gr. In the above-mentioned Experiments of Ricciohn^ Laws of the Commujtication of Motion. The Laws wherein Motion is communicated by the Colli- fion and Percufhon of Bodies are very different, as the Bo- dies are chher Ehjtic ov Utielajiic, and as the Dircflion of the Stroak is ohlique or diretJ, What relates to the Collifion of Bodies not EL-iJlic, when the Stroak or Shock is direct, will come under rhe follow- ing Laws. T/jeor. XVII. Amoving Body ftriking againfl: a Body at reft, will communicate Motion rherero, and both will pro- ceed in the direction of the firft ; and the Momentum, or CJuanrity of Motion in the two, will be the fame after the Scroak, as in the fingle one before it. Dem. For 'tis the Aftion of the firft that gives the latter all the Motion it has ; and 'tis the Re-a£Hon of the latter that takes off any part of the /V/ono?? of the firft. Now, as the Ball defccnded 240 Feet in four Seconds. The Space Afiion raid Re-aSiun are always equal, the Momentum'ac therefore pafs'd in the firft Secopd = 240 : 1 (> = j 5 j that ^ in the next Second = 15.3 =45 : that in the third = 15.5 Troh. 2. The Time of a heavy Body's Defcent in a Me- dium void of Refinance thro' any given Space, being given. quir'd by the one muft be juit equal to that loft by theo- ther; fo that there is neither lofs nor gain from the Stroak. Corol. The Velocity after the Stroak is found by multi- plying the Mafs of the firft Body by its Velocity before fecond Body. CoToI. Hence if a Body in Mot/o^; ft rilte on another moving i n the fame direftion, but more flowly, both will continue their 'Motion in their firft Dirci5tion i and the Momenta, or Sum of Motion will be the fame after as before the Stroak. CoroL If two equal Bodies move againft each other with todetermine the Time wherein it will pafs over another the Stroak, and dividing the Produfl by the Mafs of the given Space, in the fame Medium. " — ' Refol. and Dem. Since the Spaces are as the Squares of the Times, (Tbeor. 13.) to the Space the heavy Body moves in the given Time, the Space required in the Queftion, and the Square of the given Time, feek a fourth Propor- tional; this will be the Square of the Time required : Irs - - .^ . - fquareRoot therefore being extraaed, will yield the Time equal Velocities, after the Stroak they will both remain at required. E.gr. In io^JL^s fur Lraden Bullets, are little Iron Pinchers, each of whufe Branch--'s terminates in a H-Jinifpherical Con- cave which when Jhur, form an entire Sphere. In the Lips or Sides where the Branciies meef, is a little Jet or Hole, thro' whicn the melted Lead isconvey'd. The Glafiers have two kinds of Moulds, both ferving to caft their Lead. In the one they caft the Lead into long Rods or Canes fit to be drawn thro' the Vice, and the Grooves formed therein. This they fometimes call hi'^ot-Moidd. In the other they Uoidd thofe little Pieces of Lead a Line thick, and two Lines broad, faften'd to ihe Iron-Bars. Thefe may be alfo caft in the Vice ; which fee, fee alfd Gr- ASIERY. The Goldfmiths ufe the Bones of the Cuttle-Fifh to make Moulds for their fmall Works i which they do by preffing the Pattern between two Bones, and leaving a Jet or Hole to convey their Silver thro' after the Pattern has been taken our. Moulu, among Mafons, a Piece of hard Wood or Iron, hollowed within fide, anfwerable to the Contours of the Mouldings or Corniflies, l^c. to be form'd. This is otherwife call'd Calliber. Moulds among Plumbers, the Tables whereon they caft their Sheets of Lead. Thefe they fometimes call finiply TiiWfJ. Befides thefe, they have other real MoH^f^; wherewith they cali Pipes without Soldering. See both the one and the other under Flumkery. Moulds among Glafs-Grinders, are Wooden-Frames whereon they make the Tubes wherewith they fit their Per- fpetSlives, Tclefcopcs, and other Optic Machines. Thefe Moulds arc Cylinders, of a Length and Diameter according to the Ufe they are to be apply'd to, but always thicker at one end than the other, to facilitate the Aiding. The Tubes made on thefe Moulds osc of two kinds 5 the one fimply Fafte-Board and Paper ; the other of thin Leavesof Wood join'd to the Pafte-Board. To make of thefe Tubes to draw out, only the laft or innermoft is form'd on the Mould ; each Tube made afterwards ferving as a Mould to that which is to go over it ; bur without taking out the Mould from the firil. SeeTunE. Moulds ufed in Basket-Making are very fimple, con- fifting ordinarily ofa Willow or Ofier turn 'd or bent into an Oval, Circle, Square, or other Figure, according to the Baskets, Panniers, Hampers, Hots, and other Utenfils intended. On thefe Moulds they make, or more pro- perly meafure all their work ; and accordingly have 'em of all Sizes, Shapes, ^c. Moulds among Tallow-Chandlers are of two kinds : The firil for the comiTion dipp'd Candles, being the Veflel wherein the melted Tallow isdifpufcdjand the Wick dipp'd. This is of Wood of a triangular Form, and fupported on one of its Angles, fo that it has an op^Miing of near a Foot a-top. The other ufed in the Fabric of Mould Candles, is of Brafs, Pewter, or Tin : Here each Candle has its feveral iWoiiW. See each under Candle. Mould among Gold-Beaters, a certain Number of Leaves ot "Velom, or pieces of Guts, cut fquare, of 3 cettain fize, and laid over one another, between which they put ihe Leaves of Gold and Silver which they beat on the Marble with the Hammf;-. They have four kinds of Moulds j two whereof are of Vtrlom, and two of Gut. The fmnUeft of thofe of Velom confiits of forty op fifty Leaves, ttie largeft contains an hundred. For the others each contains five hundred Leaves. The Monldsh-xvc all their feveral Cafes, ccnfiftlng of two pieces ot Parchment, lerving to keep the Leaves of the Mould in their Place, an.i prevent their being diforder'd wi:h beating. See G0L.T1- Beating. Mould C^adles^ fee Mould-C'itivi.K. Mould, in Agrlculrure, Hyc a kind ofSoI! ; call'd alfo Lo.im and naturalEarih. See SoiLand Loam. The bcti Mould ior the Gardeners Purpofes, according to Mr. Evelyn, is that of a blackifli grey Colour ; accor- di;ig 10 ^\lr.Sw!rzer, that of a lively Chefnur, orHazle Co- lour, which cuts like Butter, and does nor il;ck obftinately, but is Jhorr, tolerably light, breaking into fmall Clods, may be temper'd without crulling or chapping in dry Wea- ther, or turning to Mortar in wet. Next to Chefnut, arethe dark Greys, and Ruffet. The light and dark A/ll-Co!ours are naught, being thofe com- monly found on heathy Ground. The yellowi/h red is worJl of all. MOULDINESS, a Term apply'd to folid Things that corrupt in the Air, from foiDe hidden Principle of Humi- dity therein ; and whofc Corruption flicws itfelf by a cettain white Down, or Beard on their Surface. 'ibis Mniddiusfs, when view'd with a Mlcrofcope, affords a curious Spe<51acle j being a kind of Meadow out of which arife Herbs and Flowers, fome only in the hud, others full blown, and others decay'd ; each having Its little Root, Stalk, and other Parts : The Figure whereof may befcen in Hookas Micrograph'ta. The fame thing may be obferv'd of the Motddmsjs that gathers on the Surface of liquid Bo- dies. Mr. Bradley obferv'd this Moi(W.';?e/i in a Melon very ac- curately 5 and found the Vegetation of thefe little Plants exceedingly quick. Each Plant had its Seeds in great A- bundance, which did not fcem to be three Hours e'er, they began to fhoot up, and in llx Hours more the Plant was cumpleat and inature, and the Seed ready to fall. \^hen the Fruit had been cover'd with a Mould {or fix Days, its vegetative Quality began to abate, and was intireiy gone in two Days mors ; then came on a Putrefaftion, and the fle/hy Parts of the Melon yielded nothing elfe but a link- ing Water, which began 10 have a gentle Motion in its Sur- face, and in two days time Mapgots appear'd, which in fix more laid themfelves up in their Bags, where they conti- nu'd four days ; and then came out Flies. MOULDING, any thing cail in a Mould, or that feems to have been fo ; tho' In reality it were cut with the Chiflel, or the Ax. MOL'LDINGS, or Ornaments, in ArchiiciSlure, are Pro- jctfures beyond the Naked of a Wall, Column, Wainfcot, ^c. the Affemblage whereof forms Cornijhes, Door-Cafes^ ■and other Pieces of Architedure. SeeQRNAMENT. Siime MonldiTJ^s are crowned with a Fillet ; others arc without, as the Doucine, Talon, Ovolo, Torus, Scotia, Aftragal, Gula, Corona, ^c. See each under its proper Article. Again, fome are adorned with Sculpture, either hol- low'd, or In Relievo. Mouldings are in Architcflure what Letters are jn Wri- ting. By the various Difpodrionsand Combinat'ons of jWon/fi- )77'.'j, may be made an infinite Number of different Pro- files for all forts of Orders and Compofitlons, Regular and Irregular ; and yet all the kinds of Mouldings may be re- duced to three, viz. Square 3 Round j and Mixed, i, e, com- pofed of the other two. For this E-eafon, thofe who invented the Gothic Archi- teflurc, rcfolving to recede from thefe pcrfeft Figures, and affe£iing to ufe others lefs perfeiF, to dlftingui/h their Ar- chitei5lure from the Antique, introduced a new Set of whimfi- cal Mouldings and OrnaiDents. See Gotiii c,GROTESQ_uE,^tr. Regular Mouldm^^s are either large, as Doucines, Ovolos^ Guh.s, Talons, Torui's, Scotlas, Scc. or fmall, as Fillets, Jftra~ 'rals, Co7!ges, Sic. which fee In their places, Doucine, Ovolo, Astragal, Fillets, MOULINET is a French Term properly fignifying % little Mill 5 being a diminutive of Moulin, Mill. It is ufed in Mechanics to fignify a Roller, which being croffed with two Levers, is ufually appiv'd to Cranes, Cap- {lans, and other iorts of Engines of the like nature, to draw Cords, and heave up Stones, Timber, ^c. See Cap- stan, i^c. Moulinet is alfo a kind of Turn-Stile, or Wobden- Crofs, which turns horizontally upon a^Stake fixed in the Ground ; ufually placed in the PalTages to keep out 7 M Horfcs. M O U ( w ) Hotres, and to oblige Paffengcrs to go and come one by one. Thefe Mouli«els are often fet near the Out-worjts of For- tifiea Places at the fide of the Barriers, thro' which People pafs on toot. MOULTING, in Nntutal Hiflory, fee Mo MOUND, a 'icrtn ufed for a Bank, Rampart, or other Fence, particularly of Earth. MOUND, in Heraldry, is a Ball or Globe with a Crofs upon it, fuch as our Kings are ufually drawn whh, holding it in their left Hand, as they do the Scepter in the Right, See Gi-oiiz. MOUiSiT, MoNs, an Elevation of Earth, call'd olfo MoMitahi. See Mountain. The Words Moniit and Muuntain are Synonymous j but the former is fcarce ever ufed in Profe, unlefs when accom- panied with fome proper Name, as ymmt^ex, in Anatoiny, the lower poin- ted i,nd of the Heart ; liius call'd frotn Macro the Point of aSpcar, tjc. Sec Heart. Hence (Kncra.-Mifrf is apply'd to whatever tends to, or ter- minates m a Point, like that of a Spear; as Mncranitwi. Or, iSc. See En5ifo!5mis CirtiLi^o. MUCOUS GImdi, are three Gljnds which etnpty them felvcs into the Urethra; f„ call'd by the fird Difcoverer, Mr. Lm'fer, irom the Tenacity of the Liquor which they leparare. The two firft difcover'd of thefe, are about the hignefs ^ h-cuib Bean, of a deprefs'd oval Figure, and a yclljivilh Colour, hkc the rnjuna, being on each fide the Bulb of the cavernous Body of the Urethra, a little above it. Their excretory Duels, fprliig troin this internal Surface, next the inner Membrane oi the Urethra ; into which they open a uttle lower by two dirtinS Orifices, juft below its bend- ing under the Oj^i Fdis \„ Pcrhuio, where they difcharge a tranfpatentvilcous Liquor. Thethird»J^pu!.i. And at this day, in Sfain the Coaches of the Nobility, and even Princes, are ufually drawn by no other than Miks. Wc are affured that M. Thujuus, firlt Prcfident of t^arliament, had the fourth Coach in J-.-.1KCC, in 1585 i till which time every body rid to Court, Parliament, ^c. on Mdss. SeeCoiCH. Mules, among Gardeners, a fort of vegetable Mon- flers produced by putting the I'araui facurjarn cf one Spe- cies of Plant into the Tiixd or Utridc of another. See Ge- neration of FUrds. ,,, , . r I ri The Carnation and Sweet-Willtam being Ijmewhat ahJce in their Parts, particularly their Flowers i the /.in/w of the one will iinpregnate the other; and the Seed fo cnliven'd will produce a'PIant differing fiom either. An Inliance of this we have in Mr. rVirchild'a Garden at Hoxiun 3 where a Plant isfeen neither Sweet-WilUam, nor Carnation, but re- fembling both equally j which was ralfcd from the Seed of a Carnat?on that had been impregnated by the Farina of the Sweet-William. Thefe Couplings being nut unlike thofe of the Mai-ewich the Afs, which produce the M(/e j the fame Name is given 'em ; and they are like the others, un- able to multiply their Species. This gives us a hint for altering the Property and Taile of any Fruir, by impregnating one Tree with the Farina cf another of the fame Ctafs 5 c. gr. a Codling with a Pearmain, which will occafion the Codling fo impregnated to laft a longer time than ufual, and be of a fliarper Tafte. Or if the Winter-Fruits be fecundated with the Dull: of the Summer-Seeds, they will decay before their ufual time. And from this accidental Coupling of the Farina of one with the other, it is that in an Orchard where there is va- riety of Apples, even the Fruit gather'd from the fame Tree differ in their Flavour, and in the Scafon of Ma- turity. Tis from the fame accidental Coupling that pro- ceeds ihe numberlefs Varieties of Fruits and Flowers tais'd every Day from Seed. See Farina and Seed. MULIEBRIA, a Term fomeiimes ufed to fignify the Privities of Women j or fo much as is otherwife calFd, Cm7x- niis. See Pudendum, CuNNus,i^c. MULIER, a Term in Law, feeming to be a corruption of the Latin Me/ior, or the trench MeiUeitr^hctKr j and figni- fying the lawful Iflue born in Wedlock. 1 ho, according to Glamih, the lawful Iflue is rather call'd Jyiulkr than A^e//(Jr, becaufe begotten on l/mlieres, andnotof Concuhinx: For he calls fuch Iiruej?/(OJ M«/itf)-aioj ; oppofing them to Ballards. Agreeable to which, Breto7i has frere Midier, i. c. the Bro- ther begotten of the Wife; in oppofition to fere Baftard. The like feems to obtain in Scotland. For Skene fays, that Mulieratus f lilts is a lawful Son begot of a lawful Wife. If a Man have a Son by a Woman before Marriage, which is a Ballard and Illegitimate; and he after marries the Mother of the Ballard, and they have another Son ; this fecond Son is call'd Uulkr, and is lawful, and fliall be Heir to his Father. We fometimes alfo find 'em with thefe Additions, Bajlard e%ne^ and Midier puij7:e. MuLiER- was alio antiently ufed as an Addition, fnme fay for a Wife ; others for a Woman born in lawtul Wed- lock. The former fenfe is confirmed by Sir Edtvard Coke, who favs, that antiently Jvhdier was taken for a Wife, and fometimes for a Widow. /;?/?. Fol. 414. MULLET, in Heraldry, a Star of five Points ; as in the Figure adjoining. The Mi'Het is ufually the diffe- rence, or diftinguifliing Mark for the fourth Son, or third Brother, or Houle. See Difference. Tho it is often alfo borne as Cuat-Armour : As here ; Uuby on a Chief Pearl, two Mdlets Diamond ; being the Coat of the famous Lord Veridam, firll Sir Francis Bacon. ThcHeraldshold that the M«//ef reprefents a falling Star ; others, with more probability, take it for the Rowel of a Spur, call'd by the French Ivhlettc. Whence fume Authors will have it pierced. When it has fix Points, it Is not call'd a Mdkr, but a Siar. See Star. MULLET, or MoLETTE, a Ston-: flat and even at bottom, but round a^top ; uied for Grinding of Matters on a Marble. The A pothccaries ufe ylfii/Ztrj to prepare many oF their Ingredients ; Painters for their Colours, either dry or in Oil. Midlet is alfo an Inilrument ufed by the Glafs- Grinders 3 being a Piece of Wood, to one end whereof is cemented the Glafs to be ground, whether Convex in a Bafon, or Concave in a Sphere or Bowl, The MsiHet is ordinarily about lix Inches long, turn'd round ; the Cement they ufe iscompufed of Afhesand Pitch. ' MULSUM, or NluLSE, is a Liquor made with Honey and Water. See Hydromel. MULTA, or MuLTURA EpifcopS, a Fine, or final Sa- tisfaftion antiently given the King by the Bifliops, that they might have Power to make their laft Wills ; and that they might have the Probate of other Mens, and the gran- ting of Adminillration.". MULTANGULAR, any Figuie, or Body which hath many Angles, or pointed Cornet>. S.e Angle, MULTILAI'ERAL, in Geometry, is apply'd to thofe Figures ihat have more than four Sides or Angles. MULTINOMIAL iloonin Mathematics, arefuchasare compofcd of many Names, Parts, or Members, asfl-f-i -j- c-]-d, J5c. Slc Root. For the Method ^of raifing an infinite 'Multinomial to any given Power, or of extrading any given Root out of fuch a Power i fee a Method of M. ds Morjre in Fbilof. Trai/faB. MUI/riPLE, Multiplex, in Arithmetic, a Number which comprehends fome other Number leveral times. See Number. Thus is a Multifle of 2 ; or, which is the fame, 2 is a quota part of 6 j 2 lieing contained in 6 three times. And thus 1 2 is a Mvlvple of (J, 4, 3 j and comprehends the ill twice, the id thnce, the gd four times, Jl^c. Multiple K(jf/o, or Proportion, is that which is be- tween fuch Numbers. If the ieffer Term of a Ratio be an Aliquot Part of the greater j the Ratio of the greater to the leis is call'd MkI~ t/_p/e : And that of the lefs to the greater Sub-mult?^ le. See Ratio. h Suh-midtiple Number is that contained in the MK/t/^/e. Thus the Number i, 2, and 5 are Suh-muUif'lcs of 6 and 9. Duple, Triple, ^c. Ratios ; as alfo Sub-duplc5, Sub- triples, Sifc arc fo many Species o( Midtip!ea.nd Sub-multiple Ratios. See Duple, Triple, S^c. MULTIPLICAND, in Arithmetic, is one of the Faftors in the Rule of Multiplication^ being thatNumbcr given to be multiplied by another call'd the Multiplicator, or Multiplier. See Multiplicator. MULTIPLICATOR, in Arithmetic, a Number multi- plied by another call'd the Multiplicand. See Multi- plicand. The largeft Number is ordinarily made the Multipli- cand, and placed above the fmaller, or Midtiplicator , but the refult is the fame which foever of the Numbers be made MiiUip\ic3.nd iiT Multiplicator j 4 times 5, and 5 times 4 making the fame Sum. See Multiplication. MULTIPLICATION, the Aft of Maitiplyiiig or Increa- fing the Number of any thing. See Multiplying. Thus we fay the Multiplication of the Loaves in the Wil- dernefs. The Kcmaiiijis hold a real Multiplication of the Body of Jefus Chrift in the Euchatift j fo that every Communi- cant has a whole Body, ^c. It is ordained and eftabliflied, that none from hence- forth fhall ufe to mtdiiply Gold or Silver, nor ufe the Craft of Multiplication ; and if any the fame do, he Jhall incur the Pain of Felony. Stat. 5 He;/. 4. This Statute was made on Prefumptlon that fome F»r- fons skilful in Chymillry, zovildmuhiply or augment thofe Metals by Elixirs, or other Ingredients ; and change other Metals into very Gold and Silver. Vndcr Henry VI. Letters Patent were granted to certain Perlons (who undertook to perform the fame, and to find the Philofopher's Stone) to free themfrmn the Penalty in thefaid Statute. MULTIPLICATION, in Arithmetic, the Aft or Art of mtdaplyin^ one Number by another, to find the Product. See Product. Mnltrphcatmz, the third Rule in Arithmetic, confiffs in the finding of fome third Number, out of two others given i wherein, one of the given Numbers is contained as often as Unity isln the other. Or Multiplication is the finding what will be the Sum of any Number added to itfelf, or repeated as often as there ate Units in another : that Mt/np/icit/oK of Numbers :ndious kind of Addition. See Addition, IS a compen Thus MU L ( ^91 ) M U L Thus the MuUif'Uccium of 4 by 5 makc5 20, i. e. four times five amount to twenty ; which Algebraitts esprefs thus, 4X 5=20. See CharActek. In WK/i/^/icfltiow, the firft Faftor, i. e. the Number to be multiplied, or Muhiplicajid, is placed over that whereby it is to be multiplied ; (ll-e Multiplicand) andthcFaelum or Trodu^^ under both. An Example or two will make the I'roccfs 'MiUt'flicacion eafy, Suppofc I would know the Sum of 24? multiplied by S, or 3 times iij). Ojjeratioiji Multiplicand Multiplier Fadum, or Product 269 ■ 8 2152 Expllcamn. The taftors being difpofed, and a Line drawn under- neath, Cas in the Examfk^ I begin with the Multiplicator thus i 8 times} inake 72, fet down =, and carry 7 tens, as in Addition ; then 8 times li make 4.H , and 7 I carried, 5 5 i fet down 5, and carry 5 ; laftly, 8 times 2 make 16, and with 5 1 carried 21, which 1 pur down ; fo as coming to number the feveral Figures placed in order 2, i, s, 2, I find the I'rodufl to be two thoufand one hundred htty two. SeeNoMEEATiON. Now fuppofing the Faftors to exprefs things ot diftcrcnt Species, luz. the Multiplicand Men, or Yards, and the Multiplier Pounds 5 the Produdl will be of the fame Spe- cies with the Multiplicator. , . V I 1. Thus the Produa of 2fi9 Men or Yards multiplied by 8 Founds or Pence, is 21 57 Pounds or Pence; fo many of thefc going to the 2fi9 at the Rate <.t 8 apiece. Hence the lall ijfe of Mi'tt'lhcamn in Commerce, ^c. If the Multiplicaior cunfilis ot more than one Figure, the whole Multiplicand is to be added to itfelf, firft, as ohen as the tight-hand Figure of rh. Multiplicaior ibcws, then as often as the next Figure of the Multiplicator fiiews, and foon. Thus 421 X2^ is equal to4iiX ; and alfo 421 X 20. The Produfl ariCng from each Figure of the Multiplicator, Itiplied into the whole Multiplicand, is to be placed by Where the Multiplicator is not ccmpofed wholly of Inte^ gets; as it frequently happens in Eufinels, where Pounds are accompanied with Shillings and Pence ; Yards with Feet and Inches ; the Methods of Proceedure arc as fol- low : fir/rMeiW, Suppofe I have bought 57 Ells of Cloth at 15/. ic> J. 6 d. per Ell, and would know the Amount of the whole, 1 firll inultiply 37 Ells by 15 /. in the common Method oiMultifl iciUtoii by Integers, leaving the two Pro- duds without adding 'em up i then multiply the fiinc 37 Ells by 16 !• leaving, In like nraiiner, the two Praduds without adding 'em. LalHy, 1 multiply the fame ^7 by i\ic 6 d. the Produft whereof is zz-l d. which divided by 12, (fee Division) gives 16 s. 6 d. and this added to the Products ot the i(S the Sam will be dio j. tf r/. the A- mount of 3-/EUsati5J. 6 d. the Ell, Lailly, the i5ro w 6 d. are reduced into Pounds by dividing 'em by 20 : (Tee ReductionJ upon adding the whole, the Amount of 57 Ells at 13 /. 16 !. 6d, will be found as in the following 37 Ells At 1 5 Pounds. 37 Ells At 16 Shillings. 37 Ells At 6 Pence. 18 6 Produtfl 5 1 J 10 (J 610 6 Second Method. Suppofc the fame Queflinn 5 reduce tlie 13/. 1(5 I. into Shillings, the Amount will be 276^. re- duce 2715 t.into Pence, adding tf, the Amount will be 331?'^. Multipl) the 37 Ellsby 331S, the Amountwill be iii'j66d, which divided by 125 and the Quotient 10130 s. 6 d. re- duced inco Pounds by cutting cfF the lall: Figure on the right, and taking half of thofe on the left, yields 511 /. iQ J. 6 d. the Price of the 57 Ells, as before. Tho by thefe two Methods any i/Lhiplicatiojis of this kind may be effefted, yet the Operations being long, we fhall add a third much fhurter, by Miquot and j^h<^iiijit Parts : Obferving by the wav, that Aliquot Parts of any - -. . . , thing are thofe contained feviral times therein, and whicd thereof m^y rtand under that Figure of the Mulciplicator divide 'em without any remainder^ and that Aliquant Parts itfelf in fuch a manner, that the firft or right-hand Figure from which the faid Produaarifes. For Inftance Multiplicand — — — Multiplicator — ^ Particular Frodufl of 411 X 3 Particular Produa of ^zi X 20 The Total Produa 421 ^5 are other Parts of the fame thing compofed of feveral Ali- quot Parts : Both as in the following Table. 9683 of each Fro- the right- Thls Difpofition of the right-hand Figure dua, follows from the firft general Rule , hand Figure of each Produa being always of the fame De- nomination with that Figure of the Multiplicator from which Thus in the Example, the Figure 2 in the Produa 842, is of the Denomination of tens, as well as the f'S"^- the Multiplicator- For i X 20 (that is the z of 23) — or 1 put in the Place of tens, or fccond Place. Hence, it either of the Faaors have one or tiicre Cyphers on the t-hand, the MtUuplicamn may be performed without Aliquot Parts of a Found ofzos. lOJ. mahe half of 20 I. 5 /. a fourth. 4 J, a fifth, a J. a tenth. 1 J. a twentieth. 6 s. S d. a third. 5 /. 4 i/. a fixch. 2 J. 6 d. an Eighth. 1 J. 8 rf. a twelfth. I J. 4 f/. a fifteenth. 1 /. 3 i/. a fixteenth- 10 d. a twenty-fourth. 5 (/. a forty-eighth. AHquatJt Tavts of a VoUtid of 20 /* 3 /. an Aliquant Part conipos'd of a loth and a Ccth. 6 I. of a 5th and a loth. 7 I. of a 4ch and a 10th. 8 /. of two 5ths. 9 f. of a 4th and a 5th. 11 J. of a half and a ::och. 12 J. of a half and a loch. i3.f. of a half, a icth and 2oth. 141. of a half and a jth. 1 5 J. of a half and a 4th. 16 s. of a half, a 5th, and loth, 17/. of a half, a 4th, and loth. iS J. of a half and two 5ths. )i9j, of a half, a 4th, and jth. right- till the Produa of the other Fi- regarding the Cyphers, eures be found : To which they are to be then affix d on the right. And if the Multiplicator have Cyphers inter_ mixed, they need not to be regarded at all. Inftances ot each follow. To M'duply hy Jllqmt Farts is nothing elfe in effeft but to divide aNumber by 3, 4, 5> S^''- which is effeded by taking a 5d, 4th, or 5th, from the Number to be multiplied. Example. To Mdtiply, V. ^. ly 6 s. S d. Suppofe I have 347 Ells of Ribbon at6/.'3 d. Per Ell. 1= 35M ilo 61000 i\o 12 O 2148000 2400 3 Id 72 coo «oi3 50C6 Operation. 4BC78 40065 Multiplicand Multiplicator Produa 3+7 Ells. 6 1. S J. II j L 1 3 I. 4 i/. Thus much foran Idea of MultiflkatloH, where theMul- tiplicator confifls wholly of Integers ; in the Praxis whereof 'tis fuppofed the Learner is apprized of the Produa ot any of the nine Digits multiplied by one another, eafily learnt from the common Table, (feeTiBLEj or otherwife. Note, This MMplicatian is render'd ftiU eaficr, and more expeditious by the ufc of certain Rods, whereon are mark'd the feveral Pioprcfiions of Digits in the Table, and which give the feveral Multiples of any Sum by inrpca.on, call'd Nefmr's Bonej ; lie Defcriftim mi Ufe whereof Jce under ihe icjiti NEPiiit's Bones. The Queftion being Stated ; take the Multiplicator, which according to the Table of Aliquot Parts is the third 9 and fay, the third of 5 is i, fet down i ; thethird of 4is i, fet down i, remains i, that is, one ten, which added toy, makes 17 ; then the third of 1 7 is 5 ; remains 2 Units, i.e. two thirds, or 13 J. 4c!. which place after the Pounds. Upon numbering the Figures i, i, and 5, Integers, and 131. 4d. the Aliquot Part remaining, I find the Sum 1 1 5 4 ■ For Multiplicunoji hy JUqttant Farts: Suppofe I would multiply by the Aliquant Part 19.'. I firft take for 10 s. half the Multiplicand ; then for 5, which is the 4th ; and, 7 N la;ily, M U L laftly, for 4, wh.ch is the 5th. The Frodafls of the three Jihquot farts that compofe the Aliquant Part, bei.15 added together, the Sumv,'iU be the total Produil: of cheMJiifli- calw,, a. in the following Example ; which may ferve as a Model tor Mulnplkamn by any Aliquant Part that may occur. ,-tf Ells. C ^P8 ) MUL Multiplicand Multiplier 3)« 191. for ten Shillings. 89 /. for five Shillings. 7 1 /. for four Shillings. Produa ;8/. 4!. Light iffuing fron- the fame Point undergo dilFerent Re- frad.ons foas toentertheEye from ev?ry Surfac. in a d,fterent D,rea,on ; as if they catne from federal Points. And thus l,e ^.me Pent ,s feen in feveral imat-inarv For ,hc „y MULTIPLVING-Gfafe lee Polyhedron. ^'-^ej, rh,n.^V?''^il9'^^'! ?':"-,arethe fame „i,hCo.„;„/„. H a f etde? ' Fl.wer, have diversdi- H.nct, Lender and frequently crooked or Pods >vhere.n the,r Seed .s contain'd ; and which whl-n they ripe^' open ofthen-ifelves, and let the S,edsdtop. SeeCoaN, CULATE and Se.\i;nation. To this Clafs belong the Kears-Foot, Columbines, Houfe- Leek, IVlarigolds, (Sc. ■'luuie- MULTITUDE, M..«,„„o, an Affet^blage, or Coileflron ol a great dumber of Things, or Perfons ; The F',;rfof M./tflkatm,, is, by dividing the Produfl, t;olktlion of a great Number ofTh; „ -"■"J-s-. crFaaum, by the hrll FacTor, or Multiplicand ; tf the more ftr,aiy, Ll" fe is tife AhLT^ 't' ^'^"t'" ' Quotient be equal to the fecond Paaor, or Multiplicator, f,id to bc »a,,y " ''""8^"= '''c,"f MrTtVelcAxtoM, otherwife call'd Duodecimal S^^^^^'t^" '^''""l'^- Arithmetic ts >. very _ expeditious Method of Multiplying HMl.Je is oppofed to Unity. S-e Unity things of feveral Species, or Denominations, by others like- In Law fome will have M,I ,„j^ Unity. wife of different Species,£?c. j;. Shillings and Pence Ferfon Tbu S^il cl^^^^^^^^^^^^^ " "7 ^ " '^^^ '™ by Shillings and Pence; Feet and Inches by Feet and In- rellra i, 'd byth commo, Lart' IV" ^"'^ " ches, much ufed in Meafuting, sic The Method is thus. alwav" eft ,Vr/rr™:„„ Number, but Suppofe 5 Feet 3 Inches to be muliiolied F. I. by 2 Feet 4 Inches; fay, 2 times 5 Feet is 5 3 10 Feet, and 2 times 3 is 6 Inches : Again, 2 4 4 times 5 is 20 Inches, or i Foot 8 Inches, ■ ^ and 4 timet 3 is 12 Parts, or one Inch ; the 10 6 whole Sum makes 12 Feet 3 Inches. i 8 In the fame manner may you manage Shil- i lings and Pence, C^c, .ways left to the Difcretion of the Tudpes A MLLI O or » „„j ^„ ^ ment oitcn ufed by Ln,lao„. The force of it is thus • If It befoin a feoffment pafllng a new Right; much more m, fbl °* ^" ^ntifit Right. Cok on Liitlt MULTUM, in Arithmetic, If A be «ne, B one, C one Done. t^c. And B, C and D be not the' fame w^ith A^' A, B, and U are Miiin, or Flur.i, many Wo/fi,,! MU!\1, a vcrywholelome Drink, the Receipt of which as recorded in the Town-Houfe of /i™,,,,™^ fhe Place of mofl Note for this Liquor, is as follows': Take 63 Gallons of Water that has been boiled to the Confumption of 1 third part ; brew it with feven Bu/liels of 12 3 Multiplication, in Geometry, or ;« Lines, is effec- ted by fuppofing a Line a b (Tab. Geomet. Fig. 9.) cal- led the Vefcnleni, moving perpendicularly along ano- ther h c. For by this means the Defcribent forms the Reclanele Wh-aten-Malt one K„'n„.| en T 1 » ';!>''''^ 'he third the third Bethatas irwill, thefe iW«mm,«ai by the lecond, and dividing the Produa K.. j i r .j ^ ■ ^ ■ See Rule «fTW. ^ = I'odua by the and are only preferv d as Cur.ofities firft. See Ruled/ TAree. Multiplying Ghfs, aLens, or Glafs in which Obieas appear increafcd in Number. SccLens. A U'hiflyix^.Glafs, call'd alfo Polyhedron, is a Glafs form 'dor ground into feveral Planes, or Faces, makin" Angles with one another ; through which the Rays uf Kkmmy is faid to have been firll brought into ufe in Me- dicine by the Malice of a >a),/, Phyfician, who wrote that Fledi thus Embalmed was good tbr the Cure of divers Difcafes, and pariicularly Brulfes, to prevent the Blood's gathering and coagulating. The T/irXv prevent the Export of Mummy into Europe as much as polfible. ■ Properly fpeak ins, Ihmmy is not the Flefli of the De- ccafed, but the Compofition wherewith it is embalmed • but incommon ufe Mummy is alfo ufed for the Body. ' There are two kinds of Bodies call'd by the Teim Mummy. The firfl are only Carcatfcs, dried by the Heat of the Sun, and by that means kept from Putrefaaion ; fre- quently found in the dry Sands of L^ti.i. Some fay they arc the Bo lies of deceafed People buried there onpurpofeto keep 'em entire without Embalming ; others that thry are the Carcafles of Travellers, iJc. ove'r-whelm'd withClouds of Sand rais'd by the Hurricanes frequent in thofc Dcfarts Be that as irwill, thefe Mtmmies are of no ufe in Medicine' The fecond kind of Mummies are Bodies taken out of the Pits, or Catacombs ncarCan-n, wherein the SjjWiajti dcpo- fited their Dead after Embalming. _ ' Tis this makes the Mummy fo much valtied, and to which iuch extraordinary Virtues are afcribed. 'Tis MUM ( ^99 ) M U N 'Tisfaid, that all the M«?k»7j fold in thV ^jhops, whether brought from Vemce or Lyons^ or even direftly from the Levant by Alexandria, is faditious, and the Work of ccv- lain^cEPJ, who knowing the Value the Europeans fet on the Eiyfuan Mummy, counterfeit it by drying CarcafTes in Ovens, after having prepared 'em with Duft of Myrrh, Caballin Aloes, 3tia;y/j Pirch, bhck Pitch, and other cuarfc or unwholefome Drugs. The Freficb Ch^rleinns, it fcems, have likewifc got the Art of preparing Mi'-mmies. Their Method is fiinple enough : Out of the Carcafs oi a Perfoii hang'd, they rake the Brain and Entrails, dry the reft in an Oven, keeping it in I'iich, and other Drugs. And this they fell for right Egyptian IVii'.nimy. Kij-itMj has a very curious Treitife of M'lmmies, v/hcrci n he fhews the Ahuks therof ; and makes it appear that they can never be of any real medicinal ufe. Matthioltis is of the fame Opinion, after Serapion. Eoth thcfe Authors take even the E-^ypUanMiomnksto bene more than Bodies embalmed with Piifalphaitum. Mummy, Mumia, is particularly u fed for the Liquor, or Juice oo&ing frotn human Bodies Aromatized and Em- balmed ; gather'd in the Sepulchres. This is the l\ii:m-,7iy chiefly fpokc of among theaiitient Writers. Mummy is alfo a Medicinal Drug, or a vifcous Compofi- tion partaking of Bitumen and Pitch found In the Mountains and Forefts of and other hot Countreys of the /Tiiyi^. Viofcoridsi fpeaks of aylfiiw»i_)' found on the Sea-Coafts near £^if^i.iK?-Ki, brought thither by the Torrents from the Cerainuan Mountains, and there dried by the Sun into huge heaps'. It fmells like Bitumen mixt with Pitch. The People thereabouts call it »i(«e''fl/ /rijx. \x\ Lat'm^ or tixthtx Greek t it is call'd T!^lfaj'fh.ihm. See Piss asph altus. Menage, after Bocharr, derivesthe Word 'Mummy from the ylrahic Miimia ; of Mtm, Wax. Salmajiits from -AmomOy a kind of Perfume. See Amomum. Tho others hold, that in the Jrahic Tongue, the Word l\'Uimia. fignifiesa Body Embalmed, or Aromatized. Mummy is alfoufed hy fome Phyficians for 1 know not what implanted Spirit, found chiefly in Carcaffes, when the infufed Spirit is fled. The infuled Spirit is fometimes alfo call'd IMnmmy in living Subjefls ; and both the one and the other arc fup- pofed to ferve in Tranfplantation. A Plant, for inllance, bringing this Mum'ta from one Subjefl to another, the Mumia joins and unites itfcif im- iTiediatcly, and clofes with the Mumia or Spirit of the new Subject ; and from this Union arifcs a natural and common Inclination between the two Subjefls. And on this Principle they account for Sympathetic or Magnetic Cures. See Sympathetic, Magnetic, ^c. Mummy is alfo ufed among Gardeners for a fort of /f^ax ufed in the Planting and Grafting of Trees. See Graf- FING Wax. Agrico/a dire£ls the Preparation thereof as follows : Take one Pound of common black Pitch, and a quarter of a Pound of conmion Turpentine ; put 'em together in an Earthen-Pot, and let 'em on the fiie in the open Air, having fomcthing in your Hand to cover and quench it in time 5 the Matter to be thus alternately lighted and qucnch'd till all the nitrous and volatile Farts be evaporated. To this a little common Wax to be added ; and the Compofition to be fet by for ufe. To apply it in the drefting of the Roots of Trees, melt it, and dip in the two ends of the Pieces of Root one after another ; then put 'cm in Water, and plant 'em in the Earth, the fmall end downward, fo that the larger may appear a little way out of the Earth, and fo have the bene- iitoftheAir; then prefs the Earth hard down upon 'em that they may not receive too much wet. See Planting. MUNDICK, a Marchafite, or Mineral Glebe, found in the T in Minesj, fometimes white, fometimes yellow, and at other times green. See Marchasite. It is frequently call'd Maxy ; and appears to be nothing elfe bur a kind of Sulphur; Fire alone being found to fe- parate it from rhe Tin, in which cafe it evaporates into Smoke. See Tin. The Viiijjdkk Ore is eafily dillingui/li'd by its brown, fad-colour'd Glittering, and by its difcolouring the Fin- gers. Some fay it feeds the Tin, and yet allow that where there is much Mii7id':ck, there is little or no Tin. MUNDIFJCATIVES, in Medicine, Chcinfers--, Medi- cines, or Unguents, that deterge, and dry, and' thus clcanfe Ulcers of two kinds of Matter, --Siz- Fus o.x\A Saii-ei. See Ulcer. The chief IngrecKents in thefe Unguents, are Gentian, Arillolochia, Enula Campana, and Vulnerary Herbs. See Detergent. MUNDUS, JVorld. See World. MUNICIPAL, a Term in the Roman Law, fignifying the having the Rights and Privileges of Roman Citizens. This Title the Ro>}!,i?ts frequently bcrtow'd on foreign Cities and People; and in elfea, it was littie iTiore than a Title. MuNiCiPAL Ciciei, MuNiciPiA, according toMariana^ came^ fumewhat fhert of the Privileges of the Colonies. See Colonies. They had no^Suffrages or Votes :Lt. Rome. They were left to Lie governed by their own Laws and Magiflrates. 'Tis true, fome few Mtmia^al Cities, by particular Me- rit, ^t. obtain'd the Liberty uf Votes; which occafion'd that receiv'd Diliintiion of Uunkipum Jine Sn-ffragio^ ^ lvli:rJcipiK>n cam Siijj-. a^io. They were fo call'd, becaufe Mtwem hiijus honoraris pat- ticifcs ; but by Mki/us bomramtm, was meant no more than the bare Appellanon of a RoMun, whereby they were pri- vileged to fight in a Legion, as Denizens ; and not in aux- iliary Bands, as Aflociatds. See Citizen. The firlt who had the Honour, were the Ccrhes. Municipal, among us, is now underftood of rhe Cuilo- mary Laws that obtain in any particular City, or Province 5 and vyhich have no Authority in the neighbouring Places. See Custom. Municipal Officers^ are thofe elefted to defend the Intereits of Cities, their Plights and Privileges, and to main- tain Order and Policy^ as Mayors, Sheriffs, Confuls, Bai- liffe, £?c. See Office. In Sp aifi, the Mmticipal Offices are bought. In Ejigland^ they come by Eledlion. MUNIMENTS, or Miniments, the Evidences or Writings, whereby a Man is enabled to defend the Title of his Eilare. Sec MuNiMENT-^/oii^'fr. 11 am: ford fays f the word Mi(«i?we«j includes all manner of Evidence. MuNiMENT-Hiy/c, a little, (Irong Apartment in Cathe- dral and Collegiate Cliurchcs, CalUe."-, Colleges, or the like, dellined for keeping the Seal, Evidences, Charters, ti^c. of fuch Church, College, l^c. call'd MunhnaitSy or Mniimeii ts. The Word is form'd of the Latin Mimio, I defend. MUNIMINA, the Grants, or Charters of Kings atid Princes to Churches ; fo call'd, becaufe cum eu muni ant iir againtt all thofe who would deprive them of thofe Pri- vileges. MUNIONS, in Architefture, are the /hort upright Ports or Bars that divide the feveral Lights in a Window-Frame. See WiNEow. MUNITION, or Ammunition, the ProviHons where- with any Place is furni/lied in order for defence 5 or where- with a Veffel is flock'd fora Voyage 5 or that follow a Camp for its Subfiflence. See Ammunition. MuNiTiON-iii'e^if/ is the proportion of Bread diftributed everyday to the Soldiers of a Garrifon or Army. Each OiTicer is allow'd fo many Rations of Mimition'Brcad. Seq Ration. MUPHTI, orMuFTi, the Chief, or Patriarch of the Mahometan Religion, reftding at Coiijlajttino^le. See Ma- hometans. The Mif^bti is the foverejgn Interpreter of the Alcoran^ and decides all Quellionsof the Law. See Alcoran, £j;c. He takes place of the Bafhaws '■, and his Authority is ofien terrible to the Grand Signior himfelf. "I~is begirds on the Sword to the Grand Signior's fide i which Ceremony anfwers to the Coronation of our Kings. MURAGE, MuRAGiUM, in our Cuiloms, a reafonabla Tidl to be taken of every Cart or Horfe coming laden inta a City or Town for the Building or Repairing the Walls thereof. MURAL, fomething belonging to a V/aH ; which the Latins call Murv.s. See Wall. Mural Crozv^^, among the antient Romans^ Was a kind, of Crown indented a top, like the Battlements of a Wall. See Crown, The Mural Xrozsn was the Reward of thofe who firtt mounted the Walls of the Enemy ; whence it was alfo call'd Cwova ohfidionalis. Mural ^Vt/? is a Wall, or walled Arch placed exaftly in the Plane of the Meridian, /, e. upon the Meridian-Line ; for the fixing of a large Quadrant, Sextant, or other Inftru - menf, to obferve the Meridian Altitudes, ^c. of the hea- venly Bodies. See MERiEiAN-JL/Meand MeriCi AN-^'Vifcrfe, Tycho dii Brahe was the firlt who ufed a Mural-Arch in hi.*! Obfervations i after him Mr. f"/(7)M/rf.in', de la Hire, Sec, ufed the lame means. See Of.servations. MURENGERS, two Officers of great Antiquity in the City of Chejier, being two of the Principal Aldermen chofe yearly to fee the Walls kept in good Repair, and to receive certain Toll and Cufiom for the Maintenance thereof. MURING, the Walling, orraifmg the Walls of a Buil- ding. See Wall and Walling. MURRAIN, Carrie, a Mortality, or contagious DIfeafe among Beafts. See 'Mortality. A'fiiryains are occafion'd various ways, but principally by- a hot, dry Seafon i or rather by a general Putrefaction of M U R the Air, which begtus an Inilammation ih the Blood, ^and a Swelling in the "^J hroar, which foon proves Mortalj and is communicated from one to another. The Symptoms are generally a hanging down and fwel- llng of the Head, rattling in the Throar, fiiort Breath, palpitation of the Heart, Staggering, abundance of Gum in the Eyes, ^c. Breath hot, and Tongue ihining. The nioll remarkable Miu-yr.m we hear of, is that men- tioned .in the Fhilof. Traiif. which fpread itfelf through The Contagion feem'd to propagate itfelf in form of a blue Miil, which fell on the Grafs where the Cattel grazed, infomuch that whole Herds return'd home iick,_and being very dull, and fcrbearing their Food, niolt of 'em died away in twenty four Hours time. On dific^lion were found large corrupted Spleens, fphacelous and corroded Tongues, ^c. Thufe People who manag'd them without a due re- gard to their own Health, were infcfled by 'em, and died like the Beails. Some imagine it had its Rife from noxious Vapours thrown out of the Earth in three diilinfl Earthquakes per- ceiv'd in the Neighbourhood of the Place where it began; Tho Y)t.Slare rather thinks it owing to Swarms of volatile Infcfts. The Antidotefor tiie Sound, andthe Medicine for the Sick were the fame, -viz.. Equal Parts of Soot, Gun- fowder, Brimltone, and Salt, with as much Water as would wa(h it down, aSpooniul in a Dofe. MURREY, in Heraldry, a purple Colour, call'd alfo Saj^^tu}}. See Sanguin. MURTHEK, ho-.wade, the A (51 of killing another with Violence, Injuliicc, and Eftufion of Blood. See Homicide. Among the number of popular Errors, is rhe Notion which has obtain'd, that the dead Body would bleed in the Prefence, or upon the Touch of the Murtherer. The Crime of Murther is puni/h'd with Death in almofl all Nations. See Punishment. In our Law, Jlli-.nher has a peculiar import, fo as to de- note a wilful and felonious killing another upon prepenfed Malice, whether fecretly or openly ; and whether E7i^l'f^ Man or Foreigner, living under the King's Proteilion. This prepenfed Malice, which makes the Eflence of Mtirther, is twofold ; J. F^x^refs, where it may be evi- dently proved that there was ill-will. z. When one kil- leth another fuddenly, he having nothing to defend himfelf, as going over a Stile, or the like. For in fuch a Cafe, or when a Man killetha mere Stranger, the Law prefumeth he had Malice againft him, or elfe that he would not do it without any manner of Provocation. The Word is form'd from the Saxon Monh, which fome will have to lignify a violent Death j whence the barba- rous Latin Al'trdnm and Moriiritm. Sometimes the Saxons exprefs'd it by a Word which imply'd a deadly Work. In the Fraich 'tis call'd Afenrtre, in Sfamfj MettmrCy and in £ri^/'fj Murder. The Word was ufed long before the Reign of K. Caftutus^ tho it does notappear that the6a.vo;; il/oriiiignifies a violent Di;ath, but Death in general. Formerly, indeed, Mwther was reflrained to a clandeftine killing. Thus, AU^'i'-dntus homo antiqu'itus dicthatur, cujus Jn- terfcBor iiefciehatar ubicumque zel quomadocim'jue ejjet Invemus, Ni<7ic adjtmBum eft, licet faatitr quis Murdrum fecerit, homics- dtm -per froditionem. Leges Hen. 1. ^rtburum NepotEtn propi tis ma7iihui fcr f roditionem Interfecit^ fzjfniQ Mortis venere quod Jngli Murdrum apf>cllmr. Matth. Paris, An, 1216'. ^l//-Murtheb, is othcrwife call'd Suicide. See Sul- ci pe, MURTHERERS, or Murt herinc- P/etej, are fmcill Pieces of Ordnance, either of Brafs or Iron, having Cham- bers, (that is, Charic^es made of Brafs or Iron) put in at their Breeches. See Ordnance. They are mofily ufed at Sea at the Bulk-Heads of the Fore-Caftle, Half Deck, 4^"?. in order to clear the Decks when an Enemy boards the Ship. MUSCADINE, a rich white Wine, of the Growth of Troience, La?2guedoc, Cfvidad,l^c. SeeWiNE. The way of nrxYing Mttfcadtne at /-Voiitr^j/iit: is as follows: They xhz Mufcadijie Grapes grow half dry on the Vine ; as foon as they are gathered, they tread and prefs them im- mediately, and tunn up the Liquor, without letting it Hand, and work in the Fat j the Lee occafioning its goudnels. The Word, as well as the Liquor, is French. Some fetch its Original from l^htsk, the Wine being fuppofed to have a little of the fmell of that Perfume ; others from Mufcits, a. Fly, becaufe the Flics arc extremely fond of its Grapes ; as the Liit'ms had their Vhium Jpiafiitm, io call'd ab Jfibits, from the Bees which fed on it. MUSCLE, MuscuLus, in Anatomy, a fiefliv, fibrous Part of the Body of an Animal, deltined to be the Organ of Motion. See Motion. Th&MifcIe is a bundle of thin, parallel Plates; and is divided into a great number of Fafciculi, or little Mufdes, ( 600 ) M U S each inclofed proper Membrane, from the interna!, Surface where ^ pals an infinite number oFtranfverfe Fila- ments, which interle£l the Mufcle into feveral dilHnil Areas, fiU'd with their refpeftive Falciculiof Fibres. See Fibre, A M^JcIe is ufually divided into three Parts, the Headt the TiSj/, and rhe Belly. The h'ejjiVand Ta-I, w^hich are alfo call'd Feiidons, are the two extremes of the Miijcle j whereof the firit is fix'd 10 the liable part, and the latter to the part intended to be muvee. See Tendon. The rc7:ter or Belly is the body of the Mufcle, being a thick, flefhy parr, into which are inferted Arteries and Nerves, and out of which ilTue Veins and i^ymphadu£ls. All thefe parts ot a hi:l,i„g„; „f the Bladder, and Anus; or twdkd into a Spiral, as in the Oe/iMa.«, : And hen.e they come to be call'd RcS,, Oriiah, - " Sfir.:les. See Kkctj, ORoicnLAREs, £^c. The fecond hind allb includes various Species.according tij , and There are divers Species, and Divifions of M„files. Some Authors diilinguifh them into M,~fcles afFohmtary, nd ot Inixluiwy or NaMral or Kecejary Motion. rhc^J/;^c/ei 0/ „,.,.^, or Nece[l.ny Mmm, have their angi fuppofed ■ , mold Age, Leannefs, the various Angles which the oblique Fitfres mike with thn Atroph.es, conilant Heat, and hard La- I'endons ; fonrc inciinioo equally to eacli Te^^ ,„ C hour, their Rednefs as well as Bulk are fo ditnini/hcd ; form a Rhombus, or acurean^led Paralleioeram 'u/.'h ■ and yet in old Age, Lcannefs, e^c. the Motion remains, the Mufaes are hence callM RteW^j/ej- oth.-ri ris l r This may be effcfled when the have no Rednefs two parallel Tendons, ate inler^d owl^uely n otf cl" left ; as appearsin Inkers, whofe Fle/h is not perceivable. mon Tendon, as in the E,cep, of the Hand ; others UaZ The Fibres, Fafcculi, Arteries, and Nerves may be anfiug from the Periphery of the Circle, concur ir a feparatcdtromeachotherinalivcoradeadBody, without Centre, and form ^f.^i/a call'd .W.m. SeeRnoMBOi if,! breaking. They are always in a degree of Tenfion, and K.\mmvs,SSc. - oeeitiioMBOilizs, endued with a contradive Force ; fo that when cut afunder, the Ends fly back from each other j and then they becinne Jhorter, their Bulk is leflen'd, and they conttafl themfelves into a wavy undulating kind ot Surface, and throw oft* their proper Juices. Flence it appears they are always in a Hate of contraaing and' extending 'powers within thcmi'-Ives and Violence, are ever oppofing then Elongation, ever cnce.ivou- haveno Antagenilt ; fuch are the Heiri and £<■ " ring to Jliorten themfelves, but more in a live Body than a to be. See Hzirt and Lvngs dead one i and therefore require Antagonifls. a. If the 'i he^/ij'c/e, ;.W„„,„.j ^/,,,„;,„h,vh we more peculiarly Cetebrum be fhongly comprefs d, or have any violent laxer, longer, and flatter; and this ftate nf a i/n/i;/e is and fome'a Turbet call'd its Rcjiitutim, tho it is ufually owing to the con- ' " ' trary Aaion of its Antagonift ; for that being fruftrated, the Contraaion of the other continues, asnot being balan- ced by the Aaion of an Antagoniff. j. If one Aniagonill remain at Ref! while the other is In Aaion, the M-jmber in that cafe will be bent ; if both aa at the fame time, it will be fix'd and immoveable ; if neither aa, it will be in- different, and ready 10 be moved whither the Icafi excefs fliall carry it. 10. Ail thefe Changes mentioned in the 7th, 8th, tindsih Articles, are performed in rhe fraalleft IMoment of Time, and in the whole Mi'Jds at once ; fo that they can pafs and repafs reciprocally without leaving any Trace In the Body behind them. 11. By injeaing warm Water into the Artery of a quiefcent Mk/c/c, even that of a dead Car- cafs j its Conttaaion is reflored ; and that long after Death. 12. The Bulk of a j^f/c/e is increafed rather than dlmlnl- flied by evety Experiment of its Contraaion. 13. A Limb being bent, by fome external force, againfl the Will, the Flexor ylA/c/e of that Member afTume's a flate of Con- traaion, as If It aaed by its proper Motion ; tho not alto- gether fo llrenuoully. 14. The Will remaining indifferent, all the voluntary Mufcles, and all their Veffels are equally full, and moved by the Blood and Spirits equably convcy'd to 'em, and that throughout the whole Body at once. for iheJfflic.mm of this Stn'.B,,re of the Muscles, in ac. A TAB L E of the Muscles f, counting for the great Fbmomenon of Mtfcular Motion, fee M"scnL.« M«i„„. Frontale!, they pull the Skin nf the Forehead upwards As the M»JaJ„ F.bres or, which comes to the fame, the Occifitaie,, pull the Skin of the Hind-head upwards. ' Fafciculi of Mufcular Fibres, have not always the fame Si- Jmllens 7, . eau upwaros. tuation with regard 10 each other, not run in the fame di- Defrimms 5 ^•"•"''""m'- reaion, but fometimes run parallel to themfelves and their Immms Malleoli, diftends the Tynipamim. Tendons ; and are fometimes difpofed obliquely both to Extemiis Malleoli , relaxes thcTympamm. their Tendons and to each other: hence there arifes two Obliqim -Malleoli different kinds of M,/cfo iW»/t«/„i a«*,J,r, moves the Stirrup. I he one Dirett and Parallel, which fomc call Simple Corrugaior Supercilii. Ci"' , ,. LeHxi Fnlpehr^e ftiferioris, lifts up the upper Eve T id The other Inclined, or Oblique ; call'd Compound M„fc!e,. Orl,ia,larl, Falfehrart4m, fliuts both Eye-Lids. thofe \ VATOR, ^C. flexors thofe who. bend 'em ; Extenfers thofe which flretch 'em out; y/((i/«»oi-! thofe which move the Pans in- wards ; Abdi(Hors thofe which move *em outwards ; Rota- tors thofe which move 'em round. See Flexor, E.^-- NSOR, AUDUCTOR, AddUCTOR, RoTATOR ^r. I'he Mujclei have alio different Names from their dif- ferent Figure i fome refembling a Bat; fome a Lizard ; Some are Triangular, others Square^ others S-alenous, others Pentagonal, others Pyramidal Round, fyc. Whence come the N'amesof Deltoides, Rbo' ' bottles, Scalenoiit, Trapezius, iye. LENUS, Trapezius, b^ff. Anaiomiiis are not agreed on the Number of Mitfcles in the human Body ; fome reckon 5:9 ; fome 44(j ; and o- thers only 435. The Calculus, according to thefe lad is as follows : * Two of the Forehead; two of the Occiput ; fix of the Eye-Lids ; twelve of the Eyes ; feven of the Nofe ; eiohtof the external Eat; four of the internal Ear ; thirteen of the Lips ; eight of the Tongue ; four of the Palate ; fourteen of the Larynx ; feven of the Phatynx ; ten of the Os Hyoi- dei; twelve of the Under- Jaw ; fourteen of the Head ■ eight of the Neck ; eight of the Omoplates ; eighteen of ■ the Arms; twelve of the Elbows; eight of the Radii ; twelve of the Carpi ; forty eight of the Fingers ; fifty feven of ufe in Refpiration ; fix of the Loins ; ten of the Abdo- men j two of the TeHlcles; one of the Bladder ; four of thePOT.-i; four of the .-/m.i ; thirty of the Thighs ; twenty two of the Legs ; eighteen of the Feet ; forty four of the Toes. The following Table of the Names and Offices of the feverul Mifcles in the Body, is extraSed from Dr. Ae/7. jOr. Keil. O Jtlolet:, MUS C 6o% ) MUS MduBor 3 Obliqms major, puUs the Eye forwardsj and obliquely down- wards. j^ttellfHi ^ Teres major -y Laujjmus Dorfi C P^^^ '"^ downward* FeHorali,, moves the Arm forwards. Infra Sp}iatii!-\ TranJvcrfaUs ^draw the Arm backwards. Suhj cafularis J 0%K«j minor, pulls the Eye forwards, and obliquely up- 'Bheps Dihtatis CNares, Defnmcm 3 IficifiTus, pulls the upper Li'p upwards. T)-is?igH/a?-/j, pulls it downwards. ElevaL Lain i^feriorh } P"'^ '^^ ^ip upwards. Quadratits, puUcth it duwnwards. Zygomatktts^ draws both Lips obliquely toeitherfide. Orbicularisj draws both Lips together. Buccinator, thrulh the Meat between our Teeth. Temporalis y n i_ t j M#TOr I P"ll the Jaw upwards. TtErigoiditus internm, draws the Jaw to either fide. Fteri^oidit'us exierniiSy draws the Jaw forward s. QHadraCus, pulleth the Jaw and the Cheeks downwards. Dig(ifirictextend the Fore-Arm. Ancbomeus j Kotundus ^perform the Motion of Pronation,- or turn thtt Quadratus $ Paim of the Hand downwards. Longus ^pertorm the Motion of Supination, or turn the Palm Brevis > oi the Hand upwards. Cuh'itceus interims'} . Radians imerniis $ ^^"^ Cuh'it^Us externus f Radians externtis 5extend the Wrift. Talmaris, helps the Hand to grafp any thing clofely. Falmans Brevis, makes the Palin of the Hand concave. Suhlimis 7 k J I T-,- FrofundHs S^""^ the Fingers. Exsenfor Digitoriim Commmis. Lumhricaks, affifi in bending the firfi Joint of the Finger*. UteroJ/ei interni, draw the Fingers to the Thumb. Internjei exterm, draw the Fingers from the Thumb. Flexor Fo'Mcis lonius. Flexor FoUi CIS brevis. Extenfor primi, . bectindi. Tertii Intenwd'ti FolUcis. Tenar, draws the Thumb from the Fingers. Mdtenar^ draws the Thumb to the Fingers. /ihduBor Indicts. Extcnfor Indicis. llyfotenar, draws the little Finger from the reft. Extcnfor ^uricularis. Ffoas ^ lUacus Cbend the Thigh. FeBin^us j Gluttttts major "y Gluteus medius Cextend the Thigh. ■ClutieUs minor 3 Tricefrs, puUs the Thigh inwards. Fynformis'y Gemini Cthey move the Thigh outwards. ^ndratu. Obturator inter Obturator extcrnus Seminer-vofus Serratus ylniiciis major Serratus Fojiictts fuperior Triangularis 3 SerratHS Fofticus ijjferior") make the Motion of the Ribs do wn- Sacroluinbaris $ ward in Expiration the fwifter. Viafhragma, ufed in Inlpiration and Expiration. Obhquus externus icomprefs the Parts contained in the lower Feron^eus Jnticu. MUS ?help to move the Thigh ojbliquely, and ■nus S circularly. Semimembrariofiisf , , , Bicefi ^bendtheLeg. Gracilis j ReHus Valius externus f 1 1 r 7^ /1., ■ . „ >extend the Leg. Vajtus internes c ° Crureits J Sartorius^ makes the Legs crofs one another. Foplit^iis, turns the Leg fomewhat inwards. jfus, turns it a little outwards". bend the Foot. Tibialis Anticus Ohltqmts iftternHs / Belly 5 afliil the Motion of the Rib Tranj-oerfalis ? downwards in Expiration i and help ReUtis ( to bend the Vcrtcbrieof the Loins for- Fyramidaln J wards. Lovgi^mus Vorji, keeps the Body ereft. Tranlverfalis Dorji, moves the Body obliquelybackwards, Inierfpinalis, draws the acute Proceffes near one another. Quadratic Lumborum, draws the Vertebr.'E of the Loins to one fide. {r^f I bend the Vertebra: of the Neck. Scaknus 3 Ffoas parvus, helps to bend the Vertebra of the Lo Grafiocnemii ■ SoUus Cextend the Foot, Flantaris 3 Tibialis Fofiicm, moves the Foot Inwards, Fcrometis Fofiidis, moves the Foot outwards. Frofiindus SuUimis Vbend the four leflcr Toes. LvmbricalisJ ^""S."'? extend the fourlefler Toes. Brevis j flexor FcUicis. Extcnfor FoUicis. Cremajler, draws up the Tellicles in the A£tof Generation, Tenar, draws the great Toe from the reft, Ere^ores Fenis. Jntitenar, draws it to the reft. Tranfuerfalis Fenis. Flexor Tollicis Lojigtis. Mceleratores Urin^^. — Brevis. EreBores Clitoridis. jibduBor Mifiimi Digiti > SphinBerVefica, contnas the Neck of the Bladder, [that ■ the Urine may not run continually, hevatores Jni^ draw up the Anus. SphifiBer Jn'h fhuts the Anus. Serraius JnticHS mijjor, draws the Shoulder- Blade forwards. Trapezius, moves it upwards, backwards, and downwards. Rhomboides, pulls it backwards. Levator Scapula, pulls the Shoulder-Blade upwards. Deltoidts Su^ra-Splnatus f lift the Arm upwards. Coracobraebialis ^ ,,„e,offei w,erm S "^"^ """'"^ 8'^==" Toe. JftteroJJei fMet-Hf, draw them from the great Toe. Trajifserfalis, brings all the Toes clofe to one another. The word Mufde Is derived from the Gred fit:,, or th» Lalin Mm, a Moufe ; on account of the Rcfemblince it is fuppofcd tobear to a skin'd Moufe. The i-ormj alfo call it Lacertus. Stem, and other later Authors, reckon the Heart among the number of Uufdes, in regard its Compofition MUS ( 603 ) MUS and Aflion don't differ in any thing from thofc of other Jvluf des. MUSCULAR, or MuscuLous, fomething that relates totheMufclesj or that partakes of the nature thereof. See Muscle. In this fenfe we fay, Wifcular FilrCy yiufcHlar Coat, Muf- Ci